UNIVERSITY FARM 4^ MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES GEOLOGICAL AND NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY OF MINNESOTA CONWAY MACMILLAN, State Botanist MINNESOTA VOL. II REPORTS OF THE SURVEY AND BULLETIN OF THE DEPARTMENT BOTANICAL SERIES IV 1898 - 1902 MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA PRECS OF LANCASTER, PA. TABLE OF CONTENTS. I. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.— III. The rock lichens of Taylors Falls, Bruce Fink ....... I II. A method of determining the abundance of second- ary species, Roscoe Pound and Frederic E. Clements . . . . . . . 19 III. List of fresh-water alga3 collected in Minnesota dur- ing 1896 and 1897, Josephine E. Tilden . . 25 IV. Corrections and additions to the flora of Minnesota, A. A, Heller 30 V. New and interesting species from New Mexico, A. A. Heller 33 VI. Some Musci of the International Boundary, John M. Holzinger ....... 36 VII. The influence of gases and vapors on the growth of plants, Emil P. Sandsten . . . -53 VIII. Seedlings of certain woody plants, Francis Ramaley 69 IX. Comparative anatomy of hypocotyl and epicotyl in woody plants, Francis Ramaley . . 87 X. Contribution to the life-history of Ruinex, Bruce Fink 137 XI. Observations on Gigartina, Mary E. Olson . . 154 XII. Seed dissemination and distribution of Razoumofskya robusta (Engelm.) Kuntze, D. T. MacDougal . 169 XIII. Observations on Constantinea, E. M. Freeman . 175 XIV. Extension of plant ranges in the upper Minnesota valley, L. R. Moyer ... .191 XV. List of Hepaticae collected along the international boundary by J. M. Holzinger, 1897, Alexander W. Evans ... • 193 XVI. Observations on Chlorochytrium, E. M. Freeman. 195 XVII. Observations on Rhodymenia, Frederic K. Butters. 205 XVIII. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.— IV. Lichens of the Lake Superior re- gion, Bruce Fink . . . • -215 XIX. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.— V. Lichens of the Minnesota valley and southwestern Minnesota, Bruce Fink . . 277 VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. 417 XX. A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Aquilegias of North America, K. C. Davis . 331 XXI. A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Aconitums of North America, K. C. Davis . 345 XXII. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of southeastern Minnesota, W. A. Wheeler . . 353 XXIII. The seed and seedling of the western larkspur {Delphinium occidentale Wats.), Francis Ramaley ........ XXIV. A preliminary list of Minnesota Erysipheaa, E. M. Freeman ........ 423 XXV. Native and garden Delphiniums of North America, K. C. Davis . . . . . . . 431 XXVI. Native and cultivated Ranunculi of North America and segregated genera, K. C. Davis . . . 459 XXVII. A synonymic conspectus of the native and garden Thalictrums of North America, K. C. Davis . 509 XXVIII. Some preliminary observations on Dictyophora ravenelii Burt., C. S. Scofield .... 525 XXIX. A preliminary list of Minnesota Uredineaa, E. M. Freeman ........ 537 XXX. A new species of Alaria, De Alton Saunders . 561 XXXI. A preliminary list of Minnesota Xylariacese, F. K. Butters ........ 563 XXXII. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of the Red river valley in Minnesota, W. A. Wheeler 569 XXXIII. Observations on Gigartina exasperata Harv., H. B. Humphrey . . . . . . .601 XXXIV. Observations on the algae of the St. Paul city water, M. G. Fanning ...... 609 XXXV. Notes on some plants of Isle Royale, W. A. Wheeler . . . . . . . . 619 XXXVI. Revegetation of Trestle island, D. Lange . .621 XXXVII. Violet rusts of North America, J. C. Arthur and E. W. D. Hoi-way 631 XXXVIII. Observations on the embryogeny of Nelumbo, H. L. Lyon ........ 643 XXXIX. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Min- nesota.— VI. Lichens of northwestern Minnesota, Bruce Fink . . . . . . -657 XL. Corallinae verae of Port Renfrew, K. Yendo . . 711 XLI. Observations on Pterygophora, Conway MacMillan 723 LIST OF AUTHORS. ARTHUR, J. C., and HOLWAY, E. W. D. Violet rusts of North America . . . . . . . . . .631 BUTTERS, F. K. Observations on Rhodymenia . . . 205 BUTTERS, F. K. A preliminary list of Minnesota Xylariaceaa . 563 CLEMENTS, F. E., see POUND, R., and CLEMENTS, F. E. DAVIS, K. C. A synonymic conspectus of the native and gar- garden Aquilegias of North America . . . -331 DAVIS, K. C. A synonymic conspectus of the native and gar- den Aconitums of North America " . . . . 345 DAVIS, K. C. Native and garden Delphiniums of North Amer- ica . .431 DAVIS, K. C. Native and cultivated Ranunculi of North Amer- ica and segregated genera ....... 459 DAVIS, K. C. A synonymic conspectus of the native and gar- den Thalictrums of North America ..... 509 EVANS, A. W. List of Hepaticse collected along the interna- tional boundary by J. M. Holzinger, 1897 . . . 193 FANNING, MARY G. Observations on the algae of the St. Paul city water ......... 609 FINK, BRUCE. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. — III. The rock lichens of Taylors Falls . . I FINK, BRUCE. Contributions to the life history of Rumex . 137 FINK. BRUCE. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. — IV. Lichens of the Lake Superior region . 215 FINK, BRUCE. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. — V. Lichens of the Minnesota valley and south- western Minnesota . . . . . . . • 277 FINK, BRUCE. Contributions to a knowledge of the lichens of Minnesota. — VI. Lichens of northwestern Minnesota . 657 FREEMAN, E. M. Observations on Constantinea . . • 175 FREEMAN, E. M. Observations on Chlorochytrium . . 195 FREEMAN, E. M. A preliminary list of Minnesota Erysipheaa. 423 FREEMAN, E. M. A preliminary list of Minnesota Uredineas. 537 HELLER, A. A. Corrections and additions to the flora of Minnesota ......... 30 HELLER, A. A. New and interesting species from New Mexico. 33 HOLWAY, E. W. D. See ARTHUR, J. C., and HOLWAY, E. W. D. vii Vlll LIST OF AUTHORS. HOLZINGER, J. M. Some Musci of the International Boundary. 36 HUMPHREY, H. B. Observations on Gigartina exasperata Harv 60 1 LANGE, D. Revegetation of Trestle island . . . .621 LYON, H. L. Observations on the .embryogeny of Nelumbo . 643 MACDOUGAL, D. T. Seed dissemination and distribution of MACMILLAN, CONWAY. Observations on Pterygophora . . 723 Razoumofskya robztsta (Engelm.) Kuntze . . .169 MOYER, L. R. Extension of plant ranges in the upper Minne- sota valley . . . . . . . • .191 OLSON, MARY E. Observations on Gigartina . . . 154 POUND, R., and CLEMENTS, F. E. A method of determining the abundance of secondary species . . . . 19 RAMALEY, FRANCIS. Seedlings of certain woody plants . . 69 RAMALEY, FRANCIS. Comparative anatomy of hypocotyl and epicotyl in woody plants ....... 87 RAMALEY, FRANCIS. The seed and seedling of the western larkspur (Delphinium occidentale) Wats. . . . 417 SANDSTEN, EMIL P. The influence of gases and vapors on the growth of plants ........ 53 SAUNDERS, DE ALTON. A new species of Alaria . . .561 SCOFIELD, C. S. Some preliminary observations on Dictyo- phora ravenelii Burt. . . . . . . • 525 TILDEN, JOSEPHINE E. List of fresh-water algae collected in Minnesota during 1896 and 1897 • • • • • 25 WHEELER, W. A. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of southeastern Minnesota ....... 353 WHEELER, W. A. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of the Red river valley in Minnesota ..... 569 WHEELER, W. A. Notes on some plants of Isle Royale . .619 YKNDO, K. Coralline verae of Port Renfrew . . . .71 LIST OF PLATES. I. II. III. IV.J V. VI. VII. VIII. IX. X. XI. XII. XIII. XIV. XV. XVI. XVII. XVIII. XIX. XX. XXI. XXII. XXIII. XXIV. XXV. XXVI. XXVII. XXVIII. XXIX. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. FINK, BRUCE. FINK. BRUCE. Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Seedlings of various woody plants Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Anatomy of Hypocotyl. Embryogeny of Rumex, Embryogeny of Rumex. FINK, BRUCE. Embryogeny of Rumex. FINK, BRUCE. Embryogeny of Rumex. OLSON, MARY E. Anatomy of Gigartina. OLSON, MARY E. Anatomy of Gigartina. MAcDouGAL, D. T. Trees of Pinus ponder osa affected with parasitic Razoumofskya. MAcDouGAL, D. T. Plants of Razoumofskya. FREEMAN, E. M. Anatomy of Constantinea. Anatomy of Constantinea. Anatomy of Chlorochytrium. Anatomy of Rhodymenia. Vegetation of Southeastern Minno Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- FREEMAN, E. M. FREEMAN, E. M. BUTTERS, F. K. WHEELER, W. A. sota. WHEELER, W. A. sota. WHEELER, W. A. sota. WHEELER, W. A. sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. WHEELER, W. A. Vegetation of Southeastern Minne- sota. RAMALEY, FRANCIS. Seed and seedling of the Western Larkspur. SCOFIELD, C. S. Field of Dictyo-phora ravenelti. LIST OF PLATES. XXX. XXXI. XXXII. XXXIII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XXXIX. XL. XLI. XLII. XLIII. XLIV. XLV. XLVI. XLVII. XLVIII. XLIX. L. LI. LII. LIII. LIV. LV. LVI. LVII. LVIII. LIX. LX. LXI. LXII. SCOFIELD, C. S. SCOFIELD, C. S. FREEMAN, E. M. SAUNDERS, D. A. WHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. WTHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. WHEELER, W. A. HUMPHREY, H. B. FANNING, M. G. water. FANNING, M. G. water. FANNING, M. G. G. Plant of Dictyophora ravenelii. Anatomy of Dictyophora ravenelii. Witches Broom on Pinus strobus. Alaria curtipes. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Vegetation of the Red river valley. Anatomy of Gigartina. Chart of algal forms in St. Paul city Chart of algal forms in St. Paul city Forms of water supply algae. Forms of water supply algee. W. D. Spores of FANNING, M ARTHUR, J. C., and HOLWAY, E. violet rust. LYON, H. L. Embryogeny of Nelumbo. LYON, H. L. Embryogeny of Nelumbo. LYON, H. L. Embryogeny of Nelumbo. YENDO, K. Amphiroa. YENDO, K. Cheilosporum. YENDO, K. Cheilosporum. YENDO, K. Cheilosporum and Corallina. YENDO, K. Corallina. YENDO, K. Anatomy of Coral linoe verag. MAcMiLLAN, CONWAY, Pterygophora californica. MACMILLAN, CONWAY, Pterygophora californica. MAcMiLLAN, CONWAY. Pterygophora californica. MAcMiLLAN, CONWAY. Pterygophora californica. MAcMiLLAN, CONWAY. Anatomy of Pterygophora. MACMILLAN, CONWAY. Anatomy of Pterygophora. DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE PARTS. PART V. PART VI. PART I. Pp. i- 68 June 15, 1898. PART II. Pp. 69-194, PI. I.-XVIII Feb. 22, 1899. PART III. Pp. 195-352, PL XIX., XX Dec. 29, 1899. PART IV. Pp. 353-536, PI. XXI. -XXXI Aug. 15, 1900. Pp- 537-656, P1.XXXII.-L Jjftrf* I9°I- Pp. 657-780, PI. LI-LXII Mar. i«f, 1902. XI I. CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LICHENS OF MINNESOTA— III. THE ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. BRUCE FINK. THE COMPOSITION AND ORIGIN OF THE FLORA. The lichens listed in this paper were collected during two reg- ular annual excursions of the Summer School of the University of Minnesota. The date of collection of all numbers up to 92 is August 15, 1896, and the plants were collected by Professor Conway MacMillan and the writer, on the Algonkian igneous rocks of the Interstate Park, or on earth or branches in the crevices of the rocks. On the I4th of August, 1897, I accom- panied another excursion to examine the lichens growing on the Cambrian sandstone exposures near the park. Numbers 93 to 119 were collected by me during this second trip, and more spe- cies were noted on the sandstone, which had been collected the year before on the igneous rocks. In all, 24 lichens were found growing on both sandstone and igneous rocks, 22 on the igne- ous rocks only, 20 on the sandstone only, 10 on earth in the crevices of the igneous rocks and 2 on roots or branches in the crevices. The last lichen of the list was found on old boards and is recorded here because rare or difficult to detect and new to the State. It was my intention when I went to the park to publish what- ever might be found of interest with the last number of this ser- ies of papers. But after observing the field it became apparent that the locality is one of great interest both as to origin and present composition of its lichen flora and that these character- istic floral features could be presented best in a separate paper. A little observation showed that the tree lichens do not differ to any noticeable extent from those about Minneapolis, and I con- sequently confined my collecting to the igneous rocks and MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. sandstone. There are rocks near the park containing lime, but they did not seem to support any lichens of special interest. The collecting was all done on the Minnesota side of the river for the reason that the erosion of the valley has been such as to leave better exposures of rock here than on the Wisconsin side. I had collected from excellent exposures of igneous rocks in New England and have since visited similar ones in various parts of northern Minnesota ; but I have never seen any other equally limited area of rock exposure that aroused so much in- terest, because of richness of lichen flora and evidence of mi- grations and struggle, as did this little area, set aside for an interstate park. During the trip of 1897 I noticed that the con- stant tramp of feet had begun to kill out the lichens in many places so that the impression of richness is beginning to fade, and the botanist must soon seek some place near by, if such ex- ists, where he may study this rich flora in its natural beauty. Professor E. E. Edwards, of Lancaster, Wisconsin, writes thus of the lichens found in the park: "The rocks of the Dalles owe their beauty and variegated tints not alone to the metal oxides, or to the feldspar or hornblende chiefly composing them, but to the growth of minute lichens upon their surfaces, and these vary in color according to the dryness or moisture of the atmosphere. We have, therefore, in these, through sunshine and shadow and the varying seasons, an endless and almost kaleidoscopic play of colors that makes them alike the delight and despair of the artist." The little area, being one of great natural beauty and set apart for an interstate park, will always attract thousands of visitors annually and I hope to present in this paper thoughts which will enable the botanist who has a fair knowledge of lichen species and their distribution to see in this wonderful lichen population something of far greater inter- est than mere beauty. Some comparisons between the locality now under considera- tion and others will best show its richness in rock lichens. The area examined covers only a few acres of surface and gave 66 lichens growing on rocks as a result of two days' collecting. The whole region about Minneapolis when more thoroughly worked only furnished 30 saxicolous lichens, and the whole of Fayette county, Iowa, only 50. The latter region is surely better than the average for rock lichens, and I have studied it for six years. Probably however, the fact that I have not looked Fink: ROCK LICIIKNS 01 TAVI.OKS FALLS. 3 so closely in the last two localities for lichens not^strictly char- acteristic of rocks, but still growing on them occasionally, about offsets the limited time spent in examining the area form- ing the basis of the thoughts here presented, so that the numbers given above, save for difference in areas covered in the three instances, may still be taken to represent, approximately, rela- tive richness in rock lichens. But again, the Taylors Falls area, with one possible exception, gave me more such lichens collected in the two days than are recorded in any State list hitherto published. The igneous rocks at Taylors Falls are essentially like those which outcrop occasionally between this place and Lake Su- perior, and the fact that Taylors Falls is practically the south- ern limit of outcrop of these rocks furnished the first suggestion of the interest involved in an analysis of their lichen-flora. Of the 79 species and varieties collected, only 8 are plants not yet found further south in Minnesota or Iowa. These 8 I have also found along Lake Superior, and they are species not com- monly occurring further south except at high elevations. These are Biatora rufonigra Tuck., Lecidea alboccertilescens Schasr., three forms of Bucllia petraa (Flot., Koerb.) Tuck., Umbili- caria dillenii Tuck., Nephroma helveticum Ach. and Ephebc solida Born., all forms found on the igneous rocks and none of them on the sandstone. Subtracting the 8 species and varieties leaves 58 rock lichens, nearly all of which occur in other por- tions of the southern half of Minnesota, but not all on rocks. Those not known to flourish on rocks in other parts of the State grow on them here under unusually favorable conditions to be explained below. What has already been stated, especially the last paragraph above, merely suggests the problems of interest which I shall attempt to discuss and which involve a knowledge of geological conditions present and past, as well as acquaintance with lichen- species and their distribution in general. For the geological data concerning this area, I have relied largely on the researches of Dr. Charles P. Berkey, who has recently studied the region including Taylors Falls in detail, and who is therefore especially able to give the information needed for my purpose. The ques- tions which I shall consider below are those which thrust them- selves upon me as I observed and studied this extremely in- teresting lichen-flora ; and though the area is a small one, the 4 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. questions involved are, it seems to me, none the less worthy of consideration when we notice that it is one of a series of similar areas where certain floral elements have become isolated and gradually killed out by others. The 8 species commonly found farther north have evidently migrated southward, and there are at least two views as to time and method or cause of migration worthy of consideration. First, the northern species might perhaps have migrated from Lake Superior along the exposures of igneous rocks extend- ing from the lake to four or five miles below Taylors Falls in quite recent times, long after the retreat of the last glacier. Second, they seem undoubtedly to be the remnant of a flora driven south, doubtless from some region far north of Lake Superior, by the advancing glaciers and left stranded on favor- able substrata at Taylors Falls as the southern extremity of a flora migrating south before the glacier or more probably mi- grating north on the return of post-glacial climate in the north temperate zone. The outcrops of the igneous rocks between Lake Superior and Taylors Falls are not frequent enough to make either theory seem very plausible ; but the second is reasonable since, under the influence of slow decrease in temperature to the southward, migration would naturally follow increasingly favorable cli- matic conditions in that direction even if the outcrops were not more frequent than now. However, it seems probable that at the time of the first glacial advance the outcrops were much more numerous than now. Also, the rock lichens, now found on the igneous rocks only, doubtless found a foothold on the sandstones on the line of retreat under the more favorable cli- matic conditions of glacial times. The numerous boulders of the same igneous rocks, scattered over the ground by the gla- ciers could help in the advance southward of some of the species since glacial times, but hardly of those seldom or never found on boulders, as the Umbilicaria listed. On the whole, it seems doubtful whether a single one of the 8 northern species has migrated southward in post-glacial times under increasingly unfavorable conditions as to climate and substrata. As the remnant of a lichen-flora driven south by glaciers, these plants must either have been stranded during a late gla- cial advance, as during a slight advance during, or more prob- ably after, the Wisconsin stage ; or more probably have been Fink: ROCK LICHEXS OK TAYLORS FALLS. 5 driven further south than their present position by each of the earlier stages, or ages as the case may be, and retreated with each return of interglacial conditions. The 8 northern species at Taylors Falls are thus either a few of a former flora which has doubtless partly died out and partly migrated northward, or possibly a few species which migrated to the locality from the mountains to the east and west during a late glacial stage, as stated above, or even after the final retreat of the ice. Igneous rocks are not supposed to have been exposed over the region covered by the glaciers south of the area now under considera- tion at the time of the first glacial advance, but sandstone no doubt outcropped frequently and probably further south than the glaciers extended. For a long period after each glacial retreat the surface was no doubt thickly strewn with rocks left by the melting ice, and these rocks would furnish abundant substrata for a retreat of the saxicolous lichens to the north. These same boulders, now largely covered, would partly remain at the sur- face during interglacial conditions and furnish sufficient foot- hold for the organisms to remigrate during a subsequent ad- vance of the ice, thus taking the place of the sandstone where it was covered by previous drift deposits. Thus several migra- tions, alternately southward and northward, probably followed in succession, and we are studying the last stage in the last northward retreat in this not yet completed series. Of course, it is apparent that the Umbilicaria and many other lichens not now found at Taylors Falls might have flourished on the sand- stone and later on the boulders at a time when the climate was more favorable for northern species than now, at and south of the area under consideration, both as to temperature and mois- ture, and that they could have migrated readily enough with the advances and retreats of glacial conditions. What species of the rock lichens were able to endure these cycles of migration and what were killed out is not easy to conjecture. However, it seems certain that the region was left barren of such life and repopulated several times, and it is extremely probable that enough species survived the migrations, or possibly in part flowed in from the east or west as stated above, to give an arctic or subarctic flora at Taylors Falls for a time after the close of the ice age. Since the time when this last northern lichen-flora became es- tablished in the region about Taylors Falls, there has been a MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. gradual change toward a lichen-flora characteristic of the north- ern United States at the present time. No doubt the 8 northern species now found on the igneous rocks are being rapidly re- placed by the more numerous species, which are better adapted to present climatic conditions. With the exception of the Neph- roma, the 8 species persisting, all lichens confined wholly to rocky substrata, or essentially so, and being therefore favorably situated as to substrata, have persisted longest against un- favorable climatic conditions and the onslaughts of the species which are to-day surely replacing them. Nephroma, which is arboricolous as well as rupicolous, furnished only a few small, sterile specimens clinging to mossy rocks. Ephebe was seen in one spot only, and, so far as I could ascertain, Umbi- licaria persists only in a few cool, damp or shaded spots. The three species named above,, not closely attached to the rocks, would naturally succumb to unfavorable conditions sooner than those named below, and all of the three former are sterile and apparently just on the verge of extermination in the locality. The other three species all grow closer to the rocks and are all abundantly fertile. Biatora seems to be rare and is not strictly crustaceous as are the other two. Buellia is the most common of the 8 northern species and is one of two that would be expected to persist longest because of its strictly crustaceous habit. Lecidea is as thoroughly crustaceous, but not so common as the Buellia. It must be noted that the latter plant shows locally the strong tendency to vary so characteristic of organisms attempting to adapt themselves to change in environ- ment. Doubtless this variation has aided the plant somewhat in succeeding best of all the present or former more northern species of the locality against adverse climatic conditions. Whether or not the three forms of the species listed arose from one in this locality has no particular bearing in the matter as could be easily shown. Also the distribution of the three forms is so little known that knowledge as to which particular form is most common locally would not show whether it is one most commonly persisting in temperate regions or not. It is interesting to note the time involved in the establishment of the Arctic flora and the change from this to the present essentially temperate flora. According to Professor N. H. Winchell's views as to the recession of St. Anthony falls, the final retreat of the glaciers from the region occurred about 8,000 Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 7 years ago. Thus it seems that the succeeding 8,000 years must have sufficed for the establishment of a more or less rich Arctic flora and the gradual change to present floral conditions. The relative times involved in the establishment of the first flora and the gradual change to the present cannot be arrived at, since the richness of the first cannot be known, and we cannot yet be sure that a portion of the species migrating southward were not killed out in some portions of the series of migrations, so that some portion of the northern species that became established in the locality would have to migrate toward the center of the con- tinent from the southward-extending mountains already men- tioned. Light on this last supposition, which can only be fully obtained, it seems to me at present, by a study of the lichen flora of the British possessions far to the north of Minnesota, would be extremely interesting. The absence of the 8 northern lichens from the sandstone may be easily explained, since it seems that the present sand- stone surfaces exposed between Lake Superior and Taylors Falls are largely or entirely due to post-glacial erosion. If some of these surfaces are admitted to be as old as the time of the last glacial retreat, doubtless Arctic species grew on them at some time subsequent to that retreat. If this be true, it is yet easy to account for the failure of these lichens to persist on the sandstones as well as on the igneous rocks, since the lichen-flora of these porous and easily eroding surfaces must be a compara- tively changeable and transient one, so that whatever such species once inhabited them would now be replaced by species more characteristic of present climatic conditions. After the final retreat of the ice and the change to present conditions of temperature and moisture began, the rapidly eroding surfaces would begin to lose their northern species and be resupplied by those at hand on other substrata at once, while those on igneous rocks could be replaced, mainly, at least, only by a fierce and long-continued struggle between the Arctic and temperate floral elements. The large number of species found on the sand- stones is at first surprising, for while the igneous rocks are much richer in individual lichens, they show no appreciable advantage in species. The softer texture of the sandstone, which caused the more rapid destruction of the species growing under un- favorable climatic conditions, has also brought this condition. To be a little more explicit, while on account of their rapid ero- 8 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. sion a large number of individuals cannot become established on them and remain long enough to constitute a flora rich in in- dividuals, yet because of the porous character of the sandstone more of the species characteristic of temperate regions have doubtless already become established on them in one place or another than on the igneous rocks. While the 8 species and varieties so fully treated above are of special interest there are some thoughts concerning the other 70 (excluding the last one listed) that must not be lost sight of. As to distribution they are a heterogeneous group, 30 of them being pretty generally distributed over the United States and Canada, 24 being limited so far as their distribution is known to the territory east of the Rocky mountains, 7 being thus far found only in the northern United States and Canada and 5 oc- curring throughout the United States. The North American dis- tribution of the last 4 here considered is so little known that nothing can be definitely stated of it. Of these 70 all but 4 or 5 occur on rocks in some other portion of North America, but only 15 are strictly rupicoline. Of the other 55, some, though more characteristic of rocks, are more or less frequently found growing on other substrata ; and others actually prefer other substrata and are growing on rocks here under unusually favor- able conditions. These lichens, like the others, are of course the descendants of a race that has migrated several times. Nearly all of them being species also occurring in Europe, it is certain that they were represented by like species during early Tertiary times, far to the north where our continent was then connected with the Eastern continent on both sides. The coming of a cooler climate and finally of glacial conditions inaugurated the series of migrations. Finally after the last retreat of the glaciers began, the 55 species, because of their adaptation to more than one substratum, would follow the retreat more surely and more rapidly and thus more certainly and sooner reach a given locality and begin to replace a flora growing under unfavorable conditions. To just what extent the arctic flora would become established before these species would come in and begin to re- place it can not be stated since the rate of retreat of the glaciers relative to the rate of migration of essentially stationary organ- isms is not known. In the second paper of this series, I accounted for the com- parative scarcity of lichens about Minneapolis by dryness of Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 9 climate and stated that, were it not for peculiarly unfavorable conditions as to rock-formations, this explanation would require a larger per cent, of the total number of lichens found there to occur on the rocks because of greater amount of moisture near the ground. The annual precipitation at Osceola Mills for the last six years has been 31.271 inches, while at St. Paul it has been 28.997 inches. The former place being only seven miles from Taylors Falls, the figures may be taken to show that the precipitation in the locality now considered is about 2.274 inches more per annum than that at Minneapolis. Hence we have at Taylors Falls essentially the same conditions as to mois- ture of atmosphere as at Minneapolis. However at the former place we have the extensive rock-formations necessary for the establishment of the plants, and we find further that the igneous rocks are favorably situated for lichen development in that they lie along a river course formerly better shaded than now and where moisture has been abundant in spite of comparative dry- ness of atmosphere. Also this flora was doubtless largely es- tablished when the climate was not so dry as now and is persist- ing against conditions less favorable than formerly existed. Moreover the 8 persisting northern species add to the number strictly characteristic of present climate and give the locality a further advantage over Minneapolis and vicinity. Doubtless study of the whole lichen-flora about Taylors Falls would show that between 30 and 50 per cent, of the lichens grow on rocks as compared with 12 per cent, at Minneapolis. The slight ad- vantage in annual precipitation of moisture for the former lo- cality, of course, adds slightly to the relative richness in rock lichens, but this is insignificant as a cause when compared with the elements considered above. Another objection of doubtful value to the first proposition suggested to account for the invasion of the northern rock-floral elements is that, though there is a continuous line of conifers from Lake Superior to Taylors Falls, the northern tree-inhab- iting lichens are wholly absent at Taylors Falls, or so scarce as to escape notice. The coniferous trees are not so conspicu- ous a part of the flora at Taylors Falls as in Pine county, fifty miles north. No doubt at least a part of the tree lichens char- acteristic of more northern regions, and now almost certainly to be found in Pine county, have extended down to this location in post-glacial times, as the conifers are abundant from Lake 10 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Superior down to the southern part of this county, and with substrata abundant, they could do so in spite of unfavorable climatic conditions. They have apparently failed to advance as far as Taylors Falls, because of favorite substrata becoming somewhat scarce, and an increase of unfavorable conditions as to temperature and precipitation. I am aware that the glaciers probably retreated slowly enough so that forests could spring up and furnish substrata for the retreat of species driven south in glacial times, before they would die out at the south on ac- count of the return of warm climate, and that whatever northern tree lichens exist in the pineries fifty miles north, could be ac- counted for, wholly or in part, as having migrated from the south. Yet I am quite convinced that there has been a circula- tion of arboreous lichen-floral elements, between Lake Superior and Pine county, in post-glacial time, which has not extended to Taylors Falls, to any easily observable extent surely, though conditions as to substrata are much more favorable for such lichens to move southward from the lake than for the rock lichens. Not a single species of northern lichen was found in the rock crevices or soil studied. I have noticed how in regions recently burned the soil becomes literally covered in places by lichens of various genera in five to fifteen years, and there can be no doubt that earth lichens took possession of the glacial drift rap- idly after the retreat of the ice began. However, from the very fact that lichens spring up rapidly on earth, the species charac- teristic of temperate climate would the more quickly take pos- session of the present limited amount of soil available for lichen growth, and whatever additional amount that was available when the strife began between arctic -and temperate earth lich- ens, and the more rapidly kill out the northern species once in- habiting the drift. A consideration of the statements made in the last two para- graphs and various other portions of this paper points to the conclusion that a study of the whole lichen-flora of the area between Taylors Falls and Lake Superior is essential to a bet- ter understanding of the problems herein considered. In the next paper of this series, in which I shall consider the lichen- flora of the Lake Superior region, I shall be able to show ad- ditional reasons for the study of this territory. It is one of rapid transition in lichen-flora, and after a study of the areas to Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 11 the north and south of it, questions of extreme interest have been suggested to me which can only be solved by a study of this flora. The principal conclusions are as follows : (1) The region considered in this paper is an important one for the study of lichen-flora because of position, and geological relations past and present. (2) The flora considered is one of great interest as to origin and present composition and as to evidence of struggle between flora elements. (3) The present lichen-flora is composed of arctic, sub-arctic and temperate florae elements in which the last have long since gained the advantage and are killing out the others. (4) It is not supposed that the northern species migrated south in post-glacial times, but rather that this flora is one that followed the last retreat of the glaciers and was for a time essentially arctic, having since changed to its pres- ent composition. (5) Reasons for the above conclusions are as follows : (a) Southward migration would more naturally result from the decrease of temperature to the south inaugurated by the on-coming of a glacial cli- mate and would thus go on even though suit- able substrata might be somewhat scarce. (£) But during the glacial advances rocky substrata were doubtless more numerous than now, a condition adding to the ease of migration. (c) Under the influence of increasingly favorable cli- matic conditions to the south, the plants would lake more easily to unfavorable substrata and migrate more readily on this account also. (d) The 8 northern lichens are all but one essentially rock lichens and are, therefore, the ones that would be expected to persist longest. (6) The northern floral elements considered may have been driven south during a late glacial advance not extending quite to the region, but more probably have been forced to migrate further south several times and migrate north as many times. 12 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. (7) The migrating plants may have been in part or wholly killed out in some part of the series of migrations south- ward in the Mississippi Valley, so that the present north- ern floral element would have to flow in from the moun- tains to the east and west, but more probably found sufficient substrata and were not killed out in the south- ward migrations in the valley. (8) The time involved in the change from arctic and sub-arctic to temperate flora is probably about 8,000 years. The re- lative times occupied in the establishment of the northern flora and the change to the temperature one can not be estimated at present. (9) The absence of the northern floral elements from the sand- stone is due partly to the fact that many of the surfaces of sandstone exposures are post-glacial. If some are as old as the last retreat of the glaciers from the region, the absence is still easily explained since the surfaces are easily eroded and porous so that floral changes go on rapidly on these rocks. (10) Lichens are not individually numerous on the sandstones because of this easily eroding nature which causes rapid change and destruction ; yet a large number of species become established in one place or another on them be- cause lichens quickly gain a foothold. (n) The other 70 lichens of the rocks are not so character- istically rock lichens and would migrate more easily and rapidly, and the more quickly reach a locality and re- place an established flora existing under unfavorable conditions, because not confined to one substratum. (12) The rock lichen-flora of the locality is extremely rich be- cause of abundance of rocks, location in a river valley where shade and moisture have been plentiful and geo- graphically where the 8 northern species have persisted to increase the number more characteristic of present climatic conditions. (13) In substantiation of the method used to account for the present composition of the flora, I have attempted to show that the absence of tree and earth lichens from the local- ity tends to prove its correctness. In view of work already done at Taylors Falls and along Lake Superior, the study of the region of rapid transition in lichen-flora between is greatly to be desired. Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 13 I am under great obligations to Dr. Charles P. Berkey for in- formation concerning present and past geological conditions of the area studied. My thanks are also due to Professor Conway MacMillan for data concerning the distribution of the Conifers between Taylors Falls and Lake Superior and to Mr. Geo. H. Hazzard, of Taylors Falls, for the figures of annual precipita- tion of moisture in the vicinity of Taylors Falls. LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. 1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCH^ER. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 83. 2. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. florida FR. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 45. 3. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. rubiginea MICHX. On sandstone, no. 117- 4. Theloschistes lychneus (NvL.) TUCK. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 64. 5. Theloschistes concolor (DICKS.) TUCK. On sandstone, no. 102. 6. Parmelia perforata (JACQ^) ACH. On igneous rocks, no. 71. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 7. Parmelia crinita ACH. On igneous rocks, no. 66. 8. Parmelia borreri TURN. On sandstone, no. in. 9. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 52 and 67. 10. Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. On igneous rocks, no. 60. u. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 50. 12. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 49. 13. Physcia speciosa (WuLF. ACH.) NYL. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 63. 14 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 14. Physcia aquila (Acn.) NYL. var. detonsa TUCK. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 42 and 86. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 15. Physcia pulverulenta (SCHREB.) NYL. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 73. 16. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK. On igneous rocks, no. 2. 17. Physcia tribacia (Acn.) TUCK. On igneous rocks, nos. 55 and 77. 18. Physcia csesia (HOFFM.) NYL. On igneous rocks, no. 30. 19. Physcia obscura (EHRH.) NYL. On igneous rocks, nos. 5 and 47. 20. Pyxine sorediata FR. On igneous rocks, no. 48. 21. Umbilicaria dillenii TUCK. On igneous rocks, no. 87. 22. Nephroma helveticum ACH. On igneous rocks, no. 26. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 23. Pel tigera pulverulenta (TAYL.) NYL. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 15. 24. Peltigera rufescens (NECK.) HOFFM. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 17. 25. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, nos. 16 and 28. 26. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. spuria ACH. On sandstone, no. 119. 27. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata SCH^ER. On sandstone, no. 96. 28. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 20. 29. Pannaria microphylla (SEV.) DELIS. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 35. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 30. Ephebe solida BORN. ( ?) On igneous rocks, no. 59. The specimens were sterile and must be regarded as uncer- Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 15 tain as to species. I found the same plant in three or four lo- calities in northern Minnesota. Not previously reported »from Minnesota. 31. Collema pulposum (BERNH.) NYL. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 23. 32. Collema flaccidum ACH. On igneous rocks, no. 43. 33. Leptogium tremelloides (L. FIL.) FR. On igneous rocks, nos. 18, 25, 29 and 61. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 34. Leptogium chloromelum (SEV.) NYL. On sandstone, no. 109. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 35. Placodium elegans (LINK.) DC. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no/53- 36. Placodium cinnibarinum (Acn.) ANZ. On igneous rocks, no. 31 and 62. 37. Placodium aurantiacum (LIGHT) NAEG. and HEPP. On igneous rocks and sandstones, no. 57. A form with scanty thallus and biatorine apothecia, appear- ing much like the next. 38. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. sid- eritis TUCK. On igneous rocks, nos. 38, 39 and 91. 39. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. On igneous rock and sandstone, no. 3. 40. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) ACH. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 51. 41. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 12 and 115. 42. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. coilocarpa, ACH. On sandstone, no. 108. 43. Lecanora atra ( HUBS.) ACH. (?) On igneous rocks, no. 4. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 44. Lecanora hageni ACH. On sandstone, no. 118. 45. Lecanora varia (EHRH.) NYL. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 68. 16 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 46. Lecanora varia (EHRH.) NYL. var. symmicta, ACH. On sandstone, no 103. 47. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF/ On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. u, 19, 34 and 70. 48. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF. var. laevata, FR. On igneous rocks, no. 14. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 49. Lecanora fuscata (SCHRAD.) TH. FR. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 33, 56, 94, and 106. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 50. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. On igneous rocks and sandstone, nos. 59 and 105. 51. Pertusaria velata (TURN.) NYL. On sandstone, no. 95. 52. Pertusaria communis DC. On sandstone, no. 112. 53. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 9. 54. Stereocaulon condensatum HOFFM. On sandstone, no. 93. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Also not listed before west of New England. 55. Cladonia mitrula TUCK. On sandstone, no. 99. 56. Cladonia cariosa (Acn.) SPRENG. On sandstone, 114. 57. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 65. 58. Cladonia squamosa HOFFM. On earth among igneous rocks, nos. 72 and 78. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 59. Cladonia caespiticia (PERS.) FL. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, nos. 68a anc 101. 60. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. tubaeformis FR. On sandstone, nos. 104 and no. 61. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. On earth among igneous rocks and on sandstone, no. 74. Fink: ROCK LICHENS OF TAYLORS FALLS. 17 62. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. var. verticillata, FR. On sandstone, no. 116. 63. Cladonia delicata (EHRH.) FR. On old wood among igneous rocks, nos. 79* and 67. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 64. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) HOFFM. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 81. 65. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) HOFFM. var. alpestris L. On earth among igneous rocks, no. 82. 66. Cladonia macilenta (EHRH.) HOFFM. On old roots among igneous rocks, no. 79*" and So*. 67. Biatora rufonigra TUCK. On igneous rocks, no. i. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 68. Biatora coarctata(SM. NYL.) TUCK. var. brajeriana SCH^R. On sandstone, no. 92. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 69. Biatora myriocarpoides (NYL.) TUCK. On sandstone, no. 100. Habitat unusual, but I cannot distin- guish sufficiently between this and my wood specimens to separate them. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 70. Lecidea albocaerulescens (WULF.) SCH^R. On igneous rocks and sandstones, no. 27. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 71. Buellia spuria ARN. On igneous rocks, no. 22. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 72. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. On igneous rocks, no. 58. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 73. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. var. montagnaei TUCK. On igneous rocks, no. 89. Not previously reported trom Minnesota. 74. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. var. grandis FLOERK. 18 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On igneous rocks, no. 89*. Thallus coarser, more crowded and lighter colored. Hypothallus deficient. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 75. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCH^ER. On igneous rocks and sandstone, no. 41. 76. Endocarpon hepaticum HEDW. On sandstone, no. 97. 77. Verrucaria fuscella FR. On igneous rocks, no. 21. 78. Verrucaria muralis ACH. On sandstone, no. 107. 79. Thelocarpon prasinellum NYL. On old boards, no. 113. Not previously reported from Minnesota. II. A METHOD OF DETERMINING THE ABUN- DANCE OF SECONDARY SPECIES. ROSCOE POUND AND FREDERIC E. CLEMENTS. In determining the abundance of species, appearances are extremely deceptive. One who has worked over the prairies for many seasons comes to think that he can pick out instantly the most abundant secondary species. Long continued obser- vation in the field stamps a picture on one's mind, and it seems a simple matter to pick out the several species and to classify them in the several grades of abundance with reasonable ac- curacy. As a matter of fact, this is not possible. After more than ten years of active field work on the prairies, it seemed to the writers that the mental pictures acquired was approximately sufficient to make the reference of the commoner secondary species of prairie formations to their proper grades an easy task. When actual looking at the prairies as the season permitted appeared to confirm the picture already formed, this seemed certain. Closer analysis of the floral covering proved that the conclusions formed from looking at the prairie formations and from long field experience, without actual enumeration of indi- vidual plants, were largely erroneous. The psoraleas, prairie clovers and blazing stars would probably occur to all as among the most abundant of the secondary species in the vernal, estival and serotinal aspects of the prairies respectively. When we first addressed ourselves to the task of assigning to each of the various prairie species its proper degree of abundance, it oc- curred to us at once that we could take a certain species, or certain species, as types for each grade, and use these species as standards by which to measure the others. It proved in the end that the species selected, though of the commonest occur- rence and hence familiar from daily observation, were in many cases referred to wrong grades as compared with other species, no less common, but for some reason not so prominent. The difficulty is that the species which appear most prominent in the constitution of the prairies are not necessarily the most abundant. 20 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The prominent-flowered blazing stars and prairie clovers make a much greater impression on the eye than species which are far more abundant, and the same thing is true to a less degree of many other species. To insure accurate or even approximately accurate results, it is necessary to resort to some method of actual count. Actual count is usually practicable only when copious, gre- gario-copious or sparse plants are in question. But it is only with respect to such species, which are as a rule secondary in formations, that it is important to determine minutely the grade of abundance manifested. During the past season, in order to determine the actual quan- titative relations of the copious and gregario-copious species, we have made a large number of enumerations of the individual plants of each secondary species present in plots five meters square in characteristic formations of each of the four phytogeo- graphical regions represented in Nebraska. The plot used, five meters square, is as large as can be used to insure accuracy in counting. The deficiences resulting from the small size of the plots are corrected by taking a large number of plots at each station and averaging the results. There is a surprisingly close agreement in figures obtained from plots in widely separated stations in the same district, provided reasonable care is taken to "locate them in typical situations. By way of illustration, a number of observations are given in full. These are not averages, but are the actual counts as taken in the field. The two immediately following were taken on the prairie 14 miles northeast of Lincoln in the prairie grass forma- tion ( Sporobolus-Koeleria-Pamcum). The second was made about 400 yards distant from the first. Amorpka canescens ...... 387 Aster multiflorus . . . . . . .223 Antennaria campestris (16 patches) . . . 209 Solidago rupestris . . . . . . 101 Helianthus rigidus . . . . . . 97 Kuhnistera Candida ...... 43 Kuhnistera purpurea . . . . . . 31 Brauneria pallida ....... 24 Solidago rigida . . . . . . 19 Kuhnia glutinosa ....... Comandra umbellata . . . . . 7 Rosa arkansana 2 Pound and Clements: METHOD OF DETERMINING SPECIES. 21 (2) Amorpha cancsccns ...... -268 Aster multijlorus ....... -205 Antennaria campestris (6 patches) . . . 154 SoUdago rupestris . . . . . . .105 Ifelianthus rigidus ...... 63 Kuhnistcra Candida ...... 26 Kuhnistera purpurea . . . . . . 22 Brauneria pallida . . . . . . 10 Solidago rigida . . . . . . .16 Rosa arkansana ....... 8 SoUdago rigidiuscula ...... 5 Gerardia purpurea ...... 3 Laciniaria scariosa ....... 2 Erlgcron ramosus ...... i Linum rigidum was prominent, but did not occur in either of the plots, and in comparatively few of those laid out. In a large number of plots, Amorpha canescens averaged 309, Aster multijlorus 275, and Antennaria campestris 12 patches and 145 individuals. Enumerations were also made in the same formation in the transition area between the prairie region and the sand hill re- gion. The following example is one of a number made south of Broken Bow (Custer County). The formation is the ordi- nary prairie grass {Sporobohis-Koeleria-Panicum) formation, modified somewhat on account of the sandy soil. Amorpha canescens . , . • . . 291 Aster multijlorus ....... 238 Kuhnistera Candida (?) . . . . . 23 Solidago rupestris . . . . . . .21 Brauneria pallida . . . . . . 17 Helianthus rigidus . . . . . . .12 Kuhnia glutinosa ...... 5 The marked decrease in the number of secondary species and in the abundance of each is characteristic of this transition area. Another count, made where the prairie grass formation was giving way to the buffalo grass formation on the one hand, and to the bunch grass formation on the other, is interesting. While the prairie grasses (species of Sporobolus, Koeleria cris- tata and Panicum Scribnerianuni) were controlling, there was a strong admixture of Bouteloua oligostachya, and two bunches 22 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of Andropogon scopartus occurred in the plot. The locality was about six miles northwest of the preceding. Amorpha canescens . . . . . . 192 Kuhnistera occidentalis ( ?) . . . .26 Solidago rupestris . . . . . . 1 8 Artemisia gnaphalodes . . . . . .17 Solidago mollis . . . . . . . 12 Solidago rigida ....... 3 Helianthus rigidus ...... 2 The following count, made in the buffalo grass formation, about two miles beyond the one last set forth, shows the latter formation as affected by the near proximity of the prairie gras, formation. The number of secondary species, small as it is, is very large for that formation. Where this count was mades the dominant grass was Bouteloua oltgostachya. The only other grass was Schedonnardus -paniculatus , represented by two small patches. Plantago Purshii ....... 42 Solidago mollis . . . . . . . 23 Lygodesmia juncea ....'.. 5 Lepachys columnaris (dwarf) ..... 3 Eriocarpum spinulosum ...... 2 Grindelia squarrosa . . . . . I Kuhnia glutinosa ....... i Lesquerella argentea . . . . . . i The constant diminution in the number and abundance of secondary species as one passes from the prairie grass formation of the prairie region to the buffalo grass and bunch grass forma- tions of the transition area and of the sand hill region is well illustrated by these figures. The difference betweeen the prairie grass formation in its ordinary situations and in the transition area, and between the buffalo grass formation of the "range" and the same formation in the transition area is better O shown by figures obtained from such enumerations than in any other way. Many other examples of the efficacy of this method in representing changes in the floral covering as one passes from one district to another might be given. The method of actual enumeration of the individual plants present in plots of a given size makes accurate limitation of the several grades of abundance possible. Of course, this has noth- Pound and Clements: METHOD OF DETERMINING SPECIES. 23 ing to do with the mode of disposition of individuals. But given a copious, gregario-copious or sparse species, there still remains something more to be said before the abundance of the species is fairly indicated. Collation of the results of a large number of enumerations has shown that six grades of copious plants may be recognized readily. The first, in which the average number of individuals in a plot five meters square exceeds 200, corresponds to copious.1 As examples, there may be cited from the prarie formations Amorpha canescens, with an average of 309 in the prairie region, Aster multiflorus with an average of 275 in the prairie region and about 230 in the sand hill region ; from the herbaceous layer of woody formations, Verbesina alternifolia (which is almost gregarious at times), with an aver- age of 245. To the second degree (copious2) those species may be assigned in which the average number of individuals in a plot is from 150 to 200, such as Plantago Purshii (162) in the Peppergrass-Cactus formation in the transition area between the sand hill region and the foot hill region. Those species with an average ranging from TOO to 150 may be assigned to the third degree (copious3). Examples are : Aster sagittifolius , which has an average of 133 in the herbaceous layer of the Bur- oak-Elm- Walnut formation in the Mississippi basin region and Solidago rupestriS) which has an average of 104 in the Sporo- bolus-Koeleria-Panicum formation in the prairie region. In the fourth degree (copious4) those species may be included which have an average of from 50 to 100, such as Glycorhiza lepidota in the river valleys in the sand hill region, where its average is 83. All of the foregoing are of sufficient abundance to be included in the general term " copious," taking the latter to represent a quantitative idea as well as the manner of associ- ation of the individuals. Where the average falls below 50 and exceeds 5, we call the species " subcopious." Comparison and collation of statistics has shown that subcopious species fall into two groups, in one, which we call subcopious,1 the average does not fall below 15. Examples are : Kuhnistera Candida in the Sporobolus-Koeleria-Panictim formation in the prairie re- gion, where it has an average of 18, Solidago mollis in the Peppergrass-Cactus formation in the transition area between the sand hill and foot hill regions, where its average is slightly over 20, and Artemisia gnaphalodes in the transition between the prairie and the sand hill regions, where its average is 16. 24 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Where the average number in a plot is between 5 and 15, the species is called subcopious.2 A glance at the list given above will show that these are often very striking components of the prairie formations. Finally, in case the average is below 5 and above .01, or one individual in ten plots, the species is called "sparse." Gregario-copious species may be treated in the same way, giving gregario-copious,1 etc. Antennaria campes- tris in the prairie grass formations of the prairie region, aver- aging 12 patches and 145 individuals per plot, would be gre- gario-copious.3 Although this method involves no little labor, especially when applied to social species, as we have been able to do success- fully in some cases, such as the Peppergrass in the Pepper- grass-Cactus formation, it has furnished results which amply reward the time and work required. By means of such enum- erations we have been able to determine many questions with certainty which could only be guessed at otherwise, and we have been able to make more accurate limitations of the regions and particularly the transition areas than we had thought pos- sible. III. LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE COLLECTED IN MINNESOTA DURING 1896 AND 1897. JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN. During the past two years no special effort has been made to collect the algae of the State. Several species have been given particular study in the laboratory and a few others have inci- dentally been brought to notice. The list comprises only those not heretofore recorded in Minnesota, and is a continuation of the series begun in Vol. I. of this publication. Attention may be called to the comparatively large number of lime-secreting forms. HELMINTHOCLADIACEJE (HARV.) SCHMITZ Syst. Uebers. Florid, in Flora 4. 1889. 240. Chantransia pygmaea (KG.) SIRDT. Les Batracho- spermes. 244, 245. 1884. Together with Chaetophora calcarea, Dicothrix cal- carea, Lyngbya martensiana var. calcarea and JL. nana, forming the calcareous crust on sides of old tank and on twigs in the water. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October i, 1895. 241. Chantransia expansa WOOD. Contr. Hist. Fresh- Water Algae North Am. 215. pi. 19. f. 2. 1872. On stones under waterfall. Osceola, Wisconsin. Sep- tember 15, 1897. CHARACEAE RICHARD in Humb. et Bonpl. Nov. G. I. 1815. 242. Chara contraria A. BR. Schweizer. Char. 15. 1847. In ditches. Osceola, Wisconsin. August 31, 1895. 243. Chara foetida A. Br. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. II. i: 354. 1834. In pool formed by spring water. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 15, 1897. 26 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ULOTRICHIACEAE (Kc.) BORZI em. DE TONI. Syll. Alg. i : 151. 1889. 244. Hormiscia zonata (WEB. and MOHR) ARESCH. var. valida (NAG.) RABENH. Fl. Eur. Algar 3: 362. 1868. On rocks wet with surf. Grand Marais, Lake Su- perior, Minnesota. Coll. A. H. Elftman. July 27, 1896. PALMELLACEAE (DECNE.) NAG. em. DE TONI. Syll. Alg. i: 559. 1889. 245. Scenedesmus obliquus (TURP.) KG. Syn. Diat. in Lin- naea. 8 : 609. 1833. Grown in aquarium in which water was saturated with nitrous oxide. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Emil Sandsten. February 23, 1898. 246. Chlorochytrium archerianum HIERON. in Jahres. Schles. Gesellsch. 296. 1887. In cells of Sphagnum which had been kept in the Uni- versity plant-house six weeks. Osceola, Wisconsin. Coll. Conway MacMillan. September 15, 1896. 247. Tetraspora cylindrica (WAHLENB.) AG. Syst. Alg. 188. no. 2. 1824. Attached to lake bottom, abundant around the outside harbor rocks. Grand Marais, Lake Superior, Minne- sota. Coll. A. H. Elftman. July 27, 1896. 248. Palmella miniata LEIBL. var. aequalis NAG. Einzell. 67. pi. 4. D. f. 2. 1849. On submerged rocks and pebbles in slow current. Minnehaha creek, Soldiers' Home, Minneapolis, Minnesota. September 27, 1896. This species contains calcium carbonate in quantity. It is accompanied by filaments which much resemble Stigeoclonium in its transition stage. ZYGNEMACEAE (MENEGH.) RABENH. Fl. Eur. Algar. 2 : 228. 1868. 249. MougeotiaparvulaHASs. var. angusta(HAss.) KIRCHN. Alg. Schles. 128. 1878. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATEK ALGAE. 27 Grown in aquarium in which water was saturated with nitrous oxide. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Emil Sandsten. February 23, 1898. RIVULARIACEAE RABENHORST Fl. Eur. Algar. 2: 2. 1865. 250. Calothrix parietina (NAG.) THUR. Ess. Class. Nostoch. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. I : 381. 1875. On stone sides of fountain, breaking up in small frag- ments when peeled off. Kenwood, Minneapolis, Minnesota. August 3, 1895. 251. Dichothrix calcarea TILDEN Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 165. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23 : 95-104. pi. 7-9. F. 1897 Forming a part of the lime incrustation which covers sides of wooden tank. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October i, 1895. 252. Rivularia biasolettiana MENEGH. in Zanardini Syn. Alg. in mari Adriatico collect, in Reale Acad. Sci. Torino. II. IV. 42. 1841. On rocks at edge of lake. Big Stone lake, Dakota. Coll. David Griffiths. October 4, 1895. 253. Gloeotrichia pisum (Ac.) THURET. Essai de class. Nostochinees in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. i : 382. , l875- Floating on surface of water in large quantity. Lake Minnewaska, Glenwood, Minnesota. Coll. Elizabeth H. Foss. August, 1897. NOSTOCEAE KUTZ Phyc. gen. 203. 1843. 254. Anabaena azollae STRASB. Bot. Prakt. 341. f. 130. 1887. In chambers in the leaves of Azolla Caroliniana. Uni- versity plant-house, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Sep- tember 15, 1896. 255. Anabaena cycadearum REINKE, Bot. Zeit. 37: 473- 476. pi. 6. f. 1-5. 1879. In roots of Cycas revoluta. University plant-house, Minneapolis, Minnesota. December 20, 1896. 256. Anabaena flos-aquae (LYNGB.) BREB. in Brebissonet Godey. Algues des environs de Falaise. 36. 1835. Floating in abundance on surface of water. Cedar 28 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lake, Hennepin county, Minnesota. Coll. Miss M. G. Fanning and H. B. Humphrey. October 28, 1897. VAGINARIEAE GOMONT in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 4:351. 1890. 257. Schizothrix rupicola TILDEN. Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 175. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pi. 7-9. F. 1897. Bare and dry sandstone cliffs. Soldiers' Home, Min- nehaha Falls, Minnesota. Coll. C. W. Hall. Sep- tember 28, 1896. 258. Schizothrix lardacea (CESATI) GOMONT. Monogr. des Oscill. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 15: 311. pi. 8. f. 8, 9. 1892. In a large bottle of distilled water left standing for several months. Botanical laboratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota. 1896. Det. by Gomont. LYNGBYEAE GOMONT Ess. class des Nostocacees homocystees in Morot Journ. de Bot. 4: 353. 1890. 259. Lyngbya martensiana MENEGH. var. calcarea TILDEN. Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 178. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pi. 7-9. F. 1897. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October i, 1895. 260. Lyngbya nana TILDEN. Am. Alg. Cent. II. no. 179. 1896. Bot. Gaz. 23: 95-104. pi. 7-9, F. 1897. With no. 240. Minneapolis, Minnesota. October i, 1895. 261. Phormidium valderianum (DELP.) GOMONT Monogr. des Oscill. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 16 : 167. pi. 4. f. 20. 1892. In arm of Mississippi river (old channel), St. Paul Park, Minnesota. Coll. E. M. Freeman, October 3, 1897. With Oscillator ia geminata, O. tennis var. tergestina, Phormidium valderianum, and species of Chroococ- cus, Palmellaceae, Coccocklorts, J^haphtdmm, Poly- cystis and Scenedemtis . Det. by Gomont. 262. Oscillatoria geminata MENEGH. Consp. Algol, euganeae. 9. 1837. With no. 261. Tilden: LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALGAE. 29 263. Oscillatoria tenuis AGARDH. Alg. Dec. 2 125. 1813. With no. 261. 264. Gloeocapsa calcarea n. sp. Forming a calcareous crust, light gray to light aerugi- nous in color, 2-3 mm. in thickness ; cells 6-9 mic. in diameter, 4-16 united in families ; families 25-50 mic. in diameter ; sheath colorless, somewhat thin ; cell-contents aeruginous, granular. Associated with several other lime-secreting algal forms. On boards where spring water from trough drips down constantly. Osceola, Wisconsin. September 15, 1897. IV. CORRECTIONS AND ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF MINNESOTA. A. A. HELLER. Chenopodium Boscianum MOQ^ Enum. Chenop. 21. 1840. This species should be stricken from the list of Minnesota plants, as no specimen of it has yet been reported from the State. Sheldon's " 1555, Lake Benton," as well as specimens from other localities, quoted in the Metaspermas of the Minne- sota Valley, probably belong to Chenopodium album. Sophia pinnata (WALT.) BRITTON, 111. Fl. 2 : 145. 1897. Erysimum pinnatum WALT. Fl. Car. 174. 1788. Sisymbrium canescens NUTT. Gen. 2: 68. 1818. Descurainia pinnata BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 5 : 173. 1894. The plants referred to this species in the Metasperma? of the Minnesota Valley, under the name of " Sisymbrium rnultifidum," belong to Sophia incisa, with the exception of Sheldon's " 1406, Lake Benton," and "Taylor, 1044, Glenwood," which are specimens of Sophia Hartivegiana. Sophia pinnata does not occur in Minnesota. Potentilla leucocarpa RYDBERG, in 111. Fl. 2 : 212. 1897. To this species belongs the specimen collected by Sheldon at Fergus Falls, Otter Tail county, August, 1892, and referred by him to Potentilla Nicolletii. Another specimen, also collected by Sheldon, and determined as P. Nicolletii, was obtained at Silver Lake, Otter Tail county, September, 1892. Potentilla Monspeliensis L. Sp. PI. 499. 1753. A specimen of this was collected at Pelican Lake, Otter Tail county, August, 1892, by Sheldon, but referred to Potentilla Nicolletii, in Minn. Bot. Stud. I : 16. Heller: THE FLORA OF MINNESOTA. 31 Potentilla Nicolletii (WATS.) SHELDON, Minn. Bot. Stud, i : 16. 1894. Potentilla supina var. Nicolletii WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 8 : 553- 1873. As shown by the two preceding notes, this species does not occur in Minnesota, for the specimens upon which Mr. Sheldon raised the variety to specific rank, belong to another species, or rather to two species. Potentilla pentandra ENGELM. : T. & G. Fl. N. A. i : 447. 1840. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Collected at Jor- dan, Scott county, June, 1891, by C. A. Ballard, no 252. In the Metaspermas of the Minnesota Valley, this specimen is re- ferred to Potentilla Canadensis, a species which it does not at all resemble. Malus loensis (Wooo) BRITTON, 111. Fl. 2:235. 1897. Pyrus coronaria var. loensis WOOD, Class Book, 333. 1860. Pyrus loensis BAILEY, Am. Gard. 12:473. 1891. In the Metaspermas of the Minnesota Valley this species is included under " Pirus coronaria" and the following speci- mens cited there belong to it, and not to Malus coronaria: Bal- lard, 345, Helena, Scott County ; Sheldon, 659, Waseca ; Sand- berg, Red Wing. Sheldon's 322, Smith's Mills, Blue Earth county, may belong here, but the specimen is so mutilated and imperfect that accurate determination from it alone is not possible. Geranium Bicknellii BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 92. 1897. Apparently common in Minnesota, as evinced by the follow- ing collections : J. H. Sandberg, Taylor's Falls, Two Harbors, Red Wing ; C. L. Herrick, Minneapolis, St. Louis river ; F. F. Wood, Pike Lake ; L. H. Bailey, Vermilion Lake, no. 199; T. S. Roberts, Duluth ; C. A. Ballard, Prior's Lake, Cleary's Lake, Scott county ; B. C. Taylor, Alexandria, Tay- lor's Falls; Otto Lugger, Tower; E. P. Sheldon, Milaca, Mille Lac Reservation, Nichols. It has heretofore been con- fused with Geranium Carolinianum, but that species does not seem to have been collected in Minnesota, as no specimens from the State are found in the herbarium of the University. 32 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lechea stricta LEGGETT ; Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21 : 251. 1894. The Illustrated Flora gives the range of this species as "Wisconsin, Illinois, Iowa." It has also been collected at several localities in Minnesota. We have two specimens col- lected by J. H. Sandberg, one at Sandy Lake, August, 1891, labeled " Lechea minor" the other at Centreville, July 30, 1891, labeled " Lechea Leggettii" There is also a specimen collected at Zumbrota, August, 1892, by C. A. Ballard, labelled " Lechea Leggettii" and one collected by Miss Jennie E. Camp- bell, at Rockville, July, 1896. E. P. Sheldon also collected it at St. Croix Falls, Wisconsin, September, 1892. The type of this species was presumably collected by Mr. M. S. Bebb, as we have a specimen from his collection, with the record : " Lechea stricta, Leggett ms. . . . Fountaindale, Winnebago County, Illinois, 1879." By referring to the Bo- tanical Gazette, 15 : 308. 1890, I find that the species was re- ported from Minnesota, previous to its publication, by E. J. Hill, who says: "The only Lechea seen was one called by Mr. W. H. Leggett, who has given special attention to these plants, L. minor Lam. var stricta. It grows on sandy hills, especially those thinly covered with Pinus Banksiana and P. resinosa, where the ground is not too much shaded, and on rocky hills and ledges with a thin covering of soil, on top of which, Jasper Peak, the highest point in the vicinity of Tower, I find it common." V. NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES FROM NEW MEXICO. A. A. HELLER. Allionia diffusa n. sp. Stems terete, two or three from a perennial rootstalk, diffusely branched from the base, 20 to 30 cm. in length, whitened and glabrous below, the middle part usually marked with several lines of short, curved hairs, the branches immediately below the inflorescence, as well as the inflorescence itself, covered with spreading, glandular hairs ; leaves sessile, lanceolate-linear, slightly narrowed at the base, the lowest 5 to 6 cm. long, the upper ones about half that length, all acute, the upper face pro- vided with a grayish margin, midvein prominent ; involucres clustered at the ends of the branches, mature ones about 7 mm. across, their lobes triangular-lanceolate, acutish, between 2 and 3 mm. long; perianth pale rose color, 6 mm. long, its lobes broadly obovate ; stamens three, these, as well as the style, ex- serted. The type is our no. 3740, collected June 21, 1897, on dry, gravelly hills, ten miles west of Santa Fe, altitude 6000 feet. The diffuse habit of the plant cannot always be well shown in dried specimens, but it is quite marked in the living state, the lower branches being almost procumbent. This species is, per- haps, plentiful in the vicinity of the place where it was first found, but as only one trip was made to that place after it came into bloom, only a few specimens were collected. Pedicularis fluviatilis n. sp. Stems several from a perennial root, erect, 15 to 20 cm. high, lanate pubescent, especially above, leafy, or the upper part somewhat naked; leaves alternate, rather distant, dark green, mature ones 5 to 6 cm. long, i cm. wide, linear-oblong in out- line, acute or acutish, deeply pinnately parted, the lobes of 34 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. almost uniform width, and lobed or serrate with spreading teeth ; spikes leafy bracteate, dense, 4 to 6 cm. long, and almost as broad ; calyx i cm. long, obliquely cleft to the base on the lower side, the upper side notched with a shallow rounded sinus ; corolla lemon yellow or faintly purple tinged, slightly over 2 cm. in length, 6 mm. wide, summit of the galea incurved, the tip provided with two cusps. The type is our no. 3639, collected June 2, 1897, in a meadow nine miles east of Santa Fe, altitude 8000 feet. The name fluviatilis is not very appropriate, but as specimens have been distributed under this name, I consider it better policy to de- scribe it under the name it has borne, rather than cause con- fusion by assigning another more appropriate one. The speci- mens were growing in a grassy meadow, on the banks of the Santa Fe creek, opposite "Monument Rock." For some months of the year this meadow is overflowed by water from an irrigating ditch, so that then the plants are actually growing in water, as indicated by the name. This species seems to be closely related to the common eastern P. Canadensis. Pentstemon caudatus n. sp. Glabrous throughout ; stems herbaceous, rather stout and fleshy, simple, erect, 25 to 30 cm. high, pruinose, leafy through- out ; leaves all sessile, more or less clasping, pruinose, rather fleshy, margined with a narrow pale line, the lower ones spat- ulate-oblong, or oblong-lanceolate, moderately acute, 4 to 7 cm. long, 5 mm. to r cm. wide, gradually becoming longer and broader until the inflorescence is reached, where they are broadly ovate- lanceolate, with long and narrow tips ; beginning with the inflorescence they become gradually shorter, but still retain the broad base, until near the very end of the stalk, where they are reduced to lanceolate bracts : flowers pale violet or pinkish, numerous in thyrsiform close clusters in the axes of the leaves, occupying from one-half to three-fourths of the length of the stem : calyx about 5 mm. long, its lobes lanceolate, or ovate-lanceolate, long-pointed, scarious margined, broadly so near the base; corolla slightly over 2 cm. in length, the tube gradually dilated into the funnelform throat, the orbicular-obo- vate lobes nearly equal, about 7 mm. long, spreading; sterile filament bearded in the upper half on one side, the tip some- what dilated and curled ; anthers dehiscent from base to apex, puberulous at line of dehiscence. Heller: NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES FROM MEXICO. 35 The type is our no. 3580, collected May 26, 1897, at Bar- ranca, Taos county, altitude 6900 feet. It is very abundant in open grassy, sandy soil, about Barranca station, growing in large patches. This species is likely to occur in Colorado also, as it occurs on the plateau which runs up into Colorado between the two mountain ranges, and specimens of it will probably be found in herbaria under the name of P. acuminatis Dougl., which northwestern species seems to be a convenient depository for anything which at all remotely resembles the original. Senecio Sanguisorbae DC. Prodr. 6: 427. 1837. Specimens referable to this species were collected in Santa Fe Canon, about twelve miles from Santa Fe. They were growing in wet ground along the stream, at a place well within the woods. Although numerous plants were seen, only a few specimens were obtained, as it was just coming into bloom and that part of the Canon was not again visited. To the best of my knowledge, the species has not hitherto been recorded within the borders of the United States. No. 3820. Sitilias Rothrockii (A. GRAY) GREENE, Pittonia, 2: 180. 1891. Pyrrhopappus Rothrockii A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. n : So. 1876. In our distribution of New Mexican plants of 1897, this spe- cies was erroneously determined as "Sitilias mit Uica ulis (DC.) GREENE." It was collected in a meadow along the Rio Grande river opposite the Indian Pueblo of San Juan, no. 3758. The specimens were obtained either in damp ground, or sometimes actually in water in swampy places. In some of the specimens the leaves are entire, or the lower ones only slightly toothed, while in others the lower ones are conspicuously pinnatifid. The original came from " Fisch's Ranch, in southern Arizona, at 5000 feet altitude." Rothrock, 699. The type-specimens are deposited in the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. VI. SOME MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. JOHN M. HOLZINGER. The mosses listed below were personally collected during the summer of 1897 in northeastern Minnesota along the Dawson canoe-route between Ely and Grand Portage. The route in- cludes the following lakes : Fall, Basswood, Newton, Sucker, Carp, Melon, Seed, Knife, Otter-track, Saganaga, Granite, Gunflint, North, South, Rose, Rove, Mountain, Moose, North- Fowl, South-Fowl and Superior. Acknowledgements and thanks are due to the following per- sons for assistance : To M. Jules Cardot for determination of Fontinalaceae, to Dr. R. True for determination of Dicrana, to Mr. A. J. Grout for determination and correction of the Eu- rhynchia, Brachythecia and Pylaisiellee, to Mrs. E. G. Britton for determination of Orthotricha, to Dr. G. N. Best for deter- mination and verification of Leskeae, Thuidia, Myurellas and Anomodonta and some other Hypnaceas, and to Dr. C. Warn- storf for determination of the Sphagna. A further list, including additional species, may be expected to follow this at a later date. 1. Sphagnum acutifolium EHRH. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 2. Sphagnum fuscum KLINGGR. Near Port Arthur, Canada (June 18, 1897). 3. Sphagnum girgensohnii Russ. On the point of land at the foot of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 4. Sphagnum medium LIMPR. At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, between Newton and Basswood lakes (June u, 1897), Holzinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 37 5. Sphagnum recurvum parvifolium SONDTN. With Sphagnum medium. 6. Sphagnum teres squarrosulum (LEsqJ WARNST. At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, between Newton and Basswood lakes (June n, 1897). 7. Sphagnum squarrosum PERS. On the trail between Eve lake and fall, near the base of Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). 8. Sphagnum wulfianum GIRO. Same locality as S. sqnarrosum. 9. Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. S. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids from Newton lake to Basswood lake (June 10, u, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June IT, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 10. Cynodontium polycarpum B. S. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of Pipestone rapids, shore of Bass- wood lake near the portage (June 10, n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). u. Dicranum palustre LA PYL (D. boryeani DE NOT). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On a small island in Lake Saganaga, called by our party Safety island, close by South island, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). 12. Dicranum palustre alatum BARNES. On Safety island, in Lake Saganaga. With the species (June 16, 1897). 13. Dicranum drummondii C. MULL. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 38 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood Lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 21, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 14. Dicranum flagellare HEDW. On the way from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, u, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from North lake to South lake, the divide between the waters of Hudson Bay and Lake Superior (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 15. Dicranum fuscescens TURN. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, At the south end of Gunflint lake, at Camp 10 (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 16. Dicranum longifolium HEDW. At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, n, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). Holzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 39 On Basswood lake, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga, at Camp 8 (June 16, 1897). On the portage from North lake to South lake (June 20, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 21, 1897). Dicranum montanum HEDW. On the point of land at the base of Kawastachong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp i (June 8, 9, 10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, u, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, i3» 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). Dicranum scoparium HEDW. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, on the shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Dicranum undulatum EHRB. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, at Camp 4 (June 12, i3» 1897). On the east end of Gunflint lake, at Camp 10 (June 20, 1897). On the portage from North lake to South lake, the divide between Hudson Bay and Lake Superior (June 20, 1897). Dicranum viride B. S. Along the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, at Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 40 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). 21. Fissidens incurvus SCHW. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 22. Fissidens osmundoides HEDW. Locality same as last. 23. Leucobryum glaucum SCH. Near Camp 2, at the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, n, 1897). 24. Ceratodon purpureus BRID. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of the portage around Pipestone rap- ids, shore of Basswood lake (June 10, u, 1897). Along the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). 25. Distichium capillaceum B. S. At the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, basswood lake (June n, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 26. Barbula ruralis HEDW. At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). 27. Barbula tortuosa W. and M. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 28. Grimmia apocarpa HEDW. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake, Camp 4 (June 12, 13, 1897). 29. Hedwigia ciliata EHRH. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June S-io, 1897). Holzinger : MUSCI OK THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 41 On a point of land, at the base of the United States pe- ninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). 30. Amphoridium lapponicum SCH. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 31. Ulota crispa BRID. In the woods along the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). 32. Ulota curvifolia BRID. On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula (June n, 1897). 33. Ulota hutchinsiae Sen. On Safety island, in Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 34. Orthotrichum speciosum NEKS. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near camp i (June 8-10, 1897). NOTE : This plant agrees in appearance with plants from Idaho and Washington, except that the leaves are only slightly papillose, the papillae being mostly low and simple, exactly as figured for O. elegans Schwaegr., in Husnot, Muse. Gall. Another point of departure is the smooth or nearly smooth capsule. In these two points it seems to approach O. elegans. Yet the disposition of the cilia of the peristome is not as described in this spe- cies, but as in O. speciosum. The plant seems therefore to stand intermediate between O. 'speciosum and O. ele- gans. And in that case Schwagrichen's species is rather Orthotrichum speciosum elegans. 35. Orthotrichum speciosum roellii VENT. On trees along the road from Ely to Winton, Fall lake. (June 8, 1897). 36. Encalypta ciliata HEDW. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June S-io, 1897). 42 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 37. Teraphis pellucida HEDW. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of United States pe- insula, shore of Basswood lake (June u, 1897). At the lower end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, shore of Basswood lake (June 10, n, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake (June 20, 1897). 38. Funaria hygrometrica HEDW. On the portage from North lake to South lake, the di- vide between Hudson Bay and Lake Superior (June 20, 1897). 39. Bartramia oederi SCHW. Along the road from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 40. Bartramia pomiformis HEDW. On the lower end of the portage around Pipestone rapids, shore of Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, n, 1897). On a small point of land, at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). Near Gunflint station (June, 1897). On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 21, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 41. Leptobryum pyriforme Sen. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 42. Webera nutans HEDW. Same station as the last. Hohinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 43 43. Mnium cuspidatum HKD\V. Same station as the last. 44. Mnium punctatum HEDW. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp i, Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 45. Mnium serratum BRID. On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 46. Timmia bavarica HESSL. var cucullata (Micnx.). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 47. Atrichum undulatum P. B. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 48. Pogonatum alpinum ROELL. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 49. Polytrichum commune L. Same station as the last. 50. Polytrichum juniperinum WILLD. On the point of land at the base of Kawasatchong lake, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 51. Polytrichum piliferum SCHREB. On the prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 52. Fontinalis antipyretica LINN. In the river crossing the Grand portage about four miles north of Grand Portage village. Abundant (June 21, 1897). 53. Fontinalis duriaei SCH. On submerged rocks at the base of Kawasatchong falls near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 54. Fontinalis holzingeri CARDOT. sp. nova in litt. At the second falls of Granite river ascending from Lake Saganaga (June 17, 1897). " Du groupe Heterophyllas, voisine du F. missourica Card., sed foliis rigidioribus, red firmo, cellulis longi- 44 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. oribus, haud vel vix flexuosis, valde chlorophyllosis, parietibus firmis, distincta." 55. Fontinalis hypnoides HARTM. "forma foliis apice saepe denticulata." In the stream flowing from North lake into Little Gun- flint lake. Abundant at the lower end of the stream (June 20, 1897). 56. Dichelyma pallescens B. S. At the base of alder trunks growing along the bank of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 57. Neckera oligocarpa B. S. Near Camp i at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land near the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 58. Neckera pennata HKDW. On trees along the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). Near Camp i, on Fall lake (June 10-12, 1897). On the Prairie Portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 59. Homalia trichomanoides jamesii (SCHIMP.). Near Camp i, at the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On the portage from Fall lake to Newton lake (June 10, n, 1897). On a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). NOTE : This plant has leaves varying strongly toward the typical European form of the species. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). NOTE : I have carefully studied the plants collected ; have compared them with Professor Macoun's Canadian specimens sent out under No. 242 ; also with the Ho- Holzingcr : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 45 malia collected by Professor James, near Franconia, N. H., named H. jamcsii Schimp., and probably typical material of Schimper's species, also with H. trichoman- oldcs from Denmark, collected by Dr. J. Hensen, near Hvako, in 1883 ; and I fail to find a single good reason for separating our American forms of Homalia with ser- rate leaves from the European Homalia trichomanoides as a distinct species. Not a single constant character can be established for our plant. I have made microm- eter measurements of the leaf cells of all the specimens examined, and I find them essentially of the same size in the same part of the leaf in all specimens. The American specimens that are fertile show not the slight- est difference from European specimens either in peri- chastial leaves or in perforation of the segments of the peristome along the keel. The only point of difference is the, on the whole, more obtuse apex of the leaves in our American forms. But it cannot fail to attract the at- tention of the student, especially when he reviews a large number of forms in different collections, that while in our American forms the apex is on the whole more rounded, some leaves may be found on every plant which have an apiculate apex. Also the European plants studied show some leaves more rounded at the apex than others. As for the description of the European plant, by European authors themselves, let me cite first from Muscinees de la France by M. PAbbe Boulay (1884), p. 150. " Feuilles largement oblongue-elliptiques, con- vexes-cultriformes par le bord superieur, un peu repliees en dessus par 1'inflexion du bord inferieur, brevement apiculees, tres finement denticulees sur tout le contour (dont plus grandes et plus rapprochees ver le sommet ; long. 2, larg. i mm. ***** cellules moyennes 8-10 fois aussi 1. q. 1. ; vers les bords et au sommet, elles sont courtes, rhomboidales ; * * * * lanieres du peristome interne lineares, plus longues que les dents, peu ou millement ouvertes ver la carene." InLimpricht'sLaubmoosell (1895), p. 715: "Blatter gedrangt, zweizerlig-abstrehend, zuletst abwarts gebo- gen, flach ausgebreiten, unsymmetrisch, aus herablaufen- der, etwas verschmalerter Bariszungen-messerformung, 46 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. stiimpflich, 1.8-2 mm. lang, und i mm. breit, am Rande deroberen Blatt halfte ausgefressen-gezahnt, am Grunde, an einer Seite eingeschlagen * * * Innerer Peristom * * * in der linie ritzenformig; durch brochen." c? Now in Macoun's Cat. of Can. PL, 4 (1892), p. 163, the authors of Homalia macounii, say of it: "Very nearly allied to Homalia trichomanoides; differs in the leaves being longer, rather lingulate, the lowest basal cells yellow, the perichaetial leaves more suddenly nar- rowed to a very short acumen, the segments of the per- istome cleft between the articulations." This is quite all in the line of characterization. Among other localities it is credited to Lake Superior, Drummond's specimens having been collected there. Both from actual comparison and from the circum- stance of locality, the Lake Superior plants collected by me are reasonably referred to the same plants upon which Homalia macounii is founded. If this inference is correct then the only valid part of the above statements, which stand in place of description, is the first phrase "very nearly allied to If. trichomanoides." The leaf length varies according to European authors themselves. The "rather lingulate" form of outline is ascribed by Limpricht to Homalia trichomanoides , when he makes the leaves " zungen-messerformung," i. e., " lingulate-cultri- form." As to the " lowest basal cells yellow, the peri- chsetial leaves more suddenly narrowed to a very short acumen," my own close observations fail to verify these two characters, which, if observed by the authors, must have been purely accidental. And as for " the segments of the peristome cleft between the articulations," this character, judging both the European specimens actually examined, and from the painstaking description of Ho- malia trichomanoides made by European authors them- selves, as seen from citations above, is unconditionally conceded to belong to Homalia trichomanoides Br. The only tangible difference, the slightly more obtuse leaves it certainly has in common with Dr. James' own speci- mens of Homalia jamesii. If now we turn to Lesq. and James' Manual of Mosses of North America (1884), p. 285, we find not a single positive or new character as- Holzinger: MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 47 signed to Homalia jainesii, except leaves " striolate lengthwise when dry." And this point is not borne out by the actual examination of James' own material. It appears, therefore, that Homalia jamesii is too close tO-ff. trichomanoidcs ; that Homalia macounii is identical with Homalia jamesii; that the only difference is found in the more obtuse leaves of our species, which proves to be a variable character, and therefore that it should not stand as a distinct species, hardly deserving the name of a variety. As a variety it must be called : Homalia trichomanoides jamesii (SCHIMP.). H. jamesii Schimp. in Syn. ( ), p. 473. H. macounii in Mac. Cat. (1892), p. 163. The geographical distribution of this variety of Homalia trichomanoidcs, includes necessarily all the stations cited in Macoun's Catalogue for H. macounii with those given for H. jamesii in Lesquereux and James' Manual. 60. Myurella careyana SULL. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 61. Myurella julacea SCH. At the base of Kawasatchong falls, shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 62. Leskea nervosa MYR. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 63. Leskea polycarpa EHRH. At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 64. Leskea polycarpa paludosa SCH. On the way from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (JuneS, 1897). 48 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897), abundant. 65. Anomodon attenuatus HARTM. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point of land, 'at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 66. Anomodon minor (P. BEAUV.) FURN. On the shore of Fall lake, base of Kawasatchong falls, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 67. Anomodon rostratus SCH. On the shore of Fall lake, base of Kawasatchong falls, near Camp i (June8-io, 1897). On a small point of land, at the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 68. Pylaisia heteromalla SCH. On trees along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On a small point, at the base of the United States penin- sula, Basswood lake (June u, 1897). 69. Pylaisia polyantha SCH. On trees along the shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake, near the rapids from Sucker lake (June 12, 13. 1897). 70. Platygyrium repens SCH. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i. On dead logs (June 8-10, 1897). 71. Cylindrotheciurn seductrix SULLIV. Same locality as above. 72. Climacium americanum BRID. Same locality as above. Portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). Holzinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 49 73. Thuidium abietinum Sen. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1894). 74. Thuidium recognitum LINDB. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 75. Thuidium philiberti LIMPR. At camp, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 76. Brachythecium campestre SCH. Shore of Fall lake near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 77. Brachythecium flexicaule REN. and CARD. On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 78. Brachythecium oxycladon (BRID.). Grout. At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). This last is pronounced a " slender form " by Mr. Grout. Brachythecium plumosum SCH.? On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). 80. Brachythecium salebrosum SCH. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). 81. Brachythecium starkei SCH. At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). 82. Eurynchium robustum (ROELL.). At the base of the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On Basswood lake, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula (June 12, 1897). 50 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mr. Grout remarks that these plants vary toward E. strigosum ; they are probably only large forms of this species. 83. Eurynchium strigosum SCH. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake ( June 20, 1897). On the portage from South-Fowl lake to Pigeon river (June 21, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior June 23, 1897). 84. Raphidostegium recurvans L. and J. Shore of Fall lake, near Camp i (June 8-10, 1897). On the point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June u, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 85. Plagiothecium denticulatum SCH. On the road from Ely to Winton, shore of Fall lake (JuneS, 1897). At Camp i, shore of Fall lake, near Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). 86. Plagiothecium muhlenbeckii SCH. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 87. Plagiothecium sylvaticum SCH. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 88. Amblystegium adnatum L. and J. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). Det. by G. N. Best. 89. Amblystegium serpens SCH. On the portage from Mountain lake to Moose lake (June 20, 1897). 90. Hypnum chrysophyllum BRID. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 91. Hypnum cupressiforme ericetorum B. S. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, n, 1897). Holzinger : MUSCI OF THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY. 51 92. Hypnum crista-castrensis L. On the road from Ely to Winton, on Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp i, on Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, u, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). Near Camp 3, at the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 13, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). 93. Hypnum filicinum trichodes BRID. On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). Dr. Best remarks that this approaches the variety acicu- linum C. M. and K. 94. Hypnum haldanianum GREV. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp i, on Fall lake, near Kawasatchong falls (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of the Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake (June 10, u, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, on Basswood lake (June u, 1897). On the portage from South lake to Rat lake (June 20, 1897). 95. Hypnum hispidulum BRID. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp i, on Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). 96. Hypnum reptile RICH. At Camp i, on Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897.) At a small point of land at the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). 97. Hypnum schreberi WILLD. At Camp i, on Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the lower end of the Pipestone rapids, on Basswood lake, near Camp 2 (June 10, n, 1897). 52 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June u, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 98. Hypnum uncinatum HEDW. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). On the portage across the divide (June 20, 1897). 99. Holocomium splendens SCH. At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the base of the United States peninsula, Basswood lake (June n, 1897). On the Prairie portage, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, i3. l897)- On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 10, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). 100. Hylocomium triquetrum SCH. On the road from Ely to Fall lake (June 8, 1897). At Camp i, shore of Fall lake (June 8-10, 1897). At the farther end of the portage across the United States peninsula, shore of Basswood lake (June 12, 1897). On Safety island, Lake Saganaga (June 16, 1897). At the east end of Gunflint lake (June 20, 1897). On Grand Portage island, north shore of Lake Superior (June 23, 1897). VII. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON THE GROWTH OF PLANTS. EMIL P. SANDSTEN. INTRODUCTION. In recent years considerable attention has been paid by phys- iologists to the influence of various chemical agents upon the growth of plants, and the results thus far obtained seemed to warrant further investigation along this line. The work here- tofore has been confined almost exclusively to the lower plant forms, which are more easily attacked by the difficult technique which is bound up in this kind of inquiries. The recent prelim- inary results of Johanssen (i) were announced shortly after this work was begun, and it was thought advisable to extend the work to cover the phases of the vegetative period as well as rest- ing seeds, etc. To some extent the writer has had in mind the ultimate application of the reactions obtained in practical garden- ing though such results are reserved for verification and further trial. The work was done during the fall and winter of 1897 and 1898 in the laboratories of plant physiology in the Univer- sity of Minnesota under the direction of Dr. D. T. Mac Dougal, to whom the writer is greatly indebted for his valuable advice and kind criticism. MATERIAL AND METHODS. The experiments may be conveniently classified as follows : 1. The influence of gases and vapors upon seeds. 2. The influence of gases and vapors upon seedlings. 3. The influence of gases and vapors upon growing shoots. 4. The influence of gases and vapors upon resting bulbs, corms, etc. 5. The influence of gases and vapors upon plants growing in water cultures. The reagents used were alcohol, ammonia, carbon bisulphide, 54 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. chloroform, ether, nitrous oxide and oxygen. Small quantities of alcohol (methyl), ammonia (hydrate), carbon bisulphide, ether and chloroform were placed in tubes inside of closed receivers and allowed to vaporize into the air enclosed. The nitrous ox- ide was the commercial mixture, N2O 90 parts, N 8.86, O 1.13. In certain experiments the pure gas which had been obtained from ammonium nitrate was used. Commercial oxygen from tanks was used. As a means of control and test of the actual efficiency of the reagents, leaves of Philotria (Elodea) and hairs of Tradescantia, Tomato, Begonia, Pelargonium and Geranium were mounted in an Engelmann gas chamber and subjected to their action. These tests were carried on at a room temperature of 16 to 23° C., and the results noted below are quite in harmony with those given by previous writers. Oxygen. The movements of protoplasm are greatly acceler- ated in an atmosphere of free oxygen for five to seven minutes, after which the movements gradually diminish until they cease entirely. If the living cell is kept under the influence of free oxy- gen for considerable length of time it dies, but no apparent change in the structure or behavior of the protoplasm could be noticed. Nitrous oxide (N2O). This gas has the same general effect on living protoplasm as oxygen with the exception that it is less and does not kill the cell even when exposed for several days in an atmosphere of 90 per cent, nitrous oxide. The duration of active movements varies from three to five minutes (Moeller V.). Chloroform and Ether. The action of these two reagents are about the same. Aqueous solutions containing 1/20000 part of reagents at first slightly increase the movements of the proto- plasm. By increasing the strength of the solution the rapidity of movement was also increased, but the reaction time was very much shortened. Strong solution causes vacuolization and par- alyzes the protoplasm. Ammonia. Weak aqueous solution containing from 1/30000 to 1/20000 parts of ammonia does not seem to modify the activity of the protoplasm when subjected to its action for a short time only. Stronger solution produces vacuolization and slightly ac- celerates the movements of the protoplasm for a minute or two. Carbon bisulphide. — The smallest possible quantity that could be introduced arrested all movements. Alcohol. — Aqueous solutions containing 1/20000 to i/ioooo parts of alcohol had no visible effect upon the protoplasm. A Sandstcn : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 55 2 per cent, solution excited rapid irregular movements which stopped inside of two minutes. Vacuolization followed rapidly and the cell was killed inside of ten minutes. In the experiments where seeds and seedlings were used, Zca mat's, Vicia and Phaseolus were employed exclusively. Straw- berry plants of the common cultivated kind were used in the ex- periments with growing shoot and proved well adapted to the work. The strawberry plants were taken from the bed on No- vember 6, 1897, and carefully selected with reference to vigor and equality. Two lots of plants were selected, one lot com- posed of plants one season old, the other composed of plants two seasons old. The plants were placed in three- and four-inch pots respectively November 9th, and set in a cold frame where they remained until December 9th, when they were taken to the green house and put under the experimental conditions described below. Dormant bulbs and corms of Ariscema, Narcissus, Hyacinth, Tulip, Frcesia and Crocus were used for material in the resting stage. In the experiments with gases in nutrient solution in water culture seedlings of Zea mats were used. A large number of seeds were germinated in clean saw-dust and when the seedlings had attained the desired growth the specimens which were to be used in the experiment were carefully selected for vigor and equality. The vessels holding the nutrient solution were glazed earthen jars of two litres capacity. The tops of the earthen jars were fitted with covers made of plaster of paris. Through each cover two holes were grilled, one for the seedlings and a second to admit the necks of inverted flasks of gas. The seedlings were fastened in the openings in the covers by means of a per- forated cork after the usual manner in water cultures. The flasks were filled with water, inverted with the necks immersed in the culture fluid and filled with gas by displacement through a bent glass delivery tube. The following formula was used in making up the nutrient solutions : Potassium nitrate 25- Sm- Sodium chloride 12.5 " Calcium sulphate 12-5 " Magnesium sulphate I2-5 Calcium phosphate I2-5 Water... 250. cc. 56 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The solution was diluted to 12500 cc. and from five to eight drops of ferric chloride were introduced in each jar before using. The bell jars used in enclosing the bulbs and shoots had ground edges and were set upon ground glass plates which had been anointed with a preparation composed of vaseline, tallow and resin, to make the connection absolutely air tight. The temperature was kept as constant as possible. The pressure of one atmosphere is to be understood where not otherwise stated. i. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON THE GER- MINATION OF SEEDS. A. Gases. The gases used were nitrous oxide and oxygen. Seeds of Phaseolus multiflorus and Vicia faba were soaked in water for twenty-four hours and from these were selected ten normal specimens for each experiment. They were then placed on sections of cork, which had previously been soaked in water and introduced into the bell jar under water so as to prevent any air from gaining admittance. Duplicate exper- iments and duplicate controls were set up. The capacity of bell jars was two litres. The results obtained with nitrous oxide and oxygen agree with previous experiments in the same line. (Detmer II.) The seed germinated readily in an atmosphere of free oxygen, but failed to do so in an atmosphere of nitrous oxide. The nitrous oxide gas did not kill the seeds, as they afterwards germinated under a bell jar in ordinary air. The N2O used here was ob- tained from ammonium nitrate. B. Valors. Seeds of Phaseolus mufajftorusiand Vicia faba were placed under bell jars, 4000 cc. capacity, tightly secured to glass plates. Twelve dry seeds of each kind were placed under each bell jar, together with a small glass vial containing accurately measured quantities of the reagent. The seeds were kept under the bell jars for nine days, when they were taken out and each lot planted separately in four-inch pots. The control experiment was treated exactly in the same way as the others with the exception of the omission of the chemicals. The plants were growing side by side and received the same treatment. Sandsten: INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 57 TABLE I. (KEY.) I. 1/32000 parts of NOH4 II. 1/28000 " " " III. 1/24000 " " " IV. 1/20000 " " " (a) Phaseolus multiflorus. (b) Viciafaba. (c) Control of Phaseolus. (d) Control of Vicia. Per cent, of germination. Average height 10 days after planting. Average height 28 days after planting. Time of blooming. (a) j (b) (c) (d) IOG 90 IOO IOO 19 mm. 33 mm. -(-(a) 51 mm. •f (b) 59 mm. 28 cm. 12.5 cm. 30.5 cm. 15 cm. 30 days. 33 days. (a) II (b) IL (c) (d) IOO 2 IOO IOO 18.5 mm. 25 mm. + (a) 51 mm. + (b) 59 mm. 22.5 cm. *n.5 cm. 30.5 cm. 15 cm. 29 days. 33 days. (a) HI. $ (d) So 20 IOO IOO 30 mm. 51 mm. 4-(a) 51 mm. + (b) 59 mm. 27 cm. 11.5 cm. 30.5 cm. 15 cm. 31 days. 33 days. (a) iv (b> (c) (d) 0 o IOO IOO 0 o + (a) 51 m. + (b) 59 m. o o 30.5 cm. 15 cm. 33 days. It will be seen that very small quantities of ammonia vapors are not fatal to the germination. In none of the experiments had any of the seeds germinated during the nine days they were under the bell jars, nor had any of the seeds in the control ger- minated. The odor of ammonia from the seeds treated could readily be detected. It was noticed throughout the experiments that the plants from the treated seeds had a deeper green color than the control. This was especially noticeable in the case of a and b in series I and II. Nor did it appear that the ammonia vapor had any subsequent bad effect on the plants ; on the con- One plant only. 58 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. trary in series I and II it seems to have hastened the time of the flowering by three to four days. Vicia faba is more suscep- tible to ammonia vapors than Phaseolus multiflorus. As in the case of Phaseolus multiflorus the leaves were darker than in the control. The measurements given in the table above represent the average growth of shoot of twelve plants. 2. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON SEEDLINGS. A. Gases. — Nitrous oxide of oxygen and seedling of Zca mais and Phaseolus multiflorus were employed in these experi- ments. The seedlings were carefully measured and placed under bell jars while full of water which was displaced by the gases. The following quantities of gases were used : 400 cc. of ni- trous oxide in 2000 cc. of air and an atmosphere of free nitrous oxide ; 400 cc. of oxygen in 2000 cc. of air and an atmosphere of free oxygen. These were set up in duplicates and the con- trol was also in duplicate. The results of the experiments showed an increase in growth for seedlings in the two oxygen experiments and also for the nitrous oxide experiment in which 400 cc. in 2000 cc. of air was used. The average increase in the two oxygen experiments and the control for 24 hours was little less than 8 mm. The seedlings in the atmosphere of free oxygen did not average as much as those in the partial at- mosphere of oxygen. The average was 5 mm. The seedlings in the experiments in which 400 cc. in 2000 cc. of air was used showed a slight increase in growth over the control, amounting on an average to 3 mm. The seedlings in an atmosphere of free nitrous oxide did not make any growth, but were alive when taken from the bell jar. The temperature during the time the experiments were running varied from 21- 23° C. B. Vapors. — The following chemicals were used : Ether, chloroform, carbon bisulphide, alcohol and ammonia. Seeds of Zea mais were germinated in clean saw-dust and when the roots had attained a length of 15 to 20 mm. and the plumule from 10 to 15 mm. a uniform lot was selected for the experi- ments. The roots and shoots were carefully measured and marked with India ink. The seedlings were next placed under the bell jars of 2000 cc. capacity upon moist saw-dust. The chemicals were accurately measured out and put into small glass Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 59 bottles containing 100 cc. of water and then placed under the bell jars with the seedlings. The temperature during the ex- periments varied from 21-23° C. A new quantity of chemical was introduced each time after the seedlings were measured, thus keeping the amount of vapors constant throughout the time the experiments were running. Commercial mixtures of nitrous oxide were used in the above series. The results are given below in Tables II and III. TABLE II. I. .2 cc. of ether in 2000 cc. of air. II. .2 cc. of chloroform in 2000 cc. of air. III. .2 cc. of carbon bisulphide in 2000 cc. of air. IV. .5 cc. alcohol in 2000 cc. of air. V. Control. a. Plumule. b. Root. Series. I/> c Jt HH Average growth of plumule and root of 10 seedlings in 3 hours. Average growth of plumule and root of 10 seedlings in 5 hours. Average growth of plumule and root of 10 seedlings in 24 hours. Average growth of plumule and root of 10 seedlings in 48 hours. Total gain or loss over the control. I. a. b. 1.4 mm. 1.75 mm. 2.15 mm. 3-5 mm- 9.75 mm. 26 mm. 28.25 mm. 39.5 mm. + 2.45 mm. + 7.5 mm. II. a. b. 1.25 mm. 1.4 mm. 2.25 mm. 2.5 mm. 20.3 mm. 28.66 mm. 32.66 mm. 37.66 mm. 4- 6.66 mm. -(- 5-66 mm. III. a. b. 1.4 mm. I. mm. 2.4 mm. 2.88 mm. 7.25 mm. 6.5 mm. 14.25 mm. 9. mm. — 10.55 mm. — 28. mm. IV. a. b. 1.5 mm. 2. mm. 2.75 mm. 2.5 mm. 14.25 mm. 8.5 mm. 28.5 mm. 18.25 mm- — 13.75 mm. V. a. b. 1.2 mm. 1.45 mm. 2.1 mm. 2.5 mm. ii. 8 mm. 16.5 mm. 25.8 mm. 32. mm. 60 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TABLE III. I. .4 cc. of ether in 2000 cc. of air. II. .4 cc. of chloroform in 2000 cc. of air III. .4 cc. of carbon bisulphide in 2000 cc. ot air. IV. I. cc. of alcohol in 2000 cc. of air. V. .2 cc. of ammonia in 2000 cc. of air. VI. Control. Series. Roots. Average growth of roots of 10 seedlings for 6 hours. Average growth of roots of 10 seedlings for 24 hours. Total loss or gain over the control. I. 1.3 mm. 10. mm. - 3.1 mm. II. I. mm. 7.5 mm. - 5.6 mm. III. .6 mm. .6 mm. — 12.5 mm. IV. dead. dea^l. V. 1.3 mm. 13.2 mm. -+- .1 mm. VI. 1.17 mm. 13.1 mm. From the above tables it will be seen that a very small amount of carbon bisulphide or ammonia vapors is very injurious to young seedlings, while ether, chloroform and alcohol vapors in minute quantities are not injurious when the plant is not subjected to their prolonged action. On the contrary, small amounts of ether and chloroform vapors seem to accelerate growth. 3. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWING SHOOTS. A. Gases. — Nitrous oxide and oxygen were used in these experiments in the following quantities: 25 per cent., 50 per cent, and 100 per cent. The plants were kept under the bell jars for twenty days. Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 61 TAI5LE IV. I. 25 per cent, of gas in 4000 cc. of air. II. 50 per cent, of gas in 4000 cc. of air. III. One atmosphere of free gas. IV. Control. a. Nitrous oxide. b. Oxygen. Series. Chem- icals. Time of first flowers. Number of flowers. Number of leaves. Scale of vigor. Control taken as standard. T a. 43 days. 3 8 112 b. 64 days. 3 7 103 II. a. b. 28 days, no flowers. 17 no flowers. H 3 125 45 a. 42 days. 3 7 IO2 b. dead. IV. a. b. 44 days. 46 days. i 3 6 7 IOO too In the above table the plants treated with nitrous oxide show a marked increase in vigor and flowering capacity. The leaves were of a dark green color and very large. The leaf petioles were somewhat shortened, giving the plants a stocky appear- ance. The root systems of the plants treated with nitrous ox- ide were very strong. All evidence seems to point to the con- clusion that the treatment was beneficial to the plants. The oxygen also appeared to be beneficial to the plants when used in quantities not exceeding 50 per cent. In an atmosphere of free oxygen the plants showed no deviation from the normal while in the gas, but upon the removal of the bell jar the plants soon began to show signs of decay. The plants treated with oxygen exhibited a marked elongation of the petioles. B. Vapors. — Ammonia and chloroform were used in these experiments in the following quantities : i/ioooo, 1/15000 and i 40000 parts. The capacity of the bell jars was 7500 cc. The reagents were introduced in an aqueous solution of 100 cc. The plants were kept under the bell jars for 26 hours. Upon exam- ination it was found that the plants which had been subjected to the influence of i/ioooo part of ammonia or chloroform vapors 62 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. were dead. The leaves had assumed a dirty brown color. The center of the shoot was badly discolored. The appearance of the plants was very similar to that of a frozen plant. The plants which were subjected to 1/15000 part of the reagents were badly effected, the outer leaves were dark brown but the center was not affected. The plants grew but remained weak and straggling throughout the time the experiments were run- ning. The action of the two reagents seemed to be the same, little or no difference could be detected. The plants which were kept in an atmosphere containing 1/40000 part of the reagents did not appear to be visibly affected when taken from the bell jars. The subsequent influence of the reagents was, however, very marked, especially on the plants in the chloroform experiment. Compared with the control plants at the end of the experiment, February 10, with which they were equal at the start, they showed a great advance. 4. THE INFLUENCES OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON RESTING BULBS. The bulbs used in these experiments were Ariscema triphyl- lum, Narcissus, Hyacinth, Crocus, and Freesia. The reagents used were oxygen, nitrous oxide, ether, chloroform, carbon bi- sulphide, ammonia and alcohol. These experiments were started in November and December, months in which bulbs of this kind are very hard to start, since they require a certain period of rest before beginning growth and this period generally extends through the months of October, November and December. The bulbs were kept under bell jars and the reagents which were in a liquid form were introduced in aqueous solution. Where gases were used in the experiments they were intro- duced by displacement. A. Gases. — Narcissus bulbs were placed under bell jars con- taining oxygen in the following proportion: 20 per cent., 50 per cent, and 100 per cent. The capacity of the bell jars was 4000 cc. Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AXD VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 63 TABLE V. I. 20 per cent, of gas. II. 50 per cent, of gas. III. 100 per cent, of gas. IV. Control. a. Nitrous oxide. b. Oxygen. Exposed to gas ten days. Is o 3, 3- £ e B d _s • £ V ^s" t| 2 - H i & o£ o 6 E & i i en o 2 || 2 bo i i i 1 "o "043 i u o OJ !• .- 'C a u bo a B boa CO u >5 || h i! o 1 U s 3 1 1 3* en c* •< ^ ^ "J < H mm. mm. 111111. mm. mm. days. a. 18 70 180.5 260.5 590 44 2 2 •I. b. 10 60 210.5 330 620 44 4 2 a. 7-5 75 210.5 320. 609 48 I I II. b. 0 30 230. 44° 630 O o O a. 7 50 210.5 330-5 625 38 3 1-5 III. b. 0 25 209.5 315 615 44 4 2 29 85 250.5 370-5 640 42 2 2 IV. control 18 65 150 280 580 43 3 i-5 It is to be regretted that the root system could not be meas- ured and examined during the experiments without injuring the plants to such an extent as to make the experiment useless. The table does not show anything in favor of the plants treated. The only conclusion that can be drawn is that these gases have no perceptible influence on Narcissus bulbs. Ammonia. — Vapors of this reagent are not injurious to the resting bulb when the amount of vapor present does not exceed one part in 5000 of air. Ariscema trtphyllum, Narcissus, Cro- cus, Freesia and Tulip bulbs were exposed to an atmosphere containing one part of ammonia in 5000 of air for ten days without injuring the growing qualities of the bulb. 64 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chloroform. — Vapors of chloroform seem to be very in- jurious to resting bulbs. The following quantities of the re- agent were used : i/iooo, 1/5000 and i/ioooo part in air and in all three cases the bulbs were killed. The bulbs used were of the same kind as in the experiments with am- monia. The bulb decayed invariably from the shoot area to- ward the center of the bulbs and never from the root area. The outer portion of the bulb looked perfectly natural. The growing point of the shoot was killed in every case. These results are of but little value since the temperature of the plant house fell to 5° C. during one night. Alcohol. — This reagent seemed to arrest growth. Experi- ments were set up containing i/iooo and 1/500 parts of alcohol in 4000 cc. of air. The bulbs were kept under the bell jars for 10 days and when taken out and potted they were perfectly natural. The root areas had begun to swell. No discolora- tion was noticeable. TABLE VI. I. i/iooo part alcohol in 4000 of air. II. 1/500 part of alcohol in 4000 of air. III. Control. Growth Average Average Average Average Time of Number in mm. growth in growth growth growth first of when tak- 20 days. in in in flower. flowers. en from 30 days. 40 days. 65 days. bell jar. mm. mm. mm. mm. I. 0 25 125 300 660 0 0 II. o 0 '3 20 3i o 0 III. o 38 175 310 650 50 2 The above table shows a peculiarly interesting result. In the experiment where i/iooo part of alcohol was used no ill effect on the plants could be detected. The result is more striking in the experiment where 1/500 part of the alcohol was used. The bulbs remained almost stationary and up to February 19, or 100 days from the time the bulbs were placed under the bell jars, the total growth was only 50 mm Upon an examination it was found that the root system was perfectly natural and well developed, completely filling the four-inch pots into which the bulbs were Sandsten : INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 65 growing. In dissecting the bulbs the floral structures were found to be very much dwarfed but the bud scales were well de- veloped. The scapes or flower stems were greatly reduced, being only from 5 to 18 mm. in length. The bulbs which were treated with i/iooo part alcohol showed the same dwarfed con- dition of the floral organs. Bulbs of Artscema triphyllum, Crocus and Tulip were treated with the various reagents, but no satisfactory result was ob- tained. All the Crocus bulbs died from some unknown cause or causes. The Ariscema bulbs were undoubtedly affected by the change in temperature which occurred on the morning of November 23, and to which reference has previously been made. 5. THE INFLUENCE OF GASES UPON GROWTH OF PLANTS GROWN IN NUTRIENT SOLUTION OF WATER CULTURE. A. Land plants grown in nutrient solution. Seedlings of Zea mats were used in these experiments and the method de- scribed in the introduction was observed. The duration of the experiment was limited to eighteen days. The average growth for this period, taken in four separate experiments in which the seedlings were grown in a nutrient solution saturated with com- mercial nitrous oxide, was 203 mm. for the roots and 209 for the shoots. The control plants grown in nutrient solution with- out nitrous oxide showed an average growth of 213 mm. for the roots and 165 mm. for the shoots. The result shows a gain in favor of the nitrous oxide in the shoot and a loss for the root, but the result needs verification. B. Aquatic -plants grown in river water. Wide bell jars were inverted and filled with about one inch of soil over which a thin layer of clean sand was spread ; in this substratum several plants of Philotria were planted and the bell jar filled about half full of river water. The water in the bell jars was kept saturated with nitrous oxide by means of inverted bottles which were first filled and inserted under water and this water was dis- placed by nitrous oxide. The bottles were kept in position by means of iron stands. The bottles were refilled as soon as the gas was exhausted. 66 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. TABLE VII. I. Philotria in a saturated solution of N2O. II. Control. Average growth in 5 days, mm. Average growth in 10 days, mm. Average growth in 20 days, mm. Average growth in 30 days, mm. I. • 8 25 53 68 II. 3 9 18.5 29 The marked results shown in the above table were duplicated in all the experiments set up. The average growth of the Philotria branches after 28 days taken in another test from four experiments was 17 mm. and the average growth from the control was 11.5 mm.; showing conclusively that nitrous oxide has a stimulating effect on Philotria. To test further the effect of nitrous oxide on aquatic plants, stems of Salvinia natans, having an aggregate of 80 leaves were placed in bell jars set up in the same manner as in the pre- vious experiment and the water kept saturated with gas. The experiments were allowed to run for 40 days, when the number of leaves were counted. The control or checks were set up in exactly the same manner as the tests with the exception of nitrous oxide. TABLE VIII. I. Salvinia in a saturated solution of NaO. II. Control. Number of leaves at the beginning of the experiment. Number of leaves at the close of the experiment. Total gain in number of leaves in 40 days. a 80 131 5I a I. a a 80 80 80 118 114 1 08 38 34 28 TT a a 80 80 99 104 19 24 The result of every experiment showed that growth was accelerated by nitrous oxide. Sandsten: INFLUENCE OF GASES AND VAPORS UPON GROWTH. 67 Ammonia was tried on the same water plants under exactly the same conditions as above. One-tenth of a cc. in 2000 cc. of water, and one-five-hundredth of a cc. in 2000 cc. of water were used, but in both cases both the Sahnnia and Philotrii plants died. CONCLUSIONS. Influence of Gases. From the foregoing tables and records the following conclu- sions seem to be warranted : Nitrous oxide. Seeds of Phaseolus multiflorus and Vicia faba will not germinate in an atmosphere containing 80% of nitrous oxide. Seedling of Phaseolus multiflorus and Vicia faba will remain active more than 24 hours in an atmosphere of com- mercial nitrous oxide, but no growth can take place. Shoots exhibit accelerated growth after being kept in an atmosphere of free N?O or in an atmosphere where the amount of gas ranges from 25 to 100 per cent. No growth in shoots could be detected during the confinement under the bell jars. Water plants such as Salvinia natans and Philotria show in- creased growth in solutions saturated with N2O. Oxygen. Seeds readily germinate in an atmosphere of free oxygen. Seedlings kept in an atmosphere of free oxygen do not grow as rapidly as seedlings in a moist chamber containing ordinary air. Growing shoots kept in an atmosphere contain- ing from 25 to 100 per cent, of free oxygen will remain unal- tered as long as 20 days, but on removal slowly perish. Influence of Vapors. Ammonia (NOH4). — Vapors of this reagent when used in quan- tities not exceeding 1/24000 part are not harmful to the germin- tion of seeds of Phaseolus multiflorus. Seeds exposed for nine days in glass chambers containing from 1/24000 to 1/32000 parts of NOH4 germinated as freely as the control. The seed of Vicia faba is very susceptible to the influence of this reagent and seeds kept in a glass chamber for nine days containing 1/28000 part of NOH4 failed to germinate. In an atmosphere containing 1/32000 part of NOH4 90 per cent, of the seed ger- minated. Seeds of Phaseolus multiflorus and Vicia faba kept for nine 68 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. days in an atmosphere containing 1/20000 of NOH4 failed to ger- minate. The growth of young seedlings of Zea mats kept in a moist chamber for 48 hours containing 1/20000 partNOH4 was retarded. Growing shoots are badly affected when kept in an atmosphere containing 1/15000 part of NOH4. Resting bulbs are not effected by being kept in an atmosphere containing one part of NOH4 in 5000 of air. Salvinia natans and Philotria are killed by introducing .1 cc. of NOH4 to every 2000 cc. of water. Chloroform and Ether. — These two reagents have a very similar effect upon growth. Seedlings of Zea mats kept in a moist chamber containing I/TOOOO part of chloroform or ether show a marked acceleration in growth after release. In an at- mosphere containing 1/5000 growth is greatly retarded. Rest- ing bulbs and growing shoots are equally susceptible and are killed after being exposed for ten to twenty days in an atmos- phere containing i/ioooo part of the reagent. Carbon bisulphide. — The smallest trace of carbon bisulphide present is injurious to growing plants, although, as G. Hicks (III.) has shown, it is inoperative on resting seeds. Alcohol has no effect upon the growth of seedlings when used in quantities not exceeding i/ioooo. If the larger quanti- ties are used the growth is retarded and the seedlings are killed. Resting bulbs kept in an atmosphere containing i/ioooto 1/500 parts of alcohol grew, but the floral organs were dwarfed and the buds remained unopened. LITERATURE TO WHICH REFERENCE is MADE. I. Detmer. Ueber die Einwirkung verschiedener Gase insbe- sondere des Stickstoffoxydulgases auf Pflanzen. Landw. Jahrb. — : 213. 1882. II. Detmer. Das Verhalten der Pflanzen im Contact mit Stick- stoffoxydulgase. Physiol. Prakt. 2 Ed., p. 235. 1895. III. Hicks. Bull— Bot. Div. Dept. of Agric.— 1896. IV. Johannsen — Bot. Cent. — 1896. V. Moeller. Ueber Pflanzenathmung. I Das Verhalten der Pflanzen zu Stickstoffoxydul. Ber. d. deut. hot. Ges. 2: 35. 1884. VI. Townsend C. O. Correlation of growth under the influence of injuries. Annals of Botany, n: 509. 1897. VIII. SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. FRANCIS RAMALEY. The following observations on seedlings of woody plants were made at the University of Minnesota, during the years 1896, 1897 and 1898. The plants were grown from seed either col- lected by the writer, or obtained from reliable dealers. Most of the species studied have not hitherto been investi- gated. The author has, however, re-examined some plants de- scribed by former investigators, especially in cases where the printed descriptions were incomplete or without illustrations. The measurements given are in all cases based on a consider- able number of plants examined. It has been found that the exact lower limit of the hypocotyl is not always 'readily deter- mined, although, generally it is enough larger in diameter than the root to be exactly located. It has seemed best in giving the length of the hypocotyl to measure its full extent rather than simply that part above the ground. An attempt has been made to note, as far as possible, whether the seed coat is carried up or remains underground and also how much the cotyledons increase in size after appearing above the ground. These points have not generally been noted by students of seedlings. In most cases the length of time required for germination of the seeds is given. The figures are for the first seedlings. Oftentimes plants will appear every few days for over a month after the first have come up. Unless otherwise stated it is to be understood that the seeds were planted in the following spring after ripening. The plants studied will be considered in the order of Engler and Prantl. SALICACE.E. Populus deltoides MARSH. The seed of the " cottonwood " ripens in June and should be planted at once. The young plants appear above ground in a week or sooner. 70 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The cotyledons are petiolate, the blade being ovate-oblong, about 5 mm. in length and 4 mm. broad. The petiole is about 3 mm. long. There is but little increase in size as the plant grows older. The first two leaves are opposite, lanceolate, short-petiolate, of willow-like shape. They are about 10 mm. long before the epicotyl has developed at all and do not afterward increase in size. The hypocotyl is 10-15 mm. long; the epicotyl reaches a length of 8 or 10 mm. The third and fourth leaves are nearly opposite ; later ones are alternate. The later leaves become broader and longer petioled, gradually assuming the deltoid form characteristic of the species. ULMACE^. Ulmus americana LINN. The " white elm " is a native of the eastern and central United States. The seeds ripen in early spring and must be sown at once. They germinate in about a week. Often, but not al- ways, the pericarp is carried up by the growing seedling. The cotyledons are at first obovate, slightly auriculate, 5 mm. long and 2-3 mm. broad. They are indistinctly reticulately veined. They increase but slightly in size and seldom become more than 7 mm. long. They are short-petioled. The hypo- cotyl is slender, not enlarged at the base, 25-35 mm. long, but in time it may reach a length of 50 mm. The epicotyl is about 10 mm. in length. The leaves are petiolate, ovate, coarsely serrate, with distinct veining. The first two are opposite, the third and fourth nearly so. Later leaves are alternate. Ulmus fulva MICHX. The "slippery elm," like the previously described species, ripens its seeds early in the spring. These, when planted at once, germinate in about two weeks. The seedling resembles that of U. Americana in all essential respects. Celtis occidentalis LINN. This is a fine tree native to the central United States and Canada. It is known as the " hackberry." The seeds germi- nate in from four to six weeks. The seed coat remains under ground. Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 71 The cotyledons are at first 10 mm. long, but by the time the first pair of foliage leaves appear they are 30 mm. in length, 17 mm. in width, ovate, entire, notched at the apex. The epicotyl is 10 mm. in length. The figures here given are sub- stantially correct for all the plants examined by the present writer. Lubbock's * figures for seedlings of this species are about one-half those here given. The epicotyl is at length 20 mm. long. The first two foliage leaves are opposite, the later ones alternate. Leaves of the first year are not at all conspicuously oblique at base as are those of older plants. MORACE^E. Toxylon pomiferum RAF. This is the well-known " osage orange" of the south-central United States. The seeds germinate in about one month after planting. The seed coat is often carried up by the cotyledons which are thus prevented from opening till they have increased somewhat in size. When they first appear the cotyledons are 9 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, obovate-oblong, entire, short-petioled. The hypo- cotyl is stout, 35-50 mm. long. The cotyledons grow rapidly in size and by the time the first leaves are well developed have increased to 20 mm. in length and 12 mm. in width. The petiole is distinctly margined and 4 mm. long. The veining of the blade is distinct. The epi- cotyl is 10-15 mm. long. The first two foliage leaves are op- posite, narrowly lanceolate, ovate, entire, or nearly so, distinctly veined. The later leaves are alternate, often pointed at the base as well as the apex. The seedling of this plant was studied by Lubbock,f but not figured. Broussonetia papyrifera (LINN.) VENT. The seeds of this oriental tree, the " paper mulberry," ger- minate in about three or four weeks after planting. The seed coat is carried up and often remains attached to one of the cotyledons for a time after they have opened. The hypocotyl is rather slender, 12-15 mm. long. The •On Seedlings, 2: 493. 1892. t Op. cit. a : 498. 72 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cotyledons are oval ; when fully open they have a petiole 2 mm. long and blade 8 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, very slightly notched at the apex. When they first emerge from the seed coat the leaves are not over 5 mm. in length. The first foliage leaves are opposite ; they are petiolate, nar- rowly ovate, serrate, slightly heart-shaped at base and more nearly entire than the later leaves which are alternate, long- petioled, serrate and frequently more or less two- or three- lobed or parted. Usually about the close of the second sea- son the well-known peculiar characteristic leaves make their appearance. MAGNOLIACE^E. Liriodendron tulipifera LINN. The seeds of the " tulip tree " germinate in from four to six weeks after planting. The wing-like pericarp remains in the soil. The cotyledons when they first appear are about 7 mm. long and 5 mm. broad, almost sessile, ovate-oblong in shape. Before the first leaf appears each cotyledon has developed a distinct petiole 2 or 3 mm. long, while the blade is about 12 mm. in length. The foliage leaves are alternate. The first is broadly ovate- oblong, petiolate, emarginate, with entire margin. The second and third resemble the first. The characteristic leaves appear toward the close of the first season or not till the second year. The epicotyl is extremely short, 1—2 mm. long. Succeeding internodes are likewise short. CALYCANTHACE^E. Butneria florida (LINN.) KEARNEY. This is the familiar "sweet-scented shrub" commonly culti- vated in the eastern United States. It is native from Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. The seeds require a month or more to germinate. The cotyledons are rolled longitudinally about each other in the seed and remain rolled up for two or three days after appearing above ground. The hypocotyl is stout, 20 mm. long. Cotyledons are thick, dark green, slightly auriculate at base, petiolate, generally somewhat trapezoidal, the apex broadly incurved. They are at Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 73 first about 12-15 mm- l°ng and 25 rnm. broad. Eventuall}' they may become 20 mm. long and 30 mm. broad with petioles 10 mm. in length. In shape they are often quite asymmetrical. The foliage leaves are opposite, ovate, pointed, entire. The first do not differ materially from the later ones. The epicotyl is about the same length as the hypocotyl. Butneria fertilis (WALT.) KEARNEY. The seedling of this plant does not differ in any important respect from that of the species just described. CAESALPINACE^E. Parkinsonia aculeata LINN. The seeds of this shrub germinate in about two weeks after planting. The seed coat is usually carried up. When they first appear the cotyledons are 15 mm. long, 8 mm. broad, ovate-elliptical, sessile, very slightly auriculate at base. The hypocotyl is stout, 30-50 mm. in length. The coty- ledons increase in size until they are 25 mm. long. Foliage leaves are alternate ; all are pinnate, the first has five pairs, the second six pairs of leaflets. The epicotyl is 9 mm. long when two leaves have appeared. Cercis canadensis LINN. This is the well-known " red bud " or "Judas tree " of the central United States. The seeds germinate in about two weeks. The seed coat is usually carried up, holding the coty- ledons together until erect. The veins of the cotyledons are distinct even before the cotyledons have separated. The cotyledons are broadly ovate, at first 6 mm. long and 4 mm. broad, eventually 15 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is stout, 10-30 mm. long. This is of interest since the hypocotyl of C. siliquastrum WILLD., as described by Lub- bock,* is but 5-6 mm. in length. The epicotyl is 20-30 mm. long. Foliage leaves are all al- ternate, entire, cordate, long-petioled. Gleditsia triacanthos LINN. The " honey locust," as this plant is called, is a familiar tree of the central United States. The seeds germinate in about one * Op. cit. i : 465. 74 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. month after sowing. The seed coat is sometimes carried above ground, but it as often remains in the soil. The hypocotyl is stout, 25-30 mm. in length. The cotyle- dons are sessile, slightly auriculate, oblong, 18 mm. in length and 9 mm. broad. They do not increase greatly in size. Leaves are alternate and pinnate. The second appears be- fore the first is fully open. The first leaf usually has eight pairs of leaflets, the second has eleven pairs, the third thirteen pairs. When these leaves have developed the hypocotyl is about 50 mm. long, the epicotyl 20-25 mm. The first leaves are described by Tubeuf * as having ten pairs of leaflets. In the plants examined by the present writer the first leaf had never more than nine pairs of leaflets. PAPILIONACE^. Amorpha fruticosa LINN. This is an ornamental shrub indigenous to North America and frequently cultivated. The seeds germinate in about two weeks after planting. When the cotyledons first appear they are ovate in shape, about 5 mm. long and 2.5 mm. broad. By the time they are fully open they measure 8 mm. in length. The hypocotyl at this time is 25 mm. long, quite slender, gradually thickened below. The cotyledons attain a length of 12 mm. They are sessile. The epicotyl is 15 mm. in length. Foliage leaves are alternate. The first five or six are simple, broadly ovate, petiolate. After these the leaves are, for a space, pinnately trifoliate. The terminal leaflet is larger and longer stalked than the lateral ones. Later leaves are pinnate with numerous leaflets. Amorpha nana NUTT. The seedlings of this shrub resemble those of A. fruticosa save that they are much smaller. The hypocotyl does not become more than 8 or 10 mm. in length and the epicotyl is only about 5 mm. long. Cotyledons are 5 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. Leaves are alternate. The first six to ten are simple. They are broadly orbicular, emarginate, petiolate, with a distinct mid- vein. As in the former species the later leaves are pinnately compound. * Samen, Fruchte und Keimlinge, 12". 1891. Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 76 The writer is indebted to Mr. D. M. Andrews, of Boulder, Colo., for seedlings of this plant and of Acer glabr ion. Robinia pseudacacia LINN. The " locust tree" is a native of the middle and southeastern United States. The seeds germinate in about two weeks after planting. Seedlings of this plant were studied by Lubbock * and by Flot f but the fact is not stated by these writers that the coty- ledons are at first somewhat narrowly elliptical or obovate and only at a rather late stage become " oblong-oval." The descrip- tions hitherto published have not been accompanied by satis- factory figures. RUTACE^E. Ptelea trifoliata LINN. This is the so-called " hop tree" of the central United States. The seeds germinate in from three to four weeks, the seed coat remaining underground. Almost as soon as the cotyledons get above ground they become erect and then separate. The cotyledons are nearly sessile, elliptical-oblong, entire, 6 mm. long and 3 mm. broad. They grow for some time and become at length 18 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, minutely serrate, short-petiolate, with midvein distinct. The hypocot}*! is rather stout, 15-20 mm. long. The epicotyl is 20-40 mm. long when the first leaf is fully open. It often elongates somewhat after that time. Leaves are alternate. The first foliage leaf is usually simple, ovate, petiolate, with crenulate margin. Sometimes it is trifoliate, sometimes but partially compound ; perhaps one of the side leaflets is separate, but not the other. The second leaf is usually trifoliate, sometimes incompletely so. Later leaves are all trifoliate, the terminal leaflet larger than the lateral ones. A description of this seedling is given by Lubbock $ but there is no figure. * Op. cit., i : 422. tFlot. Recherches sur la structure comparee de la tige des arbres. — Rev. gen. de Bot. 2 : 20. 1890. JOp. cit. I : 322. 76 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. SIMARUBACE.E. Ailanthus glandulosa DESF. This well-known tree is a native of eastern Asia. It is, how- ever, grown extensively in this country. The writer's observa- tions on the seedlings differ somewhat from those previously published.* The seeds, planted in May, germinated in from two to three weeks. The seed coat and wing sometimes remain in the ground but are quite often carried up by the elongation of the hypocotyl before the cotyledons emerge. The cotyledons are at first about 6 mm. long. By the time they are fully open they have increased somewhat in size and the hypocotyl has attained its full length, viz. about 40 mm. When the first leaves have opened the cotyledons are broadly obovate, petiolate, with the blade 15 mm. long, n mm. broad and the petiole 5 mm. long. The epicotyl is at length 20 mm. long. The first few leaves are trifoliate. Later leaves are pinnate. ANACARDIACE^:. Schinus molle LINN. This is the so-called "pepper-tree" sometimes planted in California but a native of tropical America. A description of the germination of the seed is given by Lubbock,f whose ac- count in this case, the present writer only desires to supplement. The cotyledons are remarkable for their great increase in size ; beginning with a length of 5 mm. the blade is finally 20 -25 mm. long and broad in proportion. The petiole is about 4 mm. in length. CELASTRACE^E. Celastrus scandens LINN. This is the " climbing bitter-sweet, T a common native liana of the United States. It is frequently cultivated. The seeds ripen in the fall. If planted the following spring they usually require a year to germinate. The cotyledons are thin, reticulately veined, petiolate, oval- oblong in shape. At first they are 10 mm. long and 5 mm. *Lubbock op. cit. i : 327. |Op. cit. 2: 335. Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 77 broad, but grow rapidly and become about twice that size. As they grow older they become broader in proportion to the length. The petiole is finally about 5 mm. long. The hypocotyl tapers gradually to the root so that its exact limit is not easily recog- nized. It reaches a length of 40 or 50 mm. The epicotyl is about 15 mm. long. Leaves are all alternate. The first leaves are not different from those formed later. ACERACE^E. Acer negundo LINN. Seeds of the "box-elder" germinate in from one to two weeks after sowing. The large winged pericarp is brought above ground. The hypocotyl is 25-35 mm. long when the cotyledons first open and does not grow longer. The cotyledons are strap- shaped, sessile, entire, tri-veined ; about 30 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The epicotyl becomes 5-8 mm. long. Leaves are opposite. The first two are ovate, acute, serrate, petiolate. Later ones are tri-cleft. Usually the sixth or seventh pair and all later ones are pinnately compound. Acer glabrum TORR. The seedling of the " Rocky mountain maple " resembles that of A. negundo. The hypocotyl is shorter, 20 mm. long, and the cotyledons about 20 mm. long, 5 mm. broad. Leaves are opposite, long-petioled, ovate-cordate, the second pair somewhat lobed. Later leaves are three- or five-lobed, the lobes more or less acute and sharply serrate. Acer saccharinum LINN. The seeds of the " soft maple" germinate in about ten days after planting. The first leaves are well developed when the plant appears above ground. The cotyledons remain in the soil for a time enclosed in the pericarp which eventually decays. Sometimes they do not appear above ground * at all. The hypocotyl is stout, about 20 mm. long. The cotyledons are somewhat fleshy, asymmetrical, short-petioled, bent around *Winkler. Kleinere morph. Mittheilungen, in Verhandl. d. Bot. Ver. d. Provinz Brandenburg, 18 : 99. 1877. 78 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. so that both are on the same side of the stem. They are about 16 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. The epicotyl often becomes greatly elongated, reaching a length of 50-100 mm. Leaves are all opposite, those of the seedling are the same shape as the later leaves. RHAMNACE.E. Berchemia racemosa SIEB. & Zucc. This plant is a shrub with conspicuously veined leaves. It is a native of Asia. The seeds require two or three weeks to germinate. It is often a number of days before the cotyledons get out of the seed coat which is carried above ground. When the cotyledons first emerge they are sessile, strap- shaped, 8 mm. long and i^ mm. broad. They remain about the same size for a time after they are fully open. The hypocotyl is slender, about 15 mm. long. By the time the first foliage leaves are open the hypocotyl is 15-20 mm. long ; the epicotyl 5 mm. in length and the cotyledons 10 or 12 mm. long and 1.5-2 mm. broad. The foliage leaves are ovate, petiolate, conspicuously veined ; the first two are opposite or nearly so, all others are alternate. Rhamnus purshiana DC. This is a handsome tree of Pacific North America sometimes planted in the eastern United States. The bark is the " Cas- cara Sagrada " of the drug stores. The seeds require a month or more to germinate. The cotyledons increase but slightly in size after opening. They are obovate, entire, sessile or nearly so, 7 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is 25-30 mm. long. The epicotyl is slender, 15—20 mm. long. Foliage leaves are ovate, pointed, petiolate, alternate. The first two and the third and fourth are, however, nearly opposite. The margin of the leaf is finely serrate ; the veining very prominent. Vitis cordifolia MICHX. This is one of the commonest wild grapes found in the north- ern United States. The seeds germinate readily, the cotyle- Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CEKTAIX WOODY PLAVTS. 79 dons appearing above ground in about four weeks. Sometimes the seeds do not germinate till the second year. The cotyledons are ovate, petiolate, veined. When they first appear the blades are about 10 mm. long and 6 mm. broad. They grow to about 18 mm. in length, and a corresponding width before the first leaves appear, after which time they do not in- crease in size. The petiole is about 8 mm. long. The hypo- • •". is stout, from 25—30 mm. long ; it does not grow longer. The leaves are all alternate, ovate-heart-shaped, irregularly dentate, palmately 5-veined. When the first leaf appears the epicotvl is about 8 mm. long. It may eventually reach a length of 10 or 12 mm. Parthenocisstts quinquefolia (Lrxx.) PLANCH. This is the familiar ** Virginia creeper," a native of the United States and frequently planted. Seeds germinate in about three wee .e hvpocotyl is stout, from 20-40 mm. long. The cotyle- dons are long-petiolate. The blade is cordate, prominently veined, at length 20 mm. long, 20 mm. broad. The petiole is channeled, 20 mm. long. Both hypocotyl and petioles are pink except that part of the hvpocotyl which is below ground. The hvpocotyl becomes verv much thickened toward the end of the season, exhibiting a well-marked *' region tigellaire." The epicotyl is undeveloped, the first leaf arising just above the cotyledons. Leaves are all alternate and quinquefoliate from the beginning. The first do not differ from the later ones. STERCULIACRE. Sterculia platanifolia. Lixx. The seeds of this oriental tree germinate in about a month after planting. A part of the seed coat is often attached to the cotyledons when they first appear above the ground. The hypocotyl is stout, 40 mm. long at the time the cotyle- dons open. These are broadly oblong or orbicular, entire, slightly cordate at base, with petioles nearly as long as the blades. The latter are at first about 18 mm. long and 16 mm. broad but become very large, sometimes 40 mm. long and 45 mm. broad. They are palmately five-veined. The midvein forks some distance from the apex. 80 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The epicotyl is about 10 mm. long. Leaves are alternate. The first leaf is broadly heart-shaped, entire, petiolate, palmately five-veined ; the midvein runs to the apex of the leaf. EL^EAGNACE^E. Elaeagnus umbellata THUNB. The seeds of this Japanese shrub require about four weeks to germinate. The seed coat is often carried up above ground. The cotyledons are oblong-ovate, sharply auriculate, short- petiolate. The blades are quite thick. When they first emerge from the seed coat they are 7-8 mm. long but are finally 10 mm. long and 6 mm. broad. The hypocotyl is rather stout, 10—30 mm. long. The foliage leaves are ovate, entire, petiolate. The first two are opposite or nearly so, later ones are alternate. The epi- cotyl is short, not usually more than 2 or 3 mm. in length when the first leaves are well developed. It eventually may grow to a length of 4-8 mm. The seedlings of this plant resemble very much those of E. angustifolia microcarpa* save that in the latter the petioles of the cotyledons are much longer. MYRTACE^E. Eucalyptus globulus LABILL. This is the well-known " blue gum " tree of Australia. It is planted extensively in California. The seeds germinate in from one to two weeks. The seed coat is often carried up by the cotyledons. These are doubled over each other. One lobe of each is exposed. The hypocotyl is slender, about 30 mm. long. The cotyle- dons, when fully opened, are short-petiolate, 3 mm. long and generally twice as broad, two-lobed, the sinus shallow. When first out of the seed coat the cotyledons are about one-half the size here named. No distinct venation was observed, although Lubbockf states that they are tri-nerved. The epicotyl is about 10 mm. long. The foliage leaves are opposite, lanceolate and entire, those higher on the stem be- *Lubbock, op. cit. 2 : 465. tOp. cit. I : 530. Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 81 coming gradually broader. Higher internodes of the stem are quadrangular. Eucalyptus citriodora HOOK. The mode of germination and the seedling of the "lemon- scented gum" resemble the species just described. There are some important points, however, to be noted. The hypocotyl is 20 mm. long and quite slender. The coty- ledons are petiolate. The blade is broadly orbicular, entire, in- distinctly 3-veined ; at length 6-9 mm. broad, 4-7 mm. long, green above, red to purple below. The petiole is 3-4 mm. in length. The cotyledons are persistent for a considerable time ; often remaining till ten or more nodes of the stem are developed. Eucalyptus corymbosa SM. This plant, also a native of Australia, is called " blood-wood." Seeds germinate in two or three weeks. The hypocotyl is 20 mm. long and quite slender. The cotyledons are short-petiolate. The blade is reniform, deeply cordate at base, at first 2-3 mm. long and 5-6 mm. broad. It finally grows about twice this size and is indistinctly 3-veined. CORNACE.E. Cornus amomum MILL. The seeds of the common " dogwood " germinate in two or three weeks after planting, but sometimes not till the follow- ing year. The hypocotyl is rather slender and quite long, usually 50 mm. or more in length. The epicotyl also is greatly elongated, reaching a length of 40 mm. The cotyledons are oblong-ellip- tical, entire, short-petiolate. At first they are 10 mm. long and 5 mm. broad. The blades become 20 mm. long and 10 mm. broad, the petioles 4 mm. long. Leaves are all opposite, ovate, acute, petiolate. The first are like the later ones. Cornus stolonifera MICHX. Seedlings of this plant resemble those of the previous species in all essential respects. 82 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cornus florida LINN. Seedlings of the "flowering dogwood" resemble those of C. amomum. STYRACACE^:. Mohrodendron carolinum (LiNN.) BRITT. Seeds of this plant, the "snow-drop tree," planted in the spring of the year following their ripening lie dormant an entire year before germinating. The cotyledons are thin, oval-oblong in outline, rather short- petiolate. The blades are at first 20 mm. long and 8 mm. broad. They do not increase much in size. The hypocotyl is stout, from 25-35 mm. long. The epicotyl is about 20 mm. long. The leaves'are all alter- nate, ovate-acute, serrate, petiolate. Save in size there is no difference between the first and the later leaves. BIGNONIACE^:. Tecoma radicans (LINN.) DC. This is a woody climber, the " trumpet creeper," indigenous to eastern North America and frequently cultivated. The seeds germinate in about ten days. The large flat wing of the seed is sometimes, though not usually, carried up. The cotyledons are broadly orbicular and deeply notched at the apex. They are almost sessile. When first above ground they are 5 mm. wide, but when fully open are 9 mm. wide. They do not increase in size after that time. The hypocotyl is 20—30 mm. long, green or pale, sometimes pinkish. The epicotyl is at first quite short, but lengthens, when the foliage leaves open, to about 15 mm. The first leaves are simple, ovate, dentate, petiolate, distinctly veined. The next leaves are tri-foliate. Leaves at length are pinnately com- pound. Catalpa speciosa WARDER. This large tree is a native of the southern United States. Seeds germinate in from one to two weeks. The flat winged seedcoat is sometimes carried up, but more usually remains in the soil. The cotyledons are face to face. They are dark green, Ramaley: SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 83 deeply bifid, the lobes more or less obovate, 5-6 mm. long and 3-4 mm. broad. They increase rapidly to nearly twice their original size. The hypocotyl is stout, 30 mm. long. The epicotyl is 8-12 mm. long. Foliage leaves are oppo- site, entire, pointed, ovate to cordate, petiolate with distinct veining. Seedlings of this plant have been previously* described, but without measurements or illustrations. RUBIACEJE. Cephalanthus occidentalis LINN. The "button bush" is a low shrub indigenous throughout most of North America. The seed germinates in about three weeks. The seed coat remains in the ground. The cotyledons are ovate, acute, short-petiolate, 3 mm. long and i mm. broad when they first appear ; at length they become about twice or three times that size. The hypocotyl is slender, 15-30 mm. in length. When the first foliage leaves are open the epicotyl is from 4-8 mm. long. Leaves are opposite, ovate, acute, entire, long- petioled, distinctly veined. CAPRIFOLIACE^E. Sambucus pubens MICHX. This is the " red-berried elder " of the northern United States. The seeds ripen in June. If sown at once they germinate in about one month. Some of the seeds, however, do not come up until the following spring. The hypocotyl, which passes gradually into the root, is about 10 or 15 mm. long. The cotyledons are petiolate. When they first appear they are 3 mm. long and 2 mm. broad. The coty- ledons become longer petioled and the blades more ovate as they grow older. By the time two pairs of foliage leaves have ap- peared they are 10-15 mm- in length with petiole 8 mm. long. The epicotyl is very short as are also the succeeding inter- nodes. Leaves are opposite ; the first two pairs cordate, ser- rate, with petioles as long as the blades. The next leaves are generally trifoliate ; later ones are pinnately multifoliate. *Lubbock, op. cit. 2 : 335. 84 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE FACTS RECORDED IN THE PRECEDING PAGES. Without any attempt at ecological explanations of the phe- nomena of the growth and development of seedlings such as given by Goebel* a few generalizations may be made from the plants at present examined. Some of the features to which at- tention is called have been previously discussed by Klebsf and LubbockJ so that what follows will not be so much a considera- tion of such points but rather a classification of the plants studied with regard to their special peculiarities. A knowledge of the shape and general structure of the coty- ledons does not help one to predict the character of the foliage leaves. Sometimes there is a certain resemblance between coty- ledons and the first foliage leaves or even the later ones. The resemblance is, however, chiefly in cases where the cotyledons are ovate or oblong. This is a very common form for foliage leaves as well. Thus in Toxylon j>omiferum and Cephalanthus occidentals the cotyledons and foliage leaves are much alike, That the two kinds of leaves are of the same general shape, may be a mere coincidence and of no great significance. Where the general shape of cotyledons and first foliage leaves is much the same, the former may have entire margins and the latter be variously toothed or lobed, e. g., Vitis cordifolia, Ptelea trifoliata. While, as has been said, there is no absolute agree- ment in the shape of cotyledons in a given genus or family, nevertheless, there are, as is well known, many families in which certain types of cotyledons prevail. The first foliage leaves, however, are more frequently alike, e. g"., Acer spp. In cases where leaves of old plants are pinnately compound the first few foliage leaves are often simple, e. g., Acer negundo, Amor-pha spp., Ptelea trifoliata^ Schinus molle, Robinia -pseuda- cacia, Sambucus spp. In all these cases the transition to the compound form is gradual. Thus in Ptelea trifoliata the first leaf is simple, the second leaf usually has but one lateral leaf- let. In Robinia -pseudacacia the second leaf is trifoliate while later leaves are more and more multifoliate. Occasionally even the first foliage leaf is compound, as in * Organographie der Pflanzen, 1898. tBeitrage zur Morph. und Biol. der Keimung. Pfeffer's Untersuchungen aus dem Botan. Inst. zu Tubingen i: 536. 1885. £Op. cit. Ramaley : SEEDLINGS OF CERTAIN WOODY PLANTS. 85 Parthenocissus guinquefolia. In Ailanthus glandulosa^ however, the first few leaves are merely trifoliate while later ones are pin- nate. Parkinsonia and Glcditsia produce pinnate foliage leaves at once, although the earlier leaves have fewer leaflets than those that come afterward. If the later-formed leaves are not compound but merely lobed or cleft there may be traced a more or less gradual transi- tion to that shape from the entire or more nearly entire first leaves, e. g., Brottssonetia papyri/era, Liriodendron tulipifera. In nearly all cases where the first two leaves are opposite and the later ones alternate, it is to be noted that the third and fourth are nearly opposite, the fifth and sixth are closer together on the stem than the fourth and fifth or than the sixth and seventh ; e, g., Rhamnus purshiana, Eucalyptus spp., Ulmus spp. In other words, the transition from the opposite to the alternate ar- rangement is usually gradual. The cotyledons of many species increase considerably in size after they escape from the seed coat ; this is particularly notice- able in Schimu molle, Cercis canadensis, and some others. In other species there is very little increase in the size of the coty- ledons after they first appear, e. g., Rhamnus purshiana, Ailan- thus glandulosa. Cotyledons of rather remarkable shape were noted in the fol- lowing species : Celtis occidentalism Catalpa spcciosa, Euca- lyptus globulus, Tecoma radicans, Acer negundo, Berchemia racemosa, Butncria florida and fertilis. The first four named have the cotyledons bifid or variously notched or retuse. Catalpa and Tecoma, both Bignoniaceous plants, have very similar cotyledons. The peculiar asymmetrical cotyledons of Butneria florida are reproduced exactly in B. fertilis. Euca- lyptus globulus, on the other hand, does not agree at all, in the shape of its cotyledons, with E. citriodora and E. corymbosa. These have rotund-orbicular cotyledons. The long, narrow cotyledons of Acer negundo are quite different from those of A. saccharinum. Berchemia racemosa has ligulate cotyledons, while in Rhamnus -purshiana, the only other plant of the same family investigated, the cotyledons are obovate. The large notched cotyledons of Celtis occidentalis do not resemble those of the other Ulmaceae examined. This, is, however, to be ex- pecied from the great difference in the character of the fruit in Celtis and Ulmus. 86 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. From the foregoing it may be concluded that broad general- izations in regard to the shape of cotyledons in plant families, cannot be safely made without a considerable mass of data. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate I. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants : Popu- lus deltoides, Ulmus americana, Celtis occidentalis, Toxylon pomi- ferum, Broussonetia papyrifera, Liriodendron tulipifera, But- neria florida, Parkinsonia aculeata. Plate II. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants : Cercis canadensis, Amorpha fruticosa, Amorpha nana, Robinia psetidaca- cia, Ptelea trifoliata, Ailanthus glandulosa, Schinus molle, Celas- trus scandens. Plate III. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants: Acer negundo, Acer saccharimim, Acer glabrum, Berchemia racemosa, Rhamnus purshiana, Vitis cordifolia, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Sterculia plantanifolia. Plate IV. Seedlings in various stages of the following plants : Elceagnus ttmbellata, Eucalyptus globulus, Eucalypttis citriodora, Cornus amomum, Afohrodendron carolinum, Catalpa speciosa, Te- coma radicans, Cephalanthus occidentalis, Sambucus pubens. The amount of enlargement or reduction is indicated for each plant. VOL. II. MINNESOTA Populus deltoides x Ulmus amerie.ana x Broussonetia papyrifera x Liriodendroh tulipifera (natural [CAL STUDIES. PART II. Coltis occidentnlis x .•{ Toxylon pomiferum x {( Butneria florida x Pnrkinsonin aculeata x VOL. II. MINNESOT Amorpha fruticosa x Ptelea trifoliata x Ailanthus glai STUDIES. PART II Amorpha nana x Robinia pseudacacia x f \ Schinus molle x | Celastrus scanuons x VOL. II. MINNES Acer negundo x £ Acer saccharinum x f \ o l\ Rhamnus purshiana x Vitis cordifolia x J :AL STUDIES. PART I Acer glabrum x £ Parthenocissue quinquefolia x Sterculia platanifolia x \ [I. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BC Elaeagnus umbellata x Eucalyptus corymbosa (natural size) Eucalyptus globulus (natural size) Eucalyptus citriod (natural size) Catalpa speciosa x £ Tecoma radicans CAL STUDIES. PART II K Cornus amomum x £ Mohrodendron carolinum x $ Cephalanthus occidental x 1$ Sambucus pubens x J V. IX. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. FRANCIS RAMALEY. The following is an account of the anatomy of seedlings of certain woody dicotyledonous plants. These plants were studied : Ulmus amcricana LINN., Celtis occidentalis LINN., Toxylon pom if cr um RAF., Broussonctia papyrifera (LiNN.) VENT., Li- riodcndron tiilipifcra LINN., Menispermum canadense LINN., Butneria jlorida (LINN.)KEARNEY, Parkinsonia aculeataLiNTx., Cercis canadensis LINN., Gleditsia triacanthos LINN., Amorpha fruticosa LINN., Robinia pseudacacia LINN., Ptelea trifoliata LINN., Ailanthus glandulosa DESF., Schinns molle LINN., Ber- chemia racemosa SIEB. & Zucc., Rhamnus purshiana DC., Vitis cordifolia NLicuyL^EZaeagmts umbellata THUNB., Eucalyp- tus globulus LABILL., Tecoma radicans (LiNN.) DC., Ca- talpa speciosa WARDER, Cephalanthus occidentalis LINN. The order in which they are described is that of Engler and Prantl. This order will be followed throughout. The author is under obligation to Professor Conway MacMil- lan, who suggested the subject of the investigation and under whose direction the work has been completed. The seedlings were grown at the University of Minnesota during the years 1896, 1897 and 1898. They were examined at different ages so that the original structure of both hypocotyl and epicotyl could be noted as well as the differences brought about through secondary changes. For the sake of convenience and uniformity three stages were studied ; these may be designated as first, second and third stages. A seedling with the cotyledons expanded but with the epicotyl undeveloped is said to be in the first stage. Obviously only the structure of the hypocotyl was studied in this stage. In the second stage the epicotyl has elongated and the first foli- age leaves have appeared. In the third stage a considerable number of foliage leaves have been developed and the anatom- ical structure has, to a considerable extent, taken on its perma- 88 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. nent characters. Sections were also, in many cases, cut from material two years old for purposes of comparison. Since the structure of the hypocotyl is often materially differ- ent in all the three mentioned stages, it has seemed important to make a record of the changes which take place during the first year's growth. Previous investigators have not done this. A number of investigators who have made a comparative study of root and shoot have incidentally examined the hypocotyl, e.g., Goldsmith [1876] and Gerard [1880 and 1881]. The latter made some careful observations on the course of vascular bundles from the cotyledons to the root. His statement that the characteristic root structure often extends as high as the coty- ledons is not, in general, confirmed by the present investigation. The most important articles* which need to be mentioned at the present time are by Dangeard [1888 and 1889], Van Tieg- hem [1891], and Flot [1889 and 1890]. Dangeard begins with a study of the structure of roots, of which he distinguishes three types. In the first type the root is diarch ; the hypocotyl has four bundles in two pairs which arise as cotyledonary trace bun- dles by the division of the midrib of each cotyledon. In the second type the root is tetrarch ; the hypocotyl has eight bun- dles in four groups. In the third type the root is octarch, while the hypocotyl has sixteen bundles in eight groups. The first type of structure of the hypocotyl above mentioned is the one commonly found in the plants studied by the present writer who has called it the " typical structure." (See General Conclu- sions at the close of this paper.) Flot [1889, 1890] describes the "region tigellaire," a much thickened portion of the axis of certain year-old seedlings. The region extends from the base of the hypocotyl up to the first foliage leaf or to some point between that and the cotyledons. It is noted only in certain species. It is not the same as the " tigelle," which extends only as high as the cotyledons. The "region tigellaire" is characterized by only a slight develop- ment of sclerenchyma and of normal phloem, while internal phloem is probably altogether absent. The pericycle, he says, is well developed. Van Tieghem [1891] divides the hypocotyl into "tigelle" and " rhizelle." The growth of the hypocotyl is produced by the elongation of either the tigelle, as in Ricinns, Acer, Cucur- * Search has been made, but without success, for a paper by Monal : Rech. sur 1'anat. compar. de la tige hypocot. et epicot. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 89 bita, Tagetes, Convolvulus and Mirabilis, or, the rhizelle, as in Ranunculaceae, Cruciferae, Caryophyllaceas, Chenopodiaceae, Umbelliferse, Rubiaceaa and Coniferas, or by a combination of the growth of both as in Euonymus. The designation of certain regions as tigelle, rhizelle and tigellaire does not seem to the present writer a matter of great importance in the plants which he has studied, for in them these regions are by no means sharply differentiated. Further obser- vations and references to the work of Plot mentioned above are given in the pages which follow. In the special portion of the present work will be found de- scriptions of the structure of hypocotyl and epicotyl in the various species examined. Accompanying each description is a diagram of the cross section of the hypocotyl when the seedling is in the first stage previously described, and diagrams of both hypocotyl and epicotyl of the second and third stages. In these diagrams stereom is black, xylem is dotted, cortex, phloem, pericycle and the pith are white. The endodermis, when dis- tinct, is indicated by a single line as is also the epidermis and the boundaries between the various zones. In each figure the diagrams of the hypocotyl are at the left, those of the epicotyl at the right. Ulmus americana. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which, in cross section, are square or rounded. After secondary growth of the stele has commenced these cells become very much flattened. There is no hypoderma differentiated. The cells of the cortex are large ; all are about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled and is easily recognized in early stages, when it contains very little starch. Afterward starch becomes abundant in the endodermis, pericycle, cortex, phloem and inner xylem. In the stele there are many small phloem bundles which are confluent into two crescent-shaped areas. There are two xylem bundles of somewhat crescentic appearance in cross section. The xylem and phloem soon form closed rings. The pericycle, in seedlings which have about two internodes 90 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of the stem developed, is partially sclerenchymatous. At a later time numerous groups of sclerenchyma are found in the phloem and cortex. The pith becomes quite small. There is a small-celled peri- medullary zone. The formation of cork cambium, as noted by Plot ( [1890], p. 29 ), takes place in the inner cortex. Structure of EpicotyL The cells of the epidermis when seen in cross section, are somewhat rectangular in outline. The tangential diameter is the longer. Numerous hairs are present. No collenchymatous hypoderma is produced. The cortex is rather narrow. The cells are all about the same size. The endodermis is distinct only in young material. The cells are small. They contain starch. At the end of the season starch is found in the pith and inner xylem and is sparingly dis- tributed in the cortex and phloem. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a closed ring surrounding a number of xylem groups. There are usually eight of these. They soon fuse to form a complete ring. Numerous small groups of thick-walled cells finally make their appearance in cortex, pericycle and phloem. The pith becomes quite small. The cells have thin unligni- fied walls. The perimedullary zone is easily distinguished ; it consists of from one to three layers of small cells which are often somewhat flattened. Cork formation, as is well known in this species, begins in the outer- most cell layer of the cortex. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and EpicotyL The epidermal cells of the hypo- cotyl in young material appear radi- ally elongated, those of the epicotyl tangentially elongated. The former region has a thicker cortex, fewer epi- dermal hairs, sclerenchyma developed FIG. i. earlier in the pericycle. Ulmus americana Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 91 The stele of the hypocotyl has two xylem bundles and two aggregations of phloem bundles. In the epicotyl the youngest material examined has a complete ring of phloem and about eight xylem bundles. Cork formation in the former region takes place deep in the cortex instead of in the outermost corti- cal layer. In their final structure the two regions are practically alike. Celtis occidentalis. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of thin-walled cells, small, square in cross section. There is no hypoderma. The elements of the cortex are large. There are about twenty layers of cells. The cells of the endodermis are much smaller than those of the cortex and on this account the endodermis is readily distin- guished until considerable secondary growth of vascular tis- sue has taken place. Starch is found in the endodermal region from the first ; toward the close of the season it is found not only in the pith, phloem and cortex, but very abundantly distributed throughout the xylem. Large isodiametric crystals, long known in the stem of this species (Moeller [1882], p. 74), make their appear- ance in the cortex some time before the close of the first season. The stele, which is cylindrical from the first, has originally four xylem bundles and two crescentic masses of phloem. At an early stage the xylem forms a closed ring, while it is not till sometime afterward that the two areas of the phloem become united. Two interrupted rings of sclerenchyma appear later in the first season, one of these is in the cortex and consists of much larger groups of cells than does the other which is in the outer phloem. The pith is large-celled. A more or less definite perimedul- lary zone of small cells is at length developed. Cork formation begins at a late period in the outermost cell layer of the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are at first nearly square in cross section but at a later time are considerably flattened. There 92 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. are numerous simple curved and pointed hairs ; there are also some with bulbous ends. The cortex is thin. A distinct collenchymatous hypoderma is developed. It usually consists of three or four layers of cells. The endodermis, which is originally distinct, soon becomes unrecognizable. The cells are about the same size as those of the cortex ; they contain starch. Eventually all the parenchy- matous elements contain starch. The stele is originally somewhat elliptical in cross section. The phloem, in the youngest material examined, forms a com- plete ring. There are generally two large and four small xylem bundles. These soon fuse to form a closed xylem zone. An interrupted band of sclerenchyma is developed at the outer limit of the xylem. As in Celtis australis (cf. Flot [1893], p. 68) there is a dis- tinct perimedullary zone composed of two or three cell rows. Cork formation begins, rather late in the season, in the outer- most hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 74). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and E-picotyL A striking difference between hypocotyl and epicotyl is the ab- sence from the former region of the numerous epidermal hairs so abun- dant in the latter. The hypocotyl is without a hypoderma. The primary stelar structure of the hypocotyl is peculiar, the phloem forming two crescentric masses and not uniting into a closed ring till after the xylem bundles have fused. The epicotyl possesses a ring of phloem and six xylem bundles. At the end of the season the hypo- cotyl has two interrupted bands of sclerenchyma instead of one, and a smaller pith. Aside from these dif- ferences the two regions are the FIG. 2. same in structure. Celtis occidentalis Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 93 HORACES. Toxylon pomiferum. Structure of Ifypocotyl. In cross section the cells of the epidermis appear radially elongated. Eventually they are considerably flattened. The cells of the outer cortex are similar to those of the epidermis. There is no collenchyma developed. The inner cortex is com- posed of larger cells. The endodermis is distinct but in material taken at the close of the growing season it was not distinguished. The develop- ment of pericycle is remarkable. This region is composed of about six layers of parenchymatous cells resembling, in shape, those of the endodermis. Starch is found, from the first, in the endodermis and later appears in all the conjunctive tissues. The stele is slightly four-angled. There are, in the young- est material examined, four xylem bundles and two large cres- cent-shaped phloem bundles. The phloem soon forms a com- plete ring as does also the xylem, but the two xylem bundles first fuse in pairs. - About this time four aggregations of small groups of scleren- chyma appear in the pericycle. Eventually a nearly complete sclerenchymatous ring surrounds the phloem. The pith is large-celled. A small-celled perimedullary zone of three or four layers is present. Cork formation takes place in the fourth or fifth layer of the cortex. Structure of EpicotyL The epidermis is composed of cells which are, at first, nearly square in cross section but later are very much flattened. Ac- cording to Moeller [1882] the epidermis is two-layered. Numerous straight epidermal hairs are present ; there are also some stalked glandular hairs. The cells of the cortex are rather small, parenchymatous, not at all collenchymatous. The endodermis is distinguished with difficulty even in very young material. Its cells contain starch. Starch is later found in all the parenchymatous tissues. There is a variable number of vascular bundles ; usually eight to sixteen. These soon fuse to form closed rings of phloem and xylem. 94 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. An interrupted sclerenchymatous ring is formed at the outer edge of the phloem ; the cells are thick-walled but do not be- come lignified the first year. The pith is rather large. There is a small-celled perime- dullary zone which is quite definite. Cork formation in the epicotyl takes place in the outermost cortical layer (cf. Moeller [1882] ). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. In the hypocotyl the cortex and pericycle are much better developed than in the epicotyl. The former region is without epidermal hairs. This point of difference was previously noted by Klebs [1885]. The stele of the hypocotyl has orig- inally four vascular bundles, instead of from eight to sixteen ; the pith is small in extent. The sclerenchyma is first formed in four patches but afterwards forms al- most a complete ring. Cork formation in the hypocotyl begins in a deeper layer of the cortex. At the close of the year the two Toxyion regions have nearly the same structure, pomiferum about the only difference being the size FIG. 3. of the pith. Broussonetia papyrifera. Structure of Hypocotyl. There is an epidermis of small cells nearly square in outline when seen in cross section. These cells become greatly elon- gated tangentially as the tissues within increase in thickness. Short, blunt, unicellular epidermal hairs are numerous. The cortex is composed of about six layers of large, thin- walled parenchymatous elements which, like the epidermal cells, become stretched toward the close of the season. The endodermis is small-celled. It sometimes remains dis- tinct till nearly the close of the first season. Starch is present in the endodermis, but absent from all other tissues for a long Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYI, IN WOODY PLANTS. 95 time. It eventually appears in the pericycle, phloem, medullary rays and inner elements of the xylem. The stele is originally very small. In the disposition of the vascular tissues this plant differs from all others examined by the writer. In cross section the center of this stele is seen to be occupied by an elongated area of xylem. On each side of this, separated by a small amount of conjunctive tissue, is a crescent-shaped mass of phloem. The xylem soon forms a somewhat four-sided mass, and is surrounded by a ring of phloem. The xylem at length becomes circular, and the sur- rounding phloem increases greatly in amount. There is but slight development of stereom, although, toward the close of the first season, numerous isolated sclerenchymatous elements are found in the phloem. The cork cambium originates in the endodermis or pericycle. The ring of phellogen is sometimes irregular, appearing now in one, now in the other of the regions named. It may be said that, since the structure of the hypocotyl in this species so much resembles the general type of root struc- ture, it was thought best to examine a large number of plants, lest the peculiarities noted should have been due to teratological development. All the plants were, however, found to be alike. Neither is there any trouble in this species, to determine the lower limit of the hypocolyl, for it is enlarged below and does not gradually shade off into root, as is the case in some seed- lings. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is small-celled. There are numerous simple, blunt and pointed hairs, and also some with a single stalk cell and a multicellular bulb at the distal end. A somewhat collenchymatous hypoderma is developed, con- sisting of two or three layers of cells, which are smaller than the deeper cells of the cortex. The small-celled endodermis, at first distinct, soon becomes displaced and changed, owing to secondary growth of sub-lying tissues. Starch is almost entirely absent, except in the endodermal region, till about the close of the first growing season, when it appears in the pith, medullary rays, phloem and, to a slight extent, in the cortex. 96 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The stele is large. There is a circle of twelve to eighteen conjoint vascular bundles. These soon fuse to form a narrow zone each of xylem and phloem. There is a considerable amount of sclerenchyma at the outer edge of the phloem. The cells are, however, mostly isolated or else occur in small groups. The pith, which is extensive, is composed of large, parenchy- matous elements with thin, slightly lignified walls. According to Flot [1893], there is a perimedullary zone of rive or six lay- ers of crushed, thin-walled cells. The same author states that laticiferous tubes are found in the perimedullary region of young twigs of this species. The cork cambium is formed in the outermost hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 82). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. Both hypocotyl and epicotyl have simple epidermal hairs, but the former does not have the pointed or the bulbous hairs found in the latter region. The hypocotyl is also without the some- what collenchymatous hypoderma found in the epicotyl ; its endodermis persists for a greater length of time. The structure of the stele in the hypocotyl is anomalous. A single flat bundle of xylem is flanked by phloem, which eventually surrounds the centrally-lying xylem, the inner cells of which contain starch. There is no pith. The epicotyl, on the other hand, has a large pith, and the vas- cular bundles are originally numer- ous. Starch is absent from the xylem. Cork formation is endodermal or pericyclic in the hypocotyl, but hypo- dermal in the epicotyl. Broussonetia papyrifera FIG. 4. MAGNOLIACE.3L Liriodendron tulipifera. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are nearly square in cross section ; at first they are very much bulged. They never Ranialey : IIYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 97 become flat. The two or three layers of the cortex just below the epidermis are small-celled. The deeper layers are very large-celled. The endodermis is small-celled and easily distinguished in young material, but is eventually displaced and is not distin- guishable. In the young stages starch is entirely absent from the hypocotyl, but later is found sparingly distributed through the various parenchymatous tissues. The stele, which is originally quadrangular, has four vascu- lar bundles arranged in pairs. By their continued growth zones of xylem and phloem are produced. About the time that a complete ring of xylem has been formed four masses of sclerenchyma appear in the pericyle. Even- tually other groups of pericyclic cells also become sclerotic. The phloem immediately under these groups is better developed than at other places. The pith is slightly quadrangular. The cells are thin-walled. A definite perimedullary zone was not distinguished. The cork cambium is produced in the outermost layer of cor- tical cells. Structure of EfocotyL The cells of the epidermis, when seen in cross section, ap- pear square or tangentially elongated. A narrow collenchyma- tous hypoderma is developed. The remaining cells of the cor- tex are all about the same size. The endodermis is distinct in young material, owing to the presence of starch in its cells. At a later time starch is distrib- uted in small amount in the various parenchymatous tissues. The number of primary xylem groups in the stele is about six or eight. Groups of phloem are somewhat more numerous. Closed zones of xylem and phloem are produced very early. The outer phloem has many groups of sclerenchymatous fibers. These groups are close together, separated only by medullary rays. A small amount of sclerenchyma is produced in the cortex. The pith is rather large, and composed of cells with thin, un- lignified walls. No perimedullary zone was distinguished. Cork is developed in the outermost cell layer of the cortex (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 229). 98 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Liriodendron tulipifera FIG. 5. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl* The cortex of the hypocotyl is much thicker than that of the epicotyl. The former region has no hypoderma ; it has four vascular bundles instead of six or eight or more ; the sclerenchyma first ap- pears in only four groups and at no time is as well developed as in the epicotyl. The pith of the hypocotyl is smaller than that of the epicotyl ; it is some- what quadrangular in shape. MENISPERMACE^E. Menispermum canadense. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are square or rectangular in cross sec- tion. Late in the first season they be- come flat and tangentially elongated. A very thick, tough cuticle develops at the same time. There is no hypoderma. There are about twelve layers in the cortex. The cells are large. The endodermis consists of cells smaller than those of the cortex. It remains distinct a long time, but was not distin- guished in material taken at the close of the growing season. The pericycle is peculiar. It is one or two layers in thickness. Usually every second or third cell, when seen in cross section, is without starch, although starch is present in the other cells. Eventually these cells also contain starch. This plant is somewhat unique in the distribution of starch in its tissues, for in all the different stages examined starch was found in cortex, pith, endodermis and medullary rays and in the pericycle except as just noted. The stele is quadrangular and has four primary vascular bundles. These increase considerably in size as the plant grows older. At the close of the growing season they are of about the same extent as the medullary rays which are com- posed of wood parenchyma and are full of starch. There is no phloem produced the first year opposite the medullary rays. The pith is composed of large cells. There is a rather dis- Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 99 tinct smaller-celled perimedullary zone. No cork is formed the first year. Structure of Epicotyl* The cells of the epidermis, at first square in cross section, be- come very much flattened and develop a thick cuticle like that of the hypocotyl. A more or less definite collenchymatous hy- poderma is developed. The cortex is composed of about six cell layers. The endodermis is not easily distinguished even in youngest stages. The pericycle has some cells which in cross section appear empty, while the neighboring cells contain starch. These empty cells at a later time either become filled with starch or else are displaced so that they are not recognized. Starch is present in the cortex, medullary rays, endodermis, pericycle and pith. There are originally from nine to fifteen vascular bundles. These usually fuse to some extent so that there come to be only about six or eight. These remain easily distinguishable, since the primary medullary rays are very broad. The growth of the cambium produces no true phloem elements opposite the me- dullary rays, although there is some thin-walled parenchyma. A crescent-shaped area of stereom is finally formed at the outer edge of each phloem bundle. The pith becomes rather small in extent. There is a perime- dullary zone of two or three layers of smaller cells. According to Flot [1893] these form at a later time five or six layers of sclerotic paren- chyma. The formation of cork was not observed. It does not take place the first year. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl, The hypocotyl has a thicker cor- tex than the epicotyl : it is without a collenchymatous hypoderma. The endodermis is much more distinct in the former region and the peculiar dis- tribution of starch in the pericycle is more pronounced. FIG. 6. Menisperniuni canadeiise 100 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Concerning the structure of the stele it is to be noted that in the hypocotyl it is quadrangular; it has but four vascular bundles instead of from eight to twelve and there is no stereom, while in the epicotyl a crescentic mass of stereom borders each phloem bundle. CALYCANTHACE^E. Butneria florida. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are nearly square in cross section. They soon become more or less broken, owing to the early formation of cork. A few short, pointed, uni- cellular hairs are present. A true hypoderma becomes differentiated late in the season. About three or four of the sub-epidermal layers of cells become collenchymatous. The cortex has about twenty layers of cells all approximately the same size. Intercellular spaces abound. The endodermal cells are but slightly smaller than those of the cortex. The endodermis remains more or less distinct until the close of the first year. Starch grains are very small. A few are found in the endodermis, but no starch is present in the other parts of the hypocotyl till late in the season, when it is found in great abundance throughout all the parenchymatous tissues. The stele is somewhat quadrangular. There are four xylem bundles and four principal phloem bundles. These are situated in the angles of the stele. There are also some small phloem areas. Their location will be seen by reference to the diagram. The phloem and xylem soon form narrow, closed zones. The former is most developed at the original angles of the stele. It is .stated by De Bary [1884], that in the seedlings of Caly- canthaceae a transverse section of the hypocotyl shows six bun- dles. In the plant under investigation, the present writer found this to be true only for the upper end of the hypocotyl where the cortical bundles, to be mentioned later, are separating and pre- paring to leave the stele. This appearance is, of course, only seen after the fusion of the primaiy xylem bundles in pairs, and before complete rings of phloem and xylem are produced. Toward the upper limit of the hypocotyl there is present a small stereom bundle at each of the four angles of the stele. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 101 These stereom bundles bend outward and accompany the corti- cal bundles in succeeding internodes. The pith is rather thick-walled ; the cells are about the same size as those of the cortex. A small-celled perimedullary zone of one or two layers is at length clearly distinguishable. Cork formation begins very early in the outermost sub-epider- mal layer of the cells. Structure of EpicotyL The cells of the epidermis when seen in cross section are rec- tangular with the long diameter parallel to the surface of the section. There are numerous pointed hairs of various lengths. A collenchymatous hypoderma, four or five layers of cells in thickness, forms the outer part of the cortex, the rest of which is composed of very loose parenchyma. A definite endodermis was not distinguished. The endoder- mal region is, however, easily recognized by the presence of starch in many of the cells. Starch is afterward found in great abundance in pith, cortex and medullary rays. The normal phloem and xylem form closed rings even in the youngest material examined. In the cortex, about half way between the epidermis and phloem are four vascular bundles, ninety degrees apart ; each bundle consists of a more or less crescent-shaped mass of lignified sclerenchyma, at whose con- cave surface is a small .area of slightly lignified xylem, consist- ing usually of five to ten cells. Adjoining this xylem and pro- jecting some distance toward the stele is a lenticular mass of phloem. The general arrangement of the bundle is the same as that carefully described for Calycanthus sp. by Woronin [1860] and for Calycanthus occidentalis by Williams [1894]. Serial sections showed that in this species these cortical bundles enter the stele about i mm. below the insertion of the cotyledons, and not at the middle of the first internode as reported by Herail [1885] for certain other species. The pith is large. There is a definite perimedullary zone of about three layers of small cells. The cork cambium is formed very early in the outermost hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 364). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and EpicotyL The epidermal hairs of the hypocotyl are fewer and shorter 102 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. than those of the epicotyl, There is in the former region also a less developed hypoderma. The stele of the hypocotyl is originally quadrangular ; it is sur- rounded by a distinct endodermis, and has four xylem bundles and four principal phloem bundles. The stele of the epicotyl is cylindrical, without a distinct endodermis, and even at a very early age, the xylem and phloem form closed rings. The hypocotyl has no cortical vascular bundles ; of these the epi- cotyl has four. The presence of true collenchy matous hypoderma in the hypocotyl deserves special mention, as this forms an exception to the general rule that collenchyma is not de- veloped in the hypocotyl. C^ESALPINACE^E. Parkinsonia aculeata. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells which are rectangular in cross section. They are, at first, radially elongated. Eventu- ally they become elongated in the other direction. The cortex is many-layered. There is no hypoderma. The outer cells of the cortex are much smaller than those further down. Very early in the history of the hypocotyl a parenchy- matous sheath of small cells is formed in the cortex about mid- way between epidermis and endodermis. The cells are not arranged in definite rows. The position of this sheath is shown in the last plate accompanying this paper. The cells of the endodermis are smaller than those of the cor- tex. They contain starch. The endodermis is quite distinct; it was, however, not definitely distinguished in material col- lected late in the season. The cortex and pith at a later time also have some starch. The stele is four-angled. There are originally four phloem RamaJcy : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 103 bundles and eight paired xylem bundles. Eventually closed rings of xylem and phloem are formed. At the corners of the stele in the pericycle groups of scleren- chyma are formed. The cells become very thick-walled and each group quite large. The pith is large. The cells are rather thick-walled. No definite perimedullary zone was distinguished. In the material examined cork formation had not commenced. Structure of EpicotyL The epidermal cells are thin-walled, square in cross section, becoming at length much flattened. There is no collenchyma. The cortex is narrow ; the cells are about the same size as those of the epidermis. The endodermis is composed of thin-walled cells. After secondary growth of the stelar tissues it cannot be definitely seen. The cells are about the same size as those of the cortex ; they contain starch. Starch is found at a later time in the various parenchymatous tissues. The number of vascular bundles is variable. Usually there are about twelve. These, at length, fuse to form closed rings of phloem and xylem. The pericycle develops a sheath of sclerenchyma which almost completely shuts in the phloem. The cells were not very thick- walled in the material examined. The pith is large, the cells rather thin-walled. A perimedullary zone of small-celled parenchyma at length becomes differentiated. No material old enough to show cork formation was examined. Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and EpicotyL The hypocotyl differs from the epi- cotyl in having a thicker cortex with a narrow small-celled parenchyma- tous sheath. The cells of the cortex are also larger. In its primary stelar structure the differences are very marked. The 1'nrkiiiMMiia aculenta FIG. 8. 104 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. hypocotyl has four phloem bundles and eight xylem bundles instead of a large number of conjoint bundles. It has four large groups of stereom instead of a narrow, almost continuous sclerenchymatous sheath. Cercis canadensis. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal cells are rectangular in cross section ; the radial diameter is the longer. These cells never become tan- gentially elongated. The cells of the outer cortex are smaller than those within. An indefinite sheath of small-celled paren- chyma similar to that in Parkinsonia can sometimes be recog- nized. The endodermis is small-celled ; it remains distinct through the first year. Its cells contain starch. Starch is also present toward the close of the year in the pith. The stele is originally quadrangular. There are four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. These, at length, develop into closed rings. Four small groups of sclerenchyma make their appearance in the pericycle at an early time and become, at length, consid- erably extended. The pith finally becomes cylindrical. The cells are large and thin-walled. The perimedullary zone is not clearly dif- ferentiated. Cork formation takes place in the cortex either next to or very near the endodermis. It begins sometime before the close of the season. Structure of Epicotyl. The epicotyl is somewhat quadrangular in the early stages. The epidermal cells are rectangular in cross section. The tangential diameter is the greater. There is no hypoderma. The cortex is thin. The cells are all about the same size. The endodermis was not definitely distinguished. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a closed ring. There are four large primary xylem bundles. There are also some smaller ones. The latter have often only one or two xylem cells. A closed zone of xylem is soon produced. Nearly all the cells of the pericycle become, at length, scler- otic, thus forming an almost continuous sheath with but few parenchymatous cells. Ramaley : IIYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTVL IN WOODY PLANTS. 105 The pith is large-called. A perimedullary zone was not dis- tinguished. Cork formation takes place in the second cortical layer as in Cercis siliquastrum (fide Moeller [1882] ). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicolyl. The epidermal cells of the hypocotyl, when seen in cross section, appear radially, not tan- gentially elongated as in the epi- cotyl. In the former region the endodermis is distinct, the cortex thicker and the sclerenchyma at first differently disposed. The stele of the hypocotyl has originally four phloem bundles and four xylem bundles. The young- est material of the epicotyl which was examined has a closed ring of phloem and four large xylem bundles, also a few small groups of xylem. Cork formation in the hypocotyl takes place in the lower cortex ; in the epicotyl it takes place in the second cell layer of the cortex. Cercis canadensis FlG. 9. Gleditsia triacanthos. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis is composed of rather thick-walled cells which are oblong in cross section, the long axis being at right angles to the periphery of the section. These cells are eventually elongated in the tangential direction. The cortex is very thick. There is no differentiated hypo- derma, but three or four of the outer cortical layers are com- posed of smaller cells than those below. The endodermis is definite ; it is large-celled. In some places it is two layers of cells in thickness. Starch, at first present only in the endodermis, is eventually widely distributed throughout all the parenchymatous tissues. The stele is cylindrical. There are in the young hypocotyl 106 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. eight paired xylem bundles and a large number of groups of phloem. The latter soon grow together, forming a complete ring, while the xylem bundles first fuse in pairs, afterward growing together into a closed zone. In the pericycle, alternating with the paired xylem bundles there are developed four large bands of sclerenchyma which ex- tend so far around that they nearly touch each other. By the end of the first season these become divided into a number of groups by the intercalation of parenchymatous cells. The pith, which is eventually of slight extent, is composed of large-celled parenchyma. Cork formation begins rather early the first season in the third or fourth cell layer of the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The general shape of the epicotyl is originally somewhat hexagonally prismatic ; it soon becomes cylindrical. The cells of the epidermis are originally nearly square in cross section. There are numerous, long, curved, pointed epi- dermal hairs. The outer two layers of the cortex become slightly collenchymatous. The other cortical layers are com- posed of parenchyma. The endodermis was not distinguished in material taken in the autumn but in the young epicotyl is quite distinct. The cells are rather large, similar to those of the cortical region but packed with starch. The phloem, in youngest material examined, forms a ring of tissue. There are about six principal xylem bundles which soon fuse. A broken sclerenchymatous ring is formed which resembles that of the epicotyl. No other stereom is, as a rule, produced the first year. The pith is large and composed of cells with unlignified walls. There is a small-celled perimedullary zone. Cork formation takes place in the hypoderma (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 393). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl differs from the epicotyl in the absence of epi- dermal hairs and of a collenchymatous hypoderma, in the pri- mary structure of the stele, and in its smaller pith. Ramaley : IIYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 107 In the hypocotyl there are at first four pairs of xylem bundles and a number of phloem bundles. Four large groups of sclerenchyma soon make their appearance in the peri- cycle. In the epicotyl, on the other hand, a closed ring of phloem surrounds usually about six xylem bundles. No differentiated peri- medullary zone was distinguished in the hypocotyl. The structure of the two regions at the close of the first year differs only in the perimedullary region and pith ; the formation of cork having removed the epidermis and hypo- derma. Gleditsia triacanthos FIG. 10. PAPILIONACE^E. Amorpha fruticosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of cells rather small, somewhat thick- walled, square or nearly so, in cross section, at length becom- ing flattened. The cells of the cortex are large ; those imme- diately below the epidermis somewhat smaller, but not forming a definite hypoderma. The endodermis of thin-walled cells containing starch re- mains distinct for some time. Toward the close of the first year its exact position cannot be determined, although it can be lo- cated approximately. A small amount of starch is scattered throughout the cortex, pith and pericycle as well as the endo- dermis, even in the youngest stage. This is not the case in most species. Later the phloem and the medullary rays also come to be filled with starch. The stele is at first quadrangular, and remains so for a con- siderable length of time. There are four conjoint vascular bundles, and in addition there appear a few small patches of phloem. The bundles soon tend to unite in pairs. Xylem and phloem at length form complete zones. The medullary rays are very numerous ; they are one cell in width. 108 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. About the time that the epicotyl has reached its full length four small areas of sclerenchyma appear in the pericycle, one adjoining the phloem of each vascular bundle. These increase somewhat in size, and are still visible in two-year-old material. Numerous isolated sclerenchymatous elements are found scat- tered through the phloem. The pith is composed of rather large cells with thin walls, which soon become lignified. As the plant grows older the pith becomes almost obliterated. No perimedullary zone was dis- tinguished. Cork formation takes place in the outer pericycle, at length cutting off all tissues outside, leaving the bundles of scleren- chyma which are at the inner limit of the pericycle. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis is composed of cells nearly square in cross section. These abut directly upon a large-celled, few-layered cortex. There is no hypoderma. A definite endodermis was not distinguished at any time al- though in a very young stage certain starch containing cells were recognized as having the appearance of endodermis ; a continuous ring of them was not traced. With the exception of the endodermal and medullary region, starch does not occur until the plant has developed a number of internodes above the epicotyl. The cells of pericycle and phloem are at length filled with starch. The stele is cylindrical from the first. Owing to fusions the number of vascular bundles is variable. There are, however, generally about five or six bundles. The phloem and xylem eventually form closed rings. There is a narrow interrupted ring of stereom at the outer edge of the pericycle. Toward the end of the first season numerous small patches of thick-walled fibers appear in the phloem and the pericycle. The pith is large-celled ; it does not decrease appreciably in size as the stem grows older. In the lower part of the epicotyl cork formation takes place in the pericycle below the ring of stereom mentioned above, thus cutting off the cortex and epidermis which soon die and disappear. In the upper part it takes place in the cortex (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 383). This plant shows a distinct " re- gion tigellaire " in two-year-old material. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 109 Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. In very young plants the hypocotyl shows a few slightly dif- ferentiated layers of smaller cells in the outer cortex. The epicotyl has nothing of the kind. The endodermis of the hypocotyl is distinct in the early stages, but was not definitely located in the epicotyl. Starch appears earlier in the hypocotyl and the four large groups of stereom are not represented at all in the epi- cotyl which, however, has an inter- rupted circle of the same material. In the former region the stele is at first quadrangular, while always cylin- drical in the latter. Cork formation in the hypocotyl is pericyclic, but is cortical in the epicotyl. The final structure of the two regions is very similar, save in the arrange- ment of sclerenchyma. Amorpha fruticosa FIG. n. Robinia pseudacacia. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal cells are oblong in cross section, radially elongated at first, later becoming elongated in the tangential direction. A few straight multicellular hairs are present. There is no differentiated hypoderma. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled and contains starch. It is not easily distinguished in material taken at the close of the grow- ing season. Starch is also found in some of the pericyclic cells in early stages. Later nearly all the parenchymatous tissues have starch. The stele is originally quadrangular. There are eight phloem bundles and four xylem bundles. These soon produce closed zones. In the pericycle opposite each of the original xylem bundles a group of stereom appears. These groups, at length, become quite large. In addition to these, at the close of the first year, there are some small patches of stereom irregularly disposed just outside the phloem. 110 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The pith is composed of parenchymatous cells which acquire thick lignified walls. There is a well-differentiated perimedul- lary zone three or four cells in width. The cells are small and have thick lignified walls. Cork formation, according to Flot [1890], takes place rather deep in the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are square or oblong in cross sec- tion, and become in time greatly flattened. There are numerous epidermal hairs. A narrow collenchymatous hypoderma is present. The cells of the cortex are about the same size as the epidermal cells. The endodermis was distinguished only in very young stages. The cells are rather small and closely packed with starch. Starch is found at a later time in the various parenchymatous tissues. Troschel [1879] states that in year-old twigs starch is present in some of the elements of the wood but disappears the next year. In young material the epicotyl is elliptical in cross section. The stele follows this closely in shape. The phloem forms a closed ring surrounding a variable number of xylem bundles. There are usually more than eight of these bundles. The xylem also soon forms a complete zone in which medullary rays are prominent. The pith cells become, at length, thick-walled. There is a well-de- fined perimedullary zone. Cork arises in the fourth, fifth or sixth layer of the cortex (cf. Moel- ler [1882], p. 384). Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is without the col- lenchymatous hypoderma of the epi- cotyl ; it has fewer epidermal hairs ; the cortex is thicker ; there are four large groups of stereom with some very small ones instead of a broken FIG. 12. ring °f medium-sized bundles. Robin ia pseudacacia Ramalcy : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. Ill In its primary structure the stele of the hypocotyl differs con- siderably from that of the epicotyl. There are four xylem bundles instead of eight or more and eight phloem bundles in- stead of a closed ring of phloem. The cork, although of cortical origin in both regions, arises in the hypocotyl in deeper layers. Ptelea trifoliata. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis, when seen in cross section, appear nearly square. They, at length, are flattened. There are a few short, blunt, unicellular hairs. The cortex is large-celled. There is no distinct hypoderma differentiated. The endodermis is large-celled and contains, at first, very little starch. It later becomes closely packed with starch. The various parenchymatous tissues at length also contain starch in the cell cavities. Numerous lysigenous reservoirs are pres- ent in the outer part of the primary cortex. The stele is originally four-angled. There is one phloem bundle and one xylem bundle in each angle. The phloem soon forms a closed ring surrounding the now greatly enlarged xylem bundles which enclose, at this stage, a somewhat cruciform pith. The xylem bundles also finally fuse. Four very small groups of sclerenchyma appear, toward the end of the season, in the pericycle. They are equidistant. There are about six cells in each group. Some sections do not show all these groups, as the sclerenchymatous elements do not form continuous strands in the hypocotyl. Some sections show no sclerenchyma at all. The pith is eventually quite small. The perimedullary zone is not well developed. The formation of cork begins early in the outermost cortical layer of cells. Structure of EpicotyL The epidermis is composed of cells which appear slightly rec- tangular in cross section. They are elongated in the tangen- tial direction. Numerous epidermal hairs are present. There is a narrow collenchymatous hypoderma. The cells of the in- ner cortex are very large. 112 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The endodermis is distinct and can be recognized in year-old material. Starch is present from the first. The various paren- chymatous tissues at length have a small amount of starch. Secretion cavities develop in the cortex. The stele is small ; much smaller than is usual in most spe- cies. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a complete ring surrounding a small number of xylem bundles which eventually fuse. Numerous groups of elements in the pericycle become scler- otic so that they form an interrupted ring of sclerenchyma sur- rounding the phloem. The pith is small, unusually so for an epicotyl. There is a definite perimedullary zone of small-celled parenchyma contain- ing starch. Thepiormation of cork takes place in the outermost layer of hypoderma (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 326). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hiypocotyl does not have the epidermal hairs and the collen- chymatous hypoderma of the epicotyl. The cortex of the former region, though very thick, is but little thicker, in pro- portion, than that of the epicotyl. In the stele of the hypocotyl there are four phloem bundles and an equal number of xylem bundles, while in the epicotyl, in the youngest material ex- amined, the phloem forms a closed ring surrounding about six xylem strands. The sclerenchyma of the hypocotyl is in four somewhat irregular columns in the pericycle, while in the epicotyl it forms more nearly a closed sheath. In the former region also the peri- medullary zone is poorly developed. Ptelea trifoliate FIG. 13. SIMARUBACE^. Ailanthus glandulosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermis consists of small cells, square or nearly so, in cross section, and considerably bulged when young. A few Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 113 short, unicellular hairs were seen, but none noted in very young plants. There is a hypoderma of one or two layers of some- what larger and thicker-walled cells. The rest of the cortex is parenchymatous and large-celled. The endodermis consists of cells somewhat smaller than those of the adjacent cortical layer. The endodermis was not recog- nized in older material. Starch is present from the first in the endodermis, pericycle and pith, but does not appear in the cor- tex till nearly the close of the first season. The stele is at first quite small. There are four xylem bun- dles arranged in pairs and four phloem bundles similarly dis- posed. The phloem soon forms a complete ring, surrounding the now considerably enlarged xylem bundles, which also even- tually form a closed ring. Opposite each of the four original xylem bundles there ap- pears in the pericycle a group of sclerenchymatous cells. These groups become, at length, somewhat divided so that the old hypocotyl may have a considerable number of smaller groups. There are numerous sclerenchymatous fibers scattered in small and large patches through the phloem and pericycle. The pith is thin-walled ; toward the end of the first season it becomes lignified. The perimedullary zone, described by Flot [1893], as an important feature of the stem structure is first definitely noted at this time. The oleoresin canals described by Trecul [1867] as occurring at the outer border of the pith, and by Van Tieghern [1884] as in the inner xylem of the stem, were not distinguished in the hypocotyl. Crystal rosettes of calcium oxalate occur singly in certain cells of the phloem area. Single oleoresin cells are found here and there in the cortex and phloem. Cork formation, as noted by Flot [1889 and 1890] takes place in the layer of cells just below the epidermis. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis resembles that of the hypocotyl, but there are numerous, somewhat long, curved or hooked epidermal hairs. Most of these are unicellular. The hypoderma is, as previously described for the stem by De Bary ([1884], p. 404), collenchymatous. The cells are small ; toward the inside the hypoderma gradually shades into the ordinary cortex. 114 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. A definite endodermis was not distinguished at any stage, al- though, since starch is present in the region of the pericyle and endodermis from the first, those regions can be located approx- imately. Starch is found later in pith and cortex ; also in many of the inner xylem elements. There are, at first, eight to ten conjoint vascular bundles. Eventually the phloem and xylem form closed rings. Scattered sclerenchymatous elements are found in the phloem, pericycle and cortex. The pith is irregular in outline. The first formed xylem ele- ments project into it. The perimedullary zone is not conspic- uous the first year, being composed of a few cells with unligni- fied walls. The cork cambium is formed in the outermost hypodermal layer (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 327). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a few, the epi- cotyl a considerable number, of epi- dermal hairs. The hypocotyl does not have the collenchymatous hypo- derma found in the epicotyl. The pith is smaller and circular instead of scalloped ; the perimedullary zone is better developed. The endodermis is distinct in the hypocotyl for a considerable time, while in the epicotyl it was not definitely distinguished at all. The hypocotyl has, at first, four xylem and four phloem bundles ; the epi- cotyl eight to ten conjoint bundles. At the close of the year the only dif- ferences are those noted in the me- dullary and perimedullary regions. Ailanthiis glandulosa FIG. 14. ANACARDIACE^E. Schinus molle. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal cells are square or oblong in cross section, becoming, at length, flattened. There are numerous short epi- Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 115 dermal hairs. No hypoderma is developed but the cells of three or four outer layers of the cortex are smaller than those of deeper layers. The endodermis is small-celled and easily recognized in young stages, although at that time the cells are without starch. Later starch appears in small quantities in these cells and in those of the pith and phloem. The stele is originally four-angled and remains so for some time. In each angle there is a single xylem bundle and two groups of phloem ; these form a crescent-shaped mass border- ing a group of cells which later develop into a resin duct. After a time secondary vascular bundles are intercalated be- tween the primary bundles. All finally fuse to produce closed zones of phloem and xylem. A few small groups of sclerenchymatous cells develop at the outer border of the phloem. The pith remains somewhat four-sided. The four original xylem bundles project into it at the angles. The pith cells have thin, unlignified walls. A perimedullary zone of small cells was distinguished. Material old enough to show cork formation was not obtained. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis resembles that of the hypocotyl. Trichome structures seem to be no more abundant. There is no collen- chymatous hypoderma developed. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis is not easily recognized owing to the fact that in young stages it contains no starch. Later when starch is present the cells have been compressed and displaced by pressure from the subjacent tissues. The stele contains a variable number of vascular bundles. Usually there are about eight. In connection with each bundle is a small resin passage, at first pointed out by Trecul [1867]. In older material these resin passages become quite large and somewhat flattened. The phloem and xylem then form closed zones. Groups of sclerenchyma, usually consisting of only a few cells, are found at the periphery of the phloem. These are often located near the resin passages. The pith is nearly^circular, not quadrangular, and is com- 116 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. posed of large, thin-walled cells. There is a distinct perime- dullary zone. The region of cork formation was not determined. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and EpicotyL In their primary structure the steles of the hypocotyl and epi- cotyl show important differences. That of the former region is quadrangular ; it has four primary vascular bundles and at a later time other secondary bundles are intercalated. These latter do not have resin canals. In the epicotyl there are about eight vascular bundles each with a resin canal. The pith of the hypocotyl is four- sided, that of the epicotyl circular in outline, when seen in cross section. RHAMNACE^E. Berchemia racemosa. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are nearly square in cross section, sometimes radially elongated, but becoming at length considerably flattened. No hypoderma is developed, although the cells of the outermost layer of cortical tissue are considerably smaller than those below. There are about five layers of cells in the cortex. This tissue is extremely loose, having many in- tercellular spaces. The endodermis is quite distinct until nearly the time that cork formation begins. The cells are smaller than those of the cortex but larger than the pericyclic elements. Starch is present in the endodermis from the first, but does not appear in the cortex at all, nor in the pith and phloem till about the close of the season. The stele is originally four-angled. There are four xylem and four phloem bundles. These are paired. They soon fuse so that there are two crescent-shaped bundles, and by further growth closed rings of xylem and phloem are produced. While the bundles are in the crescent form four small groups Schtniil inolle FIG. 15. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 117 of sclerenchyma appear in the pericycle, one opposite each of the original xylem groups. The pith is composed of large cells, whose thin walls be- come, at length, somewhat lignified. A perimedullary zone of about two layers may be distinguished but is not always con- tinuous the whole way around the pith. The cork has its origin in the inner cortex or in the endoder- mis. Some of the layers of cork carry a brown pigment. Structure of EpicotyL The epidermis, composed originally of small cells, square or pentagonal in cross section, eventually becomes strongly cuticu- larized and the separate elements very much flattened. There is no hypoderma developed. The cortex is rather large-celled, but very narrow, being only three or four layers of cells in thickness. During the second year the walls of these cells become conspicuously pitted. Many large crystals, chiefly cubical in form, are found in this region. The endodermis, composed of flat cells containing starch is distinct till near the close of the first season. Except in the en- dodermis starch is absent until about the end of the first year's growth, when it appears in the pith and medullary rays. Even in very young stages the phloem forms a closed zone surrounding a ring of from six to ten, but generally about eight, xylem bundles. These soon become fused. A narrow band of sclerenchyma, for the most part only one cell wide, is found at the outer limit of the phloem ; it does not form a closed ring, but is more or less irregular and broken. Small patches of sclerenchyma are found in the phloem of two-year-old seed- lings. The pith is large-celled ; the walls are thin but slightly ligni- fied. No perimedullary zone was distinguished. The region of cork formation was not distinguished. Two- year-old material was examined, but the cork cambium had not begun to form. Comparison of the Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The epidermis of the hypocotyl remains thinner-walled and exhibits less cuticularization than that of the epicotyl. This is to be expected, since in the former region cork is produced the first year, while in the latter not till a later period. 118 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The hypocotyl has at first four xylem and four phloem bun- dles, the epicotyl a closed ring of phloem and about eight xylem bundles. In the former area there are but four groups of scleren- chyma, while in the latter there is an interrupted circle of thick-walled ele- ments just outside the phloem. The pith of the hypocotyl is smaller than that of the epicotyl. Bcrchemia racemosa FIG. 16. Rhamnus purshiana. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are origi- nally square or pentagonal in cross section. They become, at length, much flattened. The cortex is thick and very large-celled. No hypoderma is differentiated. The endodermis consists of small, thin-walled cells contain- ing starch. It remains distinct until cork formation takes place. Starch is found, late in the season, in the perimedullary zone and phloem, but not in the cortex. The stele is originally somewhat four sided and has four vas- cular bundles which soon fuse and produce closed zones. The pith is composed of very large cells. The perimedul- lary zone is rather ill-defined. It is one or two cells in width. The cells are small and contain starch. The cork is of endodermal origin. Its formation begins to- ward the close of the growing season. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells, at first square or pentagonal in cross section, become at length, considerably flattened. There are numerous short, curved and pointed hairs. A poorly developed hypoderma is present in year-old material. The cells of the cortex are all about the same size. The endodermis was distinguished only in young material. The cells are small and contain starch. The perimedullary zone, cortex and phloem have at a later time, small amounts of starch. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 119 The phloem, in the youngest material examined, forms a complete ring. There are about six xylem bundles. These soon fuse. Considerable masses of stereom develop at the periphery of the phloem forming a broken sheath. The pith is large-celled. There is present a definite peri- medullary zone of small cells containing starch. The cell walls are lignified. Cork is produced in the outermost hypodermal layer as in other species of Rhamnus (cf. Moeller [1882], pp. 292 et seq.). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl has a thicker cortex than the epicotyl ; it does not have a hypoderma ; epidermal hairs are absent ; the scleren- chymatous ring found in the epicotyl is here absent. The endodermis of the hypocotyl remains distinct for a greater time than that of the epicotyl. The former region has originally four vascular bundles ; the latter has, in the youngest material examined, a zone of phloem and about six xylem bundles. Cork formation in the hypocotyl is endoder- mal while in the epicotyl it is hypoder- mal. VITACE^E. Vitis cordifolia. Rhammw purehians Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are nearly square in cross section, but become at length considerably flattened. Many of them are somewhat prolonged, forming short, blunt papillae. A thick cuticle is present. In cross section it appears minutely notched. Three or four of the outer layers of the cortex are small-celled, but not collenchymatous. The cells of deeper layers are larger and all about the same size. The endodermis is small-celled, and is for a long time read- ily distinguished because it contains starch. Starch is gen- erally absent from the other tissues, but, at a later time, ap- pears in the pith. FIG. 17. 120 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. There are four primary vascular bundles. Other secondary bundles soon become intercalated and finally complete rings of phloem and xylem are produced. A single group of sclerenchymatous elements is formed at the outer edge of each primary vascular bundle. By the end of the season other smaller groups are also present. The pith finally becomes very small. Sometimes, by the projection into it of two of the vascular bundles, a line of xylem extends nearly across it. There is no perimedullary zone. The cork cambium, as in other species of Vitis (cf. Flot [1889]), is formed about the close of the first season in the pericycle. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermal cells are square in cross section, becoming at length flattened. The cuticle is like that of the hypocotyl. A well-differentiated collenchymatous hypoderma is present. The other cells of the cortex are parenchymatous. The endodermis contains starch and is, therefore, easily dis- tinguished. Toward the end of the season starch is also found in the pith. The number of primary vascular bundles is var- iable. Usually there are more than eight. At an early time closed zones of phloem and xylem are produced. A broken ring of sclerenchyma is developed toward the end of the first year in the pericycle. The pith is thin-walled and large- celled. A definite perimedullary zone was not distinguished. The cork, as in the hypocotyl, is of pericyclic origin ( cf. Moeller [1882], p. 207). Comparison of Structure of Hypo- cotyl and EpicotyL The hypocotyl has a thicker cortex than has the epicotyl. It has but four primary vascular bundles instead of eight or more. It has four large masses of sclerenchyma in the peri- cycle and a few smaller ones instead of a more nearly continuous scleren- FIG. 18. chymatous ring. VitiS cordifolia Ramaley : HYPOCOTVL AND EPICOTVL IN WOODY PLANTS. 121 The pith of the hypocotyl becomes, at length, nearly ob- literated. EL^EAGNACEjE. Elaeagnus umbellata. Structure of Hypocotyl. The cells of the epidermis are more or less oblong in cross section. There are no epidermal hairs. The outermost layer of the cortex becomes somewhat thick-walled but not collenchy- matous. The cortex has about six cell rows. The endodermis is small-celled. It remains distinct for a time, but in sections of material gathered at the end of the season it was not distinguished. Very little starch is found in any of the tissues save in the endodermis. The stele is originally four-angled. A single phloem bundle and two xylem bundles are placed in each of the angles. The phloem soon forms a closed ring while the xylem bundles fuse in pairs and increase in size. This leaves a cruciform pith. The continued growth of the xylem produces a complete zone surrounding, at length, a circular pith. Secretion cells in the phloem are numerous. At the outer edge of the xylem, in old material, are a few patches of sclerenchyma forming a very much interrupted ring. The pith is of considerable extent and is surrounded by a perimedullary zone of small cells containing starch. Cork formation takes place far down in the cortex. Structure of Epicotyl. The epidermis consists of cells which are oblong in cross section with the tangential about twice the radial diameter even in very young material. The peculiar stellate trichome struc- tures, well known in this genus, are abundant. The outer cortical cells are nearly circular in outline, when seen in cross section. They are somewhat smaller than the cells of the epidermis. The inner cortex is composed of large cells which eventually are very much flattened owing to pres- sure of the growing parts within. The endodermis is small-celled and contains starch. In old material it was not recognized. The stele is circular from the first. In the youngest material examined the phloem forms a complete ring surrounding about 122 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. six xylem groups. The xylem bundles soon fuse producing at the end of the season quite a thick zone. An interrupted sclerenchymatous ring is developed in the pericycle. The pith, which is composed of large thin-walled elements, is surrounded by a narrow small-celled perimedullary zone con- taining starch. The cork is formed rather late in the season in the outermost cortical layer as in other species of Elaeagnus (cf. Moeller [1882], p. 117). Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is without the trichome structures so noticeable in the epicotyl ; the stele is at first four-angled instead of cylin- drical ; there are four phloem bundles and eight xylem bundles instead of a ring of phloem and six xylem bundles. At the end of the season the vas- cular tissue is alike in the two regions but the pericyclic sclerenchyma of the hypocotyl is less abundant. Cork is developed in the inner cortex of the hypocotyl and in the outermost layer of cortex in the epicotyl. MYRTACE^). Eucalyptus globulus. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal cells, at first oblong,, radially elongated, become at length in cross section nearly square. The cuticle, which is covered with eleva- tions, appears, when young, in cross section minutely serrate. There is nohypoderma differentiated, but the outermost layer of the cortex is smaller-celled than the layers below. The cor- tical cells are large. They become flattened toward the end of the season by the growth of the internal tissues. The endodermis is composed of small cells containing starch ; it at length becomes indistinguishable. Starch is for the most part absent from other tissues. Lysigenous secretion reservoirs- are found in the conjunctive tissue. Elaeagnus umbellate FIG. 19. Ramaley : IIYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. The stele is four-sided. The general shape of the hypocotyl sometimes follows that of the stele (cf. Irmisch [1876]). There are originally four narrow curved phloem bundles and the same number of small xylem bundles. The phloem soon forms a closed ring ; the xylem bundles increase in size, leaving for a time a cruciform pith ; but eventually the xylem also forms a complete ring and the pith is cylindrical. Four small groups of sclerotic cells make their appearance in the pericycle about the time that the phloem ring is first formed. These groups eventually become somewhat broken up and numerous groups of fibers appear in the phloem ar- ranged in three or more interrupted circles. The pith is large-celled. It is small in amount even from the first. No definite perimedullary zone was distinguished. Cork formation, according to Flot [1890], is cortical or peri- cyclic. Structure of Epicotyl. The cells of the epidermis are at first more nearly square in cross section than those of the hypocotyl. They at length be- come very much elongated in a tangential direction. The cortex is large-celled ; the cells of the outer layer are rather small. No hypoderma is differentiated. Numerous lysigenous secretion sacs are present. The endodermis is thin-walled ; the cells are small and con- tain starch. The stele is at first somewhat quadrangular and becomes at length elliptical, in cross section. In the youngest material ex- amined the phloem forms a closed ring. The number of xylem bundles is somewhat variable ; these are so disposed that the pith is generally at first somewhat cruciform. The pericycle becomes, at length, largely sclerenchymatous ; numerous interrupted rings of bast fibers begin to appear but are only slightly thickened the first year. The pith, at first cruciform, becomes somewhat quadrangular. There is a perimedullary zone (fide Flot [1893]). An inter- nal cambium produces a ring of phloem just outride the pith. This is mentioned by DeBary [1884]. A few sclerotic cells were noted at the inner limit of the internal phloem. According to Flot [1890] cork formation is sub-epidermal. 124 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comparison of Structure of Hypocotyl and Epicotyl. The hypocotyl is more nearly cylindrical than the epicotyl ; its epidermis less flat, its stereom is better developed the first year. Stem internodes above the epicotyl are square. The primary structure of the hypocotyl is like that of Te- coma. There are four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. In the youngest epicotyl examined the phloem forms a complete ring and there is a variable number of xylem bundles. No internal phloem was recognized in the hypocotyl although it is quite dis- tinct in the epicotyl. The cork of the former region is pericyclic or cortical in origin, that of the latter subepi- dermal. BIGNONIACE^E. Eucalyptus "lobulus FIG. 20. Tecoma radicans. Structure of Hypocotyl. The epidermal ceils are rectangular in outline when seen in cross section. From being originally radially elon- gated they are, at length, nearly square. The cuticle in cross section appears minutely serrate. There are a few short, simple, epidermal hairs. The cortex is of loose parenchyma, generally about six layers in thickness. There is no differentiated hypoderma. The endodermal cells are smaller than the cells of the cortex. Originally they are irregularly hexagonal in outline, but toward the end of the year they become elliptical and have slightly thickened walls. Starch is entirely absent, except in the en- dodermal region until nearly the close of the first year, when it appears especially in the pith. The stele is originally very small and somewhat four-sided, containing four xylem bundles and four phloem bundles. The latter are next the pericycle. They alternate with the xylem bundles. These are presumably the four "principal bundles" found, according to Hovelacque [1888], in all Bignoniaceous stems. At quite an early stage the phloem and xylem form closed rings. Ramaley : HYPOCOTYL AND EPICOTYL IN WOODY PLANTS. 125 About the time that this is apparent four small groups of sclerenchyma make their appearance in the pericycle just out- side the original xylem bundles. Each of these is composed of only six to ten cells with extremely thick walls. Later numer- ous isolated, lignified sclerenchymatous cells appear in the outer- most layer of the cortex ; a few also are found in the phloem area. The pith is large-celled and thin-walled. The formation of a cambium layer in the small-celled perimedullary region begins some time before the close of the year. This will be further noticed in the description of the epicotyl. Cork formation takes place in the second cortical layer, *'. I:M-:I; VATIOXS ox CONSTANTINEA. 185 Holdfast. — The holdfast, i. e., the expanded portion of the stipe at its base, presents a similar anatomical structure to that of the stipe with the exception of one modification. The lower cortical and intermediate areas which are in contact with the surface to which the plant is moored are changed into a yellow- ish brown disorganized mass which probably serves as a cement- ing substance in attaching the plant to the rocks. Indications of the former cell structure can be seen in occasional cavities and in the arrangement of these cavities. The area adjoining the cement layer is composed largely of elongated filaments (Fig. 24). Protoplasmic Connections. — In freshly cut material the proto- plasmic connections between cells, is very plainly to be seen in many of the starch cells of the intermediate area. They are also easily seen in the larger cells of the central area, as well as in the small cells of the same area. The cortical area of the stipe furnishes particularly good views of this continuity (Figs. i3, 18). Reproductive Tract (Figs, u, 12). — I have been unable to find, in the material at hand, and it is considerable in amount, any trace of cystocarp development. The following description of the occurrence and structure of the cystocarp of the genus is translated from Schmitz and Hauptfleisch,* the former of whom has made a personal study of the cystocarp of C. rosa- marina (Schmitz, 1. c.) : The carpogonial branches and aux- iliary cell branches are distributed in the fertile portions of the frond in large numbers in the loosened inner portion of the inner cortex of the upper side of the leaf, together with numer- ous vermiform sterile cellular threads. Cystocarps distributed in large numbers on the fertile fronds, comprising a broad zone along the edge of the frond on its upper surface, imbedded in the much loosened inner cortex of the upper surface of the frond, swelling out into an arch the superposed outer cortex which is punctured by pores. The nucleus of the form of a mulberry and pierced by single strands of sterile tissue. Goni- molobes separated only at first, later confluent. Kutzing f states that the " gongyli rotundi " described by Postels and Ruprecht as two kinds of fruiting bodies in Constan- tinea rosa-marina are ordinary cells of the cubcortical layer. * Schmitz and Hauptfleisch. In Engl. and Prantl. Nat. Pflanz. I. Teil. Abth. 2. 520, 521. 1897. t Phyc. Gen. 400. 1843. 186 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Tetraspores are known only in C. sitchensis. They are ob- long and zonate, lodged in nemathecia. The nemathecia are found exclusively on the lower surface of the frond more abun- dant near the outer half. They are in the form of delicate, slightly-raised " wart-like," often confluent bodies of a whitish color. They average 3.5-4 mm. in diameter and often become so numerous that they completely cover a very large part of the lower surface of the frond. The nemathecia are covered by the gelatinous layer on the surface of the paraphyses. The para- physes are elongated, narrow, peripheral cells (Figs, n, 12). The tetraspores arise as club-shaped elongations of peripheral cells between the paraphyses and are divided zonately into four chambers. The tetraspores are numerous in each nemathecium. Their average size is 108x22 mic. Endophyte. — In a large majority of sections and upon all material examined, are present peculiar green approximately spherical bodies imbedded in the cortical tissue of the frond. They are endophytic algae and probably the Chlorochytriiim in- clusum of Kjellman. In general they are pear-shaped with their small end toward the surface and the cell wall at that end thickened. They are greenish in color and contain a number of conspicuous pyrenoids, the central areas of which stain very readily, having a particular affinity for aniline blue. The proto- plasm is denser toward the small end where the cell wall is also thick. It is with this end that the endophyte breaks through the cortical tissues of the nurse plant. I have as yet been un- able to detect any zoospore formation. This interesting little endophyte will receive a more complete discussion in a subse- quent paper. Conclusions. — The material upon which these observations are based was distributed by Miss Tilden as Constantinea sitchensis Post, and Ruprecht. A careful comparison of it with the plates and descriptions of Postels and Ruprecht shows however that the plant under observation might as well perhaps be placed under Constantinea rosa-marina. The material agrees in almost every particular with C. rosa-marina hav- ing, however, single terminal fronds and an occasional evi- dent dichotomy of branching. The differences enumerated above in the descriptions of the two species can hardly be con- sidered of specific importance. The length of the internodes may vary considerably. The greater part of the material under Freeman : OBSERVATIONS ON CONST ANTINEA. 187 observation contained long internodes. This material was col- lected in late summer. The number of fronds on a branch is also given specific value by Postels and Ruprecht. It is prob- ably of important significance that no tetraspores were found by these authors upon C. rosa-marina but that large numbers were found upon C. sitchensis. Figure 6 represents a young frond having no tetraspores but with a succession of fronds similar lo those of C. rosa-marina, while almost all of the re- maining material had solitary terminal fronds crowded with tetraspores. The material collected in May, 1897, contains tetraspores. The dichotomy of the branching of C. sitchensis is a com- paratively late development in the growth of the stipe and is not seen in the older parts. C. sitchensis is further described as larger in all parts than C. rosa-marina, though actual meas- urements given do not accord with this. These facts suggest the probability that the C. sitchensis of Postels and Ruprecht is the late summer stage of C. rosa-marina. This supposition ex- plains satisfactorily the absence of tetraspores in the one and of dichotomy of the stipe in the other, the comparative lengths of " internodes" and the difference in sizes of the two plants. The observations and impressions of subsequent writers add additional weight to this view. In recounting the founding of the genus by Postels and Ruprecht upon the Fucns rosa-marina of Gmelin, Agardh (1. c. 1851) observes of C. sitchensis " novo consimili adjecta specie " (p. 294) and of C. rosa-marina " pras- cedente (sitchensis) videtur proxima, cum nulla alia confun- denda" (p. 296). Of the material collected by David Lyall at Vancouver island "adrift on the beach at Victoria harbor" and reported as C. sitchensis, although corresponding in size to C. sitchensis Har- vey (1. c. 1862) remarks " perhaps this is only a luxuriant state of C. rosa-marina" From these facts it would seem, therefore, highly probable that C. sitchensis and C. rosa-marina are but different forms of the same plant, and since the work of Schmitz has removed C. reniformis to the genus Neurocaulon where also it is probable that C. thiebauti should be classified, that Constantinea is a monotypic genus, with Constantinea rosa-marina as the Only species. 188 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Fig. i. Young plant with group of young branches on the holdfast. Fig. 2. Portion of the plant showing the entire edge and form of young fronds (from dried material), x y2. Fig. 3. An old frond showing lacerated border and perforations (from dried material), x %% Fig. 4. A frond showing striations on the lower surface (dried specimen), x^. Fig. 5. Plant with fronds almost entirely cut away showing the growing points, the annulations of the stipe and the dichotomous branching, a. annulations. g-p> growing point, f. frond cut off. Fig. 6. Small branch showing a rapid succession of laminae, x J^ . Fig. 7. Diagram of a tangential cross section of the frond. c. cortical area. int. intermediate. e. bundles of enlarged filaments. /. loosely woven cells of central area. Fig. 8. Cross section of a frond showing bundle of elongated cells in central area in transverse section. Letters as above. Drawn with camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 9. Cross section of a frond showing a longitudinal section of a part of a bundle of elongated central cells. Drawn with camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 10. Cross section of a frond stained for a minute in a strong solution of I in KI. ch. chromatophores. st. starch grains. Drawn with camera lucida. X345- Fig. ii. Cross section of a frond through a nemathecium. cent. central layer, p. paraphyses. /. tetraspores. Cells are drawn only in outline. Contents have been omitted. Camera lucida. xS3- Fig. 12. Cross section of a frond through a nemathecium showing tetraspores. Drawn from a glycerine mount in which the gelatinous walls became almost entirely obliterated. The walls are, therefore, omitted except around the tetraspores. x 250. •Fig- 13- Cells from central area showing protoplasmic connec- tions. Camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 14. Diagram of cross section of stipe in internode. Letters as in frond. Fig. 15. Diagram of longitudinal section of a stipe through a node. Fig. 1 6. Diagram of a longitudinal section of the stipe through a growing point. Fig. 17. Peripheral cells from cross section of stipe showing the striations in the outer gelatinous covering, x 345. Fig. 1 8. Filament from a cross section of the stipe in the cortical /•"rcenian : OBSERVATIONS ox CONSTANTINEA. 189 area showing the dichotomy of the branching. Camera lucida for an outline, x 250. Fig. 19. Cross section of stipe including the cortical and the begin- ning of intermediate layer. The cut off ends of elongated central fila- ments are seen in the intermediate area. Camera lucida. x 130. Fig. 20. Cross section of stipe in the central area ; shows the pre- dominance of elongated filaments, x 250. Outlined with camera lucida. Fig. 21. Longitudinal section of a stipe at the inner edge of the cortex ; shows the complication of the elongated filaments. Outlined with camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 22. External view of holdfast seen from below, x */£ . Fig. 23. Diagram of cross section of a holdfast, m. layer of disor- ganized mass on lower surface by which the holdfast adheres. Fig. 24. Lower portion of the cross section of the holdfast showing the attaching layer m. Camera lucida. x 250. Fig. 25. Diagram of a cross section of a frond showing the distri- bution of an endophytic alga (probably Chlorochytriuni) . Larger number on the upper surface, end. endophyte. Figs. 26 and 27. Cross section of a frond ; detail drawing of endo- phyte. iv. endophyte wall. pd. pyrenoid. n. cell of nurse plant in 'outline. Camera lucida. x 250. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1. Gmelin, S. G. Historia Fucorum. 1768. 2. Postels, A., and Ruprecht, F. Illustrationes Algarum in itinere circa orbem jussu Imperatoris Nicolai. I. i8,^/. ^p, f. 88. 1840. 3. Zanardini, G. Saggio di classificazione naturale delle Ficee con nuovi Studi sopra 1'Androsace degli Antichi. 49. 1843. 4. Kiitzing, F. T. Phycologia Generalis. 400. 1843. 5. Kiitzing, F. T. Species Algarum. 744. 1849. 6. Agardh,J. Species, Genera etOrdines Algarum. 2:295. 1851. 7. Harvey, W. H. Nereis Boreali- Americana i: 21 ; 2: 160, 173. '853- 8. Harvey, W. H. Notice of a Collection of Algae made on the Northwest Coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver's Island, by David Lyall, Esq., M.D., R.N., in the years 1859-61. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 172. 1862. 9. Kiitzing, F. T. Tabula- Phycologicas 17: 24. pi. 83. 1867. 10. Zanardini, G. Iconographia Phycologica Adriatica 2 : pi. 78. 1860-76. 11. Agardh, J. Species, Genera et Ordines Algarum. 3: 225. 1876. 190 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 12. Bornet, E. Algues de Madagascar recoltees par M. Ch. Thie- baut. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France. 32: iS./. i, 2. 1885. 13. Hauck, F. Die Meeresalgen, in Rabenhorst's Krypt. Fl. 2: 146. 1885. 14. Schmitz, F. Systematische Ubersicht der bisher bekannten Gattungen der Florideen. Flora 72 : 435-456. 1889. 15. Okamura, R. Remarks on some algae from Hokkaido. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 5 : 333-336- l89J • 1 6. Schmitz, F., and Hauptfleisch, P. Die natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien. I. Teil. Abt. 2. 517, 519, 520, 525. 1897. OL. II. MINNESOTA I PL NICAL STUDIES. PART 14 (U t\ 13 ; xvn. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART II. PLATE XVIII XIV. EXTENSION OF PLANT RANGES IN THE UPPER MINNESOTA VALLEY. L. R. MOVER. The following notes refer to plants that have been collected in the upper Minnesota valley since the publication of Professor MacMillan's Metaspermce of the Minnesota Valley. Duplicates have been deposited in the Herbarium at the State University. Thlaspi arvense L. This old world crucifer has become well established in the railroad yards at Montevideo and is spreading rapidly. Conringia orientalis (L,.} DUMORT. This plant, first collected in wheat fields in Chippewa County in 1894, is spreading very rapidly and seems likely to become one of the worst " mustards " with which the farmer has to con- tend. Sisymbrium altissimum L. This plant, too, is spreading very rapidly along the railroad tracks at Montevideo, and seems likely to become a very trouble- some weed. Peucedanum nudicaule (PURSH) NUTT. This plant is found to be quite plentiful in the upper Minne- sota valley on thin gravelly land near ledges of igneous rock. It is one of the earliest spring flowers. Potentilla hippiana LEHM. This western Potentilla is occasionally found on ledges of gneiss rock near Montevideo. Helianthus annuus L. Among the recent arrivals at Montevideo, an immigrant from the West, is the annual sunflower. It is traveling along the railroads. 192 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Grindelia squarrosa (PURSH) DUNAL. This is another western plant that seems to be traveling east. It has but recently become well established in the railroad yards at Montevideo. Lactuca scariola L. Another Old World weed that has but recently arrived at Montevideo is this species. It is spreading with great rapidity. Senecio vulgaris L. Recently arrived at Montevideo, this plant is becoming com- mon as a weed in gardens and waste grounds. Poa pseudopratensis SCRIB. & RYD. A Poa collected at Clara City, in Chippewa County, has been identified by Professor Lamson-Scribner as this species. Fraxinus lanceolata BORCK. A study of this species based on a large collection of ma- terial from the prairie portion of the State, some of which was sent east for comparison, makes it probable that all of our ash trees are referable to this species. F. Americana appears to be absent from western Minnesota. Cactus viviparus NUTT. This cactus is found quite abundantly on granite ledges in the ancient valley of the "Warren," about two miles southeast of Ortonville. Its bright red flowers are strikingly beautiful. Astragalus flexuosus (HOOK.) DOUG. This species is quite plentiful near the railroad yards at Or- tonville. XV. LIST OF HEPATIC.'E COLLECTED ALONG THE INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY BY J. M. HOLZINGER, 1897. ALEXANDER W. EVANS. 1. Aplozia autumnalis (DC.) HEEG. F, N. 2. Bazzania trilobata (L.) S. F. GRAY. F, R, U. 3. Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L.) DUMORT. R. 4. Cephalozia catenulata (HUBEN.) SPRUCE. F. 5. C. media LIXDB. P. 6. Frullania Eboracensis GOTTSCHE. F. 7. Jungermannia barbata SCHREB. F, G, P. 8. J. quinquedentata WEB. P, R. 9. J. ventricosa DICKS. S. 10. Lejeunea serpyllifolia (DICKS.) LIB. U. 11. Lepidozia reptans (L.) DUMORT. P, R, S, U. 12. Plagiochila asplenioides (L.) DUMORT. N, P, U. 13. Porella platyphylla (L.) LINDB. F, U. 14. Ptilidium ciliare (L.) NEES. C, F, S, U. 15. Radula complanata (L.) DUMORT. C, F, U. 1 6. Scapania glaucocephala (TAYL.) AUST. F. C = Camp IV., on the Prairie Portage, shore of Basswood Lake, near the rapids from Sucker Lake. F = Fall Lake, near the foot of Kawasatchong Falls, seven miles north of Ely. G = between Gunflint Lake and Grand Portage. N = stream flowing from North Lake into Little Gunflint Lake. P = Grand Portage Island. R = Pipestone Rapids, on Basswood Lake. S = Safety Island. U = United States Peninsula. XVI. OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. E. M. FREEMAN. In 1850 Mettenius found numerous green cells in the thallus of Polyides lumbricalis which resembled closely what are now classified as the Endosphasreae of the Protococcaceae. He interpreted them as spore-mother cells of the red seaweed upon which they were found. Thuret fourteen years later observed these same structures and interpreted them as parasitic zoospores which on germination produce the bushy thallus of Cladophora lanosa. Cohn in 1865 was able to confirm the observations of Mettenius and of Thuret, except as to the germ- ination of the endophyte into Cladophora lanosa. The condition of endophytism was considered at that time as indicative of parasitism. Hence new interest was aroused in the investigation of these lower forms when Rees and Schwen- dener at about the same time (1871) advanced independently the theory that the Cottema type of lichen is to be derived from a discomycetous fungus, the mycelium of which has pene- trated the mucilage of a Nostoc completely surrounding the latter. Reinke's observations on Nostoc in the stems of Gun- ner a scabra and the work of Milde and Janczewski on Nostocs in liverworts demonstrated the occurrence of Protococcus-like algal forms in the plant tissues of higher plants. Cohn in 1872 suggested that the presence of the Nostoc filaments in Gunner a and Anthoceros is perhaps to be explained as an acci- dental entry of the movable Nostoc filaments into the tissues of the nurse plant, their continued growth in this new sheltered position and their subsequent imprisonment by the growth of the surrounding tissues of the nurse plant. In contrast to this form of endophytism Cohn describes the new genus Chloro- chytrium, which he considers to be a true parasite in certain species of Lemna. The zoospores, very numerous on the sur- face of the host, send out a germination tube between two epi- 195 196 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. dermal cells. The membrane of this tube becomes thickened by subsequent layers, the tube swells with the absorption of the chlorophyll and protoplasm and the intercellular endophyte results, with a cellulose button protruding from the point where the germinating tube entered. The endophyte then becomes pyriform and almost opaque on account of the density of the chlorophyll. By free cell formation large cells are formed in the endophyte and these finally break into a large number of zoospores which are expelled through the cellulose protuber- ance from the nurse-plant epidermis. The endophyte is, there- fore, an independent organism closely related to Hydrocytium (Characium A. Br. ) on the one hand and to Synchytrium on the other. With the Eu-Synchytrium group its cell form and the formation of zoospores by a preliminary division into seg- ments, corresponding to the zoosporangia of Synchytrium, agree, but it differs in the presence of chlorophyll and of a germination tube and in its intercellular position. Upon these observations Cohn founded the genus Chlorochytrium and de- scribed it as follows : Planta endophytica viridis unicellaris, globosa ovoidea vel irregulariter curvata bi, tri, multiloba dense conferta plasmate viridi, primum in segmenta majora diviso dein secedente in zoosporas immersas pyriformes virides processibus tubulosis ex- tus emissas. Chlorochytrium lemna upon which the genus is based is then described. Cohn pronounces Chlorochytrium a true parasite. That no deleterious effects upon the host are visible is paralleled in Per- onospora and Synchytrium. In its intercellular position it re- sembles the Uredineae. Two years after Cohn's observations were published Kny described a new species of Chlorochytrium endophytic upon Ceratophyllum demersum. It differs from Chlorochytrium lemnce in size and in the absence of a cellulose button. In 1877 Wright established a third species of Chlorochy- trium, C. cohnii Wright. " The zoospores impinging on the fronds of several species of marine algae quickly assuming a figure-of-eight form, the lower sphere growing into the frond and rapidly assuming com- paratively large dimensions, the upper sphere remaining as a tube-like neck portion to the larger mass. On the cell arriving Freeman : OBSERVATIONS ON CIILOROCHYTRIUM. 197 at an adult stage, the whole of the green protoplasmic contents divides into a number of from 10—30 nearly circular zoospores, which escape through the neck-shaped portion. " Living in the thallus of various species of Schizonema, Polysiphonia, etc. ; also on the Infusoria found at Howth." Wright states further that there are two kinds of zoospores, large and small, the latter being the more numerous. Szymanski in 1878 described C. knyanum apparently identical with the plant mentioned by Kny four years before as inhabiting the tissues of Ceratophyllum demersum. This species was found on Lcmna minor and possessed a cellulose button which did not protrude farther than twice the thickness of its outer wall above the epidermis of its nurse plant. Klebs published the results of his investigations on C. lemnce in 1881. Chlorochytrium in the younger vegetative stages contains a light green chlorophyll-bearing protoplasm with iso- lated starch grains surrounded by a cell sap vacuole (see below, pyrenoids) . In the later stages the grains increase in number, the mesh-work of green bands becomes smaller, the chlorophyll darker until almost opaque and the protoplasm finally becomes coarsely granular. After a resting period of a week or more the zoospores are formed by successive bipartitions of the cell contents, at first by perpendicular, later by radially disposed walls. The number of divisions is not known. Liberation of the zoospores is accomplished by absorption of water resulting in the splitting of the Chlorochytrium wall and of the superposed Lcmna tissues. The conjugation of the biciliate zoogametes into larger quadriciliate zoozygotes was observed, a fact which niay throw light on the macro- and microzoospores of Wright's species. Klebs observes that Cohn's account of the liberation of the zoospores is without observational foundation and doubts its ac- curacy. He also calls in question the appropriateness of placing Wright's species in the genus Chlorochytrium and further sug- gests the probability that C. knyanum is but the asexual form of C. lemncg since no copulation had been observed between the zoospores. C. -pallidum Klebs and many similar forms are probably mere " place varieties" of C. knyanum. Klebs points out with much truth that no proof has been given of the much averred parasitism of Chlorochytrium by Colin 193 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and other previous investigators. On the other hand Chloro- chytrium has well developed chlorophyll and lives near the sur- face where abundant light is available. The requisite inorganic matter may gain access to the cells by the constant or at least periodical submersion in water. Chlorochytrium lemntz penetrates dead as well as living leaves and culture methods demonstrate an entire lack of de- pendence of the endophyte upon a host plant. In many endo- phytes zoospores can be developed on culture slides for months. No proof has as yet been adduced for any injury of the host beyond the results of the mechanical pressure exerted. The explanation then of endophytism is to be found not in parasitism but in the mechanical protection of position, which the inter- cellular spaces of the host offered ; hence the appropriateness of the term " Raum Parasiten." It is, of course, possible for parasitism to develop from such a condition and this develop- ment seems to be in evident progress in such a nearly related form as Phyttobium dimorphum and also perhaps in Nostoc lichenoides. In the systematic relations of Chlorochytrium and the nearly related genera, Klebs briefly points out the inter- mediate position of Chlorochytrium and Endos-ph between the Protococcaceae and the Chytrideee, the isolated position of Scotinosphara and the probable affinities of Phyllobiutn on the one hand with Chlorochytrium and on the other with Bo- try dium. Schaarschmidt, 1881, found zoospores of Chlorochytrium in a Desmid culture in which the zoospores subsequently devel- oped, confirming Kleb's view on the parasitism of the endo- phyte. In 1883 Kjellman described the following species : Chlorochytrium inclusum Kjellman. — "In the vegetative stage spherical or subspherical, entirely included within the nurse plant, with the formation of the zoospores becoming slightly elongated, short-conical, flask-shaped, ovoid or ellip- soidal, finally bare at the pointed apex, which penetrates the cor- tical layer of the nurse plant and emitting the zoospores through an ostiole which has been formed." This species is endophytic upon Sarc&phyllis arctica^ mostly near the surface but some- times in the middle of the host. It averages 80-100 mic., has yellowish-green contents and a cell-wall which is thin and of equal thickness. The chromatophore is thin and is spread along the wall. With the elongation at the formation of zoospores Freeman: OBSERVATIONS ON CHLOROCHYTRIUM. 199 the membrane thickens towards the outer surface especially, and a cone-shaped growth of cellulose is formed. The proto- plasm then takes on a more intense yellow green and divides into numerous zoospores. Numerous bulgings of the plant cell are produced probably by the growth of the surrounding tissues of the host. An ostiole is formed at the apex of the cellulose out-growth by which the zoospores escape. Those cells found in the center of the host may attain as great a diameter as 275 mic. The even thickness of the wall of these cells suggests that they may be resting stages. Kjellman refers this plant to the genus Chlorochytrium, but hesitatingly on account of his lack of knowledge about the further development. He found C. inclusion in all of the Sarcophyllis edulis material which he has examined. Zoospores are most abundantly produced in winter, but are also found in summer. The endophyte occurs in greatest abundance and most strongly developed in Sarco- phyllis arctica. Its range is apparently coextensive with that of Sarcophyllis arctica; i. H., in Arthur, J. C. Report on botanical work in Minnesota in 1886. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. of Minn., Bull. 3:8. i O., 1887. 240 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. age. Yet fewer forms of lichens were collected about Snow- bank lake. This seems to indicate that the lake shore is richer in lichen species than in interior areas of the territory studied. It is well known that a large portion of the species of lichens of the interior of North America are those found also in regions bordering upon the Atlantic ocean along our eastern border. This was brought out by the writer in a previous paper,* but all the species recorded in that paper were temperate region lichens. It has remained for the present paper to record a large number of more northern lichens previously for the most part known only in arctic or subarctic regions, or descending from mountains farther south only along our Atlantic border. Of the 258 species and varieties listed below 46 are new to the North American interior or to the interior of the United States, and of these six are new west and north of New Eng- land. In treating of distribution the expression " the interior of North America " means the area lying between the Appalachian system of mountains on the east and the Rocky Mountains on the west. A number of species noted as new to the interior have been reported from New York or Canada, and doubtless a few of them were previously found a short distance west of the Appalachian system of mountains. LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. 1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. fastigiata FR. On trees, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 677. 2. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var, canaliculata FR. On trees, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 23, 1897, no. 895. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 3. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCHAER. On rocks, common or frequent over whole area and rarely found on trees also. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 106. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 257. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 419, and July 7, 1897, no. 539. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 624. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 763. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 934. All except no. 763 were lighter colored than other forms of the species. No. 106 occasionally and no. 763 quite commonly *Fink, B. Lichens of Iowa. Bull. Lab. of Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa. 3 : 70-78. Mr., 1895. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 241 are irregularly branched and with dilated terminal soredia like /?. pollinaria (Acn.) TUCK. 4. Ramalina pusilla (PREV.) TUCK. On trees, frequent. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 34. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 844. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 5. Ramalina pusilla (PREV.) TUCK. var. geniculata TUCK. On trees, infrequent or rare. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 375. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 675. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of the United States. 6. Ramalina pollinarella NYL. On rocks, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 681. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 7. Cetraria aurescens TUCK. On trees, rare. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 636. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 869. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 8. Cetraria islandica (L.) ACH. On earth above the Palisades, rare, July 15, 1897, no. 765. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 9. Cetraria ciliaris (Acn.) TUCK. On trees, abundant on Grand Portage island, elsewhere only rare or frequent. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 10. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, nos. 387 and 396 at Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 427. Snowbank lake area, July 22, 1897, no. 883, and July 26, 1897, no. 948. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1022. 10. Cetraria lacunosa ACH. . On trees, common. Top of bluff at south end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no 206. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 401. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 442. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 556. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 733. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 946. Not noted at Grand Portage where the last above was abun- dant, but seeming to replace it in part elsewhere, being com- mon in the localities noted above. 242 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 11. Cetraria juniperina (L.) ACH. var. pinastri ACH. On trees and old logs. Common at Grand Portage and Mis- quah hills, elsewhere infrequent or rare, sterile. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 15. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 261. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 411. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 679. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 865. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1016. « Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the inte- rior of North America. 12. Cetraria saepincola (EHRH.) ACH. On trees, rare. South Fowl lake, June 27, 1897, no. 201. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 13. Evernia furfuracea (L.) MANN. On trees, rare, sterile. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 397. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 434. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 573. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 14. Evernia prunastri (L.) ACH. On trees, common. Only seen fertile once. Grand Portage island, June 22, 1897, no. 81. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 267. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 428. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 554. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 635. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 717. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 789. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 841. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1002. 15. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. florida FR. On trees, common or abundant but sterile. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 8. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 420. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 557 and 607. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 722. Snowbank lake area, July 14, 1897, No. 814. The last has the minute and numerous fibrils of var. hirta Fr., but it is not sorediate ; while the forms given below under that variety are sorediate, but the fibrils are seldom minute. 16. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. hirta FR. On trees, common or abundant but sterile. Grand Portage island, June 16, 1897, no. 9. Gunflint, July i, 1897, no. 356. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 477. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 562 and 569. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 243 649. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 671. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, nos. 806 and 851. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1001. 17. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. ceratina SCHAER. On trees, common or abundant but sterile. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 263. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 423. Tofte, (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 558. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, nos. 665 and 672. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 807. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 993. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 18. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. dasypoga FR. On trees, common. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 213. 19. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. plicata FR. On trees, common. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 805. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 994. 20. Usnea trichodea ACH. On trees, common. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 157. English portage, June 26, 1897, no. 190. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 212. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 381. Mis- quah Hills, July 3, 1897, no. 432, and July 5, 1897, no. 544. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 547. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 659. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 667. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 793. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 21. Usnea longissima ACH. On trees, common along lake Superior and possibly in Mis- quah hills. Sterile. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 19. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 422. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 649. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 649a. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 787. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no- 850. Specimens were collected at Grand Portage island five feet long. The plant breaks with its own weight and hangs abun- dantly over branches unattached. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 22. Usnea cavernosa TUCK. On trees, common. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, nos. 6 and 18. 23. Alectoria jubata (L.) TUCK. 244 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On trees abundant on Grand Portage island, infrequent to common elsewhere. Sterile. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 17. Gunflint, July i, 1897, no. 354. Tofte, July 12, 1897, no. 658. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 680. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 837. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 996. 24. Alectoria jubata (L.) TUCK. var. chalybeiformis ACH. On trees and old wood, frequent or common throughout. Sterile. High bluff at south end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 194. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 258, and July i, 1897, no. 316. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 514. Beaver Bay, July 15, 1897, no. 786. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 815, and July 20, 1897, no. 842. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 998. 25. Alectoria jubata (L.) TUCK. var. implexa FR. On trees, infrequent. Sterile. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 421. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 731. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 26. Theloschistes polycarpus (EHRH.) TUCK. On trees, infrequent or rare west of Gunflint, elsewhere fre- quent or common. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. 20. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 393. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 452 and 487. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, nos. 678 and 686. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 985. 27. Theloschistes lychneus (NYL.) TUCK. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 147. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 830. 28. Parmelia perlata (L.) ACH. On rocks and rarely on trees, rare to infrequent except at Gunflint, where the species seemed to be common. Sterile. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 169. Portage between South Fowl lake and Pigeon river, June 26, 1897, no. 205. Gunflint, June 7, 1897, no. 368. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 543. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 725. Snowbank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 925. 29. Parmelia perforata (JACQ^) ACH. On trees, common. Sterile. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 572. A puzzling plant with sorediate margined lobes and otherwise Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 245 resembling the last. However, the margins of the lobes are quite strongly ciliate, and the lower surface of the thallus inter- ruptedly so; possibly might be referred to P. perlata (L.) ACH. var. ciliata. DC. Thallus rather thinner than my her- barium specimens of P. perforata. 30. Parmelia perforata (JACQ^) ACH. var. hypotropa NYL. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 116. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 31. Parmelia crinita ACH. On rocks and once collected on trees, rare or infrequent. Sterile. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 114. Gunflint, July i, 1897, nos. 361 and 362. Tofte, July 10, 1897, no. 627. The plant differs from my Iowa and Ohio specimens in that it is strongly ciliate on the upper surface of the thallus among the branchlets and granules. 32. Parmelia tiliacea (HOFFM.) FLOERK. On trees, rare or infrequent. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 4O7a. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 620. Bea- ver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 724a. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1018. Really more frequent along boundary at west. Was fre- quently noted in Snowbank lake area and failure to get speci- mens was an oversight. 33. Parmelia tiliacea (HOFFM.) FLOERK. var. sublaevigata NYL. On trees, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 23, 1897, no. 896. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 34. Parmelia borreri TURN. var. rudecta TUCK. On rocks and trees, rare or infrequent, except common in the Snowbank lake area. All sterile except no. 744 on rocks. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 188. Gunflint, July i, 1897, no. 369. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 431. Tofte (Carlton peak) July 10, 1897, no. 612. Palisades, July 15, 1897, nos. 744 and 762. Snowbank lake area, July 30, 1897, no. 839. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 983. 35. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. On trees and rarely on rocks. Abundant or common and fre- quently fruited. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 7, and June 21, 1897, no. 57. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 246 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 406. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 741. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 873. 36. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. sulcata NYL. On trees, probably common. Grand Portage island, June 17, 1897, no. 7a. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 240. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 37. Parmelia physodes (L.) ACH. On trees and rocks, common. Gunflint, July i, 1897, no. 383. Snowbank lake area, July 2, 1897, no. 883. Doubtless occurring over the whole region studied, but taken for P. saxatilis (L.) FR. modified by some peculiarity of sub- stratum. 38. Parmelia encausta (SM.) NYL. On trees, common. Grand Portage island, June 6, 1897, no. 143. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 565. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 39. Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. On trees, common. Grand Portage island, June 18, 1897, no. n. Grand Portage, June 23, 1897, no. 100. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 260, and July 2, 1897, no. 395. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 585 and 591. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 712. Snowbank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 848. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1004. 40. Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. var. prolixa ACH. On rocks, common or frequent. High bluff at south end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 197. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 290. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 491. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 574. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 703. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 742a. Snow- bank lake area, July 20, 1897, no. 832. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 41. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH. On trees and rocks, common. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 107. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 254a. Mis- quah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 403. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no 608. Beaver Bay, July 14, 1897, no. 728. Pali- sades, July 15, 1897, no. 768. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 804 and July 24, 1897, no. 916. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION. 247 More commonly fruited than farther south and especially well fruited in the Snowbank lake area. 42. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH. On rocks, abundant or common. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, no. 103. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 289. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no.. 506. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 621. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 755. Snowbank lake area, July 27, 1897, no. 967. 43. Parmelia centrifuga (L.) ACH. On rocks, rare and sterile. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 496a. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of the United States. 44. Physcia speciosa (WULF. ACH.) NYL. On rocks and more rarely on old wood or trees, infrequent or frequent. Grand Portage island, June 19, 1897, no. 27. Gun- flint, June 30, 1897, no. 270 and July i j 1897, nos. 342 and 348. Misquah hills, July 3, 1897, no. 438, and July 5, 1897, no. 489. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, nos. 571 and 601. Snow- bank lake area, July 24, 1897, no. 911. Nos. 348, 438 and 489 fruited. 45. Physcia ciliaris (L.) DC. On rocks or high bluffs, rare. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 180. Bluffs at south end of South Fowl lake, June 26, 1897, no. 200. Palisades, July 15, 1897, no. 774. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 46. Physcia aquila (Acn.) NYL. On trees, rare. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 791. The only distinct specimen noted and not found farther north. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 47. Physcia pulverulenta (SCHREB.) NYL. On rocks infrequent or rare, and not often fruited. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, nos. 145 and 1453. Grand Port- age, June 23, 1897, no. 173. Gunflint, July 2, 1897? no. 374. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 964. A very variable plant. No. 1453 is the typical form with re- spect to the upper surface of the thallus, being lighter colored than the others and pruinose. Like the others it is usually dark 248 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. colored below. No. 173 yielded spores of the usual size meas- uring o - rnic. and much constricted in the middle. No. 374 & 18-23 gave spores only - - — - mic. and scarcely constricted. 48. Physcia pulverulenta (S^HREB.) NYL. var. leucoleiptes TUCK. On rocks and trees, probably rare. Sterile. Grand Portage island» June 23, 1897, no. 119. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 496. Snowbank lake area, July 27, 1897, no. 966. Thal- lus black below. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 49. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, frequent or infrequent. Grand Portage island, June 23, 1897, nos. 105 and 142. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 283a, and July 2, 1897, no. 394. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 460. Tofte (Carlton peak), July 10, 1897, no. 570. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 700. Two Harbors, July 17, 1897, no. 801. Ely, July 28, 1897, no. 1012. Occasionally the tree forms show dark fibrils and even dark thallus below so that the rock growing variety, below, could only be distinguished certainly by the crenulate border of the apothecia. The plant is much more variable than farther south in Minnesota and Iowa. No. 570 yielded apothecia that were somewhat dilate below, but the plant is white below and other- wise like the present plant rather than P. obscura (Ehr.) Nyl. 50. Physcia stellaris (L) TUCK. var. apiola NYL. On rocks, frequent or infrequent. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 108. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 284. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 469. Tofte, July 12, 1897, nos. 64 1897, no. 445. 248. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. On rocks frequently inundated, common. Rose lake, June 28, 1897, no. 211. Gunflint, July i, 1897, no. 327. Misquah hills, July 7, 1897, no. 512. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 878. 249. Thelocarpon prasinellum NYL. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage (Mt. Josephine), June 22, 1897, no. 90. The plant agrees here and not with saxicoline species, Euro- pean or American. 250. Staurothele umbrina (WAHL.) TUCK. Wet rocks, common. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. Fink : LICHENS OF THE LAKE SUPERIOR REGION 275 462, 519 and 520. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 957- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 251. Staurothele drummondii TUCK. On rocks along the shore, frequent locally. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 72. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 252. Verrucaria nigrescens PERS. On rocks, rare. Grand Portage, June 24, 1897, no. 184. 253. Verrucaria epigaea (PERS.) ACH. On earth, rare. Snowbank lake area, July 26, 1897, no. 944- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 254. Sagedia oxyspora (NvL.) TUCK. On birch, rare. Beaver Bay, July 13, 1897, no. 697. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 255. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acn.) NAEG. var. fallax NYL. On trees, common. Gunflint, June 30, 1897, no. 276. Mis- quah hills, July 5, 1897, no. 503. Snowbank lake area, July 21, 1897, no. 871, and July 26, 1897, no. 950. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 256. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) KRB. On trees, common to west of region. Between Rose and Rove lakes, June 27, 1897, no. 209. Gunflint, July 2, 1897, no. 391. Misquah hills, July 5, 1897, nos. 499 and 507. Snowbank lake area, July 19, 1897, no. 828, July 20, 1897, no. 852, and July 26, 1897, nos. 955, 958 and 959. Ely, July 28, 1897, nos. 1009 and 1019. 257. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK. On birch, common. Grand Portage island, June 21, 1897, no. 56. The only American specimens seen by me which show the spores as large as those of the European plant. Spores meas- ured 12-18 by 6-9 mic. Spore measurements for the species in America are more commonly 12—17 by 5-7 mic., my Iowa specimens giving 12-16 by 6-7 mic., and T. A. William's from Nebraska, 15-17 by 5^2-7 mic. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 276 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 258. Pyrenula cinerella (PLOT.) TUCK. var. quadriloculata, var. nov. Spores 12-15 by 5-6^ mic., passing from 2 and occasion- ally 3-celled to a much more common 4-celled condition. The apothecia somewhat below normal size for the species. Pyren- ula punctiformis Ach., Naeg. vw.fallax Nyl., quite commonly occurs with the species and variety, as it does with the latter in the present instance and with the former both in Minnesota and Iowa. On birch, probably common locally. Grand Portage island, June 24, 1897, no. 85. XIX. CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE LICHENS OF MINNESOTA.— V. LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY AND SOUTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. BRUCE FINK. CONSIDERATIONS OF DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. The area considered in this paper was selected with a view to obtaining as complete a knowledge as possible of the lichen flora of the Minnesota river valley and of that of southwestern Minnesota in general. The upper portion of the valley near Minneapolis would, of course, give a flora essentially like that of Minneapolis and vi- cinity already studied. Hence, for the month's field work, it was thought best to begin operations at a locality a considerable distance from Minneapolis. As an initial place, Mankato, about 60 miles from Minneapolis, was selected. The location of this city is also advantageous in that it lies nearly midway between the Minneapolis and the northeastern Iowa areas compared carefully in the second paper of this series, thus forming a con- necting link between the two areas previously studied. After a careful study of the lichens of the Mankato area both to gain a knowledge of the lichen flora of the region and for the sake of relationships with the areas indicated above, New Ulm was next selected as an area of special interest because of the expo- sures of Cretaceous sandstone and the most southeastward ex- posures of quartzite rocks in the valley. At New Ulm only these two rock formations were studied, as time spent on other substrata present would only be repaid for most part by a repe- tition of the species found upon the same substrata at Mankato, only 30 miles distant. Three days were next spent at Red- wood Falls, Morton and North Redwood with a view to secur- ing rare species and noting the southeastern extension of certain species in the valley. From here I proceeded to Granite Falls. 277 278 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. This being the most northwestern area reached in the survey, its lichen flora was studied carefully. The final task was to study the lichen flora of the pipestone and the Sioux quartzite at Pipestone. A brief statement as to substrata is next in order. About Mankato trees abound, and three kinds of rock — limestone, sandstone and bowlders — are plentiful. I found only the two interesting substrata mentioned above atNewUlm. Trees and bowlders were abundant, but were not studied for the reason al- ready stated. At Redwood Falls, Morton and North Redwood, granite trees and earth were examined for species especially rare or interesting. The great masses of granite, supposed to have been exposed since the close of the glacial age, formed the most interesting substratum at Granite Falls. This is also the most northwestern area in the valley where trees occur in any considerable numbers. The calcareous drift pebbles and cal- careous earth proved also very interesting here. The two sub- strata examined at Pipestone have been mentioned. I need to add only one statement more to make the analysis of substrata complete enough for the present purpose. This is that earth was examined everywhere and furnished much of interest, as will appear later. The following rare lichens were found only at Redwood Falls, Morton or North Redwood : Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. var. spongiosa Tuck, and Stereocaulon -paschale (L.) Fr. Also the area including the above places forms the most southeastern known extension of the following lichens in the valley: Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. vw.prolixa Ach. ; Pan- naria microphylla (Sw.) Delis; Omphalaria phyllisca (Wahl.) Tuck. ; Lecanora frustulosa (Dicks.) Mass., and Buellia pul- lata Tuck. With this much in hasty review I shall pass to lo- calities more thoroughly studied. However, I may add here better than elsewhere in my paper that Rinodina oreina (Ach.) Mass, and Lecanora xanthophana Nyl. are here and elsewhere in the valley far more abundant than I have ever found them in other regions. In attempting a general comparative study of distribution in the valley the places that present questions of greatest interest are the vicinities of Mankato and Granite Falls, where all sorts of sub- strata were examined. The two areas were about equally well studied, though the former, because of the greater number and Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 279 less accessibility of rocky substrata, required more time. The former area furnished 151 species and varieties and the latter 124. A brief analysis of the causes of the advantage in favor of the former region can be best made by a consideration of the sub- joined table, giving the various substrata for both localities with the number of lichens most commonly found on each. Numbers for Mankato. For Grai.ite Falls. Trees 60 41 Rocks 55 54 Earth 22 17 Dead wood 14 12 A complete analysis introducing per cents as was made in a former paper is not necessary since general likeness except for trees is apparent in the table. The difference in richness then is due mainly to absence of large areas of trees at Granite Falls. The slight differences in the other three items in the table is doubtless due to difference in moisture, the precipitation being 30.53 inches annually at Mankato for three years for which I could get data and 21.83 inches annually at Granite Falls for five years for which data were obtained. Difference in moisture doubtless also accounts in small measure for the ad- vantage of the Mankato area as to arboreal lichens. As to rocky substrata favorable to lichen growth little can be definitely given by way of comparison. As to kinds of rocks Mankato has an advantage in having the sandstone which is wanting at Granite Falls, and also in the great masses of lime- stone which are replaced at Granite Falls only by the calcareous drift pebbles and a few bowlders. Yet these two advantages are probably quite overcome by the great masses of exposed gran- ite at Granite Falls, not replaced at Mankato in any way, since granitic bowlders are equally abundant in both places. Comparing the Mankato vicinity with Minneapolis and with Fayette, Iowa, two areas compared in a former portion of these studies, we find that it has a much richer lichen flora than the former region which gave only 113 lichen forms and probably nearly as rich as the latter which gave 157 lichens which one could expect to find in a study of limited duration. Minnesota has now furnished more lichens than any other state in the Mississippi Valley, having 351 species and varieties. Illinois with 249 lichens being next in order. Yet the fact that 280 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. northeastern Iowa, a portion of a State not so thoroughly sur- veyed and only having 226 known lichens, has 26 lichens not yet found in Minnesota, shows that the study of Minnesota lichens is by no means yet approximately completed, since a large part of these 26 rare or obscure lichens found already within 50 miles of the state certainly exist within its bord- ers in the southeastern portion, and other unstudied portions of the state may yet be expected to bring additions to the lichen flora in like proportion. A list of these 26 lichens could be added with habitats to aid in their discovery in southeastern Minnesota but an inspection of another paper* will give the names of them. A study of the table above, giving habitats and number of species for each, by per cents, would give a somewhat larger per cent, of lithophytic lichen species for the two areas consid- ered than a former study exhibited for the Minneapolis and Iowa localities and about the same per cent, as the lake Superior region. I subjoin, arranged according to habitat, a list of the 41 lichens added to the state in this paper. From the list it will be seen that more than half of these species are most common on rocks, and that the great Archean and Algonkian masses exposed throughout the upper valley alone produced one-third of them. For convenience of reference to the above statements I shall now add the table, placing rock species first, and then follow the list with further discussion. New to Minnesota on Archean or Algonkian rocks. Ramalina polymorpha (Acn.) TUCK. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. panniformis (Acn.) SCHAER. Pyrenopsis phaeococca TUCK. Pyrenopsis melambola TUCK. Omphalaria phyllisca (WAHL.) TUCK. Leptogium pulchellum (AcH.) NYL. Lecanora sp. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. allophana ACH. Lecanora cinerea (PERS.) NYL. var. cinereoalba var. nov. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. var. tephraspis TUCK. * Fink, B. Review of Lichenological Studies in the Upper Mississippi Valley, with suggestions for future investigations. In list to be published in Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club. I'"lllk : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 281 Rinodina lecanorina MASS. Urceolaria actinostoma PERS. Buellia pullata TUCK. New to Minnesota on limestone. Omphalaria kansana TUCK. Omphalaria pulvinata NYL. Collema plicatile SCHAER. Collema pustulatum ACH. Lecanora bookii (FR.) TH. FR. Rinodina bischoffii (HEPP.) KOERB. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. var. saxicola FR. Staurothele diffractella (NYL.) TUCK. New to Minnesota on wood. Placodium ferrugineum (HUDS.) HEPP. Placodium ferrugineum (Huos.) HEPP. var. pollinii TUCK. Cladonia cristatella TUCK. var. paludicolaTucK. Biatora flexuosa FR. Biatora suffusaFR. Buellia turgescens (NYL.) TUCK. Opegrapha varia (PERS.) FR. var. pulicaris FR. Arthonia sp. Endocarpon arboreum SCHWEIN. Pyrenula gemmata (Acn.) NAEG. Pyrenula hyalospora NYL. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (NYL.) TUCK. Pyrenula glabrata (ACH.) MASS. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov. New to Minnesota on earth. Heppia despreauxii (MONT.) TUCK. Heppia polyspora TUCK. Collema tenax (Sw.) ACH. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. var. dealbata AUCT. The list of species new to the state shows a large number of Pyrenulas, the genus being unusually well represented in the valley, especially at Mankato. It will also be seen that the 282 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. gelatinous lichens, the Collemei, are especially conspicuous in the genera Pyrenops/'s, Omphalaria, Collcma and Leptogium. This happens because part of the valley is more favorable for their development as to substrata and moisture than other studied portions of the state. The part of the studied por- tion of the valley most favorable for their development is the Mankato vicinity where most of the gelatinous lichens were found. The whole number of Collemei found in the valley is 17. Richness is apparent when we add that only four were found about Minneapolis, u in the lake Superior region and that only 16 are known in Iowa. It may be added that a large proportion of the species added to the state flora are of special interest for various reasons. Thus the Omphalarias are not commonly collected ; Lecanora bookii (Fr.) Th. Fr. is a difficult lichen to detect ; the Pyrenulas are difficult to distinguish macroscopically and are therefore commonly overlooked ; members of the genus Pyrenopsis are seldom reported ; while Urceolaria actinostoma Pers., Buellia •pullata Tuck, and Heppia polyspora Tuck, are very rare lich- ens. Rinodina lecanorina Mass, is reported for the first time from North America, and Lecanora cervina (Pers.) Nyl. var. cinereoalba var. nov. is interesting because new. It may be noted in passing that the region shows some of the Arctic or sub- Arctic species found at Taylor's Falls and already discussed in a former paper. These are Biatora rufonigra Tuck., two forms of Buellia petraa (Flot., Koerb.) Tuck, and an Ephebe, though not the species reported from Taylors Falls. As in the Taylors Falls region the Buellia is the most common of these species being a crustaceous form well adapted to resist unfavorable conditions. The Biatora is next in fre- quency of occurrence and the Ephebe, a fruticulose form, was only seen once. So far as I was able to ascertain bv careful search the foliaceous forms, Umbilicaria and Nephroma, found at Taylors Falls have not succeeded in persisting in the Min- nesota valley. This failure of northern forms to persist so suc- cessfully may be accounted for perhaps in a very small degree by more southern position of the area now under consideration, but no doubt is due much more to climatic and edaphic factors which have allowed plant migrations to proceed northward more rapidly in the Minnesota valley than farther east in the state since the last retreat of the glaciers. This matter has been LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 283 touched upon by Professor C. MacMillan.* It is interesting to note that the strictly crustaceous Bucllia is the only one of the more northern forms found in the state which persists as far south as Pipestone. Indeed, its abundance here and records of occurrence elsewhere well southward in low altitudes since Tuckerman wrote lead to the suspicion that it may not be so strictly sub-Arctic in distribution as I have supposed. It may be added that the Buellia is the only one of these northern species persisting in the valley, which was found on bowlders at anv considerable distance from the large masses of Archean and Algonkian rocks, which are supposed to have been exposed continuously since the close of the glacial epoch, and that it was only found once in very small quantity on a bowlder re- mote from these larger masses. It has been my plan to introduce in each paper of the series some feature regarding distribution which could be especially well illustrated by the area under consideration. In the study of the Minnesota valley and southwestern Minnesota I was able to keep in mind a variety of ecologic factors and to pre- serve the data necessary for their solution. This I had pre- viously done in part for several areas in Minnesota and Iowa so that in the present paper interesting and instructive comparisons can be made. Leaving other questions, then, thus briefly stated, I shall now pass to a consideration of the lichen for- mations of the region, causes of their peculiar make-up, and comparisons with similar formations within and outside the area under consideration. Aside from the purely scientific interest of the analysis to follow, it has a practical bearing, in that knowledge of the re- lation between ecologic factors and distribution enables the col- lector to predict in the field about what species of lichens he may expect to find in a spot having a given set of environmen- tal features. In the study species rarely found in the forma- tions have not been considered when there appeared to be doubt as to whether they were collected on their usual substrata, and rarer varieties have been omitted when showing the same habi- tat as other forms of the species. It will be readily granted that the commoner forms which give character to the flora are the ones which should receive attention in such a study. In * MacMillan, C., • Observations on the Distribution of Plants Along the Shore at Lake of the Woods. Minn. Bot. Stud, i : 967. 1897. 284 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the analysis, especially as to amount of illumination and the roughness of ligneous substrata, it will be seen that lines can not be drawn very closely without entailing an amount of minutiae which would be confusing and therefore unprofitable. With the above brief statement as to the main purpose of the present paper, I shall begin the consideration of lichen forma- tions with the most distinct ones with which I am acquainted, viz., those of the Sioux quartzite at Pipestone. These forma- tions are distinct because for most part removed from trees from which lichens commonly migrate to rocks nearby, producing tension lines and mixture of formations and because the few young trees found, though large enough to bear the foliaceous lichens which commonly migrate to the rocks, have apparently been isolated from larger areas of trees from the beginning of growth and scarcely bear a lichen of any kind. The rocky substratum is for the most part horizontal and exposed to the sun's rays. In a few places occur perpendicular rock expos- ures which are more or less shaded by trees, overhanging rocks or north exposure. A few ombrophytic lichens occupy these spots ; but they are all strictly lithophytic species, none of them having, for the reason stated above, migrated from trees as we shall find to be the condition in a later analysis of other similar formations. Below I give first the lichen formation of the hori- zontal exposed rocks and second, that of the more or less shaded and damp rocks. Lecanoras predominate in the formations on exposed rocks, which may accordingly be named as follows : Lecanora formation of the horizontal exposed quartzite (Pipestone). Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. var. prolixa ACH., C. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH., C. Physcia tribacia (Acn.) TUCK., C. Physcia caesia (HOFFM.) NYL. Placodium elegans (LINK.) DC., C. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) ACH., C. Lecanora rubina (ViLL.) ACH. var. heteromorpha ACH., C. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF., C. Lecanora xanthophana NYL., C. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 285 Rinodina oreina (AcH.) MASS., C. Buellia spuria (SCHAER.) ARN., C. Buellia pullata TUCK., C. Buellia petraea (PLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. var. montagnaei TUCK., C. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. var. complicatum SCHAER., C. The formation on shaded rocks may be designated the Stauro- thclc formation, after the prevailing genus. Staurothele formation of shaded or damp quartzile (Pipestone). Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. Staurothele umbrina (WAHL.) TUCK., C. Staurothele drummondii TUCK., C. The lichen formations of the pipestone lying beside the quartz- ite were studied to ascertain to what extent the difference in chemical composition and hardness of the rocks would influence the distribution of lichens, other ecologic factors being identical. In the above table I have indicated species common to quartz- ite and pipestone by (C.), and the table shows that only three lichens were detected on the quartzite and not on the pipestone. The following three, all growing in exposed places, were found on the latter and not on the former. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acn.) Auz. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. sideritis TUCK. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. It is worthy of note that the differences are specific and that the formations are identical generically. The appearance of a certain plant in a particular set of ecological conditions is too complicated a matter for exact explanation in many instances, and I can offer no explanation as to why the few plants occur on one kind of rock and not on the other. Possibly the specific acid secreted by a particular species acts more readily on one kind of rock than on the other, but more probably the cause is other than this. Nor do I suppose that I have found, here or in other formations to be considered below, all the lichens grow- ing under a particular set of conditions. Yet the common ones which give character to the various formations were doubtless 28G MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. all detected here as elsewhere, and the fact that 15 of 18 were found on each kind of rock demonstrates that difference in composition of rock in this instance has produced little, if any difference in lichen flora. A similar study of lichen formations on large rock areas of greater difference in composition as granite and limestone lying adjacent would be of special interest. To complete the lichen formations of the area, the earth- lichen formation must be considered. This formation and simi- lar ones elsewhere may be called the Endocarpon hepalicum for- mations of exposed earth from a plant which is found in such formations in all parts of the state except the lake Superior region. Endocarpon hepaticum formation of exposed earth (Pipestone). Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. tubaBformis FR. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) TUCK. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. var. garovaglii KPH. The region is a comparatively dry one because of small pre- cipitation of moisture, since the rocks lie high where there is little or no standing water to give moisture and because there are few trees to give shade. The lichen formations are accord- ingly rather poor in species, as will appear in comparisons to follow an analysis of similar formations. The rocky surfaces at Granite Falls present a much more complex set of conditions than those just considered, and yet, for my purpose, they may be classified, like the latter, into ex- posed surfaces, usually horizontal, and shaded surfaces, usually more or less nearly perpendicular. I shall now record these formations in the same order as in the last series ; but after each shall compare it with the corresponding formation at Pipestone, giving, as far as possible, the probable cause of differences. Lecanora formation of exposed (usually horizontal} granite (Granite Falls). Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. var. prolixa ACH. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VAI. I. KY. 287 Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK. var. apiola NYL., A. Physcia caesia (HOFFM.) NYL. Placodium elegans (LINK.) DC. Placodium murorum (HOFFM.) DC., A. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Aci-i.) Auz. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. sideritis TUCK. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) ACH. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) ACH. var. heteromorpha ACH. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER., A. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. Lecanora frustulosa (DICKS.) MASS., A. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. allophana ACH., A. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. coilocarpa ACH., A. Lecanora hageni ACH., A. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF. var. contorta FR., A. Lecanora xanthophana NYL. Lecanora cervina (PERS.) NYL. var. cinereoalba var. nov., A. Lecanora fuscata (SCHRAD.) TH. FR., A. Rinodina oreina (Acn.) MASS. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL., A. Rinodina lecanorina MASS., A. Urceolaria actinostoma PERS., A. Biatora rufonigra TUCK., A. Buellia spuria (SCHAER.) ARN. Buellia pullata TUCK. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER., var. complicatum SCHAER. Comparing this lichen formation with the similar ones of the Sioux quartzite and the pipestone, we find it to contain all lichens found on the two except Physcia tribacia (Ach.) Tuck, and to contain fourteen not found on them, which I have marked as additions (A). The absence of the one species from the Granite Falls formation is doubtless an accident in plant distri- 288 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. bution whose explanation would be very difficult or impossible to trace ; but it is quite remarkable that with this exception all the plants found in the two formations sixty miles away should oc- cur in this lichen formation also, especially since there could have been no rocky connection between the two areas since glacial times. It is not strange that the exposed granite lichen formation at Granite Falls should be a much richer one than the two exposed formations at Pipestone combined ; for it is a much larger area, is connected with a limestone lichen formation and an epiphytic, and a number of swamps and ponds furnish mois- ture along the borders. Indeed the presence of ten of the fourteen additions may be more or less satisfactorily explained. These I shall proceed to consider seriatim. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK., var. apiola TUCK. — a litho- phytic variety of a species common on adjacent trees. Lecanora frustulosa (DICKS.) MASS. — a northern lichen not extending so far south as Pipestone. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH., var. alliophana ACH. — a variety of a species common on trees near by. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH., var. coilocarpa ACH. — as the last above. Lecanora cervina (PERS.) NYL., var. cinereoalba var. nov.— has not been seen outside the Minnesota valley. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF., var. contorta FR. — a lichen migrating from the limestone near by. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. — found on trees of the region and perhaps migrating from them. Rinodina lecanorina MASS. — a very rare plant which, therefore, very probably does not exist at Pipestone or was overlooked. Urceolaria actinostoma PERS. — as the last above. BiatorarufonigraTucK. — a northern form not extending so far south as Pipestone. Though somewhat confusing another similar lichen formation must be introduced here for comparison as follows : Lecanora formation of exposed quartzite (New Ulm). Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH., CTS. Physcia caesia (HOFFM.) NYL., CTS. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. sideritis Tuck., CT. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 289 Placodium vitellinum (EiiRH.) NAEG. and HEPP., CTS. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) ACH., CTS. Lecanora rubina (VILL.) ACH. var. heteromorpha ACH., CS. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH., S. Lecanora varia (EHRH.) NYL.. AS. Lecanora cinerea (L.) SOMMERF., CTS. Lecanora xanthophana NYL., C. Rinodina oreina (Acn.) MASS., C. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. Biatora rufonigra TUCK., T. Biatora myriocarpoides (NYL.) TUCK., A. Buellia spuria (SCHAER.) ARN., CT. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK., CTS. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. var. complication SCHAER., C. Comparing the above lichen formation with the similar ones at Pipestone and Granite Falls we find it to contain only two species which are additions to the three at the two places just named. These I have marked (A). It is about as extensive an area as the two at Pipestone combined, has about the same number of lichens as both and has 12 species (marked C) which are common to all the exposed rock lichen formations in the area considered in this paper. In general these 12 species may be regarded as the most constant of the exposed Archean and Algonkian rock lichen formations of southwestern Minnesota. As we. multiply areas of comparison and especially as we introduce those at a greater distance the number of common floral elements very naturally decreases. Thus considering the similar forma- tion at Taylors Falls, we find only 8 species (marked T) com- mon to it and all the similar ones previously considered, and passing to the corresponding formation at Gunflint in the lake Superior region, the number found in all these similar forma- tions in widely separated areas of the state is found to be only 6 (marked S). These 6 species may be looked for with con- siderable certainty wherever such lichen formations are well de- veloped in the state. Other elements will vary according to relation to other adjacent formations, position northward or southward and in some instances eastward or westward in the state and to various ecologic factors which cannot be enum- erated fully. 290 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. We may now turn to the lichen formation of shaded or damp rocks at Granite Falls. This includes some flat rock surfaces somewhat shaded or simply wet part of the time, as well as the perpendicular shaded surfaces. I shall divide the formation into three parts — species naturally belonging to the rocks, those which have probably migrated from the trees near at hand and those which have probably migrated from the earth. Here and in another formation we have a mixture of elements, hence the following name is proposed : Mixed formation of shaded (or damp] granite (Granite Falls). A. PROBABLY NATURALLY BELONGING TO THE ROCKS. Ramalina polymorpha (Acn.) TUCK. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCIIAER. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DELIS. Pannaria languinosa (AcH.) KOERB. Omphalaria phyllisca (WAHL.) TUCK. Collema furvum (Acn.) NYL. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. Endocarpon muriatum (L.) SCHAER. Staurothele umbrina (WAHL.) TUCK. Staurothele diffractella (NYL.) TUCK. Staurothele drummondii TUCK. B. NEAR TREES AND PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM THEM. Parmelia cetrata ACH. Parmelia crinita ACH. Parmelia borreri TURN. Parmelia borreri TURN. var. hypomela TUCK. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. sulcata NYL. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. panniformis (Acn.) SCHAEK. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH. Physcia speciosa (WULF., ACH.) NYL. Physcia pulverulenta (SCHREB.) NYL. Physcia obscura (EHRH.) NYL. Pyxine sorediata FR. Leptogium myochroum (EHRH., SCIIAER.) TUCK. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VAM.KY. 291 Placodium aurantiacum (LiGirrr.) NAEG and HEPP. Biatora fuscorubella (HOFFM.) TUCK. C. SPECIES WHICH HAVE PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM EARTH. Peltigera rufescens (NECK.) HOFFM. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. Of the three parts of the formation under consideration only the first can be compared with the similar formation at Pipe- stone, and we find besides the 3 species of the Pipestone for- mation, 8 additional forms as a result of greater areas studied, more moist conditions near the Minnesota river, and where abundant ponds and marshes situated near the rocks give moist- ure, and where trees are numerous in some parts of the area and increase the shade. I must add that presence of the Ramalinas here, and their absence from shaded rocks at Pipe- stone leads to the suspicion that they may have sprung from RamaUna calicaris (L.) Fr. of the region, migrating from trees to rocks and acquiring the varietal, and in one instance the specific characters as an adaptation to changed environment. The question is as to whether these lichens are sufficiently plastic to acquire such new characters since trees have grown in the valley in post-glacial time. I can only say that I believe that they may be, and that it is quite as likely that the two Rama- linas should be placed in the second division of the formation as in the first. As to plants of the second portion of the formation, which I have designated as having probably migrated from trees, in some instances they are locally more abundant and luxuriant on the rocks than on trees. Hence a hasty consideration would lead to the conclusion that they have not migrated. But the luxuriant condition obtains on the rocks in Parmelia borreri Turn., a lichen seldom seen on rocks elsewhere, and many of these lichens grow on mossy rocks where lichens are commonly large. Also it is to be taken into account that these lichens are those usually found on large trees with rough bark. The larger trees were for most part destroyed years ago by man or fires, and these lichens, formerly common on trees, are preserved on rocks better than on the less permanent trees. Hence some of them are more common now on the rocks than on the trees, which are for most part second growth and not large. The 292 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. third division, consisting of two Peltigeras^ scarcely needs any special consideration. I shall next consider the similar shaded rock formation at New Ulm, which may be divided into those lichens naturally belonging to the rocks and those probably migrating from trees. Mixed lichen formation of shaded rocks (New Ulm). A. NATURALLY BELONGING TO THE ROCKS. Pannaria languinosa (AcH.) KOERB. Collema flaccidum ACH. Collema furvum (Acn.) NYL. B. NEAR TREES AND PROBABLY MIGRATED FROM THEM. Theloschlstes lychneus (NYL.) TUCK., CTS. Parmelia crinita ACH., CTS. Parmelia borreri TURN., CTS. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR., CTS. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. panniformis (Acn.) SCHAER., C. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH., CTS. Physcia speciosa (WULF. ACH.) NYL., CTS. Physcia pulverulenta(ScHREB.) NYL., CTS. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK., TS. Physcia obscura (EHRH.) NYL., CTS. As to the shaded rock lichen formations of the region sur- veyed considering only plants naturally belonging to the rocks, there is not a single lichen that is common to all of them. Pan- naria languinosa (Ach.) Koerb. is the most constant element of such formations, which as a whole might be named for this plant were it not quite as common in shaded limestone forma- tions otherwise quite different from any of those on the rocks under consideration at present. Of the lichens of the shaded rock formation at New Ulm, which have probably migrated from trees, the nine marked common (C), may be taken as the ones most commonly occurring, as they were found also at Granite Falls in the similar formation. Those marked (T) all but one of the nine, occur in the similar formation at Taylors Falls. Other elements vary more with change in various eco- logic factors. The similar partial formation was noted at Grand Portage, especially on the island, and adding those Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 293 lichens (S) of it found in the corresponding ones considered above, subtracts none from the number of common species. Therefore, these eight lichens may be regarded as the elements of that portion of the shaded rock lichen formations which have probably migrated from trees, most widely occurring in such formations over the state. Only one day was spent in study- ing the New Ulm formations. A second day would have added somewhat to the list, yet doubtless all the dominant lichen floral elements were secured. Without entering into a detailed analysis, it will appear from an inspection of the lichens composing the formations for shaded and for exposed rocks that the species occurring in the former are for most part foliaceous or fruticulose types, while those given for the latter are in general crustaceous, or if foliaceous, at least closely prostrate on the rocks. This is what would be expected, since shade favors better development of thallus, so that those species showing good thalli crowd out the other species in shaded places, or when unshaded become shaded with the growth of trees. Next in order come the earth lichen formations of the rocky areas of Granite Falls and New Ulm. I shall first record the exposed formations for the two localities and compare with the similar formation already recorded for Pipestone. Then will follow the lichen formations of shaded earth at the first two sta- tions, which is scarcely developed at Pipestone. A consid- eration of calcareous-earth lichen formations follows, the pres- ent being formations of non-calcareous earth. Endocarpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed earth (Granite Falls). Heppia despreauxii (MONT.) TUCK. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) TUCK. Biatora icterica MONT. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. var. garovaglii KPH. Endocarpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed earth (New Ulm). Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR., CTS. 294 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cladonia turgida (EHRH.) HOFFM. Biatora uliginosa (SCHRAD.) FR. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH., CT. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. var. garovaglii KPH., C. Comparing these lists with the one given for the correspond- ing formation at Pipestone, we find three common lichens which are marked (C) in the list above. Two of these marked (T) are also found in the similar formation at Taylors Falls, and one marked (S) is common in like formations in the lake Superior region. This plant is the most constant element in the exposed earth lichen formations of the State, and I should be disposed to name these Cladonia pyxidata lichen formations, were it not that the plant, though commonly present in exposed stations, thrives better in shaded ones. I must here emphasize that these, as well as the calcareous-earth lichen formations, grow on earth in rocky places where larger vegetation is scanty and scattered. Next in order come lichen formations of shaded earth, partly composed of plants which grow also, though not so well, in un- shaded places. From their dominant elements, these may be designated as follows : Cladonia- Peltiger a lichen formation of shaded earth (Mankato). Peltigera rufescens (NECK.) HOFFM. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata SCHAER. Collema pulposum (BERNH.) NYL. Collema tenax (Sw.) ACH. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. Cladonia gracilis (L.) FR. Cladonia gracilis (L.) FR. var. verticillata FR. Cladonia-Peltigera lichen formation of shaded earth (Granite ' Falls). Peltigera rufescens (NECK.) HOFFM., CT. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM., CTS. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata SCHAER., CTS. Collema pulposum (BERNH.) NYL., CT. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. '_M>5 Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR., CTS. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR., C. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. tubasforrais FR., TS. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL., CTS. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. var. verticillata FR., CTS. These two formations are remarkably similar, having 8 com- mon forms (C) of a total of nine lichens in each formation. Including the similar formation at Taylors Falls (T) we still have 7 lichens common to the similar formations for a large part of Minnesota, and extending the observation to the similar formation on Grand Portage island in the lake Superior (S) region, we yet have 6 lichens common to such formations selected from widely separated areas in the State. This is the first kind of formation thus far considered which is found in the Minne- apolis area studied. Therefore data from this region have not been introduced thus far. Their use in the present considera- tion would not decrease the number of common elements, and I shall not add them. The three rarer Cladonias of the region under consideration in the present paper, Cladonia symphycarpia Fr., Cladonia mitrula Tuck, and Cladonia cariosa (Ach.) Spreng. have been purposely omitted, as there is yet doubt as to whether their adaptation is ombrophytic. As to the nature of the lichens composing these earth lichen formations, it is apparent that those of the shaded earth forma- tions are as a whole more foliaceous or fruticulose and better developed as to thallus than those of the exposed earth forma- tion. The explanation is of course the same as that already given for exposed and shaded rock lichen formations. I shall now consider the one remaining earth lichen formation at Granite Falls and compare it with a similar one in another region. It is that of the earth among the calcareous drift peb- bles and small boulders on hill sides. From the calcareous nature of the earth and the presence of a Biatora seldom seen elsewhere than in such formations, the following name has sug- gested itself. Biatora decipiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth (Granite Falls). Heppia despreauxii (MONT.) TUCK. Heppia polyspora TUCK. 296 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. Biatora muscorum (Sw.)TucK. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. var. dealbata AUCT. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH. Some of the plants of this formation have been found at Mankato and also at Minneapolis, but the formation is not well developed at either place. However, it is beautifully developed at Fayette, Iowa, and because of its remarkable similarity there to the Granite Falls formation about two hundred miles distant, I give it below for the sake of comparative study. Biatora decipiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth (Fayette, Iowa). Heppia despreauxii (MONT.) TUCK., C. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL., C. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) TUCK., C. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR., C. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. var. dealbata AUCT., C. Biatora fossarum (DuF.) MONT. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH., C. It will be seen that the two formations are identical except that each one contains one species not found in the other. Again, this slight difference becomes less significant when it is stated that each of these two plants not found in both formations is rather rare in the formation in which it occurs. The six lichens common to both formations I have indicated in the Fay- ette list (C). In both localities the formations are formed on hill sides and seen to be somewhat better developed on south- ward than on northward slopes. I have not seen similar forma- tions well developed elsewhere, but it is probable that they reach their best development on unshaded hill sides where other vegetation is scanty and where the lichens are washed with lime-impregnated water flowing down the slope during rains. Biatora decipiens (Ehrh.) Fr. and Endocarpon hepaticum Ach. are the most common plants of these formations, but the latter is quite as common in another formation of non-calcareous earth, which I have named for it, not confined to hill sides. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 297 Closely related to the above formations are two occupying the same areas and named for a lichen almost wholly confined to them. They follow below : Lecanora calcarca contorta lichen formation of exposed lime- stone pebbles (Granite Falls). Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. aurel- lum ACH. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF. var. contorta FR. Lecanora privigna (Acn.) NYL. Lecanora privigna (Acn.) NYL. var. pruinosa AUCT. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. Verrucaria muralis ACH. Staurothele diffractella (NYL.) TUCK. Like the last, this formation is not well developed in other studied portions of Minnesota, and I shall give the similar one for Fayette, Iowa, for comparison. Lecanora calcarea contorta lichen formation of exposed lime- stone pebbles (Fayette, Iowa). Placodium cinnabarinum (AcH.) Auz. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. & HEPP. var. aurellum ACH., C. Lecanora muralis (SCHREV.) SCHAER. var. versicolor FR. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF. Lecanora calcarea (L.) SOMMERF. var. contorta Fr., C. Lecanora privigna (Acn.) NYL., C. Rinodina bischoffii (HEPP.)KOERB. Biatora russellii TUCK. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW., C. Verrucaria nigrescens PERS. Verrucaria muralis ACH., C. Lichens common to the two formations are marked (C) in the Fayette list, and comparison shows marked similarity in the two formations about 200 miles distant, except that 'the latter is con- siderably better developed than the former. This is as would be expected when we consider that the Iowa region is one where limestones abound, while the Minnesota is one in which the limestone pebbles are those transported in glacial drift and are 298 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. less numerous. All the species of these formations, except the Biatoras, .have been found elsewhere in Minnesota, but not ag- gregated into definite formations. Comparing the last two series of formations, viz., those of calcareous earth and those of drift pebbles of the same areas, it will be noted that the former, because of their position on dry hill-sides, consist as a whole of lichens having small foli- aceous or granular thalli, while those on the yet dryer and harder calcareous pebbles are almost entirely made up of strictly crustaceous plants. The formations of exposed and shaded limestone bluffs come next in natural order, and the analysis is difficult, since some of the lichens of these formations grow about equally well in sun- shine and shade. These 1 shall indicate by an interrogation point (?). From the prevalence of gelatinous lichens they may be named as follows : Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp) limestone bluffs (Mankato). Pannaria nigra (HUDS.) NYL. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB. Omphalaria kansana TUCK. ? Omphalaiia pulvinata NYL. ? Collema plicatile SCHAER. Collema pustulatum ACH. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. Placodium citrinum (HOFFM.) LEIGHT. Biatora inundata FR. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. var. saxicola FR. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. Staurothele umbrina (\VAHL.) TUCK. Similar formations do not exist in other surveyed portions of Minnesota, except at Minneapolis, where the development is poor. It is as follows : Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp] calcareous rocks (Minneapolis). Pannaria nigra (HUDS.) NYL., C. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB., C. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 290 Omphalaria sp. Leptogium lacerum (S\v.) FR., C. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER., C. Placodium citrinum (HOFFM.) LEIGHT., C. The plants of the Minneapolis list are all but one common (C) to both formations and may be regarded as characteristic of such formations. Since the last formation is poorly developed, I may add the similar one for Fayette, Iowa, which is better developed than either of the above. Gelatinous lichen formation of shaded (or damp] calcareous rocks (Fayette, Iowa). Pannaria nigra (Huos.) NYL. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB. Omphalaria pulvinata NYL. ? Omphalaria umbella TUCK. ? Omphalaria sp. Collema plicatile SCHAER. ? Collema furvum (Acn.) NYL. ? Collema pustulatum ACH.? Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. Leptogium chlorometum (S\v.) NYL. Placodium citrinum (HOFFM.) LEIGHT. Biatora trachona FLOT. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. var. saxtcola FR. Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. ? Staurothele umbrina (WAHL.) TUCK.? The introduction of the Fayette formation is of special interest for the following reason. The first Minnesota formation is a mile back from the Minnesota river on a bluff along which the river once flowed, but which now is left dry except for the trees which overhang it and shade the lichens of the formation. The Fayette formation is on a bluff at the water's edge, and the plants are growing within one to ten feet of the water. Doubt- less this in part causes the greater richness. The Mankato for- mation is an interrupted one, none of the plants persisting in wholly unshaded spots. The .Fayette formation on the other hand, extends for miles, without complete interruption, wher- 300 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ever the bluffs exist. With the greater amount of moisture at the water's edge, some of the plants of the Fayette formation grow well in sunshine and even on south exposures. These I have indicated by an interrogation point (?). These, for most part gelatinous lichens, require a good amount of moisture ; and if growing far from water seek shade for it. In the Fayette locality many trees have been cut recently along the bluffs so that the plants are more exposed than formerly. The Minne- apolis list can be considered a formation only in the sense of a group of plants growing under like conditions, for owing to somewhat dryer climate the formation is poorly developed as to individuals and may be designated as a scattered formation, only one or two of the species usually growing in one limited area, along the bluffs and long stretches of bluff between these areas frequently not bearing a single plant of the formation. Next in order comes the lichen formation of exposed lime- stone bluffs, which I shall designate as follows from the presence of a large proportion of angiocarpous lichens. Angiocarpous lichen formation of limestone bluffs (Mankato). Theloschistes lychneus (NYL.) TUCK. Placodium elegans (LINK.) DC. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP var. aurel- lum ACH. Placodium aurantiacum (LIGHT.) NAEG. and HEPP. Lecanora hageni ACH. Lecanora erysibe NYL. ? Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. ? Endocarpon miniatum (L.) SCHAER. ? Staurothele diffractella (NYL.) TUCK. Verrucaria fuscella FR. Verrucaria nigrescens PERS. Verrucaria muralis ACH. I might add similar formations from Minneapolis and Fayette, Iowa ; but the analysis is very uncertain so that the comparisons could have little value. I shall now consider the sandstone bluff formations of certain localities, simply designating them as formations of damp sand- stone since they are found along streams where the rocks are Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 301 well supplied with moisture. The first of the formations is almost completely shaded, but the second is only partially shaded, moisture, the thing really sought by the plants, being sufficient in more or less exposed spots so that the less ombro- phytic plants of the group thrive twenty or thirty feet from the water's surface, and even the more shade-loving ones are found in exposed spots nearer the water. I shall now record the formations as follows, designating the less ombrophytic plants of the second formation thus ( ?). For these formations I suggest the following name from a plant almost wholly con- fined to them in Minnesota. Usnca barbata rubiginea lichen formation of damp sandstone bluffs (Minneopa Falls). Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCHAER. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. hirta FR. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. rubiginea MICHX. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata ACH. Leptogium chloromelum (Sw.) NYL. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB. Cladonia furcata (HUDS.) FR. Cladonia furcata (Huos.) FR. var. racemosa FR. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. Usnea barbata rubiginea lichen formation of damp sandstone bluffs (Minneapolis). Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCHAER., C. Us nea barbata (L. ) FR. var. hirta FR., C. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. rubiginea MICHX.? C. Parmelia conspersa (EHRH.) ACH. ? T. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata SCHAER., CE.. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB., C. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acn. var. coilocarpa ACH. ? T. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL.? C. Cladonia caespiticia (PERS.) FL., T. Cladonia cornucopioides (L.) FR.? E. Endocarpon pusillum (HEDW.) var. garovaglii KPH., E. 302 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Comparing the two formations we find six common lichens of a total of nine recorded for the first and eleven for the second. Similar formations occur at Pictured Rocks, Iowa, and at Rap- idan, but I shall not multiply lists. As in the instance of cer- tain formations on shaded granite or quartzite recorded above, both of these formations are more or less mixed, being made up of lichens strictly lithophytic in adaptation and of others which have doubtless wandered from trees or from earth. As I have not been able to study such sandstone bluffs at a distance from trees, I have not attempted a definite analysis of these more limited formations as I did for the formations of the shaded granite and quartzite, but have simply indicated in the second list those which have probably wandered from trees by (T) and those from earth by (E). I have omitted from these sandstone formations some of the rarer plants which I should have in- cluded had I attempted an analysis of these mixed formations. I shall now proceed to the two formations of trees, viz., that of rough barked trees and that of trees having smooth bark. The distinctions are difficult in some instances as certain species grow in both habitats. Consequently, as in some instances, in formations previously considered, some plants are recorded for more than one formation. Moreover, it must be added that some of those recorded for rough barked trees frequently seek the smoother portions of the bark. The subfamily Parmeleiia especially well developed in the rough bark formations, which may accordingly be named as follows : Parmelei lichen formation of trees -with rough bark (Mankato). Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. fraxinea FR., G. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. fastigiata FR., G. Theloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) NORM., G. Theloschistes polycarpus (EHRH.) TUCK., G. Theloschistes lychneus (NYL.) TUCK., G. Theloschistes concolor (DICK.) TUCK., G. Parmelia perforata (JACK.) ACH. Parmelia crinita ACH., G. Parmelia borreri TURN., G. Parmelia tiliacea (HOFFM.) FLOERK., G. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH., G. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 303 Physcia granulifera (Acn.) TUCK., G. Physcia pulverulenta (SCHREB.) NYL., G. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK., G. Physcia tribacia (Acn.) TUCK. Physcia obscura (EHRI-I.) NYL., G. Physcia adglutinata (FLOERK.) NYL. Collema pycnocarpum NYL., G. Collema flaccidum ACII. Leptogium myochroum (EHRH., SCHAER.) TUCK. Placodium aurantiacum (LIGHT.) NAEG. and HEPP., G. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP., G. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Acn., G. Pertusaria pustulata (Acn.) NYL. Pertusaria leioplaca (Acn.) SCHAKR. Pertusaria velata (TURN.) NYL. Biatora rubella (EHRH.) RABENH. Biatora fuscorubella (HOFFM.) TUCK., G. Biatora subfusca FR., G. Lecidea enteroleuca FR., G. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR., G. Buellia parasema (Acn.) TH. FR. Opegrapha varia (PERS.) FR., G. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH., G. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. var. limitata ACH., G. Arthonia lecideella NYL. Arthonia radiata (PERS.) TH. FR., G. Coniocybe pallida (PERS.) FR. Pyrenula gemmata (Acn.) NAEG., G. Pyrenula hyalospora NYL., G. Pyrenula nitida ACH. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (NYL.) TUCK. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) KBR., G. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov., G. In order to avoid reproducing a large portion of the above long list of names, I have for the similar formation at Granite Falls marked those of the list found there (G) and add below the 304 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. only one found in the Granite Falls formation and not at Mankato, viz. , Bialora naegelii Tuck. Thus the mark (G) will indicate also those common to both formations and as a whole most characteristic of such lichen formations for the Minnesota valley. The Mankato area with its abundance of trees would, of course, be expected to possess richer tree lichen formations than Granite Falls, and with the exception of a single species, the rough bark formation of the latter area is but a partial repe- tition of that of the former. The formation on trees with smooth bark at Mankato con- tains all but two of the species of the similar formation at Granite Falls, and the treatment may be abbreviated as the last two above. The genus Pyrenula predominates in the forma- tion, and some of the species are among the lichens most char- acteristic of smooth bark. Therefore, the formations may re- ceive the name which follows : Pyrenula lichen formation of trees with smooth bark (Mankato). Theloschistes polycarpus (EHRH.) TUCK. Theloschistes concolor (DICKS.) TUCK., G. Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH., G. Physcia adglutinata (FLOERK.) NYL., G. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP., G. Lecanora subf usca (L.) ACH., G. Rinodina sophodes (AcH.) NYL., G. Biatora fuscorubella (HOFFM.) TUCK., G. Lecidea enteroleuca FR., G. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH., G. Arthonia lecideella NYL. Arthonia dispersa NYL., G. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acn.) NAEG., F. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acn.) NAEG. var. fallax NYL., F. Pyrenula nitida ACH., F. Pyrenula thelena ACH., F. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK., F. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK. var. quadriloculata var. nov. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) KBR., GF. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 305 The two formed on smooth bark at Granite Falls and not at Mankato are Lecidea cntcroleuca Fr. var. achrista Schaer. and Arthonia punctiforniis Ach. As in the rough bark formations, the one at Mankato is richer for the same reason and, strangely enough, my study of the Granite Falls area only discovered a single Pyrcnula on smooth bark. My name is scarcely appro- priate for this formation, though it is for the one at Mankato as it would be for others from other localities in Minnesota and Iowa which might be added. Without adding another list or another complete formation, I have indicated by (F) in the above list the Pyrenulas of that list which occur on smooth bark at Fayette, Iowa. Persons acquainted with lichen species will readily observe in the lists for rough bark and smooth bark lichen formations, that the formation on rough bark is composed principally of the more foliaceous and fruticulose lichens while those of the smooth bark formations are in the main crustaceous lichens. This is possibly due in part to the fact that these foliaceous and fruti- culose lichens more easily gain a foothold on the rough bark which breaks up the thallus of the lichens adapted to smooth bark, thus tending to kill them. However it is probable that light, shade and moisture are also factors, the large trees fur- nishing more shade than the smaller ones. Next in order naturally enough we may consider the lichen formations of old boards and old wood, and the formations are so nearly alike for Mankato and Granite Falls that they may be treated in a single list by giving the Mankato list and marking (G) those common to the Granite Falls formation also. Our Calicei are lichens seldom seen in any other formations, hence the following name may be applied. Calicei lichen formation of old boards and wood (Mankato). 'heloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) NORM., G. lacodium cerinum (HEDW). NAEG. and HEPP. var. pyrocea NYL., G. Lecanora hageni ACH., G. Lecanora varia (EHRH.) NYL., G. Rinodina sophodes (AcH.) NYL., G. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL., var. exigua FR., G. 306 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Buellia parasema (Acn.) TH. FR., G. Buellia turgescens (NYL.) TUCK. Calicium parietinum ACH. Thelocarpon prasinellum NYL. The additions for Granite Falls are Cctraria ciliaris (Ach.) Tuck., Lecidea entcroleuca Fr. and Calicium quercinum Ach. As in other instances the common forms are those most charac- teristic of such formations. I have not detected the Calicium for which I have named the Mankato formations at Granite Falls, where it is replaced by another species, and I shall add the species, Acolium tigillare (Ach.) Dn., which is one of the Calicei common in the similar formation at Fayette, Iowa, and the only one found in the like formation at Minneapolis. It must be admitted that the name used for these formations, while it may be applied, is not so appropriate for the related forma- tions in the lake Superior region where some of the Calicei grow on living bark and yet others on rotting wood. But one formation remains to be considered, viz., that of rot- ting stumps and prostrate logs. In these formations the most common plants are those of the genus Cladonia and the forma- tions may accordingly receive the following name : Cladonia formation of rotten 2uood (Mankato). Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM., G. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM., var. sorediata SCHAER. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR., G. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. tubaBformis FR., G. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL., G. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL., var. verticiilata FR., G. Cladonia symphycarpia TUCK. Cladonia macilenta (EHRH.) HOFFM. Cladonia cristatella TUCK. The only species found at Granite Falls in the similar forma- tion and not at Mankato is Biatora flexuosa Fr. and the forma- tion may, with this addition, be indicated by marking (G) those plants of the Mankato formation common to both. Comparison with formations from other localities would show some varia- tion, but the Cladonias would predominate and give character to the formations. Wood commonly rots in moist shady places. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. furnishing an abundance of moisture, and we find accordingly that the formations on rotten wood are made up in large part of fruticulose lichens. The Calicei formations of old wood are exposed to drier conditions and are composed almost entirely of lichens having poorly developed thalli. I must emphasize here that lichens of nearly all the forma- tions enumerated above enjoy moist places, and that lack of moisture produces a decrease in richness both in size and num- ber of individuals and in numbers of species in the formations. I repeat this, which I have established for some parts of Minne- sota previously, because some persons may suppose that lichens, because of their xerophytic adaptations, thrive as well in the driest spots as in those affording more moisture. The excep- tions to this general statement will appear from a careful study of the analyses made of the various formations. The gelatinous lichen formation of shaded limestone (Minne- apolis) has been called a scattered one, and I have explained what is meant by the expression. Others of the same kind are the Cladonia-Peltigera lichen formations of shaded earth, the angiocarpous lichen formations of exposed limestone bluffs, the Calicei lichen formations of old wood and in some instances the Cladonia lichen formations of rotten wood, though in other in- stances half or more of the species of Cladonia of the forma- tion may be found on a single log. Thus formations of the kind last named and like the one first named in this paragraph differs from the other three named in the paragraph in that they may or may not be scattered while the three always are, so far as I know, except the Calicei formation which may be found nearly complete on a few rods of old fence in some favorable instances. The two formations of trees are widely extended ; but they are not scattered as I have used the term since one commonly finds a good proportion of the species of either for- mation in passing a short distance, in the woods. Also in my classification we have the peculiar condition of two lichen formations occupying the same area. This is illus- trated by the Biatora decipiens lichen formation of exposed calcareous earth and the Lecanora calcarea contorta lichen formation of exposed limestone pebbles, or by the Lecanora lichen formations of exposed granite or quartzite and the Endo- carpon hepaticum lichen formation of exposed earth. Yet it is apparent that the formations are distinct in both instances, the 308 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. division being based on substratum as well as amount of light and moisture. As a whole, the formations may be said to be azonal and without definite form or extent, both depending upon location of proper substrata, protection from or exposure to light, etc. In my paper I have used the expression " lichen formation" to include lichens only. Of course, these plants are in some instances found growing upon the same substrata and in the same general set of conditions as plants of other groups, and which might have been listed in the formations. However, I may be excused, in a paper on lichen distribution, for omitting other plants than lichens, especially since I could not possibly have treated the other plants with the same detail that I have accorded the lichens. I know of no other paper which has dealt exclusively with lichen distribution as I have done herein, and surely this anal- ysis must be helpful in the study of the lichen flora of other regions. The multiplicity of observations necessary for such a detailed study are not easy to make, and I am sure that much of interest has escaped me. However, I hope that this paper may stimulate others to study the lichens from an ecologic point of view. LIST OF SPECIES AND VARIETIES. 1. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. fraxinea FR. On trees and old wood, infrequent or rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 55, June 26, 1899, no. 102, and June 28, 1899, no. 164. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 385 and July 13, 1899, nos. 510 and 533. 2. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. fastigiata FR. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 54. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 275. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 518, and July 17, 1899, no. 588. 3. Ramalina calicaris (L.) FR. var. farinacea SCHAER. On sandstone and granite. Mankato ( Minneopa Falls) , June 27, 1899, no. 154. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 305, and July 8, 1899, no. 349. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 460. 4. Ramalina polymorpha (Acn.) TUCK. ? On shaded granitic rocks in first locality and on a large bowlder in the second, rare. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 309 456, and July 13, 1899, no. 492. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no. 641. The plants are placed here provisionally. They resemble in part Ramalina calicaris (L.) Fr. \-&x. fari- nacea Schaer; Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mis- sissippi valley. 5. Cetraria ciliaris (Acn.) TUCK. A single sterile specimen collected on an old cedar stump. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 570. 6. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. florida FR. On an old stump, only seen once and then sterile. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no- 5^5 • 7. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. hirta FR. On sandstone, rare. Mankato (Minneopa), June 27, 1899, no. 151. 8. Usnea barbata (L.) FR. var. rubiginea MICHX. On sandstone and granite rocks, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 152. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 350. 9. Theloschistes chrysopthalmus (L.) NORM. On trees and old boards, rare or infrequent except at Granite Falls, where the plant is frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 9. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 163. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, nos. 226 and 227. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 302, and July 8, 1899, no. 340. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 387, and July 15, 1899, no- 549- 10. Theloschistes polycarpus (EHRH.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 107. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 447, and July 15, 1899, no. 531. u. Theloschistes lychneus (NYL.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 5. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 263. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 330. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 438, and July 17, 1899, no. 579. 12. Theloschistes concolor (DICKS.) TUCK. On trees and old wood, common at the first locality and rare at the second. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 7. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 377. 310 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 13. Theloschistes concolor (DICKS.) TUCK. var. effusa TUCK. On trees rare. Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 2i6a. 14. Parmelia perforata (JACQ^) ACH. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 134. 15. Parmelia cetrata ACH. On trees and rocks, rare except at the last locality where the plant is frequent. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 228. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, nos. 329 and 360. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 455, and July 17, 1899, nos. 550, 573 and 574. 1 6. Parmelia crinita ACH. On trees and granitic rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 47. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 133. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 258. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, nos. 400 and 439. 17. Parmelia borreri TURN. On trees and granitic rocks, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. ii. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no- 2^8. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 335. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, nos. 383 and 389. 18. Parmelia borreri TURN. var. rudecta TUCK. On trees and old wood, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 12, and July 23, 1899, no. 58. 19. Parmelia borreri TURN. var. hypomela TUCK. On shaded granite rocks, rare and sterile. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 287. 20. Parmelia tiliacea (HOFFM.) FLOERK. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899. 21. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no- IO^- New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no- 2^4- Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no- 341- Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 414. 22. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. sulcata NYL. On old wood and shaded rocks, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 165. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 586. 23. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) FR. var. panniformis (Acn. (SCHAER. ? On shaded rocks, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 268. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no 561. The plant is placed here provisionally. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 311 Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 24. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Ach. On trees and old wood, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 61. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no- 537- 25. Parmelia olivacea (L.) ACH. var. prolixa ACH. On granitic rocks, quartzite, pipestone and once collected on earth, frequent except at the first locality, where it is rare. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 315. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 405. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 594, 609 and 621, and July 19, 1899, no. 643. 26. Parmelia caperata (L.) ACH. On trees and granitic rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 53. Mankato (Minneopa) June 27, 1899, no. 153. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 285. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no- 441- 27. Parmelia conspersa (£HRH.) ACH. On granitic rocks, quartzite and pipestone, common or abun- dant. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 269. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 449. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no- 5^9» an^ July 19, 1899, no. 637. 28. Physcia speciosa (WULF., ACH.) NYL. On rocks and mossy bases of trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 13. New Ulm., July 5, 1899, no. 281. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no- 374- 29. Physcia granulifera (Acn.) TUCK. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 84. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 372. 30. Physcia pulverulenta (SCHREB.) NYL. On rocks and trees, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 52. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 286. Granite Falls, July u, 1899. no. 383. 31. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, common or abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no- I- New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no 297. Granite Falls, July u, 1899 no. 431, and July 13, 1899, no. 481. 32. Physcia stellaris (L.) TUCK. var. apiola NYL. On granitic rocks, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 44. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 463. 312 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 33. Physcia tribacia (Acn.) TUCK. On wood, granite and quartzite, rare. Mankato, June 23 ,. 1899, no. 77, and July i, 1899, no. 216. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 517. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 601 and July 19, 1899, no. 634. 34. Physcia caesia (HOFFM.) NYL. On bowlders and all kinds of rocks in the region, except lime- stone, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 76. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 290 and 296. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 443. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 618 and 624. 35. Physcia obscura (EHRH.) NYL. On trees and rocks, common. Mankato, June 1899, no- 7^a- New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 289. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 378, and July 17, 1899, no. 583. 36. Physcia adglutinata (FLOERK.) NYL. On trees, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 45. Gran- ite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 382 and July 13, 1899, no. 482. 37. Pyxine sorediata FR. On granitic rocks, rare. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 578. 38. Peltigera rufescens (NECK.) HOFFM. On earth and mossy rocks, frequent. Mankato, June 25,. 1899, no. 48. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 150. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 251. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 395 and July 17, 1899, no. 559. 39. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. On earth and rocks, common. Mankato (Minneopa Falls),. June 27, 1899, no. 149. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 262. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 390, and July 17, 1899, no- 580. 40. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. spongiosa TUCK. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 357. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 41. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. spuria ACH. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 161. 42. Peltigera canina (L.) HOFFM. var. sorediata SCHAER. On earth and old wood, rare, Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 121. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 260. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 512. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 313 43. Peltigera horizontalis (L.) HOFFM. On shaded earth, frequent locally. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 301. 44. Heppia despreauxii (MONT.) TUCK. On earth, rare at first locality and frequent at second. Man- kato (Rapidan) June 28, 1899. no. 177. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 394, July 13, 1899, no. 507 and July 14, 1899, no. 522. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 45. Heppia polyspora TUCK. ? On earth, rare. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 498. <— 8 Spores spherical or subspherical, d mic. This exceeds 5 . Tuckerman's measurements. Apothecia occasionally surpass- ing one mm. in diameter. I may later find it necessary to separate this as new species. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 46. Pannaria languinosa (Acn.) KOERB. On various rocks, earth and trees in shaded places, common or abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 50. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 280. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 396, and July 17, 1899, no. 569. 47. Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) DELIS. On shaded granite, infrequent. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 345. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 384. 48. Pannaria nigra (Huos.) NYL. On limestone, common locally. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 95. 49. Ephebe pubescens FR. On quartzite, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 257. 50. Pyrenopsis phaeococca TUCK. On bowlders, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 74. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 51. Pyrenopsis melambola TUCK.? On bowlders, frequent. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 189. Spores somewhat small (7-10x4-5*^ mic.). Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 314 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 52. Omphalaria kansana TUCK. On limestone, locally frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 27. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 53. Omphalaria pulvinata NYL. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 27, 1899, no. 148. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 54. Omphalaria phyllisca (WAHL.) TUCK. On granitic rocks, rare. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no- 360, and July 8, 1899, nos. 338 and 343. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, nos. 572 and 584. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Mississippi valley. 55. Collema pycnocarpum NYL. On trees and once on rocks, generally distributed in the Minnesota valley, but rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 60, and June 24, 1899, nos. 89 and 97. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 136. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 309, and July 8, 1899, no. 355. Granite Falls, July u, 1899. no. 380. 56. Collema flaccidum ACH. On trees and rocks, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 81. Mankato (Minneopa), June 27, 1899, no. 137. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 278. 57. Collema pulposum (.BERNH.) NYL. On earth and rocks, common in first locality. Mankato, June 22, 1897, no. 3, and June 23, 1899, no. 79. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 417. 58. Collema tenax (Sw.) ACH. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 169. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 59. Collema plicatile SCHAER. On calcareous rocks, locally frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 28. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 60. Collema pustulatum ACH. On calcareous rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no' in. Not previously reported from Minnesota. li"ink : LiriiKxs OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 61. Collema furvum (Acn.) NYL. On shaded rocks, infrequent. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no- 283. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 307. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no- 391- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 62. Leptogium lacerum (Sw.) FR. On various rocks, usually shaded, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 49. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 328. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 480 and 497 and July 17, 1899, no. 568. 63. Leptogium pulchellum (Acn.) NYL. Collected once on a large bowlder in a shaded ravine, rare. Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 212. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 64. Leptogium chloromelum (Sw.) NYL. On mossy, shaded sandstone, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 144. 65. Leptogium myochroum (EHRH., SCHAER.) TUCK. On trees and shaded granitic rocks, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 126. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 166. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 392. 66. Placodium elegans (LINK.) DC. On various rocks ; common at Granite Falls, infrequent else- where. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 83. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 353. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no. 440. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos- 592 and 603. 67. Placodium murorum (HOFFM.) DC. On granitic rocks, rare. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 452. 68. Placodium cinnabarrinum (Acn.) Auz. On various rocks, frequent or common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no- 73» and June 30, 1899, no. 200. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 320. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 369. Gran- ite Falls July n, 1899, no> 411- Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 607. 69. Placodium aurantiacum (LIGHTF.) NAEG. and HEPP. On trees and rocks, common at first locality. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 19, and June 23, 1899. no. 38. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 375. 316 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 70. Placodium citrinum (HOFFM.) LEIGHT. On limestone, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no- II7- 71. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. On trees and old wood, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899,. no. 18, and June 23, 1899, no. 75. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, nos. 178 and 179. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, nos. 432 and 435. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 553. 72. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. sider- itis TUCK. On granitic rocks and catlinite, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 41, June 26, 1899, no. 114, and June 30, 1899, no. 198. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 247. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 444. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 613. 73. Placodium cerinum (HEDW.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. pyracea NYL. On old boards, infrequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 2. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 430. 74. Placodium ferrugineum (Huos.) HEPP. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 17. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 75. Placodium ferrugineum (Huos.) HEPP. var. pollinii TUCK. On dead cedars, rare. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 230. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 76. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. On granite and quartzite, common. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 203. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 292. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no- 4^2> Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no- 629. 77. Placodium vitellinum (EHRH.) NAEG. and HEPP. var. aurel- lum ACH. On granite, quartzite and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 10. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, nos. 233, 237 and 239. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no. 523. 78. Lecanora sp. On granitic rocks, frequent locally. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 408. Spores -~ mic. Seems near Lecanora x " 3 gelida (L.) Ach., but the thallus is probably too rough and heavy. Fink: LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 317 Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the Miss- issippi Valley. 79. Lecanora rubina (Vn.L. ) Acn. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, common. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 160. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 248. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 401 and July 12, 1899, no> 451- Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 617, and July 19, 1899, no. 644. 80. Lecanora rubina (Vn,L.) ACH. var. heteromorpha ACH. With the last, frequent. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 266. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 361. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 409. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, and July 19, 1899, no. 642. 81. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. On calcareous rocks, granite and quartzite, common at Granite Falls, rare elsewhere. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 85. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 406. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 630. 82. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. versicolor FR. On calcareous rocks, rare. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 196. 83. Lecanora muralis (SCHREB.) SCHAER. var. saxicola SCHAER. On granitic rocks and catlinite, frequent. Mankato, June 30, 1899, no. 202. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 370. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no. 638. 84. Lecanora frustulosa (DICKS.) MASS. On rocks, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 351. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 371. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 410. 85. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. On trees and rocks, common at Mankato only. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 43, and June 26, 1899, no. 125. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no- 27Z- Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 376. 86. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. allophana ACH. On granitic rocks, infrequent. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, nos. 403 and 407. Not previously reported from Minnesota : 87. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. argentata ACH. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 78- 318 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL. STUDIES. 88. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. coilocarpa ACH. On trees, granite and sandstone, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. i6^a. Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 210. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 446. 89. Lecanora subfusca (L.) ACH. var. distans ACH. On sandstone, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 182. 90. Lecanora hageni ACH. On calcareous and granitic rocks and on old boards, common. Mankato, June 21, 1899, no 91, and July, i, 1899, nos. 215, 217 and 218. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, nos. 426 and 436, and July 13, 1899, no. 506. 91. Lecanora varia (EHRH.) NYL. On old wood and trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 86. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 159. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 280. Granite l 603 and 605. 106. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. On trees, old wood and rocks, abundant. Mankato, June 23 > 1899, no< 33' June 24> I&99> no. 93, and June 26, 1899, no. 115. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos< 2^7» 295 anc^ 29%- Granite Falls, July u, 1899, nos. 427 and 428, and July 13, 1899, nos. 469, 486, 487 and 491. 320 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 107. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. var. tephraspis TUCK. On quartzite, rare. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 632. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 108. Rinodina sophodes (Acn.) NYL. var. exigua FR. On old wood, locally common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 22. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 434. 109. Rinodina bischoffii (HEPP.) KOERB. On limestone and granite, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 194. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 316. Not previously reported from Minnesota. no. Rinodina lecanorina MASS. On boulders, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 127. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. in. Pertusaria velata (TURN.) NYL. On trees, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 26, 1899, no. 135. 112. Pertusaria pustulata (Acn.) NYL. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 30, and July i, 1899, no. 214. 113. Pertusaria leioplaca (AcH.) SCHAER. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 68. 114. Urceolaria scruposa (L.) NYL. On earth and rocks, infrequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 128. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 187. Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 332. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 393. Pipestone, July 19, 1899, no- ^4°- 115. Urceolaria actinostoma PERS. On granite, rare. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 416. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 116. Stereocaulon paschale (L.) FR. On mossy rocks, only seen once in small quantity. Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 359. 117. Cladonia symphycarpia FR. var. epiphylla (Acn.) NYL. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 108. 118. Cladonia mitrula TUCK. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 98. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 436. The last a small form approach- ing Cladonia c&sj)iticia (Pers.) Fl. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 321 119. Cladonia cariosa (Acn.) SPRENG. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 103. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 336. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 587. 120. Cladonia pyxidata (L.) FR. On earth, common or frequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 104. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 168. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 272 and 276, July n, 1899, no. 397, July 12, 1899, no, 453, and July 17, 1899, no. 562. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 627. 121. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no 123. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 582. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 604. 122. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. tubaeformis FR. On old wood and earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 124. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 279. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 425, July 13, 1899, no- 495> and July i7i l899> nos. 551 and 563. 123. Cladonia fimbriata (L.) FR. var. radiata FR. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no- 337- 124. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. On old wood and earth, frequent at Mankato, elsewhere rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no- 4» and June 2^> 1899, no. 100. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 468 and 488, and July 17, 1899, no. 556. 125. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. var. symphycarpia TUCK. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 99. 126. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. var. verticillata FR. On earth, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no> IO1- Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no- 557- 127. Cladonia gracilis (L.) NYL. var. hybrida SCHAER. On earth, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 158. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 347. 128. Cladonia turgida (EHRH.) HOFFM. On earth, rare. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 253. 129. Cladonia caespiticia (PERS.) FL. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 342. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 555. 322 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 130. Cladonia furcata (Huos.) FR. On earth, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899., nos. 155 and 157. 131. Cladonia furcata (HUBS.) FR. var. racemosa FL. On earth in shaded places, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls),. June 27, 1899, no. 156. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 334. 132. Cladonia furcata (HUBS.) FR. var. pungens FR. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 303. 133. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) HOFFM. On earth, frequent locally among granitic rocks. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 252. 134. Cladonia rangiferina (L.) HOFFM. var. sylvatica L. On earth, rare. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 358. 135. Cladonia macilenta (EHRH.) HOFFM. On old wood, rare. Mankato, June 29, 1899, no. 195. 136. Cladonia cristatella TUCK. On old stumps, rare. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 162. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 356. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no- 467 and July 17, 1899, no. 575. 137. Cladonia cristatella TUCK. var. paludicola TUCK. Once collected on an old log. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 122. Squamules not powdery. Not previously reported from Minnesota, and new to the upper Mississippi valley. 138. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. Common on earth containing calcareous drift pebbles. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 500. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 139. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. var. dealbata AUCT. Common on earth with the last. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 499. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 140. Biatora icterica MONT. On earth, rare. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 398, and July 18, 1899, no. 519. 141. Biatora rufonigra TUCK. On granitic rocks and quartzite, common. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no- 265- Morton, July 7, 1899, no- 325- Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 454. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 323 142. Biatora coarctata (SM., NYL.) TUCK. On limestone and sandstone, rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 113. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 173. 1420;. Biatora coarctata (SM., NYL.) TUCK. var. brugeriana, SCHAER. On sandstone, locally abundant. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, nos. 139, 142, 145 and 146. Mankato (Rapi- dan), June 29, 1899, nos. 172, 174 and 176. 143. Biatora uliginosa (SCHRAD.) FR. On earth, infrequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 128. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 250. 144. Biatora myriocarpoides (NYL.) TUCK. On quartzite, locally common. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 300. 145. Biatora varians (Acn.) TUCK. On trees, probably frequent locally. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no- 502- 146. Biatora flexuosa FR. On dead cedar, rare. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 477. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 147. Biatora hypnophila (TURN.) TUCK. On earth and limestone, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 36, and June 26, 1899, no. 120. 148. Biatora naegelii HEPP. On trees, infrequent. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 484, and July 15, 1899, no- 53°- 149. Biatora rubella (EHRH.) RABENH. On trees, common locally. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 35, and June 26, 1899, no. 130. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 138. 150. Biatora fuscorubella (HOFFM.) TUCK. On trees and rocks, common at Mankato, else where rare or infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no- 29- Mankato (Min- neopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 141. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 274. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, nos. 529 and 536. 151. Biatora suffusa FR. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 37. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 540. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 324 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 152. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) TUCK. On earth, frequent and once on sandstone. Mankato, July i, 1899, no- 22°- New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no- 237- Red- wood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 344. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 433. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 590 and 591. 153. Biatora inundata FR. On limestone and sandstone, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 24. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 234. 154. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. On trees, common at Granite Falls. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 80, and July i, 1899, no- 2O9- New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no- 231. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 354. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no- 429> JulY Z3» l899» nos. 476, 479, 485 and 496, and July 14, 1899, no. 516. 155. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. var. achrista SOMMERF. On trees, frequent. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, nos. 471 and 475, and July 15, 1899, no- 546- 156. Buellia spuria (SCHAER.) ARN. On granitic rocks, quartzite and pipestone, frequent or com- mon. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 294. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 324. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, nos. 445 and 458. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 612. 157. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. On trees, especially Ulmus, rare at first locality and more common at second. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 15. Gran- ite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 382, and July 17, 1899, no. 577. 158. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. var. saxicola FR. On limestone, shaded, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 16. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 159. Buellia parasema (Acn.) TH. FR. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 34, and June 24, 1899, no. 85. New Ulm, July 3, 1899, no< 224' Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 388. 160. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) MUDD. On old wood, common or frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 20. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 184. Granite Falls, July 17, 1899, no. 552. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 325 161. Buellia pullata TUCK. On rocks, frequent. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 327. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, nos' 3^5 anc^ 3^- Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 405. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 600. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 162. Buellia turgescens (NYL.) TUCK. On old boards, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 21. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 163. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, abundant. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, nos. 242 and 293. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 306. Granite Falls, July 11, 1899, no> 422> 164. Buellia petrasa (FLOT., KOERB.) TUCK. var. montagnaei TUCK. On same rocks as last and even more abundant ; however, only a single collection on a bowlder at first locality. Man- kato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 183. Morton, July 7, 1899, nos. 318 and 321. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 362. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 4223. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 593 and 620. 165. Opegrapha varia (PERS.) FR. On trees, abundant. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 40, June 26, 1899, no. no, and July i, 1899, no. 204. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, nos. 419 and 421, Julv 13, 1899, no< 4^3> an^ July 15, 1899, nos. 539 and 548. 166. Opegrapha varia (PERS.) FR. var. pulicaris (HOFFM.) FR. On trees, rare. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no- 52^- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 167. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. On trees, common at Mankato. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 14. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 503. 168. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. var. recta (HUMB.) NYL. On birches, rare. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 1413. 169. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. var. limitata ACH. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 23. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no 469, and July 15, 1899, no. 538. 170. Arthonia lecideella NYL. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 69. 326 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. / 171. Arthonia dispersa (SCHRAD.) NYL. On trees, common. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 25, and July 23, 1899, no. 72. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 490. 172. Arthonia radiata (PERS.) TH. FR. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 70. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 489, and July 15, 1899, no. 532- 173. Arthonia ptmctiformis ACH. On maples, rare. Granite Falls, July 15, 1899, no. 341 a. i73 ^39- Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 327 179. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. On rocks frequently wet, infrequent. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 322. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, 4483. 180. Endocarpon arboreum SCHWEIN. On trees and shaded rocks, once seen on each. Redwood Falls, July 6, 1899, no. 308, and July 8, 1899, no> 339- Not previously reported from Minnesota. 181. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH. On earth and sandstone, common. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no- Z75- New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no> 235> ant* July 5, 1899, no. 244. North Redwood, July 10, 1899, no. 364. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no- 3^4- Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no- 623. 182. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. On limestone bluffs, sandstone, calcareous drift pebbles, and once on earth, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 39. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, no. 236. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no- 442» JulY T3» l899> no- 5°9» and July J4» l899» no. 526. 183. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. var. garovaglii KPH. On earth and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 219. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 186. New Ulm, July 5, 1899, no. 282. Morton, July 7, 1899, no. 317. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, no. 616. 184. Thelocarpon prasinellum NYL. On old wood and sandstone, frequent. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no- 6» and June 26, 1899, no. 132. I cannot bring that on sandstone under any of the rock species, and it seems to belong here. 185. Staurothele umbrina (WAHL.) TUCK. On granite, limestone and quartzite, frequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no- 82. Granite Falls, July u, 1899, no. 412, July 15, 1899, no- 547' and July 17, 1899, no. 566. 186. Staurothele diffractella (NYL.) TUCK. On sandstone, granite, quartzite and calcareous drift pebbles, rare. New Ulm, July 4, 1899, nos. 238 and 240. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 501, and July 17, 1899, no. 560. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 328 Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 187. Staurothele drummondii TUCK. On granite, quartzite and pipestone, common in damp places at Granite Falls and Pipestone. Redwood Falls, July 8, 1899, no. 327. Granite Falls, July 12, 1899, no. 457, July, 13, 1899, no. 494, and July 17, 1899, no. 554. Pipestone, July 18, 1899, nos. 595, 619, 622 and 628. "188. Verrucaria fuscella FR. On limestone, infrequent. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no- 42' i88«. Verrucaria nigrescens PERS. On limestone common and once seen on a granite bowlder. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 65, June 24, 1899, no. 96, and June 26, 1899, no. 116. 189. Verrucaria muralis ACH. On limestone in bluffs and drift pebbles, abundant at Man- kato. Mankato, June 22, 1899, no. 26. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 511, and July 14, 1899, no. 525. 190. Pyrenula punctiformis (ACH.) NAEG. On trees, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1899, nos. 90 and 94. 191. Pyrenula punctiformis (AcH.) NAEG. var. fallax NYL. On birch, infrequent. Mankato, June 24, 1889, no. 66, and June 26, 1899, no. 109. 192. Pyrenula gemmata (AcH.) NAEG. On trees frequent. Granite Falls, July 14, 1899, no' 5I3< Not previously reported from Minnesota. 193. Pyrenula hyalospora NYL. On trees, probably rare. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 32, and June 25, 1899. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no. 470. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 194. Pyrenula nitida ACH. On trees, rare. Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 211. New Ulm, July 3, 1899, no. 222. 195. Pyrenula thelena (Acn.) TUCK. On birch, common. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 140. 196. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK. On trees, infrequent. Mankato (Minneopa Falls), June 27, 1899, no. 143. Spores reaching 12-16 by 6-8 mic. in one collection. Thus larger than usual American forms. Fink : LICHENS OF THE MINNESOTA VALLEY. 329 197. Pyrenula cinerella (PLOT.) TUCK. var. quadriloculata var. nov. On birch, probably rare. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 129. Mankato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no. 163%. Second time collected in Minnesota and both times from hosts of same genus. 198. Pyrenula quinqueseptata (NYL.) TUCK. On trees, rare. Mankato, July i, 1899, no> 2O^' Spores frequently showing 8 cells, which is not common for the species. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 199. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WALLR.) KBR. On trees, common. Mankato, June 23, 1899, no. 31. Man- kato (Rapidan), June 28, 1899, no- I^°- Mankato, July i, 1899, no. 207. Granite Falls, July 13, 1899, no> 4^4» and July 15, 1899, nos. 527, 535 and 543. 200. Pyrenula glabrata (AcH.) MASS. On trees, rare. Mankato, June 24, 1899, no. 88. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 201. Pyrenula megalospora sp. nov. Thallus rather smooth, indeterminate, prominent, gray or grayish white. Apothecia scattered or occasionally aggregated in clusters of two or three, black or brownish black, convex with the ostiole-bearing apex somewhat pointed, semi-immersed or becoming more superficial, .4 to .75 mm. in diameter. Am- phithecium white. Paraphyses capillary and very distinct. Asci cylindrical, .25 to .3 mm. in length. Spores colorless, 2- celled, oblong with ends obtuse or somewhat pointed, somewhat constricted at the septum, large for 2-celled spores of the genus (35-60 by 14-21 mic.), 8 in asci, crowded and obliquely uni- seriate. On trees, frequent. Mankato, June 26, 1899, no. 112 and July i, 1899, no. 209. Granite Falls, July n, 1899, no. 381 and July n, 1899, no. 576. XX. A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF THE NATIVE AND GARDEN AQUILEGIAS OF NORTH AMERICA. K. C. DAVIS. The name Aquilegia (Linn. Sp. PL 533, 1753) is probably not from aquila, eagle, as commonly given, but from aquilegus, water-drawer. The name may have been applied from the supposed power of the roots to extract water from rocks, among which they so often grow. They are commonly called Colum- bines. Hardy perennial herbs, mostly with paniculate branches ter- minated by showy flowers ; leaves 1-3 times ternately compound, commonly glaucous ; leaflets roundish and obtusely lobed : flowers large, showy, appearing usually in spring or early summer; sepals 5, regular, petaloid ; petals concave, produced backward between the sepals forming a hollow spur ; stamens numerous ; fruit of about 5 many-seeded follicles. About 30 species are distinct ; all of the north temperate re- gions of the world. Nearly half of these (12) are natives of North America. Most of the native species and varieties are used in American and European gardens, and ten foreign spe- cies have already been introduced here. Aquilegia furnishes many useful, ornamental forms eminently fitted for choice mixed borders and beds. A good, deep, rather sandy, well drained soil is the best. Seeds sown in pans, in cold frames in March, or open air in April, occasionally bloom the first season, but generally the second. The seed germinates slowly, and the ground should be kept moist on top during this period. The different species should, if possible, be kept some distance apart if pure seed is desired, as the most divers species hybridize directly. They may be propagated by root division but better by seed. Absolutely pure seed is hard to obtain except from the plants in the wild state ; and some of the mixed forms are 332 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. quite inferior to the true species from which they have come. A. ccerulea, A. glandulosa, and A. vulgar is are apt to flower only two or three years from the same plant and should be treated as biennials ; but A. vulgaris may be kept active for a longer period by transplanting. The latest extended accounts of species in this group are by J. G. Baker, in Gardener's Chronicle, 1878 ; and B. L. Robin- son, in Gray's Synoptical Flora, i : 42-45, 1895. In presenting this and the accompanying paper, I desire to extend thanks to all who have so kindly aided me in my studies of Ranunculaceous genera ; particularly I am under obligations to Professor L. H. Bailey for many valuable suggestions at times of greatest need and for placing about me the largest col- lection of colored plant portraits and the largest garden her- barium in America, and to Professor W. W. Rowlee for placing at my disposal not only the entire collection of herbarium speci- mens in the department of botany of Cornell University, but also numerous living roots and plants from which to better study vegetative characters. KEY TO SPECIES OF AQUILEGIA. A. Sepals not more than ^ or ^ inch long; expanded flower i or \y>z inches in diameter. B. Limb of petal shorter than the sepal. C. Stem-leaves present; stem ij^-to 2^ feet high. D. Spur straight, not knobbed lactiflora. DD. Spur knobbed, bent inward oxysepala. CC. Stem-leaves wanting ; stem reduced to a short scape. Jonesii. BB. Limb of petal about equal to the sepal. C. Leafless or nearly so ; stem scapiform elegantula. CC. Leaves two or more on a stem. D. Plant low, slender (commonly 6-S inches) ; spurs incurved. E. Leaves, stems and follicles pubescent. brevistyla. EE. Leaves, stems and follicles smooth. saximontana. DD. Plant one foot high or more ; spurs nearly straight. E. Stamens protruding beyond the petal-limbs. F. Spurs somewhat knobbed Canadensis. FF. Spurs not knobbed viridiflora. Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AOJJILEGIAS. 333 EE. Stamens hardly protruding or shorter than petal-limb. F. Plant finely pubescent above. Buergeriana. FF. Plant glandular -pubescent and viscid above mtcrantha. AA. Sepals about one inch long; expanded flower about two inches in diameter. B. Spurs shorter than the petal limb, and incurved — Jlabellata. BB. Spurs at least as long as the petal-limb. C. Stamens short, not much protruding. D. Spurs only slightly curved, not knobbed... leptoceras. DD. Spurs much incurved or coiled. E. Follicles densely pubescent vulgaris. EE. Follicles glabrous Sibirica. CC. Stamens long, protruding far beyond the petal-limb. D. Sepals green, keeled ; young fruits winged. Skinneri. DD. Sepals usually yellow or red, not keeled; fruits never winged formosa. BBB. Spurs very long, often several times as long as petal-limbs. C. Length of spur about i or i^ inches pubescens. CC. Length of spur about 2 inches chrysantha. CCC. Length of spur 4 inches or more longissima. AAA. Sepals i% to i^ or even 2 inches long; expanded flower 2 ^2 to 3 inches in diameter; stamens not protruding. B. Spurs long and not incurved cczrulea. BB. Spurs incurved and not longer than the petal-limbs. C. Follicles few, pubescent alptna. CC. Follicles 6-10; densely hairy .glandulosa. A. lactiflora KAR. & KIR. in Mosc. Bull. 15: 374. 1841. Stem i y2 feet high, glabrous in the lower part : partial-peti- oles of root leaves i ^ to 2 inches long, leaflets sessile or short stalked, i inch long, many lobes reaching half way down ; stem leaves petioled and compound ; flowers about 3 on a stem ; sepals nearly white, or tinged with blue, over y2 inch long, narrow ; petal-limb half as long as the sepal ; spur ^ inch, slender, nearly straight, not knobbed at tip ; stamens equal in length to the limb. June. Altai Mts., Siberia. A desirable species but not much used in gardens. A. oxysepala TRAUT. & MEYER, in Middend. Reise. Florula Ocho. Phaen. 10. 1856. 334 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Plant 2^ feet high, slightly pubescent above : radical leaves long-petioled, secondary divisions sessile : sepals ovate-lanceo- late, much exceeding the petal-limbs in length, which are 6 lines long, white, rounded-truncate ; stamens not protruding beyond the petal-limb ; spur knobbed, bent inward, shorter than petal-limb : follicles pubescent with styles their own length. June. Eastern Siberia. In 1898 F. H. Horsford said of this : " the first to bloom with me, and one of the most attractive in the list. It is one of the most dwarfed ; flowers large, blue, yellow and white : it comes so much before the others that its capsules, as a rule, all fertilize before any of the other species come into flower." A. Jonesii PERRY, Am. Nat. 8 : 211. 1874. True stem very short or almost wanting, soft-pubescent : tufted root-leaves an inch or two high from the stout, ascending branches of the rootstock ; biternately divided partial petioles very short or none ; leaflets very crowded : flowers blue ; sepals oblong, obtuse, equalling the spurs and twice the length of the petal limbs and head of stamens : follicles glabrous, large, nearly i inch long, styles ^ as long ; peduncles lengthening to about 3 inches in fruit. July. N. W. Wyoming, Mont., to Brit. Am. Garden & Forest, 9: 365. A. elegantula GREENE, Pitt. 4 : 14. 1899. Erect, slender, mostly less than a foot high, glabrous except on the inflorescence, the peduncle and exterior of the flowers hirtellous-pubescent ; stem scapiform, usually only bracted ; radical leaves long-petioled, glabrous beneath : flowers mostly solitary, terminal, small, about i inch long, sepals light green, erect ; petal-limbs light yellow, erect ; spurs straight, longer than the sepals, rather widely inflated above and light scarlet in that part; filaments short; styles exserted. June. Slide Rock Canon, and in Spruce woods Mt. Hesperus, S. Colo. Described from the original. Type in Greene's Herbarium (|). A. brevistyla HOOK. Fl. Bor Am. i : 24. 1833. A. vulgaris RICHARDS, in Frankl. Jl. App. 740. 1823, not Linn. A. vulgaris var. brevistyla GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. 2, 33: 242. 1862. A. Laramiensis A. NELSON Wyom. Exp. Sta. Bull. 28: 78. 1895-6. Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AOJJILEGIAS. 335 Slender, 6-15 inches high, glandular-pubescent above at least, several flowered : root-leaves biternate, long-petioled, leaflets lobed and crenate ; stem-leaves few, lower ones short- petioled : flowers blue with yellowish petals, small, about as broad as long ; petals and sepals about equal in length, stamens a little shorter, spurs even shorter and incurved : follicles pu- bescent, equalling the flower in length, ^ inch, becoming erect. May-June. Mts. of Northwest Territory into South Dakota (f). A. saximontana P. A. RYDBERG ex Robinson, Syn. Fl. i : I : 43. 1895. Stem from a scaly rootstock, less than six inches high : leaves, stems and follicles smooth throughout, otherwise like above. Mts. Colo. (f). A. Canadensis LINN. Sp. PI. 533. 1753. A. variegata MOENCH. Meth. 311. 1794. A. elegans SALISB. Prod. 374. 1796. Height i—2 feet ; primary divisions of petioles of root-leaves 1-2 inches, having 3 divisions ; 2 or 3 of the stem leaves petioled, biternate : flowers several on a stem ; sepals yellowish or tinted on the back with red, about ^ inch long, not reflexing ; limb of petals a little shorter, yellowish, truncate ; spur ^ inch long, nearly straight, knobbed at the end, bright red throughout ; stamens much protruding : follicles ^ inch long, with style y^ as long. May— July. Stony banks, etc. East of the Rocky Mts. Introduced 1890. Bot. Mag. 246. Loddiges' Bot. Cab. 888. Meehan's Mo. 5 : 21. Var. flaviflora BRITTON Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 97. 1888. . A.flaviflora TENNEY Am. Nat. I : 388. 1867. A. c&rulea var. flavescens LAWSON Rev. Canad. Ranun. 75- 1870. A. flavescens WATS. Bot. King. Exp. 10. 1871. Flowers a clear yellow. Very pretty. Introduced 1889. Bot. Mag. 6552 B. (as A.formosa var. flavescens]. Var. depauperata n. var. A. depauperata JONES Contr. West. Bot. No. 8, i. 1898. Stems slender ; leaves and leaflets smaller than the type ; flowers also small, cream colored tinged with blue and green. June. Along streams, and in Provo Canon, Utah. Collected by M. E. Jones, who has the type (f). 336 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Var. nana HORT. Plant i foot high or less ; flowers like the type. A. viridiflora PALLAS in Act. Petrop. 260, t. 2. 1779. Stem i-i}4 feet high, finely pubescent throughout, several flowered : the partial petioles of root-leaves 1-2 inches long ; leaflets sessile or the end one shortly stalked, lobes rather nar- row and deep ; lower stem-leaves petioled, biternate : sepals oblong, obtuse, ascending, greenish, equalling the broad, green- ish petal-limb, but not reaching the head of stamens ; spur straight, slender, y2 inch long, not knobbed ; pubescent follicles as short as their styles. Summer. East Siberia. Not so much used as the following variety. Var. atropurpurea n. var. A. atropurpurea WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 577. 1813. A. dahurica PATR. in Deless. Ic. Sel. t. 49. 1820. Limbs of the petals deep blue or lilac-purple, and the sepals and spur somewhat tinged with the same hue. Bot. Reg. 922. A. Buergeriana SIEB. & Zucc. in Abh. Akad. Munch. 4 : II, 183. 1846. A. atropurpurea MIQUEL. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bot. 3: 8. 1867. One foot high, finely pubescent towards the top ; branched to form several heads, bearing 2-3 petioled, biternate leaves ; partial-petioles of basal leaves ^-i inch long, 3 sessile divi- sions ; flowers yellow tinted with purple, i-i y2 inch in diam- eter ; sepals ^ inch long, acute, spreading ; spurs erect, nearly straight, as long as the limb of petal, and about equalling the sepal ; head of stamens equal to limb in length : follicles pubes- cent, ^ inch long, style half as long. Early. Japan. Brought from St. Petersburg, 1892. A. micrantha EASTWOOD, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II, 4: 559. /. i9. 1894. Stem slender, densely glandular-pubescent and viscid on up- per parts : leaflets small, cuneate, 3-cleft, with 2-3-lobed seg- ments ; partial-petioles of the lateral leaflets short : flowers hardly i inch across, yellowish white ; sepals nearly ^ inch long, nearly half as broad : petals rather truncate, spur short, straight, or slightly curved. July. Canons of southeast Utah to Colorado (f). Var. ecalcarata n. var. Davis; A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AOJJILEGIAS. 337 A. ecalcarata EASTWOOD in Zoe, 2: 226. 1891; 4: 3. 1893. Flowers sometimes reddish, fragrant : spurs sometimes re- duced to mere sacs, but with intermediated grades to the type form (f). A. flabellata SIEB. & Zucc. in Abh. Akad. Munch. 4: II, 183. 1846. A. vtilgaris Thunb. Fl. Jap. 232. 1784. Not Linn. A. glandulosa Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 3 : 8. 1867. Stem i to i y2 feet high, few flowered : partial-petioles of root-leaves i inch or more, leaflets nearly sessile ; stem-leaves large and petioled : flowers bright lilac, or pale purple, or white ; sepals i inch long, obtuse ; limb of petal ^ as long, often white in the lilac flowered form ; spur shorter than the limb, slender toward the end, much incurved ; stamens not protruding beyond the petal-limbs : follicles glabrous. Summer. Japan. Revue Hort. 109. 1896. Revue Belg. 15 : 157. Var. nana-alba HORT., A. flabellata v&r.Jlore-albo HORT. Flowers pure white and the plant dwarfish. A. leptoceras FISCH. & MEYER. Ind. Hort. Petrop. 4: 33. 1837- A. brachyceras TURCZ. ex F. & M. Maund. Bot. Gard. no. 755. About 1842. Stem several flowered, about i ft. high : partial-petioles of root-leaves over i inch, leaflets sessile ; stem-leaves petioled, biternate : flowers violet, with the tips of the sepals greenish, and tips of the short petal-limbs yellow ; spur slender, slightly curved, ^ inch long, not knobbed ; stamens protruding a little beyond the limbs of the petals : follicles slender, glabrous, nearly i inch long. Summer. East Siberia. Bot. Reg. 33 : 64. Flor. des Serr. 3 : 296. Little used in America. A. vulgaris LINN. Sp. PL 533. 1753. A. invcrsa MILL. Gard. Diet. 8 ed. no. 3. 1768. A. silvestris NECK. Delic. Gallo-Belg. i : 234. 1768. A. cornuta GILIB. Fl. Lituan, 2: 286. 1781. A. versicolor SALISB. Prod. 374. 1796. A. corniculata VILL. Cat. Hort. Strasb. 250. 1807. A. stellata HORT. ex Steud. Nom. i ed. 61. 1821. A. elata LEDEB. Ind. Hort. Dorp. Suppl. 41. 1824. A. atrata KOCH, in Flora, 13: i. 118. 1830. 338 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. A. nigricans BAUMG. Enum. Stirp. Trans. 2 : 104. About 1830. A. Haenkeana KOCH. Syn. Fl. Germ. 23. 1837. A. concoler FISCH. ex Steud. Nom. 2 ed. I : 115. 1840. A. ecalcarata HORT. ex Steud. 1. c. 115. A. elegans POPE ex Steud. 1. c. 115. A. sibirica DON ex Steud. 1. c. 115. A. subalpina BOR. Fl. Centr. Fr. 3 ed. 2 : 24. 1840. A. Bernardi GREN. & GODR. Fl. Fr. i : 45. 1848. A. Transsilvanica SCHUR. Vehr. Siebenb. Ver. Nat. 3 : 94. 1852. A. sylvestris SCHUR. Vehr. Siebenb. Ver. Nat. 4: 4. 1853- A. glaucophylla STEUD. in Flora, 39: 407. 1856. A. aggericola JORD. Diagn. I : 87. 1860. A. collma]oiLD. 1. c. 84. A. dumeticola JORD. 1. c. 86. A. praecox JORD. 1. c. 85. A . paraplesia SCHUR. Enum. PI. Trans. 28. 1866. A. Corsica SOLIER. ex Nym. Consp. 18. 1878. A glaucescens BAKER, 1. c. 203. A. Karelini BAKER 1. c. 76. A. subscaposa BORHAS in Magyar Tudom. Akad. 12, IV, 18. 1882. A. platysepala REICHB. Ic. Fl. Germ. t. 4730. About 1886. Stem i YZ-I feet high, many flowered ; finely pubescent throughout : root-leaves with 3 partial-petioles i ^-2 inches long, secondary branches certain, ultimate leaf lobes shallow and roundish, texture firm ; lower stem-leaves petioled and bi- ternate : flowers violet to dark purple ; sepals ovate, furnished with a claw, acute, i inch long, one-half as wide ; petal-limb y^ inch long, equalling the head of stamens ; spur about same length, stout, much incurved, knobbed : follicles densely pubes- cent, i inch long, style half as long. Summer. Europe, Siberia, and naturalized in America. Garden 12, p. 288. Var. nivea BAUMG. ex Baker Gard. Chron. II, 10 : 76. 1878. Var. alba HORT. Often 2-3 feet high : a great profusion of large, pure white flowers. Several weeks in early spring. Var. flore-pleno HORT. A. plena Hort. Flowers much doubled, ranging from pure white to deep blue. Davis : A SYXONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AOJJILEGIAS. 339 Var. vervaeneana HORT. Var. folio-aureis HORT. Var. atroviolacea HORT. Leaves with yellow variegated lines. Var. Olympica BAKER 1. c. A. Olympica BOIES, in Ann. Sc. Nat. II, 16 : 360. A. blanda LEW. 111. Hort. 4: t. 14.6. 1857. ' A. Caucasica LEDEB. ex Rupr. Fl. Caus. 32. 1869. A. Wittmanniana STEV. ex F. & M. 1. c. A tine variety with several large flowers ; sepals light lilac or bright purple, i inch or more in length, petal-limb white. Revue Hort. 1896, p. 108. Var. hybrida SIMS. Bot. Mag. 1221. 1809. Much like the last variety, but with stout, lilac-purple spurs as long as the sepals, only slightly incurved. Probably a hybrid of A. vulgar is and A. canadensis. A. Sibirica LAM. Encyc. I : 150. 1783. A. bicolor EHRH. Beitr. 7: 246. 1792. A. speciosa DC. Syst. 1 : 336. 1818. A. Garnicriana SWEET Brit. Fl. Gard. II, 5: /. loj. 1833- Stem i *4-2 feet high, many flowered ; stem nearly glabrous throughout : flowers pale or bright lilac-blue ; oblong sepals fully i inch long, spreading or reflexed a little ; petal-limb half as long, equalling the head of stamens, and often white ; spur rather stout, y2 inch or more, very much incurved or even coiled : follicles glabrous, i inch long, style ^ inch. Allied to A. vulgaris, differing in the broad, obtuse sepals ; spur long and more slender toward the tip, and glabrous follicles. Sum- mer. East Siberia. Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard. II, t. 90 & t. loj. Var. spectabilis BAKER 1. c. A. spectabilis LEM. 111. Hort. 403, 1864. A large, bright lilac-flowered variety with petal- limbs tipped with yellow. Amurland. Var. jlore-pleno HORT. A. bicolor var. jlore-pleno HORT. Flowers much doubled by the multiplication of both the limbs and the spurs. H. Skinneri HOOK, in Bot. Mag. 3919. 1842. A. Mexicana HOOK., 1. c. Stem 1-2 feet high, many flowered, glabrous : root-leaves long-petioled, with both primary and secondary divisions long, leaflets cordate, 3-parted ; several stem-leaves petioled and bi- ternate : sepals, green, keeled, lanceolate, acute, never much 340 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. spreading, ^-i inch long ; petal-limb greenish-orange, half as long as sepal ; spur bright red, tapering rapidly, over i inch long ; stamens protruding far beyond the limb : fruit, at least when young, bearing broad, membranous, curled wings ; styles 3 ; after flowering the peduncles become erect. July-Sept. Mts. of New Mex. andMex. Bot. Mag. 3919. Paxt. Mag. Bot. 10 : 199. Flor. des Serr. i : 17. A handsome plant, requiring a light soil in a sunny border. Var. Jlore-pleno HORT. Flowers double. Very fine. Gar- tenflora 34: 57. A. formosa FISCH. in DC. Prod, i : 50. 1824. A. artica LOUD. Hort. Brit. 610. 1830. A. Canadensis var. formosa WATS. Bot. King Exp. 10. 1871. Habit as A. Canadensis, root-leaves and stem-leaves like that species, but the flowers are brick red and yellow or wholly yel- low, and the sepals are larger, twice as long as the petal-limb, more spreading ; spurs somewhat more slender and often shorter. May- Aug. Sitka to Calif, and eastward to the Rock- ies. Introduced 1881. Bot. Mag. 6552. Flor des Serr. 8: 795- Var. desertorum JONES Cont. Western. Bot. No. 8, 2. 1898. Stems about one foot high, flexuose : leaves and leaflets rather small : flowers often only about ^ inch across, nodding : styles slender. In crevices of rocks about springs. Flagstaff, Ariz. (f). Var. truncata BAKER 1. c. ; JONES Zoe, 4: 259. 1893. A. truncata FISCH. & MEY. 1843. A. California* LINDL. in Gard. Chron. 836. 1854. A. eximia VANHOUTTE ex Planch. Fl. des Serr. 12 : 1188. 1857- Flowers with short thick spurs and very small sepals and petal- limbs. Introduced 1881. Var. hybrida HORT. A. Californica var. hybrida HORT. Flowers large with scarlet sepals and yellow petals ; spurs spreading, long and slender. A supposed hybrid with A. chrysantha. Fl. Mag. 1877 : 278. Vicks' i : 33,_/". 2. Var. nana-alba HORT. Flowers pale, often nearly white ; plant not exceeding i foot. Var. rubra-pleno HORT. Flowers as in var. hybrida, but with several whorls of petal-limbs. Davis : A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AQUILEGIAS. 341 A. pubescens COVILLE Contr. Nat. Herb. 4: 56, _^>/. /. 1893. Allied to A. chrysantha. Caudex scaly; flowers a very clear yellow ; spurs shorter, only i to i ^ inches ; petal-limbs a third as long as sepals. July. High altitudes Tulare Co., Calif. A. chrysantha GRAY in Gard. Chron. 1335 and 1501, f. 304. 1873- A. leptoceras var. chrysantha HOOK. f. Bot. Mag. 6073. A. leptoceras var.jZava GRAY PL Wright 2 : 9. 1852. Height 3-4 feet; root-leaves with twice 3-branched petioles, leaflets biternate ; stem-leaves several, petioled ; flowers many on the plant ; 2-3 inches across ; sepals pale yellow, tinted claret, spreading horizontally ; petal-limbs deep yellow, shorter than the sepals and nearly as long as the head of stamens ; spur rather straight, very slender, divergent, about 2 inches long, descending when flower is mature ; follicles glabrous, I inch long ; style half as long. May- Aug. New Mex. and Ariz. Introduced 1891. Revue Hort. 1896: 108. Flor. des Serr. 20; 2108. Floral Mag. 1873 : 88. Diet. d. Bot. i : 243. Vicks' i : 33, /. 3. Var. aurea n. var. A. aurea JUNKA. in Oestr. Bot. Zeitschr. 22: 174. 1872. A. Canad^ensis var. aurea ROEZL., Gartenflora 258, t. 734. 1872. Flowers yellow and tinged with red, spurs incurved and shorter than in the type. Gartenflora 21 : 734. Var. alba-plena HORT. Var. grandiflora-alba HORT. Flowers very pale yellow or nearly white, with two or more whorls of petal-limbs. Introduced. 1889. Vicks' 12 : 311. Var. nana HORT. A. leptoceras var lutea HORT. Like the type, but plant always small, not exceeding i^£ feet. Var. Jaeschkani HORT. About the same height as the last : flowers large, yellow with red spurs. Thought to be a hybrid of A. chrysantha and A. Skinneri, hence sometimes called A. Skinneri var. hybrida HORT. A. longissima GRAY ex Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 317. 1881-2. Tall, somewhat pubescent with silky hairs, or smoothish : root-leaves biternate even in the petioles, leaflets deeply lobed and cut, green above, glaucous beneath ; stem-leaves similar, 342 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. petioled : flowers pale yellow, sepals lanceolate, broadly spread- ing, an inch or more, the spatulate petals a little shorter, about equalling the head of stamens ; spur 4 inches long or more, al- ways hanging, orifice narrow. Distinguished from A. chrysan- tha by longer spur with contracted orifice, by the narrow petals, and by the late season of flowering. Late July to October ist. Ravines southwest Texas, into Mexico. The seed must be ob- tained from the wild plants, as those cultivated usually fail to produce seed; hence not much used. Garden & Forest i : 31. A. caerulea JAMES, Long Exped. Rocky Mts. 2: 15. 1826. A. Zeptocera NUTT. in Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 9. 1834. A. macrantha HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. Voy. 317, t. 72. 1841. Stem i^ feet high, finely pubescent above, bearing several flowers : lower stem-leaves large and biternate ; basal leaves with long 3-branched petioles ; leaflets 3-lobed on secondary stalks : flowers 2 inches across, whitish, but variously tinted with light blue and yellow ; sepals often blue, oblong, obtuse, twice as long as the petal-limbs : spurs long, slender, knobbed at the end, rather straight but curving outward : head of stamens equalling the petals : follicles pubescent, i inch long ; style % inch. April-July. Lower mountain regions, Montana to New Mexico. Introduced 1891. Bot. Mag. 4407. Garden 16 : 198. Meehan's Mo. 6 : 61. Vicks' i: 33, f. 4.'. Bot. Mag. 5477 (as var. ochroleuca). Flor. des Serr. 5 : 531. Var. albiflora GRAY Syn. Fl. i : i : 44. 1895. Flowers of the same size but sepals as wrell as petals almost white. Introduced as var. alba HORT. 1883. Var. alpina A. NELSON Wyom. Exp. Sta. Bull. 28 : 78. 1895-6. Plant smaller than the type ; upper leaflets entire ; flowers smaller, yellow, spurs rather short. Var. calcarea JONES Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. II. 5 : 619. 1895. Plant glandular-pubescent : leaves and leaflets reduced, firm ; flowers much smaller than the type ; sepals blue-purple ; petals reddish. Cannonville, Utah. Var. hybrida HORT. Sepals some shade of blue or pink or mixed, and petals nearly white or yellow. The true form of this is probably A. ccerulea X A. chrysantha. Revue Hort. 1896: 108. Am. Gard. 15: 315. Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF AOJJILEGIAS. 343 Var. flore-pleno HORT. Flowers longer and very showy ; more or less doubled toward the center. A. alpina LINN. Sp. PI. 533. 1753. A. montana STERNB. in Regensb. Denkschr. 2: 60. 1818. A. Reutcriana REICHB. f. Nym. Consp. 18. 1878. A. Sternbergii REICHB. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 749. About 1880. A. alpina var. superba HORT. Stem nearly i ft. high, finely pubescent in upper parts ; 2-5 flowered: leaves biternate, petioled ; partial-petioles of basal leaves 1-2 inches long with 3 nearly sessile leaflets, deeply lobed : expanded flower 1*^-2 inches across, blue, rarely pale or white : sepals i% inches long, half as broad, acute; petal- limb half as long as sepal, often white ; spur slender, incurved, same length as the limb : head of stamens not protruding : fol- licles pubescent, i inch long, style much shorter. May-June. Switzerland. Bot. Cab. 7: 657. Garden 9 : 17. A. glandulosa FISCH. Hort. Gorenk. 2ed. 48. 1812. Stem i to i y? feet, high ; glandular-pubescent in the upper half; 1-3 flowered: partial-petioles of root leaves 1-2 inches long, each with 3 distinct divisions ; leaflet segments narrow and deep : stem-leaves few, bract-like : flowers large, nodding : sepals bright lilac-blue, ovate, acute, almost i^ inches long and half as broad ; petal-limb same color, but tipped and bor- dered with-creamy white, less than half the length of the sepals, very broad ; spur very short, ^ inch, stout, much incurved ; stamens not protruding ; follicles i inch long, 6-10 in number, densely hairy, with short falcate style. Allied to A. alpina, but with shorter spurs, larger flowers, plant taller, greater number of follicles. May-June. Altai Mts. of Siberia. Botanist 5: 219. Floral World 1871 : 354. Garden 15 : 174. Gartenflora 289, f. L Var. jucunda FISCH. & LALL. Ind. Sem. Petrop. 2. 1840. Flowers rather smaller than in the type ; petal-limb white, more truncate at the tip ; stamens as long as the limb. A variety with some tendency to double. Bot. Reg. 33 : 19. Flor. des Serr. 5: 535. A. Stuarti HORT. A recorded hybrid of A. glandulosa and A. vulgaris var. Olympica. Flowers very much resemble the latter parent in form of sepals and petals, and the former in shape of spurs and in coloration. May-June. Introduced 1891. Garden 34 : 670. XXI. A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF THE NA- TIVE AND GARDEN ACONITUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. K. C. DAVIS. This genus of hardy, ornamental, perennial herbs is much used in borders, and such places, and is commonly called Monkshood. Many species are planted in European gardens ; nine only have been thus used in America. The number of species varies from 18 to 80, according to treatment by differ- ent authors. They are native in mountainous regions of Europe, temperate Asia, and 7 are found in North America. Roots tuberous, turnip-shaped, or thick-fibrous : stem tall or long, erect, ascending, or trailing : leaves palmately divided or cleft and cut-lobed : flowers large, irregular, showy ; sepals 5, the large upper sepal in shape of a hood or helmet; petals 2-5, small; stamens numerous; carpels 3-5, sessile, many- ovuled, forming follicles when ripened. The following species do well in any garden soil, but rich soil is preferred. They thrive in open sun, but flowers last longer in shaded places. Aconites should never be planted in, or too near the kitchen garden, or the children's garden, as the roots and some of the flowers contain a deadly poison. Propagated easily by root division. Besides the Prodromus treatment by A. DeCandolle, in 1824, the only other monographs of the whole genus are by H. G. L. Reichenbach, " Uebersicht der Gattung Aconitum," Leip- sic, 1819; " Monograph Generis Aconiti," Leipsic, 1820, folio, 2 vols., and " Illustratio Spec. Aconiti," Leipsic, 1823-7, folio. Reichenbach considered the number of species to be about 80, but many of his names should be treated as synonyms, as they were given to forms varying only slightly from the type. 346 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. KEY TO SPECIES OF ACONITUM. A. Roots tuberous or napiform. B. Leaves deeply cut, but not to the base. C. Sepals mostly some shade of blue. D. Axils of leaves without bulblets. E. Beak of helmet prominent or reflexed. F. End of beak reflexed Cammarum. FF. End of beak not reflexed, but prominent. G. Stem stout paniculatitm. GG. Stem lax K amis chat icum. EE. Beak of helmet either abruptly pointed or turned inward — not reflexed. F. Stem stout, erect .Japonicum. FF. Stem slender, sometimes showing a climb- ing tendency nncinatum. DD. Axils of leaves with bulblets bulbiferum. CC. Sepals mostly white or yellow bordered with blue. D. Stem robust heterophyllum. DD. Stem slender Lycoctonum. BB. Leaves divided to the base. C. Helmet higher than wide variegatunt. CC. Helmet, or hood, broad and low. D. Follicles rarely varying from four Napellus. DD. Follicles three to five delphinifolium. AA. Roots fascicled and elongated, or fibrous. B. Stems erect. C. Flowers yellowish Anthora. CC. Flowers blue to whitish autumnale. BB. Stems trailing reclinatum, A. cammarum LINN. Sp. PI. 2 ed. 751. 1762. A. neomontanum WILLD. Sp. PL 2: 1236. 1799. A. bicolor SCHULT. Obs. Bot. 101. 1809. A. erioslemum DC. Syst. I: 377. 1818. A. intermedium DC. 1. c. 374. A. spectosum OTTO, ex DC. Prod. 1 : 60. 1824. A. cernuum BAUMG. ex. Schur. Enum. PL Transs. 32. 1866. REICHENBACH has given the names: atistriacum TRATT., Breiterianum, decorum, exaltatum, hamatum, hortense HOPPE., Ottonianum, -palmatifidum, Sprengelii RUA, Storkianum, versicolor. Stem 3-4 feet high ; leaves with short bluntish lobes ; flowers purple or blue ; panicles or loose spikes few flowered ; helmet Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF ACONITUMS. 347 hemispherical, closed ; beak reflexed. July-Sept. Hungary. Introduced 1889. A. Storkianum RCHB. Uebers 49, is a form of this with dwarf habit and fewer flowers; roots somewhat fibrous. Bot. Cab. 1991. A. paniculatum LAM. Fl. Fr. 3: 646. 1778. A. cernuum WULF. ex Koelle, Spicil. 17. 1786. A. humile SALISB. Prod. 375. 1796. A. Wilematianum DELARB. Fl. Anv. 2 ed. 499. 1800. A. hebcgynum DC. Syst. i : 376. 1818. A. camarum SCHLEICH. Cat. 5. 1821. A. neomontanumBAUMG. Enum. Transs. 2 : 100. 1816-46. Forms were named by REICHENBACH : acuminatum, plexi- canle HOPPE & HORN, galectonum, gibbiferum, molle, parviflorum, taxicum, reflexum. Stem erect, slender, 2-3 feet high ; leaves glabrous, rather thin, deeply 3-7 cleft, the divisions obovate, cuneate, incised and dentate ; inflorescence pubescent, panicled ; flowers blue, few, half as broad as high ; helmet with a gibbous arch ; beak very prominent and descending, % inch long ; open ; follicles usually 4, erect, % inch long. Summer. Central Europe. Well figured in Bot. Cab. 810. A. Noveboracense Gray ex Coville in Bull. Torr. Club, 13 : 190. 1886, of South-eastern New York, differs very little, if any, from this. A. Kamtschaticum PALL, ex Rchb. Uebers. 39. 1819. A. Nafettus THUNB. Fl. Jap. 251. 1784, not Linn. A. maximum'? KLL. ex. DC. Syst. i: 380. 1818 (name only). A. Ftschert"R.cm. Monog. t. 22. 1820. A. Labanskyi RCHB. 1. c. t. 40. A. abbreviation LANGSD. ex DC. Prod, i : 61. 1824. A. nasutum HOOK. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 26. 1833. A. sinense SIEB. & Zucc. 1835, not Chinensis Siebold. A. Columbianum NUTT. in Torr. & Grav, Fl i • i* 1838. A. autumnale'LiND. in Journ. Hort. Soc. 2: 77. 1847. A. arcuatum MAXIM. Fl. Amur. 27. 1859. A. Californicum Hort. Roots napiform ; stem lax, 2-4 ft. high, pubescent in upper parts : leaves parted or deeply cleft, divisions broadly ovate or 348 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. cuneate and incised and dentate : flowers pale blue ; helmet higher than broad, being %-^ in. long ; beak often elongated ; lower petals small, oblong : follicles erect, oblong, reticulate. Autumn. Of wide geographic range, being found in many parts of Asia, Europe and in the U. S. west of the Introduced 1889. Bot. Mag. 7130. A. Japonicum DECNE. in Rev. Hort. 473. 1851. Stem erect, 3-4 ft. high, smooth ; leaves dark green, shining, petioled, lobes 2-3 times cut, parts blunt and deeply toothed ; flowers large, deep blue or violet tinged with red; loose pan- icles with ascending branches ; helmet conical, beak abruptly pointed: follicles 5. July-Sept. Japan. Introduced 1889. Rev. Hort. 1. c. Var. coeruleum Hort. Flowers very abundant; panicle shortened. A. uncinatum LINN. Sp. PI. 2 ed. 750. 1762. A. Japonicum THUNB. Fl. Jap. 232. 1784. A. volubile MUHL. Cat. 52. 1813. A. scandens MUHL. ex Rchb. Uebers. 38. 1819. A. -variegatum HOOK. f. & THOMS. Fl. Ind: 56. 1858. Stem slender, 3-5 ft. high; inclined to climb ; glabrous below the inflorescence : leaves thick, deeply cut into 3-5 cut-toot! lobes : flowers loosely panicled but crowded at the apex ; blue, pubescent, i inch broad ; helmet erect, nearly as broad as long, obtusely conic, beak or point of helmet turned inward : follicles 3, y, in. long. June-Sept. Low grounds of Penn., South a West, Japan. Much planted now. Meehan's Mo. 4 : 81. Bot. Mag. 1119. A. bulbiferum HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. 1 : 25. 1897. Stems slender, weak and viney, 2-4 ft. long ; smooth belo\i tomentose above : leaves rather small, on short petioles, or t upper sessile, bearing bulblets in their axils, all laciniately cu into acute lobes : sepals pale blue ; hood 6-8 lines long, not seen. In marshes on the eastern slope of the Cascade Mti near Mt. Hood. Flowering in Sept. Described from the original. (f) A. heterophyllum WALL. Cat. 4722. 1828. Bot. Mag. 6092. 1874. " A. cordatum ROYLE. Illustr. 56. 1839. not Rafin. Stem robust, 3 ft. high : lower leaves petioled, upper one Davis : A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF ACONITUMS. 349 sessile ; all dark, large, cordate, coarsely dentate : sepals yellow with violet or blue margins ; hood arched, beak rather blunt : follicles 5, erect pubescent. Widely distributed. Himalaya re- gion. Not yet introduced to the American trade, but has re- cently been used in European gardens because of its striking flowers and leaves. It is used in India as a tonic medicine. A. Lycoctonum LINN. Sp. PI. 532. 1753. A. Pyrenaicum LINN. 1. c. 532. A. altissimum Mill. Gard. Diet. 8 ed. no. 2. 1768. A. Napellus S. G. GMEL. It 1 : 8. 1768 (?). A. septentrionalc KOELLE. Spicil. 22. 1786. A. taxicarium SALISB. Prod. 375. 1796. A. intermedeum Host. Fl. Aust. 2: 69. 1797. A. Jacquinianum HOST. 1. c. 68. A. pauciflorum HOST. 1. c. 70. A. ochroleucum WILLD. Sp. PL 2: 1233. 1799. A. barbatum PATR. ex Pers. Syn. 2 : 83. 1807. A. galeriflorum STOKES, Bot. Mag. Med. 3: 216. 1812. A. Ncapolitanum TENORE, Fl. Nap. 1 : 327. 1815. A. hispidiim DC. Syst. I : 367. 1818. A. squarrosum LINN, ex DC. 1. c. 368. A. ochranthum C. A. MEY. in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. 2: 285. 1830. A. delphinifolium HORT. ex Steud. Nom. 2" ed. I : 18. 1840. A. ochroleucum HORT. ex Steud. 1. c. 19. A. rubicundum FISCH. ex Steud. 1. c. 20. A. triste FISCH. ex Steud. 1. c. 20. A. excelsum TURCZ. Cat. Baikal. 70. 1842. A. Hosteanum SCHUR. in Verh. Seibenb. Ver. Naturw. 2: 177. 1851. A. Transilvanicum LERCH. ex Schur. in same, 10 : 165. 1859. Lycoctonum sylvaticum FOURR. in Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, n. s. 16: 326. 1868. A. umbracticolum SCHUR. in Verh. Naturf. Ver. Bruenn. 15: 2. 1877. Names of this accredited to REICHENBACH are : cego- phonum, alienum, arctophonum, australe, loreale SER., cynoctonum, dissectum TAUSCH., Gmelini, lagoctonum, Lamarckii, luparia, lupicida, meloctonum, moldavicum 350 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. monanense SCHMIDT., myoctonum, -pallidum, Phthora, ranunculi folium, rectum BERNH., strictissimum, strictum WILLD., thelyphonum^ therio- •phonum, tragoctonum, vulparia, zooctonum. Stem slender, simple, 3-6 feet high; leaves deeply cut into 5—9 lobes ; long petioles and under ribs pubescent ; flowers yel- low or whitish in racemes ; helmet a pinched elongated cone ; middle sepals usually bearded : follicles usually 3. June-Sept. Europe; Siberia. Bot. Mag. 2570. Gard. Mag. 34: 124. A. variegatum LINN. Sp. PL 532. 1753. A. alpinum MILL. Gard. Diet. 8 ed. No. 7. 1768. A. cammarum JACQ^ Fl. Aust. 5. /. 224. 1775. A. luridum SALISB. Prod. 375. 1796. A. volubile MOENCH. Meth. Suppl. ITO. 1802. A. ro stratum BERNH. Ind. Sem. Hort. Erf. 1815. A. glabrum DC. Syst. I : 379. 1818. A. leucanthemum WENDER. in Linnaea 5: 53. 1830. A. nasutum FISCH. ex. G. Don. Gen. Syst. I : 61. 1831. A. intermedium GAUD, ex Steud. Nom. 2 ed. I : 18. 1640. A. Japonicum Hort. ex STEUD. 1. c. 18. A. laciniosum SCHLEICH. ex Steud. 1. c. 18. A. laevigatum SCHLEICH. ex Steud. 1. c. 18. A. uncinatum Hort. ex STEUD. 1. c. 20. A. altigaleatum HAYNE, Arzn. Gew. 12, /. 16. 1845. A. Burnhardianum WALLR. Sched. Crit. I : 250, /. 2. 1848. REICHENBACH'S names for forms of this are : bulbiferum, flexuosum PRESL., gracile, hamatum, illinitum, italicum TRATT., lasiocarpum, macranthum, mixtum, rhynchan- Erect, 1-6 ft. high : leaves variously divided into usually broad lobes and cut divisions ; lower petioles long, others short or none : flowers in a loose panicle or raceme ; blue varying to whitish, smoothish ; helmet higher than wide, top curved for- ward ; beak pointed horizontal or ascending. July. Europe. Var. album n. var. A. album AIT. Hort. Kew. 2 : 246. 1789. A pure white form of above type, with roots rather fibrous. A. Napellus LINN. Sp. PI. 532. 1753. A. -pyramidale MILL. Gard. Diet. 8 ed. no. 6. 1768. Davis: A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF ACONITUMS. 351 A. lauricum WULF. in Jacq. Coll. 2: 112. 1788. A. neubergense DC. Syst. I : 373. 1818. A. strictum BERNII. ex DC. 1. c. 373. A. laxiflornm SCHL. Cat. 5. 1821. Napellus vulgar is FOURR. in Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, n. s. 16: 326. 1868. REICHENBACH has given twenty-four names to forms of this : acutum, ambiguum, amcenum, Bcrnhardianum, Braunii) callibotryon, clusianum, commutatum,firmum, formosum, Funkianum, /lians, Hoppeanum, Koehleri, IcBtum, laxiflorum SCHL., laxum, Mielichhoferi, napel- loides Sw., oligocarpum, rigidum, tennifolium, venus- tum, virgatum. The best known, as well as the most poisonous species. Stem erect, 3-4 ft. high : leaves divided to the base and cleft —3 times into linear lobes : flowers blue in a raceme : peduncles rect, pubescent : helmet broad and low, gaping, smoothish : :ollicles 4, rarely 3. June-July. Europe, and naturalized icre. Gartenflora, 35 : 227 (named A. dissectum Don.), iegne Vegetal, Med. PI. 2. There are very many varieties, iffering in shade of flowers, often mottled or lined with white. Var. album is nearly white. Var. bicolor and Var. versicolor are much used in gardens for the large blue-and-white flowers. Jot. Cab. 8 : 794 (vcrsicolor}. A. delphinifolium DC. Syst. 1 : 380. 1818. A. Napellus var. delphinifolium SERINGE, Mus. Helv. i : 159. 1823. REICHENBACH used for forms of this : Chamissonianum, paradoxum, semigaleatum. Stem erect, 1-3 feet high, pubescent : leaves deeply parted, ind cleft into narrow lobes : flowers blue, large ; hood low, >eak short ; lateral sepals as long and twice as broad as the ower : follicles oblong. British Columbia and Alaska through slands of Behring Strait to Asia. Var. ramosum n. var. A. ramosum A. NELS. Bull. Torr. Club 26: 8. 1899. Much like the type : leaves larger with fewer and longer egments : follicles less pubescent. Professor Nelson consid- ers the pubescence different. Only once found : Limestone iange, Black Hills, Weston Co., Wyom. Co-type at Colum- 352 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. A. Anthora LINN. Sp. PL 532. 1753. A. Pyrenaictim PALL. Reise. 2 : 316. 1776. A. ochroleucum SALISB. Prod. 375. 1796. A. Anthorideum DC. Syst. I : 366. 1818. A. Anthorum ST. LAG. in Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, 7: 119. 1880. REICHENBACH used these names : Candollei^ eulophum, Jacquini, nemerosum, BIEB., Pallasii, tuberosum PATR. Stem erect, 1-2 feet high : leaves parted, usually at the base, parts deeply cut and lobed ; more or less hispid beneath, smooth- ish above ; petioles long : flowers in lateral and terminal racemes, pale yellow, often large ; inflorescence generally pu- bescent ; spur refracted or hooked ; helmet arched but cylindri- cal at base : follicles 5. June-July. Southern Europe. There are several garden varieties differing in pubescence, size of flower, shape of galea, and width of leaf segments. Bot. Mag. 2654. A. autumnale REICHB. Monog. t. //,_/". 2. 1820. Stem erect, 3-5 feet high : leaves pedately five lobed : flowers in simple spike becoming a panicle ; blue, lilac, or whitish ; helmet closed. Sept. -Nov. North China. Intro- duced about 1870. A. reclinatum GRAY Am. Journ. Sci. 42 : 34. 1842. Stem always trailing, 2-5 feet long, nearly glabrous ; leaves thin, deeply 3-7 cleft, toothed and cut, lower ones petioled, large, upper ones sessile ; flowers white or dull cream-color, pubescent, in loose raceme or simple panicle : helmet twice as high as wide, conic; beak very short; follicles 3, nearly ^ inch long. Summer. Wooded mountain regions of Va. to Ga. (f). NOTE : The mark (t) indicates that the native species or variety has not jet been introduced to the American trade. Citations at the end of a description are mostly to colored plates. XXII. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. W. A. WHEELER. The work of the Minnesota Botanical Survey in southeastern Minnesota during the summer of 1899 was carried on with two main purposes in view : first, to collect and preserve plants in formalin for museum and class use, and second, to collect herbarium specimens of the higher seed plants. The work of collection was begun June ist, and closed August 3ist. The catalogue of species is, therefore, very incomplete in its enu- meration of the early spring and autumn plants. District of collection. — The territory in which the collections were made is in the extreme southeastern part of Minnesota, comprising the valleys of Winnebago and Crooked creeks, and the adjoining region near the Mississippi river. Nearly all of this territory is included in an area about twelve miles square, formed by the townships of Mayville and Crooked Creek, on the north, and Winnebago and Jefferson on the south. Physiography. — The topography of this part of Houston county is not essentially different from that of most of the re- gion south from Red Wing along the Mississippi river to the southern boundary of Minnesota and into Iowa. There is no part of it level or nearly so. It is almost entirely broken by the valleys of the two creeks and their smaller tributaries. The height above the sea level varies from 620 feet at the level of the Mississippi river in the southeastern corner of Jefferson, to 1 200 feet in the northwestern corner of Mayville. Crooked creek, from the source of the north fork to its discharge into Bluff slough, is about eleven miles in length. It drains about 65 square miles of territory. The south fork, a branch about three miles long, lies entirely in Mayville. Winnebago creek from the Big spring near its source, to its discharge into Min- 353 354 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. nesota slough, is about twelve miles in length. There are three small branches, one of which has, within the last decade, become considerably smaller than it formerly was, on account of the drying up of several springs near its source. The amount of water discharged from each of the two main creeks during the summer months is probably not less than 1,500,000 cubic feet per day. Neither creek is very susceptible to changes of season, but either one will rise very rapidly after a sudden heavy rain-fall and return to its usual level in a few hours. The bluffs are high and steep, and not adapted to cultivation. (Plates XXII. and XXVI.) However, many of the ridges are cultivated and form some of the best farms in this part of the state. The valleys being subject to overflow and the bluffs very steep, by no means the entire area is adapted to cultivation. This condition is very favorable for the collection of native plants. The valleys are narrow, in no place exceeding a mile in width from the brow of one bluff to the brow of the one op- posite. In taking a view of the ecological groups of the plants in- habiting this region, the territory may, for convenience, be divided into river valley, creek valleys and bluffs. The river valley is so distinct from the creek valleys that it is almost imperative that it be considered separately. The bluffs along the river vary somewhat from the other bluffs, but not sufficiently to warrant a division into river bluff and creek bluff. River valley. — In the river valley I include the area from the foot of the bluffs on one side of the river, to the foot of the bluffs on the opposite side, not including any tributaries. Along this stretch of the river, from New Albin, Iowa, to Brownsville, Minnesota, the valley varies from three to five miles in width. The main channel of the river is from one-half a mile to a mile wide. The remainder of the area between the bluffs is formed of islands, sloughs and lakes during most of the year. (Plate XXV., B.) During the spring and early summer the whole area is generally flooded so that collection can be carried on only dur- ing the late summer and autumn. The river channel proper is not a fruitful field for the collection of higher plants. The sluggish sloughs, lakes and ponds, however, offer excellent conditions for such collection. Wheeler :' FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 355 For consideration, the water plants of the river valley may be classified into four main groups : plankton, attached submerged aquatic, attached aquatic plants with natant leaves, and adaptive shore plants. PLANKTON. The plants forming this group are those which are not at- tached to any soil substratum, and so are rarely found in any of the swift-flowing currents, but rather on the surface of protected lakes and ponds and near the high banks of sloughs, where they are protected from rapid currents of wind and water. The plants comprising this group are : Azolla carolintana, Sptrodcla -polyrhiza, Ceratophyllum demersum, Utricularia vulgaris. Lemna minor , With them are often found plants of Sagittaria and Pota- mogeton which have been dislocated from their original position on the soil. They seem to grow nearly as well and bloom nearly as profusely as when attached. In this condition they form part of the plankton, but as they are originally attached and ordinarily remain so, I have not included them in the list of plankton types. One of the most beautiful and interesting plants of this group is the small heterosporous fern, Azolla caroliniana. In the early part of the summer it is green or but slightly red in color and only scattered plants or very small patches can be found. In the later summer and autumn it covers large areas of water with a deep red pure growth or mixed with the duckweeds. In restricted areas it often grows so rapidly late in the summer that it is pushed up from the surface of the water and forms ridges and bunches above the water-level. ATTACHED SUBMERGED AQUATIC PLANTS. The floor of some of the very shallow ponds and sloughs is covered with a growth of bassweeds and pondweeds that are en- tirely immersed. This group contains but few species of the higher plants. The species collected are : Naias flex His ) Potamogeton pusillus, Naias g-uadalupensis, Potamogeton zosteraefolius. 356 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ATTACHED AQUATIC PLANTS WITH NAT ANT LEAVES. Castalia tuberosa, Potamogeton lonchttes, Nelumbo hitea, Potamogeton natans, Nymphaea advena, Sagittaria cuneata. Nearly every one who has ever visited any of the lakes or rivers of Minnesota is acquainted with at least one representa- tive of this group, the white water-lily, Castalia tuberosa. This with the Indian lotus, Nelumbo lutea, and the yellow pond-lily, Nymphcea advena, all of which are members of the water-lily family, are the most conspicuous and beautiful of our river plants. They cover large areas of shallow water for sometimes a mile or more in extent. It may be of interest to call attention to the methods of adaptation of these plants to their aquatic habitat. The white water-lily and the yellow pond-lily carry their natant leaves on long flexible petioles which allow the leaves to remain upon the surface for variations of several feet in the height of the water. The Indian lotus, however, carries the leaf-blades upon stiff strong petioles some of which are car- ried up to the water surface and others are raised from one to three feet above the water. (Plate XXV., A.) In case the water rises the natant leaves are destroyed but those that are raised above the surface remain useful to the plant and may in this way be caused to float. The projecting leaves are not conspicuously modified in any way from those that were originally natant. Both the Indian lotus and the white water-lily are abundant in the sloughs of the Mississippi river at Jefferson. The yellow pond-lily is not so abundant as either of the other two. The Potamogetons with floating leaves may be found growing with the water-lilies or in small patches scattered throughout the sloughs. They never cover very large areas to the exclusion of other plants. ADAPTIVE SHORE PLANTS. Alisma -plantago-aquatica, Sagittaria latifolia, Eleocharis acicularis, Sagittaria rigida, Nelumbo lutea, Scirpus lacustris. Polygonum emersum, The plants living on the shores of the lakes and sloughs must adapt themselves to life under the varying conditions in which they may be placed by the rise and fall of the water. During Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 357 low stages they may be left out of the water entirely and when the water is at its height most of them are nearly or quite sub- merged. The plants adapting themselves to these conditions might be considered as the Sagittaria group, for the two Sagit- tarias — latifolia and rigida — are the most abundant shore plants with the possible exception of Eleocharis acicularis. Nelumbo lutca may often be seen in times of very low water, grow- ing on the muddy banks entirely emersed holding its leaves erect two or three feet above the mud, while the Castalia when placed under these conditions lodges its leaves on the mud where they soon die. Polygonum emersum covers many banks to the exclusion of other vegetation. It is adapted to living on the exposed mud or in the water but under the latter conditions it always projects its leaf-bearing stems out of the water and keeps the foliage leaves emersed. WET MEADOWS OF THE RIVER VALLEY. During a large part of the growing season the wet meadows of the river bottoms are submerged. When they are exposed for a sufficient length of time to become somewhat dry the grasses are generally cut for hay. The plants living under these conditions are mostly coarse grasses and sedges. No trees but willows seem to be able to live upon these meadows and they do not then attain tree size. Some of the plants forming the vegetation of the wet meadows are : Asclepias incarnata, Scirpus atrovirens^ Cyperus esculentus, Scirpus cyperinus, Eleocharis acicularis, Stum cicutaefolium, Elymus virginicus, Sparganium eurycarpum, Eragrostis hypnoides, Spartina cynosuroides, Eupatoriiim purpureum , Vernonia fasciculata , Homalocenchrus virginicus, Zizania aquatica. Penthorum sedoides, MUD-FLAT VEGETATION. The mud-flat comprises the highest land of the islands. It is flooded only during the early summer but on account of its growth of timber and shrubs the soil remains wet during the entire year. The largest trees growing anywhere in this region are found on the mud-flats of the Mississippi river. 358 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The plants which form large trees on the islands are : Acer sacchartnum, Populus deltoides, Betula nigra, Qitcrcus platanoides, Fraxinus lanceolata, Salix amygdala ides, Fraxinus nigra, Ulmus americana. Gleditsia triacanthos, The following species do not attain large size, but are either scattered throughout as shrubs or small trees, or form a dense low growth on some of the lower grounds of the mud flat. (Plate XXV., A.) Cephalantkus occidentalism Salix Jluviatilis, Cornus amonum, Salix nigra. Three species of woody vines are common throughout the islands. The Virginia creeper, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, and wild grape, Vitis vulpina, are abundant, covering and in many cases killing large trees. The climbing poison ivy, Rhus radicans, is common throughout the most densely wooded parts. It sometimes climbs to a height of twenty-five or thirty feet, and develops a stem from two to three inches in diameter. During the late summer and autumn the mud-flat throughout is covered with a dense growth of coarse herbs most of which are perennials. The following herbaceous plants grow on the mud-flat. Acnida tamariscina, Mimulus ringens, Apocynum cannabinum, Onoclea sensibilis, Ariscema dracontium, Polygonum hartivrightii, Bidens comosa, Polygonum hydropiper aides, Bidens f rondo sa, Polygonum incarnatum, Bidens Icevis, Polygonum punctatum^ Cicuta bulbifera, Polygonum virginianum, Helenium aulumnale, Phy salts philadelphica,, Ilysanthes gratioloides, Physostegia virginiana, Lippia lanceolata, Ranunculus pennsylvanicus , Lobelia cardinalis, Scutellaria lateriflora, Lycopus americanus, Stachys palustris, Lycopus hicidus, Steironema ciliata, Lycopus rubellus, Teucrium canadense, Lycopus virginicus, Urtica gracilis, Ly thrum alatuni, Urticastrum divaricatum. Mentha canadensis, Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 359 Creek valleys. — The valleys of the creeks present an entirely different aspect from the river valley. The creeks have their own well-defined channels to which they hold almost the year round. High waters never last for any great period of time. Those which are caused by the melting of the snows in the spring generally last from about noon to sun-down while those which are supplied by the heavy June showers generally rise and fall during the night or very early morning. The damage done to vegetation is almost restricted to the floods of the sum- mer months. They come in the season of most rapid growth and destroy a large part of the season's growth with which they come in contact. The areas inundated by these floods are never very extensive compared to those along the river. At most points along the valleys the gradual rise of the land from the creeks to the bluffs is sufficient to prevent the formation of ponds and lakes by the rise of the water. The alluvial soils deposited on the flats do not dry up until late in the summer and so have very little growth besides coarse weeds. They are often cultivated but there is always the danger of the crops being destroyed by high water. Most of the best cultivated fields, in the valleys are on the table lands adjacent to the foot of the bluffs. They are generally fertile, are protected from high water and hard winds and are not in a position to wash to any great extent. The steep banks on the north edges of the table lands are generally wooded and bear the richest and greatest variety of plants that can be found anywhere in this region. The table lands are often very sharply marked off from the creek bottoms and steep bluffs. Towards the heads of the creeks the table lands disappear and there is a gradual rise from the creeks to the bluffs. The water vegetation of the creek valleys is almost entirely limited to the cold water plants of the springs and small streams. There are very few ponds or marshes to contain still water forms. The vegetation of the land may be divided into that of the wet meadow, moist woods and mesophytic field. The wet mea- dow is about on a level with the banks of the creeks. It never becomes very dry and on the lower places shows some of the characters of a marsh. The vegetation of the moist woods is well shown on the wooded banks bordering the table lands. Moist woods often cover some of the protected table lands and 360 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. extend for some distance up the narrow dark ravines. In places where timber covers the flooded areas the vegetation is similar to that of the mud flat on the islands near the river. The vege- tation of the open table lands I have called mesophytic field. COLD SPRING VEGETATION. The valleys of Winnebago and Crooked creeks have a great many springs arising from the bases of the bluffs throughout their whole length but perhaps more numerous at the heads of the creeks than elsewhere. Some of the springs that outlet in low level land occasionally form small cold bogs in which the ordinary cold water plants find very favorable conditions for growth. A large spring near the head of Clear creek, a short branch of Crooked creek contains the greatest abundance of typical cold water plants of any spring visited. The large creeks do not contain much vegetation. The smaller creeks often contain plants similar to those of the cold springs. The plants characteristic of cold running water are : Batrachium divaricattim, Mimulus jam Batrachium trichophyllum, Philotria canadensis, Berula erecta^ jRortpa nasturtium, Cardamine bulbosa, Veronica americana, Epilobiums — coloratum and adenocaulon — are often found growing in cold spring water but are not peculiar to this local- ity as they are also found growing in moist soil. None of the spring plants can be called common to large areas, for the con- ditions necessary for their growth are limited in extent. POND VEGETATION. There are but very few natural ponds along the creeks. The ponds are generally artificial and as such present a variety of conditions and a corresponding variety of plants. A small natural pond in a bog near Crooked creek contains all it can hold of the yellow pond-lily. (Plate XXVII. , B.) This is the only place in which any of the water-lily family were found outside of the sloughs and lakes of the Mississippi river. WET MEADOW VEGETATION OF THE CREEK VALLEYS. The wet meadows naturally cover a very large part of the creek valleys but under present conditions most of them are Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 361 used for pasture, or where they can be easily drained for culti- vation, though they are of course in constant danger of being flooded. Under these conditions there are but few wet meadows which have retained their original vegetation. Many of them under continual pasturing have grown up to coarse weeds and grasses. The greatest variety of plants is found where the wet meadow has been used as a hay meadow. This offers more nearly the natural conditions for such plants as L ilium cana- dense (Plate XXVII., A). Habenaria leucophcea, Pediciilaris lanccolata, Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Chelone glabra, Parnas- sia caroliniana, Onoclca sensibilis and many others in the list. The plants which grow in the wet meadows are : Angelica atropurpurea, Ly thrum alatum, Aster novce-anglicB, Macrocalyx nyctelea, Aster prenanthoidcs, Mimulus ringens, Aster puniceus, Onoclea sensibilis , Aster sagittifolius, Parnassia caroliniana, Caltha palustris, Pedicularis lanceolata, Cerastium longipedunculatum, Pimpinella integerrima, Chelone glabra, Rudbeckia laciniata, Cicuta bulbifera, Rudbeckia triloba, Cicuta maculata, Rumex acetosella, Doellingeria umbellata, Rumex crispus, Dryopteris thelypteris, Saxifraga pennsylvanica, Gentiana crinita, Silene alba, Gentiana jlavida, Silphium laciniatum, Habenaria leucophcea, Silphium perfoliatum, Habenaria psy codes, Viola obliqua, Lilitim canadense, Zizia aurea. Lobelia syphilitica, MOIST WOODS VEGETATION. As previously stated the most typical moist woods vegetation is to be found on the north banks of the table lands. The tim- ber on the banks has much of it been left uncut and offers the very best conditions for the survival of moist woods vegetation. In the list of moist woods plants here given are included only those collected or noted from a single location in Winnebago valley. It is a bank about one-half a mile long bordering on the table land for the greater part of its length. Some of the 362 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. plants listed do not seem to be typical moist woods plants and in such cases they have probably been driven to the margin of the thicket by the cultivation of the table land on one side and by the high water of the creek bottom on the other. The plants of the moist woods on this bank are : Acer negundo, Acer nigrum, Actcea alba, Actcea r ubra, Adiantum pedatum, A dopogon virgin icum , Adoxa moschatcllina, Agastache scrophulari&folia, Agrimonia hirsuta, Amelanchier canadensis, Anemone quinquefolia, Apios apios, Apocynum andros&mifolium, Aralia nudicaulis, Aralia racemosa, Ariscema triphyllum, Asarum canadense, Asclepias ex alt at a, Asclepias incarnata, Asclepias syriaca, Asplenium acrostichoides, Aspleniumfilix-fcemina, Bicuculla cucullaria, Bidens frondosa, Bidens comosa, Botrychium Virginian inn , Campanula americana. Car ex rosea, Carpinus caroliniana, Caulophyllum thalictroides, Cerastium longipedunculatum, Circcea lutetiana, Clematis virginiana, Cornus candidissima, Cornus rotundifolia, Cornus stolonifcra, Corylus americana, Crat&gus ptinctata, Cratagus tomentosa, Cypripedium hirsutum , Cystopteris bulbifera, Deringa canadensis, Diervilla diervilla, Epilobium adenocaulon, Epilobium color atum, Equisetum arvense, Erigeron pulchellus, Erythronimn albidum, Euonymus atropurpureus, Eupatorium ageratoides, Falcata comosa, Fragaria americana, Galium aparine, Galium boreale, Galium trifidum, Galium triflorum, Geranium maculatum, Geum strictum, Habenaria bracteata, Hepatica a cut a, Heracleum lanatum, Ifumulus lupulus, Hydrophyllu m virgin icum , Impatiens aurea, Impatiens biflora, Juglans cinerea, Juglans nigra, Lactuca floridana, Lathyrus ochroleucus, Lathyrus venosus, Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 363 Lcptorchis liliifolia, Lobelia s vph ilitica , Loniccra dioica, Loniccra sullivantii, Mains ioensis, Menispcrmum canadensis, Mcntha canadensis, Micrainpclis lobata, MitcUa diphylla, ^.Yabciltis albus, Nepcta cat aria, Onoclea struthiopteris, Osmunda claytoniana, Ostrya virginiana, Ox alis sir id a, Parth en o ciss us qu in qu efo Ha , Pedicularis canadensis, Peramium pu&escens, Phlox dh'aricata, Phrvnia leptostachya, Podophyllum peltatum, Pol on on him reptans, Polygonatum commutatum , Polygonum mcarnatum, Po lygon um hy dropipero ides , Populus grandidentata, Populus tremuloides, Potentilla canadensis, Primus americana, Primus nigra, Prunus serotina, Prunella vulgaris, Primus virginiana, Pteris aquilina, Pyrola elliptica, Qiiercus coccinea, Qtiercus macro carpa, rubra, velutina, Ranunculus abortivus, Ranunculus septentrionalis, Rhus glabra, Ribes cynosbati, Ribcs floridum , Ribes iiva-crispa, Rubus occidentalis, Rubus villosus, Rudbeckia laciniata, Rudbeckia triloba, Salix amygdaloides, Salix jluv iatilis , Sambucus canadensis, Sanicrila gregaria, Sanicula marylandica, Silene alba, Smilax herbacea, Solidago canadensis, Staphylea trifolia, Syndesmon thalictroides, Thalictrum dioicum, Thalictrum purpuresccns , Tilia americana, Trillium cernuum, Trillium erectum, Triosteum perfolialum, Ulmus americana, Ulmus fulva, Urtica gracilis, Urticastrwn divan' catum , Uvular ia grandiflora, Vagnera racemosa, Viburnum lent ago, Viola pubescens, Viola obliqua, Vitis vulpina, Washingtonia claytoni, Xanthoxylum americana. 364 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. MESOPHYTIC FIELD VEGETATION. The mesophytic field vegetation as it exists in the creek valleys to-day is almost entirely a result of cultivation. The table lands which bear the plants of the mesophytic field were formerly al- most entirely wooded. To-day they are cleared of timber and used for cultivation. They furnish the best fields for cultivation in the whole district. They are not subject to the overflow of the bottom lands, nor to the drought of the ridges, nor to the washouts of the side-hills. Being so extensively cultivated the plants growing upon them, which are not themselves cultivated, are almost confined to the edges of fields and thickets. Under such conditions a list of plants of this area would have no bear- ing upon the natural ecological groups. Bluffs. — The bluffs bordering the river differ from those bordering creek valleys in being steeper and in having many more precipitous cliffs. The brow of the bluff along the river for almost the entire distance bordering the territory covered ex- cept where interrupted by branch valleys or ravines is one al- most perpendicular limestone cliff, varying from a few feet to a hundred feet in height. Cliffs of this sort are not so common back from the river. The vegetation of the river bluffs differs to some extent from the creek bluffs in its character. Some of the common forest trees of the lowland of the creek valleys, instead of growing on the lowland of the river valley inhabit the foot of the river bluff. The proximity of the river bluff to larger areas of water seems to raise the moisture content of the soil of the river bluff above that of the creek bluff at the same height above water level. The growth then of such a tree as the black walnut at the foot of the river bluff does not show that it grows here under more arid conditions than in the creek valley, but that the same conditions of moisture in the soil are found at a higher level on the river bluff than on the creek bluff. On all bluffs the vegetation shows the greatest variation with the direction of the slope. Those facing from south to west and receiving the direct rays of the sun from noon to 4 P. M. are generally bare of trees (Plate XXII., B) and shrubs while those facing from north to east are generally thickly wooded (Plate XXVI., B). Ravines with their greater amount of moisture in the soil and greater protection from winds are Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 365 generally wooded to some extent whatever the direction of the slope (Plate XXII., A and B). Near the heads of the creeks at the bases of the northern slopes are many moist limestone cliffs with their characteristic abundance of liverworts, mosses and ferns, sometimes almost to the exclusion of the higher seed plants. The moist cliffs bear more of the northern types of plants rare to this region than any one other special area. The zones of forest vegetation on the bluffs are often very distinctly marked out by a few species. The oaks, ^. rubra, Q. macrocarpa and . castanea Willd. cannot be ascertained as there are no specimens from Lap- ham's collection in the Herbarium of the University. The specimens were collected from two trees on the side of a bluff in section 19, township 102 N., range 4 W. ULMACE^E. Ulmus americana L. Sp. PI. 226. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 24, Winnebago. June. Ulmus racemosa THOMAS, Am. Jour. Sci. 19 : 170. 1831. Coll. : Wheeler 315, Mayville. July. Infrequent on lowland near Crooked creek. Ulmus fulva MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 172. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 23, Winnebago. June. Celtis occidentalis L. Sp. PL 1044. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 240, Winnebago ; 278, Crooked Creek ; Lyon 374, Jefferson. June, Aug. MORACE^E. Morus rubra L. Sp. PI. 986. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 368, Jefferson. Aug. Infrequent along Mississippi river. Humulus lupulus L. Sp. PI. 1028. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 312, Winnebago. Aug. Cannabis saliva L. Sp. PI. 1027. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 282, Jefferson. Aug. URTICACE^E. Urtica gracilis AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 341. 1789. Coll. : Lyon 126, Winnebago. June. 384 MINNESOTA BOTAXICAL STUDIES. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 635. 1891. Coll.: Lyon 117, Winnebago ; 358, Jefferson. June, Aug. Adicea pumila (L.) RAF. ; Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2 : 223. As syn- onym. 1843. Coll.: Wheeler 327, Mayville ; 653, Jefferson. July, Aug. Parietaria pennsylvanica MUHL. ; Willd. Sp. PI. 4; 955. 1806. Coll. : Lyon 191, Crooked Creek. July. SANTALACE^E. Comandra umbellata (L.) NUTT. Gen. i: 157. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 90, Winnebago. June. ARISTOLOCHIACEJE. Asarum canadense L. Sp. PI. 442. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 57, Winnebago. June. POLYGONACE^E. Rumex acetosella L. Sp. PI. 338. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 130, Winnebago. June. Rumex crispus L. Sp. PL 335. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 127, 158, Winnebago. June. Polygonum hartwrightii A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad, 8 : 294. 1870. Coll. : Wheeler 606, Brownsville. Aug. Polygonum emersum (Micnx.) BRITTON, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 8: 73. 1879. Coll. : Wheeler 394, 458, Jefferson. July, Aug. Polygonum incarnatum ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. i : 456. 1817. Coll. : Wheeler 419, Jefferson. July. Polyonum hydropiper L. Sp. PI. 361. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 494, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum punctatum ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. i : 455. 1817. Coll. : Wheeler 537, 539, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum orientale L. Sp. PI. 362. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 448, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 385 Polygonum virginianum L. Sp. PI. 360. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 580, Jefferson; 597. Crooked Creek. Aug. The only previous collections from Minnesota are Sheldon, Madison lake and Sheldon, Zumbrota. Infrequent in moist woods along Mississippi river. Polygonum ramosissimumMicHx. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 237. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 514, Winnebago ; 531, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum tenue MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 238. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler, 351, Crooked Creek. July. The only previous authentic collection from Minnesota is Moyer, Montevideo. Infrequent on dry sandy ridges. Polygonum convolvulus L. Sp. PL 364. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 451, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum scandens L. Sp. PL 364. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 646, Jefferson. Aug. Polygonum sagittatum L. Sp. PL 363. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 387, Jefferson. July. CHENOPODIACE^E. Chenopodium botrys L. Sp. PL 219. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 472, Jefferson. Aug. Salsola tragus L. Sp. PL Ed. 2, 322. 1762. Coll. : Lyon 396, Jefferson. Aug. AMARANTHACE^E. Amaranthus retroflexus L. Sp. PL 991. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 598, Crooked Creek. Aug. Amaranthus blitoides S. WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 273. 1877. Coll. : Wheeler 452, Jefferson. Aug. Acnida tamariscina (NUTT.) WOOD, Bot. & Fl. 289. 1873. Coll. : Wheeler 522, 547, Jefferson. Aug. Froelichia floridana (NUTT.) Moo^ in DC. Prodr. 13: Part 2, 420. 1849. Coll. : Lyon 304, 325, Jefferson. Aug. NYCTAGINACE^. Allionia nyctaginea MICHX. FL Bor. Am. i : 100. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 76, Lyon 40, Winnebago. June. 386 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Allionia linearis PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 728. 1814. Coll. : Wheeler 392, Jefferson. July. Not previously collected in Minnesota. Collections Oest- lund 155 and Herrick 256, Minneapolis, in the Herbarium of the University and reported in Metaspermae of Minne- sota Valley as A. linearis Pursh ? should be A, hirsuta Pursh. AIZOACE^E. Mollugo verticillata L. Sp. PL 89. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 279, 302, Jefferson. July, Aug. CARYOPHYLLACE^E. Silene stellata (L.) AIT. f. Hort. Kew. 3: 84. 1811. Coll. : Lyon 254, Wheeler 508, Winnebago. July, Aug. Silene alba MUHL. Cat. 45. 1813. Coll. : Lyon 164, Winnebago. June. The only previous collections from Minnesota are from Goodhue and Winona counties. Frequent along Winne- bago and Crooked creeks. Silene antirrhina L. Sp. PL 419. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 171, Winnebago. June. Cerastium longipedtmculatum MUHL. Cat. 46. 1813. Coll. : Lyon 8, Winnebago. June. NYMPHjEACE^E. Nymphaea advena SOLAND. in Ait. Hort. Kew. 2 : 226. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 307, Crooked Creek; 454, Jefferson. July, Aug. (Plate XXVII., B.) Castalia tuberosa (PAINE) GREENE, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 84. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 293, 439, 496, Jefferson. July, Aug. Nelumbo lutea (WILLD.) PERS. Syn. i : 92. 1805. Coll. : Wheeler 409, 494, Jefferson. July, Aug. Abundant in the sloughs of the Mississippi river at Jefferson. (Plate XXV., A.) CERATOPHYLLACE^E. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Sp. PL 992. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 367, 480, Jefferson. Aug. Common in the sloughs of the Mississippi river at Jefferson and Crooked Creek. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 387 RANUNCULACE.E. Caltha palustris L. Sp. PL 558. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 244, Crooked Creek. July. Actsea rubra (AiT.) WILLD. Enum. 561. 1809. Coll.: Lyon 450, Jefferson. Aug. Actaea alba (L.) MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll. : Lyon 16, Winnebago. June. Aquilegia canadensis L. Sp. PL 533. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 84, Winnebago. June. Anemone virginiana L. Sp. PL 540. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 9, Winnebago; 245, Crooked Creek. June, J^y. Anemone canadensis L. Syst. Ed. 12, 3: App. 231. 1768. Coll.: Lyon 286*^, Jefferson. July. Anemone quinquefolia L. Sp. PL 541. 1753. Coll. : Herb. Wheeler 4, Winnebago. May. Hepatica acuta (PURSH) BRITTON, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 6: 234. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 134, Winnebago. June. Syndesmon thalictroides (L.) HOFFMG. Flora, 15: Part 2, Intell. Bl. 4, 34. 1832. Coll. : Wheeler 36, Winnebago, June. Pulsatilla hirsutissima (PURSH) BRITTON, Am. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 6 : 217. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 73, Winnebago. June. Clematis virginiana L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 275. 1759. Coll.: Wheeler 194, Winnebago; 355, Crooked Creek. June, July. Atragene americana SIMS, Bot. Mag. pL 887. 1806. Coll.: Wheeler 259, Winnebago ; 320, Mayville. June, July. Ranunculus delphinifolius TORR. ; Eaton, Man. Ed. 2,395. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 201, Crooked Creek. July. Ranunculus abortivus L. Sp. PL 551. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 15, Winnebago. June. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. f. Suppl. 272. 1781. Coll. : Lyon 364, 378, Jefferson. Aug. 388 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Ranunculus septentrionalis Pom. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 125. 1804. Coll. : Wheeler 6, Winnebago. June. Batrachium trichophyllum (CHAIX) BOSSCH, Prodr. Fl. Bot. 5- 1850. Coll. : Lyon 67, Winnebago. June. Batrachium divaricatum ( SCHRANK ) WIMM. Fl. Schles. 1841 . Coll. : Lyon 219, Mayville. July. Thalictrum dioicum L. Sp. PI. 545. 1753. Coll. : Herb. Wheeler 13, Winnebago. June. Thalictrum purpurascens L. Sp. PL 546. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 99, Winnebago. June. BERBERIDACE^E. Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 205. 1803. Coll. : Lyon 92, Winnebago. June. Podophyllum peltatum L. Sp. PI. 505. 1753. Coll. : Lyon i, Wheeler 157, Winnebago. June. MENISPERMACE^E. Menispermum canadense L. Sp. PL 340. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 188, Winnebago. June. PAPAVERACE^:. Sanguinaria canadensis L. Sp. PL 505. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 169, Crooked Creek. June. Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) MILLSP. Bull. W. Va. Agric. Exp. Sta. 2 : 327. 1892. Coll. : Wheeler 12, Winnebago. June. CRUCIFERJE. Lepidium apetalum WILLD. Sp. PL 3: 439. 1801. Coll. : Lyon 123, Winnebago. June. Sisymbrium officinale (L.) SCOP. FL Cam. Ed. 2, 2 : 26. 1772. Coll. : Lyon 422, Winnebago. Aug. Sisymbrium altissimum L. Sp. PL 659. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 273, Wheeler 481, Jefferson. July, Aug. Brassica nigra (L.) KOCH, in Roehl, Deutsche Fl. Ed. 3, 4: 7i3- 1833. Coll. : Lyon 233, Crooked Creek. July. \\7iecler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 389 Brassica arvensis (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 1888. Coll. : Lyon 86, Winnebago. June. Roripa palustris (L.) BESS. Enum. 27. 1821. Coll. : Lyon 200, Crooked Creek. July. Roripa nasturtium (L.) RUSBY, Mem. Torr. Club, 3: Part 3, 5- 1893. Coll. : Lyon 89, Winnebago. June. Cardamine bulbosa (SCHREB.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 4. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 167, Winnebago. June. Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 172. 1894. Coll. : Lyon 120, Winnebago. June. Camelina sativa (L.) CRANTZ, Stirp. Austr. i : 18. 1762. Coll. : Lyon 213, Mayville. July. Draba caroliniana WALT. Fl. Car. 174. 1788. Coll. : Lyon 47, Winnebago. June. Arabis laevigata (MuHL.) POIR. in Lam. Encycl. Suppl. i : 411. 1810. Coll. : Wheeler 154, Winnebago. June. Arabis canadensis L. Sp. PL 665. 1753. Coll.: Lyon in, Winnebago; 212, Crooked Creek. June, July. Arabis glabra (L.) BERNH. Verz. Syst. Erf. 195. 1800. Coll.: Lyon 122, Winnebago ; 227, Mayville. June, July. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Sp. PI. 66 1. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 187, Crooked Creek ; 226, Mayville. July. CAPPARIDACE^E. Polanisia graveolens RAF. Am. Journ. Sci. i : 378. 1819. Coll. : Lyon 277, Jefferson. July. CRASSULACE^E. Penthorum sedoides L. Sp. PI. 432. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 384, Jefferson. July. SAXIFRAGACE^E. Saxifraga pennsylvanica L. Sp. PI. 399. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 180, Winnebago. June. Heuchera hispida PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 188. 1814. Coll. : Wheeler 83, Winnebago. June. 390 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mitella diphylla L. Sp. PL 406. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 40, Winnebago. June. Parnassia caroliniana MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 184. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 587, Crooked Creek; 629, Brownsville. Aug. GROSSULARIACE^:. Ribes cynosbati L. Sp. PI. 202. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 77, no, Winnebago. June. Ribes uva-crispa L. Sp. PI. 201. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 30, 75, 248, Winnebago. June. Frequently adventive in open woods throughout. Ribes floridum L'HER. Stirp. Nov. i : 4. 1784. Coll. : Lyon 82, Winnebago. June. HAMAMELIDACE^:. Hamamelis virginiana L. Sp. PI. 124. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 150, Winnebago. June. Reported from southeastern Winona County. No Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the University. Local on north side of bluff in section 22 of Winnebago. ROSACE^E. Opulaster opulifolius~(L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 949. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 33, 103, Winnebago. June. Spiraea salicifolia L. Sp. PL 489. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 438, 464, Jefferson. Aug. Rubus occidentalis L. Sp. PL 493. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 55, Winnebago; Wheeler 453, Jefferson. June, Aug. Rubus villosus AIT. Hort. Kew. 2: 210. 1789. Coll. : Wheeler 105, Lyon 296, Winnebago. June, Aug. Rubus canadensis L. Sp. PL 494. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 396, Jefferson. July. Fragaria americana (PORTER) BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 19 : 222. 1892. Coll. : Wheeler 135, Winnebago. June. Potentilla arguta PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 736. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 247, Crooked Creek. July. Potentilla monspeliensis L. Sp. PL 499. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 439, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 391 Potentilla canadensis L. Sp. PL 498. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 86, Winnebago. June. Geum canadense JACC^ Hort. Vind. 2: 82. pi, 775. 1772. Coll. : Lyon 209, Crooked Creek. July. Geum strictum AIT. Hort. Kew. 2: 217. 1789. Coll. : Wheeler 277, Lyon 195, Crooked Creek. June, Agrimonia hirsuta (MUHL.) BICKNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 23 : 509. 1896. Coll. : Lyon 196, 228, Crooked Creek. July. Rose blanda AIT. Hort. Kew. 2: 202. 1789. Coll. : Lyon 37, 431, Winnebago. June, Aug. Rosa arkansana PORTER, Syn. Fl. Colo. 38. 1874. Coll.: Wheeler 441, Lyon 343, Jefferson; Lyon 339, Winnebago. Aug. POMACEJE. Malus ioensis (Wooo) BRITTON, in Britt. & Brown, 111. Fl. 2 : 235.7. i98°- l897- Coll. : Wheeler 88, 160, Winnebago ; 605, Crooked Creek. June, Aug. Amelanchier canadensis (L.) MEDIC. Geschichte, 79. 1793. Coll. : Wheeler 37, 500, Winnebago. June, Aug. Amelanchier botryapium (L. f.) DC. Prodr. 2: 632. 1825. Coll. : Wheeler 253, Winnebago. June. Amelanchier alnifolia NUTT. ; T. & G. Fl. N. A. i : 473. As synonym. 1840. Coll. : Wheeler 203, Winnebago. June. Crataegus punctata JACO^ Hort. Vind. i: 10. pi. 28. 1770. Coll. : Wheeler 141, 651, Winnebago. June, Aug. Crataegus coccinea L. Sp. PL 476. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 101, Winnebago, June. Crataegus macracantha LODD. ; Loudon, Arb. Brit. Ed. 2, 2: 819. 1854. Coll. : Wheeler 499, Winnebago. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Crataegus tomentosa L. Sp. PL 476. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 3, Wheeler 140, Winnebago. June. 392 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. DRUPACE^E. Prunus americana MARSH. Arb. Am. in. 1785. Coll. : Wheeler 353, Crooked Creek. July. Prunus nigra AIT. Hort. Kew. 2 : 165. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 321, 354, Mayville ; 501, Winnebago. July, Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This species has been recognized by horticulturists in several parts of the state but no previous authentic collections are known to have been made. It is common on the lowlands of the North and South forks of Crooked creek. Also col- lected on the banks of Winnebago creek and in East Burns valley, Winona county. Prunus virginiana L. Sp. PI. 473. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 345, Crooked Creek. July. Prunus serotina EHRH. Beitr. 3: 20. 1788. Coll. : Wheeler 178, Winnebago. June. C^ESALPINACEjE. Cassia chamaecrista L. Sp. PL 379. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 256, Jefferson. July. Gleditsia triacanthos L. Sp. PL 1056. 1753. Coll. : Lyon and Wheeler; 413, W. Jefferson. July. Not previously reported from Minnesota. This tree has been frequently cultivated for ornament throughout the southern part of the state but no native trees have previously been reported. It is frequent on the islands of the Mississippi river in northeastern Iowa and extends north along the river into Houston county, Minnesota, where it probably reaches its northern limit. The tree from which the col- lection was made is 59 feet high and has a trunk-circum- ference of 6 feet, 3 feet from the ground. Gymnocladus dioica KOCH, Dendrol. 1:5. 1869. Coll.: Lyon 193, 230, Crooked Creek ; 271, Jefferson. July. (Plate XXIV., A.) PAPILIONACE^E. Baptisia bracteata ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. i : 469. 1817. Coll.: Wheeler 94, Lyon 34, Winnebago; Lyon 202, Crooked Creek. June, July. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 393 Baptisia leucantha T. & G. Fl. N. A. i : 385. 1840. Coll. : Lyon 194, Crooked Creek. July. Trifolium hybridum L. Sp. PI. 766. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 421, Winnebago. Aug. Trifolium repens L. Sp. PI. 767. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 118, Winnebago. June. Amorpha fruticosa L. Sp. PL 713. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 473, Jefferson. Aug. Amorpha canescens PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 467. 1814. Coll. : Wheeler 291, Mayville. July. Kuhnistera Candida (WILLD.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 192. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 397, Jefferson. July. Kuhnistera purpurea (VENT.) MAcM. Met. Minn. 329. 1892. Coll. : L}'on 262, Jefferson. July. Astragalus carolinianus L. Sp. PI. 757. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 257, 395, Jefferson. July, Aug. Meibomia grandiflora (WALT.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 196. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 198, 246, Crooked Creek. July. Meibomia dillenii (DARL.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 195. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 482, Jefferson. Aug. No previously collected Minnesota specimens in the Her- barium of the University. Meibomia illinoensis (A. GRAY) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 198. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 390, 446, Jefferson ; 609, Brownsville. July, Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Frequent and in some places common in dry fields and hillsides. Meibomia canadensis (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 195. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 331, Crooked Creek. July. Lespedeza capitata MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 71. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 525, Jefferson. Aug. Lathyrus venosus MUHL. ; Willd. Sp. PL 3: 1092. 1803. Coll. : Lyon 48, Winnebago. June. Lathyrus ochroleucus HOOK. FL Bor. Am. i : 159. 1833. Coll. : Lyon 87, Winnebago. June. 394 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Falcata comosa (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 182. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler 507, Lyon 332, Winnebago ; Lyon 469, Jefferson. Aug. Falcata pitcher! (T. & G.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 182. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 573, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Several specimens of this species, previously reported as f. comosa, have been collected in southern Minnesota. Probably common throughout the southern part of the state. Apios apios (L.) MACM. Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 15. 1892. Coll. : Wheeler, 337, Crooked Creek ; Wheeler 399, Lyon 388, Jefferson. July, Aug. Strophostyles helvola (L.) BRITTOX in Britt. & Brown, 111. Fl. 2: 338.7. 2235. 1897. Coll. : Lyon 387, Jefferson. Aug. GERANIACE^E. Geranium maculatum L. Sp. PL 68 1. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 4, Winnebago. June. OXALIDACE^E. Oxalis violacea L. Sp. PL 434. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 50, Winnebago. June. Oxalis stricta L. Sp. PL 435. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 81, Winnebago. June. LINAGES. Linum sulcatum RIDDEL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio PL 10. 1836. Coll. : Wheeler 290, Mayville ; 431, Jefferson. July. RUTACEJE. Xanthoxylum americanum MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll. : Wheeler 132, 413, Winnebago. June, Aug. POLYGALACE^E. Polygala verticillata L. Sp. PL 706. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 342, Crooked Creek; 428, Jefferson. July. Polygala viridescens L. Sp. PL 705. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 483, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 395 Polygala senega L. Sp. PI. 704. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 21, Winnebago. June. EUPHORBIACE^E. Acalypha virginica L. Sp. PI. 1003. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 349, 397, 463, Jefferson. Aug. Euphorbia glyptosperma ENGELM. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 187. 1859. Coll. : Wheeler 434, Jefferson. July. Euphorbia maculata L. Sp. PI. 455. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 430, Jefferson. July. Euphorbia nutans LAG. Gen. & St. 17. 1816. Coll. : Wheeler 336, Crooked Creek. July. Euphorbia corollata L. Sp. PI. 459. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 189, Wheeler 375, Crooked Creek. July. Euphorbia heterophylla L. Sp. PI. 45 3. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 466, Jefferson. Aug. Euphorbia cyparissias L. Sp. PI. 461. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 437, Jefferson. Aug. ANACARDIACEJE. Rhus hirta (L.) SUDW. Bull. Torr. Club, 19 : 82. 1892. Coll.: Lyon 319, Jefferson. Aug. Rhus glabra L. Sp. PI. 265. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 272, Jefferson. July. Rhus radicans L. Sp. PI. 266. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 327, 350, Jefferson. Aug. CELASTRACEJE. Euonymus atropurpureus JACQ^ Hort. Vind. 2: 5. pi. 120. 1772. Coll.: Lyon 140, Winnebago; 263, Jefferson. June, July. Celastrus scandens L. Sp. PI. 196. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 104, Winnebago; Lyon 380, Jefferson. June, Aug. STAPHYLEACE^E. Staphylea trifolia L. Sp. PL 270. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 202, Winnebago. June. 396 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ACERACE^:. Acer saccharinum L. Sp. PI. 1055. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 149, Winnebago ; 274, Jefferson. June, Acer nigrum MICHX. f. Hist. Arb. Am. 2 : 238. pL 16. 1810. Coll. : Wheeler 149, Winnebago. June. Acer spicatum LAM. Encycl. 2: 381. 1786. Coll.: Wheeler 163, 198, Winnebago; 319, May ville ; 625, Brownsville. June, Aug. Frequent on moist shaded cliffs throughout. Acer negundo L. Sp. PI. 1056. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 119, Winnebago. June. BALSAMINACE^E. Impatiens aurea MUHL. Cat. 26. 1813. Coll. : Wheeler 328, Mayville. July. RHAMNACEJE. Ceanothus americanus L. Sp. PL 195. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 66, Winnebago ; Wheeler 356, Crooked Creek. June, July. Ceanothus ovatus DESF. Hist. Arb. 2 : 381. 1809. Coll. : Wheeler 92, Lyon 66^, Winnebago. June. VITACEiE. Vitis vulpina L. Sp. PL 203. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 139, Winnebago; 344, Crooked Creek. June, July. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) PLANCH, in DC. Mon. Phan. 5: Part 2, 448. 1887. Coll.: Wheeler 235, Winnebago; Lyon 379, Jefferson. June, Aug. TILIACE^E. Tilia americana L. Sp. PL 514. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 211, Mayville. July. MALVACEAE. Malva rotundifolia L. S p. PL 688. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 491, Jefferson. Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 397 Napaea dioica L. Sp. PL 686. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 266, Jefferson. July. Previously collected at Vasa and Lanesboro. Rare on low- land near Winnebago creek. Abutilon abutilon (L.) RUSBY, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 222. 1894. Coll. : Lyon 283, Jefferson. July. HYPERICACE^:. Hypericum ascyron L. Sp. PI. 783. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 235, Crooked Creek; 436, Winnebago. June, Aug. Hypericum maculatum WALT. Fl. Car. 189. 1788. Coll.: Wheeler 442, 483, Jefferson; 615, Brownsville; Lyon 452, Jefferson. Aug. Hypericum majus (A. GRAY) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 225. 1894. Coll.: Wheeler 427, Jefferson; 601, Crooked Creek. July, Aug. CISTACE^:. Helianthemum majus (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 6. 1888. Coll.: Lyon 167, Crooked Creek; Wheeler 477, Jeffer- son; 633, Brownsville. Aug. Helianthemum canadense (L.) MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 308. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 631, Brownsville. Aug. Lechea stricta LEGGETT; BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 251. 1894. Coll. : Wheeler 359, Crooked Creek; Lyon 331, Winne- bago. July, Aug. VIOLACEJE. Viola pedatifida DON, Gard. Diet, i : 320. 1831. Coll. : Wheeler 429, Jefferson. July. Viola obliqua HILL, Hort. Kew. 316. pi. 12. 1769. Coll.: Wheeler 114, Winnebago. June. Viola pedata L. Sp. PI. 933. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 216, Jefferson. June. 398 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Viola pubescens AIT. Hort. Kevv. 3: 290. 1789. Coll. : Wheeler 205, Winnebago. June. THYMELEACE^E. Dirca palustris L. Sp. PL 358. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 520, Winnebago. Aug. Rare in moist thickets near Winnebago creek. LYTHRACE^E. Lythrum alatum PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 334. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 281, Wheeler 416, Jefferson. July. ONAGRACEjE. Epilobium coloratum MUHL. ; Willd. Enum. i : 411. 1809. Coll. : Wheeler 479, Jefferson ; 608, Brownsville. Aug. Epilobium adenocaulon HAUSSK. Oest. Bot. Zeit. 29: 119. 1879. Coll. : Wheeler 323, Mayville ; 595, Crooked Creek ; Lyon 457, Jefferson. July, Aug. Onagra biennis (L.) SCOP. Fl. Cam. Ed. 2, i: 269. 1772. Coll.: Lyon 166^, Winnebago; 286, Jefferson. June, July. (Enothera rhombipetala NUTT. ; T. & G. Fl. N. A. i : 493. 1840. Coll. : Lyon 323, Jefferson. Aug. Gaura biennis L. Sp. PL 347. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 574, Jefferson. Aug. No previous authentic collection from Minnesota. There are no Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the Univer- sity. Miss Manning's collection of 1883 from Pepin, Wis., is probably the one upon which is based the report of this species by Upham and others. Circaea lutetiana L. Sp. PL 9. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 270, Crooked Creek. June. Circaea alpina L. Sp. PL 9. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 152, Winnebago. June. ARALIACE^E. Aralia racemosa L. Sp. PL 273. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 345, Jefferson. Aug. \\'hcler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 399 Aralia nudicaulis L. Sp. PI. 274. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 15, Winnebago. June. Panax quinquefolium L. Sp. PI. 1058. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 210, Mayville ; Wheeler 469, Jefferson. July, Aug. UMBELLIFER^E. Angelica atropurpurea L. Sp. PI. 251. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 311, Crooked Creek. July. Heracleum lanatum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 166. 1803. Coll. : Lyon 93, Winnebago. June. Sanicula marylandica L. Sp. PI. 235. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 175, Winnebago. June. Sanicula gregaria BICKNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 22 : 354. 1895. Coll. : Wheeler 177, Winnebago. June. The only precious collection from Minnesota is that of Shel- don, Milaca, 1892. Sanicula canadensis L. Sp. PL 235. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 260, Jefferson. July. Sanicula trifoliata BICKNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 22 : 359. 1895. Coll. : Lyon 214, Mayville. July. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Pimpinella integerrima (L.) A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 7 : 345- 1868. . Coll. : Wheeler 179, Winnebago. June. Washingtonia claytoni (Micnx.) BRITTON in Brit. & Brown, 111. Fl. 2: 530./. 2680. 1897. Coll. : Lyon 7, Winnebago. June. Sium cicutaefolium GMEL. Syst. 2: 482. 1791. Coll. : Wheeler 545, Lyon 449, Jefferson. Aug. Zizia aurea (L.) KOCH, Nov. Act. Caes. Leop. 12 : 129. 1825. Coll.: Wheeler 174, Winnebago; Lyon 261, Jefferson. June, July. Zizia cordata DC. Prodr. 4: 100. 1830. Coll. : Lyon 292, 352, Jefferson. July. Cicuta maculata L. Sp. PI. 256. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 338, Crooked Creek. July. 400 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Cicuta bulbifera L. Sp. PL 255. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 607, Brownsville. Aug. Deringa canadensis (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 266. 1891. Coll. : Wheeler 193, Winnebago. June. Berula erecta (Huos.) COVILLE, Contr. Nat. Herb. 4 : 115. 1893. Coll. : Wheeler 588, Crooked Creek. Aug. In cold springs at the head of Clear creek. Hydrocotyle americana L. Sp. PI. 234. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 314, Mayville. July. The only previously reported locality of collection is St. Croix Falls. Rare in moist woods near Crooked creek. CORNACE^E. Cornus circinata L'HER. Cornus, 7. pi. j. 1788. Coll. : Wheeler 81, Winnebago. June. Cornus amonum MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 5. 1768. Coll. : Lyon 351, Jefferson. Aug. Cornus stolonifera MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 92. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 69, 173, Winnebago. June. Cornus candidissima MARSH, Arb. Am. 35. 1785. Coll. : Wheeler 172, Winnebago. June. PYROLACE^E. Pyrola elliptica NUTT. Gen. i : 273. 1818. Coll.: Wheeler 191, Winnebago; 276, Crooked Creek. June, July. ERICACEAE. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) SPRENG. Syst. 2: 287. 1825. Coll. : Lyon 116, Jefferson. June. On a sandy point of a bluff in section 19 of Jefferson. PRIMULACE^E. Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 34. 1888. Coll. : Lyon 249, Crooked Creek. July. Steironema ciliatum (L.) RAF. Ann. Gen. Phys. 7 : 192. 1820. Coll. : Lyon 251, Crooked Creek. July. Dodecatheon meadia L. Sp. PI. 144. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 340, Crooked Creek. July. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 401 Previously collected only in Winona and Wabasha counties. Rare in moist woods. OLEACE.E. Fraxinus lanceolata BORCK. Handb. Forst. Bot. i : 826. 1800. Coll.: Lyon 300, Jefferson. Aug. Fraxinus nigra MARSH. Arb. Am. 51. 1785. Coll. : Lyon 173, Crooked Creek. June. (Plate XXIII., B.) GENTIANACE.E. Gentiana crinita FROEL. Gen. 112. 1796. Coll. : Lyon 454, 488, Jefferson. Aug. Gentiana quinquefolia L. Sp. PI. 230. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 455, 487, Jefferson. Aug. Gentiana flavida A. GRAY, Journ. Sci. (II.) i: 180. 1846. Coll.: Wheeler 516, Winnebago ; 596, Crooked Creek. Aug. APOCYNACE.E. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Sp. PL 213. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 188, Crooked Creek. July. Apocynum cannabinum L. Sp. PI. 213. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 471, Jefferson. Aug. Apocynum cannabinum glaberrimum DC. Prodr. 8 : 439. 1844. Coll. : Lyon 357, Jefferson. Aug. ASCLEPIADACE^. Asclepias tuberosa L. Sp. PI. 217. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 287, 369, Crooked Creek; Lyon 356, Jefferson. July, Aug. Asclepias incarnata L. Sp. PI. 215. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 177, Winnebago ; 365, Jefferson. June, Aug. Asclepias obtusifolia MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i: 115. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 569, Jefferson. Aug. Previously reported only by Lapham. Infrequent on dry hillsides. Asclepias exaltata (L.) MUHL. Cat. 28. 1813. Coll. : Lyon 178, Winnebago. July. Asclepias syriaca L. Sp. PI. 214. 1753- Coll. : Lyon 176, Winnebago. July. 402 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Asclepias verticillata L. Sp. PL 217. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 286, Crooked Creek ; 378, Jefferson. July. Acerates viridiflora (RAF.) EATON, Man. Ed. 5, 90. 1829. Coll.: Lyon 179, Winnebago ; 309^, Jefferson. July, Aug. CONVOLVULACE.E. Convolvulus sepium L. Sp. PI. 153. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 306, Crooked Creek. July. Convolvulus spithamaeus L. Sp. PI. 158. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 207, Winnebago; 358, 371, Crooked Creek; 385, Jefferson. June, July. CUSCUTACEjE. Cuscuta indecora CHOISY, Mem. Soc. Gen. 9 : 278. pi. j. f. 5. 1841. Coll. : Wheeler 436, 557, 647, Jefferson. July, Aug. Cuscuta coryli ENGELM. Am. Journ. Sci. 43: 337. f. 7-11. 1842. Coll. : Wheeler 503, Winnebago. Aug. Cuscuta gronovii WILLD. ; R. & S. Syst. 6 : 205. 1820. Coll.: Wheeler 308, 592, Crooked Creek; 438, 440, Jefferson. July, Aug. Cuscuta paradoxa RAF. Ann. Nat. 13. 1820. Coll. : Wheeler 437, 648, Jefferson. July, Aug. POLEMONIACE^E. Phlox pilosa L. Sp. PL 152. 1753. Coll. : Herb. Wheeler 14, Winnebago. June. Phlox divaricata L. Sp. PL 152. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 5, Winnebago. June. Polemonium reptans L. Syst. Ed. 10, No. i. 1759. Coll. : Wheeler 33, Winnebago. June. HYDROPHYLLACE^E. Hydrophyllum virginicum L. Sp. PL 146. 1753. Coll. : Lyon n, Winnebago. June. Hydrophyllum appendiculatum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 134. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 324, Mayville. July. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 403 Macrocalyx nyctelea (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 434. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 19, Winnebago. June. BORAGINACE^:. Lappula lappula (L.) KARST. Deutsch. Fl. 979. 1880-83. Coll. : Lyon 186, Crooked Creek. July. Lappula virginianum ( L.) GREENE, Pittonia, 2 : 182. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 237, Mayville. July. Lithospermum gmelini ( MICHX.) A. S. HITCHCOCK, Spring Fl. Manh. 30. 1894. Coll.: Lyon 281^, Jefferson. July. Lithospermum canescens (MICHX.) LEHM. Asperif. 305. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 27, Winnebago. June. Lithospermum angustifolium MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 130. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 450, Jefferson. Aug. Onosmodium caroliniana (LAM.) DC. Prodr. 10 : 70. 1846. Coll. : Wheeler 352, Crooked Creek. July. Lycopsis arvensis L. Sp. PL 139. 1753. Coll. : Lyon no, Winnebago. June. Not previously reported from Minnesota. VERBENACE^E. Verbena urticifolia L. Sp. PL 20. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 406, 548, Jefferson. July, Aug. Verbena hastata L. Sp. PL 20. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 403, Jefferson. July. Verbena stricta VENT. Desc. PL Jard. Cels. -pi. 53. 1800. Coll. : Wheeler 401, Jeffepson. July. Verbena bracteosa MICHX. FL Bor. Am. 2 : 13. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 635, Brownsville. Aug. Lippia lanceolata MICHX. FL Bor. Am. 2 : 15. 1803. Coll.: Lyon 279, Jefferson; Wheeler 622, Brownsville. July, Aug. Common on the very low lands of the Mississippi river. LABIATE. Teucrium canadense L. Sp. PL 564. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 414, Jefferson. July. 404 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Sp. PI. 598- I7S3- Coll. : Wheeler 455, Jefferson ; 517, Winnebago. Aug. Scutellaria cordifolia MUHL. Cat. 56. 1813. Coll. : Wheeler 468, Jefferson. Aug. Scutellaria parvula MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2:11. 1803. Coll. : Lyon 39, Winnebago. June. Agastache scrophulariaefolia (WILLD.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 511. 1891. Coll.: Wheeler, 465, Jefferson; Lyon 315, Winnebago. Aug. Nepeta cataria L. Sp. PI. 570. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 288, 492, Jefferson. July. Glecoma hederacea L. Sp. PI. 578. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 229, Crooked Creek. July. Prunella vulgaris L. Sp. PL 600. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 407, Jefferson. July. Physostegia virginiana (L.) BENTH. Lab. Gen. and Sp. 504. 1834- Coll.: Lyon 295, Jefferson. July. Leonurus cardiaca L. Sp. PI. 584. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 256, Lyon 418, Winnebago ; Wheeler 295, Mayville. June, July, Aug. Stachys palustris L. Sp. PI. 580. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 300, Crooked Creek. July. Monarda fistulosa L. Sp. PL 22. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 185, Crooked Creek. July. Blephila hirsuta (PURSH) TORR. FL U. S. 27. 1824. Coll.: Lyon 225, Mayville; Wheeler 498, Winnebago. July, Aug. Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) PERS. Syn. 2 : 131. 1807. Coll. : Wheeler 610, Brownsville. Aug. Previously reported from the Mississippi river by Garrison and Miss Manning, but there are no Minnesota specimens in the Herbarium of the University. Hedeoma hispida PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 414. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 51, Winnebago. June. Clinopodium vulgare L. S p. PI. 587. 1753- Coll. : Lyon 411, Winnebago. Aug. \\'JlCclcr : FLORA. OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 405 Kcellia virginiana (L.) MAcM. Met. Minn. 452. 1892. Coll. : Wheeler 363, Crooked Creek ; 405, Jefferson. July. Lycopus virginicus L. Sp. PI. 21. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 537, Jefferson. Aug. Lycopus rubellus MOENCH, Meth. Suppl. 146. 1802. Coll. : Lyon 314, 417, Winnebago. Aug. Lycopus americanus MUHL. ; Bart. Fl. Phil. Prodr. 15. 1815. Coll. : Lyon 335, 348, Jefferson. Aug. Lycopus lucidus TURCZ. ; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12 : 178. 1848. Coll. : Lyon 459, Jefferson. Aug. Mentha canadensis L. Sp. PI. 577. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 199, Crooked Creek. July. SOLANACE^). Physalis philadelphica LAM. Encycl. 2: 101. 1786. Coll. : Lyon 359, Jefferson. Aug. Mr. Rydberg says: "This is a very peculiar form that I have never seen before. It may be a new species but in order to make a good description fruit is required. At present it should be referred to P. 'philadelphica with which it agrees except in the very large and broad leaves. In that respect it resembles P. macrophysa Rydb. but the latter is a perennial not an annual as this plant." Physalis virginiana MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 4. 1768. Coll. : Lyon 63, Winnebago. June. Physalis heterophylla NEES, Linnsea, 6: 463. 1831. Coll. : Lyon 150, Winnebago. June. Solanum nigrum L. Sp. PI. 186. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 192, Crooked Creek. July. Datura tatula L. Sp. PI. Ed. 2, 256. 1762. Coll. : Wheeler 379, Jefferson. July. SCROPHULARIACE^:. Verbascum thapsus L. Sp. PI. 177. i753- Coll. : Wheeler 474, Jefferson. Aug. Scrophularia marylandica L. Sp. PI. 619. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 190, Winnebago ; 353, Jefferson. June, Aug. Chelone glabra L. Sp. PI. 611. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 586, Crooked Creek. Aug. 406 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Mimulus ringens L. Sp. PL 634. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 383, 546, Jefferson. July, Aug. Mimulus jamesii T. & G. ; BENTH. in DC. Prodr. 10: 371. 1846. Coll. : Lyon 68, Winnebago ; Wheeler 589, Crooked Creek. June, Aug. Ilysanthes gratioloides (L.) BENTH. in DC. Prodr. 10: 419. 1846. Coll.: Lyon 361, 382, Jefferson ; Wheeler 578^, Crooked Creek. Aug. Veronica americana SCHWEIN. ; BENTH. in DC. Prodr. 10: 468. 1846. Coll. : Wheeler 147, Winnebago. June. Veronica peregrina L. Sp. PL 14. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 83, Winnebago; Wheeler 415, Jefferson. June, July. Leptandra virginica (L.) NUTT. Gen. i: 7. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 234, 250, Crooked Creek. July. Dasystoma grandiflora (BENTH.) WOOD. Bot. & Flor. 231. 1873. Coll. : Wheeler 512, Winnebago. Aug. This is the first authentic specimen of this seen from Minnesota. Gerardia aspera DOUGL. : BENTH. in DC. Prodr. 10: 517. 1846. Coll. : Lyon 407, Jefferson. Aug. Gerardia tenuifolia VAHL, Symb. Bot. 3 : 79. 1794. Coll.: Lyon 406, 456, Wheeler 575, Jefferson; Wheeler 602, Crooked Creek. Aug. Castilleja coccinea (L.) SPRENG. Syst. 2: 775. 1825. Coll. : Wheeler 85, Winnebago. June. Castilleja sessiliflora PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 738. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 69, Winnebago. June. Pedicularis lanceolata MICHX. FL Bor. Am. 2 : 18. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 515, Winnebago; 600, Crooked Creek. Aug. Pedicularis canadensis L. Mant. 86. 1767. Coll. : Lyon 35, Winnebago. June. LENTIBULARIACE^:. Utricularia vulgaris L. Sp. PL 18. 1753. Coll. ; Lyon 267, Wheeler 459, Jefferson. July, Aug. Wheeler: FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 407 OROBANCHACE^E. Thalesia uniflora (L.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 298. 1894. Coll. : Lyon 70, Winnebago. June. PHRYMACE^E. Phryma leptostachya L. Sp. PI. 601. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 298, Crooked Creek. July. PLANTAGINACE^E. Plantago major L. Sp. PL 112. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 124, Winnebago. June. RUBIACEvE. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. Sp. PL 95. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 365, Crooked Creek ; 435, Jefferson ; 624, Brownsville.. July, Aug. Common on the lowlands of the Mississippi river. Galium aparine L. Sp. PL 108. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 9, Winnebago. June. Galium boreale L. Sp. PL 108. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 53, Winnebago; 199^, Crooked Creek. June, July. Galium triflorum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i: 80. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 41, Winnebago. June. Galium trifidum L. Sp. PL 105. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 42, Winnebago. June. Galium asprellum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 78. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 593, Crooked Creek. Aug. CAPRIFOLIACE^E. Sambucus canadensis L. Sp. PL 269. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 412, 649, Jefferson. July, Aug. Sambucus pubens MICHX. FL Bor. Am. i: 181. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 133, Winnebago. June. Viburnum opulus L. Sp. PL 268. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 129, Winnebago; Wheeler 591, Crooked Creek. June, Aug. Viburnum dentatum L. Sp. PL 268. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 201, Winnebago. June. 408 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Viburnum lentago L. Sp. PL 268. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 39, Winnebago. June. Triosteum perfoliatum L. Sp. PL 176. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 2, Winnebago. June. Lonicera dioica L. Syst. Ed. 12, 165. 1767. Coll. : Wheeler 190, Winnebago. June. Lonicera sullivantii A. GRAY, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19 : 76. 1883. Coll. : Wheeler 122, Winnebago. June. Diervilla diervilla (L.) MACM., Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 15. 1892. Coll. : Lyon 46, Winnebago. June. ADOXACE^E. AdoxamoschatellinaL.Sp.PL 367. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 196, Winnebago. June. Frequent in moist woods. VALERIANACE^:. Valeriana edulis NUTT. in T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2 : 48. 1841. Coll. : Wheeler 159, Winnebago. June. CAMPANULACE^E. Campanula rotundifolia L. Sp. PL 163. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 36, Winnebago. June. Campanula aparinoides PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 159. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 194^, Crooked Creek. July. Campanula americana L. Sp. PL 164. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 339, Crooked Creek. July. Legouzia perfoliata (L.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 309. 1894. Coll. : Lyon 148, Winnebago. June. Lobelia cardinalis L. Sp. PL 930. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 464, Jefferson ; 578, Crooked Creek. Aug. Lobelia syphilitica L. Sp. PL 931. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 310, 340, Jefferson. Aug. Lobelia spicata LAM. Encycl. 3: 587. 1789. Coll. : Lyon 115, Jefferson. June. Lobelia inflata L. Sp. PL 931. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 480, 554, Jefferson; 612, Brownsville. Aug. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 409 CICHORIACE^E. Cichorium intybus L. Sp. PI. 813. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 594, Lyon 468, Crooked Creek. Aug. Adopogon virginicum (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 304. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 20, 337, Wheeler 506, Winnebago. June, Aug. Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) KARST. Deutsch. Fl. 1138. 1880 -S3- Coll.: Lyon 121, Winnebago. June. Sonchus asper (L.) ALL. Fl. Fed. i : 222. 1785. Coll. : Lyon 264, Jefferson. July. Lactuca scariola L. Sp. PI. Ed. 2, 1119. 1763. Coll. : Lyon 374, Jefferson. Aug. Lactuca ludoviciana (NUTT.) DC. Prodr. 7: 141. 1838. Coll. : Lyon 285, 445, 447, Jefferson. July. Previously reported only by Sheldon from Sleepy Eye. Lactuca sagittifolia ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 253. 1821-24, Coll. : Lyon 363, Jefferson. Aug. Previously reported only by Sheldon from Lake Benton. Lactuca floridana (L.) GAERTN. Fruct. & Sem. 2 : 362. 1791. Coll. : Lyon 334, 410, 423, Winnebago. Aug. Hieracium umbellatum L. Sp. PI. 804. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 627, Brownsville. Aug. No authentic specimens previously reported from Minnesota. Hieracium canadense MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2 : 86. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 443, Jefferson; Lyon 311, 341, Wheeler 510, Winnebago. Aug. Hieracium scabrum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 86. 1803. Coll.: Wheeler 485, Lyon 336, 405, 462, Jefferson; Wheeler 513, Winnebago; Wheeler 636, Brownsville. Nabalus albus (L.) HOOK. Fl. Bor. Am. i: 294. 1833. Coll. : Wheeler 521, Winnebago. Aug. AMBROSIACE^E. Ambrosia trifida L. Sp. PL 987. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 417, Jefferson. July. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. Sp. PI. 987. 1753- Coll.: Lyon 495, Jefferson. Aug. Xanthium canadense MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll. : Lyon 424, Winnebago. Aug. 410 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. COMPOSITE. Vernonia fasciculata MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 94. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler, 408, Jefferson. July. Eupatorium purpureum L. Sp. PI. 838. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 347, Wheeler 563, Jefferson ; Wheeler 519, Winnebago. Aug. Eupatorium altissimum L. Sp. PL 837. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 533, 568, Jefferson; Lyon 412, Winne- bago. Aug. Eupatorium perfoliatum L. Sp. PI. 838. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 493, Jefferson. Aug. Eupatorium ageratoides L. f. Suppl. 355. 1781. Coll. : Lyon 293, Jefferson. July. Kuhnia eupatorioides L. Sp. PL Ed. 2, 1662. 1763. Coll.: Wheeler 532, 555, 571, Lyon 370, 381, 489, Jefferson. Aug. Lacinaria cylindracea (Micnx.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 349. 1891. Coll. : Lyon 181, Crooked Creek; 290, Jefferson. July. Lacinaria pycnostachya (Micnx.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 349 1891. Coll.: Lyon 265, Jefferson. July. Lacinaria scariosa (L.) HILL, Veg. Syst. 4: 49. 1762 . Coll. : Lyon 313, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago flexicaulis L. Sp. PL 879. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 371 ^, 484, Jefferson ; Wheeler 590, Crooked Creek. Aug. Solidago hispida MUHL. ; WILLD. Sp. PL 3: 2063. 1804. Coll. : Lyon 294, Jefferson. July. Solidago erecta PURSH, FL Am. Sept. 542. 1814. Coll. : Lyon 371, Jefferson. Aug. Reported from Stearns County but no Minnesota specimens previously seen. Solidago speciosa NUTT. Gen. 2 : 160. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 467, Jefferson. Aug. Solidago ulmifolia MUHL. ; WILLD. Sp. PL 3 : 2060. 1804. Coll. : Lyon 433, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago serotina AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 211. 1789. Coll. : Lyon 360, Jefferson. Aug. k Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 411 Solidago missouriensis NUTT. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 32. 1834. Coll. : Lyon 289, 373, Jefferson. July. Solidago canadensis L. Sp. PI. 878. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 330, Winnebago. Aug. Solidago nemoralis AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 213. 1789. Coll.: Wheeler 61 1, Brownsville. Aug. Solidago rigida L. Sp. PI. 880. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 372, 403, Jefferson. Aug. Euthamia graminifolia (L.) NUTT. Gen. 2: 162. 1818. Coll. : Wheeler 565, Jefferson. Aug. Boltonia asteroides (L.) L'HER. Sert. Angl. 27. 1788. Coll. : Lyon 385, Wheeler 561, Jefferson. Aug. Aster drummondii LINDL. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. i : 97. ^1835- Coll.: Wheeler 551, Jefferson; Lyon 426, Winnebago. Aug. Aster sagittifolius WILLD. Sp. PI. 3: 2035. 1804. Coll.: Lyon 402, 451, Jefferson; Wheeler 583, 599, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster patens AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 201. 1789. Coll. : Wheeler 584, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster novae-angliae L. Sp. PI. 875. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 425, Winnebago ; 482, Jefferson. Aug. Aster puniceus L. Sp. PI. 875. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 585, Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster prenanthoides MUHL. ; Willd. Sp. PL 3 : 2046. 1804. Coll. : Wheeler 518, Lyon 409, Winnebago ; Wheeler 582. Crooked Creek. Aug. Aster laevis L. Sp. PI. 876. 1753. »Coll. : Wheeler 509, Lyon 435, Winnebago ; Wheeler 616, 626, Brownsville. Aug. Aster sericeus VENT. Hort. Cels. pi. jj. 1800. Coll. : Wheeler 218, Jefferson. June. Aster ptarmicoides (NEES) T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2 : 160. 1841. Coll.: Lyon 441, Jefferson. Aug. Aster salicifolius LAM. Encycl. 1 : 306. 1783. Coll.: Wheeler 552, Lyon 400, Jefferson; Lyon 427, Winnebago. Aug. 412 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Aster paniculatus LAM. Encycl. i : 306. 1783. Coll.: Wheeler 540, Jefferson ; 623, Brownsville. Aug. Erigeron pulchellus MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 124. 1803. Coll. : Lyon 28, Winnebago. June. Erigeron animus (L.) PERS. Syn. 2 : 431. 1807. Coll.: Lyon 84, 420, 432, Winnebago; Wheeler 562, Jefferson. Aug. Erigeron ramosus (WALT.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 27. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 530, 572, Jefferson. Aug. Leptilon canadense (L.) BRITTON, in Brit. & Brown, 111. Fl. 3 : 391. f.3827. 1898. Coll. : Lyon 303, Jefferson. Aug. Doellingeria umbellata pubens (A. GRAY) BRITTON, in Brit. & Brown, 111. Fl. 3: 392. 1898. Coll.: Lyon 399, Jefferson; Wheeler 581, Crooked Creek. Aug. Antennaria plantaginifolia (L.) RICHARDS. App. Frank. Journ. Ed. 2,' 30. 1823. Coll. : Lyon 23, Winnebago. June. Gnaphalium obtusifolium L. Sp. PI. 851. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 338, 440, 465, Jefferson. Aug. Polymnia canadensis L. Sp. PI. 926. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 316, Mayville ; Lyon 344, Jefferson. July, Aug. Silphium perfoliatum L. Sp. PL Ed. 2, 1301. 1763. Coll. : Lyon 215, 240, Crooked Creek. July. Silphium laciniatum L. Sp. PI. 919. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 297, Crooked Creek. July. Heliopsis helianthoides (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 28. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 614, Brownsville. Aug. Heliopsis scabra DUNAL, Mem. Mus. Paris, 5 : 56. pL 4. 1819. Coll. : Wheeler 330, Crooked Creek. July. Rudbeckia triloba L. Sp. PI. 907. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 502, Winnebago ; 535, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Infrequent, edges of thickets. Rudbeckia hirta L. Sp. PI. 907. 1753. Coll.: Wheeler 301, 329, Crooked Creek; 613, Browns- ville. July, Aug. \\'Jiceler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 413 Rudbeckia laciniata L. Sp. PL 906. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 232, Crooked Creek ; Wheeler 542, Jefferson. July, Aug. Ratibida pinnata (VENT.) BARNHART, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 410. 1897. Coll. : Wheeler 374, Crooked Creek. July. Ratibida columnaris (SiMs) D. DON ; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Card. 2 : 361. 1838. Coll. : Wheeler 536, Jefferson. Aug. Not previously reported from eastern Minnesota. Rare, dry banks. Helianthus atrorubens L. Sp. PI. 906. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 634, Brownsville. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The only previous collection known is that of Sandberg, Hennepin Co., Aug., 1889. Helianthus scaberrimus ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2 : 423. 1824. Coll. : Wheeler 445, 528, Jefferson ; 579, Crooked Creek. Aug. Helianthus occidentalis RIDDELL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio PL 13. 1836. Coll.: Wheeler 444, Lyon 322, Jefferson; Wheeler 511, Winnebago. Aug. Helianthus grosse-serratus MARTENS, Sel. Sem. Hort. Loven. 1839. Coll. : Wheeler 549, Jefferson. Aug. Helianthus divaricatus L. Sp. PL 906. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 566, 576, Jefferson ; 630 Winnebago. Aug. Helianthus tracheliifolius MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 7. 1768. Coll. : Wheeler 603, Crooked Creek. Aiig. Helianthus strumosus L. Sp. PL 905. 1753- Coll. : Wheeler 632, Brownsville. Aug. Helianthus tuberosus L. Sp. PL 905. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 567, Jefferson. Aug. Coreopsis palmata NUTT. Gen. 2 : 180. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 160, Winnebago; 182, Crooked Creek. June, July. 414 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Bidens laevis (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 29. 1888. Coll. : Wheeler 560, Jefferson. Aug. Bidens comosa (A. GRAY) WIEGAND, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: ^ 436. 1897. Coll. : Wheeler 544, 559, Jefferson ; 628, Brownsville. Aug. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The only pre- viously collected authentic specimen seen from Minnesota is that of Aiton, Minneapolis, Sept., 1890. Common on the low wet ground throughout. Bidens frondosa L. Sp. PL 832. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 541, Jefferson. Aug. Helenium autumnale L. Sp. PI. 886. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 487, Jefferson. Aug. Achillea millefolium L. Sp. PL 899. 1753. Coll. : Wheeler 398, Jefferson. July. Anthemis cotula L. Sp. PL 894. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 269, 284, Jefferson. July. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. Sp. PL 888. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 231, Crooked Creek. July. Tanacetum vulgare L. Sp. PL 844. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 416, Winnebago. Aug. Artemisia dracunculoides PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 742. 1814. Coll.: Wheeler 370, Crooked Creek; Lyon 369, 390, Jefferson. Aug. Artemisia serrata NUTT. Gen. 2 : 142. 1818. Coll.: Lyon 383, Jefferson. Aug. Artemisia gnaphalodes NUTT. Gen. 2: 143. 1818. Coll. : Wheeler 550, Jefferson ; Lyon 419, Winnebago. Aug. Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) RAF. DC. Prodr. 6: 294. 1837. Coll. : Lyon 342, 446, Jefferson; Wheeler 621, Browns- ville. Aug. Mesadenia reniformis (MUHL.) RAF. New Fl. 4: 79. 1836. Coll. : Wheeler 273, Crooked Creek. June. Senecio plattensis NUTT. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 7: 413. 1841. Coll. : Wheeler 100, Winnebago. June. Not previously reported from Minnesota. The only previous known collection in this state is that of Prof. Conway MacMillan from Hennepin county. Wheeler : FLORA OF SOUTHEASTERN MINNESOTA. 415 Senecio aureus L. Sp. PI. 870. 1753. Coll. : Lyon 54, Winnebago. June. Arctium minus SCHK. Bot. Handb. 3: 49. 1803. Coll. : Wheeler 432, Jefferson. July. Carduus lanceolatus L. Sp. PI. 821. 1753. Coll.: Lyon 242, Crooked Creek. July. Carduus discolor (MUHL.) NUTT. Gen. 2 : 130. 1818. Coll. : Lyon 377, Jefferson. Aug. Carduus odoratus (MuHL.) PORTER. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 345. 1894. Coll. : Herb. Wheeler 25, Winnebago. July. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXI. A. Juniper point, Crooked creek valley. Southwest side of bluff dotted with junipers and white birch. B. Base of bluff, upper Winnebago valley. White pine, juniper and white birch along the upper edge of cliff. PLATE XXII. A. Western slope of bluff. The woods follow the areas of greatest moisture i. «?., the ravines and foot of bluff and the water course in the valley. The shrubs in the valley mark the course of a small creek and are principally willows and dogwoods. £>. Southern slope of bluff showing the steep bare slopes and the thickly wooded ravine. The extreme base of the bluff to the left has been cleared of timber for cultivation. PLATE XXIII. A. Grove of white birch. B. Swamp vegetation. Spathyema growing in the shade of black ash and yellow birch. PLATE XXIV. A. Group of coffee trees (Gymnocladus). B. White birch and juniper on side of bluff. PLATE XXV. A. Slough and island vegetation. Sagittarias and Nelumbo are the most prominent water plants, and willows and cottonwood on the island in the background. B. General view of river valley from bluffs on Minnesota side of river. The river channel is on the farther side at the base of the Wis- consin bluffs. 416 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PLATE XXVI. A. General view of Winnebago valley showing general distribution of forest vegetation. The valley is almost entirely cleared for cultiva- tion. B. South branch of Winnebago valley. The northern slope of bluff is densely wooded. PLATE XXVII. A. Lilium canadense growing in moist meadow of creek valley. B. Pond vegetation. Yellow pond-lily with water grasses and sedges. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. PLATE XXI. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV PLATE XXII. THE MELIOTYPE PSINTINO CO., BOSTON II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. PLATE XXIII. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. PLATE XXIV. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. '- • '". PLATE XXV THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. PLATE XXVI. THE HELIOTYPE PRINTING CO., BOSTON. L. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES PART IV PLATE XXVII. XXIII. THE SEED AND SEEDLING OF THE WESTERN LARKSPUR (Delphinium occidentale Wats.). FRANCIS RAMALEY. The seeds of Delphinium occidentale vary in color from a yellowish brown to a brownish black. The testa is somewhat irregularly roughened but not pitted or rugose as in many species of the genus, e. g., the official species, D. staphisagria. The seeds are three angled with rounded sides and bluntly pointed at the ends. The edges are either merely sharp angled or else the angles project, forming conspicuous wings. (See Fig. 4 and 5.) The seeds are anatropous as in other Ranunculaceae. The vascular bundle extending from the hilum is small, about 80 microns in diameter. It is situated in the parenchyma of one of the angles. The cells of the bundle are about 2 or 3 microns in diameter, in cross section. Endosperm. — The body of the seed within the seed-coat con- sists chiefly of endosperm, the embryo being very small. (See Fig. 5 and 6.) In the endosperm, two distinct portions may be recognized. The inner portion, an ellipsoidal mass, is rich in oily matter. The outer portion contains some oil, but the cubical or prismatic cells of which it is composed are chiefly filled with proteid grains. There is no starch present in any part of the seed. Embryo. — The embryo, which exhibits slight differentiation, is placed at the micropylar end of the seed. It is embedded in the inner endosperm. The embryo is small, about 0.4 mm. long or one-fifth the length of the entire seed. (See Fig. 5). Seed-coat. — The testa consists of a large-celled epidermis with a thick cuticle and of four or five layers of large-celled par- enchyma. (See Fig. 14.) These cells have yellow or brownish walls and contain only air. They are usually very much flat- 417 418 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. tened in the dry, ripe seed but swell out in seeds which have been soaked in water. The tegmen consists of a single layer of small rectangular cells with thick periclinal and thin anticlinal walls. The cell walls are of a dull brownish color and the cav- ities are without contents. Germination takes place in from four to six weeks when seeds are placed under favorable conditions. The cotyledons generally escape from the seed-coat before appearing above ground. This is easily done because by this time the endo- sperm has been completely used and the seed-coat is likely to be somewhat rotted during the long period of germination. Morphology of the Seedling. — In the young seedling the cot- yledons are small, the blades being generally about 4 mm. in length when they first emerge above the surface of the soil. They increase considerably in size, becoming 8 mm. long and 6 mm. wide. They are ovate, bluntly pointed, with three prin- cipal veins from which spring conspicuous secondary veins. The petioles are connate from their bases to a point only a few millimeters from the blades. The structure formed of the united petioles emerges above the surface of the soil in the form of an arch, thus simulating a hypocotyl. (See Fig. i.) The connate bases of the cotyledons form a dome-shaped structure covering the growing point of the shoot. This structure may be termed the cotyledonary sheath. The development of the foliage leaves causes a rupture of the cotyledonary sheath. Through the opening formed the first and succeeding leaves emerge. (See Figs. 2 and 3.) The cotyledons wither and finally disappear about the sixth week after germination. The first internodes of the stem do not elongate and the sub-aerial portion of the plant consists only of a rosette of long-petioled leaves, until the some- what scape-like flowering stem is produced. The early foliage leaves show considerable variation in the blade. The first is palmately tri-lobed with narrow sinuses. In some specimens the lobes are pointed, in others rounded. The separate lobes are sometimes rather deeply one- to two-toothed. Later leaves may be similar or may be five-lobed, the lobes generally mucro- nate, or acute, not rounded. The young seedling of the plant studied resembles that of Delphinium nudicaule, first observed by Asa Gray,* and accurately described by Darwin. f Lub- *Graj. Botanical Text Book, Ed. VI, i : 22. 1879. t Darwin. The Power of MovementMn Plants, "p. 80 (American Edition). Ramaley : SEED AND SEEDLING OF WESTERN LARKSPUR. 419 bock,* mentions that in Delphinium troll if olium and in Del- phinium consolida the petioles of the cotyledons are united in the same way. Anatomy of the Seedling. — As this has apparently not been described for any species of Delphinium a somewhat extended account will be given. It may be well to state at the outset that the present writer has studied only the seedling and not the flowering stem. The young root has a thick cortex and small central stele. The endodermis, though thin-walled, is con- spicuous in properly stained sections because of the thickened cuticularized spots on the radial walls. The xylem is arranged in two small groups. (See Fig. 7.) In an older portion of the root (Fig. 8) the xylem forms an elongated mass in the center of the stele. Higher up the vascular tissue extending to the cotyledons passes out abruptly on either side at right angles to the longer diameter of the xylem mass. (Fig. 9.) Passing upward the xylem strand divides into six or more bundles as the transition occurs from root to stem. At the same time the cortex becomes thinner. In a cross section at this point (Fig. 10) the cotyledonary sheath is seen surrounding the stem. In a section somewhat higher up (Fig. n) the bases of the early foliage-leaves may be seen placed alternately. Here the stem abruptly narrows and a rupture of the cotyledonary sheath per- mits the emergence of the first foliage-leaf. (Figs. 2 and 3). The cotyledonary sheath now becomes smaller, narrowing to form the structure previously spoken of as resembling a hypo- cotyl. Sections of this structure show that its component petioles are not completely fused at any point (Fig. 12.) A slit-like passage, lined with epidermis, extends upward to the point where the petioles separate completely. Anatomy of the cotyledonary Sheath. — No difference is to be noted between the outer epidermis and that lining the cavity. It is, in both cases, composed of elongated cells which are square in cross section. There are two vascular bundles, one for each component petiole. These are small but show no pe- culiarities in structure. The fundamental tissue is a large- celled parenchyma. Anatomy of the Lamina of the Cotyledons.- — Each lamina has three principal veins which send off numerous branches. The epidermis is composed of thin-walled cells, somewhat *Lubbock. On Seedlings, 2: 96. 1892. 420 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. larger on the upper surface than on the lower. These cells have a very sinuous outline when seen in surface view. Sto- mata are confined to the lower leaf surface. A loose palisade layer lies next to the upper epidermis. The spongy paren- chyma below this has large air cavities. A few short, clavate, unicellular trichomes sometimes occur on the under surface of the leaf. Anatomy of the foliage leaves. — The leaves have sheath- ing bases and channeled petioles. In the center of the petiole there is an air cavity. Five or more vascular bundles form a circle outside this cavity. (See Fig. 13.) Each bundle con- sists of a large mass of xylem, a very small amount of phloem and, external to this, a small mass of stereom with lignified cell walls. The fundamental tissue is loose parenchyma. No special hypoderma is developed. The epidermis is thin-walled. The leaf laminae are thin and composed of very loose tissue. The epidermal cells are large and have sinuous outlines. An interesting peculiarity is to be noted in the palisade. The cells of this tissue are frequently branched at the upper end. (See Fig. 15.) This peculiarity was noted, according to Solereder,* by Haberlandt in certain species of allied genera, but that investigator failed to find branched palisade cells in any of the species of Delphinium which he studied. The stomata of the foliage leaves are confined to the lower surface of the leaf. A row of short, simple, pointed trichomes is placed along the margin of the leaf and a very few similar trichomes are scat- tered on the upper surface. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES, PLATE XXVIII. Figures i, 2, 3. Seedlings of Delphinium occidentale in various stages of development (natural size). In Figures i and 2 the united petioles of the cotyledons have the appearance of a hypocotyl. In Figure 2 the first leaf appears as a small projection at the base of the petioles of the cotyledons. Figure 4. Seed, x 18. Figure 5. Longitudinal section of seed showing the minute embryo. The dotted ellipse indicates the line of division between the inner, oily portion of the endosperm and the outer part containing aleuron grains. X 18. * Solereder. Sjst. Anat. der Dicotyledonen, 18, OL. II MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART IV. PLATE XXV II I. Ramaley : SEED AND SEEDLING OF WESTERN LARKSPUR. 421 Figure 6. Transverse section of seed through the equator. The vascular bundle is in the upper corner, x 18. Figures 7, 8, 9, 10, n, 12. All x 18. Diagrams of cross sections of the seedling cut at various levels. Figure 7. The root, thick cor- tex and small stele with two xylem masses. Figure 8. The root, higher up, a single mass of xylem. " From this the cotyledonary leaf traces extend out horizontally" (Figure 9). Figure 10. The coty- ledonary sheath with two vascular bundles encloses the stem. Figure 1 1 . The cotyledonary sheath is ruptured. The sheathing bases of the foliage leaves, arranged alternately, enclose the small triangular apex of the stem. Figure 12. The united petioles of the cotyledons with the slit-like air passage. Figure 13. Diagram of a cross section of the petiole of the first leaf. The central air cavity is shown, also the circle of vascular bundles (dotted), each with a small amount of stereom (black), x 24. Figure 14. Section of a seed soaked in water. The epidermis has a very thick cuticle ; the parenchyma is large-celled. The layer of small cells with thick walls is the tegmen. The endosperm cells are prismatic (contents not shown). X 270. Figure 15. Vertical section of the blade of first foliage leaf. Two stomata are shown in the lower epidermis. One of the cells of the palisade layer is branched at the top. Chlorophyll bodies and nuclei are shown in the cells. X 270. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE^E. E. M. FREEMAN. The collection of fungi in Minnesota has been carried on by the Geological and Natural History Survey of the state at various times for the past fourteen years.* In 1 886 Prof essorj. C. Arthur assisted by Prof. L. H. Bailey and E. W. D. Holway, Esq., made a collection of fungi in St. Louis county especially in the region about Vermillion lake. A list of the plants collected was pub- lished in Bulletin No. 3 of the Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Since that time numerous collections have been made by Dr. A. P. Anderson, Messrs. E. P. Shel- don, C. A. Ballard and others, but lists of the collected plants have not yet been published. The list given below comprises records of all the Erysiphese which have been collected in Min- nesota up to the present time and deposited at the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. A number of specimens had been identified by Mr. Sheldon and these together with the above mentioned collection of Profes- sor Arthur and his party have in every case been reexamined so that the writer assumes the sole responsibility of the determina- tions. The specimens have been compared with such well known exsiccati as Ellis' North American Fungi, de Thiimen's Mycotheca Universalis and others. For the sake of complete- ness the collection made by Professor Arthur and party is incor- porated in this list and where the nomenclature has been changed the name published by Professor Arthur is placed in parenthe- ses after the collection citation. In 18844 A. B. Seymour made a few collections along the Northern Pacific Railroad. Speci- * A list of Minnesota fungi published by Dr. A. E. Johnson in the Bulletins of the Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences during the years 1876-1879 cannot be considered authentic, since no collection is available for comparison. f Seymour, A. B. List of Fungi, collected in 1884 along the Northern Pa- cific Railroad. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 24 : 182-191. 1889. 423 424 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. mens of these were not left at the University herbarium. No species however are reported by him, that have not been col- lected by the staff of the survey. Mention of Seymour's collec- tions is appended to each species reported by him. The nomenclature of Burrill * has been made use of in the list and for full synonymy the reader is referred to the works cited below. Britton and Brown's Illustrated Flora of the United States and Canada has been closely followed in the naming of all host plants. Of the Erysipheas, nineteen species in all have been col- lected, distributed among the genera as follows : Spharotheca, 3 ; Erysiphe, 5 ; Uncinula, 3 ; Phyllactinia, i ; Podosphcera, i ; Microsphara, 6. In field work carried on during such a long period of time and by as many as ten collectors acting independently, it is to be expected that the number of collec- tions of common forms will be increased at the expense of the number of species. A glance at the list given below will show that such has been the case in Minnesota. There are undoubt- edly at least a dozen more species of blights in the state, and it is hoped that this list will aid future observations. In citing the district of collection, only the county name is given. 1. Sphaerotheca humuli (DC.) BURRELL, Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2 : 400. 1887. On leaves of : Rubus hispidus L. : St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 46. (JS. castagnei Lev.) Viola sp. indet. : Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 851. Humulus lupulus L. : ,f Sheldon 7020. 2. Sphaerotheca castagnei LEV. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 25: 139. 1851. On leaves of : Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) KARST. ; St. Louis (?) ; July, 1886, Holway 276. (Not published in Arthur's report.) * Burrill, T. J., and Earle, F. S. Parasitic Fungi of Illinois. Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2. 1887. Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. North American Pyrenomycetes, 2-30. 1892. fMr. Sheldon's last field note book has not, up to the present time, been found. Consequently the dates of collection, the district and the name of the host plant often cannot be determined. The missing data are indicated as above. Freeman : PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE^E. 425 Pedicularis lanceolata 'MiCHX. ; Lincoln, August, 1891, Sheldon 1522. Bidens frondosa L. ; Lincoln, August, 1891, Sheldon 1516,- - September, 1893, Sheldon 6092, Hennepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 50. Seymour reports this species on Erechtites hicracifolia and Nabalus sp. at Lake Minnetonka. 3. Sphasrotheca mors-uvae (Scnw.) B. & C. Grev. 4: 158. 1876. On leaves of : Ribes floridum L'HER. : St. Louis, July, 188, Holway 84 (Splicer othcca -pannosa LEV.); Kandiyohi, July, 1892, Frost 249. 4. Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. Flore Franc. 2:274. 1815. On leaves of : Ambrosia artemisicefolia L. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan ; , Sheldon 7322 ; , Sheldon 6162 ; , Sheldon 6131 ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 61. Ambrosia -psilostachya DC. Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7081. Ambrosia trifida L. : Pope, Aug., 1891, Taylor 1126; Brown, Sept., 1891; Sheldon 1243; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7086; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 727; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 62; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMillan. Heliopsis scabra DUNAL. : Kandiyohi, Aug., 1892, Frost 449. Cnicus&p. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan ; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7072. Carduus sp. indet. : , Sheldon 7357 ; Hennepin, 1890* MacMillan. Aster puniceus L. var. lucidulus A. GRAY : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1507. Aster sp. indet.: Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger; Hen- nepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 63 ; Hennepin, Oct., 1892, Sheldon 4123. Solidago canadensis L. : , Sheldon 6082. Solidago sp. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan ; Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor 188 ; Hennepin, Oct., 1891, Sheldon ; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 814. 426 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Helianthus divaricatus L. : , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6089. Helianthus decapetahis L. : Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon, 1244. Helianthus grosse-serratus MARTINS : Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7106. Helianthus scaberr.imus ELL. : , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6143 ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 64. Helianthus tuberostis L. : Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 705 ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 65. Heilanthus sp. indet. : Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7085 ; Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan ; Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 483; Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger; Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1418. Verbena stricta VENT. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 66. Verbena urticifolia L. : Chisago, Aug., 1892, Taylor 1639; Hennepin, Aug., 1890, MacMillan; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, Freeman 67. Verbena hastataL. : Hennepin, Oct., 1892, Sheldon 4128; Pope, Aug., 1891, Taylor 1188; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 827 ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 68. Verbena sp. indet. : Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7030; Carver, July, i89i,Ballard 650; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7071. Rudbeckia laciniata L. : Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMil- lan. Senecio aureus L. : Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 1153. Hydrophyllum virginicum L. : Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 203. Grindelia squarrosa (PURSH) DUNAL : Pipestone, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1434. Lappula virginiana (L.) GREENE : Blue Earth, June, 1891, Sheldon 483 ; St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 78. Lappula sp. indet. : Brown, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1232. Coreopsis palmata NUTT. : Winona, Sept., 1888, Holz- inger. 5. Erysiphe communis (WALLR.) FR. Summa. Veg. Scand. 406. 1849. On leaves of : JSupatorium ageratoides L. : Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Shel- don 4083. Freeman : PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE^E. 427 Lathyrus venosus MUHL. : Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger 326; Pope, July, 1891, Taylor 1181 ; Mille Lacs, July, 1892, Sheldon 2755; Otter Tail, Aug., 1892, Sheldon 3661. Lathy rus sp. indet. , Sheldon 6127. (Enothera sp. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Clematis virginiana L. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Anogra albicaulis (PuRSH) BRITTON. :. Brown, July, 1891, Sheldon 1195. Strophostyles helvola (L.) BRITTON: Pope, July, 1891, Taylor 1136. Falcata comosa (L.) KUNTZE : Pope, July, 1891, Taylor 1136. Oxygraphis cymbalaria ( PURSH) PRANTL : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1357. Astragalus canadensis L. : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1423; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, MacMillan. Aragallus involutus A. Nels. : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Shel- don 1390. An undetermined plant of pea family: Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7257. Thalictrum purpurascens L. : Chisago, Sept., 1893, Shel- don 6188. Thalictrum sp. indet. : Cass. Aug., 1893, Anderson 706. Onagra biennis (L.) SCOP. , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6146. Anemone virginana L. : Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7089. Lotus americanus (NuTT.) BISH. : Big Stone, Sept., 1893, Sheldon, Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7201. Polygonum aviculare L. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman SI' Seymour reports E. communis on Lathyrusf at Lake Min- netonka. 6. Erysiphe aggregate. (PECK) FARLOW, Bull. Bussey, Inst. 2 : 227. 1878. On leaves of : Alnus incana (L.) WILLD. : St Louis, July, 1886, Holway 428 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 7. Erysiphe galeopsidis DC. Flore Franc. 6 : 108. 1815. On leaves of : S tacky s -palustrts L. : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1572; Lincoln, Aug., 1891. Sheldon 1261. Seymour reports this species on Stachys -palustris at De- troit, Minnesota. 8. Erysiphe graminis DC. Flore Franc. 6 : 106. 1815. On leaves of: Poa pratensis L. : Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor 228. Xo perithecia found. Conidial stage ( Oidmm monthoides Link) only is present. 9. Uncinula salicis (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i2: 40. 1887. On leaves of : Salix sp. indet. : Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger ; Chi- sago, Sept., 1891, Sheldon 4263 ; Traverse, Sept., 1892, Sheldon 7172; Traverse, Sept., 1892, Sheldon 7013; Chisago, Aug., 1892, Taylor 1634; Otter Tail, July, 1892, Sheldon 3936; Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Sheldon 4093 ; McLeod, Aug., i. J. McElligott ; Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7069; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 60. Salix bebbiana SARG. : Chisago, Sept., 1891, Sheldon 4246. Salix myrtilloides L. : Otter Tail, July, 1892, Sheldon 3573^- Salix discolor MUHL. : Hennepin, Oct., 1893, Sheldon 4089. Populus deltoides MARSH. : Hennepin, July, 1889, Shel- don; Hennepin, Oct., 1889, MacMillan ; Wabasha, Sept., 1893, Edna Porter. Populus grandidentata MICHX. : Hennepin, 1890, Mac- Millan. Populus tremuloides MICHX. : Goodhue, Aug., 1893, An- derson 707. Populus sp. indet. Hennepin, Oct., 1889, MacMillan. Seymour reports U. salicis on Salix sp. at Lake Minne- tonka. 10. Uncinula clintonii PECK, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 25 : 96. 1873. Trans. Alb. Inst. 7: 216. On leaves of : Tilia americana L. : Winona, Sept., 1888, Holzinger. Freeman : PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA ERYSIPHE^E. 429 11. Uncinula necator (ScH\v.) BURRILL. N. A. Pyren. 15. 1892. On leaves of : Parthenocissus quinqiiefolia (L.) PLANCH. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 59; Hennepin, Sept., 1898, F. K. Butters. 12. Phyllactinia suffulta (REB.) SACC. Mich. 2 : 50. 1880. On leaves of : Tilia sp. indet. : Le Sueur, June, 1891, Sheldon 64. Sey- mour reports this species on Betula ? at Lake Minnetonka. 13. Podosphasra oxyacanthae (DC.) D. BY. Beitr. Morph. und Phys. der Pilze, Part 3, 48. 1870. On leaves of : Prunus sp. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Crat&gus (?) sp. indet.: Le Sueur, June, 1891, Sheldon 62. ; Wabasha, Sept., 1893, Edna Porter. 14. Microsphaera russellii CLINTON, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 26 : 80. 1874. On leaves of : Oxalis stricta L. : Winona, Aug., 1888, Holzinger. 15. Microsphaera ravenelii BERK. Grev. 4: 160. 1876. On leaves of : Lathyrus&p. indet. : Goodhue, Aug., 1892, Ballard 1152; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 708. Seymour reports M. ravenelii Berk, on Lathyrus ? at Detroit, Minn. 16. Microsphaera quercina (Scnw.) BURRILL, Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2 : 424. 1887. On leaves of : ^jiercus macrocarpa MICHX. : Hennepin, 1890, Mac- Millan; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 52. 17. Microsphaera symphoricarpi HOWE, Bull. Torr. Club, 5: 3. 1874. On leaves of : Symphortcarpos sp. indet.: Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan; Waseca, June, 1891, Taylor6i5 ; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 815 ; , Sheldon 7262 ; , Sheldon 7392. Symphortcarpos racemosa MICHX. : Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7084. Symphortcarpos symphoricarpos (L.) MAcM. Traverse, Sept., 1893, Sheldon 7083. 430 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Symphoricarpos occidentals HOOK. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 53. 18. Microsphaera diffusa C. & P. Journ. of Bot. n : 1872. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. 25: 95. 1873. On leaves of : Lespedeza violacea (L.) PERS. : Winona, Sept., 1889, Holzinger. Lathyrus sp. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Meibomia canadensis (L.) KUNTZE. : Lincoln, Aug., 1891, Sheldon 1521 ; , Sept., 1893, Sheldon 6105. Seymour reports M. diffusa on Lespedeza capitata at Brainerd. 19. Microsphaera alni (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i2:38. 1887. On leaves of : Lonicera sp. indet. : St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 242, (M. dttbyiLev.) ; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 56. Lonicera hirsuta Eaton : St. Louis, July, 1886, Holway 150, (M. dubyi Lev.). Syringa vulgaris L. : Hennepin, July, 1889, Sheldon; Hennepin, Oct., 1891; , Sheldon 5806; Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 714. Alnus sp. indet. : Hennepin, 1890, MacMillan. Viburnum lentago L. : Waseca, June, 1891, Sheldon, 506^; Case, Aug., 1893, Anderson 668; Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 54. Viburnum sp. indet. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Freeman 55. Lonicera dioica L. : Goodhue, Aug., 1893, Anderson 753. Corylus americana WALT. : Ramsey, Sept., 1898, Free- man 57. Tilia americana L. ! : Hennepin, Oct., 1898, Freeman 58. Seymour reports this species on Ceanothus americanus at Brainerd and on Syringa vulgaris and Betula at Lake Minnetonka. NATIVE AND GARDEN DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. K. C. DAVIS. The name Delphinium (Linn. Sp. PI. 530, 1753) is from the Greek delphin^ a dolphin, from the resemblance of the flower, The common name is LARK SPUR. It is a genus of beautiful, hardy plants, annual or perennial, erect, branching herbs. Leaves palmately lobed or divided ; large, irregular, showy flowers in a raceme or panicle ; sepals petal-like, five, the posterior one prolonged into a spur ; petals two or four, small, the two posterior ones usually spurred, the lateral or lower ones small if present ; the few carpels always sessile, forming many-seeded follicles. There are probably more than 200 species. In fact Huth's last complete monograph recognized 198 species besides a num- ber of doubtful ones. The following treatment includes the native and cultivated Delphiniums of North America, 52 species and many varieties and garden forms. Thirty species are native of America north of Mexico, thirteen of which are used in gardens. Thirteen Old World species have been intro- duced int6 the American trade. Nine Mexican species are dis- tinct, and none of them are in use. The mark (f) after a de- scription indicates which plants are not used in the trade. Four species are of much greater popularity than the others : the annual D. Ajacis, and the perennials D. grandiflorum, D. hybridum, and D. formosum. The last three have been es- specially prolific in giving us new garden forms. In presenting this paper I wish to extend thanks to those who have materially helped me, especially to those who have freely given me the privilege of examining numerous speci- mens : Dr. J. N. Rose, Professor E. L. Greene, Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. B. L. Robinson. 431 432 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The recent extended articles on the genus are : A. Gray, " An attempt to Distinguish Between the American Delphin- iums," Bot. Gaz. 12 : 49-54, 1887 ; and Syn. Fl. I : 45-52, 1895. E. Huth, " Monog. Gattung Delphinium," in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 20: 322-499, 1895. K. C. Davis, in Bailey's Cyclopedia of American Horticulture. SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES OF DELPHINIUM. A. Roots annual ; petals only 2, united; follicles i. B. Follicles pubescent, y2 to \y2 inches long ..i. Ajacis. BB. Follicles glabrous, ^ to y2 inch long 2.consolida. A A. Roots perennial ; petals 4; follicles 3 to 5. B. Sepals red. C. Plant glabrous ; seeds smooth 3. nudicaule. CC. Plant partly pubescent ; seeds thin winged 4. cardinale. BB. Sepals greenish yellow, yellow, or sometimes marked with blue. C. Inflorescence and leaves densely hairy. D. Flowers not tinged with blue 5. viridescens. DD. Flowers sordid white tinged with blue... 6. Calif ornicum. CC. Inflorescence and leaves glabrescent or soon becoming so. D. Mature follicles densely hairy 7. Przeivalskii. DD. Mature follicles smooth or sulcate. E. Seeds with plates or scales in transverse rows... 8. Zalil. EE. Seeds winged and somewhat wrinkled... 9. viride. BBB. Sepals blue, or varying to white, or white. C. Species native north of Mexico, or introduced from Old World. D. Height \y2 feet or less. E. Natives of America north of Mexico. F. Petioles dilating and somewhat sheathing at the base. G. Stem lax ; follicles glabrous or becoming so. H. Roots fascicled and thickened but not tuberiform. 10. bicolor. HH. Roots fasciculately tuberous, or grumose. n. decorum. GG. Stem rather stout, erect : follicles pubescent. H. Length of sepals about equalling the petals. I. Seeds winged at the angles 12. hesperium. II. Seeds scaly and bur-like 13. Hanseni. HH. Length of sepals much gi-eater than petals. 14. variegatum. FF. Petioles hardly dilating at the base. Da-vis : DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 433 G. Coats of seeds smooth ; roots fasciculately tuberous. 15- tricorne. GG. Coats of seeds winged or wrinkled, roots not tuber- ous, but in some grumose. H. Roots not grumose. I. Sepals shorter than the spur. J. Leaves thickish ; racemes long. 1 6. Andersonii. JJ. Leaves not thick ; racemes shorter ; flowers smaller 17. Parishii. II. Sepals as long as spur, much surpassing petals. 18. Parry 7. HH. Roots coarsely granular or grumose; carpels always 3, seeds wing-margined. I. Pedicels longer than the flowers ; follicles spread- ing when mature 19. Menziesii. II. Pedicels shorter than flowers; follicles spread- ing only at tips 20. pauciflorum. EE. Natives of Asia but introduced to American gardens. F. Sepals somewhat persistent ; bractlets opposite, lanceo- late, entire, near the flower 21. Brunonianum. FF. Sepals deciduous ; bractlets alternate, linear, or linear- lobed, distant from flower 22. Cashmirianum. DD. Height more than \yz feet (except in a few cases). E. Seeds wrinkled or scaly, hardly winged (except in 28 and 29) ; all native of the United States except 23. F. Follicles always 3. G. Upper petals violet 23. altissimum. GG. Upper petals yellowish, or yellow with blue tips. H. Inflorescence a crowded, erect, pyramidal raceme. 24. exaltatum. HH. Inflorescence open and somewhat branching; pedicels long and slender 25 . Treleasi. FF. Follicles commonly varying from 3 to 5 on each plant. G. Stems more or less leafy. H. Sepals and spurs blue. I. Stem leafy ; radical leaves few. 26. Carolinianum. II. Stem leaves mostly near the base ; radical leaves many. J. Root a flattish tuber 27. Oreganum. JJ. Root woody-fibrous 28. Geyeri. HH. Sepals and spurs chiefly white.. 29. camporum. GG. Stem leafless. 434 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. H. Petioles of root leaves much longer than blades. 30. scaposum. HH. Petioles of root leaves nearly equalling blades. 31. uliginosum. EE. Seeds decidedly winged. F. Upper petals white, never yellow 32. trolliifolium. FF. Upper petals often yellow or yellowish. G. Species from Old World introduced into gardens ; follicles always 3. H. Lower petals deep blue, 2-lobed, yellow-bearded. 33. elatum. HH. Lower petals bright blue, entire, undulate 01 slightly 2-lobed. I. Flowers very large; spurs 9 to 10 lines long. 34. grandiflorum, II. Flowers smaller; spurs 5 to 8 lines long. 35. cheilanthum . GG. Species from west of the Rockies ; follicles always 3- H. Plant glabrous, at least in lower part. I. Roots fascicled, not tuberous nor grumose. J. Follicles pubescent 36. scoptdorum. JJ. Follicles glabrous 37. glaucum. II. Root tuberous or grumose. J. Lower pedicels rather spreading, longer than the spurs. K. Sepals equal to spur in length. 38. glaucescens. KK. Sepals shorter than the spur. 39. Nuttallii. JJ. Lower pedicels and others appressed, shorter than spurs 40. distichum. HH. Plant pubescent throughout 41. simplex. EEE. Seeds scaly; lower petal 2-lobed; Old World type. F. Petioles hardly dilating at base, not sheathing ; lower petals yellow bearded 42. formosum. FF. Petioles sheathing at base ; beard on lower petals not yellow. G. Flowers in loose panicles 43. Maackianum. GG. Flowers in dense racemes 44. hybridum. CC. Natives of Mexico, not introduced to American gardens. D. Carpels puberulent to hairy at first. E. Plant glandular-hispid above 45. Madrense. EE. Plant not glandular-hispid in upper parts. Da-cis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 435 F. Lower petals provided with a scale-like appendage at base. G. Stamens puberulent 46. bicornutum. GG. Stamens glabrous. PI. Upper petals tipped with yellow.. 47. Ehrenbergi. HH. Upper petals not tipped with yellow. 48. pedatisectum. FF. Lower petals with appendages wanting or obscure. G. Leaves pubescent or villose. H. Upper petals blue 49. latisepalum. HH. Upper petals yellow with blue tips. 50. tenuisectum. GG. Leaves glabrous 51. leptophyllum. DD . Carpels glabrous 52. Wislizeni. 1. D. Ajacis LINN. Sp. PL 531. 1753. D. consolida SIBTH. & SM. Fl. Gr^eca, Prod. 1 : 370. 1806. Not L. D. ornatum BOUCHE, in Bot. Zeit. 1 : 26. 1843. D.-pubescens GRISEB. Spicil. Fl. Rumel. i: 319. 1843. Not DC. Ceratosanthus a/act's SCHUR. Enum. PI. Transs. 30. 1866. f D. addendum McNAB. in Trans. Bot. S. Edinb. 9: 335. 1868. An erect annual about 18 inches high with a few spreading branches : leaves of stem sessile, deeply cut into fine linear segments ; root-leaves similar but short-petioled : flowers showy, blue or violet, varying to white, more numerous than in D. consolida^ in a spicate raceme; petals 2, united; calyx-spur about equalling the rest of the flower : but one fol- licle, pubescent; seeds with wrinkled, broken ridges. May to Aug. Europe. Fl. Grasca, t. 540. Rev. Hort. 1893, p. 228. 2. D. consolida LINN. Sp. PI. 530. 1753. D. segctum LAM. Fl. Fr. 3: 325. 1778. D. monophyllum GILIB. Fl. Lithuan. 2: 287. 1781. D. versicolor SALISB. Prod. 375. 1796- CeratosantJnis consolida SCHUR. Verh. Sieb. Ver. Naturf. 46. 1853. An erect, hairy annual, i to i^ feet high: leaves similar to D. Ajacis: flowers few, loosely panicled, pedicels shorter than 436 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the bracts, blue or violet or white; petals 2, united: follicle i, glabrous; seeds with broken, transverse ridges. June to Aug. Europe. Baxter Brit. Bot. 4. t. 297. Rev. Hort. 1893, p. 228 (var. ornatum candelabrum}. 3. D. nudicaule TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 33. 1838. D. sarcophyllum HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 317. 1841. D. decorum var. nudicaule HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 9. 1892. D. -peltatum HOOK. ex. Huth, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 449. 1895. Stem i to T.y2 feet high, glabrous, branched, few-leaved: leaves rather succulent, i to 3 inches across, lobed to the mid- dle or farther 3 to 7 times, the secondary lobes rounded and often mucronate ; petioles 3 to 5 inches long, dilated at the base : flowers panicled ; sepals bright orange-red, obtuse, scarcely spreading, shorter than the stout spur ; petals yellow, nearly as long as sepals ; spurs long and funnel-form : follicles 3, spreading and recurved, soon becoming glabrous; seeds thin-winged. April to July. Along mountain streams, North- ern California. Bot. Mag. 5819. Flor. des Serr. 19: 1949. Revue Hort. 1893, p. 259. Marsh, Hot Springs near Santa Rosa, Calif., a pubescent form with thicker leaves. Collected by Coville, May, 1884. 4. D. cardinale HOOK. Bot. Mag. t. 4887. 1855. D. coccineum TORR. Pac. Ry. Rep. 4: 62. 1857. D.jftammeum KELLOGG, in Proc. Calif. Acad. 2 : 22. 1863. Stem erect, 2 to 3^ feet high, partly pubescent: leaves smooth, fleshy, deeply 5-parted, the parts cut into long, linear lobes : elongated, many-flowered raceme, flowers bright red with petal limbs yellow : follicles glabrous, usually 3 ; seeds smooth. July to Aug. California. Gartenflora, 208. Flor. des Serr. u, p. 63. /. 7/05. Garden 19: 273. 5. D. viridescens LEIBERG, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, n : 39. 1897. Roots fascicled not tuberous : plant 5 feet high, pubescent, especially above : lower stem-leaves often 3-parted and again 3~5-lobed and toothed ; upper leaves dissected into narrow lobes ; leaves all thin ; pedicels slender, short, appressed : a narrow bractlet near the base or half way up, and a pair very near the flower : inflorescence and follicles very hairy : flowers Davis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 437 cream to greenish-yellow, small; spurs nearly horizontal, longer than the sepals, and as long as the upper pedicels. May to July. Type near Peshaston and Wenatchee, Okanogan Co., Wash., 1500 feet (f). 6. D. Californicum TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 31. 1838. D. cxaltatum HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 317. 1841. Not Ait. D. exaltatum var. Californicum HUTH, Delph. N. Am. n. 1892. D. Californicum var. scapigerum HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 451. 1895. ? D. -viresccns RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 26: 385. 1899. (Fragment only.) Stem stout, 2 to 8 feet high; lower leaves very large, deeply cleft, divisions broad wedge shaped ; upper with narrower divis- ions and lanceolate lobes : racemes dense : flowers sordid whitish with tinges of blue ; sepals and spur each about y± inch long : follicles much like those of D. exaltatum. Dry places. Monterey to Mendocino Co., Calif, (f). Var. laxiusculum HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 451. 1895. Inflorescence very loose and open. San Francisco region and northern Mexico. 7. D. Przewalskii HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 407. 1895. D. Przewahkianum HORT. Nearly glabrous, often branched at base, erect, varying much in height : leaves 3 to 5 times deeply parted ; parts divided into narrow obtuse lobes : flowers clear yellow, or sometimes tipped with blue, spur equalling the sepals : follicles 3, densely hairy. July to Aug. Asia. 8. D. ZalilAiT. & HEMS. Trans. Linn. Soc. II, 3: 30. 1888. D. hybridnm var. sulphureum HORT. Stem nearly simple, erect, i to 2 feet high, rather glabrous or becoming so : leaves of several narrow, linear lobes, dark green, petioles not dilating at the base : flowers large, light yellow, in long racemes: follicles 3, longitudinally ribbed and furrowed ; seeds with transverse, fibrous plates. June to July. Persia. Bot. Mag. 7049. Garden 50: 1094; 54: 347. Gard. Chron. Ill, 20, 247. 438 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 9. D. viride WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 268. 1888. Root rather thick, branching : plant glaucous, about 2 feet high ; stems glabrous : leaves pubescent, with segments acutely lobed, upper ones more deeply divided and segments narrower: racemes open, few-flowered ; pedicels i to 2 inches long, gla- brous or somewhat pubescent; sepals yellowish green, much shorter than the stout spur ; petals purple, shorter than the se- pals, lower ones entire or cleft, villous : follicles 3, not spread- ing, very finely pubescent ; seeds large, coats dark, wrinkled and somewhat winged at the ends. Gravelly bluffs, east base of Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, Mex. (f). 10. D. bicolor NUTT. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 10. 1834. D. Menziesii GRAY, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1863: 57. Not DC. D. Menziesii var. Utahense WATS. Bot. King Exp. 12. 1871. Erect, rather stout, ^ to i foot high, from fascicled roots : leaves small, thick, deeply parted, and divisions cleft except perhaps in the upper leaves, segments linear : obtuse raceme rather few-flowered ; the lower pedicels ascending i to 2 inches : spur and sepals nearly equal, ^ inch long or more, blue ; up- per petals pale yellow or white, blue veined ; lower petals blue : follicles glabrous or becoming so. May to Aug. Dry woods. Colorado, west and north to Alaska. Var. Montanense RYDB. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 157. 1900. Plant glandular-pilose ; leaves thicker than in the type. Re- gion of Helena and southward into Yellowstone Park (f). Var. Nelsonii n. var. D. Nelsoni GREENE, Pitt. 3 : 92. 1896. Roots sometimes slightly fascicled-tuberiform : lowest leaves long-petioled : seeds winged as in the type. Southern Wyom- ing to middle Colorado (f). Var. cognatum n. var. D. cognatum GREENE, Pitt. 3: 14. 1896. Much like the type but the root leaves with very broad seg- ments, plant glabrescent, or hairy on the flowers : sepals nar- rower than the type, spurs often markedly incurved : follicles 3, glabrous. It is also much like D. Andersonii, but has some stem leaves, and the flowers are different. Western Humboldt Mts., Nevada (f). Davis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 439 Var. glareosum n. var. D. glareosum GREENE, Pitt. 3: 257. 1898. Rootstock thick, either simple or branched : plant 3 to 8 inches high, with i to 3 stem leaves: follicles 3 to 5, glabrous or nearly so. Summit of Mt. Steele, Wash. (f). n. D. decorum FISCH. & MEY. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 3: 33- !837- D. hesperium HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 446. 1895. Stem slender and weak, ^ to i y2 feet high, smooth or nearly so : leaves few, bright green, upper ones small, 3~5~parted into narrow lobes, lower and radical ones somewhat reniform in out- line and deeply 3-5-parted, lobes often differing widely : flow- ers in a loose raceme, or somewhat panicled ; sepals blue, *^ inch long, equalling the spurs ; upper petals at least tinged with yellow : follicles 3, thickish, glabrous ; seeds rugose, not winged. Spring. Calif. Bot. Reg. 26: 64. Var. gracilentum n. var. D. gracilentum GREENE, Pitt. 3: 15. 1896. Differs from the type chiefly in the radical leaves, which are larger, deeply about 5-parted or lobed, the lobes mostly oval or oblong, obtuse and entire, apiculate : pedicels often filiform. Foothills of Sierra Nevada in California (f). Var. patens GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 54. 1887. Z>. -patens BENTH. PI. Hartw. 296. 1848. D. tricorne var. -patens HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 13. 1892. Stem erect : racemes compact : flowers small, sepals a third to a half inch long, upper petals often deeply lined with blue ; seeds somewhat winged. Siskiyou Co. to southern Califor- nia (f). 12. D. hesperium GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 54. 1887. D. Jlfenziesuvar. ochroleucum TORR. & GRAY, Fl. 1 : 31. 1838. D. azureum TORR. & GRAY, Fl. I : 660. 1840. In part. D. azureum & D. simplex HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 317. 1841. D. simplex WATS. Bot. Calif. 1 : 10. 1876. Roots fascicled, short, some of them fusiform, 2 feet high ; stem and leaves puberulent, or hairy below : leaves rather small, much dissected into narrow parts : racemes long, many flowered ; 440 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. flowers violet- purple varying to whitish, sometimes reddish purple ; sepals less than y2 inch long, about equalled by the petals and by the spur ; upper petals lined and bordered with blue ; pedicels erect in fruit, lowest ones about i inch long, others much shorter: follicles 3 to 5, short-oblong, puberulent, y% inch or less long ; seeds black with broad light wings at the angles. West Oregon south to Monterey, Calif, (f). Var. recurvatum n. var. D. recurvatum GREENE, Pitt, i: 285. 1889. Upper petals yellow, not bordered nor lined with blue. Calif. (t)- 13. D. Hanseni GREENE, Pitt. 3: 94. 1896. D. hesperium var. Hanseni GREENE, Fl. Fr. 304. 1892. D. Hanseni var. arcuatum GREENE, Pitt. 3 : 94. 1896. Closely allied to D. hesperium, but very slender : racemes dense but lax : flowers smaller than that type and of a much lighter blue ; seeds densely scaly, giving a white, bur-like ap- pearance. Amador Co., Calif, (f). 14. D. variegatum Torr. & Gray, Fl. i : 32. 1838. D. grandiflorum var. variegatum HOOK. & ARN. BOT. Beech. 317. 1841. D. decorum BENTH. PI. Hartw. 295. 1848. Not Fisch. & Mey. Root, stem and leaves like D. hes-perium: flowers larger, only few in a raceme ; sepals much surpassing the petals : follicles like that species or longer. Monterey, Calif., to the upper Sacramento valley. Common along streams, etc. Well worth introduction to gardens (f). D. Macounii GREENE, in Herb. (Macoun no. 18,078, Geo. Surv. Canada) is a low weak form or variety with deeper, less fascicled roots. Rockies. Lat. 39° 40'. " Var. apiculatum GREENE, Fl. Fr. 304. 1892. D. apiculatum GREENE, Pitt, i: 285. 1889. Leaf segments broader : flowers more numerous (f). Var. Blochmanae n. var. D. ornatum GREENE, Fl. Fr. 304. 1892. , Not Bouche. D. Blochmance GREENE, Erythea, i: 247. 1893. Leaf segments long and linear : sepals narrower than the type, light blue or white ; petals with crisp margins. Nipowa, Calif. Specimens at Berkeley (f). Davis : DEEPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 441 Var. Emiliae n. var. D. Emilice, GREENE, Erythea, 2: 120. 1894. Plants often 3 feet high : racemes elongated : flowers usually more numerous than in the type. Open places near the head of Knight's Valley, Sonoma Co., Calif, (f). 15. D. tricorne MICHX. Fl. i : 314. 1803. D.flexuosum RAF. Ann. Nat. I : 12. 1820. D. aconitifolium MUHLENB. ex Huth, Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 445. 1895. Stem succulent, about i foot high: leaves 3-5 -parted with 3~5-cleft linear lobes ; petioles smooth, hardly dilating at the base : flowers large, blue, rarely whitish ; upper petals some- times yellow, with blue veins ; lower ones white-bearded ; sepals nearly equalling the spur : follicles 3 or 4, very long, becoming glabrous, strongly diverging ; seeds smooth. May. Northern States. Lodd. Bot. Cab. 4: 306. Very beautiful and much used. 16. D Andersonii GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 53. 1887. D. decorum var. Nevadense WATS. Bot. Calif, i: n. 1876. In part. D. Menziesii WATS. Bot. King Exp. 1871. Not DC. D. tricorne var. Andersonii HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 13. 1892. Stem erect, robust, nearly glabrous, i^ feet high : leaves rather small, thickish, cuneate divisions, lobes obtuse, short: racemes long, dense : flowers blue ; sepals y2 inch long, shorter than the spur: follicles 3 to 5, about yz inch long, not recurv- ing; seeds winged. Western Nevada to mountains of Cali- fornia (f). D. Sonnet GREENE, Pitt. 3 : 264, 1897, is a slender, weak form, from California (|). 17. D. Parishii GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 53. 1887. Several stemmed, much like the following, but with racemes and flowers smaller : sepals oblong, ^ to ^ inch long, hardly surpassing the petals, shorter than the spur ; upper petals yel- lowish : seed-coats transversely wrinkled ; margin broad, wing- like. Southeastern California, southward into Lower Cali- fornia (f). 18. D. Parryi GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 53. 1887. Much like the last: leaves not thick, divisions or lobes few 442 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and linear : sepals oval, over y2 inch long, much surpassing the petals, fully as long as the spur : follicles as in the last ; seeds with loose coats, folded at the angles forming wing-like processes. Southern California (f). 19. D. Menziesii DC. Syst. i : 355. 1818. D. paupercuium GREENE, Pitt, i : 284. 1889. Plant sparingly pubescent: stem simple, slender, y2 to i l/> feet high, few-leaved : leaves small, 3~5-parted, the divisions mainly cleft into linear or lanceolate lobes ; petioles hardly di- lating at the base : flowers in simple conical racemes ; sepals blue, somewhat pubescent outside, nearly equalling the spurs in length; upper petals yellowish: follicles 3, pubescent or sometimes glabrous ; seeds black-winged on the outer angles. April to June. On hills, California and northward to Alaska. Bot. Reg. 14 : 1192. 20. D. pauciflorum NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, FL i: 33. 1838. D. Nuttallianum PRITZ. in Walpers Rep. 2 : 744. 1843. JD. Menziesii var. -pauciflorum HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 445- 1895. Stem slender, nearly glabrous, ^ to i foot high ; oblong or fusiform fasciculate-tuberous roots : leaves small, parted into narrow linear lobes ; petioles not dilating at base : flowers and fruit similar to those of D. Menziesii, but on shorter pedicels. May to June. Colorado to Washington and California. Var. Nevadense GRAY, Syn. Fl. i: 50. 1895. D. decorum var. Nevadense WATS. Bot. Calif, i: u. 1876. In part. Leaves much dissected : racemes with spreading pedicels : flowers often pinkish purple ; sepals longer than in the type but shorter than the spur: follicles much like the type. Sierra Nevadas, above Cisco, and in Plumas Co., Calif., into Ne- vada (f). Var. depauperatum GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 54. 1887. D. tricorne var. depauperatum HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 13. 1892. Stem leaves few, lobes ovate to lanceolate : racemes fewer flowered than in the type and in the preceding variety. North- western Nevada into Oregon (f). Da-vis : DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 443 21. D. Brunonianum ROYLE, 111. Bot. Himal. 56. 1839. D. moschatum MUNRO ex Hook. f. & Thorns. Fl. Ind. 53. 1858. Stems erect, }4 to i}4 feet high : plant somewhat pubescent : upper leaves 3-parted, lower ones reniform, 5-parted, segments deeply cut, musk scented : flowers large, light blue with pur- ple margins, center black; spur very short; sepals i inch long, membranous and often clinging until the fruit is mature : folli- cles 3 or 4, villose. June to July. China. Revue Belg. 1863 : 34. Bot. Mag. 5461. 22. D. Cashmirianum ROYLE, 111. Himal. 55. 1839. Plant pubescent, not very leafy : stem simple, erect, slen- der, 10 to 18 inches high : root leaves orbicular, 2-3 inches in diameter, 5~7-lobed, coarsely acutely toothed and cut: peti- oles 5-8 inches long ; stem leaves short-petioled, 3-5-lobed, cut like the radical ones, all rather thick and bright green : inflo- rescence corymbose, the branches rather spreading : flowers 2 inches long, deep azure blue ; spur broad, obtuse, inflated, de- curved, little over half as long as sepal ; upper petals almost black, 2-lobed, lateral ones greenish: follicles 3 to 5, hairy, July to September. Himalayas. Bot. Mag. 6189. Garten- flora, 1105. Garden 18 : 261. Rev. Hort. 1893, p. 259. Var. Walkeri HOOK. Bot. Mag. t. 6830. 1885. Stem very short, leafy, many-flowered : upper leaves less lobed or almost entire, small, long-petioled : flowers very large, light blue with yellow petals. Suited to rockwork. 23. D. altissimum WALLICH. PI. Asiat. Rar. 2: 25. t. 128. 1831. Stem tall and slender, branched ; plant shaggy-hairy above : leaves palmately 5-parted, the divisions 3-lobed and toothed ; bracts long-lanceolate : flowers blue or purple in long branch- ing racemes ; spur straight or slightly incurved, equalling the sepals ; petals 2-lobed : 3 erect follicles ; seeds not winged nor scaly. August to September. Himalayas. 24. D. exaltatum AITON, Hort. Kew. i ed. 2 : 244. 1789. D. trydactylum MICHX. Fl. i: 314. 1803. D.lilacinum WIL.LD. ex Huth. Bot. Jahrb. 20: 455. 1885. Stem stout, 2 to 4 feet high, smoothish : leaves flat, nearly 444 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. glabrous, deeply cleft into 3 to 7 wedge-shaped lobes, which are often trifid, petioles usually not dilated at the base : flowers medium in size, blue with upper petals yellow, sepals nearly equalling the spur in length ; flowers on long, crowded, erect, pyramidal racemes : follicles 3, pubescent or smooth ; seed coats irregularly wrinkled. June to August. Borders of woods. Alabama and Carolina to Minnesota. 25. D. Treleasei B. F. BUSH, n. sp. Roots fascicled, rather fleshy : stem green, slender but erect, usually 2 to 4 feet high, simple or branched, glabrous through- out, somewhat glaucous : only i or 2 true stem leaves, basal leaves 2 to 5, 2 to 5 inches across, about 5-parted, and lobed into narrow segments with calloused tips ; petiole of lowest stem leaf dilating : inflorescence open and somewhat branching ; pedi- cels long and very slender, ascending or spreading, pubescent on upper part ; spurs and sepals about equal, blue, puberulent with- out ; petals much shorter than sepals and very narrow ; upper petals blue at the ends, lower ones blue with dense yellow beard ; spur straight, sometimes 2-lobed : sepals narrowly ovate ; bractlets very small and slender, usually not very close to the pubescent receptacle: follicles 3, not divergent, sparsely hairy; styles divergent, % the length of follicles ; stigmas 2-lobed ; seed coats dark brown, loose and much wrinkled. Collected by B. F. Bush (No. 73), May 28, 1898, Eagle Rock, Mo. ; (No. 81) June 10, 1899, Forsyth, Mo. Common in barrens (f). This is perhaps most nearly related to D. Carolinianum. Besides the difference in floral characters the plant is glabrous, somewhat glaucous : roots fleshy, fascicled : racemes open : stem leaves about 2 : follicles always 3. 26. D. Carolinianum WALT. Fl. Carol. 155. 1788. D. azureum MICHX. Fl. I : 314. 1803. D. virescens NUTT. Gen. 2 : 14. 1818. D. azureum var. laxiflorum HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 450. 1895. Stem i^ to 2^2 feet high, not much branched, plant some- what pubescent : leaves 3~5-parted, the divisions 3~5-cleft into usually linear lobes : spicate racemes slender, usually many- flowered : flowers small, azure-blue ; spurs slender : 3 to 5 fol- licles, oblong, erect ; seeds transversely wrinkled and rough- Da-vis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 445 ened. Florida to South Carolina, west to Missouri, Arkansas, and Mississippi. Paxt. Mag. 16 : 258. Yur. album HORT. A garden variety, somewhat taller : leaves larger and with broader divisions : flowers creamy- white. There is a double form of this not much used in the trade. Var. vimineum GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 52. 1887. D. vimineum D. DON, in Sweet's Brit. Fl. Gard. II, 4 : /. 374. 1838. D. virescens GRAY, PI. Lindh. 2 : 142. 1850. Very slender and tall, more branched, and with looser inflo- rescence than the type : seeds larger, transversely winged or deeply and thinly wrinkled. Gulf region of Louisiana and Texas. Bot. Mag. 3593. Bot. Reg. 13: 1999 (as D. azu- rcuni) (f). 27. D. Oreganum HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. i : 22. 1897. Tuber flattish, somewhat branched : plant finely pubescent, stem often slender, i to 2 feet high, sparingly leafy : leaves dis- sected into acute linear lobes : racemes rather open : flowers large, blue ; sepals broadly lanceolate, shorter than the slender spur, and longer than the petals ; upper petals yellow or white at tip, lower ones blue, truncate, bearded : follicles 3 to 4 lines long, i line broad, densely tomentose, not spreading ; seed tri- angular with rounded and rugose back, and truncate summit. Open places. Willamette valley, Oregon. It differs from D. CaroUnianum chiefly in its open paniculate inflorescence, its very small follicles, few stem leaves, and its seed characters (f). 28. D. Geyeri GREENE, Erythea, 2: 189. Dec., 1894. This differs from D. camportim in the color of the flowers, which are almost wholly blue, and in having the upper branch- lets much larger than in that species : seeds somewhat winged and roughened. High plains, western Nebraska and Kansas, west to the mountains (f). Var. Wootoni n. var. D. Wootoni RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 26 : 587. 1899. This southern variety is intermediate between D. cam^orum and D. Geyeri in the size of its upper branchlets : sepals blue or bluish, petals white or nearly so. Arizona and New Mexico (f). 446 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Var. geraniifolium n. var. D. ger an i (folium RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 26 : 583. 1899. Differs from the type only in having broader leaf segments, bractlets variable in size, and pedicels slightly more spreading. Charles valley, Arizona (f). 29. D. camporum GREENE, Erythea, 2: 183. Nov., 1894. D. albescens RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 26: 583. 1899. Roots fascicled, fleshy-fibrous : stem stout, erect, i to 3 feet high, pubescent throughout, especially above : a dense cluster of finely dissected root-leaves, and very few stem-leaves : ra- ceme long and simple, often dense ; pedicels short, erect or ap- pressed : flowers white with blue spots on sepals, and sometimes tinged with blue or flesh color ; spurs straight or curved, longer than the sepals ; upper petals often tinged with yellow, lower ones 2-lobed, bearded : follicles pubescent, seeds scaly and often winged at the angles. Widely distributed. Manitoba to Ar- kansas and San Antonio, Texas, west to the Rockies (f). Var. Penardi n. var. D. Penardi HUTH, in Helios 10 : 27. 1893. Flowers and leaves much like the type : upper petals toothed : seeds large, black, slightly scaly. Flagstaff Hill and Boulder, Colo.,j^ Huth. No type of this is known in America, but seeds of it have been sent to Columbia University by M. E. Autran, of the Boissier Herbarium. A specimen from Esmeralda Co., Neb. (W. H. Shockley, 1881), in Gray Herbarium agrees in characters of seeds and leaves, but not in color of flowers. It is an intermediate form between this variety and D. Geyeri (f). Var. macroseratilis n. var. D. macroseratilis RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 26 : 585. 1899. Slender, leaf-segments fewer than in the t}'pe : flowers much the same. Represents the southern variation of the camporum group. Tom. Greene Co., Tex. (f). 30. D. scaposum GREENE, Bot. Gaz. 6: 156. 1881. Root a cluster of thickened, fleshy fibres : stem leafless as in D. nudicaule; radical leaves rather fleshy, pubescent, 3-parted, the divisions wedge-shaped, 3~5-cleft or toothed, the teeth end- ing in a calloused point : racemes many-flowered, pedicels as long as the deep azure blue flowers ; spur incurved : follicles 3 to 5 ; seed coat somewhat loose and wrinkled. Southern Utah and Arizona (f). Davis : DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 447 31. D. uliginosum CURRAN, Bull. Calif. Acad. i : 151. 1885. Stem leafless, often branching : radical leaves 3-cleft, lobes entire or i-3-toothed : racemes rather few-flowered : blue sepals y& inch long, equalling the straight spur : follicles 3 to 5, erect, nearly y2 inch long; seed coats minutely wrinkled and muriculate. Lake Co., Calif., in swampy ground (f). 32. D. trolliifolium GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 375. 1872. D exaltalum var. trolliifolium HUTH, Delph. N. Am. u. 1892. Stem 2 to 5 feet, leafy, often reclining : leaves thinnish, large, often reniform at base, 3~7-parted, lobes wedge-shape, incised : racemes in large plants i to 2 feet long and very loose : flowers blue with upper petals white ; spur and sepals each ^ inch long : follicles glabrous ; seeds with thin wing or crown at the end. April. Moist grounds, Columbia river. 33. D. elatum LINN. Sp. PI. 531. 1753. D. intermedium WILLD. ex Ait. Hort. Kew. i ed. 2 : 243. 1789. D. Clusianum HOST. Fl. Aust. 2: 67. 1797. D. alpinum WALDST. & KIT. PL Rar. Hung. 3: 273. 1812. D. -palmalifidum DC. Syst. i : 358. 1818 in part. D. ranunculi folium WALL. Cat. n. 4716. 1828. D. pyramidale ROYLE, 111. Bot. Himal. 56. 1839. D. discolor FISCH. ex Huth, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 399. 1895. Glabrous, 2 to 3^ feet high: leaves somewhat pubescent, 5~7-parted, parts rather narrow, cut-lobed ; upper leaves 3-5- parted ; petioles not dilated at the base : raceme much like D. exaltatum, or more spike-like : flowers blue with dark violet petals ; sepals ovate, glabrous, nearly equalling the spurs : fol- licles 3, seeds transversely wrinkled, not scaly. June to Au- gust. Bot. Reg. 23: 1963. Gartenflora, 736 b & c (vars.), Flor. des Serr. 12 : 1287 (var. flore-pleno}. Revue Hort. 1859, p. 529 ; 1893, p. 258. — A polymorphous and complex species of Europe. It is probable that all or nearly all the plants sold here under this name should be called D. exaltatum, which is a closely allied species. 448 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 34. D. grandiflorum LINN. Sp. PI. 531. 1753. D. sinense FISCH. ex Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2 : 80. 1822. D.virgatum JACQ^ f . ex Spreng. Syst. 2: 617. 1825. Not Poir. Stem rather slender, 2 to 3 feet high : leaves rather small, many times parted into nearly distinct, narrow, linear lobes : flowers large, blue, varying to white, the spur and lower petals often violet, upper petals often yellow ; spurs long and taper- pointed : follicles 3, pubescent; seeds triangular, coats wrin- kled, not scaly. July to August. Siberia. Bot. Mag. 1686. Garden 46 : /. pp/ & p. 484. There are several garden varieties : var. album, HORT. Flowers pure white. Var. album-pleno HORT. Flowers double and pure white. Var. jlore-ple:io HORT. Flowers double, blue, very pretty. Var. Chinensis FISCHER ex DC. Prod, i : 53. 1824. Stems very slender, not much branched : leaves and flowers like the type, but flowers more numerous. China. Lodd. Bot. Cab. i : 71. A favorite garden plant. 35. D. cheilanthum FISCH. ex DC. Syst. i: 352. 1818. D. magnificum PAXT. Mag. Bot. 16 : 258. 1849. D.formosum HORT. Not Boiss. & Huet. Stem erect, simple or branched, 2 to 3 feet high : leaves gla- brous or slightly pubescent, 5-parted, the lobes pointed, sub-tri- fid and somewhat toothed : flowers dark blue, the upper petals sometimes pale yellow, the lower ones inflexed, ovate, entire ; spur rather long, straight or somewhat curved : 3 follicles, either glabrous or pubescent ; seeds three-cornered, three-winged, not scaly. June and July. Siberia. Bot. Reg. 6 : 473. Garten- flora, 13: 253. 36. D. scopulorum GRAY, PL Wright. 2: 9. 1853. D. exaltatum HOOK. Fl. i: 25. 1829. D. exaltatiim var. scopulorum HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 12. 1892. Stem 2 to 5 feet high, glabrous below : leaves 5~7-parted, the basal ones with very broad segments, which are round and apiculate at apex ; other leaves more narrowly cleft ; petioles dilating at the base : flowers blue or purple, rarely white, upper Da-vis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 449 petals often yellow ; spur one-half inch long, equalling the sepals ; racemes simple, densely many-flowered : follicles 3, pubescent; seeds black with loose coats, not scary, but slightly winged. Aug. to Sept. Moist ground, west of Rockies. Var. subalpinum GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 52. 1887. D. occidcntale WATS. Bot. Calif. 2 : 428. 1880. D. elatum var. occidentale WATS. Bot. King Exp. u. 1871. D. cxaltatum var. Barbeyi HUTH, Delph. N. Am. n. 1892. D. Barbeyi HUTH, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1 : 335. t. 77. 1893. A smaller plant, pubescent above : broader divisions of leaves : shorter racemes : larger and deeper colored flowers : fol- licles glabrous ; seeds much like the type. Wasatch Mountains. Var. stachydeum GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 52. 1887. Stem erect, 3 to 6 feet high : leaves with narrow divisions : plant cinereous-pubescent throughout ; seeds black like the type. Oregon to New Mexico and Arizona (f). Var. attenuatum JONES, Proc. Cal. Acad. II, 5: 617. 1895. Stems in tufts, 3 to 4 feet high : leaves like the type ; .pubes- cence like var. subalpinum: flowers large, deep blue, with an odor of musk ; sepals long and narrow, 3 times as long as the petals, and longer than the spur ; upper petals white, lower ones bearded. Utah. Allied to D. elatum (f). Var. diversifolium n. var. D. diversifolium GREENE, Pitt. 3: 93. 1896. Stems often tufted, rather tall and slender : lowest leaves nearly reniform in outline, not more than 3-parted, the parts with lobes rounded at the ends, the sinuses very narrow ; other leaves like the type : plant somewhat pubescent in upper parts and on the follicles. Moist meadows, head waters of the Hum- boldt river, eastern Nevada (f). 37. D. glaucum WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 427. 1880. D. scopulorum WATS. Bot. Calif. I : n. 1876. D. scopulorum var. glaucum GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12: 52. 1887. D. exaltatum var. glaucum HUTH, Delph. N. Am. n. 1892. Much like D. scopulorum: plants with a broader type of leaves, often glaucous, glabrous, or the pedicels slightly glan- 450 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. dular-pubescent : lower petals deeply lobed : pistils and fruits glabrous ; seeds black with light wings. Sierra Nevada, Cali- fornia and San Bernardino mountains, altitude 6,000 to 10,000 feet, north to Alaska (f). 38. D. glaucescens RYDB. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 155. 1900. Rootstock thickened : stem somewhat angled, plant finely pubescent especially above, or in age glabrate, somewhat glau- cous, i to 2 feet high : leaves divided to near the base into 5 to 8 cuneate divisions, these generally deeply 3-cleft : raceme simple, rather short, lower bracts linear, longer than the flowers, the upper ones subulate ; pedicels and flowers densely pilose, pedicels spreading : flowers dark blue or variegated with white, somewhat nodding ; spur straight, equalling the sepals ; upper petals yellowish white, tipped and tinged with blue : ovaries densely hairy ; fruit not seen. Rocky places, Cedar mountains, Montana, and Yellowstone Park. Differs from D. glaucum in its shorter and more pilose inflorescence, lower and more tufted habit, and in hairy ovaries (f). Var. multicaule RYDB. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 156. 1900. More bushy than the type and less pubescent : leaf segments longer and narrower : flowers smaller ; spur curved. Rock slides, Cedar Mt., Montana (f). 39. D. Nuttallii GRAY, Bot. Gaz. 12 : 54. 1887. D. exaltatum var. Nuttattii HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 9. 1892. D. Columbianum GREENE, Erythea, 2: 193. 1894. D, simplex NUTT. ex Huth, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 472. 1895. Stem erect, simple, nearly glabrous, leafy, li to 2^ feet high : leaves thinnish, 3~5-parted, parts divided into many linear-ob- long lobes : racemes long, many-flowered ; sepals deep blue, ovate, sparingly pubescent, shorter than the spur ; petals blue or upper ones yellow, lower ones white-bearded: follicles 3, pubescent, rather erect; seeds thin, dark with yellow wings. Summer. Low open woods, Columbia River. Var. leucophaeum n. var. D. leucophceum GREENE, Erythea, 3: 118. 1895. A slender whitish plant, with sepals and lower petals white, upper petals blue. Oregon (f). Da-vis : DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 451 40. D. distichum GEYER, in Hook. London Journ. Bot. 6 : 68. 1847. D. simplex var. distichiflornm HOOK. 1. c. 67. D. azurcum TORR. Bot. Wilkes Exped. 217. 1854. Not so tall as D. simplex, glabrous or inflorescence pube- rulent : leaves rather thicker : flowers and fruit much like those of D. simplex; upper petals whitish. Low prairies of eastern Oregon and Washington, eastward in Montana (f). Without seeing the follicle and seeds of D. Burkei GREENE, Krythea, 2: 183, 1894, it is best not to consider it as distinct from D. distichum. The type specimen is at Kew. Thus far no preserved specimens showing follicles and seeds were found. The type is supposed to have come from the " Snake Country, probably in Idaho," but collectors in that region have been un- able to rediscover the plant. 41. D. simplex DOUGL. ex Hook. Fl. 1 : 25. 1829. D. azureum var. simplex HUTH, Delph. N. Am. 9. 1892. Stem nearly simple, 2 to 3 feet high, soft-pubescent through- out : leaves many-parted into linear divisions and lobes : racemes dense, little branched : flowers pale blue with upper petals yellow, lower petals white-bearded ; sepals equalling the spur: follicles 3, pubescent; seeds dark with margins white- winged. June. Mountains of Idaho and Oregon. 42. D. formosum Boiss. & HUET, Diagn. Sec. II, 5: 13. 1856. D. speciosum Boiss. & HUET ex Huth, Bot. Jahrb. 20 : 410. 1885. Not. M. Bieb. Stem strong, 2 to 3 feet high, hairy below, rather glabrous above : lower leaves 5~7-parted, long-petioled, upper ones 3-5- parted, short-petioled or sessile, all alternate : racemes many- flowered : flowers blue with indigo margins ; spur long, violet colored, bifid at the tips : follicles 3, pubescent; seeds scaly. June to July. Asia Minor, perhaps ; but its origin is disputed. Flor. des Serr. 12 : 1185. 43. D. Maackianum REGEL, in Mem. Acad. Petersb. VII, 4: 9. 1861. Erect, 3 feet high, pubescent or glabrous, branched above : leaves pubescent on both sides, base often truncate or reniform, 3-5-parted, the parts serrate; the bases of petioles dilated: 452 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. flowers in loose panicles ; peduncles yellow-hairy, with the bracts often inserted above the base ; sepals blue, y2 as long as the spurs ; petals dark violet : follicles often glabrous, ^ inch long ; seeds small, distinctly scaly. July. Siberia. Garten- flora, 344. 44. D. hybridum STEPH. ex Willd. Sp. PI. 2: 1229. 1799. D. davuricum GEORGI, Beschr. Russ. Reich. Ill, 4 : 1052. 1800. D.fissum WALDST. & KIT. PI. Rar. Hung. I : 83. /. 81, 1802. D. hirsutum PERS. Syn. 2: 82. 1807. D. tauricum PALLAS ex Bieb. Fl. Taur. Cauc. 2: 13. 1808. Stem 3 to 4 feet high, pubescent above : root somewhat bulb- ous : leaves 5- to many-parted, lobes linear, petioles dilated and sheathing at the base : racemes dense : flowers blue, lower limbs white-bearded ; straight spur, longer than the sepals : follicles 3, hairy; ovate seeds with transverse scales. June to August. Mountains of Asia. Revue Hort. 1893, p. 258. — There are many double and semi-double varieties of this type. Var.Jtore- •pleno HORT., has large double flowers colored as in the type. Var. Barloivi PAXT., has very large semi-double flowers, deep blue with brownish center ; a supposed hybrid with D. grandi- jlorum. Bot. Reg. 1944. 45. D. Madrense WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 141. 1890. Resembles D '. -pauciflorum ; slender, 2 feet high or less, from a thickened rootstock, pubescent with reflexed hairs below, glandular-hispid above : leaves 3-parted, the lobes 5-7 -cleft into linear-oblong segments, lowest ones less cleft : flowers few, small, pale blue, in a slender raceme; spur narrow, straight; lateral petals long-villous : carpels short, glandular-hispid. May. In mountains near Monterey, Mexico. Collected by Pringle (n. 3014) (f). 46. D. bicornutum HEMSL. Diagn. PL Nov. 2: 17. 1879. Stem nearly simple, stout, 2 to 4 feet high, glabrous or puberulent on inflorescence and under the leaves : leaves long- petioled, 5-parted, 3~5-lobed ; bracts linear ; pedicels bibrac- teolate ; bractlets cuneate : flowers blue, spurs nearly straight, Davis : DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 453 sepals oblong ; upper petals narrow, obtuse or retuse ; lower petals bifid : carpels 3, puberulent at first. Oaxaca (f). Var. Hemsleyi HUTH, Bot. Jahrb. 20: 453. 1895. Spurs distinctly 2-lobed at the end (f). 47. D. Ehrenbergi HUTH, in Bull. Herb. Boiss. i: 336. t. //,/. 2. 1893. Stem simple, succulent, very leafy, i to 2 feet high ; petioles long with dilating bases : leaves 3~5-parted, cut into many ob- long or linear lobes : racemes few-flowered, pedicels erect, lower ones i to 2 inches long : flowers blue ; spurs straight, equalling the sepals, which are oval, pubescent; upper petals yellow with blue tips, lower ones 2-lobed, sparsely bearded, appendiculate at base : follicles 3, erect, pubescent. Near El Cerro, Mex. (f.). 48. D. pedatisectum HEMSL. Diagn. PI. Nov. 2: 18. 1879. Stem branching, branches smooth : leaves 3~7-parted, parts scarcely lobed, puberulent : flowers blue, on long, slender, puberulent pedicels ; bracts and bractlets linear-subulate ; sepals oblique-oblong ; upper petals deeply 2-lobed, much shorter than the spur, lower petals 2-lobed, bearded, appendi- culate at base; stigmas glabrous: follicles 3, tomentose when young ; styles long. Mexico. Specimen at Kew (t). 49. D. latisepalum HEMSL. Diagn. PI. Nov. 2: 17. 1879. Plant pubescent or villose : stem nearly simple : leaves 5- parted ; the parts of the basal leaves again 3~5-lobed, parts of stem leaves nearly linear : flowers few on slender pedicels ; spurs slightly curved, nearly equalling the sepals ; sepals vil- lose ; upper petals narrow, slightly 2-lobed at the points ; lower petals not appendiculate, deeply 2-lobed, much bearded on both sides; stamens glabrous: follicles 3, clothed with white pubescence when young. 9,000 feet. Mt. Tanga, Oaxaca, Mex. Specimen at Kew (f). 50. D. tenuisectum GREENE, Erythea, 2 : 184. 1894. Root thick, woody, deep : stem 2 to 3 feet high, simple or little branched, not very stout, sulcate above : plant finely pubescent throughout, leafy : leaves very finely dissected into linear segments, the lower stem leaves on rather long petioles dilated at base : racemes about 8 inches long, loosely flowered, pedicels very slender, nearly erect, upper ones not longer than 454 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the spurs ; bractlets of lower pedicels lobed ; bractlets of upper pedicels slender and near the flowers ; sepals about equal to spur in length, blue within, tinged with yellow outside ; upper petals yellow with blue tips ; lower ones either blue or yel- lowish, 2-lobed with a few long, white hairs on inside of lobes : follicles 3, large, slightly spreading; seeds nearly black, coats roughened, forming slight wings at the angles. Cool banks of ravines in plains at base of the Sierra Madre, Chihuahua, Mex. Collected first by C. G. Pringle (n. 1184), Sept. 27, 1887. Differs essentially from D. scopulorum in its finely dissected leaves (f). 51. D. leptophyllum HEMSL. Diagn. PI. Nov. 2 : 18. 1879. Stem 3 to 4 feet high, glabrous, somewhat branched : leaves glabrous, deeply 5-parted, and cut into oblong to linear lobes ; bracts entire, linear : inflorescence open, few-flowered ; pedicels i to 2 inches long ; bractlets remote from flower : flowers large, blue ; spur large ; sepals puberulent, ovate, obtuse, 2/$ inch long ; petals dull yellow ; upper ones slightly 2-lobed, nearly glabrous ; lower ones deeply 2-lobed, slightly bearded : folli- cles 3, densely villose when young, half inch long when mature, not spreading : seed slightly winged, and transversely wrinkled. October. San Luis Potosi and Montes San Miguelito, Guana- juata, southern Mexico (f). 52. D. Wislizeni ENGELM. in Wisliz. Tour N. Mex. 106. 1848. Stem simple, 2 to 2)4 feet high, slender, glabrous, glaucous; petioles elongated, lower ones dilated at base : leaves cut into linear segments; pedicels long: flowers few, spur 2^ inches long, blue, slightly pubescent outside ; the outer sepal acute, others obtuse : follicles glabrous even when young. Wislizeni region, Mexico. Later found near Cosihuiriachi, 8,000 feet. In flower in Sept. (f). EXCLUDED. D. urceolatum]hco^ Coll. I: 153, 1786, is figured in Bot. Mag. n. I791* but no nativity is given. From character it may be allied to D. exaltatum, but it is probably not American. Davis: DELPHINIUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 455 INDEX TO SPECIFIC AND VARIETAL NAMES OF DELPHINIUM. mconitifolium, 15. addendum, \ . Ajacis, i. albesccns, 29. alpinum, 33. altissimum, 23. Andersonii, 16. appiculatum, 14. azureum Hook. & Arn., 12. azureum Michx., 26. azureum Torr., 40. azureum T. & G., 12. azureum var. laxiflorum, 26. azureum var. simplex, 41. Barbeyi, 36. bi color, 10. bicolorvur. cognatum, 10. bicolor var. glareosum, 10. bicolor var. Montanense, 10. bicolor var. Nelsonii, 10. bicornutum, 46. bicornutum var. Hemsleyi, 46. Blochmance, 14. Brunonianum, 21. Burkeyi, 40. Californicum, 6. Californicum var. laxiusculum, 6. Californicum var. scapigerum, 6. camporum, 29. camporum var. macroscratilis, 29. camporum var. Penardi, 29. cardinale, 4. Carolinianum, 26. Carolinianum var. album, 26. Carolinianum var. Tjimineum, 26. Cashmirianum, 22. Cashmz'rianumvar. Walkeri, 22. CERATOSANTHUS Aj'acis, i. CERATOSANTHUS consolida, 2. cheilanthum, 35. clusianum, 33. coccineum, 4. cognatum, 10. Columbianum, 39. consolida Sibth. & Sm., i. consolida Linn., 2. davuricum, 44. decorum Benth., 14. decorum Fisch. & Mey., n. decorum var. gracilentum, 1 1 . decorum var. Nevadense, 16 and 20. decorum var. nudicaule, 3. decorum var. patens, 1 1 . discolor, 33. distichum, 40. diversifolium, 36. Ehrenbergi, 47. elatum, 33. elatum var. occidejttale, 36. Emilice, 14. exaltatum Ait., 24. exalt atum Hook. & Arn., 6. exaltatum Hook., 36. exaltatum var. Barbeyi, 36. exaltatum var. Californicum, 6. exaltatum var. glaucum, 37. exaltatum var. Nuttallii, 39. exaltatum var. scopulorum, 36. exaltatum var. trolliifolium, 32. Jissum, 44. jlammeum, 4. Jlexuosum, 15- formosum Boiss. & Huet, 42. formosum Hort., 35. geraniifolium, 28. 456 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Geyeri, 28. Geyeri var. geraniifolittm, 28. Geyeri var. Wootoni, 28. glareosum, 10. glaticescens, 38. glaucescens var. multicaule, 38. glaucum, 37. gracilentum, \ i . grandiflorum, 34. grandiflorum var. Chinensis, 34. grandiflorum var. variegatum, 14. Hanseni, 13. Hanseni\n.r. arcuatum, 13. kesperium Huth, 1 1 . hesperium Gray, 12. hesperium var. Hanseni, 13. hesperium var. recurvatum, 12. hirsutum, 44. hybridum, 44. hybridum var. Barlo'wi, 44. hybridum var. sulphureum, 8. intermedium, 33. latisepalum, 49. leptophyllum, 51. leucophceum, 39. lilacinum, 24. Maackianum, 43. Macounii, 14. macroseratilis, 29. Madrense, 45. magnificum, 35. Menziesii DC., 19. Menziesii Wats . , 1 6 . Menziesii Gray, 10. Menziesii var. ochroleucum, 12. Menziesii var. pauciftorum, 20. Meuziesii var. Utahense, 10. monophyllum, 2. moschatum, 21. Nelsoni, 10. midicaulc, 3. Nuttallii, 39. N2ittallii var. leucophcetim^, 39. Nuttallianum, 20. occidentale, 36. Oreganum, 27. ornatum Bouche, i . ornatum Greene, 14. palmatifidum, 33. Parishii, 17. Parryi, 18. patens* 1 1 . pauciflorum, 20. paucijlorum var. depauperatum, 20. paucijlorum var. Nevadense, 20. pauperculum, 19. pedatisectum, 48. peltatum, 3. Penardi, 29. Przewalskianum, 7. Przeijoalskii, 7. pubescens, I. pyramidale, 33. r a « tinctdifoliu m, 33. recurvattim, 12. 5« rcophyllum , ' 3 . scaposum, 30. scopulorum Gray, 36. scopidorum Wats., 37. scopulorum var. attenuatum, 36 scopulorum var. divers if olium, 36. scopulorum var. glaucum, 37. scopulorum var. stachydeum, 36. scop2ilorum var. subalpinum, 36. segetum, 2. simplex Dougl., 41. simplex Hook. & Arn., 12. simplex Nutt., 39. simplex Wats., 12. simplex var. distichijlorum, 40. sinense, 34. Sonnei, 16. speciostim, 42. DELPHINIUMS OK NORTH AMERICA. 457 tauricum, 44. tenuisectum, 50. Trclcasei, 25. tricorne, 15. tricorne var. Andersonii, 16. tricorne var. depauperatum, 20. tricorne var. patens, II. trolliifolium, 32. trydactylum, 24. tiliginosum, 3 1 . •uariegatum, 14. •variegatum var. apiculatum, 14. varicgatiim var. Blochmance, 14. variegatum var. E/nilice, 14. versicolor, 2. vimineum, 26. virescens Gray, 26. virescens Nutt., 26. virescens Rydb., 6. virgatum, 34. viride, 9. viridescens, 5. Wootoni, 28. Wislizeni, 52 • z7, 8. XXVI. NATIVE AND CULTIVATED RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA AND SEGREGATED GENERA. K. C. DAVIS. Few groups of plants are perhaps less understood than this one. The range of variation in characters is rather limited and yet the number of species is very great. Six genera have taken from Ranunculus about thirty-six species and yet that genus re- tains more species than any other of the order Ranunculaceae. About 350 names have already been given to American plants of this group. KEY TO GENERA. A. Akencs transversely wrinkled ; roots fibrous ; aquatic or ditch herbs; flowers white Batrachium. AA. Akenes not transversely wrinkled. B. Developed carpels not longitudinally ribbed or striated. C. Roots not a cluster of thickened tubers, or several times longer than thick. D. Flowers mostly yellow or white; akenes compressed, never lanceolate, srgooth, papillose or spiny Ranunculus. DD. Flowers white; akenes lanceolate, utricular; style hooked. Kumlienia. CC. Roots a cluster of thickened tubers; leaves crenate, cordate; cotyledon only i Ficaria. BB. Developed carpels longitudinally ribbed or striated. C. Leaves pinnately compound or lobed ; akenes terete, style persistent, slender, recurved Cyrtorhyncha. CC. Leaves not as above ; akenes compressed. D. Akenes with beaks somewhat reflexed ; leaves rounded and lobed Arcteranthis. DD. Akenes minutely sharp-pointed; leaves crenate-dentate, oval-cordate to renif orm Oxygraphis. 459 460 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. BATRACHIUM S. F. GRAY, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. 2: 720. 1821. (Name from the Greek, in allusion to the aquatic habitat of the plants.) Aquatic, or semi-aquatic perennial herbs ; leaves dissected or lobed, submerged ones usually with filiform segments ; petioles with stipular-dilated membranous bases : flowers solitary, op- posite the leaves, rather small, white ; sepals usually 5 ; petals usually 5, base often yellowish ; claw with a naked nectar pit; stamens several or many : ovules oblique, compressed, not margined, nearly beakless, transversely rugose. About 20 species, mostly of north temperate regions of the world. The following are all that are found in North America. Section BATRACHIUM DC. Syst. I : 233, under Ranunculus. KEY TO SPECIES. A. Aquatic leaves with filiform segments present ; receptacle hairy. B. Leaves all sessile or nearly so i. divaricatum. BB. Leaves, except the upper ones long-petioled. C. Emersed leaves always present, with segments broader than linear 2 . aquatile. CC. Emersed leaves if present only fleshy or nearly linear. 3. trichophyllum. AA. Aquatic leaves none, or few, and with few divisions ; receptacle glabrous. B. Styles minute, shorter than the ovaries 4. hederaceum. BB. Styles long and filiform 5. Lobbii. i. B. divaricatum WIMM. Fl. Schles. 10. 1841. Ranunculus aquatilis /9. LINN. Sp. PL 556. 1753. R. divaricatus SCHRANK, Baier. Fl. 2: 104. 1789. R. circinalus SIBTH. Fl. Oxon. 175. 1794- 7?. aquatilus var. stagnatalis DC. Prod. I : 27. 1824. Batrachium circinatum SPACH. Hist. Veg. 7*. 201. 1839. R. stagnatalis WALLR. Sched. Crit. 285. 1848. R. aquatilis var. divaricatus GRAY, Man. 2 ed. 7. 1856. R. longirostris GODRON, Ess. 32. f. 9. 1862. R. aquatilis var. longirostris LAWSON, Rev. Canad. Ranunc. 43. 1870. Leaves sessile to the dilated stipule-like base, dissected into rigid lobes spreading at right angles to the stem, not collapsing when taken from the water ; no floating nor emersed leaves : Davis : RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 461 petals several-nerved, deciduous : styles subulate, as long as the ovaries, stigma surface along the inner side : receptacle hairy. July. Chihuahua, Mex., Texas to British Columbia, eastward and northward to Hudson Bay. Also in Europe. 2. B. aquatile WIMM. Fl. Schles. 8. 1841. Ranunculus aquatilis LINN. Sp. PI. 556. 1753. R. aquatilis var. heterophyllus DC. Prod. I : 26. 1824. R. aquatilis var. hispidulus DREW, Bull. Torr. Club, 16 : 150. 1889. R. Grayanus FREYN, Deutsche Bot. Monats. 8: 179. 1891. Floating leaves round-reniform, 3-5-lobed or parted, and the divisions 2— 3-cleft ; submersed ones with filiform segments, widely spreading, rather firm, but collapsing when taken from water ; all the leaves often slightly hispid below : styles sub- ulate, shorter than the ovaries, introrsely stigmatose : recep- tacle hairy among the carpels. Ponds and quiet shallow streams. California to Alaska, Europe and Asia. 3. B. trichophyllum BOSSCH. Prod. Fl. Bot. 5. 1850. Ranunculus trichophyllus CHAIX. in Vill. Hist. PL Dauph. i: 335. 1786. R. jlaccidus PERS. in Usteri. Ann. Bot. 5 : pt. 14 : 39. R. pantothrix BROT. ex DC. Syst. i : 235. 1818. 7?. aquatilis var. ccespitosus DC. Prod. I : 26. 1824. R. aquatilis var. brachypus HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 316. 1841. R. confer-voides FRIES, Sum. Veg. Scand. 1 : 139. 1846. R. aquatilis var. submersus GORDON, in Gren. & Godr. Fl. Fr. i : 23. 1848. R. aquatilis var. trichophyllus GRAY, Man. 5 ed. 40. 1867. R. Porteri BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 17: 310. 1890. R. aquatilis var. confervotdesGRAY, Syn. Fl. 1:21. 1895. R. aquatilis v&r.Jlaccidus GRAY, 1. c. 21. This species is polymorphous, including those with filiform segments to all the leaves or with some of the leaves rather fleshy, or some narrowly linear, and the submersed leaves are mostly flaccid, but ^ay be rigid when taken from the water. The plants have adapted themselves to either aquatic or to muddy habitats. Widely distributed ; America, Europe, Asia. 462 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 4. B. hederaceum S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. PI. 2: 721. 1821. Ranunculus hederaccus LINN. Sp. PL 556. 1753. Semi-aquatic, rooting freely from the nodes, in the mud : leaves seldom submersed, but floating or resting on the mud ; all reniform or nearly so, angulate-lobed, never finely dissected ; peduncles as short as the petioles : petals deciduous : styles shorter than ovaries, introrsely stigmatose ; receptacle glabrous. Naturalized from Europe at Norfolk, Va., and on Newfound- land. 5. B. Lobbii HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. i: 13. 1897. Ranunculus hederaceus var. TORR. Pac. Ry. Rep. 4 : 62. 1853. 7?. hederaceus var. Lobbii LAWSON, Rev. Canad. Ranunc. 44. 1870. R. hydrocharis subsp. Lobbii HIERN. Seem. Journ. Bot. 9: 66. /. 114. 1871. R. aquatilis var. Lobbii WATS. Bibl. Index 17. 1878. R. Lobbii GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 364. 1886. Leaves commonly all floating, small, truncate or cordate at base, divergently 3-parted : petals persistent ; stamens 5 to 10 ; styles long and filiform; stigma terminal. In mud or water of pools, etc. California and Oregon. RANUNCULUS LINN. Sp. PL 548. 1753. The name is the Latin diminutive for frog, given because many of the species grow in wet places. The genus is by far the largest in the Ranunculacese, com- prising upwards of 200 species. 90 of these are natives or naturalized in North America ; of those in the trade in this country five are native here ; one in the Canaries ; five in Eu- rope, and two of these also in Asia. Those cultivated are so indicated in the following treatment. Members of the genus are found in mountainous regions, and in cold and temperate parts of the globe. Perennial (rarely annual) herbs : leaves alternate, simple, en- tire, lobed, dissected or divided : flowers yellow, white or rose ; sepals usually 5, deciduous or marcescent-persistent ; petals 5 or more, conspicuous or minute, nectar pit and scale at base ; carpels many, i-ovuled : akenes generally flattened, smooth, Davis : RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 463 papillose or spiny, borne in a head or spike ; styles minute or elongated. In 1886 A. Gray wrote a revision of the North American Ranunculi found north of northern Mexico. This was pub- lished in Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 363-378. In Syn. Flora I : 20-39, tne ^vision is brought down to 1895. Since that date the list of species has rapidly increased and since Gray's first revision two new North American genera have been segregated from this one. In 1892 N. L. Britton discussed six species " R. repens and its Eastern North American allies," Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12 : 2-6. Britton and Brown's 111. Flora gives 31 species in eastern United States and Canada. In 1880 J. Freyn gave a long treatment of about ten species in Flora, 63 : 179. The present treatment includes 96 species, eighteen of which are found only in Mexico and south of there. TENTATIVE KEY TO SPECIES AND GROUPS OF SPECIES. A. Sepals and petals deciduous (except in 77) ? petals yellow or white, with nectary on the claw covered by scale; sepals 5, (rarely only 3 or 4) ; petals 5 or more; carpels not utricular when mature, usually somewhat compressed. — Sec. EURANUN- CULUS, Gray. B. Leaves, at least some of them, lobed or divided. C. Flowers yellow (except some cultivated forms of 31). D. Plants terrestrial. E. Plants not spreading by rooting branches or stolons, ex- cept in 12, 26 and 27. F. Sepals glabrous or pubescent but not densely clothed with black or brown wool. G. Akenes armed or clothed with prickles, spines or prominent papillae i. arvensis;2. muricatus; 3. parviflorus ; 4. hebecarpus ; 5. Galeottii. GG. Akenes nearly smooth or pubescent. H. Leaves, at least some of the radical ones, divided, the leaflets either sessile or stalked. I. Radical leaves with some of the leaflets stalked. J. Petals short, about the length of the sepals, or shorter. K. Head of fruit globose 6. alceus. KK. Head of fruit oblong to cylindric. 7. Pennsylvanicus. JJ. Petals longer than the sepals. 464 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. K. Beaks of akenes not hooked. L. Petals about 5 (or 6), except perhaps in 13. M. Head of fruit longer than thick. N. Sepals reflexed. 8. Macounii; 9. Sardous. NN. Sepals spreading ip. micranthus; \\.fascicularis; 12. septentrionalis. MM. Head of fruit globose. N. Stem leaves present ; roots fibrous. 13. Hooker i; 14. pilosus ; 15. Bloomeri; 16. hispidus. NN. Stem leaves present, roots from a thickened bulb 17. bulbosus. NNN. Stem leaves wanting. 1 8 . Icelandicus. LL. Petals 7 to 16 (double in 21). 19. orthorhynchus ; 20. dichotomus; 21. Llavcenus; 22. macranthus: 23. subalpinus, KK. Beaks of akenes recurved or hooked. 24. canus ; 25. amarillo; 26. repens. II. Radical leaves with the leaflets all sessile. 27. palmatus ; 28. Aschenbornianus ; 29. acriformis; 30. Calif 'ornicus ; 3 1 . Asiaticus. HH. Leaves, at least the radical ones, usually not parted to the base, and in some species only lobed or cleft. I. Types found native or naturalized north of Mexico. J. Sepals exceeding the petals, or sometimes a trifle shorter, recurved. K. Beaks of akenes minute, curved, or nearly wanting — 32. abortivus ; 33. sceleratus ; 34. eremogenes. KK. Beaks of akenes nearly half the length of the body, recurved... 35. Allegheniensis ; 36. recurvatus ; 37. Bongardi. JJ. Sepals decidedly shorter than the petals. K. Akenes compressed, or flat, with firm or indurated margin. L. Sepals reflexed 38. occidentalis; 39. Turner i. RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 465 LL. Sepals spreading. 40. acris; 41. McCallai. KK. Akenes turgid or lenticular, marginless. L. Head of fruit oblong or cylindraceous. 42. pedatijidus; 43. vicinalis ; 44. Eschscholtzii; 45 eximius ; 46. saxicola. LL. Head of fruit globose or oval. 47. Suksdorfii; 48. avails; 49. Arizonicus. II. Types from Old World, cultivated here, not naturalized 50. montanus ; 5 1 . corthiiscefolius. III. Types found only ' in Mexico and southward (see also var. of 32). ' J. Plants with several slender scapose stems bearing only bracts and terminal flowers. 52. longipedunculatus. JJ. Plants usually with true stems, i to 8 inches high 53. Donianus ; 54. multicaulis ; 55. Mexicanus. JJJ. Plants with true stems one foot high or more 56. uncinatus ; 57. petiolaris. HHH. Leaves all 2 to 4 times ternately parted or di- vided, divisions i line or less in width ; flowers few, large; plants alpine or subalpine, low, decumbent or spreading 58. adoneus ; 59- triternatus. HHHH. Leaves all palmately or pedately lobed or divided; sepals nearly equal to the petals; plants low, tufted, arctic or alpine. 60. Grayi ; 61. pygmceus. HHHHH. Leaves, some of them, quite entire (ex- cept in 62) ; others with a few entire lobes; plants low and glabrous 62. oxynotus ; 63. digitatus ; 64. glaberrimus. FF. Sepals densely clothed beneath with black or dark brown wool 65. Macauleyi ; 66. nivalis. EE. Plants spreading by slender creeping stolons or root- stocks 67. natans ; 68. hyperboreus ; 69. Lapponicus. DD. Plants aquatic or amphibious. 70. delphinifolius ; 71. Purshii ; 72. Missouriensis . CC. Flowers white (except in a double garden form of 73). 73. aconitifolius ; 74. Pallasii. BB. Leaves entire or only denticulate or crenulate, not lobed, from linear to oblong- lanceolate (or ovate in 75) ; plants varying from 466 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. erect to ci-eeping and rooting at the nodes ; aquatic or in low wet ground, or terrestrial Sec. FLAMMULA. C. Blades of stem leaves amplexicaul, leaves entire; flowers white 75 . amplexicaulis. CC. Blades of stem leaves not amplexicaul ; flowers yellow. D. Stamens numerous. E. Plant low or erect, not spreading by slender creeping stems. F. Habitat aquatic 76. Lambertianus. FF. Habitat terrestrial. G. Sepals and petals persistent 77. arnoglossus. GG. Sepals and petals deciduous. H. Claw of petal i line long 78- unguiculatus. HH. Claw of petal not nearly so long. I. Akenes beaked. J. Stems 2 to 3 feet high, often rooting at lower nodes 79- ambigens. JJ. Stems much lower, not rooting at nodes. K. Mature fruit glabi'ous. L. Beak as long as the akene body. So. Madrensis. LL. Beak much shorter than akene body. M. Petals 4 to 6 lines long ; plants soli- tary, not much tufted..8i. alismcefolius. MM. Petals about 3 lines long; plants often tufted or covering the ground. 82. alismellits. KK. Mature fruit villous-pubescent. 83. Lemmoni. II. Akenes beakless ; styles deciduous. 84. oblongifolius. EE. Plant spreading by slender, or fistulous creeping stems. F. Lower leaves sometimes cordate ; flower stems ascend- ing. G. Margins of some of the leaves slightly denticulate. 85. hydrochar aides. GG. Margins of leaves entire 86. samolifolius. FF. Lower leaves never cordate. G. Petals no longer than- the sepals 87. stolonifer. GG. Petals nearly twice the length of the sepals. H. Number of petals 8 to 10; plant glabrous. 88. vagans. HH. Number of petals 4 to 8; plants never entirely glabrous. Davis : RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 4G7 I. Stems filiform or nearly so, and usually rooting at each node; peduncles usually less than 2 inches; radical leaves few 89. reptans. II. Stems larger, at least at the base, peduncles longer. J. Radical leaves not tufted ; stems seldom as- cending 90. Unalaschensis. J J. Radical leaves tufted ; stem somewhat as- cending 91. microlonchus. DD. Stamens only i to ten. E. Head of fruit oblong; stem leaves distinctly petioled. 92. trachyspermus. EE. Head of fruit small, globose; stem leaves sessile or nearly so 93 . pusillus. AA. Sepals and petals marcescent-persistent ; petals white or rose, with ample nectary and imperfect scale; carpels wholly or partly utricular, but compressed and broad Sec. CRYMODES, Gray. B. Plant and sepals somewhat pubescent 94. glacialis. BB. Plant and sepals glabrous. C. Akenes about 3 lines long, wholly utricular ; plant about 6 inches high, stoutish 95. Andersoni. CC. Akenes hardly half as large, not inflated ; plant taller and more slender 96. juniperinus. 1. R. arvensis LINN. Sp. PI. 555. 1753. Glabrous or sparsely pubescent, erect, i to 2 feet high, branched above : lower leaves petioled, others sessile or nearly so, nearly all divided; leaflets either stalked or sessile, cleft or parted into linear-oblong segments : petals yellow, 2 to 3 lines long ; sepals of same length, spreading : akenes few, flattened, armed with long spines ; beak half their length or more, stout ; head depressed-globose. Europe. Naturalized in New Jersey, and near northern seaports. 2. R. muricatus LINN. Sp. PI. 555. 1753. Sparsely pubescent or glabrous, often erect, succulent, branched near the base, 6 to 20 inches high : lower leaves on long broad petioles, reniform to round cordate, 3-5~cleft and coarsely crenate-dentate : petals deep yellow, 3 lines long ; sepals shorter, spreading : akenes compressed, large, con- spicuously muricate-spiny ; beak stout, slightly curved : head loose, globose. Asia and Europe. Naturalized near towns in Virginia to Louisiana, also in California and southern Oregon. 468 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 3. R. parviflorus LINN. Sp. PI. 2 ed. 780. 1763. R. trachysperimcs ELL. Sketch 2: 65. 1824. Hairy, 4 to 10 inches high, very slender, spreading, branch- ing : leaves petioled, reniformto cordate-orbicular, y2 to i inch broad, 3-cleft or parted or divided, segments cuneate, oval, obtuse, cut and toothed ; the upper leaves sometimes 5-parted, short-petioled : peduncles short, slender ; petals pale yellow, hardly i line long ; sepals about the same length : akenes oblique, very flat, margined, papillose ; beak short, sharp. Europe. Naturalized in waste places, Maryland, North Caro- lina, Florida, west to Arkansas and Texas. 4. R. hebecarpus HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 316. 1841. R. parviflorus var. TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 25, 659. 1838. R. hebecarpus var. pustllus WATS. Bot. Calif. I : 8. 1876. Plant shaggy-hairy, slender, ^ to i foot high, branched: leaves reniform to roundish, small, 3~5-parted or divided, seg- ments sessile or subsessile, often laciniately cleft : peduncles short ; petals hardly a line long, pale yellow ; sepals about equalling the petals: akenes few, semi- oval, compressed, clothed with recurved bristles; beak short, subulate, recurved: head small. Washington through western California to lower California. 5. R. Caleottii TURCZ. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 27 : 2 : 276. 1854. Roots not seen : plants otherwise annual : stem somewhat branched, radical and lower stem-leaves 3-parted, the divisions stalked, 3-lobed or parted, the lobes toothed or cut, acute or obtuse, appressed pilose ; petioles openly pilose with appressed hairs ; upper stem-leaves 3-parted, the highest one sometimes not lobed : sepals reflexed, openly pilose; petals longer than sepals, obovate -oblong, obtuse : akenes compressed, margined, tubercles on the sides, style deciduous. Oaxaca, Mex. Alt. 7,000 to 9,000 feet. 6. R. alceus GREENE, Erythea, 3: 69. 1895. One foot high or less, slender, branching, soft-hirsute and villous : leaves about i inch long, and much like those of R. canus: petals roundly obovate, about i line long, yellow: akenes many, obliquely obovoid, glabrous ; beak stout, re- curved : head globose. Elk mountains, Mendocino County, Calif. Davis : RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 469 7. R. Pennsylvanicus LINN. F. Suppl. 272. 1781. R. Canadcnsis JACQ^. Misc. 2: 343. 1781. R. tn'folius MOENCH. Meth. Suppl. 70. 1802. R. hispidus PURSH, Fl. 2: 395. 1814. Not Michx. R. fascicularis WATS. Bot. King Exp. 9. 1871. Plant hirsute or hispid, stout, erect, 8 to 20 inches high, very leafy, but the radical leaves often dying down : leaves petioled, ternately compound ; leaflets well stalked, 3-parted and cleft, much incised and toothed, segments acute : flowers small, yellow, on short peduncles ; petals oblong to obovate, i to 2 lines long ; sepals about the same length, reflexed : re- ceptacle hairy : akenes i line long, oblique or semi-oval, com- pressed, roughened ; beak subulate, stout, short, nearly straight : head of fruit oblong to cylindric. Wet ground, Nova Scotia to Georgia west to Arizona and British Columbia Jacq. Ic. Rar. /. 705. 8. R. Macounii BRITTON, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 12 : 3. 1892. R. hispidus HOOK. Fl. I : 19. 1829. Not Michx. R. repens var. hispidus TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 658. 1838. In part. Erect or declined, hairy, branching, i to 2 feet long, stems rather few leaved : leaves ternately compound, leaflets usually on slender stalks, crenate, variously cleft and lobed, segments acute : petals yellow, obovate, about 3 lines long ; sepals shorter, often reflexed, falling early : akenes smooth ; beak subulate, flat, short and sharp : head oblong or oval. Moist places, western Ontario to British Columbia south to Iowa, and in mountains to Arizona. Var. Oreganus n. var. R. hispidus var. Oreganus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 376. 1886. R. Oreganus HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. i : 19. 1897. Plant often taller, smoothish or with scattered hairs : flowers often larger. Shaded wet grounds, Willamette valley, Ore., to Frazer valley, east to Kootenai lake, Brit. Col. 9. R. Sardous CRANTZ, Stirp. Austr. 2: 84. 1763. R. parvulus LINN. Mant. 1 : 79. 1767. R. Philonotis EHRH. Beitr. 2: 145. 1788. R. hirsutus CURT. Fl. Lond. 2: t. 40. 1821. 470 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Plant hirsute especially below, 3 to 15 inches high : lower leaves 3-parted or 3-foliate, middle leaflets stalked, others often sessile, all obovate-cuneate to roundish, cleft and toothed as in R. repens : petals yellow, 4 to 6 lines long; sepals much shorter, reflexed : akenes flat, orbicular, thin-margined ; beak short-subulate : head oblong. Asia Minor, northern Africa, Europe. Naturalized at Savannah, Norfolk, Philadelphia, New York and St. John, N. B. 10. R. micranthus NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. i : 18. 1838. R. abortivus var. mtcranthtis GRAY, Man. 5 ed. 42. 1867. Allied to JR. abortivus, but more slender, villous ; roots of slender tubers : most of the lower leaves 3-parted, or divided with the leaflets stalked : receptacle glabrous or nearly so. April to May. Massachusetts, New York to Colorado, and Saskatchewan. 11. R. fascicularis MUHL. Cat. 54. 1813. Roots a fascicle of thickened fibres or tubers : plant finely pubescent throughout, 3 to 10 inches high, tufted : leaves mostly radical, long-petioled, 3- (rarely 5-) divided ; middle leaf- let stalked, others usually sessile, deeply lobed and cleft into oblong segments : petals 5 to 6, bright yellow, obovate-oblong, rounded at apex, 4 to 6 lines long ; sepals much shorter, spreading : akenes flattened, slightly margined, glabrous ; beak nearly their length ; head ovate or oblong. April to May. Ontario, New England to Texas, and Manitoba. Meehan's Mo. 2. t. i. R. apricus GREENE, Pitt. 4: 145, 1900, is a form from Indian Territory with the leaflets rather narrow and some- times entire. Var. Deforest! n. var. Differs from the type in having all leaves but the first radical ones cleft into linear to spatulate lobes : roots less thickened : plant 3 to 4 inches high : petals 5 to 10, linear to oblong, 2 to 4 lines long. Collected by Harry P. DeForest (G. 42) near Rossville, 111., April, 1885. 12. R. septentrionalis POIR. in Lam. Encycl. 6 : 125. 1804. ? R. lucidus POIR. 1. c. 113. R. tomentosus POIR. 1. c. 127. ? R. Philonotis PURSH, Fl. 2 : 393. 1814. R. JEteZvtsuDC. Syst. i: 291. 1818. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 471 R. fascicularis SCHLECHT. Animad. Ranunc. 2 : 30. t. 2. 1820. Not Muhl. R. SchlechtendaUittoQiL. Fl. i : 21. 1829. (As to type.) Plant glabrous or sometimes pubescent, i to 3 feet high, branching, lower branches often rooting at their nodes, and run- ning some distance : lower petioles very long : leaves composed of 3-stalked leaflets, which are mostly cuneate and cleft into broad lobes : petals yellow, obovate, 6 lines long ; sepals half as long, spreading : akenes much compressed, widely margined ; beak nearly as long, subulate, flat: head of fruit rather small, ovoid. Often in low, wet places. New Brunswick to Georgia, northwestward to Winnipeg. 13. R. Hookeri SCHLECHT. in Linnaea, 9: 610. 1835. Stem erect, branched, i to 2 feet high : lower leaves and petioles pilose with spreading yellowish hairs, upper leaves with peduncles sulcate, pubescence appressed : leaves subpin- nate, nearly as narrow as in R. repens : sepals reflexed ; petals narrow ; receptacle pilose : akenes oblique, roundly obovate, laterally margined, marked with minute impressions and often a few scattered tubercles on sides, acuminate ; base of style per- sistent : head of fruit globose. Allied to /?. acris in habit and roots ; to R. repens in foliage. Its narrow often numerous petals and reflexed calyx remove it from all. Vera Cruz, Oaxaca, in San Miquelito Mts., and other places in Mexico. Common in grass lands. 14. R. pilosus H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5 : 36. 1821. Roots thick-fibrous, many : stem ascending, somewhat di- chotomously branched above, hirsute : radical leaves petiolate, ternate, appressed-pilose, 10 to 15 lines wide, i to i^ inches long ; leaflets cut-toothed, lateral ones sessile, ovate-rhomboid, sometimes 2-3-lobed ; terminal leaflets large, on stalks 2 to 6 lines long, subrotund, 3-lobed or 3-parted ; lower stem leaf like the radical leaves but much dissected, short-petioled ; upper stem leaves gradually less dissected, those near the flowers sessile : flowers as large as in R. bulbostis, peduncles silky ; sepals 5, ovate, acutish, pubescent outside, reflexed, much shorter than the petals, deciduous ; petals 5 (rarely 6), oblong, with rounded tips, 5 lines long, glabrous, supplied with a scale on the claw : akenes glabrous, oblong to obovate, compressed, 472 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. tapering into the persistent style ; fruit in globose head. High altitudes, Guatemala. Also near Bogota, U. S. of Colombia. 15. R. Bloomeri WATS. Bot. Calif. 2: 426. 1880. R. Chilensis HOOK. & ARN. Bot. Beech. 134. 1841. Stem ascending, i to 2 feet long, sparsely hairy or becoming glabrous : radical leaves bright green, long-petioled, some broadly cordate or ovate, coarsely dentate or incised, others 3- parted, some divided into 3 leaflets which are short-stalked and the middle one often 3-lobed ; stem leaves short petioled : petals yellow, 6 lines long, emarginate ; sepals shorter : akenes gla- brous, 2 lines long, turgid ; beak slender, subulate, persistent. San Francisco bay. 16. R. hispidus MICHX. Fl. i: 321. 1803. R. Marilandicus POIR. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 126. 1804. R. repens var. Marilandicus TORR. & GRAY, Fl. 1:21. 1838. R. fascicularis BRITTON, PI. N. J. 3. 1881. Appressed-pubescent, when young densely villous : stems slender, ascending or spreading, ^ to 2 feet long : leaves pal- mately 3-parted, or pedately or pinnately 3~5~divided ; the di- visions ovate, or variable, middle one often stalked, others usually sessile ; all often cuneate at base, sharply cleft or lobed : petals 5 or more, light yellow, 3 to 6 lines long ; sepals half as long, spreading : akenes broadly oval, lenticular, margined, ab- ruptly tipped ; beak half their length, subulate, slightly curved ; head ovoid to globose. Earliest spring. Canada through Eastern and Middle States to Florida and Arkansas. 17. R. bulbosus LINN. Sp. PI. 554. 1753. R. speciosus HORT. ex VILM. Fl. PL Terre i ed. 722. 1865. Plant from a true bulb, erect, about i foot high, hairy : leaves petioled, 3~5-parted, the divisions sometimes stalked, segments lobed : flowers terminating the branches, bright yellow, large ; petals large, obovate, shining above ; sepals much smaller, often reflexed : akenes compressed, with short beak, borne in a glo- bose head. Spring and summer. Persia, Europe, northern Africa. The double form is perhaps best suited for culture. 18. R. Icelandicus n. sp. Caudex short, roots fibrous : plant pubescent throughout : no Da-sis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 473 true stem, scape about 3 inches high, nearly erect, slender: leaves about i inch long on petioles the same length, blade 3- divided or parted, the leaflets sessile or the middle one stalked ; segments with about 3 entire or toothed cuneate lobes : petals 5, yellow, large, obovate-cuneate, obcordate or retuse ; sepals shorter, spreading, pubescent : carpels much like those of R. acris. Collected June, 1895, by Elizabeth Taylor at Seydis- fjordr, Iceland. 19. R. orthorhynchus HOOK, ex GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 377- 1887- R. ornithorhynchus WALP. Rep. 1 : 43. 1842 (by error). Root thick fibrous : plant 10 to 18 inches high, erect, branched, hirsute to nearly glabrous : leaves oblong in outline, pinnately compound ; 5 to 7 leaflets cleft and incised, quite variable ; up- der leaflets often confluent and sessile or nearly so, lower ones well stalked : petals 7 to 16, yellow, rarely purple beneath, ob- ovate, 4 to 6 lines long ; sepals much shorter, pubescent beneath, reflexed, deciduous : akenes glabrous, obliquely ovoid, com- pressed, i to 2 lines long, margined ; style of same length, straight, rigid, persistent : head globose. May to July. Wet places. British Columbia to western Oregon and Montana. Cultivated. Var. platyphyllus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 377. 1886. R. macranthus WATS. Bot. King Exp. 9. 1871. Not Scheele. R, maximus GREENE, Bull. Torr. Club, 14: 118. 1887. Often 3 feet or more high : leaves larger, 2 to 4 inches across, the leaflets often 3 inches long, and laciniately cut : petals often larger than the type. Wasatch Mountains, northern Utah, Py ramid lake, northern Nevada, northern California, Washington, Idaho. Cultivated. 20. R. dichotomus Moc. & SESSE. ex DC. Syst. i : 288. 1818. Stem erect, often dichotomously branched : radical leaves very long-petioled, bipinnate : flowers yellow ; sepals reflexed : akenes with acuminate erect beaks. Mexico. 21. R. Llavsenus SCHLECHT. in Linnaea, 10 : 233. 1836. Stem prostrate, the flowers on erect or ascending branches, terminal : leaves 3-divided and again 3-lobed, segments nar- 474 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. rowly and sharply cut-toothed ; middle leaflet stalked, lateral ones sessile, all cuneate at base ; the long petioles hirsute, widely sheathing and smooth at the base : peduncles sulcate ; recepta- cle pilose : flowers yellow ; calyx reflexed : akenes obliquely round-obovate, slightly margined laterally, terminated by the long erect style, smooth : head of fruit globose. June to July. Meadows, Jalapa, Vera Cruz. Allied to R. dichotomus, leaves nearly as finely dissected, yet much allied to R, Hookeri. 22. R. macranthus SCHEELE, in Linnaea, 21 : 585. 1848. R. repens\ai-. macranthus GRAY, PL Lindh. 2 : 141. 1850. Plant hairy ; erect or spreading, y2 to 3 feet high : leaves 3- 5-divided, the middle leaflet longer stalked than the others, lobed and cleft into narrower segments than in R. septentrionalis : petals 7 to 16, yellow, 5 to 7 lines or longer, oblong toobovate; sepals shorter, spreading : receptacle hairy : akenes flat, ovate to orbicular, widely margined; style subulate, long, often only partly persistent: head large, slightly lengthened. Texas, southwestern Arizona into Sonora, Mex. 23. R. subalpinus n. n. R. detyhinifolius H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 5 : 38. 1821. Not Torr. Roots fibrous : stem erect, branched above, few-flowered, silky-hairy : radical leaves long-petioled, pilose on both sides, ternate, lateral leaflets subsessile, 2-parted, terminal one well stalked, 3-parted, segments 2-3-lobed, incised and toothed ; lobes lanceolate ; stem leaves similar but smaller, short-petioled : flowers on long peduncles, erect, as large as in R. bulbosus; sepals 5, silky outside, reflexed, ovate, acutish, yellowish, much shorter than the corolla ; petals about 15 (Jide BonpL), yellow, glabrous, 5 lines long, spatulate-oblong, apex rounded, claw furnished with a scale : young ovaries many, small, sessile, ovate to subrotund, compressed, glabrous ; style long and slen- der. May. Moist places. Altitude 8,000 to 9,000 feet. San Miguelito Mountains and at Guanajuato, Mex. 24. R. canus BENTH. PL Hartw. 294. 1848. R. Californicus var. canus WATS. Bot. Calif. I : 8. 1876. Plant canescent when young but often becoming green and sparingly villous ; erect or ascending, rather large, i to 2 feet high : leaves with mostly 3 or more divisions ; the middle one Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 475 stalked ; leaflets cuneate, 2— 3-cleft and again incised : petals yellow, 5 to 6 lines long, obovate ; sepals half as long, reflexed, soft-hairy : akenes about 2^ lines long ; beak less than half as long, broad, hooked. Sacramento valley, Calif. Var. Blankinshlpii ROBINSON, Syn. Fl. i : i : 35. 1895. The silky coat persistent but less dense than in the typical plants : akenes plainly hispid and papillose. Capay, Yolo County, Calif. Var. hesperoxys n. var. R. hesperoxys GREENE, Erythea, 2 : 189. 1894. Plants much greener than the type ; doubtless due to the early falling of the canescence. California. 25. R. amarillo BERTOL. Fl. Guat. 24. 1840. Hirsute, stem branched, ascending : lower leaves petioled ; leaves compound ; leaflets stalked, subcordate-ovate, acute, 3- lobed, cut-toothed ; the upper leaves often short-petioled, ter- nate, divisions lanceolate, dentate : petals about 8, yellow, ob- long-cuneate ; sepals shorter, hairy, reflexed ; flowers as large as R. acris : akenes compressed, glabrous ; style long, erect but recurved at tip : head of fruit globose. Guatemala. 26. R. repens LINN. Sp. PI. 554. 1753. R. pro stratus POIR. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 113. 1804. R. Clintonii BECK. Bot. 9. 1833. Roots fibrous : plant more or less hairy : spreading by runners; flower stems often ascending 6 to 12 inches: leaves petioled, 3-divided ; middle leaflet or all of them stalked, often again 3-lobed or cleft, and somewhat coarse toothed, bases cuneate or truncate : petals obovate, 5 to 6 lines long ; sepals much shorter, spreading, hairy below : akenes compressed, margined; beak short, stout, slightly bent: head globose. May to July. Common. Nova Scotia and Newfoundland to Virginia, westward. Also Europe and Asia. Cultivated. 27. R. palmatus ELL. Sketch, 2: 61. 1824. Included by Gray, '86, with R. septentrionalis which it is much like; plant smaller, more decumbent; runners often long : leaves i inch across, thin, somewhat 3-parted or divided, divisions ovate, coarsely few-toothed ; lowest leaves often sub- entire : flowers 6 lines broad. Pine lands and swampy places, Tennessee, South Carolina, Florida. 476 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 28. R. Aschenbornianus SCHAU. in Linnasa, 20 : 719. 1847. Stem erect, many-flowered : leaves hairy to subhirsute ; radical leaves long-petioled, ternate to bipinnate, the pinnules 3-parted to many lobed, the lobes nearly linear; peduncles silky : sepals reflexed : receptacle subpilose : akenes com pressed, slightly margined, smooth, with fine impressions or punctures, style straight : fruit in a globose head. Mountains of Mexico near " Tutam." 29. R. acriformis GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 374. 1886. R. acris HOOK. Fl. i: 18. 1829 (partly). Plant with short rather appressed pubescence, slender, erect, i foot or more in height : leaves all 3~7-parted or divided ; divisions 2-3-cleft or lobed, into lanceolate or linear segments which are often entire : petals yellow, roundly obovate, about 3 lines long ; sepals about half as long, spreading or becoming reflexed: akene i to 2 lines long: beak half as long, curved. Eastern Rockies in Alberta ; Montana, Wyoming ; wet places. Southern Colorado at 10,000 feet. R. Montanensis Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 166, 1900, is a form with beak more slender and more curved. 30. R. Californicus BENTH. PI. Hartw. 295. 1848. R. acris var. Deppi'i NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. i : 21. 1838. R. delphinifolius TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 659. 1838. Not Torr. R. dissectus HOOK. &. ARN. Bot. Beech. 316. 1841. Not Bieb. R. regulosus GREENE, Pitt. 2 : 58. 1890. Roots fibrous: plant rather weak, y2 to 2 feet high, usually pubescent or hirsute ; branching and without leaves in upper part: leaves ternately divided or parted, or palmately 5-divided into linear or narrow often 2-3-parted divisions : petals 6 to 15, glossy yellow, oblong or narrowly obovate, 4 to 6 lines long : akenes flat, slightly margined, nearly 2 lines long : beak very short. Rather dry places. Western California and adjacent Oregon, common. Cultivated. Var. Ludovicianus (GREENE). R. Ludovicianus GREENE, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2 : 58. Mch. 6 1886. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 477 7?. Californicus var. latilobtis GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 375. 1886. Basal leaves 3-parted, divisions broadly or narrowly cuneate, incisely cleft or laciniate : stem leaves not so much dissected. Southern California. Var. crassifolius GREENE, Erythea, 1 : 125. 1893. Stout and low, sparingly villous throughout : lower leaves not so deeply parted as the type, coarsely toothed ; stem leaves mostly deeply parted into 3 oval or oblong quite entire segments : flowers and akenes larger than in the type. Ft. Bragg, Men- docino Co., Calif. 31. R. Asiaticus Linn. Sp. PI. 552. 1753. Roots fleshy : plant erect, either simple or branched, ^ to i foot high : leaves petiolate, becoming sessile toward the top, ternate or biternate ; segments toothed or deeply 3-lobed ; flow- ers terminating in the stems and branches, variable in color : calyx spreading, becoming reflexed ; petals large, obovate, blunt : fruits in spike. May to June. Asia Minor. Flor. des Serr. 16: 1679 (fl-pl). Revue Hort. Belg. 1890: 133 (var. superbissimus). Sibth. Fl. Gr. 518. The cultivated forms of this species are constantly increasing in number. They are of two main types : (i) The florist's section called Persian Ranun- culi or true R. Asiaticus. (2) The gardener's section, called Pivoine and Turban Ranunculi, or var. Africanus. There are many named forms of each in the American trade. 32. R. abortivus LINN. Sp. PL 551. 1753. R. nitidus WALT. Car. 159. 1788. Sparingly pubescent or quite glabrous, one-half to 2 feet high, branched : stem leaves sessile or short-petioled, once or twice 3-parted or lobed, segments oblong or linear, somewhat cuneate ; lower leaves long-petioled, lucid green, crenate or lobed, broadly cordate, roundish, or ovate: petals pale yellow, hardly over a line long ; sepals longer and larger, reflexed ; receptacle short, pubescent : akenes compressed, glabrous, tipped with the minute, curved beak : head small, globose. Spring. Moist grounds and woods. Labrador to Florida, north and west to Colorado and British Columbia. Var. ency- clus FERNALD, Rhodora, 1:52, 1899, a slender, flexuose form with thinner, glossy, orbicular, radical leaves. 478 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Var. Harveyi GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 372. 1886. R. abortivus var. grandiflorus ENGELM. ex Branner & Co- ville, Ark. Geol. Surv. 6: 162. 1891. R. Harveyi BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 159. 1894. Stem and foliage more slender and roots often thicker than in the type : plant somewhat pubescent : petals of the extreme forms 3 lines long and much longer than the sepals : akenes sometimes few, large and in a globose head, but varying to those of the type. Damp rocks, Arkansas to St. Louis, Mo. Var. australis BRAND. Zoe 4 : 399. 1894. Lower leaves large, reniform : petals 2 to 3 lines long ; flowering in August. Abundant in wet places, high summits of Sierra de la Laguna and San Fransisquito, Lower Cali- fornia. 33. R. sceleratus LINN. Sp. PI. 551. 1753. Stems stout, hollow : plant glabrous or nearly so, one-half to 2 feet high, branching : radical and lower stem leaves thick, long-petioled, 3~5-lobed, reniform or cordate ; lobes cuneate, crenately incised or cleft; upper stem leaves sessile or petioled, deeply lobed or parted ; the lobes cuneate-oblong or linear, toothed or entire : petals i to 2 lines long, yellow ; sepals often a little shorter : akenes numerous, very small, compressed, glabrous, barely apiculate : head oblong. April to Aug. Wet ditches and shallow water. New Brunswick to Florida and somewhat westward. Europe and Asia. 34. R. eremogenes GREENE, Erythea, 4 : 121. 1896. R. sceleratus var. multijidus NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. I : 19. 1838. Leaves more dissected than R. sceleratus: stem nearly leaf- less : head of akenes nearly globose or ovate, large. Habitat of that species, eastern base of Rockies in Colorado to the Sierra Nevadas, to northwest British America and south to Arizona. Var. degener GREENE, Pitt. 4: 144. 1900. Stems several, short, ascending : roots coarser than in the type : akenes with no marginal development : head more rounded. Southern Colorado. 35. R. Allegheniensis BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 22: 224. 1895. R. abortivus HOOK. Fl. 1 : 15. 1829. In part. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 479 This is also closely allied to R. abortivus in habit and foliage. Plant glabrous, not lucid : akenes slightly compressed and margined, tipped with subulate hooked or recurved styles hardly half their length. April, May, North Carolina, Virginia, Massachusetts. 36. R. recurvatus Pom. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 125. 1804. R. lanuginosus WALT. Car. 159. 1788. Not Linn. R. saniculceformis MUHL. Cat. 54. 1813. R. tomentosus SPRENG. Neue Entd. i : 287. 1820. Plant hirsute or only slightly hairy, erect, ^ to 2 feet high, branching : all the leaves petioled and never divided to the base, i^ to 3 inches wide, deeply 3-cleft, the lobes broadly cuneate, acute, toothed or lobed : petals light yellow, about 2 lines long ; sepals of same length or little longer : akenes com- pressed, margined : beak one-half their length, recurved. Damp woods, Nova Scotia to Lake of the Woods, south to Missouri and Florida. 37. R. Bongardi GREENE, Erythea, 3: 54. 1895. R. occidentals var. parviflorus TORR. Bot. Wilkes Exp. 214. 1854. R. occidentals var. Lyalli GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 373. 1886. Not R. Lyalli Hook. f. R. tencllus var. Lyalli ROBINSON, Syn. Fl. I : i : 33. 1895. R. Greener HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. i: 18. 1897. R. Earlei GREENE, Pitt. 4 : 15. 1899. R. Lyalli RYDB. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 166. 1900. Much like the following variety which is better known and was formerly considered the type. Plant more hirsute : leaf segments much broader : petals rather of the larger size, some- what persistent : akenes somewhat hispid ; styles rather long. Northern California to Colorada and Montana and to Fort Wrangel, Alaska. Var. Douglasii (HOWELL). R. recurvatus BONG. Veg. Sitch. 123. 1831. Mainly, not Poir. R. tenellus NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray Fl. i : 23. 1838. Not Viviani. R. Nelsoniv&v. tenellus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 374. 1872. 480 MIXXESOTA BOTAXICAL STUDIES. R. occidentalis var. tencllus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 373- 1886. 7?. occidentalis var. Eiseni GRAY, 1. c. (in small part). 7?. Nehoni var. glabriusculus HOLZINGER, Cont. Nat. Herb. 3: 210. 1895. Not 7?. glabriusculus Rupr. R. Bongardi 'var. tenelhis GREENE, Erythea, 3 : 54. 1895. R. Douglasn HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. i : 18. Mch. 15. 1897. R. arcuatus HELLER, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 310. June 29. 1897. Slender, erect, usually over one foot high, slightly pubescent or glabrous, hirsute on petioles and peduncles : leaves deeply 3-5-cleft ; segments broadly cuneate to oblanceolate, coarsely toothed : petals i to 2 lines long ; receptacle glabrous : akenes compressed, glabrous, semi-oval ; styles persistent, circinate- revolute ; head small, globose. Southern California, Idaho, to Alaska. 38. R. occidentalis NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. i : 22. 1838. R. recurvatus var. Nehoni DC. Syst. i: 190. 1818. R. recurvatus (2 forms) SCHLECHT. Animad. Ranunc. 2 : 28. 1820. R. Schlechtendalii HOOK. Fl. i : 21. 1829. (As to plant.) R. Nehoni GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 374. 1872. R. Eiseni KELLOGG, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 7: 115. 1877. R. occidentalis var. Eiseni GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 373. 1886 (mainly). 7?. occidentalis \ax. brevistylus GREENE, Pitt. 3 : 14. 1896. Plant villous with spreading hairs, 5 to 18 inches high : lower leaves petioled, round cordate, 3~5-cleft or parted ; segments cuneate-obovate, often 2-3-cleft and cut ; some leaves 3-divided with the leaflets stalked ; upper stem leaves smaller with lanceo- late segments : petals yellow, large, spreading ; sepals half as long, reflexed : akenes glabrous or sparsely bristled : style flat- tened, subulate, hooked, half as long as akenes; receptacle gla- brous : head of fruit ovoid. Low open places. Alaska to Montana and California. Var. Howellii GREENE, Pitt. 3 : 14. 1896. /?. Ho-wellii GREENE, ex Howell, Fl. N. W. Am. i : 17. 1897. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 481 Rather leafy ; upper leaves more deeply and repeatedly cleft : styles longer, slender, subulate, nearly straight. Dry hills, Ashland, Oregon, southward toward Klamath river, Calif. Var. ultramontanus GREENE, Pitt. 3: 13. 1896. Plant tufted ; divisions of lower leaves not cuneiform, deeply cleft into lanceolate segments ; upper ones lanceolate, entire : several flowers ^ inch across : styles hooked. Moist places, Truckee river, east of Sierras, Calif. Var. Rattani GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 373. 1886. R. Rattani HOWELL, Fl. N. W. Am. 1 : 17. 1897. R. ciliosus HOWELL, 1. c. Differs from the type in having the akenes covered with short, stiff hairs and also roughened with papillae. Josephine county, Ore., to central California. Var. robustus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 373. 1886. R. occidentalis GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 374. 1872. Stem stout, often a foot high : flowers large, 9 to 15 lines long, long-peduncled : petals broadly obovate : akenes numer- ous, very large. Unalaska and islands westward. 39. R. Turner! GREENE, Pitt. 2 : 296. 1892, except syn. Plant appearing much like a tall specimen of R. occidentalis : petals longer, 4 to 7 lines long : flowers long-peduncled : more akenes in a head ; styles circinately-revolute, strongly so. Por- cupine river, Alaska. 40. R. acris LINN. Sp. PI. 554. 1753. Plant hairy up to the sepals, erect, ^ to 3 feet high, often branched : radical leaves on long slender petioles ; others with shorter petioles sheathing the stem, or nearly sessile : leaves 3- parted nearly to the base, the divisions ovoid-cuneate, 2-3-lobed and coarsely toothed or cut ; bracts linear, lobed or entire : flowers yellow, 9 to 12 lines across, several, on rather short pe- duncles ; sepals hairy beneath, ovate, shorter than the petals ; petals 5, glabrous, obovoid, obtuse, bearing a prominent scale at base : akenes compressed, coriaceous on margins ; style very short : head globose. May to September. Newfoundland, Canada, Eastern States. Said to be naturalized from Europe. Var. Jlore-pleno HORT. is more used in the trade. Bot. Mag. 215- 482 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 41. R. McCallai n. sp. Stem erect, slender, 12 to 20 inches high, branched toward the top, somewhat pubescent : radical leaves hairy, on slender hairy peduncles 2 to 4 inches long ; blade 3~5-parted nearly or quite to the base, segments less than i inch long, cuneate, di- vergent, cleft into 2 to 3 linear lobes ; stem leaves none or bract- like, subtending the branches, or a small one near the middle : flowers 2 to 6, large, yellow ; petals 5, obovate, entire or obcor- date ; sepals shorter, spreading, hairy : carpels ovate in a glo- bose head ; styles subulate, hooked : receptacle glabrous. Col- lected by W. A. McCalla (2113) near Banff, Alberta, Canada, July, 1899, in wet meadows. Differs from R. acris in its leaves, usually naked stem, etc. 42. R. pedatifidus J. E. SMITH in Rees' Cycl. No. 72. 1813-16. R. arcticus RICHARDS, in Frankl. ist Journ. i ed. App. 741. 1823. R. affinis R. BR. Parry ist Voy. App. 265. 1824. R. amcenus LEDEB. Fl. Alt. 2: 320. 1830. R. auricomus HOOK. f. Arc. PL 283, 312. 1862. Plant sparsely hairy, 3 to 15 inches high, slender, sometimes branched : radical and lower stem leaves petioled, broadly ovate, crenate, toothed, lobed, or cleft nearly to the base into segments which are often narrow ; upper stem leaves deeply cleft, nearly sessile, lobes narrow : petals yellow, 3 to 4 lines long ; sepals shorter, pubescent beneath : akenes often hairy? with short beak : head oblong to cylindric. Qjiebec to Arctic regions, west to Alaska ; Rockies to Colorado and Arizona. Ledeb. Ic. /. nj. Var. cardiophyllus BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 18 : 265. 1891. R. cardiophyllus HOOK. Fl. I : 14, and vars. t. 6. 1829. R. affinis var. lasiocarpus TORR. Bot. Wilkes Exp. 213. 1854. R. affinis var. leiocar-pus TRAUT. ex Midden. Reise in Sibir. 62. 1856. R. affinis var. cardiophyllus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. Phil. 1863: 56. R. affinis var. validus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 371. 1886. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 483 R. ajfinis var. micropetalus GREENE, Pitt. 2: no. 1890. R. Arizonicus var. subajfinis GREENE, 1. c. 60. Not Gray. R. inamcenus GREENE, Pitt. 3: 91. 1896. Differs from the type in its stouter habit, radical leaves often cordate at base, usually not much lobed, but variable : flowers larger : akenes either hairy or glabrous. New Mexico and Arizona to Montana, east to Labrador. Var. pinetorum (GREENE). R. cardiophyllus var. pinetorum GREENE, Pitt. 4: 144. 1900. Stem short, canescently villous : roots strongly and copiously developed : leaves oval, often subcordate, or truncate at base, margins crenate : flower i inch across : head of akenes not so long[as in the type, ovoid or globose. Pine woods, Graham's Park, southern Colorado. 7,800 feet. 43. R. vicinalis GREENE, Pitt. 4: 145. 1900. This is an Alaskan plant from the region of Fort Selkirk, which differs from R. pedatifidus in its larger flowers, and in having the radical leaves cleft or parted into about 7 lobes, and these again 3-cleft. But we find this leaf character in some Colorado forms of that type. 44. R. Eschscholtzii SCHLECHT. Animad. Ranunc. 2 : 16. /. /. 1819. R. nivalis var. Eschscholtzii WATS. Bot. King Exp. 8. 1871. R. ocreatus GREENE, Pitt. 4: 15. 1899. Caudex short, oblique, roots fibrous : plant slightly hairy, 3-8 inches high : leaves roundish or broader in outline ; stem leaves 3~5-lobed or parted, lobes lanceolate to oblong or linear spatulate ; basal leaves with broader lobes, or lobed like the others : flowers i to 3 ; petals yellow, broadly obovate, some- times slightly crenulate or obcordate, 3 to 6 lines long ; sepals pubescent beneath : akenes lenticular, margined, glabrous ; beak sharp, straight or sometimes recurved : head of fruit ob- long or nearly globose. North Alaska in mountains to south- ern California, east to Colorado. 45. R. eximius GREENE, Erythea, 3: 19. 1895. R. alpeophilus A. NELSON, Bull. Torr. Club, 26: 350. 1899. Much like R. Eschscholtzii, but often larger, nearly glabrous : 484 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. radical leaves broader, less divided ; upper leaves with lobes 1-2 inches long : sepals nearly glabrous : akenes broadly oval or obovate. Mountains of Wyoming, Idaho, Colorado. 46. R. saxicolaRvDB., Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i : 164. 1900. Allied to R. Suksdorfii; differs slightly in the form of the lower leaves, which are often more reniform-flabellate : akenes pubescent : head of fruit oblong. Cedar mountain and Mill Creek, Montana, Yellowstone Park. 47. R. Suksdorfii GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 371. 1886. Roots fibrous : stems slender, 3 to 6 inches high, glabrous : radical and lowest stem leaves small, about 6 to 8 lines long, subreniform to broadly flabelliform with truncate base, deeply 3~5-cleft or parted ; divisons cuneate, again 3~5-cleft or in- cised; upper stem leaves with linear divisions: flowers i to 3, deep yellow ; petals round obovate, retuse, 4 to 6 lines long : akenes turgid-lenticular, sharp-edged, glabrous ; style persistent for a time, slender, ^ line long, equalling the akene body : head of fruit, globular. July to Aug. Damp places, 6,000 to 8,000 feet alt. Olympic mountains, Mt. Rainier, Mt. Adams east to the Blue mountains, Oregon and into Montana. Cul- tivated. 48. R. ovalis RAF. Proc. Dec. 36. 1814. R. rhomboideus GOLDIE, Edin. Phil. Journ. 6: 329. t. n. f. i. 1822. R. brevicaulis HOOK. Fl. i : 13. t. 7. 1829. R. auricomus var. Cassubicus E. MEYER PI. Labr. 96. 1830. Pubescent, 3 to 15 inches high: radical and lower leaves roundish to ovate-oblong, crenate, or slightly lobed, base trun- cate or cuneate, petioled, 3~7-divided, lobes linear or oblong : petals yellow, narrow, 3 to 6 lines long ; sepals much shorter : akenes oval, minutely beaked: head of fruit globose. Wis- consin and northern Illinois, north to Labrador and the North- west Territory. 49. R. Arizonicus LEMMON ex Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 370. 1886. R. affinis TORR, Bot. Mex. Bound. 29. 1858. (In part.) Roots fascicled, somewhat thickened : plant glabrous or with soft-villous hairs below, 6 to 12 inches high: radical leaves Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 485 oval to oblong, cordate, crenate-dentate ; the later ones often 5- cleft and again 3-5-lobed ; stem leaves i-3-ternate with narrow linear divisions : petals yellow, often 6 to 7, ovate to oblong, 3 to 5 lines long : akenes compressed, thin-margined, pubescent : head small, globose. Willow Spring, and mountains of south- ern Arizona. Var. subaffinis GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 370. 1886. R. Arizonicus GREENE, Pitt. 2 : 60. 1890. 7?. subsagittatus var. subaffinis GREENE, Pitt. 2: no. 1890. R. subaffinis RYDB. Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 246. 1897. Plant lower than the type, usually i-flowered : akenes densely pubescent, with subulate style nearly their own length : head of fruit oval. High altitudes. Mt. Agassiz, in San Francisco, mountains of Arizona. Also Chihuahua. Var. subsagittatus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 370. 1886. Stouter than the above ; villous at least at first : stem simple, few-flowered : radical leaves thick, oblong, bases subcordate to sagittate : petals broader than in the type : head of akenes larger, oval. Wet ground. Northern Arizona to San Fran- cisco mountains. 50. R. montanus WILLD. Sp. PL 2: 1321. 1799. Rootstock creeping, 1-3 inches long, % inch thick : plant 6 inches high, pubescent with soft appressed or spreading hairs, especially toward the top : radical leaves few, petiolate, smooth, orbicular in outline, 3-parted, and lobed into blunt, toothed segments ; stem leaves sessile or nearly so, clasping the stem, 3~5-parted into narrow somewhat toothed or entire lobes : flow- ers solitary, terminating the simple or once-branched stem, i inch or larger ; sepals concave, acute, yellowish-green, slightly hairy; petals 5, large, broadly obovoid, bright yellow, with small scale and pore at base : akenes turgid, glabrous ; beak strongly hooked, puberulent. May to July. Europe. Culti- vated. Bot. Mag. 3022. Bot. Cab. 1610. Var. dentatus BAUMG. Enum. Stirp. Magn. Trans. 2: 124. About 1823. R. carpaticus Herbich.* Sel. PL Rar. Galic 15. 1836. Leaves much more toothed than in the type : plant much taller: flowers larger. Cultivated. Bot. Mag. 7266. Garden 52: 1138- 486 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 51. 1809. R. corthusaefolius WILLD. Enum. Hort. Berol. 588. Root of thick, fleshy, fasciculated fibers : plant velvety hairy, i to 3 feet high : lower leaves long-petioled, roundish to reni- form, incised, and with cut and toothed lobes ; stem leaves divided into 3 to 5 narrow lobes ; upper ones sessile : flowers several or many, terminal and axillary, rather paniculate ; sepals 5, ovate to lanceolate, green with pale margins ; petals 5, large, broadly obovate, glossy yellow : akenes compressed, hairy on sides, tapering into recurved styles nearly their own length : head of fruit short oval. May, Island of Teneriffe, Canary group. Garden, 45 : 944. Bot. Mag. 4625. Not very hardy, and needs protection in winter and early spring. It is well suited for pot culture. It is increased by division of the roots in autumn. 52. R. longipedunculatus SCHEIDW. in Hortic. Beige. 5: 163. t. 9. 1838. Roots fibrous : stem slender, weak, scapose, often once branched near the base : plant pilose with yellowish hairs : rad- ical leaves 3-lobed, middle lobe trifid, otherwise mostly entire ; true stem leaves wanting or very low ; petioles i to i ^ inches long : peduncles 4 to 5 inches long, slender, erect or ascending, bibracteate : flowers i or 2, terminal; petals 12 to 15, oblong- lanceolate, acutish, yellow ; sepals reflexed. Wet places, Real del Monte, north of Mexico City. 53. R. Donianus PRITZ. ex Walp. Rep. 2: 740. 1843. R. humilis D. DON, ex G. Don, Gen. Syst. i : 34. 1831. Not Pers. 1807. Short, i to 3 inches high, pilose : radical leaves stalked, cor- date, obtuse, slightly 3-lobed and crenate : peduncles long, rad- ical, axillary and terminal : flowers small, yellow : carpels rather inflated, beaked. Mexico. 54. R. multicaulis D. DON, ex G. Don, Gen. Syst. i : 34. 1831. Plant about 3 to 4 inches high, pilose : stems numerous, pros- trate or ascending : radical leaves p'etioled, cordate-roundish, 3- lobed ; lobes crenate : stem leaves sessile, entire, opposite or apparently so : flowers yellow, medium size ; petals emarginate, much longer than the sepals which are reflexed : carpels rather inflated, pointed : head of fruit ovate. Mexico. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA, 487 55. R. Mexicanus n. n. R. gcoides H.B.K. Nov. Gen. and Sp. 5: 37. t. 429. 1821. Not Siev. 1794. Roots fibrous : stem 5 to 8 inches high, simple or branched low ; plant silky pubescent up to and including under side of sepals : radical leaves 3-parted nearly to midrib : divisions toothed or incised, ovate-cuneate ; petiole i to 2 inches long ; stem leaf with 3 to 5 narrow segments, sessile or on petiole sheathing the stem ; bracts linear : flowers (rarely 2 to 3), large, terminating long, erect peduncles ; sepals 5, ovate, much shorter than petals, reflexed ; petals 10, spatulate oblong, rather obtuse, 5-7 lines long, spreading, claw provided with nectar pit and scale : akenes compressed, smooth ; style as long as akene body, persistent for a time, erect. May. Real del Monte, north of Mexico City; Guajuco, Nuevo Leon, northern Mexico. 56. R. uncinatus D. DON ex G. Don, Gen. Syst. i : 35. 1831. Roots fibrous : stem erect, i foot high : plant glabrous : rad- ical leaves not seen ; stem leaves long-petioled, 3-parted, seg- ments 3-lobed ; lobes toothed or again lobed, acute; leaves near the flower ternate, leaflets linear-lanceolate, acute, quite entire : flowers small, yellow, terminal and lateral, on slender peduncles : akenes few, ending in hooked beaks : head globose. Mexico. 57. R. petiolaris H.B.K. Nov. Gen. and Sp. 5: 36. t. 428. 1821. Roots fibrous : stem erect, striate, puberulent, somewhat branched above, about 6-flowered : radical leaves on petioles 6 to 7 inches long, 3-parted nearly to the midrib ; the divisions often 2-3-lobed and incised ; the lobes often somewhat oblong- cuneate, deep green and appressed-pubescent above, pale and appressed-pilose beneath ; stem leaves short-petioled, smaller and with much more slender lobes ; bracts linear-lanceolate, lobed or entire ; base of petioles membranaceous, somewhat sheathing : flowers medium size, on erect peduncles which are pilose; sepals 5, ovate-oblong, acute, pilose beneath, shorter than the petals, reflexed, deciduous; petals 5, obovate, rounded at the end, a claw and scale at base, yellow, glabrous, about 4 488 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lines long, much exceeding the stamens : akenes oblique, com- pressed, glabrous, rather abruptly joined to the short, persistent style: head of fruit subglobose. September. Near "Los Joares" ; and Santa Rosa, state of Mexico. Altitude, 8,400 feet. 58. R. adoneus GRAY, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1863: 56. JR. amcenus GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. 2, 33: 241. 1862. Not Ledeb. R. orthorynchus var. alpinus WATS. Bot. King Exp. 9. 1871. Root slender- fibrous : plant shaggy-hairy, 4 to 12 inches high, sometimes becoming decumbent : leaves usually 2-3-times 3- parted and lobed, lobes all narrow-linear, acute; primary di- visions of leaves sessile or nearly so ; petioles of basal leaves membranous in lower part ; stem leaves sessile or on a sheath- ing base, usually borne opposite resembling an involucre : petals 5 (or 6 to 8), large, yellow, rounded outwardly, cuneate at base, 6 lines long, much exceeding the lanceolate sepals which are hairy beneath : akenes somewhat compressed, acutish : style long, straight, subulate ; head globular to oblong. Summer. Rockies of Colorado. Altitude 10,000 feet. Cultivated. In- troduced 1881. 59. R. triternatus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 370. 1886. Roots fascicled, fleshy-fibrous : plant low : leaves often 3- times 3-divided and parted ; leaflets long-petioled, their lobes narrow-linear to linear-spatulate and obtuse : petals yellow, 4 to 5 lines long, obovate : akenes turgid, not margined ; beaks slender : receptacles thick : head of fruit globose. Near Golden- dale, S. Wash. 60. R. Grayi BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 18 : 265. 1891. R. -pedatifidus HOOK. Fl. 1 : 18. /. 18. 1829. Not Smith. R. Hooker i REGEL. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 34 : 2 : 47. 1861. NotSchlecht. R. Drummondi GREENE, Erythea, 2: 192. 1894. Rather stout, i-2-flowered : basal leaves either biternately or pedately divided and parted into linear oblong or spatulate lobes, main divisions often stalked : stem leaves similar, only i or 2 : petals 3 lines long ; sepals shorter, sparsely and finely villous : akenes each about i line long, borne in a globular head. Lat. 52° to 55°, on eastern Rockies, Gray's Peak, Colo., and near Ironton, 12,000 to 13,000 feet. Davis : RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 489 61. R. pygmseus WAHL. Fl. Lapp. 157. /. 8. f. i, 1812. R. Lap-ponicus OED. Fl. Dan. t. 14.4.. 1762. Not Linn. Very minute, i or 2 inches high, puberulent or glabrous : leaves 3~5-lobed or divided, 2 to 5 lines wide, lower ones on slender petioles, others subsessile : flowers 2 to 3 lines across ; petals yellow, little longer than the sepals : akenes lenticular ; beak slender: head of fruit somewhat oblong, 2 lines long. High Rockies of Montana to Colorado, polar regions across America, Greenland, Europe and Asia. Var. Sabinii n. var. JR. Sabinii R. BR. Parry istVoy. App. 264. 1824. Flowers larger than the type : sepals hairy. Montana. 62. R. oxynotus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 10 : 68. 1874. Caudex short, roots fibrous : plant glabrous, 4 to 10 inches high : radical leaves in a numerous tuft, 6 to 10 lines across, mostly round-reniform, with several roundish lobes or deep cre- nations : stem leaves i or 2, flabelliform to cuneate, 3~5-cleft or parted ; lobes lanceolate-linear to oblong : petals yellow, broadly obovate, 4 to 5 lines long, exceeding the sepals : akenes com- pressed, semiovate, glabrous, about i line long; beak strong, subulate : head of fruit 6 lines long : receptacle thick and fleshy. Mineral King Mt., Mariposa Co., and central Sierras, all in California. 63. R. digitatus HOOK. Kewjourn. 3: 124. /. 4.. 1851. Very low, glabrous : roots a cluster of slender tubers : stem leaves few, subsessile, 2-4-parted ; lobes oblong-lanceolate to nearly linear ; radical leaves similar or entire and lanceolate, petiolate : petals 5 to n, yellow, spatulate-oblong, 3 to 5 lines long : akenes slightly compressed and margined ; styles slender : head very small, often elongated. Yellowstone Park to north- ern Nevada. 64. R. glaberrimus HOOK. Fl. i : 12. t. 5. 1829. R. brevicaulis HOOK. Lond. Journ. Bot. 6: 66. 1847. R. Austina GREENE, Erythea, 3: 44. 1895. Root a cluster of thickened fibers : plant rather succulent, 4 to 10 inches high, glabrous : radical leaves roundish to oblan- ceolate or spatulate ; base tapering or obtuse, often 2-5-lobed above, or crenate or entire ; stem leaves usually deeply 3-lobed or parted, lobes entire : petals yellow, broadly obovate, 3 to 6 490 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lines long ; sepals nearly as long, often purple beneath : akenes puberulent or glabrous, lenticulate, slightly margined, with small, short beak : fruit in a globose to oblong head. Early spring. British Columbia to California and Colorado. Var. ellipticus GREENE, Fl. Francis, 298. 1892. R. ellipticus GREENE, Pitt. 2 : no. 1890. 3:92. 1896. Basal leaves elliptic-lanceolate to oblong, entire or only once lobed on one side : petals often much narrower than in the type : head of akenes drooping to the ground. Distributed with the type in its lower altitudes and southern range. 65. R. Macauleyi GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 15: 45. 1880. R. nivalis REP. Chief Eng. U. S. A. 1878: 1833. Not Linn. Some of the roots thick and fleshy : plant 3 to 7 inches high ; stem villous-hairy to glabrous, young leaves very villous on margins : leaves thick, lanceolate to ovate-spatulate, entire ex- cept toward the apex, there often coarsely or finely 2 to 10 toothed ; lower leaves petiolate, others sessile or on short, sheathing petioles : petals obovate to flabelliform, crenulate, 5 to 7 lines long, yellow ; sepals shorter, densely coated beneath with dark brown hairs; peduncles hairy : akenes smooth, some- what compressed, slightly margined ; styles linear-subulate, persistent, nearly straight : head of fruit ovate to oblong or cylindric. Near snow line, 11,500 feet altitude in La Plata mountains and San Juan Co., Colo. 66. R. nivalis LINN. Sp. PI. 553. 1753. R. sulphureus SOLAND. in Phipp's Voy. 202. 1774. A short caudex with slender roots : plant pubescent or be- coming glabrous below, 3 to 7 inches high : lower leaves cune- ate-flabelliform to reniform, about 3-lobed or deeply cleft ; lobes sometimes notched ; upper leaves subsessile, about 5-lobed or parted, divisions linear-oblong, entire : petals yellow, obovate to roundish, sometimes emarginate, 3 to 4 lines long; sepals shorter, densely wooly : akenes rather turgid ; beak subulate. Greenland, Hudson Bay region, Alaska, Hall island, Behring Sea, south in Rockies to Lat. 55°, Northern Asia and Europe. 67. R. natans C. A. MEYER ex Ledeb. Ic. t. 114. 1830. R. radicans C. A. MEYER ex Ledeb. Ic. t. 116. 1830. R. Purshii TORR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2: 162. 1828. Not Richards. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 491 R. hyperboreus var. natans REGEL, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 34: pt. 2: 43. 1861. Much like R. hyperboreus, but differing in having leaves larger, reniform or truncate at base, lobes 3 to 5, often more rounded : petals much larger ; receptacle thickened and fleshy : head of fruit larger. Creeping and rooting in mud or some- times floating in shallow water. Rockies of Colorado. Also northern Asia. 68. R. hyperboreus ROTTB. Skrift. Kjoeb. Selsk. 10 : 458. t. ./. f. 16. 1770. Low creeping plant with slender and glabrous stems and pet- ioles : one or two leaves from each (rooting) node, broadly ovate with rounded or truncate bases, 3-lobed or slightly cleft, margins of lobes nearly entire ; petioles sheathing at the base : flowers minute, few, yellow ; petals about equalling the reflexed sepals ; peduncles i inch or less in length : akenes hardly com- pressed ; beak almost wanting : head of fruit globose, hardly 2 lines broad. Wet soil. Greenland, Labrador, Arctic Alaska ; also Europe and Asia. 69. R. Lapponicus LINN. Sp. PL 553. 1753. Anemone nudicdulis GRAY, in Bot. Gaz. n : 17. 1886. Scapose from filiform rootstocks, 3 to 6 inches high : radical leaves long-petioled, 3-parted, the divisions obovate-cuneate, obtuse, crenate or lobed : scape slender, taller than the leaves, often with a lobed, bract-like leaf : flower solitary, yellow ; petals 5 to 6 ; sepals of about the same length, reflexed : akenes a line or more long, ovate, tapering into the persistent, hooked beak. North shore of Lake Superior, west to the Rockies, north to Arctic America ; also Europe and Siberia. 70. R. delphinifolius TORR. ex Eaton, Man. 2 ed. 395. 1818. R. multifidus PURSH, Fl. 2 : 736. 1814. Not Forsk. R. flaviatilis BIGEL. Fl. Bost. i ed. 1 : 39. 1814. Not Willd. R. lacustris BECK & TRACY, N. Y. Med. & Phys. Journ. 2 : 112. 1823. R. BeckiiG. DON, Gen. Syst. i : 39. 1831. R. Purshitv&r. aquatilis LEDEB. Fl. Ross, i : 35. 1841. R. multifidus var. terrestris GRAY, Man. 5 ed. 41. 1867. Aquatic or partly emersed, with long fistulous stems : sub- 492 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. mersed leaves ternately decompound into narrow filiform or capillary divisions, flaccid, petioles very short and sheathing ; emersed leaves smaller, and much less dissected, often only 3~7-parted into cuneate lobes, petioles often longer than blades; young leaves from nodes taking root on muddy banks, still less lobed and divided, their petioles and under sides hairy : petals deep yellow, 5 to 8, broadly obovate, 4 to 6 lines long, exceed- ing the sepals : akenes rather turgid, obliquely ovate, hardly i line long, becoming callous-margined on base and ventral edge ; beak half their length, straight, compressed : head of fruit glo- bose or oblong. Quiet water, and muddy ditches and banks. North Carolina to northern Canada, west to British Columbia and California. Also Siberia. 71. R. Purshii RICHARDS, Frankl. ist Journ. 741. 1823. R. pusillus LEDEB. Mem. Acad. Petrop. 5: 546. 1812. R. Gmclini DC. Syst. 1 : 303. 1818. R. Langsdorfii DC. Prod. 1 : 34. 1824. R. limosus NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. I : 20. 1838. R. radicans REGEL, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 34 : pt. 2 : 44-5. 1 86 1. Not Mey. R. multifidus var. limosus LAWSON, Rev. Canad. Ranunc. 47. 1870. R. multifidus var. repens WATS. Bot. King Exp. 8. 1871. Stems slender, rooting at lower nodes and creeping, in muddy places, pubescent on younger parts : leaves slender-petioled, 3 to 12 lines broad, palmately divided into obtuse lobes and seg- ments : petals yellow or whitish, i to 3 lines long, ovate ; sepals smaller, falling early : akenes smooth, y2 line long, no cal- loused margin ; style persistent, slender, shorter than the body : head of fruit smaller than in R. del-phinifolius , Bogs, ditches, etc. Arctic America to Northern Michigan, west to British Columbia and Washington, south to New Mexico. 72. R. Missouriensis GREENE, Erythea, 3: 20. 1895. Much like R. Purshii in habit and leaves : differs in being sparingly pubescent : leaves wider than long, i to 3 inches wide : head of fruit more oblong : akenes prominently callous- margined up one edge, sides wrinkled ; style subulate, y2 as long as body. Missouri to New Mexico. 73. R. aconitifolius LINN. Sp. PI. 551. 1753. Plant pubescent, y2 to 3 feet high, branched : leaves pal- Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 493 mately 3~5-parted, parts cut-toothed, upper ones sessile and with oblong to linear-lanceolate lobes : flowers white, several on a stem; sepals flat, pubescent; petals oblong, cuneate to orbic- ular. May to June. Mountains of middle Europe. Var.Jlore- pleno HORT., called White Bachelor's Button, and Fair Maids of France, has very ornamental, double, white, globose flowers. Garden 45, p. 29 and 48, p. 506. Var. luteus-plcno HORT., flowers much doubled but of a golden yellow color. The type and varieties are used in borders and half wild places. 74. R. Pallasii SCHLECHT. Animad. Ranunc. i: 15. t. 2. . 1819. Plant creeping, glabrous : stems and petioles large, hollow ; ascending part of stem naked or i-leaved : leaf-blades short, linear to oblong, rather obtuse, entire or sometimes 2-3-lobed : petals 8 to u, oblong to obovate, white, 4 to 6 lines long; sepals 3 to 4, shorter, greenish, broad : akenesthin-crustaceous, 2 lines long ; beak short. In shallow water. Arctic Alaska, St. Lawrence islands, etc., across to northern Asia, and Lapland. 75. R. amplexicaulis LINN. Sp. PL 549. 1753. Stems erect, 5 to 10 inches high, with two or three flowering branches, glabrous : leaves entire, ovate to lanceolate, amplex- icaul, acuminate, glabrous or at first with hairy edges soon be- coming glabrous, glaucous : flowers 3 to 6, either terminal or axillary, pure white with yellow stamens ; sepals pointed ; petals much larger, obtuse. Mountains of southeastern Europe. The plant is well suited to garden use and does not intrude upon other plants. It does not do well in the dryest places. The cut flowers preserve their freshness well. Bot. Mag. 266 (poor). Bot. Cab. 1593. Journ. Hort. Ill, 35, p. 345. Gard. Chron. 1883, 19: 788. 76. R. Lambertianus D. DIETR. Syn. PI. 3: 316. 1843. Plant swimming : leaves lanceolate, entire or subdenticulate, their long petioles sheathing the stem at their base : flowers small, yellow, axillary or terminal ; petals obtuse, longer than the stamens and sepals. Wet places. Mexico. R. natans NEES, ex G. Don, Gen. Syst. i: 31, 1831 (not C. A. Meyer), is probably a form of this with leaves sometimes bifid. Mexico. 494 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 77. R. arnoglossus GREENE, Pitt. 4: 143. 1900. Plant tufted, about 6 inches high : leaves feather-veined, elliptic and elliptic-lanceolate, entire ; petioles of all shorter than the blade, sheathing at base : flowers many, large ; petals 5, obovate, obtuse, commonly persistent with the sepals : akenes many : head dense, globose. Subalpine in the Ruby mountains of eastern Nevada. 78. R. unguiculatus GREENE, Pitt. 4: 142. 1900. Stem i foot or more high, solitary : radical leaves I or 2 only, erect, elliptical, or obovate-elliptic, acute, entire or ob- scurely denticulate, 2 to 3 inches long ; petioles as long ; stem leaves narrower, short-petioled : flowers 2 to 4, or more in the large plants ; peduncles long, puberulent, naked ; petals about 10, persistent, narrow, claw y2 line long ; sepals narrow, spreading, deciduous : akenes glabrous, obliquely obovoid, slightly compressed ; beak stout, slightly recurved : head de- pressed globose. 11,500 feet. Southern Colorado. C. F. Baker, August 28, 1899. 79. R. ambigens WATS. Bibl. Index, i : 16. 1878. R. Flammula PURSH, Fl. 2: 391. 1814. Not Linn. R. Lingua PURSH, 1. c. Not Linn. R. alismafolius BENTH. PI. Hartw. 295. 1848. In part. Not Geyer. R. obtusiusculus BRITTON, 111. Fl. 2: 76. 1895. Not Raf. Plant 2 to 3 feet high, stout, glabrous or nearly so, erect, but sometimes rooting at the lower nodes, hollow : leaves usually on short petioles with broad, membranous, sheathing bases ; blades lanceolate with tapering bases, serrate, denticulate or entire, 2 to 4 inches long: petals 5 to 7, yellow, 2 to 3 lines long ; sepals shorter : akenes small, obliquely oval, compressed, thickened along one margin ; beaks subulate, narrow, erect or little curved, nearly as long as akene body : head of fruit glo- bose. Wet grass lands. Mountains of Georgia and Tennes- see to Missouri, north and east to Canada and New England. Var. obtusiusculus n. var. R. obtusiusculus RAF. in Desv. Journ. Bot. 1 : 225. 1808. Differs from the type in its slender, straight, erect stem : its single root, like an annual, and its linear-lanceolate sepals. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 495 So. R. Madrensis ROSE, Cont. Nat. Herb. 5: 199. 1899. Plant erect, rather slender, 6 to 12 inches high, glabrous on lower parts ; i-4-flowered ; radical leaves i to 2 inches long, petioled, linear to linear-oblong, with coarse distant teeth, ob- tuse ; base cuneate ; stem leaves reduced to bracts, simple or 3-lobed : flowers yellow, on long slender peduncles which are hairy near the flower ; receptacle hairy ; petals about 10, obovate to oblong, 3 to 4 lines long : akenes hardly i line long, com- pressed, glabrous ; beak as long, slender. Sierra Madre moun- tains, between Santa Gertrudis and Santa Teresa, Tepic Ty., and in Zacatecas. Altitude 7,400 to 10,000 feet. 81. R. alismaefolius GEYER, in Benth. PI. Hartw. 295. 1848. JR. Flammula HOOK. Lond.Journ. Bot. 6: 66. 1847. R. Bolanderi GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2 : 58. 1886. R. Hartwegi GREENE, Erythea, 3: 45. 1895. Roots fibrous, fascicled : plant erect, usually robust, 6 to 15 inches high, branching or nearly simple, slightly pubescent on peduncles : leaves oblong to lanceolate, tapering at base, entire or denticulate, i to 3 inches long ; petioles short and broad, sheathing at base ; upper stem leaves sessile : petals yellow, 6 to 10, obovate, 4 to 6 lines long ; sepals much shorter, reflexed : akenes compressed, smooth ; beak short, often hooked : head of fruit nearly globose. Wet grounds. British Columbia and Colorado to California. Var. Calthaeflorus n. var. R. Calthceflorus GREENE, Erythea, 3: 45. 1895. Leaves repand-denticulate, and much broader than the type : flowers and petals not different. Colorado, in boggy ground, 8,000 feet. 82. R. alismellus GREENE, Fl. Francis, 2: 97. 1892. R. alismafolius var. alismellus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 327. 1868. R. altsmafolius var. montanus WATS. Bot. King Exp. 7. 1871. Much like R. alismvate ; sepals round-ovoid, spreading : akenes like that species. Sigh altitude, Mt. Shasta, southward. 87. R. stolonifer HEMSL. Diag. PI. Nov. 17. 1879. Plant small, entirely glabrous, spreading by stolons : stem srect, 2 to 6 inches or less : leaves subentire or sometimes cre- late, the radical ones long-petioled, reniform or roundish ellip- ical to lanceolate-oblong ; blade 3 to 12 lines long, petiole i to i, with base membranous and dilated ; stem leaves sessile, nar- •ow : flowers small, yellow, long-peduncled ; receptacle conical, glabrous ; sepals oblong, i to i ^ lines long ; petals 5 or 6, ob- ong-elliptical, about i^/( lines long, the long claw with a con- spicuous nectary ; stamens longer than petals, filaments dilated : ikenes much compressed, slightly margined, glabrous : head of rruit globose. Near Morales in San Luis Potosi, Mex., 6,000 o 8,000 feet altitude. 88. R. vagans WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 26: 131. 1891. Plant low, glabrous, spreading by elongated stolons : leaves larrowly lanceolate, or the lowest ovate-lanceolate, entire or •vith a few often slender teeth toward the apex : petals 8 to 10, Dblong-obovate, about 2^ lines long, a prominent nectar pore ibove the narrow claw ; sepals little over half as long : akenes smooth, in a dense globose head 2^4 lines in diameter. Flor ie Maria, State of Mexico. Aug., 1890. Pringle no. 3177. 89. R. reptans LINN. Sp. PI. 549. 1753. R. filiformis lA\cw&. Fl. i: 320. 1803. R. reptans var. filiformis DC. Syst. 1 : 248. 1818. R, Flammiila var. filiformis HOOK. Fl. I : n. 1829. R. Flammulavar. reptans E. MEYER, PL Labr. 96. 1830. Stem prostrate, rooting at the nodes, pubescent or nearly glabrous : leaves linear-lanceolate to spatulate, usually entire, [ to 2 inches long, narrowed into the petiole : peduncles ascend- ng, i to 3 inches, each terminated by a single flower ; petals 498 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 4 to 7, bright yellow, 2 to 3 lines long, exceeding the sepals; stamens many : akenes flattened somewhat ; beak minute, sharp. Coast of Arctic America, Newfoundland ; near ponds and lakes, New Jersey to California : Greenland, Europe, Asia. Var. Gormani n. var. R. Gormani GREENE, Pitt. 3: 91. 1896. Like the type, but with leaves broadly ovate or deltoid-ovate, acute, few-toothed, 6 to 8 lines long. Near Crater lake, south- ern Oregon. 90. R. Unalaschensis BESS, ex Ledeb. Fl. Ross, i : 32. 1841. R. Flammula var. intermedius HOOK. Fl. I : n. 1829. R. reptans var. intermedius TORR. & GRAY, Fl. I : 16. 1838. R. Flammula var. Unalaschensis LEDEB. ex Regel, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 34: pt. 2 : 41. 1861. R. reptans var. strigulosus FREYN, Deutsch. Bot. Monats. 8: 181. 1891. R. intermedius HELLER, Bull. Torr. Club, 25 : 280. 1898. Not Poir. nor Eaton. This differs from R. reptans in its more robust habit, longer peduncles, leaves larger, sometimes being 3 to 5 inches long and 2 to 6 lines wide. Newfoundland past the Great Lakes to Oregon and California, northward. Europe. Asia. 91. R. microlonchus GREENE, Erythea, 4: 122. 1896. Allied to R. reptans, often more hairy ; stem slender, some- what ascending, i -few-flowered : radical leaves in a tuft, shaped as in that species or a little broader ; stem leaves few, short petioled to subsessile : flowers 4 lines broad ; petals 5 to 8, ob- tuse ; sepals spreading : akenes as in that species but with a short, stout, blunt beak : head of fruit depressed-globose. Northern Idaho. 92. R. trachyspermus ENGELM. ex Gray PL Lindh. i : 3. 1850. R. trachyspermus var. angustifolius ENGELM. 1. c. Annual : plant glabrous, y2 to 2 feet high, sometimes rooting at the lower nodes : leaves slender-petioled, oblong to linear lanceolate, entire or denticulate, bases often tapering ; petioles of stem leaves expanded near the bases : peduncles rather short ; Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 499 petals i to 3 or 5, pale yellow, about i line long ; stamens only 5 to 10 : akenes oblong, hardly compressed, slightly margined ; beak very short : head of fruit oblong. Low, wet places, Dal- las, Tex., south and southeast. 93. R. pusillus POIR. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 99. 1804. R. Flammula WALT. Car. 159. 1788. Not Linn. R. Bonariensis POIR. in Lam. Encycl. 6: 102. 1804. R. humilis PERS. Syn. 2: 102. 1807. Annual : plant. */2 to 2 feet high, slender, weak, branching, glabrous : basal and lower stem-leaves mostly ovate, petiolate ; others nearly sessile, linear or lanceolate ; all entire or minutely toothed : petals yellow, few, barely exceeding the sepals ; sta- mens i to 10 : akenes obovate, tipped with the base of the style : head of fruit globose. Marshy ground, New York, New Jersey, to Florida, through Gulf region to Texas and Missouri. Var. Lindheimeri GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 367. 1886. R. trachyspcrmus var. Lindheimeri ENGELM. ex Gray PI. Lindh. i : 3. 1850. R. Biolettii GREENE, Pitt. 2: 225. 1892. Low, rarely a foot high : akenes more papillose-roughened than in the type. Middle coast of California to Galveston, Tex., and New Orleans. 94. R. Anderson! GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 327. 1868. Oxygraphis Andersoni FREYN, Flora, 70: 140. 1887. About 6 to 8 inches high, stem one-leaved or a naked scape : basal leaves rather thick, 2 to 3 times ternately or pedately di- vided or parted, lobes linear to lanceolate : flowers i or 2 ; sepals glabrous ; petals ^ inch long, pink or rose, orbicular, obovate or flabellate, claws narrow : akenes compressed, but wholly utricular with membranous walls, oblique obovate to or- bicular, y^ inch long, a very narrow membranous margin ; apex abruptly sharpened with a very short style. Boise City, Idaho, Salt lake, Utah, to eastern Sierras of California and Nevada. 95. R. juniperinus JONES, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, 5: 616. 1895. R. Andersoni var. tenettusWATS. Bot. King Exp. 7. /. /, f. 8-10. 1871. Plant taller and more slender than R. Andersoni; usually branched once, i-leaved and 2-flowered : radical leaves more 500 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. finely dissected than in that species : petals white or rose-purple without: akenes flat, not inflated, very small, only i to il/2 lines long. Rocky places in woods of Utah. 96. R. glacialis LINN. Sp. PI. 553. 1753. Roots fibrous : plant low : lower leaves petioled, others ses- sile and involucrate, all 3-parted or trifid and again lobed ; up- per ones often villous : flowers i to 3, white or reddish; petals obovate to cuneate, blunt ; sepals shorter, very densely hairy. Summer. Mountains of Europe, Arctic regions, Greenland. Garden 45, p. 28 ; 48 p. 501. KUMLIENIA GREENE, Bull. Calif. Acad. i : 337. 1886. (Named for the late botanist, Prof. Kumlien of Wisconsin.) Low perennials ; stem nearly leafless, i-2-flowered : leaves mostly radical, rounded and lobed: sepals 5 to 7, white, con- spicuous; petals 5, small, oval, fleshy, with nectariferous pit and slender claw ; stamens and pistils many : akenes lanceolate, acuminate, compressed, membranaceous, and utricular, ob- scurely i-nerved on the sides; style hooked, persistent; seed much shorter than the cell. A monotypic genus of narrow dis- tribution. Of it Greene remarks that it has the general aspect of Ranunculus ; flowers of Caltha, with nectary-like petals of Helleborus, the utricular fruit peculiar. This is section PSEUDA- PHANTOSTEMMA of Gray, under Ranunculus. K. hlstricula GREENE, 1. c. Ranunculus hystriculus GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 7: 328. 1868. Stems 4 to 10 inches high, bearing i or 2 3-lobed leaves : radical leaves round-reniform, with 5 broad rounded lobes ; petioles long : flowers i or 2 : akenes 3 lines long including the style. April to June. Portland, Ore., east to the Sierra Neva- das. Rare. FICARIA HUBS. Fl. Angl. 213. 1762. (Latin for fig, referring to the thickened roots.) Perennial herbs with tuberous roots ; plants all glabrous ; stems branched or simple : leaves petioled, entire or toothed, cor- date : flowers large, solitary, either axillary or terminal ; sepals 3 to 5, deciduous; petals about 8 (7 to 12), yellow, or red at Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 501 the base ; carpels numerous, blunt, not wrinkled nor ribbed, cotyledon only i : akenes borne in a head. A genus of only about three species natives of Europe and Asia. The follow- ing one is naturalized here : F. ranunculoides MOENCH, Meth. 215. 1794. Ranunculus Ficaria LINN. Sp. PI. 550. 1753. F. verna HUDS. Fl. Angl. i ed, 214. 1762. F. -polypetala GILID. Fl. Lituan. 2: 259. 1781. F. Ficaria KARST. Deutsch. Fl. 565. 1880-83. (Not bi- nomial.) F. communis DuM.-CouRS. Bot. Cult. 2 ed .4 : 445. 1811. F. calt/HEfoItaR.vicHB. Fl. Germ. Excurs. 718. 1830-32. F. grandiflora ROBERT, Cat. Toulon, 57: 112. 1838. F. Robcrti F. SCHULTZ, Arch. Fl. 346. 1848. F. ambigua BOR. Fl. Cent. Fr. 3 ed. 2 : 20. 1857. F. nudicaulis KERN, in Oestr. Bot. Zeitschr. 13 : 188. 1863. F. intermedia SCHUR. Enum. PL Transs. 14. 1866. F. transsilvanica SCHUR. 1. c. 14. F. aperata SCHUR. inVerh. Naturf . Ver. Bruenn. 15: 231. 1877. F. Holubyi SCHUR. 1. c. 32. F. rotundifolia SCHUR. 1. c. 32. Stem scape-like, or i-2-leaved, about 5 inches high : leaves ovate cordate, obtuse, crenate, i to 2 inches long ; petioles broad : flowers yellow ; petals 8 or 9 ; sepals 3 : head of fruit globose : akenes beakless, truncate. Run wild on Long is- land; Staten island; Hingham, Mass.; Richmond Co., N. Y., and near Philadelphia. Regne Vegetale 9: 6. CYRTORHYNCHA NUTT. ex Torr. & Gray, Fl. i : 26. 1838. (From the Greek, meaning curved-beak.) Slender, erect, perennial herbs, with fibrous roots : leaves lobed: flowers small, yellow; sepals 5, spreading deciduous; petals 5, narrowly spatulate or oblong, pit at base, small; stamens many : akenes terete, longitudinally ribbed ; style in- curved. A monotypic genus. Section CYRTORHYNCHA Gray, under Ranunculus. 502 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. C. ranunculina NUTT. 1. c. Ranunculus Nuttallii GRAY, Proc. Acad. Phil. 56. 1863. R. ranunculinus RYDBERG, Bot. Surv. Neb. 3 : 23. 1894. Glabrous, 6 to 10 inches high : leaves usually narrowly lobed ; basal ones long-petioled ; stem leaves few, beneath the branches : flowers several, somewhat corymbose : akenes tipped with the persistent, slender, recurved style. Spring and Summer. Ne- braska to Wyoming. C. neglecta^ in Greene's herbarium, is a form with roots more succulent ; stems and leaves like the above ; petals perhaps a little larger. ARCTERANTHIS GREENE, Pittonia, 3: 190. 1897. (Combination of Arctic and Eranthis: in allusion to its habitat and resemblance to Eranthis •, or Cammarum). A monotypic genus of perennial herbs : roots rather fascicled or clustered on a short caudex : leaves mostly radical, rounded and lobed : flowers solitary ; sepals 5 ; petals 10 ; stamens many : akenes in a head, longitudinally ribbed, beaks reflexed. Part of Section CYRTORHYNCHA Gray, Syn. Fl. i : 23, under RANUNCULUS. A. Cooleyae GREENE, 1. c. 190. pi. j. Ranunculus Cooleyce. VASEY & ROSE, Contr. Natl. Herb. I : 289, pi. 22. 1893. Kumlienia Cooleyce GREENE, Erythea, 2: 193. 1894. Plant glabrous, 3 to 8 inches high : scape i-2-flowered, sometimes bearing a small leaf near the middle, extending above the leaves when in fruit ; basal leaves many, orbicular, one inch or more across, deeply 3-parted, and again lobed and toothed, glandular tips to the teeth ; petioles broadened or sheathing at the base : flowers yellow ; sepals oblong, obtuse, deciduous ; petals oblong, obtuse, tapering into a slender claw at base : carpels compressed laterally, i-3-nerved on each side ; reflexed style short ; ovule erect. August. Mountain tops near Juneau, and St. Elias Alps, Alaska. OXYGRAPHIS BUNGE Verz. Suppl. Fl. Alt. 46. 1836. (From Greek, meaning sharp-style.) Trailing and running perennial herbs, with fibrous roots : leaves crenate-dentate or lobed, long-petioled, glabrous : flow- Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 503 ers small, yellow, one to several on scape-like stems ; sepals often 5, deciduous; petals 5-12, pit at base small; stamens many : akenes compressed, somewhat swollen, thin-walled, striate with simple or branched nerves : head of fruit oblong or oval. Several species, but the following only is found in America. — Section HALODES, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 21 : 366, under Ranunculus. 0. Cymbalaria PRANTL, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 3: Abt. 2, 63. 1891. ^Ranunculus salnginosus PALL. Reise. 3 : 263. 1776. R. Cymbalaria PURSH, Fl. 2: 392. 1814. R. halophilus SCHLECHT. Animad. Ranunc. i: 23. t. 4. /. /. i8iQ. R. tridentatus H.B.K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. PL 5 : 42. 1821. R. Cymbalaria var. alpmus HOOK. Fl. i: n. 1833. Cyrtorhyncha Cymbalaria BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 161. 1894. Leaves orbicular to ovate, cordate or truncate at base, one inch long or even much less : scapes short ; receptacle elongat- ing in fruit : akenes minutely sharp-pointed. Summer. Shady shores and moist saline or salt grounds. Arctic sea coasts to New Jersey, west to Minnesota, thence south and west. Also Mexico, South America, Greenland, Asia. INDEX TO NAMES OF RANUNCULUS. (References to other genera are indicated by their initials.) aborti-vus Hook., 35. affinis Torr., 49. abortivus Linn., 32. affinis var. cardiophyllus, 42. abortivus var. australis, 32. affinis var. lasiocarpus, 42. abortivus var. encyclus, 32. affinis \a.r.'leiocarpus, 42. abortivus var. grandiflorus, 32. ajfinis var. micropetalus, 42. abortivus var. Harveyi, 32. affinis var. validus, 42. abortivus var. micranthus, 10. alceus, 6. aconitifolius, 73- alisnuzfolius Benth., 79- acris Hook., 29. alismcEfolius Geyer, 81. acris Linn., 40. alismcefolius var. alismellus, 82. acris var. Deppii, 30. alismcefolius var. calthceflorus, acriformis, 29. Si. adoneus, 58. alismcefolius var. montanus, 82. ajfinis R. Br., 42. alismellus, 82. 504 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. alismellus var. Populago, 82. Allegheniensis, 35. alpeophilus, 45. amarittoi 25. ambigens, 79. ambigens var. obttisiusculus, 79. amcenus Gray, 58. amoenus Ledeb., 42. amplexicaulis, 75. Andersoni, 94. Andersoni var. tenellus, 95. apricus, 1 1 . aquatilis, = B. 2. aquatilis /?, = B. i. aquatilis var. br achy pus, = B. 3. aquatilis var. ccespitosus, = B. 3. aquatilis var. confervoides, = B. 3- aquatilis var. divaricatus, = B. i. aquatilis var. flaccidus, = B. 3. aquatilis var. heterophyllus, = B. 2. aqziatilis\2it. hispidulus, = B. 2. aquatilis var. Lobbii, = B. 5. aquatilis var. longirostris, = B. i. aquatilis var. submersus, = B. 3. aquatilis var. stagnatalis, = B. i. aquatilis var. trichophyllus, = B.3. arcticus, 42. arcuatus, 37. Arizonicus Greene, 49. Arizonicus Lemmon, 49. Arizonicus var. subajfinis Gray, 49- Arizonicus var. subajfinis Greene, 42. Arizonicus var. subsagittatus, 49- arnoglossus, 77. arvensis, I . Ascherbornianus, 28. Asiaticus, 31. auricomus, 42. auricomus var. Cassubicus, 48. Austince, 64. Beckii, 70. Belvisii, 12. Biolettii, 93. Bloomer i, 15. Bolanderi, 81. Bonariensis, 93. Bongardi, 37. Bongardt var. Douglasii, 37. Bongardi var. tenellus^ 37. brevicaulis, 48, 64. bulbostis, 17- Canadensis, 7. canus, 24. canus var. Blankinshipii, 24. canus var. hesperoxys, 24. Calif ornicus, 30. Calif ornicus var. canus, 24. Calif ornicus var. crassifolius^o, Californicus var. latilobus, 30. Calif ornicus var. Ludovicianus, 3°. calthceflorus, Si. cardiophyllus, 42. cardiophyllus var. pinctor um, 42. carpaticus, 50. confervoides, = B. 3. Cooleyce, = A. corthuscefolius, 5 1 . Chilensis, 15. ciliosus, 38. circinatus, = B. i. Clintonii, 26. Cusickii, 82. Cymbalaria, = O. Cymbalaria var. alpinus, = O. delphinifohus, H.B.K., 23. delphinifolius Torr., 70. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 505 delphinifolitis T. & G., 30. dichotomus, 20. digitatus, 63. dissect us, 39. divaricatus, = B. i. Donianus, 53. Douglasii, 37. Drummondi, 60. Ear lei, 37. Eiseni, 38. ellipticus, 64. ercmogenes, 34. cremogenes var. degener, 34. Eschscholtzii, 44. eximius, 45. fascicularis Britton, 16. fascicularis Muhl., 1 1 . fascicularis Schlecht., 12. fascicularis Wats., 7- fascicularis VM:. Deforests, n. Ficaria, = F. filiform is, 89. flaccidtis, = B. 3. Flammula Hook., Si. Flammula Michx., 84. Flammula Pursh, 79. Flammula Walt., 93. Flammula var. filiformis, 89. Flammula var. intermedius, 90. Flammula var. laxicaulis, 84. Flammula var. reptans, 89. Flammula var. Unalaschensis^o. flaviatilis, 7°- Galeottii, 5. geoides, 55. glaberrimus, 64. glaberrimus var. ellipticus, 64. glacialis, 96. f Gmelini, 7 r • Gormani, 89. Grayanus, = B. 2. Grayi, 60. Greenei, 37. halophilus, = O. Hartivegi, 8 1 . Harvey i, 32. hebecarpus, 4. hebecarpus var. pusilhts, 4. hederaceus Linn., = B. 4. hederaceus var. = B. 5. hederaceus var. Lobbii, = B. 5. hesperoxys, 24. hirsutus, 9. hispidus Hook., 8. hispidus Michx., 16. hispidus Pursh, 7- hispidus var. Oreganus, 8. Hooker i Regel, 60. Hookeri Schlecht., 13. Ho-wellii, 38. humilis D. Don., 53. humilis Pers., 93. hydrocharis sub. sp. Lobbii, = B. 5. hydrocharoides, 85. hyperboreus, 68. hyperboreus var. natans, 67. hystriculus, = K. Icelandicus, 18. inamoenus, 42. intermedius, 90. juniperinus, 95. lacustris, 7°- Lambertianus, j6. L a ngsdo rfii, 7 x • lanuginosus, 36. Lapponicus Linn., 69. Lapponiciis Oed., 61. laxicaulis, 84. Lcmmoni, 83. limosus, 71. Lingua, 79. Llavanus, 2 1 . Lobbii, = B. 5. longipedunculatus, 52. longirostris, = B. i. 506 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lucidus, 12. Ludovicianus, 30. Lyatti, 37. Macauleyi, 65. Macounii, 8. Macounii var. Oreganus, 8. macranthtis Scheele, 22. macranthus Wats., 19. Madrensis, 80. Marilandicus, 16. maximus, 19. McCattai, 41. Mexicanus, 55. micranthus, 10. microlonchtis, 91. Missouriensis, 72. Montanensis, 29. montanus, 50. montanus var. dentatus, 50. mtilticaulis, 54. multifidus, 70. ?nultifidus var. limosus, 71- multifidus var. repens, 71. mtiltifidus var. terrestris, 70. muricatus, 2. natans C. A. Meyer, 67. natans Nees, 76. Nelsoni, 38. Nelsoni var. glabriusculus, 37. Nelsoni var. tenellus, 37- nitidus, 32. nivalis Linn., 66. nivalis Rep. not Linn., 65. nivalis var. Eschscholtzii, 44. Nuttallii, = C. oblongifolins, 84. obtusiusculus Britton, 79- obtusiuscuhis Raf., 79- occidentalis Gray, 38. occidentalis Nutt., 38. occidentalis var. brevistylus, 38. occidentalis var. Eiseni, 37, 38. occidentalis var. Hovoellii, 38. occidentalis var. Lyalli, 37. occidentalis var. parviflorus, 37. occidentalis var. Rattani, 38. occidentalis var. robusttis, 38. occidentalis var. tenellus, 37. occidentalis var. ultramontamis, 33- ocreatus, 44. Oreganus, 8. ornithorhynchus, 19. orthorhynchus, 19. orthorhynchus var. alpinus, 58. orthorhynchus var. platyphyllus, 19. ovalis, 48. oxynotus, 62. Pallasii, 74. palmatus, 27. pantothrix, = B. 3. parviflorus Linn., 3. parvijlorus var. T. & G., 4. parmilus, 9. pedatifidus Hook., 60. pedatifidus J. E. Smith, 42. pedatifidus var. cardiophyllus, 42. pedatifidus var. pinetorum, 42. Pennsylvanicus, J. petiolaris, 57. Phitonotus Ehrh., 9. Philonotus, Pursh, 12. pilosus, 14. Populago, 82. Porteri, = B. 3. prostratus, 26. Purshii Richards, 71. Purshii To IT., 67. Piirshii var. aquatilis, 7°- pusillus Ledeb., 71. pusillus Poir., 93. pusillus var. Lindheimeri, 93. ptisillus var. oblongifolius, 84. pygmaus, 61. Davis: RANUNCULI OF NORTH AMERICA. 507 pygmccus var. Sabinii, 61. radicans C. A. Meyer, 67. radicans Regel, 71. ranunculinus, = C. Rattani, 38. recurvatus Bong, 37. recurvatus Poir, 36. recurvatus Schlecht, 38. recurvatus var. Nelsoni, 38. regulosus, 30. reports, 26. repens var. hispidus, 8. repens var. macranthus, 22. repens var. Marilandicus, 16. reptans, 89. reptans \av.jiliformis, 89. reptans var Gormani, 89. reptans var. intermedius, 90. reptans var. strigulosus, 90. rhomboideus, 48. Sab in ii, 61 . saluginosus, = ? O. samolifolius, 86. saniculceformis, 36. Sardous, 9. saxicola, 46. sceleratus, 33. sceleratus var. multifidus, 34. Schlechtendalii, 12, 38. septentrionalis, 1 2 . speciosus, 17. stagnatalis, = B. i. stolonifer, 87. subaffinis^ 49. subalpinus, 23. subsagittatus var. subaffinis, 49. Suksdorjii, 47. sulphztreus, 66. tenellus, 37. tenellus var. Lyalli, 37. tomentosus Poir., 12. tomentosiis Spreng., 36. trachyspermus Ell., 3. trachyspenmis Engelm.,* 92. trachyspermus var. Lindheim- eri, 93. trachyspermus var. angusti- folius, 92. trichophyllus, = B. 3. tridentatus, = O. trifolius, 7. triternatus, 59. Turner i, 39. Unalaschensis, 90. uncinatus, 56. unguiculatus, 78. vagans, 88. vicinalis, 43. XXVII. A SYNONYMIC CONSPECTUS OF THE NA- TIVE AND GARDEN THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. K. C. DAVIS. The name Thalictrwn (Linn. Sp. PI. 545. 1753) is prob- ably from Thallo, to grow green, and has reference to the young shoots which are of such a bright green color. This group includes several forms which are well suited for the mixed border and rock garden, and the robust forms are well placed in the wild garden. Many are very hardy, and only the more southern forms of those given below are at all tender. Thalictrums are valued for their healthy heads of flowers, contrasted with their handsome stems and leaves which are often of a purple cast. They may be propagated by seed or by division of roots in early spring just as growth begins. Any good loamy soil will suit them if well drained. The latest monograph of the genus was in 1885, by LeCoyer, in Bull. Soc. Roy. de Bot. de Beige, where he describes 69 species. In 1886 Wm. Trelease published a fine treatment of "North American species of Thalictrum" in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 23 : 293-304, in which he recognized eleven species and four varieties north of Mexico. His treatment is rather closely followed by Robinson in Gray's Synop. Fl. 1895. Since that time at least ten new species have been described — chiefly from Mexico — several of which are by J. N. Rose in Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5 : 185, October 31, 1899. Only five have been introduced to our gardens from other countries. Erect perennial herbs : leaves ternately compound and de- compound ; stem leaves alternate : flowers dioecious, polyg- amous, or perfect in some species, rather small, generally greenish-white or sometimes purple or yellow, borne in a panicle or loose raceme ; sepals 4 or 5, deciduous ; petals want- ing ; stamens many, showy ; carpels usually few, i-seeded. 509 510 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. KEY TO .SPECIES OF THALICTRUM. A. Natives of United States or introduced. B. Flowers perfect. C. Filaments widened above ; anthers ovate, obtuse. D. Akenes sessile, in a head, ovate oblong petaloideum. DD. Akenes stalked, widely spreading, straight along dorsal margin. E. Styles very short; stigma almost sessile ,clavatum. EE. Styles as long as width of akene sparcijlorum. CC. Filaments filiform ; anthers linear, acute, or mucronate. D. Stigma hastate or spurred ; flower-stem abruptly recurved near the fruit alpinum. DD. Stigma not spurred nor hastate. E. Fruits sulcate; stigma dilated on one side of the short style minus. EE. Fruits longitudinally veined ; stigma terminal, minute, not dilated, style short glazicum, BB. Flowers polygamo-direcious. C. Anthers linear, mucronate; filaments thread-like. purpurascens. CC. Anthers ovate, obtuse ; filaments broadened above. polygamum. BBB. Flowers direcious, with rare exceptions. C. Filaments widened above ; anthers ovate, rather obtuse. aquilegifolium . CC. Filaments thread-like; anthers linear, acute or mucronate. D. Mature fruits rather firm or thick-walled, not greatly flat- tened, filled by the seed; leaves glabrous. E. Blades of leaflets very thin. F. Roots tuberous ; stem reclining debile. FF. Roots coarsely fibrous ; stem erect dioicum. . EE. Blades of leaflets firm, veiny below. F. Styles clubbed Caulophyttoides. FF. Styles not clubbed. G. Akenes well stalked coriaceum. GG. Akenes nearly sessile -venulosum. DD. Mature fruits less firm, thin-walled, 2-edged, either flat- tened or turgid. E. Leaflets very thin occidentale. EE. Leaflets firm. F. Pistils 5-11 (rarely 13) Fendleri. FF. Pistils 7-20 polycarpum. AA. Natives of Mexico, not introduced into United States. B. Leaflets peltate or subpeltate. Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 511 C. Akenes at least twice as long as broad. D. Plant glaucous throughout; akenes narrowly elliptical, tapering at base or stalked. E. Divisions of leaves large, crenations broad and shallow. peltatmn. EE. Divisions of leaves small, with small ovate teeth. Jaliscanum. DD. Plant not at all glaucous; akenes subsessile, one side straight Cuernavaccmum. CC. Akenes a little longer than broad. D. Leaves once or twice ternate; leaflets large, orbicular. Pringlei, DD. Leaves 4 or 5 times ternate; leaflets small, ovate. Guatemalense. BB. Leaflets subpeltate on only part of the plant .pubigerum. BBB. Leaflets not peltate nor subpeltate. C. Flowers perfect. D . Plant pubescent longistylum. DD. Plant glabrous Pachucense. CC. Flowers monoecious or polygamous ( T. papillosum doubtful). D. Plant glabrous or only glandular, very little or no pubes- cence. E. Akenes ribbed, not gibbous. F. Leaves 4—5 times ternate ; leaflets i to 2 inches across. grandiflorum, FF. Leaves 2-3 times pinnate; leaflets small and thin. Galeottii. EE. Akenes with convex protuberances on the ribs. F. Anthers mucronate Hernandezii. FF. Anthers linear, but rather blunt .gibbosum. DD. Plant pubescent, hispid or hairy. E. Fruits not woolly. F. Leaflets glabrous above, glandular-hispid beneath. lanatum. FF. Leaflets papillose above; hairy veins prominent be- neath papillosum. EE. Fruits woolly tomentettum. CCC. Flowers dioacious. D. Leaves pinnately compound .pinnatum. DD. Leaves ternately compound. E. Styles wanting Madrense. EE. Styles filiform, 3-4 lines long .grandifolium. 512 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. T. petaloideum LINN. Sp. PI. 2 ed. 771. 1762. Stem round, nearly i ft. high, almost naked : leaves 3-5- parted; leaflets smooth, ovate, entire, or 3-lobed : flowers cor- ymbose, perfect ; sepals white, rotund ; filaments pink, anthers yellow : fruits ovate-oblong, striated, sessile. June-July. Northern Asia. Bot. Cab. 9: 891. Not yet in trade lists but well worthy of use in gardens (f). Lee. 3.^". 75. T. clavatum DC. Syst. i : 171. 1818. T.filtyes TORR. & GRAY, Fl. i : 38. 1838. T. nudicaule SCHWEINITZ ex T. & G. Fl. i : 39. 1838. Plant glabrous, i to 2 feet high, branching above : leaves 2 to 3 times ternate : leaflets oval to obovate, rather large, thin, about 3-lobed but variable, base variable : flowers perfect, in a cymose panicle ; filaments spatulate and petal-like, with short, blunt anthers : akenes widely spreading on weak stalks of nearly their own length, obliquely ovoid, flattened; styles short; stig- ma minute. May, June. Wet mountain places, western Vir- ginia to Alabama (f). Lee. 3. f. 10. T. sparciflorum TURCZ. F. & M. Ind. Sem. Petrop. i : 40. 1835- T. clavatum HOOK. Fl. i : 2. 1833, not DC. T. Richardsonii GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. 42: 17. 1842. Stem erect, sulcate, 2 to 4 feet high, branching, usually gla- brous : leaves triternate, upper ones sessile ; leaflets short- stalked, round or ovate, variable in size and shape of base, round- lobed or toothed : flowers in leafy panicles on slender pedicels, perfect ; sepals obovate, whitish, soon reflexed ; filaments some- what widened ; anthers very short : akenes short-stalked, ob- liquely obovate, flattened, dorsal margin straight ; 8-io-nerved ; styles persistent. Northern Asia, through Alaska to Hudson Bay, in mountains in Colorado and southern California. Intro- duced to gardens in 1881. Lee. 3. f. 8. T. alpinum LINN. Sp. PI. 545. 1753. Stems smooth, naked or i-leaved, only 4 to 8 inches high, from a scaly rootstock : leaves tufted at the base, twice 3-5- parted ; leaflets coriaceous, orbicular or cuneate at the base, lobed, revolute : flowers in a raceme, perfect ; sepals greenish, equalling the yellow stamens : stigma linear ; akenes small, ob- liquely obovoid. Newfoundland to Arctic Alaska, in Rockies THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 513 to southern Colorado, Europe, northern Asia, Greenland and Iceland. Bot. Mag. 2237. Lee. ^.f. 13 (f). T. minus LINN. Sp. PI. 546. 1753. T. saxatile VILL. Prosp. 50. 1779. T. purpureum SCHANG. in Pall. N. Nord. Beitr. 6: 42. 1794. T. saxat His HORT. Stems round, sulcate, i to 2 feet high : leaflets variable, acute or obtusely lobed, often glaucous : flowers drooping in loose panicles, perfect ; sepals yellow or greenish : fruit ovate-oblong, sessile, striated. Summer. Europe, Asia, northern Africa. A polymorphous species in the variation of the leaflets. Lee. 5./ 2,3, 4. Var. adiantifolium HORT. T. adriantoides HORT. T. adiantifolium BESS, ex Eichw. Skizze 182. 1830. Leaflets resembling those of Adtantum; a form much used and admired. Var. Kemense TRELEASE, 1. c. 300. 1886. T. Kemense FRIES, Fl. Holland, 94. 1817-18. T. minus var. elatum LEG. 1. c. 283. 1885. In part. Leaves thrice-ternate ; otherwise much like the type. T. glaucum DESF. Thai, i ed. 123. 1804. T. speciosum HORT. ex POIR. Encycl. 5: 315. 1804. Stems erect, round, striated, glaucous, 2 to 5 feet high : leaf- lets ovate-orbicular, 3-lobed, lobes deeply toothed : flowers in an erect panicle, perfect ; sepals and stamens yellow : fruits 4 to 6, ovate, striated, sessile. June, July. Southern Europe. Lee. 5,/£. T. purpurascens LINN. Sp. PI. 546. 1753. T. rugosum PURSH. Fl. 2 : 389. 1814. T. revolutum DC. Syst. i: 173. 1818. T. CornutiMM. a HOOK. Fl. i: 3. t. 2. 1833. T. dasycarpum FISCH. & LALL. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 72. 1841. T. purpureum HORT. A polymorphous species, allied to T. polygamum: stem 3 to 6 feet high, branching above, leafy, pubescent or glabrous, sometimes glandular ; leaflets larger than in that type : flowers 514 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. in a long, loose, leafy panicle, polygamo-dicecious ; filaments narrow, anthers rather long, taper pointed : akenes slightly stalked, ovoid, glabrous or pubescent with 6 to 8 longitudinal wings; style slender, persistent; stigma long and narrow, Canada to Florida, west to the Rockies. June, Aug. Intro- duced 1883. Var. ceriferum AUSTIN, Gray Man. 5 ed. 39. 1867. T. revolutum LEG. 1. c. 146. /. 3,f* i - This is a variety with waxy glands. T. polygamum MUHL. Cat. 54. 1813. T. corynellum DC. Syst. I: 172. 1818. T. Cornuti var ,9 HOOK. 1. c. 3. T. CornutiToKK. & GRAY, Fl. i: 38. 1838. T. leucostemon KOCH. & BAUCHE, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. App. 13. 1854. Erect, 3 to 8 or more ft. high, branching and leafy, smooth or pubescent, not glandular : leaves 3-4 times ternate or terminally pinnate ; leaflets oblong to orbicular, bases variable, 3-5 apical lobes : flowers in a long, leafy panicle, polygamo-dioecious ; sepals white ; filaments broadened when young ; anthers short: akenes ovoid, stipitate, 6-8-winged or ribbed ; with stigmas as long, which become curled. July-August. Low or wet grounds, Canada to Florida, west to Ohio. Introduced 1881. Lee. 2. f. 12, T. pubescens Pursh, Fl. 2: 388, 1814, is probably a very pubescent form of this and might be called var. -pubcscens. Var. macrostylum ROBINSON, Syn. Fl. i : 17. 1895. T, Cormiti var. macrostylum SHUTTLE, in Dist. PL Rugel, 1845-6. T. Cornuti var. monostyla BOT. ZEIT. 3: 218, 219. 1845. T. macrostylum SMALL & HELLER, Mem. Torr. Club, 3: 8. 1892. Slender; leaflets small, nearly entire: fertile flowers less numerous and in a more spreading panicle : akenes in a small, dense, spherical head. Mountains of western North Carolina to Georgia. T. aquilegifolium LINN. Sp. PI. 547. 1753. Stem large, hollow, i to 3 feet high, glaucous : leaves once or twice 3-5 -parted ; leaflets stalked or the lateral ones nearly ses- sile, slightly lobed or obtusely toothed, smooth, suborbicular : Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 515 flowers in a corymbose panicle, dioecious ; sepals white ; sta- mens purple or white : fruit 3-angled, winged at the angles. May-July. Europe, northern Asia. Bot. Mag. 1818; 2025 (as \tt.formosum). Garden 47, p. 357 ; 50, p. 117. Lee. 3. f-5- The old name, T. Cornuti L. Sp. PI. 545, may be a syn- onym of this, and, if so, it is the older name being published on a preceding page ; but T. Cornuti was described as an American plant which T. aquilegifolium is not. As the descrip- tion and old figures of T. Cornuti L. do not agree with any American plant the name may well be dropped, as Robinson and DeCandolle have suggested. Those plants advertised as T. Cornuti are probably T. aquilegifolium, T. debile BUCKLEY, Am. Journ. Sci. 45: 175. 1843. Root a cluster of fusiform tubers : stem decumbent, ^ to i foot long, glabrous, simple or branched, few-leaved : leaves 2 to 3 times ternate ; petioles long and slender ; leaflets nearly y, inch across, thin, rotund, the 3 rounded lobes entire or again lobed, bases variable : flowers remote, in long, simple panicles, direcious ; stamens often 10, filaments little longer than the an- thers : akenes 2-5, nearly sessile, spreading, oblong, not flat- tened, 8-io-ribbed ; style minute. Moist or shady places. Georgia to Texas. Lee. 2.f.i (f). Var. Texanum GRAY, Cat. Coll. Hall, PI. Tex. 3. 1873. Name only. Stems more rigid and erect; leaflets smaller, thicker and nearly sessile. A Texas form of the above (t). Described in Syn. Fl. i: 18. 1895. T. dioicum LINN. Sp. PI. 545. 1753. T, Icevigatum MICHX. Fl. I : 322. 1803. T. Carolinianum Bosc. in DC. Syst. I : 174. 1818. Rather slender, i to 2 feet high, glabrous : leaves 3 to 4 times 3-parted; leaflets thin, orbicular, several-lobed or revolute, bases variable : flowers in a loose, leafy panicle with slender pedicels, dioecious ; stamens much longer than the greenish sepals : anthers linear, obtuse, exceeding their filaments in length : akenes ovoid, nearly or quite sessile, longer than their styles, with about 10 longitudinal grooves. Early spring. Woods. Labrador to Alabama, west to the foot of the Rockies. Introduced sometime before 1891. Lee. 3. f. 2,3. 516 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. T. Caulophylloides SMALL, Bull. Torr. Club, 25: 136. 1898. Plant glabrous, 2 to 4 feet high, from a horizontal rootstock ; leaves on long petioles ; leaflets deep green, firm, oval or broader than long, i to 2 inches long, glaucous beneath and with prom- inent nerves, bases variable, apically 3-5-sharp-lobed ; flowers dioecious : akenes elliptic, 3 lines long, sharply ribbed, con- tracted at the base and stalked, style persistent, clubbed, ^ the length of akenes. Spring and summer. Mountains of Ten- nessee.— Allied to T. coriaceum, but differing in the leaflets and the shorter club-shaped style (f). T. Coriaceum SMALL, Mem. Torr. Club, 4: 98. 1893. T. dioicum var. coriaceum BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 18: 363. 1891. Stem sulcate, somewhat branched, raising 3 to 4 feet from the yellow rootstocks : leaves 3 to 4 times ternate, rather short-peti- oled, lower petioles with stipule-like bases ; leaflets coriaceous, broadly obovate, acutely toothed or lobed ; bases variable ; veins prominent on the whitish under surface : flowers in a loose panicle, dioecious ; sepals and stamens whitish ; anthers linear, longer than the slender filaments: pistillate flowers purple; akenes stalked, oblong-ovoid, 8-io-ribbed ; styles of less length, persistent. May-June. Mountains of eastern Kentucky into Virginia and north Carolina (f). T. venulosum TRELEASE, /. c., 302. 1886. T. campestre GREENE, Erythea, 4 : 123. 1893. (?) T. Fendleri]. M. MACOUN, Bot. Gaz. 16 : 285. 1893. Allied to T. dioicum : stem simple, erect, 10-20 inches high, glabrous, glaucous ; bearing 2 to 3 long-petioled leaves above the base ; leaves 3 to 4 times 3-parted ; leaflets short-stalked, rather firm, rounded and lobed at the apex, veiny beneath: flowers in a simple panicle, dioecious, small ; sepals ovate ; stamens 10-20 on slender filaments ; anthers oblong, slender pointed : akenes nearly sessile, 2 lines long, ovoid, tapering to a straight beak, thick-walled and 2-edged. South Dakota, westward and southward in the mountains. Introduced 1889. T. occidentale GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 372. 1872. T. dioicum var. oxycarpum TORR. Bot. Wilkes Expe 212. 1854. Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 517 Allied to T. dioicum which it closely resembles ; but it is more robust, taller : leaves glandular-puberulent : akenes long, slen- der, thin-walled, 2-edged, ribbed, not furrowed. Introduced 1881. T. Fendleri ENGLEM. ex Gray in Mem. Am. Acad. 4:5. 1849. A variable species : plants i to 3 feet high, rather stout and leafy : leaves 4 to 5 times pinnatifid, upper stem leaves sessile; leaflets rather firm, ovate to orbicular, usually with many shal- low rounded or acuminate lobes, bases variable : flowers dioeci- ous, in rather compact panicles ; stamens many, anthers long : akenes nearly sessile, obliquely ovate, flattened, 3 to 4 ribs on each face. July-Aug. Western Texas to Montana. Intro- duced 1881. Lee. i.f. 9. Var. Wrightii TRELEASE, 1. c. 304. 1886. T. Wrightii GRAY PI. Wright 2: 7. 1852. The upper leaves petioled ; leaflets smaller, puberulent be- low : akenes plump, sigmoid, reticulated. Aug. -Sept. Dry regions. New Mexico, southern Arizona into Chihuahua. Lee. 2./. 8. Var. platycarpum TRELEASE, 1. c. 304. 1886. T. plalycarpum GREENE, Pitt. 1 : 166. 1888. T. hcspermm GREENE, Pitt. 2 : 24. 1889. Inflorescence sparsely glandular-puberulent : leaflets like the type: akenes flat, erect, dilated, the veins mostly longitudinal- Central and southern California. T. polycarpum WATSON, Proc. Am. Acad. 14 : 288. 1879. T. Fendleri var. polycarpum TORR. Pac. R. Rep. 4: 61. 1853. T. Fendleri BREW. & WATS. Bot. Calif. 1 : 4. 1876. In part. T. ccestum GREENE, Fl. Francis, 309. 1892. Allied to T. Fendleri: glabrous throughout: leaflets long- petioled : flowers dioecious in rather close panicles : akenes larger in a dense globose head, stalked, obovoid, turgid taper- ing into reflexed styles. Summer. Sandy streams, California to Columbia river. Introduced 1881. Lee. 3. f. 4. T. peltatum DC. Prod, i : n. 1824. Plant tall, glabrous or glaucous : upper stem leaves twice ternate : leaflets pale, 3 inches across, orbicular, mostly peltate, 518 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. apically lobed or crenate: flowers polygamous in an open pan- icle : akenes flattened, obliquely oblong, being nearly straight on edge, base tapering but sessile, both faces 2-3-veined ; styles y^ inch long, rather persistent. August. Morelos, south of Mexico City. Rose, 1. c. 186, redescribes and figures this, plate 21. He concludes that DeCandolle's type may have been found in the same region. Type in U. S. Nat. Herb. 7448, distributed as T. Pringlei (f). T. Jaliscanum ROSE, 1. c. 187. 1899. Stems tall, glabrous and glaucous ; upper leaves ternate, the leaflets peltate, orbicular, 6 to 10 toothed, glabrous : inflores- cence a large open panicle : carpels narrowly elliptical, some- what cuneate at base, strongly nerved. Quoted from Rose by whom it was first collected on tableland in northeastern Jalisco. Differs from T. -peltatum in its small leaflets with small rounded teeth (f). T. Cuernavacanum ROSE, 1. c. 187. 1899. About 2 feet high, branching above, somewhat pubescent, never glaucous: leaves twice ternate; leaflets roundish, i inch across, palmate, broadly crenate : inflorescence an open panicle ; flowers perfect ; anthers linear ; akenes 2 lines long, narrowed at both ends, subsessile, one side straight, 3~4-ribbed ; styles long. Morelos, south of Mexico City (f). T. Pringlei WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 25: 141. 1890. T. -pubigerum PRINGLE, ex Rose, 1. c. 187. 1899. About 2 feet high, glabrous : leaves i to 2 times ternate ; leaf- lets usually peltate, suborbicular, yz to 2 inches across, coarsely 5~9-toothed, not glandular : inflorescence an open panicle, with slender nodding pedicels ; flower polygamo-dioecious : anthers linear, long apiculate : akenes compressed, semi-ovate, straight on one side, 6-8-ribbed, 2 lines long; styles long, somewhat persistent. June-August. Near the capital of Jalisco, and the coast slope of the same state (f). Var reticulatum ROSE, 1. c. 188. 1899. A lower, somewhat pubescent form : leaflets peltate, entire or 3-5 -angled, dark green above, strongly net-veined: flowers in a narrow panicle ; peduncles nodding in fruit. Western foothills of Tepic Territory (f). The type 3372 in U. S. Natl. Herb, is a form of the same variety with the leaflets shallow- round-lobed, and some of them only subpeltate. Davis: THALICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 519 T. Guatemalense ROSE & C. DC., Contr. Natl. Herb. 5 : 188. 1899. Stems about 2 feet high ; slender, branched, somewhat hairy : leaves 4 to 5 times ternate ; leaflets small, ovate, peltate, some- what roughened, strongly veined below : akenes turgid, hardlv 2 lines long. Guatemala (f). T. pubigerum BENTH. PI. Hartw. 285. 1839-57. Plant rather tall, nearly simple, glabrous or pubescent, finely striated ; leaves 2 to 4 times pinnate ; leaflets distant, their stalks stipuled, often ovate, sometimes subpeltate, cordate or roundish at base ; summit 3-toothed, often with other smaller teeth : flowers monoecious or polygamous, reddish ; anthers linear, mucronate : akenes stipitate, glabrous, flattened, obliquely ovate, reticulately veined, protuberiferous, reflexed ; style with- ering. Summer. West central Vera Cruz (f). T. longistylum DC. Syst. i: 171. 1818. Plant tall, sparsely pubescent even to the fruits : leaflets roundly lobed and toothed outwardly, pubescent beneath : flow- ers perfect, anthers slender, pointed : fruits flattened a little, reticulately ribbed, straight along one side; styles slender, longer than the body before becoming broken. August. Moist banks, Sierra de las Cruces, Mexico, 10,000 feet. Also South America (f). T. Pachucense ROSE, 1. c. 188. 1899. Delicate glabrous plant, 8 to 12 inches high; roots fibrous: leaves only 3 to 4 inches long, mostly basal, 3 times ternate ; leaflets 2 to 4 lines long, broad or narrow, bases variable : flowers perfect, on erect pedicels which become bent in fruit ; sepals purplish ; anthers narrow, apiculate : ovaries oblong ; style long and slender. Open woods. High altitudes. Southern Hi- dalgo (f). T. grandiflorum ROSE, 1. c. 188. 1899. T. grandifolium ROSE, 1. c. 143. 1897. Not Wats. Stems 5 to 8 feet high, glabrous : leaves i to 2 feet long, 4 to 5 times ternate ; main petiole short with long dilating stipules ; leaflets stalked, large, nearly orbicular, i to 2 inches across, often cordate at the base, 3 to 7 roundish lobes, sometimes a little hairy on under veins : flowers in a large, nearly naked panicle, 520 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. polygamous ; filaments slender ; anthers linear : akenes flattened, strongly nerved, style persistent. Morelos, south of Mexico City (f). T. Galeottii LEC. 1. c. 24: 131. t. 2.f. 6. 1885. Rather tall and simple, glabrous, 2-3-pinnate ; stipules ample ; leaflets small, thin, ovate to obovate, toothed or lobed above, glabrous: panicles rather leafy; flowers small, whitish, monoecious or polygamous ; sepals slightly dentate ; anthers linear, somewhat obtuse: pistils 5 to n : akenes nearly sessile, compressed, glabrous, semi-ovate, veined, widely spreading ; styles long, slender, withering. September-October. Moun- tains of central Vera Cruz (f). T. Hernandezii TAUSCH. in Presl. Reg. Haenk. 2 : 69. 1835. Stem 3-5 feet high ; glandulous, leafy, branching ; leaves 2 to 3 times 5-parted ; leaflets large, often subsessile, variable in outline, usually oval, 3-lobed or sharp toothed above ; under side glandular: flowers in a conical panicle, monoecious or polygamous ; sepals 4, greenish ; anthers linear, mucronate : akenes 5-7, sessile or stipitate, obliquely ovate, compressed? spreading, irregularly ribbed and protuberiferous ; styles long, slender, somewhat persistent. June-August. Southeastern Mexico, Oaxaca, etc. Lee. 2.f. 2 (f). T. gibbosum LEG. 1. c. 24: 132. t. 2.f. 7. 1885. Tall, erect, simple, or branched, glabrous : leaves 2 to 3 times pinnate, petiole stipuled ; leaflets small, thin, oval, stalked, 3 sharp teeth above, often other small ones : panicles slightly leafy: flowers monoecious or polygamous, small, greenish; sepals feebly dentate ; anthers linear, usually blunt ; pistils 4-5 : akenes stalked, flattened, tapering above and below, glabrous, strongly ribbed, reticulated and provided with protuberances, widely spreading ; style long and slender, withering. Sept.- Oct. Mountains of western Oaxaca (f). T. lanatum LEG. in Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 16 : 226. 1877. Rather tall and leafy, hispid : leaves 2 to 3 times pinnate, very short petioled or sessile ; leaflets variable in size and form, often orbicular or obovate, cordate or rounded at base, firm, glandular- hispid beneath, short-stalked, tridentate at summit, often with Davis: THALICTUUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 521 other smaller teeth : panicles many-flowered, monoecious or polygamous ; sepals whitish ; anthers linear, mucronate : akenes 5 to 7, sessile or nearly so, spreading, reticulately ribbed, glan- dulous; styles long and filiform, rather persistent. June-Aug. Oaxaca, southeastern Mexico (f). Closely allied to T. Her- vandezii, but differing in being glandular hispid, and having no convex protuberances on the akenes. T. papillosum ROSE, 1. c. 189. 1899. Low, hairy : leaves small, 3 times ternate ; leaflets roundish, often cordate at base, somewhat 3-lobed, papillose above, hairy, veins prominent beneath : panicles short ; pedicels becoming re- flexed in fruit : akenes i line long, few-ribbed. Northern Ja- lisco and western Zacatecas (f). Fruit much shorter than in T. lanatum. T. tomentellum ROBINSON & SEAT. Proc. Am. Acad. 28 : 103. 1893. Stem striate, glandular, finely and densely pubescent through- out : leaves 3 times pinnate on petioles i to 2 inches long ; leaflets suborbicular, subcordate, shallowly 3-lobed ; the lobes rounded, often with 2 to 3 rounded teeth : flowers in a pyramidal subnaked panicle, polygamo-dicecious ; pedicels becoming reflexed in fruit : sepals 2 lines long ; anthers setiform at tip : carpels about 10, scarcely stipulate, woolly, roughly reticulated, acuminate ; style very long, filiform, often deciduous. July. About Lake Patzcuaro, Michoacan (f). T. pinnatum WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 267. 1888. Hardly 2 feet high, glabrous and glaucous, slender : root fascicled, tubero-fibrous : leaves lanceolate in outline, 2^ inches long or less, very shortly petioled, pinnate with about 7 (or fewer) pairs of divisions, the lower divisions ternate, with small lobed leaflets, the upper reduced to a single 3-lobed leaflet : flowers dioecious ; sepals of the fertile flowers very small ; stig- mas short and rather thick : akenes ovate, about one line long, undulately ribbed, the oval seed filling the cavity. September. Pine plains, east base Sierra Madre, Chihuahua. Description from the original (f). T. Madrense ROSE, 1. c. 188. 1899. Glabrous, slender, i foot or less high, from a cluster of thick- ened roots : leaves small, sessile, once or twice ternate : leaflets 522 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. mostly 3-toothed or lobed : flowers dioecious (?); fertile flowers often axillary and single ; styles wanting ; stigma short and thickened : akenes with strong, undulate ribs. Quoted from Dr. Rose, who first collected it in southern Durango and northern Tepic (t). T. grandifolium WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 267. 1888. Tall, usually glabrous : leaves 3 to 4 ternate, petiolate, with di- lated stipules; leaflets i to 2^ inches long, obliquely rounded, often cordate, or upper ones cuneate at base, obtusely lobed, veins prominent beneath with a few scattered, short, stout, curved hairs : panicles spreading and somewhat leafy-bracteate ; flowers nodding, dioecious : akenes semicircular, beaked by the short, stout base of the long filiform style (3 to 4 lines), compressed, faintly and irregularly nerved : seed flattened-subovate, filling the cavity. October. Under cliffs of Sierra Madre, Chi- huahua (f). T. Wrightii GRAY, occurs in both Mexico and New Mexico. It is placed in this arrangement as a variety of T. Fendleri, which see. THALICTRUM INDEX. alpinum L. Cuernavacanum Rose. aquilegifolium L. dasycarpiim Fisch. &. Lall. = ccesium Greene = polycarptim. ptirpurascens. campestre Greene = venulosum. debilc Buckley. Carolinianum Bosc. = dioicum. deb He var. Texanum Gray. cazilophylloides Small. Delavayi Franc. clavatum DC. dioicum L. clavatum Hook. = sparciflorum. dioicum var. coriacium Britton coriacium Small. == coriacium. Cornuti L., see aquilegifolium. Fendleri Engelm. Cornuttvax. monostyla Bot. Zeit. Fendleri var. platycarpum Tre- = polygamum var. lease. Cornuti var. macrostylum Fendleri Macoun. = venulosian. Shuttlew. = polygamum var. Fendleri Brew. & Wats. = poly- Cornuti var. a Hook. = ptir- carpum. purascens. Fendleri var. Wrz'g-fitiiTrelcase. Cornuti var. /3 Hook. = poly- Fendleri var. polycarpum Torr gamum. = polycarpum. Cornuti T. & G. = polygamum. filipes T. & G. = clavatum. corynellum DC. —polygamum. Galeottii Lee. Da-vis: THAI.ICTRUMS OF NORTH AMERICA. 523 gibbosuin Lee. glaiicum Desf. grandiflorium Rose. grandi folium Rose = above. grandifolium Wats. GantcmalcHsc Rose & C.DC. Hcruandczii Tausch. hespcrium Greene=ttnd/crivar. Jaliscanum Rose. Kcmense Fries. = minus var. favigatum Michx. = dioicum. taxation Lee. mttcastemon Koch. & Bauche. = polygamum. lo ngistylu m DC. macrostyhtm Rob. var. of poly- gam it m, maci-ostylum Small & Heller = polygamum var. Madrcnsc Rose. minus L. minus var. Kemense Trelease. minus var. elattim Lee. = minus midicaule Schw. = clavatum. occidentale Gray. Pachuccnse Rose. papillosum Rose. pcltatum DC. pctaloidcum L. pinnatum Wats. platycarptim Greene = Fendleri var. Pringlei Wats. Pringlei var. reticulatum Rose. polycarpicm Wats. polygamum Muhl. pzibcscens Pursh = polygamum var. pubigerum Benth. purpurascens L. purpureum Hort. = purpuras- cens. purpureum Schang. = minus. revolutum DC. = prirpurascens. revolutum Lee. = purpurascens var. Richardsonii Gray = sparci- Jlorum. rugosum Pursh ^ purpurascens. saxatile Vill. = minus. saxatilis Hort. = mimis. sparcijlorum Turcz. speciosum Poir. = glaucum. tomentellum Rob. & Seat. venulosum Trelease. Wrightii Gray = Fendleri var. NOTE. — The mark (|) indicates that the species or variety has not yet been introduced to the American trade. Citations after descriptions are mostly to pictures. '.' Lee." refers to Le- Coyer's monograph. XXVIII. SOME PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. C. S. SCOFIELD. The name Dictyo-phora was first applied by Desvaux in 1809 to a plant bearing a netted veil or indusium, and the genus so named was later included under the general family Phalloidese, established by Fries in 1823. The family was given thorough systematic arrangement by Dr. Ed. Fischer * in 1888, and in 1896 Dr. E. A. Burt f published a systematic account of the ten known North American species under six genera. The development of the sporophore has been especially studied in plants of this family, and this process has been de- scribed for many of the species. In the present paper less at- tention has been given to this particular feature of the life history, not that it is less interesting', but because in some of the stages it is not dissimilar to other species that have already been well described and figured. Collection of material. — The material for the study of Dic- tyo-phora raveneln was collected about September 25, 1899. It was found on low moist ground in rather dense woods near the west shore of Lake Calhoun, Minneapolis, Minnesota. The mycelium of the plant was more or less abundant over an area of five or six square yards, and the sporophores seemed to occur over most or all of this extent. The period of fruiting is evidently long, for photographs of the mature plants were made at least a month before the material was collected, and at the time of collection sporophores in nearly all stages of develop- ment were abundant. Two collections of material were made : that of the first col- lection was put directly into thirty per cent, alcohol and after- ward passed gradually into ninety per cent. ; while that of the * Saccardo, Syl. Fung. 7 : 1888. tBot. Gaz. 22: 1896. 525 526 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. second collection was placed in a one per cent, solution of chromic acid, from which after twenty-four hours it was trans- ferred to water and after thorough washing was carried by easy stages into seventy per cent, alcohol. Methods. — The material for study was, with a few excep- tions, dehydrated, imbedded in paraffin, and cut with a Minot microtome, carried down to fifty per cent, alcohol, stained in a fifty per cent, alcohol saturated solution of Bismarck brown, transferred into pure xylol and permanently mounted in Canada balsam. Some of the small portions of the mycelium and younger stages in the development of the sporophore were first stained in toto, and either mounted directly in formalin water and sealed or transferred to paraffin and cut and stained again if necessary. The pre-staining method proved very effectual and was of great help in guarding against the loss of very small bodies, and aided in the imbedding process. Numerous other staining methods were tried, but none gave as good result for structural study as the one outlined. The vegetative tract consists of a complex weft of mycelial strands, which vary in size from something less than one-tenth of a millimeter in diameter up to two millimeters or more. The complexity of the weft is greatly augmented by the copi- ous branching of the strands and not uncommonly crossing strands become more or less fused together. Some of the larger strands have a length of one meter or more, and often continue with unvarying diameter for forty or fifty centimeters. The larger proportion of the mycelium is found near the surface of the soil where it is covered with leaf mould and may be found to some extent in the leaf mould itself. Some of it, however, runs to a considerable depth in the soil, but without diminishing in size or ending there as would a root of a higher plant. Invariably, strands found at the greatest depth of twenty to thirty centimeters could be traced to the surface in both di- rections. Branching seems to be less frequent on the strands found deep in the soil, and it was not possible to locate in any case what seemed to be the definite center of growth. Each mycelial strand is composed of two general areas : the central and the peripheral. In the very small threads the cen- tral area (Fig. 9, .Z?) consists of a few large hypha?, very long in proportion to their diameters, aud without very definitely marked cross-septa. Their general direction is, of course, Scofidd : DICTYOPHORA RAVEXELII BURT. 527 along the strand, but they are more or less twisted about each other, very much as are the threads which make up a strand of yarn. The peripheral area (Fig. 9, c] is composed of loosely inter- twining hyphas, much smaller and more profusely branched than the central hyphas, and extending out somewhat into the surrounding soil (Fig. 8). They seem to resemble very much the root hairs on the roots of higher plants. It seems quite probable that the hyphas of the peripheral areas of the smaller strands function as the absorptive area of the plant, while the larger central hyphas act as conduction paths. In the larger strands the peripheral hyphas occupy a rela- tively smaller part of the strand and seem to abandon their ab- sorptive, to assume more of a cortical function, being reduced in the very large strands to a smooth disorganized coating. The central hyphas by their habit of twisting about each other make it difficult to determine their method of growth and branching, for they do not continue long enough in the plane of the section to be studied with ease, and in no case were defi- nite cross-septa noted although they doubtless exist. Upon the mycelium are borne two distinct kinds of bodies : (i) the reproductive body, and (2) what it has seemed best to call a storage body or " tuber." The latter will be considered first. The tuber makes its appearance as a slight enlargement of a mycelial strand, and in the early stages of its development seems to be merely the result of rapid growth of the peripheral hyphas. There seems to be little regularity in the size or shape of the tubers and even less in regard to their place of occur- rence upon the mycelium. In Fig. iconeof the larger tubers is shown, natural size, and upon a connecting strand is shown at "« " the base of an old sporophore. The strand bearing this tuber seems to have been more or less branched and the tuber is lobed to some extent to follow the branching. The tuber is made up of very closely woven hyphas which are much dis- torted, evidently by being packed full of somewhat granular material. In general structure it appears homogeneous except the region of the strand upon which it is borne, where the hyphas seemed to leave the strand to some extent and mingle with those of the tuber, but not so much so that the direction of the strand cannot be clearly followed throughout. A section 528 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of a young tuber is diagrammatically shown in Fig. u. The cell contents of the hyphae of the tuber respond very neatly to a test for glycogen given by Dr. L. Errera,* and it seems very probable that this substance is a very large, if not the chief constituent of the cells. Errera's test is made with a reagent composed of 450 parts of water, three parts of KI and one part of iodine, and he designates it as " solution lodee au ^-g-." According to him, material possessing glycogen when stained in this solution or when mounted in a drop of it takes on a red- dish brown color, which disappears in a temperature of 50-60° C., but returns upon recooling. Some of the tests made on Dictyoflwra tubers were with material taken from 70 per cent. alcohol sectioned, transferred to water and mounted directly in a drop of the reagent. In other instances sections that had been machine cut, stained in Bismarck brown, and mounted in Canada balsam were soaked in xylol to remove the cover glass and balsam, carried through alcohol to water, stained for a moment in Errera's mixture, and then mounted in water. In every case the reaction was sharp in all particulars. Assuming that Errera's test is a correct one, and there ap- pears no good reason for doubting it, it is evident that a large portion at least of the cell contents of the tuber is glycogen. Zopf , Burt f and others have associated the presence of gly- cogen in fungi with the immediate need of the plant for rapid growth, but there is at least a possibility that this reserve food supply in the tuber is in some way connected with the economy of the plant in reproducing itself vegetatively the following season. Or it may be that there exists a direct connection be- tween the tuber and the rapidly developing sporophore, though there is no evidence that any of the supply of glycogen has been exhausted from any of the tubers collected or found upon the vegetative tract. If it is found upon further investigation that these tubers are connected with vegetative reproduction and that by means of them it is possible to artificially propagate the plant, it will be of great advantage in the study of the younger stages of development of the reproductive area. Hitherto the rare occurrence of the plant and its allies has made the study extremely difficult. * Leo Errera, Sur le Gljcogene ches les Basidiomycetes, 1885. t Bot. Gaz. 24 : 1897. Scoficld : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII HURT. 529 The reproductive area usually occurs on a branch strand of the mycelium. The length of this branch varies with the dis- tance of the main strand below the surface of the soil. In some instances this branch is so short that the sporophore seems ses- sile upon the main strand. Often the sporophore-bearing branch and the strand from which it comes are very small (Fig. 8), and the main strand here seems to diminish but little in size after giving off the branch. Both the branch and the strand, however, increase in size as the sporophore develops. In all cases the development of the sporophore takes place very close to the surface of the soil so that upon nearing maturity it pushes partially above the surface before the rupturing of the volva and the elongation of the stipe takes place. A number of these nearly mature sporophores are shown in an accompanying plate. Before taking up the development of the sporophore a brief description of the mature organ will be given to explain the parts and to define the terms used. The mature sporophore (Fig. 7) is 8— 10 cm. high and con- sists of a base B, volva F1, F2, F3, stipe S, indusium /, pi- leus P and gleba G. The base may be considered for the pres- ent as a part of the volva, although structurally and develop- mentally it doubtless belongs to the same area as the stipe. The volva is slightly pinkish and consists of more or less defi- nitely organized outer and inner layers with a disorganized milky-gelatinous layer between. The stipe is hollow, 2-3 cm. in diameter, dirty white, tapering at each end, with walls com- posed of several layers of chambers and passing with the pileus into a thick, white, recurved collar at the distal end. The border of the collar is entire, not convoluted as in some species. The indusium or veil is membraneous and not of definite structure. It is attached at the point of union of the stipe and pileus and also to the volva near the base (Fig. 7, /). It rup- tures irregularly upon the elongation of the stipe and may break from near either the point of attachment, or partially from both, and hang about the stipe as is shown in the first cut. Most commonly, however, it seems to break from near its attachment to the volva and hang between the pileus and stipe. The pileus is conic-campanulate, 2.5-3.5 cm. long and 2-3 mm. thick, dirty white and with an entire, slightly recurved margin. It is composed of closely folded layers of pseudo-paren- chymatous tissue, which give to its surface a finely wrinkled or granulate appearance. 530 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The gleba is thin, slightly shorter than the pileus, very dark olive green and much firmer in texture and more persistent than is common with the other members of the genus ; deliquescing slowly in dry weather and without so much of the foetid odor common to the plants of this class. The description of the development of sporophore must be- gin with the youngest stage found, although manifestly a com- plete description should start rather with the activity, nuclear or cytologic, that takes place before the spore-bearing branch is formed. In the youngest stage found (Fig. i), the sporophore was about .4 mm. in diameter and borne upon a branch about .1 mm. in diameter. The young sporophore consisted of but two distinguishable areas ; the central (Fig. i, r] and the peripheral (Fig. i, V), the chief difference being that the hyphae of the central area were somewhat larger and took a much deeper stain than those of the other. The two areas of the strand seemed to be continued into the sporophore with a slight in- crease in the proportional space occupied by the outer one. The line between them is not as clearly marked as in the strand, the hyphag being closely anastomosed. A detail of the structure of this stage is shown in Fig. 12. Much time and ingenuity was spent in attempting to determine the condition in the strand just previous to the formation of the sporophore. It seems evident that one must look for the starting point in the main strand or at least in the very young branch. There seems to be good reason for believing that some cell fusion may take place in the strand previous to the giving off of the sporophore branch. In Fig. 8 is shown a small mycelial strand with a branch "a" leading to a very small sporophore. Near the middle of this strand is shown one hypha much more prominent than the rest, so much so that it may readily be seen through the surrounding tissue, and by careful focusing its course may be traced for some distance either side of the place of branching. It is difficult to see through the tissue, and still more difficult to get sections to show whether or not an actual fusion has taken place, which has given rise to a new body. Evidently a fusion of some kind may have occurred, and, in the reaction following, one of the hyphas may have come to be of a slightly different nature, for the single hypha is not par- ticularly prominent except near the branching point. The uni- Scofidd : DICTYOPIIORA RAVENELII HURT. 531 form presence of this prominent hypha would suggest the idea that it is intimately concerned with the formation of the sporo- phore while also perhaps evidence that a fusion has taken place at this point may be seen in the knotted condition of the hypha. This gives rise to the thought that a cell fusion at this point may have initiated all the resulting activities. In Fig. 9 is shown a section of a small strand at the branching point and the supposed evidence of fusion is here very clear. That the peculiar deep-staining ability of this prominent hypha is conse- quent to such a fusion is indicated by the fact that the hypha cannot be traced along the strand any great distance from this point. It is unfortunate that the technique of the material is not sufficiently developed to make possible a study of the nuclear phenomena at this point, for clearly the complete solution of this problem must lie in the study of the nuclear processes. Whatever action takes place here is a matter of considerable importance in the life history of the plant, for the subsequent differentiation of the hyphal tissue is very complex. The first marked step in the differentiation of the sporophore is shown in Fig. 2. The gelatinization of the area between the outer and inner layers of the volva is shown at V2. There is a somewhat indefinite integument formed about the whole body by the breaking down of the hyphae at the surface. The hyphse lying in the area of the stipe S also begin to be promi- nent and tissue of much the same nature extends out like an umbrella from the top of the stipe area. This is evidently brought about by the apical growth of the large hyphae shown in Fig. i. Being limited by the denser hyphae of the periphery, they take a downward direction. This tissue "/>" gives rise later to the pileus and gleba and there remains between this and the stipe a tissue of the same structure as that of the volva. The tissue of the base "^" is similar in structure to that of the stipe, but closer in texture. The next important stage is shown in Fig. 3. Here the different areas are fairly well marked. The area between pileus and stipe is distinct, but is composed of very loosely woven hypha?. It is in direct connection with the tissue of the volva, but is nearly separated from it by the base ".Z?," which has extended considerably. There becomes evident at this point an area of less tension near the middle of this base and just below the stipe. This is 532 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. connected by a small pore, through the base, with the partially disorganized tissue in the center of the stipe. The stipe already shows very slightly its chambered structure and the areas of the pileus and gleba are distinguishable. In Fig. 4 the relative size of the various parts is shown to be considerably modified. Gelatinization of the middle area of the volva is nearly complete. The indusium is almost entirely cut off from the volva and occupies a much smaller space than in the previous stage. The gleba is greatly enlarged, and the hyme- nial layer is beginning to show and the pressure of the whole re- ceptaculum is beginning to be exerted upon the inner layer of the volva. The next stage as shown in Fig. 5 shows general enlargement of the parts and rapid development. Just how this enlargement takes place is not easy to understand. Certainly it is not altogether due to enlargement of existing hyphce for excepting in the stipe and pileus actual measurement of the cells in the various stages show slight differences in the sizes of individual cells, so that enlargement must be very largely due to apical growth and branching. The development as shown from Figs. 2 to 5 must go on very rapidly, for comparatively few sporophores in these stages were found. In Fig. 6 is shown the sporophore practically mature. The tissue in the middle of the stipe JTis almost completely dis- organized, showing the wall of the other side of the stipe in one or two places. The walls of the stipe are fully developed, but the cells of the walls of the chambers are closely compressed, especially at the angles. The indusium is reduced to a thin layer adhering closely to the sides. The inner layer of the volva is drawn very tightly over the gleba and is pressed against the outer layer at the tip. The gleba is completely developed and the spores are nearly or quite formed. Fig. 7 shows the mature plant as previously described. The parts of it may now be described in detail. The base B is made up of small but entire hyphas closely interwoven and shown in detailed structure in Fig. 19. The base forms a cup which loosely contains the base of the stipe to which it is at- tached only slightly, just about the pore which connects the hollow of the base with the hollow of the stipe. The tissue of the central area of the strand is in direct connection with the tissue of the base and the peripheral area of the strand at this time greatly reduced leads directly into the coating of the base and the outer layer of the volva. Scofidd : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 533 The volva having been so tightly compressed before rupturing, has its two layers so close together that they might readily be mistaken for one, and the detailed structure is hard to recog- nize. The outer layer is hardened and the interstices between the hyphae are filled with gummy material. The inner layer has its hyphoi lying for the most part in the direction of the re- cent strain and connects by a thin layer with the indusium. The stipe is made up of several rows of irregular chambers as shown in Fig. 13 in cross section. Some of these chambers open to the outside, but none of them to the middle of the stipe. The chamber walls, one of which is shown in detail in Fig. 17, are made up of much distended hyphae which look in section like the parenchymatous cells of higher plants. The chambers contain filmy remnants of disorganized tissue. The remnant of the tissue in the hollow of the stipe X, hangs usually from the apex of the stipe or some of it may remain attached at the base. The chambers of the stipe walls become smaller toward either end and at the apex the wall passes into the recurved collar where the contents of the chambers, though somewhat disor- ganized, are not absorbed. The indusium which has been the cause of the trouble in classification is hardly to be considered the true indusium com- mon to the genuine members of the genus Dictyophora. It is not a definitely organized structure, but rather the remnant of a portion of the tissues of the periphery of the young sporophore caught between the pileus and the base. Penzig* in describing Ithypkallus tennis, speaks as follows : " Eine andere bemerken- swerthe Erscheinung bei Ithy-pallus tennis ist das Auftreten einer Art von Indusium zwischen dem Hute und dem oberen Theile des Stieles. Auch Ed. Fischer (1. c., p. 22) kurz die Andesenheit einer Haut, welche er als ' Rest der stiel und Hute trennenden Primordialgewedes ' auffast. Dieses Gedielde ist nicht in alien Individuen gleich ausgedildet : einmal nur als ausserest, feines, durchsichtiges Hautchen, andere Male aber als zienlich derbe, compacte membran, welche den Stiel kragen- artig oder fast glockenformig umgiebt. Ihere structur ist nicht pseudoparenchymatisch ; vielmehr ist sie aus eng verflochtenen, cylindrischen Hyphen zusammengesetz." Burtf in describing this plant writes : " This species has been *Ann. Jard. Bot. de Buitenzorg, 2d Ser. Vol. I., part 2. tBot. Gaz. 22. 1896. 534 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. placed in the genus Dictyophora on account of its having a persistent membrane hanging about the angle between the pileus and the stipe. This membrane is composed of the same tissue, the intermediate tissue A of my figures ; which gives rise to the veil in D. duplicata. Differentiation of this tissue does not advance in D. ravenelii to the final stage of making this mem- brane pseudoparenchyma, or is this final stage reached in the case of hyphas composing the pileus in /. impudtcus and in D. duplicata, yet no one would hesitate on that ground to use the term pileus in connection with those species. It seems best to apply the term veil to this membrane in D. ravenelii which looks like a veil, has the position of a veil, is composed of a tissue forming the veil in other species and is likely to be re- garded as a veil without question by every botanist meeting this fungus for the first time and attempting its determination." Burt's interpretation of this structure seems hardly the best one. The membrane as shown in detail in Fig. 15 bears no resemblance whatever to the tissue of the stipe and pileus shown in detail with the same enlargement in Figs. 14 and 16. The attachment of this membrane at the base of the volva and the fact that it ruptures irregularly, are both strong reasons for not considering it as a true veil or indusium. It would seem better to regard it rather as tissue which in other species of both Itkyphallus and Dictyophora, is completely disorganized — with the exception possibly of /. tennis, mentioned by Penzig, where also a similar structure occurs. The presence of this tissue, al- though noted by the earlier writers, was not considered of im- portance enough to exclude the plant from the genus in which its other characteristics certainly placed it. The pileus is composed of tissue very similar in structure to that of the stipe, except that the walls are closely folded and the tissue of the chambers is not so completely disorganized. The structure of one of the folds is shown in Fig. 14 while a longitudinal section showing the relative position of the walls is shown in Fig. 18. From a surface view the pileus has a finely wrinkled or granulated appearance. It is firmly attached to the apex of the stipe just below the collar. The line of demarka- tion between the pileus and the stipe at the point of attachment is not easy to make out. In fact at the point of union the tissue of the three areas, stipe, pileus and collar is homogeneous. It is close within the axis of the stipe and pileus that the so-called Scofidd : DICTYOPHORA RAVENELII BURT. 536 inclusium is attached and often it clings so closely to the inner surface of the pileus as to be mistaken for a portion of that structure. The gleba is much more persistent than in most forms of the family, maintaining itself for some hours after the elongation of the stipe. Its structure at this stage is very indefinite. Slight traces of the hymenium may be found, but for the most part it consists of a disorganized tissue containing masses of spores scattered about, held by the surrounding substance. The spores are very small, 1.5-2.5 mikrons in diameter, somewhat oblong and greenish black. In order to show the structure of the gleba the drawings for Figs. 16 and 17 were made from a young stage of the sporophore such as is shown in Fig. 6. In conclusion the results of the study so far made upon this plant seem to suggest the following points : 1. The mycelium of the plant is of considerable structural importance and deserves further attention. 2. There are borne upon the mycelium certain organs which seem to function as storage places for reserve material. 3. There is in the young mycelial threads very good evidence of the occurrence of cell fusion previous to, or in intimate con- nection with the formation of the sporophore. 4. The indusium of this plant cannot be considered homol- ogous with the indusium of true members of the genus Dictyo- phora; but is rather the persisting remnant of tissue which is completely broken down in most other plants of this order. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XXIX. — Field view of undeveloped sporophores, from photograph by C. J. Hibbard. PLATE XXX. — Field view showing mature sporophore, from photograph by C. J. Hibbard. PLATE XXXI. — Structure and development of /. ravenelii. i. A very young sporophore ; V, volva; 7?, receptaculum. x 5°- 2-7. Development of the sporophore ; B, base ; V, the outer layer of the volva; K2, the middle layer of the volva; K3, the inner layer of the volva ; /, indusium ; S, stipe ; P, pileus ; G, gleba ; C, collar, and A'", tissue remnant within the stipe. 8. Small mycelial strand with branch "a" leading to young sporo- phore. x 50. 536 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 9. Section of small strand at point of branching, showing large hy pha at " a " ; central area B ; peripheral area C. x i oo. 10. Tuber with connecting mycelium and base of an old sporo- phore at A. Natural size. 1 1 . Section through a small tuber showing continuous mycelial strand. X 5- 12. Detail of portion of young sporophore shown in Fig. i. X 500. 13. Diagrammatic view of section of stipe. x 5. 14. Detail of a fold of pileus tissue. x 500. 15. Detail of portion of indusium showing large drops of gelatine at hyphal ends. X 500. 1 6. Portions of hy menial layer in immature sporophore. x 500 17. Portion of wall of chamber of stipe, x 500. 18. Diagrammatic view of pileus and gleba immature. x 15. 19. Detail of portion of tissue of the base of the sporophore. x 500. VOL. II. MI.NNKSOTA BOTANICAL PART IV. VOL. II. MIXXKSOTA lioTAxu \i. STUDIES. PART I V VOL. II MlNNESC :AJL STUDIES. PART IV. m ^ $8^/£$y 3y$&RZ VLr V-B&Y/ » ®W ^& 'Jk&^ffi Heiictyw XXIX. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. E. M. FREEMAN. The following list comprises the Uredinese collected in Min- nesota up to the present time, by the Botanical Survey Staff. The materials are taken from the collections cited in my pre- liminary list of Minnesota Erysipheae.* In addition to these Dr. L. H. Pammel has made numerous collections at Hokah and other points in southeastern Minnesota. These have not been included in the present report but may be found in Tre- lease's Parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin. f Puccinia anemones- virginiantB is the only species collected by Dr. Pammel in Min- nesota which has not been collected elsewhere in the State. No representatives of the Endophyllacese or of the Schizo- sporaceae have yet been found in Minnesota. Of the Melamp- soraceag five genera with seven species are reported, viz: Chrysomyxa i species, Cronartium I, Cpleosporium i, Me- lampsora 3, Calyptospora i ; of the Pucciniaceae seven genera with 62 species: Uromyces 14, Puccinia 39, Gymnoconia i, Uropyxis i, Gymnosporangium 4, Phragmidium 4, Triphrag- mtum i ; of isolated ^Ecidia (including Peridermid) 30 ; of isolated Uredo 2. On May n, 1900, there was collected in Mille Lacs county a very large witches' broom on a white pine. The broom measures fully 9 feet across. The distortion of the branches is very pronounced and the leaves of the broom are considerably smaller than the normal. The cause of the for- mation cannot at present be positively ascertained. There are no indications that the branches contain an abundant mycelium and the material was collected early in the spring before ascidia had time to form. So far as I am aware no authentic record of a witches' broom upon pines caused by a fungus parasite exists. *Minn. Bot. Stud. 2< : 417. 1900. f Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci. A. and L. 6: 1884. 537 538 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. In Sargent's Sylva* is a statement that pines are sometimes sub- ject to the distortions known as witches' brooms. Dr. Farlow writes, however, that this statement was based on a reported witches' broom on Pinus -ponderosa from Montana and that further study of the material demonstrated that the distortions were not typical witches' brooms, nor were they caused by a fungus parasite. No definite statement as to the cause of the broom of white pine collected in Minnesota can be made until older material is obtained and a more detailed description is therefore deferred. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXXII. Witches' broom on Pinus strobus, Mille Lacs county, Minn. After photograph by R. S. Mackintosh, May, 1900. I. MELAMPSORACE^E. Chrysomyxa UNGER. One species of this genus has been found. Common on Pyrolas throughout the State. i. C. pirolatum (KOERN.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 250. 1884. On leaves of : Pyrola rotundifolia L. : Goodhue, (II) Je. 1893, Ballard ; Freeborn, (II) My. 1891, Sheldon 5964 and 5963. Pyrola elliptica. NUTT. : Aitken, (II) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2101 ; Houston, (II) Je. 1899, Lyon 98; Mille Lacs, (II) My. 1900, H. B. Carey and Freeman 560. Pyrola secunda L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Hoi way 27. [ Urcdo pyrolcs (Gm.) Wint.j Cronartium FRIES. Not yet collected by the survey staff, but one species has been reported by Seymour. i. C. asclepiadeum (WILLD.) FR. Obs. Myc. i: 220. 1815. Var. quercuum B. & C. Crow Wing, (III) Ag. 1884, Seymour. (Economic Fungi. A. B. Seymour and F. S. Earle, No. 215.) Coleosporium LEVEILLE. One species found. Very abundant throughout the State. Uredospore form most abundant and conspicuous. Only one collection of the teleutospores has been made. *Svlva of N. A. ii : 12. Freeman: AIINXKSOTA UKEDINE./E. 539 i. C.~§onchi-arvensis (P.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 247. 1884. On leaves of : Solidago serotina AIT.: Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1506; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon 360. Solidago canademis L. : Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7080. Solidago flexicaulis L. : Case, (II) Ag. 1893, Anderson 702. Solidago sp. indet. : Chicago, (II) S. 1891, Sheldon 4261 ; Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1420; Hennepin, (II) O. 1898, Freeman; Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7308 ; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon 430. Laciniaria sp. indet. : Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon Aster divaricatus L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 102. Aster macrophyllus L. : Cass, (III) Ag. 1893, Ballard 1747. Aster sp. indet. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 165 and 251; Winona, (II) Jy. 1888, Holzinger 139; Houston, (II) Ag. 1899, Lyon 401 and 398; Hennepin, (II) S. 1889, MacMillan; Hennepin, (II) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 4122. Docllingeria umb elicit a (DiLL.) NEES : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 83. Melampsora CASTAGNE. Three species. The uredo forms of those species growing on Populus and Salix are especially abundant. All three species are Hemi-melampsoras. 1. M. epilobii (P.) FCKL. Sym. Myc. 44. 1869. On leaves of : Efolobium color atum MUHL. : - , (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 6147 ; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 35 and 89. Epilobium linear e MUHL. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 49. Epilobium sp. indet. : Waseca, (II) Je. 1891, Sheldon 357. 2. M. populina (jAcc^) LEV. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 8 : 375. 1847. On leaves of : Popilus tremuloides MICHX. : Otter Tail, (II) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3890 ; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 198. 540 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Po-puhis deltoides MARSH. : Lincoln, (II) Ag. 1891,. Shel- don 1573 ; Hennepin, (II) S. 1899, Lyon ; Winona, (II). S. 1888, Holzinger; Hennepin, (II) S. 1889, Mac- Millan. 3. M. salicis-capreae (P.) WINT. Die Pilze i2: 239. 1884. On leaves of : Salix discolor MUHL. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 101. Salix myrtilloides L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 166. Salix sp. indet. : Hennepin, (II) S. 1890, MacMillan ; Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1087 and 995 ; Blue Earth, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 478; Mille Lacs, (II) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2978; Hennepin, (II) O. 1892, Sheldon 4126. Calyptospora J. KUHN. The well-known species on the mountain cranberry has been collected only in one locality. i. C. goeppertiana KUHN. Hedw. 8: 81. 1869. On Vaccinium vitis-idcea L. : Cooke, (III) Jy. 1899, Mac- Millan ; Cooke, (III) Jy. 1900, Mrs. C. J. Hibbard. II. PUCCINIACE^E. Uromyces LINK. Fourteen species of Uromyces have been found in the State. Seven of these are found upon plants of the Pulse family. Very common also are those species found upon Euphorbia^ Arts&ma and Polygonum. Four species belong to the Hemiuromyccs^ seven to the Euuromyces and of the remaining three, the life histories are incomplete. The Euuromycetes are all autcecious. A. AUT-EUUROMYCES. i. U. fabae (P.) DE BARY, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 20: 76. 1863. Uromyces -polymorj)hus Pk. * differs from this species only in greater variability of the teleutospore form. The pedicel is no criterion. I have therefore included forms on Lathyrus and Vicia under U.fabce although exhibiting considerable variation in spore form. * Ellis. N. A. Fungi no. 1442. Freeman : MINNESOTA UREDINE, Sheldon 6127 and 6129. 2. U. appendiculatus (P.) LINK. Berl. Ges. Nat. Freunde Mag. 7: 28. 1816. On Strophostyles helvola (L.) BRITTON : Houston, (I) Je. 1899, Lyon 24; Houston, (II, III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 389. 3. U. albus DIET. & HOLW. Hedw. 36: 297. 1897. According to Dietel this is ^Scidium album Clint. (s£cidt'um porosumPk.). No experiments indicating this are cited. The specimen reported below differs from Dietel's description in that the teleutospore sori are found on the leaves (not on the stem), and the color of the sori is not black but dark brown. This material (Holway 25) was reported by Arthur * as Uromyces orobi (P.) Wint. (II), and (Holway 14) as sEcidium porosum. On Vicia americana MUHL. : St. Louis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Holway 25 ; St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 14 ; Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2720; Aitkin, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2658. 4. U. trifolii (ALB. & SCHW.) Wint. Die Pilze I1 : 159. 1884. On Trifolium re-pens L. : St. Louis, (I, II) Jy. 1886, Holway 34 ; Hennepin, (II, III) Jy. 1890, MacMillan ; , (II) 1893, Sheldon 6098. 5. U. euphorbias COOKE & PECK, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 25: 90. 1873. Arthur's recent experiment f although too incomplete to be conclusive indicates strongly that Uromyces euphorbia is an au- toecious Euuromyces. *1. c. f Cultures of Uredineae in 1899. J- C- Arthur. 542 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On Euphorbia maculata L. : Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 3136. Euphorbia scrpyllifolia Pers. : Pine, (II, III) Je. 1899, Freeman 528; Hennepin, (II, HI) Jy. 1890, MacMillan. Euphorbia heterophylla L. : Houston, (II, III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 317. Euphorbia marginata PURSH : Renville, (II, III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 957. Euphorbia glyptosperma ENGELM. : Chisago, (II, III) Ag. 1892, Taylor 1568^; Brown, (II, III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 969 and 1170. Euphorbia sp. indet. : Renville, (II, III) 1890, Mac- Millan. 6. U. polygon! (P.) FCKL. Symb. Myc. 64. 1869. Of this very common species uredospores and teleutospores only can at present be reported. Some ascidium material on what appeared to be a Polygonum was found in 1900 in Wright county (Freeman 698), but the amount of material was insuffi- cient for accurate and positive determination. On Polygonum aviculare L. : Winona, (III) on leaves and stem, N. and O. 1893, Edna Porter; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 5, 113 and 116. Polygonum ramosissimum MICHX. : Brown, (II, III) on leaves and stem, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1048; Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1545. Polygonum sp. indet. : Traverse, (III) on leaves and stem, S. 1893, Sheldon 7253; Winona, (II, III) S. 1888, Holzinger. 7. U. caladii (Scnw.) FARLOW, Ellis N. A. Fungi, No. 232. 1879. Abundant wherever Arisama is found. On the leaves and spathe of : Arisama triphyllum (L.)ToRR. : Blue Earth, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 114; Chisago, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 6309; Hennepin, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 308 ; Ramsey, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 317 ; Houston, (I) Je. 1899, Lyon 97; Hennepin, (I) My. 1899, MacMillan; Hennepin, (I) F. 1899, E. A. Cuzner (in university plant house) ; Wright, (I) My. 1900, Freeman 581 ; Pope, (III) Jy. 1892, Taylor 916; Winona, My. 1889, Holzinger. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE/E. 543 B. HEMIUROMYCES. 8. U. lespedezse (Scnw.) PK. Ellis, N. A. Fungi, No. 245. 1879. On Lcspedeza capitata MICHX. : Winona, (III) S. 1888, Holzinger; Chisago, (III) S. 1893, Ballard 1819. 9. U. hedysari-paniculata (Scnw.) FARLOW, Ellis, N. A. Fungi, No. 246. 1879. On Mcibomia sp. indet. : , (III) 1893, Sheldon 7078. 10. U. terebinth! (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 147. 1884. On Rhus radicans L. : Kandiyohi, (III) Jy. 1892, Frost 302. 11. U. caryophyllinus (SCHRANK.) SCHROET. Brand and Rost-Pilz. Schles. 10. 1872. On Dianthus caryophyllus L. : Ramsey, (III) on leaves and stem, Ap. 1900, Freeman. C. LIFE HISTORIES INCOMPLETELY KNOWN. 12. U. argophyllae SEYM. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 185. 1889. On Psoralca argophylla PURSH : Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7353; Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1546. T3- U. pyriformis COOKE, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 29: 69. 1878. On Acorus calamus L. : Carver, (III) Je. 1891, Ballard 13 ; Wright, (III) My. 1900, Freeman 636. 14. U. rudbeckiae ARTH. & HOLW. Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2: 163. 1885. On Rudbcckia laciniata L. : , (III) S. 1893, Sheldon. Puccinia PERSOON. Thirty-nine species have been collected : 10 Aut-eupuccinia , 6 Heler-eupuccinia , 2 Brachypuccinia, 2 Pucciniopsis ^ 7 Hemi- puccinia, i Micropuccinia, 3 Leptopuccinia, and 8 with im- perfectly known life histories. Very abundant are those species found on Mints, Helianthus and allied genera, on grasses, sedges and Polygonum. Those forms formerly included under P. hieracii (Schum.) Mart, have been separated as far as pos- sible according to the recent researches of Jacky.* The high degree of specialization in the habit of these forms which has *Die Compositen-bewohnenden Puccineen vom Tjpus Puccinia hieracii und deren Specialisierung. Bern. 1899. 544 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. been demonstrated in these experiments emphasizes the need of special research in cultures upon American species. It is possible to utilize Jacky's results only upon species common to both Europe and America. Puccinia amorphcz Curt, upon species of Amorpha have been retained under Schroeter's genus Uropyxis . A. AUT-EUPUCCINIA. 1. P. adoxae HEDW. Fl. Fr. 2: 220. 1815. On Adoxa moschatellina L. : Winona, (I) My. 1889, Hol- zinger. 2. P. calthae LK. in Linne, Sp. PI. 62: 79. 1825. On Caltha palustris L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 96. 3. P. convolvuli (P.) CAST. Obs. i : 16. 1842. On Convolvulus sepium L. : Winona, (II, III) Ag. 1888, Holzinger; Brown, (I) Jy. 1893, Sheldon 899; Blue Earth, (I) Je. 1891 ; Sheldon 374. Convolvulus spithamceus L. : Winona, (III) Ag. 1888, Hol- zinger 6. 4. P. galii (P.) SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 73. 1822. On Galium asprellum MICHX. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hol- way 94. Galium continuum TORR. & GRAY : Winona, Ag. 1888, Holzinger 198. 5. P. gentianae (STRAUSS) LK. in Linne Sp. PI. 62: 73. 1825. On Genttana andrewstt GmsEB. : Brown, (II, III)Jy. 1891, Sheldon. Gentiana puberula MICHX. : Glenwood, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Taylor 1179. 6. P. pimpinella (STRAUSS) LINK in Linne Sp. PI. 62: 77. 1825. On Washingtonia claytoni (Micnx.) BRITTON : Houston, (II, III) Je. 1899, Lyon 41. 7. P. violae (SCHUM.) DC. Fl. Fr. 6: 92. 1815. On Viola canadensis L. : Lake, (I) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4758- Viola blanda WILLD. : St. Louis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 131 ; Lake, (I) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4735 ; Wright, (I) My. 1900, Freeman 662. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 545 Viola blanda pal it str if or mis A. GRAY : Hennepin, (I) My. 1891, Sheldon 5961. Viola hlauda uiiuvna (LE CONTE) B.S.P. : Crow Wing, (I) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2150; Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2705^. Viola scahrinscula (T. & G.) SCHWEIN. : Wright, (I) My. 1900, Freeman 592. Viola sp. indet. : Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1889, MacMillan ; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 845 and 850; Henne- pin, (III) O. 1892, Sheldon 4090; - - , (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7242. 8. P. menthae americana BURRILL, Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2 : 189-191. 1885. The echination, which distinguishes this form from the Euro- pean form, is in almost all specimens most marked at the apex of the teleutospores. Many teleutospores are almost smooth at the base. European teleutospore specimens are sometimes slightly echinate at the apex. On Monarda fistulosa L. : Chisago, Ag. 1883, Arthur; Winona, (III) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 42 ; Winona, (II, III) Ag. 1888, Holzinger; Hennepin, (III) 1890, Mac- Millan; Hennepin, (III) O. 1893, Sheldon 4096; Trav- erse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7175 ; Winona, (III) S. 1893, Edna Porter; Hennepin, (III) S. 1898, MacMil- lan; Houston, (III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 321. Koellia virginiana (L.) MAcM. : Winona, (II, III) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 164. Mentha canadcnsis L: Hennepin, (II, III) Ag. 1883, Ar- thur; St. Louis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Holway 236; Lin- coln, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1419 ; Ramsey, (II) Je. 1899, Freeman 458; Ramsey, (II, III) S. 1898, Free- man. Mentha sp. indet. : , (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6070 and 7019; Traverse, (II, III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7382. 9. P. tanaceti DC. Fl. Fr. 2: 222. 1815. The Puccinia on Helianthus differs from that on Tanacetum only in having a slightly broader teleutospore. This is espe- cially true of the distal cell. Culture experiments are necessary to separate these forms. On Artemisia dracunculoides PURSH : Houston, (II, III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 391 ; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7311. 546 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Heliopis hclianthoides (L.) B.S.P. : Winona, (II, III) Jy. 1888, Holzinger 204. Helianthus grosse-serratus MARTENS : Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1544. Helianthus tuberosus L. : Goodhue, (II, III) Ag. 1893, Anderson 726. Helianthus giganteus L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 133- Helianthus annuus L. : Winona, (III) Ag. 1889, Holzin- ger ; Hennepin, (II, III) O. 1889, MacMillan ; Mc- Leod, (II) Jy. 1890, T. J. McElligott ; Hennepin, (III) - 1890, E. A. Cuzner ; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Shel- don 7366; Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman ; -- , (III) 1893, Sheldon, 5823, 6175 and (II, III) 7195 ; Hennepin, (II, III) O. 1889, MacMillan. Helianthus sp. indet. : Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7378; - > (HI) l893> Sheldon 7136 and 6067. 10. P. Chondrillse CORDA, Icon. Fung. 4: 15. 1840. The Minnesota specimens of the Puccinia on Lactuca ex- hibit morphological characters which according to Jacky (1. c.) distinguish this form from those on Prenanthes. The teleuto- spore has no well-developed papilla and no constriction and is elliptical in form. The germ pores are irregular in position, often occurring at the summit. On Lactuca -pulchella (PURSH) DC. : - , (III) S. 1893, Sheldon. Lactuca sp. indet. : Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7241 and 7125. B. HETER-EUPUCCINIA. n. P. angustata PECK, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 25 : 123. On Sctrpus atrovirens MUHL. : Ramsey, (II, III) O. 1898, Freeman. Lycofais virginicus L. : St. Louis, (I) Jy. 1886, Holway 216; Blue Earth, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 484. This species is connected with ^Ecidium lycopt Ger. accord- ing to Arthur (1. c.). 12. P. caricis (SCHUM.) REBENT. Prod. Fl. Neom. 356. 1804. The connection of ^Ecidium urticce Schwein. on Urtica with P. caricis has been confirmed for American specimens. (Ar- thur, 1. c.) The aecidia are found on both lamina and petiole. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 547 On Carcx castanca WAHL. : Lake, (III) Je. 1893, Shel- don 4822. Carex utriculata BOOTT : Houston, (III) My. 1900, Lyon 537. Carex sp. indet. : — , (III) 1893, Sheldon 7135, 7368 and 7122; Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman; Henne- pin, (III) S. 1900, Freeman 786^. Urtica gracilis AIT. : Ramsey, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 322; Waseca, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 206 and Taylor 302. Urtica sp. indet. : Hennepin, (I) 1893, Sheldon 5968 and 5967- 13. P. phragmitis (SCHUM.) KORN. Hedw. 15: 179. 1876. In Europe it has been demonstrated by several investigators that the aecidium on various species of Rumex belongs to P. phragm i/is. According to the recent culture experiments of Arthur (1. c.) aecidia were easily obtained upon Rumex crtspus and Rumex obtusifolius. According to the same author no au- thentic and undoubted record of the collection of ^Ecidntm rubcllum GMEL. has been reported upon American species of Rumex. A Minnesota specimen of Riimex britannica L. was collected in 1899 (Freeman 471) upon which several groups of aecidia were found. Upon comparison with sEcidmm rubellum on R. hydrolapathum * the two specimens were found to agree perfectly in all morphological characters. The spots are circular and usually of a reddish color, not swollen. Pseudoperidia on lower surface of the leaf somewhat crowded, leaving usually a free central area, flat, cup-shaped with revolute lacerate margin. Spores 17— 23 // x n— 17 /^. It seems very probable therefore that this ascidium on Rumex britannica belongs to P. phragmitis. Arthur's explanation that the aecid- ium on Rumex has up to this time been overlooked is therefore probably correct. On Rumex britannica L. : Ramsey, (I) Je. 1899, Freeman 471. Phraomites -phragmites (L.) KARST : ?(IH) T893, Shel- don 7119. 14. P. rhamni (P.) WETTST. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. 35: 545. 1885. (P. coronata CDA.) * Krieger Fung. Sax. no. 853. 548 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On Avena sativa L. : Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1045. Rhamnus alnifolia L'HER. : Houston, (I) Ag. 1900, Lyon 546 ; Ramsey, (I) My. 1899, Freeman 316 ; , (I) 1893, Sheldon 5963 ; Hennepin, (I) My. 1891, Sheldon 5969. 15. P. poculiformis QACQ^) WETT. Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. 35: 544. 1885. (P. graminis PERS.) There is no good reason for not accepting Wettstein's name. The species is exceedingly abundant although but few collec- tions have been made. On Avena sativa L. : Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1104; Goodhue, (II) Ag. 1893, Anderson 710. Undetermined grasses : , (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 7120 ; , (II), 1893, Sheldon 7126. 16. P. rubigo-vera (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 217. 1884. On Triticum vulgare L. : Kandiyohi, (II) Jy. 1892, Frost 285 and (II, III) 283^; Goodhue, (II, III) Ag. 1893, Anderson 711 ; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7387. Hordeum vulgare L. : Waseca, (II, III) Je. 1891, Sheldon 529- C. BRACHYPUCCINIA. 17. P. hieracii (SCHUM.) MART. Flora Mosq. 226. 1817. Jacky's results (1. c.) can be utilized only in separating out the form on Taraxacum. Those on Hieracium and Carduus require further cultural investigation on American specimens. On Hieracium canadense MICHX. : Hennepin, (III) O. 1889, MacMillan. Carduus sp. indet. : Winona, (II) Ag. 1888, Holzinger 41 ; , (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6097 and 6059; Traverse, (II, III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7398; Ramsey, (II, III) S. 1898, Freeman. 18. P. taraxaci PLOWRIGHT, Brit. Ured. and Ustil. : 186 and 187. 1889. This species seems to be founded on negative results of Plowright and recently of Jacky. Inoculations with Puccinias from other composites gave in all cases negative results. On Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) KARST. : Traverse, (II) S. 1893, Sheldon 7324; Hennepin, (II) Ag. 1883, Arthur; Ramsey, (II) My. 1899, Freeman 360 ; Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1898, Freeman. Freeman: MINNESOTA UKEDINE^E. 549 D. PUCCINIOPSIS. 19. P. grossulariae (GM.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 198. 1884. On Ribcs rub-rum L. : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 213. 20. P. podophylli SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. : 72 No. 489. 1822. On Podophyllum f citatum L. : Winona, (I) My. 1889, Holzinger; Winona, (III) Je. 1889, Holzinger ; Hous- ton, Je. 1899, Lyon (I) 2 and (III) 80. E. HEMIPUCCINIA. 21. P. polygoni-amphibii P. Syn. Meth. Fungi 227. 1801. Very widely distributed and abundant. On Polygonum amphibium L. : Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1889, MacMillan; , (II, III) 1893, Sheldon 6076. Polygonum hartivrightii A. GRAY : Hennepin, (II, III) Ag. 1883, Arthur; Hennepin, (II, III) S. 1889, Mac- Millan; Otter Tail, (II, III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3897; Traverse, (II, III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7377. Polygonum enter sum (MiCHX.) BRITTON : Hennepin, (II, III) Ag. 1883, Arthur; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 50 and (II, III) Holway 48 ; Winona," (II, III) S. 1888, Holzinger 252. Polygonum sp. indet. : Lincoln, (II, III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1549 and T57°; - — » (m) l893» Sheldon 7137. 22. P. argentata (SCHULTZ) WINT. Die Pilze i2: 194. 1884. On Impaticns biflora WALD. : Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman. 23. P. pruni-spinosse PERS. Syn. Meth. Fung. 226. 1801. On Primus -puniila L. : Crow Wing, (II, III) Ag. 1890, MacMillan and Sheldon 92. 24. P. kuhniae SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 296. 1834. On Kuhnia eupatorioides L. : Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman. 25. P. tomipara TREL. Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci. A. and L. 6: 23. 1884. On Bromus ciliatus L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 12. Also reported at Detroit (Becker Co.) in Ell. and Ever. N. A. Fungi No. 1842. 1884. 550 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 26. P. sorghi SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 295. No. 2910. 1831. On Zea mays L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 136; — , (II) 1893, Sheldon 6148; Brown, (II) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1065. Sorghum sp. indet. : Hennepin, (III) O., 1890, Sheldon 5742- 27. P. emaculata SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 295. No. 2912. 1834. On Panicum capillare L. : Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1530; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7375 7376. F. MlCROPUCCINIA. 28. P. thalictri CHEV. Fl. Paris, i : 417. 1826. On Thalictrum sp. indet. : Cass, (III) Jy. 1893, Ander- son 573. G. LEPTOPUCCINIA. 29. P. asteris DUBY, Botan. Gallic. 2 : 888. 1828. On Aster macrophyllus L. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 37 ; Cass, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1652. Aster sagittlfolius WILLD. : Houston, Ag. 1899, Lyon Aster sp. indet. : Lake, Jy. 1886, Holway, 273. There is a great similarity in the spots, sori and spores of P. asteris on A. macrophyllus to those of P. xanthti Schwein. 30. P. circaeae PERS. Tent. Disp. Meth. 39. 1797. On Circcea alpina L. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 214. Circaa lutetiana L. : Winona, Jy., 1888, Holzinger 206 and 132 ; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 887. Circaa sp. indet. : Cass, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1655. 31. P. ornata ARTH. & HOLW. Rep. Bot. Wk. in Minn, for year 1886, 3: 30. 1887. On Rumex britannica L. : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 223. Rumex sp. indet. : Crow Wing, (III) Ag. 1890, MacMillan and Sheldon. H. LIFE HISTORIES IMPERFECTLY KNOWN. 32. P. variolans HARK. Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i : 35. 1884. On Eriocarpum spinulosum (NuTT.) GREENE : Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7101. Freeman : MINNESOTA UREDINE^-E. 551 33. P. nardosmiae E. & E. Journ. Myc. i : 85. 1885. On Petasitcs palmata (Arr.) A. GRAY: St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 232. 34. P. porphyrogenita CURT. Thiim. Myc. Univ. No. 545. 1876. On Corntis canadensis L. : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 108; St. Louis, (III) Je. 1893, Sheldon 4622. 35. P. hydrophylli PECK & CLINT. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 30: 54. 1879. On Hydr&pkyllwm -virgin! cum L. : Hennepin, (III) My. 1891, Sheldon 1968 and 1981 ; Meeker, (III) Je. 1892, Frost 37 ; Ramsey, (III) My. 1892, Sheldon 1969 ; Aitken, (III) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2072 ; - — , (III) 1893, Sheldon 5803; Hennepin, (III) My. 1899, Freeman 310. 36. P. tiarellae B. & C. N. A. Fungi, No. 549. 1881. On Mitclhi unda^L. : St. Louis, (Ill)Jy. 1886, Holway 62. 37. P. halenise ARTH. & HOLWAY, Rep. Bot. Wk. in Minn. 3: 30. 1886. On Tetragonanthus deflcxus (J. E. SMITH) KUNTZE : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 100. 38. P. mesomegala B. & C. Grev. 3: 53. 1874. On Clintonia borcalis (AiT.) RAF. : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Holway 18. 39. P. xanthii SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 500. 1822. Berkeley and Ravenel have described a variety ambrosia. The spores on Ambrosia do not, however, differ morpholog- ically from those on Xanthiwn* QftXanthium canadense MILL. : Hennepin, (III) O. 1889, MacMillan ; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 861 and 1008; Carver, (III) Jy. 1891, Ballard 756; Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1262; Otter Tail, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3898; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7259; Hennepin, (III) S. 1898, Butters; Ramsey, (III) Jy. 1899, Freeman 531 ; Houston, (III) Ag. 1899, Lyon 458. Ambrosia trifida L. : Lincoln, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1266; Brown, (III) Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1227. Gymnoconia LAGERH. Separated from Puccinia on account of the aecidia, which are destitute of a pseudoperidial wall and are at first covered only by the epidermis of the host. 552 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. i. Gymnoconia interstitialis (SCHLECT.) LAGERH. Ured. Herb. El. Fr. Tromso. Mus. Arshefter 17 : 84. 1894. (Cceoma nitcns SCHWEIN. and Puccinia pecki ana HOWE.) The aecidial stage (Cceoma nitens Schwein.), the common raspberry rust, is abundant throughout the State. The teleuto- spores have not yet been found in Minnesota. On Rubus strigosus MICHX. : Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2709. Rubus villosus AIT. : Kanabec, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2908; Mille Lacs, (I) Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2713. Rubus canadensis L. : Le Sueur, (I) Je. 1891, Sheldon 52 ; Aitkin, (I) Je. 1892, Sheldon 2061 and 2145 ; Pine, (I) Je. 1899, Freeman 499. Rubus sp. indet. : Winona, (I) Je. 1888, Holzinger 235 ; Cass, (I) Je. 1893 ; Ballard 1393 ; Houston, (I) Je. 1899, Lyon. Uropyxis SCHROETER. The puccinia on Amorpha species (P. amorpha Curt.) has here been retained under Schroeter's genus Uropyxis. The differences between Uropyxis and typical Puccinia are no less than those between Phragmopyxis and Phragmidium. On the other hand P. dcglubens might be included among the Puccinice without much more serious objection than can be raised against Puccinia elymi Westd. Puccinia petalostemonis Farlow has a slight gelatinous exospore which certainly indicates relationship with the Puccinia on Amorpha. Phragmopyxis according to Dietel * is more closely related to Uropyxis than to Phragmi- dium. I have seen biseptate spores in Puccinia petalostemonis Farl.f The forms on the Leguminosse, therefore, seem to form a natural group with sufficient distinguishing characters to separate them generically from the typical Puccinia. This is Schroeter's genus Uropyxis. Puccinia petalostemonis Farl. connects it with the true Puccince. i. U. amorphae (CURT.) SCHROET. Hedw. 15: 165. 1875. On Amorpha canescens PURSH : Winona, (III) S. 1888, Holzinger; Otter Tail, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3650; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7111 and 7180; Ramsey, (III) S. 1898, Freeman ; Pope, (III) Ag. 1891,. Taylor 1182. * 1. c., 70. t Ellis. N. A. Fungi, No. 1844. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 553 Amorpha fruticosa L. : Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7243; Brown, (III) Jy. 1891, Sheldon 985; Chisago, (III) S. 1891, Sheldon 4245; Traverse, (III) S. 1893, Sheldon 7370. The aecidial and uredo forms have not yet been collected. Gymnosporangium DE CANDOLLE. 1. G. globosum FARI.. Am. Mem. Bot. Soc. Nat. Hist. 18. 1880. Qnjunipcrusvirgimana L. : Dakota, (III) Ap. 1900, Lyon. 2. G. nidus-avis THAXTER, Bull. Conn. Ag. Ex. Sta. 107: 6. 1891. On Junipcrus virginiana L. : Wright, (III) Je. 1899, Lyon 553 and 547 and Freeman 697. 3. G. clavariaeforme (JACQ..) REES. Abh. Naturf. Gesell. n : 21. 1869. On branches of Juniperus communis L. : Hennepin, (III) A. 1901, Butters 97. Causes fusiform swelling of the branches. 4. G. juniperi-virginianae SCHW. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 74. No. 504. 1822. (G. macropus LK.) On small branches of Juniperus virginiana L. : Wright, (III) A. 1901, Freeman 978. Causes swellings known as " cedar apples." Phragmidium LINK. 1. P. potentillae (P.) KARST. Fungi Fen. No. 94 and 593. (Hel. Bid.) Fen. Nat. o. Folk. 19: 1871—23: 1873. On Potentilla pennsylvanica strigosa PURSH : Douglas, (III) Ag. 1892, Sheldon 3481. 2. P. rubi-idaei (P.) KARST. Helsing. Bid. Fin. Nat. o. Folk 19. 1871. On Rubus strtgosus MICHX. : Aitken, (II) Je. 1892, Shel- don 221 1 ; St. Louis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Holway 205. Rubus hispidus L. : St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 20. Rubus sp. indet. : Winona, (II) S. 1888, Holzinger. 3. P. speciosum FR. Syst. Myc. 3: 496. 1829. On stems of Rosa sp. indet. : Wright, (III) O. 1896, Wash- burn; Ramsey, (III) S. 1899, Wheeler. 4. P. subcorticum (SCHRANK.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 228. 1884. 554: MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. On Rosa acicularis LINDL. : St. Louis, (II, III) Jy. 1886, Holway 187 and 247 ; Ramsey, (III) My. 1899, Free- man 350. Rosa blanda AIT. : Mille Lacs, (III) Je. 1890, Sheldon 2313. Rosa sp. indet. : Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman ; St. Louis, (II) Jy. 1886, Holway 3 ; Winona, (II, III) S. 1888, Holzinger; Hennepin, (III) O. 1898, Freeman; Houston, (III) Je. 1899, Lyon 26; (III) 1893, Sheldon 7334- Triphragmium LINK. i. T. clavellosum BERK. Gard. Chron. 1857. On Aralia nudicaulis L. : St. Louis, (III) Jy. 1886, Hol- way 17. JEcidium. ISOLATED FORMS. 1. A. uvulariae SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 69, no. 453. 1822. On Uvularia -perfoliata L. : Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 295 ; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1255. Uvularia grandiftora SM. : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 403; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 526; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 96; Houston, Je. 1900, Lyon 552. Uvularia sessilifolia L. : Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2066. 2. A. iridis GER. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 25: 93. 1870. On Iris versicolor L. : Kanabec, Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2886 ; Houston, My. 1900, Lyon 534. 3. A. convallariae SCHUM. Enum. Plant. Saell. 2: 224. 1803. On Lilium canadense L. : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 400. Polygonatum commutatum (Sen.) DIETR. : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 404. Polygonatum sp. indet. : Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 22. 4. A. orobi PERS. Rom. N. Mag. i : 92. 1794- Probably belongs to Uromyces fabce (P.) DE BARY. (?)On Falcata comosa (L.) KUNTZE : Pope, Jy. 1891, Mac- Millan 5. Apios apios (L.) MAcM. : Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 914. 5. A. lupini PECK, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 46: 33. 1893. On Lupinus -perennis L. : Chisago, Jy. 1892, Taylor 1421. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 555 6. A. thalictri-flavi (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 269. 1884. On Thalictrnin dioicnm L.: Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2306. Thalictrum piirpnrasccns L. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hoi- way 210 (A. thalictri Grev.) ; Ramsey, Je. 1898, Free- man 71 ; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 318. 7. A. ranunculacearum DC. Fl. Fr. 6: 97. 1815. On Anemone canadcnse L. : Winona, Je. 1889, Holzinger, Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman. Anemone quinquefolia L. : Aitkin, Je. 1891, Sheldon 2312 and 2108; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2566. Ranunculus abortivus L. : Wright, My. 1899, Freeman 637^ ; St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 212. The aecidia on R, abortivus L. are not diffused over the entire surface but are aggregated on definite orbicular spots which are at first reddish but become yellow in drying. Spores finely tuberculate polygono-spherical, 20-23 x 17 /*. Not ranunculi Schwein. 8. A. punctatum PERS. Usteri Ann. Bot. 20: 135. 1796. On Thalictrum dioicum L. : Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 416. 9. A. actaeae OPIZ. in Wallr. Fl. Crypt. Germ. 2: 252. 1833. On Actcea alba (L.) MILL. : Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 392- 10. A. cimicifugatum SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Am. Bor. 293. No. 2876. 1831. On Actaa sp. indet. : Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 889. Differs from A. cimicifugatum Schwein. in the long cylin- drical pseudoperidia and in smooth (or almost) spores. Spores 15-17 IJL in diameter. 11. A. clematidis DC. Fl. Fr. 2: 243. 1815. On Clematis virginiana L. : Mille Lacs, Jy. 1892, Shel- don 2764; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 907; Pope, Jy. 1892, MacMillan 6 ; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 106. 12. A. fumariacearum KELL. & SWINGLE, Journ. Myc. 4: 95. 1888. On Bicuculla cucullaria (L.) MILLSP. : Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2203 ; - 1893, Sheldon 5959. 556 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 13. A. geranii DC. Syn. PI. 47. 1806. On Geranium maculatum L. : Crow Wing, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2247 ; Meeker, Je. 1892, Frost 61 ; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 95 ; Ramsay, My. and Je. 1899, Free- man 329 and 419; Winona, Je. 1888, Holzinger. Belongs probably to Uromyces geranii (DC.) Wint. 14. A. impatientis SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. 674. No. 442. 1822. On Impatiens biflora WALT. : Winona, Je. 1889, Hol- zinger; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 826; Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 520; Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 219; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2495. Impatiens sp. indet. : Pope, Jy. 1892, MacMillan 3 ; Wright, Je. 1900, Freeman 686. 15. A. verbenas SPEG. Fung. Argent, i : 56. 1880. On Verbena stricta VENT. : Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1080. 16. A. jacobeae GREV. Fl. Edin. 445. 1824. (A. senecionis DESMAZ.) In European specimens connected with Puccinia Schceleriana Plow, et Magn. On leaves of Senecio aureus L., Ramsey, My. 1899, Free- man 328. 17. A. compositarum MART. Fl. Erlang. 314. 1817. The aecidia on composites vary considerably in the form and color of the spots, the arrangement of the ascidia and in the size and form of the spores. In the absence of necessary knowledge of the life-histories of these forms only a temporary classification is possible. Their separation into varieties based on the hosts is the only convenient method. On Hieracium canadense Michx. : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 396; Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 425. On Adopogon 'virginicum (L.) KUNTZE : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 392. Var. erigerontis WINT. On Erigeron annuus (L.) PERS. : Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 85- Var. prenanthis (P.) WALLR. Fl. Crypt. Germ. no. 1773. 1833- On Nabalus sp. indet. : Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 12 ; Chi- sago, Je. 1899, Freeman 423. Freeman : MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 557 Var. lactucae BURRILL, Bull. 111. St. Lab. Nat. Hist. 2 : 232. 1885. On Lactuca canadcnsis L. : Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 475 ; Ramsey, Je. 1898, Freeman 69 ; Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 418. Lactuca ludoviciana (NuTT.) DC. : Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 291^ and 244. Lactuca sp. indet. : Ramsey, My. Freeman 344 ; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 594. Var. liatrii WEBBER, Journ. Myc. 5. 1889. On Laciniaria sp. indet. : Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 514. Var. helianthi BURRILL, 1. c. 232. On Hclianthus divaricatus L. : Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Shel- don 281. Helianthus sp. indet. : Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Taylor 265. Var. eupatorii (ScHw.) BURRILL, 1. c. 231. On Eupatorium -purpureum L. : Ramsey, Je. 1899, Free- man 464. Eupatorium perfoliatum L. : Brown, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1058 ; Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 308 and 521 ; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1340. Eupatorium ageratoides L. : Ramsey, Je. 1898, Freeman 70. 18. A. asterum SCHWEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 67, No. 444. 1822. On Solidago flexicaulis L. : Waseca, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 657. Solidago serotina AIT. : Mille Lacs, Jy. 1892, Sheldon 2790. Solidago sp. indet. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 141 (A. compositaruiri] ; Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 207 ; Mille Lacs, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2451 ; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 595. Aster sagittifolius WILLD. : Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 258. ' Aster sp. indet.: Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 566; Hous- ton, Je. 1899, Lyon 14; Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 398. Euthamia graminifolia (L.) NUTT. : Chisago, Je. 1899, Freeman 430; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1339. 558 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 19. A. pustulatum CURT., Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 23 : 60. 1869. On Comandra umbcUata (L.) NUTT. : Winona, Je. 1888, Holzinger ; Wright, Je. 1900, Freeman 691; Ramsey, Je. 1899, Freeman 394 ; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 490 ; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 90. Very abundant throughout the State. 20. A. jamesianum PECK, Bot. Gaz. 5 : 34. 1880. On Asclepias syriaca L. : Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1078. Asclepias tuberosa L. : Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 787. Acerates viridiflora (RAF.) EATOX : Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon. 21. A. lysimachiae (SCHL.) WALLR. Fl. Crypt. Germ. No. 1770. 1833. On Steironcma ciliatum (L.) RAF. : Pine, Je. 1899, Free- man 503. 22. A. grossulariae PERS. Syn. Meth. Fung. (?). 1801. (A. grossularice SCHUM. Enum. Plant. Saell. 2 : 223. 1803.) Abundant everywhere. On Ribes gracile MICHX. : Winona, My. 1886, Holzinger ; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 826^; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 315. Ribes floridum L'HER. : Le Sueur, Je. 1891, Sheldon 233 ; Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 375 ; Ramsey, My. 1899, Freeman 326; Wright, Je. 1900, Lyon 550; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon. Ribes cynosbati L. : Aitkin, Je. 1892, Sheldon 2291 ; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 660 ; Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 935; Chisago, Je. 1892, Taylor 1307. Ribes sp. indet. : Blue Earth, Je. 1891, Sheldon 375; Hennepin, My. 1891, Sheldon; Meeker, Je. 1892, Frost 33; Lake, Je. 1893, Sheldon 4928; Hennepin, 1893, Sheldon 5966 ; Houston, Je. 1900, Lyon 551; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 598; Houston, Je. 1899, Lyon 13. 23. A. hydnoideum B. & C. Grev. 3: 61. 1874. On Dirca palustris L. : Chisago, S. 1891, Sheldon, 1984^ ; Crow Wing, Jy. 1893, Ballard 1496 and 1646; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 579. Freeman: MINNESOTA UREDINE^E. 559 24. A. hydrophylli PECK, Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 26: 78. 1874. On HydrophyUwn -cirginicnm L. : Mille Lacs, Je. 1891, Sheldon 2475 and 2822 ; Ramsay, Je. 1899, Freeman 397 ; Wright, My. 1900, Freeman 600. 25. A. pammelii TREL. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sc.A.andL. 6: 33. 1884. On Euphorbia corollata L. : Houston, Jy. 1899, Lyon. 26. A. peckii DETONI, Syll. Fung. 7: 790. 1888. On Onagra biennis (L.) SCOP. : Pope, Jy. 1891, Taylor 865; Waseca,Je. 1891, Sheldon 510 ; Waseca, Je. 1892, Taylor 479; Ramsey, Jy. 1898, Freeman 72; Hennepin, My. 1899, Freeman 337 ; Pine, Je. 1899, Freeman 508 and 498. 27. A. phrymae HALST. Journ. Myc. 2: 52. 1886. On Phryma leptostachya L. : Waseca, Je. 1891, Sheldon 564; Brown, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1000. 28. A. fraxini SCHVVEIN. Syn. Fung. Car. Sup. 66. No. 430. 1822. On Fraxinus Americana L. : Lincoln, Ag. 1891, Sheldon 1520; Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1205. Fraxinus sp. indet. : Brown, Jy. 1891, Sheldon 1076; Kandiyohi, Jy. 1892, Frost 292. Peridermium LEV. 1. P. balsameum PK. Rep. N. Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. 27: 104. 1875. On Abies balsamea (L.) MILL. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Hoi- way 208. The spores of this specimen are uniformly smaller than those described by Peck and agree more nearly with those of A. elatinnm. No distortion of the branches has been reported. The spores measure 14 x 17— 2O//. 2. P. abietinum (A. & S.) THUM. var. decolorans THUM. On Picea mariana (MILL.) B.S.P. : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 93. The spores agree with those of the ascidia of Chrysomyxa ledi, to which this species supposedly belongs. 560 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Uredo. ISOLATED FORMS. 1. U. polypodii (P.) DC. Fl. Fr. 6: 81. 1815. On Cystopteris fragilis BERNH. : Houston, Jy. 1899, Lyon 217. 2. U. agrimoniae-eupatoriae (DC.) WINT. Die Pilze i1 : 252. 1884. On Agrimonia hirsuta (MuHL.) BICKNELL : St. Louis, Jy. 1886, Holway 209. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XXXII. XXX. A NEW SPECIES OF ALARIA. DE ALTON SAUNDERS. During the summer of 1896 while investigating some physio- logical problems in the Hopkins Sea-side laboratory, the writer collected an Alaria which did not seem to agree with any of the described species. No specimens of the Pacific coast Ala- rias were at hand for comparison and the writer being loath to add further to the synonymy of this variable group laid the plant aside until a favorable opportunity for study should pre- sent itself. Recently a specimen of this plant with several other species of Alaskan algas was submitted to Dr. Kjellman who pronounced it a new species, related to his A. -prcelonga and A. angusta. Alaria curtipes nov. sp. (Plate XXXIII.) Plant of medium size, one to three or more meters long, dark olive brown, coriaceous ; stipe very short (1-4 cm. long), firm, robust, black, narrowed below, but little flattened above ; rachis short, somewhat compressed, gradually passing into the midrib ; blade linear or narrowly lanceolate, 1-3 dcm. wide, narrowed above ; midrib prominent, 1-2 cm. broad, projecting equally on both surfaces of the blade, quadrangular in cross section ; spor- ophylls ovate, lanceolate or elliptical, obtusely rounded above, 2-3 cm. wide, 7-15 cm. long, 16-40 or more borne sedately on a distinct stalk 5-10 mm. long ; fruiting area confined to the lower half of the sporophylls. Abundant on exposed rocky points on the central Californian coast, Monterey bay, Carmel bay, and Point Sur. A. curtipes is related to A. prcelonga * Kjellm., and A. an- gusta f Kjellm. but according to Dr. Kjellman's comparison " Differs from A. prcelonga in its broader midrib and its shorter * Kjellman. Om Beringshafv. Algflora, p. 38, T. 4, Figs. 1-4. f Ibidem, p. 38, T. 3, Figs. 1-4. 561 562 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. and more robust stipe. It differs from A. angusta especially in the form of the sporophylls." EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. Figure i. Mature plant reduced yz ; a, b, c, d, young plants, showing different stages of development. Figure 2. Cross section of sporophylls, X 400. Figure 3. Section of midrib, x 2. XXXI. A PRELIMINARY LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACE^:. F. K. BUTTERS. During the past fifteen years numerous collections of Min- nesota fungi have been made by E. W. D. Holway, Esq., Dr. A. P. 'Anderson, Messrs. E. P. Sheldon, E. M. Freeman and others. The list given below comprises records of all the Xylariacese which have been collected within the State and deposited in the herbarium of the University of Minnesota. In each case the county in which the collection was made is cited, with the date of collection, and such other information as is deemed of special value. A list of the fungi collected by Holway was included in Professor J. C. Arthur's report on botanical work in Minnesota for the year 1886,* but they are included in the present list for the sake of completeness. Some of Mr. Sheldon's specimens as well as the fungi included in Professor Arthur's list have been previously determined, but in all cases the fungi reported in the following list have been ex- amined personally by the author and he takes the sole respon- sibility for their correct determination. In cases where the determinations as given in Arthur's list have been altered the name as it appears in that list has been inserted in parentheses after the citation of the collection. In all cases in which the nomenclature employed departs from that found in Ellis and Everhart's North American Py- renomycetes, the name employed in that work is inserted as a synonym. It is to be noted that the specimens distributed by Ellis f as Hypoxylon rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr. are certainly of a different species from those distributed by de Thiimen \ and other Euro- * Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota, Bulletin No. 3, Oct. i, 1887. t Ellis & Everhart. North American Fungi, 1949, Fungi Columbiani, 1324. \Mycotheca unt'versatis, 1071. 563 564 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. pean authors. De Thiimen's specimens are cited by Winter * and are probably authentic. The specimens distributed by Ellis cannot be Hypoxylon rubiginosum (Pers.) Fr. They agree with the fungus upon Magnolia described by Berkeley f as Hypoxylon epiphceum B. & C. (in some works spelled epiphlceum} and the species has been so cited in the following list. In all, nineteen species of Xylariaceae are included in the list given below. They are distributed among five genera as fol- lows : Nummularia, 3 ; Ustulina, i ; Hypoxylon, 12 ; Daldinia, 2 ; Xylaria, i. Owing to the somewhat desultory manner in which these col- lections of fungi have been made, many species which doubtless occur in the State have not been collected as yet, while some of the more abundant and more noticeable species have been col- lected many times. 1. Nummularia nummularia (BULLIARD) SCHROET. Krypt. Fl. von Pilze II. 459. 1897. (N. bulliardi TUL.) Hennepin, April 1890, Sheldon 14, on Qiiercus; \ Sheldon 575 1% ; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 658 on ^iiercus; Hennepin, September 1900, Butters 75, on Acer; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 50, on Acer. 2. Nummularia repanda (FRIES) NITSCHKE, Pyrenomycetes Germanici, p. 57. 1867. Hennepin, May 1893, Sheldon 5428, on Cornusf erumpent through the bark; , Sheldon 5765; , Sheldon ;. Nummularia lateritia ELLIS & EVERHART, New Species of North American Fungi, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philadel- phia, p. 144. 1893. On bark. Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4193, on Populus; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4197 ; Ramsey, May 1893, Sheldon 4327, on Acer ; , Sheldon 5928, on Populus. \. Ustulina maxima (HALLER) SCHROTER, Kryptogamen Flora von Schlesien, Pilze II. p. 465. 1897. (Ustulina vulgaris TUL.) *Die Pilze, II., p. 860. t Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV. 52. 1875. JMr. Sheldon's last field note-book is missing, his collections concerning which no field notes can be found are indicated as above. Butters: LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACE^E. 565 Crow Wing, June 1892, Sheldon 2238; Ramsey, August 1893, Sheldon 5528 ; Hennepin, June 1890, Sheldon 5696 ; , Sheldon 6138^3 ; Hennepin, May 1899, Freeman 306 ; Ramsey, June 1899, Freeman 380 ; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 650^. Conidial stage : Wright, June 1900, Freeman 684. 5. Hypoxylon petersii BERKELEY & CURTIS, On a Collection of Fungi from Cuba, Journ. Linn. Soc., X., p. 384. 1869. Houston, August 1899, Wheeler 476, on decayed log ; Hen- nepin, September 1900, Freeman 702, on Jfyiercus. 6. Hypoxylon fuscum (PERS.) FRIES, Summa Veg. Scand. p. 384. 1849. On bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 119, on Alnus; St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 151, on Alnus; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon 4195 ; Lake, June 1893, Sheldon 4749, on Alnus; Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5372; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 51, on Ostrya. 7. Hypoxylon commutation NITSCHKE, Pyrenomycetes Ger- manici, p. 33. 1867. On bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 144, on Alnus; Lake, June 1893, Sheldon 4484, on Betula; Hennepin, May 1891. Sheldon 5904, on Tilia. 8. Hypoxylon granulosum BULLAIRD, Champ. Fr. 176. 1791 (H. multiforme FR.) Summa Veg. Scand. p. 384. 1849. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 248, on Alnus (Hypoxylon commutatum Holwayanum Sacc. Holway); St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 262, on Betula; St. Louis, June 1893, Shel- don 4669; Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5490, on wood; , Sheldon 6012, on Betula; erumpent through the bark. 9. Hypoxylon morsel BERKELEY & CURTIS, Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV., p. 51. 1875. Erumpent through the bark. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 41, on Betula {Hypoxylon transversum Schw. Holway) ; St. Louis, July 1886, Hol- way 99, on Alnus; Le Sueur, June 1891, Taylor, 364; Hennepin, May 1891, Sheldon; Crow Wing, June 1892, 566 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Sheldon 2054, on JQiicrcus; Hennepin, April 1891, Shel- don 4178, on £>itercus; Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5201, on Qiiercus; Hennepin, May 1893, Sheldon 5426, on JQttcrctis; , Sheldon 6138; , Sheldon 6244; on Qiiercus; Wright, June 1900, Lyon542, on Rhns ; Chisago, September 1900, Lyon & Butters, on Qiicrcus. 10. Hypoxylon annulatum (Scuw.) MONTAGNE, Sylloge Cryp- togramarum, p. 213. 1856. Cass, August 1893, Anderson 674, on wood. u. Hypoxylon marginatum BERKELEY, On a Collection of Fungi from Cuba. Part II., Journ. Lin. Soc., X., p. 499. 1869. Dakota, July 1893, Sheldon 5194 on bark. 12. Hypoxylon rubiginosum (PERS.) FRIES, Summa Veg. Scand., p. 384. 1849. On wood. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 193 {Hypoxylon ferrugineum Fr. Holway & Ellis), Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5484; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 630. 13. Hypoxylon perforatum (ScHw.) FRIES, Summa Veg. Scand., p. 384. 1849. , Sheldon 5904^ ; - — , Sheldon 6133. 14. Hypoxylon epiphaeum BERKELEY & CURTIS, Notices of North American Fungi, Grevillea, IV., p. 52. 1875. Hypoxylon rubiginosum Ellis & Everhart, North American Fungi, No. 1949, not H. rubiginosum (Pers.) Fries. Hypoxylon epiphlceum B. & C. On wood. Le Sueur, June 1891, Taylor 435; Brown, July 1891, Sheldon 1027, on Tilia ; Ramsey, July 1893, Sheldon 5503, on Acer? (young form). 15. Hypoxylon atropurpureum (FRIES) FRIES, Summa Veg. Scand., p. 384. 1849. On wood. Le Sueur, June 1891, Sheldon 94; Brown, July 1891, Sheldon 1027^, on Tilia; Ramsey, August 1893, Sheldon 5669; , Sheldon 5751, on ££ticrctis ; , Sheldon 6236. Butters: LIST OF MINNESOTA XYLARIACE^E. 567 16. Hypoxylon serpens (PERS.) FRIES, Summa Veg, Scand., p. 384. 1849. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 265, on Popitlns. 17. Daldinia tuberosa (Scop.) Voss. Myc. Carn. 180. 1891. (D. concentrica (BOLT.) C. & N.) Schema di Classifica- zione degli Sferiacei Italic! aschigeri, Comment. Soc. Crit- tog. Ital., I., p. 198. 1863. St. Louis, July 1886, Holway 256 ; Ramsey, September 1889, Sheldon, 18 ; Ramsey, May 1890, Sheldon 4340 ; Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4191; Blue Earth, June 1891, Sheldon 408; Crow Wing, June 1892, Sheldon 2186; Hennepin, August 1893, Sheldon 5590; Henne- pin, September 1893, Sheldon 5695 ; Cass, July 1893, Anderson 521 ; Cass, September 1898, MacMillan & Free- man 108 ; Wright, May 1900, Freeman 650 ; Wright, May 1900, Freeman, 654; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 85 ; Hennepin, September 1900, Butters 71 ; Hen- nepin, September 1900, Butters 73. Conidial stage. Waseca, July 1891, Taylor 670; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 87 ; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 62. 18. Daldinia vernicosa (Scnw.) CESATI & DE NOTARIS, Schema di classificazione degli Sferiacei Italici aschigeri, Comment. Soc. Crittog. Ital. I, p. 198. 1863. Ramsey, May 1890, Sheldon; Chisago, September 1900, Butters 86; Hennepin, October 1900, Butters 55 ; Henne- pin, October 1900, Butters 88. 19. Xylaria clavata (Scop.) SCHRANCK, Baierische Flora, II., p. 566. 1789. ( Xylaria -polymorpha (Pers.) Greville.) Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4170; Hennepin, April 1891, Sheldon 4182 ; Hennepin, August 1893, Sheldon 5581 ; , Sheldon 6138^; Hennepin, July 1899, Butters; Hennepin, September 1900, Freeman 784. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART PLATE XXXIII. XXXII. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY IN MINNESOTA. W. A. WHEELER. During August, 1900, collections were made by the Botanical Survey in the valley of the Red River of the North. Professor Conway MacMillan, A. S. Skinner andC. J. Hibbard explored the region around Crookston through Polk and Red Lake counties and Professor C. A. Ballard visited Kittson, Marshall and Otter Tail counties. Professor MacMillan's party visited Crookston, Shirley, Holmes station and the region around Maple lake near Dugdale and Mentor in Polk county and Thief River Falls, Red lake Falls, St. Hilaire, Wylie and Ives in Red Lake county. Professor Ballard visited St. Vincent, Humboldt, Northcote, Hallock and Kennedy in Kittson county, Marshall in Warren county and Fergus Falls in Otter Tail county. The collections made at these stations, scattered as they are through the Minnesota part of the Red River valley give a good representation of the late summer flora of this region. The following plants were gathered of which there have been no definite authentic collections previously reported from Minnesota. Puccincllia airoides (NuTT.) WATS. & COULT. Elynius macouni VASEY. Scirpus campestris BRITTON. Juncus dud ley i WIEGAND. Rumex occidentalis S. WATS. Chenopodinm ambrosioides L. Atriplcx patula L. Potentilla ejfusa DOUGL. Chamcerhodos erecta (L.) BUNGE. Lappula americana (A. GRAY) RYDBERG. Chrysopsis hispida (HooK.) NUTT. 569 570 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. As a result of the reconnoissance 325 species of flowering plants are reported below, 73 of which are monocotyledons and 252 dicotyledons. Concerning the explorations made by Professor C. A. Ballard he wrote as follows under date of September i, 1900 : The object of the present work was to examine certain portions of the Red River valley to determine (i) whether the soil of the sections under examination contained saline or alkaline ingredients in sufficient quantities to produce a distinctively characteristic vegetation, and (2) to note the extent of territory affected by such conditions. I found it very difficult to obtain definite information as to the most pronounced alkaline regions of the valley, so that the territory covered is a part only of the sections under discussion. I examined first, the vegetation, littoral and aquatic, of Mineral, Alkali and Horse Shoe lakes. These lakes are situated south and east of Fergus Falls, Otter Tail Co., and are more or less strongly alkaline. Of the three examined Mineral lake alone has a vegetation differing from that of the surrounding country. I have collected in this lake Ruppia occidental, in former years although unable find it at this time. It is without doubt growing in the lake. Around the margin of the lake three or four chenopods grow luxuriantly, next spent about two weeks in the northern part of the valley collect- ing in the vicinity of the following towns : St. Vincent, Humboldt, Northcote, Hallock and Kennedy in Kittson Co., and Warren i Marshall Co. The monotonous dead level of the prairie is broken occasionally by small streams each with its fringe of trees. The surface wells of region visited are alkaline, some of them decidedly so. This shows I entire soil to be alkaline to a certain extent. These wells are from 15 to 25 feet deep. Many deep wells have been sunk throughou valley, those in Kittson Co. generally yielding a strong brine ( if more than 70 feet deep. I visited one such flowing well at . boldt, the waters of which had killed all the vegetation for rods a the path of the flow. These conditions are so recent however that no marked halophytic vegetation has developed. Near a similar well al Northcote I found Salicornia growing abundantly within narrow h Besides these localities of artificial conditions there is an occasi. salt spring in the valley, notably one on "Two Rivers" some west of Hallock. I was unable to reach this spring, depressions in the surface of the prairie also often show slight i tions of an alkaline salt. At Hallock I had the good fortune to examine the herbarium of G. A. Gunnarson, the Auditor of Kittson Co. This herbarium o: to 300 plants represents the collections of several years in the imme- Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 571 diate vicinity of Hallock. These plants were the ordinary types of the prairie and woodland of that region. One plant, however, Plantago eriopoda, is worthy of note as being a salt lover; it was collected 15 miles southeast of Hallock on sandy alkali soil. I afterwards found this plant growing sparsely six miles east of Warren. As a result of my observations I draw the following conclusions: The soil of the entire valley is alkaline. The alkalinity is strongly marked in small localities only, which are popularly called " alkali spots." In Kittson and Marshall counties there are a few similar " salt spots," natural and artificial. There are few halophytes in the valley; I found but two which I considered purely halophytic, these are B. 2680 Salicornia, growing in a coulee which had formerly drained a salt well at Northcote; and B. 2789 Plantago, growing in somewhat elevated sandy soil near Warren. There are also four chenopods, B. 2701, B. 2702, B. 2787, and B. 2576, which are semi-halophytic in character. These grow quite generally in many places in the valley, but are most numerous and luxuriant on the beaches of alkali lakes and ponds and in the vicinity of alkali spots. A more thorough study of the region visited will doubtless add to the list of halophytes of the State and certainly extend the range of those already noted. The principal object of Professor MacMillan, in his visit to the valley, was to secure a series of characteristic photographs of vegetation and portraits of plants to illustrate the flora of the region. There are presented herewith some views selected by him and made under his direction by Mr. C. J. Hibbard, Pho- tographer of the Survey. They will serve to give an idea of the vegetation-sheet in the district covered by the list and will indi- cate some details of ecological distribution as suggested in the descriptions of the plates written by Professor MacMillan. LIST OF SPECIES. SPARGANIACE.E. Sparganium eurycarpum ENGELM. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 430. 1856. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 131, Maple lake; 398, Holmes. Sparganium simplex HUDS. Fl. Angl. Ed. 2, 401. 1788. Coll.: Ballard 2581, Humboldt. 572 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. NAIADACEvE. Potamogeton perfoliatus L. Sp. PI. 126. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2651, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 173, Maple lake. Potamogeton pectinatus L. Sp. PL 126. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2652, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 172, Maple lake. SCHEUCHZERIACE^:. . Triglochin maritima L. Sp. PI. 339. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 112, Dugdale. ALISMACE^E. Alisma plantago-aquatica L. Sp. PI. 342. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2583, Humboldt ; 2746, Hallock ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 24, 417, Crookston. Sagittaria latifolia WILLD. Sp. PI. 409. 1806. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 10, Crookston ; 370, Holmes. Sagittaria arifolia NUTT. ; J. G. Smith, Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6: 32. 1894. Coll. : Ballard 2580, Humboldt; 2657, St. Vincent. Previously reported from Minnesota by J. G. Smith in Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6: 33. 1895. NYMPKEACE.E. Nymphaea advena SOLAND, in Ait. Hort. Kew. 2 : 226. 1789. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 396, Holmes. VALLISNERIACE^. Philotria canadensis (Micnx.) BRITTON, Science (II) 2:5. 1895. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 23, Crookston. GRAMINE^. Andropogon scoparius MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 57. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 254, Crookston. Andropogon furcatus MUHL. : Willd. Sp. PI. 4 : 919. 1806. Coll.: Ballard 2598, Humboldt; 2769, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 357, Shirley. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 573 Chrysopogon avenaceus (MicHx.) BENTH. Journ. Linn. Soc. 19 : 73. 1881. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 64, Crookston. Panicum crus-galli L. Sp. PL 56. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2589, Humboldt ; 2699, Northcote ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 128, 129, Maple lake. Panicum pubescens LAM. Encycl. 4: 748. 1797. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 138, Maple lake. Panicum virgatum L. Sp. PI. 59. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 341, 342, Crookston. Panicum capillare L. Sp. PI. 58. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2541, Fergus Falls; 2663, St. Vincent. Chaetochloa viridis (L.) SCRIBN. U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Agros. Bui. 4: 39. 1897. Coll. : Ballard 2525, Fergus Falls; 2686, Northcote. Zizania aquatica L. Sp. PI. 991. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 134, Maple lake. Muhlenbergia racemosa (Micnx.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 67. 1888. Coll. : Ballard 2693, Northcote; 2754, Hallock ; MacMil- lan & Skinner 99, 101, Dugdale. Alopecurus geniculatus L. Sp. PI. 60. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2584, Humboldt; 2747, Hallock; Mac- Millan & Skinner 305, 306, Crookston. Sporpbolus brevifolius (NuTT.) SCRIBN. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 39- l895- Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 329, Crookston. Sporobolus cuspidatus (TORR.) WOOD, Bot. & Fl. 385. 1870. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 275, St. Hilaire ; 384, Holmes. Sporobolus heterolepis A. GRAY, Man. 576. 1848. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 387, Holmes. Agrostis alba L. Sp. PI. 63. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 233, Crookston. 574 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Spartina cynosuroides (L.) WILLD. Enum. 80. 1809. Coll.: Ballard 2585, Humboldt; 2695, Northcote ; 2762, Hallock; 2794, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 52, Crookston. Bouteloua oligostachya (NuTT.) TORR. ; A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 553- 1856. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 103, Dugdale. Bouteloua curtipendula (Micnx.) TORR. Emory's Rep. 153. 1848. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 46, Crookston. Beckmannia erucaeformis ( L. ) HOST, Gram. Austr. 3:5. 1805 . Coll. : Ballard 2588, Humboldt ; 2634, St. Vincent ; 2714, Northcote; 2745, Hallock; 2778, Warren ; MacMillan & Skinner 100, Dugdale; 361, Crookston. Phragmites phragmites (L.) KARST. Deutsch Fl. 379. 1880-83. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 394, Holmes. Eragrostis hypnoides (LAM.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 69. 1888. Coll. : Ballard 2672, St. Vincent; 2751, Hallock. Kceleria cristata (L.) PERS. Syn. i : 97. 1805. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 102, Dugdale; 337, Crook- ston. Panicularia americana (TORR.) MAcM. Met. Minn. Val. 81. 1892. Coll. : Ballard 2582, Humboldt. Puccinellia airoides (NUTT.) WATS. & COULT. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 668. 1890. Coll. : Ballard 2528, Fergus Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Bromus ciliatus L. Sp. PI. 76. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2782, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 35, Crookston ; 106, Dugdale. Bromus purgans L. Sp. PL 76. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2666, St. Vincent; 2755, Hallock ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 28, Crookston. Bromus kalmii A. GRAY, Man. 600. 1848. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 105, Dugdale. Agropyron repens (L.) BEAUV. Agrost. 146. 1812. Coll. : Ballard 2621, Humboldt; 2715, Northcote. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 575 Agropyron tenerum VASEY, Coult. Bot. Gaz. 10 : 258. 1885. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 304, 335, Crookston ; Ballard 2569, St. Vincent. Hordeum jubatum L. Sp. PI. 85. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2520, Fergus Falls. Elymus virginicus L. Sp. PI. 84. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2629, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 235, Crookston. Elymus canadensis L. Sp. PI. 83. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2599, Humboldt ; 2713, Northcote ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 68, Crookston ; 267, St. Hilaire. Elymus macouni VASEY, Bull. Torr. Club, 13: 119. 1886. Coll. : Ballard 2570, St. Vincent. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Hystrix hystrix (L.) MILLSP. Fl. W. Va. 474. 1892. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 107, Maple lake; 265, St. Hilaire. CYPERACEiE. Cyperus diandrus TORR. Cat. PL N. Y. 90. 1819. Coll. : Ballard 2537, Fergus Falls. Cyperus speciosus VAHL, Enum. 2 : 364. 1806. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 130, Maple lake. Eleocharis aciculails (L.) R. & S. Syst. 2 : 154. 1817. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 141, Maple lake. Eleocharis intermedia (MUHL.) SCHULTES, Mant. 2 : 91. 1824. Coll. : Ballard 2656, St. Vincent. Scirpus lacustris L. Sp. PI. 48. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2587, St. Vincent, MacMillan & Skinner 104, Maple lake. Scirpus campestris BRITTON, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. I : 267. 1896. Coll. : Ballard 2539, 2544, Fergus Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Scirpus atrovirens MUHL. Gram. 43. 1817. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 126, 127, Dugdale ; 390, Holmes; 310, Crookston. 576 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Carex utriculata BOOTT; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 221. 1840. Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 139, Maple lake; 381, Holmes. Carex retrorsa SCHWEIN. Ann. Lye. N. Y. i : 71. 1824. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 423, Crookston. Carex fusca ALL. Fl. Fed. 2 : 269. 1785. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 133, Maple lake. Carex cristatella BRITTON, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. 1 : 357. 1896. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 249, Red Lake Falls. Carex sychnocephala CAREY, Am. Journ. Sci. (II.) 4 : 24. 1847. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 307, Crookston. ARACE^E. Arisaema triphyllum (L.) TORR. Fl. N. Y. 2 : 239. 1843. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 237, Gentilly. Calla palustris L. Sp. PI. 968. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 174, Maple lake. Acorus calamus L. Sp. PI. 324. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 282, Thief River Falls. LEMNACEJE. Lemna trisulca L. Sp. PI. 970. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2654, St- Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 410, Holmes. Lemna minor L. Sp. PI. 970. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2546, Fergus Falls. JUNCACE^E. Juncus balticus WILLD. Berlin Mag. 3: 298. 1809. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 136, Maple lake; 401, Holmes. Juncus vaseyi ENGELM. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. 2:450. 1866. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 135, Maple lake. Juncus dudleyi WIEGAND, Bull. Torr. Club, 27: 524. 1900. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 137, Maple lake; 276, Wylie. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 577 Not previously reported from Minnesota. Many specimens however have been previously collected and reported as Juncus tennis Willd. Juncus nodosus L. Sp. PL Ed. 2, 466. 1762. Coll. : Ballard 2741, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 373, Holmes. Juncus torreyi COVILLE, Bull. Torr. Club, 22 : 303. 1895. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 340, Crookston. Juncus acuminatus MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 192. 1802. Coll. : Ballard 2743, Hallock. LILIACE^E. Allium stellatum KER, Bot. Mag. pi. 1576. 1813. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 63, Crookston ; 87, Dugdale. CONVALLARIACEJE. Vagnera racemosa (L.) MORONG, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 114. 1894. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 148, Maple lake. Vagnera stellata (L.) MORONG,- Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 114. 1894. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 218, Crookston. Unifolium canadense (DESF.) GREENE, Bull. Torr. Club, 15: 287. 1888. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 147, Maple lake. Polygonatum commutatum (R. & S.) DIETR. ; Otto & Dietr. Gartenz. 3 : 222. 1835. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 17, Crookston. SMILACE^E. Smilax herbacea L. Sp. PI. 1030. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 18, 319, Crookston; Ballard 2758, Hallock. IRIDACE^E. Iris versicolor L. Sp. PI. 39. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 308, Crookston. SALICACE^:. Populus balsamifera L. Sp. PI. 1034. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 278, Ives. 578 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Salix lucida MUHL. Neue Schrift. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin 4 : 239. •pL 6.f. j, 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 366, Holmes. BETULACE^E. Corylus americana WALT. Fl. Car. 236. 1788. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 415, Crookston. Betula papyrifera MARSH. Arb. Am. 19. 1785. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 178, Maple lake. Betula glandulosa MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 180. 1803. Coll. : Ballard 2803, Warren. Alnus alnobetula (EHRH.) K. KOCH, Dendr. 2: Part i, 625. 1872. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 151, Maple lake. FAGACE^E. Quercus alba L. Sp. PI. 996. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2753, Hallock. Quercus macrocarpa MICHX. Hist. Chen. Am. 2. pL 23. 1801. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 280, Thief River Falls. HORACES. Humulus lupulus L. Sp. PI. 1028. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 26, Crookston. URTICACE^E. Urtica gracilis AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 341. 1789. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 199, Crookston. Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 635. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 193, Crookston. POLYGONACE.E. Rumex verticillatus L. Sp. PI. 334. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 158, Maple lake. Rumex occidentalis S. WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 12 : 253. 1876. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 270, Thief River Falls. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 579 Rumex crispus L. Sp. PL 335. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2628,81. Vincent; 2777, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 189, Crookston ; 389, Holmes. Rumex persicarioides L. Sp. PI. 335. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2638,81. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 155, Maple lake. Polygonum emersum (Micnx.) BRITTON, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 8: 73. 1889. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 412, Crookston. Polygonum lapathifolium L. Sp. PL 360. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 2, Crookston ; 294, Maple lake; Ballard 2590, Humboldt ; 2673, St. Vincent. Polygonum persicaria L. Sp. PL 361. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 6, Crookston. Polygonum punctatum ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. i : 455. 1817. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 293, Maple lake; Ballard 2530, Fergus Falls. Polygonum littorale LINK in Schrad. Journ. i : 54. 1799. Coll. : Ballard 2643, 2670, St. Vincent; 2685, Northcote. Polygonum erectum L. Sp. PL 363. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2720, Kennedy. Polygonum exsertum SMALL, Bull. Torr. Club, 21 : 172. 1894. Coll. : Ballard 2786, Warren. Polygonum ramosissimum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 237. 1803. Coll. : Ballard 2551, 2636,81. Vincent; 2600, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 142, Dugdale. Polygonum convolvulus L. Sp. PL 364. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2602, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 56, Crookston. Polygonum scandens L. Sp. PL 364. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 167, Maple lake. CHENOPODIACE^E. Chenopodium album L. Sp. PL 219. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2552, 2575, St. Vincent; 2740, Hallock ; 2527, Fergus Falls ; 2708, Northcote ; 2594, Humboldt ; 2721, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 19, Crookston. 119, Maple lake. 580 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chenopodium glaucum L. Sp. PL 220. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2529, 2531, Fergus Falls ; 2576, St. Vincent. Chenopodium leptophyllum (MooJ NUTT. : Moq. in DC. Prodr. 13, Part 2, 71. As synonym. 1849. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 332, Crookston. Chenopodium hybridum L. Sp. PI. 219. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2558, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 225, Crookston. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Sp. PI. 219. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2635, St. Vincent; 2595, Humboldt ; 2687, Northcote; 2761, Hallock ; 2787, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 424, Crookston. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Atriplex patula L. Sp. PI. 1053. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2577, St. Vincent; 2614, 2625, Humboldt; 2702, Northcote ; 2760, 2771, Hallock; 2722, Kennedy; 2772, Warren; 2532, Fergus Falls. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Salicornia herbacea L. Sp. PI. Ed. 2, 5. 1762. Coll. : Ballard 2680, Northcote. "Growing locally along the -drainage from a salt well. No other plants found growing with it." Ballard. Dondia depressa (PURSH) BRITTO.N in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. /. /jpj. i: 585. 1896. Coll.: Ballard 2613, 2618, Humboldt; 3701, Northcote; 2759, Hallock; 2793, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 113, Dugdale; 408, Crookston. AMARANTHACE^E. Amaranthus retroflexus L. Sp. PL 991. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2632, St. Vincent; 2707, Northcote; 2717, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 321, Crookston. Amaranthus blitoides S. WATS. Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 273. 1877- Coll. : Ballard 2543, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner, 407, Crookston. Amaranthus graecizans L. Sp. PL 990. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2658, St. Vincent; 2603, Humboldt; 2691, Northcote; 2718, Kennedy. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 581 NYCTAGINACE^E. Allionia hirsuta PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 728. 1814. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 91, Dugdale. CARYOPHYLLACE^E. Agrostemma githago L. Sp. PI. 435. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 125, Dugdale. Silene antirrhina L. Sp. PI. 419. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 124, Dugdale. Vaccaria vaccaria (L.) BRITTON, in Britton & Brown 111. Fl. 2 : 18. 1897. Coll. : Ballard 2671, St. Vincent. Alsine media L. Sp. PI. 272. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2736, Kennedy. CERATOPHYLLACE^E. Ceratophyllum demersum L. Sp. PL 992. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2654^, St. Vincent. RANUNCULACEjE. Actsea alba (L.) MILL. Card. Diet. Ed. 8, No. 2. 1768. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 140, Maple lake. Anemone cylindrica A. GRAY, Ann. Lye. N. Y. 3 : 221. 1836. Coll. : Ballard 2606, Humboldt. Anemone virginiana L. Sp. PI. 540. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2526, Fergus Falls ; MacMillan & Skinner 27, Crookston. Anemone canadensis L. Syst. Ed. 12, 3: App. 231. 1768. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 39, Crookston. Clematis virginiana L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 275. 1759. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 186, Maple lake. Ranunculus scleratus L. Sp. PI. 551. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2644, St. Vincent; 2586, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 427, Crookston. Ranunculus pennsylvanicus L. f. Suppl. 272. 1781. Coll.: Ballard 2507, Fergus Falls; 2642, St. Vincent; 2756, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 22, Crookston ; 288, Maple lake. 582 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Oxygraphis cymbalaria (PURSH) PRANTL, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl. Fam. 3: Abt. 2, 63. 1891. Coll.: Ballard 2508, Fergus Falls; 2645, St. Vincent; 2788, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 409, Holmes. Thalictrum purpurascens L. Sp. PI. 546. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 32, Crookston. BERBERIDACEjE. Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 205. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 286, Thief River Falls. MENISPERMACE^:. Menispermum canadense L. Sp. PI. 340. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2661, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 194, Crookston. CRUCIFER^E. Thlaspi arvense L. Sp. PI. 646. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2573, St. Vincent; 2579, Humboldt ; 2690, North cote. Roripa palustris (L.) BESS. Enum. 27. 1821. Coll. : Ballard 2709, Northcote ; MacMillan and Skinner 214, Crookston. Roripa hispida (DESV.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 169. 1894. Coll. : Ballard 2639, St. Vincent. Sophia hartwegiana (FOURN.) GREENE, Pittonia, 3 : 95. 1896. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 363, Crookston. Erysimum cheiranthoides L. Sp. PI. 661. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 5, 197, Crookston. CRASSULACE.E. Penthorum sedoides L. Sp. PI. 432. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 231, Crookston; Ballard 2780, Warren. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 583 PARNASSIACE.E. Parnassia caroliniana Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 184. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 94, Maple lake. Parnassia palustris L. Sp. PL 273. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2512, Fergus Falls. ROSACES. Spiraea salicifolia L. Sp. PI. 489. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2706, Northcote ; MacMillan & Skinner 156, Maple lake. Rubus strigosus MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 297. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 3, Crookston. Potentilla leucocarpa RYDBERG, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. 2 : 212. f. I Q2J.. 1897. Coll.: Ballard 2641, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 323, Crookston. Potentilla monspeliensis L. Sp. PL 499. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2515, Fergus Falls ; 2728, Kennedy ; Mac- Millan and Skinner 72, 291, Crookston. Potentilla pennsylvanica strigosa PURSH, FL Am. Sept. 356. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 40, Crookston; 252 Red Lake Falls ; 374, Holmes. Potentilla effusa DOUGL. ; Lehm. Stirp. Pug. 2: 8. 1830. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 385, Holmes. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Argentina anserina (L.) RYDBERG, Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2 : 159. pi. 98. 1898. Coll. : Ballard 2574, St. Vincent; 2626, Humboldt ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 191, 221, Crookston. Comarum palustre L. Sp. PL 502. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 143, Maple lake. Drymocallis arguta (PURSH) RYDBERG, Mem. Dept. Bot. Co- lumbia Univ. 2 : 192. pi. 102. 1898. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 90, Dugdale ; 251, Crookston ; 377, Holmes. 584 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Chamaerhodos erecta (L.) BUNGE, in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. i : 430. 1829. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 375, Holmes. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Geum virginianum L. Sp. PI. 500. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 213, Crookston ; 250, Red Lake Falls; 369, Holmes; Ballard 2557, St. Vincent. Agrimonia hirsuta (MUHL.) BICKNELL, Bull. Torr. Club, 23:509. 1896. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 354, Shirley. Rosa arkansana PORTER, Syn. Fl. Col. 38. 1874. Coll.: Ballard 2681, Northcote ; MacMillan & Skinner 328, Crookston. POMACES. Crateegus coccinea L. Sp. PI. 476. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2562, St. Vincent. The determination of this is doubtful. It is the common form in northwestern Minnesota and Manitoba. DRUPACE^:. Primus americana MARSH, Arb. Am. in. 1785. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 192, 315, Crookston. Prunus serotina EHRH. Beitr. 3 : 20. 1788. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 168, Maple lake. PAPILIONACE^. Lotus americanus (NUTT.) BISCH. Litt. Ber. Linnasa, 14: 132. 1840. Coll.: Ballard 2771^, Hallock. Psoralea argophylla PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 475. 1814. Coll.: Ballard 2608, Humboldt; MacMillan & Skinner 49, Crookston. Amorpha fruticosa L. Sp. PI. 713. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2505, Fergus Falls ; MacMillan & Skinner 160, Maple lake. Amorpha nana NUTT. Fras. Cat. 1813. Coll. : Ballard 2800, Warren ; MacMillan & Skinner 356, Shirley. I Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY-. 585 Kuhnistera Candida (WILLD.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 192. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan and Skinner 247, Red Lake Falls. Kuhnistera purpurea (VENT.) MAcM. Met. Minn. Val. 329. 1892. Coll.: Ballard 2610, Humboldt ; 2765, Hallock ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 62, Crookston. Astragalus carolinianus L. Sp. PI. 757. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 66, Crookston. Phaca neglecta T. & G. Fl. N. A. i : 344. 1838. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 149, 153, Maple lake. Glycyrrhiza lepidota PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 480. 1814. Coll. : Ballard 2705, Northcote ; MacMillan & Skinner 273, St. Hilaire. Meibomia canadensis (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 195. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 85, Maple lake. Vicia americana MUHL. ; Willd. Sp. PL 3: 1096. 1803. Coll. : Ballard 2767, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 79, Dugdale. Falcata comosa (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL 182. 1891. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 162, Maple lake; 212, Crookston. GERANIACEJE. Geranium bicknellii BRITTON, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 92. 1897. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 145, Maple lake. OXALIDACE^E. Oxalis stricta L. Sp. PL 435. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 428, Crookston. LINAGES. Linum sulcatum RIDDELL, Suppl. Cat. Ohio PL 10. 1836. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 108, Dugdale. RUTACE^E. Xanthoxylum americanum MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 2. 1768. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 157, Maple lake. 586 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. EUPHORBIACEJE. Euphorbia serpyllifolia PERS. Syn. 2 : 14. 1807. Coll.: Ballard 2665, St. Vincent; 2682, Northcote ; 2774, Warren. Euphorbia glyptosperma ENGELM. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 187 1859. Coll. : Ballard 2604, 2605, Hallock ; 2734, Kennedy. Euphorbia maculata L. Sp. PL 455. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2664, St. Vincent. ANACARDIACE^. Rhus glabra L. Sp. PI. 265. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 195, Crookston. ACERACE^:. Acer saccharum MARSH. Arb. Amer. 4. 1785. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 182, Maple lake. Acer negundo L. Sp. PL 1056. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan and Skinner 422, Crookston. BALSAMINACE^:. Impatiens biflora WALT. Fl. Car. 219. 1788. Coll. : Ballard 2500, Fergus Falls. VITACE^E. Vitis vulpina L. Sp. PL 203. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 166, Maple lake. Tilia americana L. Sp. PL 514. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 320, Crookston. HYPERICACE^:. Triadenum virginicum (L.) RAF. FL Tell. 3 : 79. 1836. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 165, Maple lake. CISTACE^E. Lechea stricta LEGGETT ; Britton, Bull. Torr. Club, 21 : 251. 1894. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner no, Maple lake. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 587 VIOLACE^E. Viola obliqua HILL, Hort. Kew. 316. pi. 12. 1769. Coll.: Ballard 2516, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skin- ner 382, Holmes. Viola pedata L. Sp. PI. 933. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 279, Ives. Viola canadensis L. Sp. PI. 936. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 351, Crookston. Elaeagnus argentea PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 114. 1814. Coll. : Ballard 2578, Humboldt ; 2801, Warren; MacMil- lan & Skinner 53, Crookston. ONAGRACE^:. Epilobium lineare MUHL. Cat. 39. 1813. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 292, Crookston. Epilobium coloratum MUHL.; Willd. Enum. i: 411. 1809. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 115, Dugdale ; 116, Maple lake; 244, Red Lake Falls; Ballard 2533, Fergus Falls; 2631, St. Vincent; 2742, Hallock. Onagra biennis (L.) SCOP. Fl. Cam. Ed. 2, i : 269. 1772. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 42, Crookston. (Enothera rhombipetala NUTT. ; T. & G. Fl. N. A.I: 493. 1840. Coll. : Ballard 2749, Hallock. Anogra pallida (LINDL.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : 234. ^ 1894. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 364, Crookston. Meriolix serrulata (Nuxx.) WALP. Repert. 2 : 79. 1843. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 33, Crookston; 109, Mentor. Gaura coccinea PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 733. 1814. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 430, Holmes. HALORAGIDACE^:. Hippuris vulgaris L. Sp. PL 4. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 230, Crookston. 588 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Myriophyllum spicatum L. Sp. PL 992. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 393, Holmes. Myriophyllum verticillatum L. Sp. PL 992. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2653, St. Vincent. ARALIACEjE. Aralia nudicaulis L. Sp. PL 274. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 211, Crookston. UMBELLIFER^E. Heracleum lanatum MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 166. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 202, Crookston. Pastinaca saliva L. Sp. PL 262. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2662, St. Vincent. Washingtonialongistylis(ToRR.) BRITTON, 111. Fl. 2 : 530. 1897. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 238, Gentilly. Sium cicutaefolium GMEL. Syst. 2 : 482. 1791. Coll. : Ballard 2593, Humboldt. Zizia aurea (L.) KOCH, Nov. Act. Caes. Leop. Acad. 12 : 129. 1824. Coll. MacMillan & Skinner 164, Maple lake; 206, 327, Crookston. Zizia cordata (WALT.) KOCH in DC. Prodr. 4 : 100. 1830. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 253, Red Lake Falls. Cicuta bulbifera L. Sp. PL 255. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 183, Maple lake. Deringa canadensis (L.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PL i : 266. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 208,. 325, 326, Crookston. CORNACEvE. Cornus stolonifera MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 92. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 316, Crookston. Cornus candidissima MARSH, Arb. Am. 35. 1785. Coll. : Ballard 2752, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 242,, Red Lake Falls. ERICACEAE. Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L.) SPRENG. Syst. 2 : 287. 1825. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 144, Maple lake. Wheeler : THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 589 VACCINIACE^E. Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM. Bull.^ Torr. Club, 19:15. 1892. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 185, Maple lake. PRIMULACE^E. Steironema ciliatum (L.) RAF. Ann. Gen. Phys. 7 : 192. 1820. Coll.: Ballard 2776, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 16, Crookston. Steironema lanceolata (WALT.) A. GRAY, Proc. Am. Acad. 12: 63. 1876. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 98, Maple lake ; 345, Crook- ston. GENTIANACE^. Gentiana detonsa ROTTB. Act. Hafn. 10 : 254. 1770. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 184, Maple lake. Gentiana acuta MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 177. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 330, 346, Crookston. No previous collections from Minnesota in the Herbarium of the University. Gentiana puberula MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 176. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 54, Crookston ; 350 Shirley. Gentiana andrewsii GRISEB. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 55. 1834. Coll. : Ballard 2792, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 181, Maple lake. Gentiana flavida A. GRAY, Am. Journ. Sci. (II) i : 80. 1846. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 81, Dugdale. APOCYNACE.E. Apocynum androsaemifolium L. S p. PI. 213. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 179, Maple lake. ASCLEPIADACE^. Asclepias incarnata L. Sp. PI. 215. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 29, Crookston ; 399, Holmes. Asclepias syriaca L. Sp. PL 214. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 198, Crookston. 590 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Asclepias speciosa TORR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2 : 218. 1826. Coll. : MacMillan'& Skinner 58, Crookston. CONVOLVULACE^E. Convolvulus sepium L. Sp. PI. 153. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2566, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 403, Crookston. CUSCUTACE^E. Cuscuta polygonorum ENGELM. Am. Journ. Sci. 43 : 342. 1842. Coll. : Ballard 2674, St. Vincent. Cuscuta gronovii WILLD. ; R. & S. Syst. 6: 205. 1820. Coll.: MacMillan and Skinner 223, Crookston; 268, Thief River Falls ; 376, Holmes. BORAGINACEjE. Lappula lappula (L.) KARST. Deutsch.Fl. 979. 1880-83. Coll. : Ballard 2770, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 245, Red Lake Falls. Lappula americana (A. GRAY) RYDBERG, Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 294. 1897. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 243, Red Lake Falls. No previous authentic collection reported from Minnesota. Previous collections of this species in this State have been made and determined as L. floribtmda (Lehm.) Greene. Onosmodium carolinianum (LAM.) DC. Prodr. 10 : 70. 1846. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 386, Holmes. VERBENACE^. Verbena hastata L. Sp. PI. 20. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2502, Fergus Falls; 2647, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 30, Crookston. LABIATJE. Teucrium canadense L. S p. PI. 564. 1763. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 118, Maple lake. Scutellaria lateriflora L. Sp. PI. 598. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2506, Fergus Falls ; MacMillan & Skinner i, Crookston. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 591 Scutellaria galericulata L. Sp. PI. 509. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 302, Maple lake. Agastache anethiodora (Nuxx.) BRITXON, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. 3:85. 1898. Dracocephalum parviflorum NUTT. Gen. 2 : 35. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2556, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 284 Thief River Falls. Physostegia virginiana (L.) BENTH. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 504. Coll.: Ballard 2564,81. Vincent; 2766, Hallock ; 2773, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 21, 215, Crookston. Galeopsis tetrahit L. Sp. PI. 579. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2607, Humboldt. Stachys palustris L. Sp. PI. 580. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2640, 2650, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 232, Crookston. Monarda fistulosa L. Sp. PI. 22. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 248, Red Lake Falls. Koellia flexuosa (WALT.) MAcM. Met. Minn. Val. 452. 1892. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 96, Mentor. Lycopus virginicus L. Sp. PI. 21. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 161, Maple lake. Lycopus americanus MUHL. ; Bart. Fl. Phil. Prodr. 15. 1815. Coll. : Ballard 2648, St. Vincent; 2737, Hallock. Lycopus lucidus TURCZ. ; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12 : 178. 1848. Coll. : Ballard 2509, Fergus Falls. Mentha canadensis L. Sp. PI. 577. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2560, St. Vincent ; 2592, Humboldt ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 4, 426, Crookston. SOLANACE^:. Solanum nigrum L. Sp. PI. 186. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 201, Crookston. SCROPHULARIACE^). Pentstemon gracilis NUTT. Gen. 2: 52. 1818. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 80, Maple lake. Mimulus ringens L. Sp. PI. 634. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 224, Crookston. 592 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Veronica americana SCHWEIN. Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10 : 468. 1846. Coll. : Ballard 2744, Hallock. Veronica scutellata L. Sp. PI. 12. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 395, Holmes. Leptandra virginica (L.) NUTT. Gen. i : 7. 1818. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 15, Crookston. Gerardia aspera DOUGL. ; Benth. in DC. Prodr. 10 : 517. 1846. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 36, Crookston. Gerardia tenuifolia VAHL, Symb. Bot. 3: 79. 1794. Coll.: Ballard 2510, 2536, Fergus Falls; 2748, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 277, Ives. Orthocarpus luteus NUTT. Gen. 2: 57. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2688, Northcote ; 2719, Kennedy; Mac- Millan & Skinner 47, Crookston. Pedicularis lanceolata MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 18. 1803. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 93, Maple lake; 379, Holmes. PHRYMACE^E. Phryma leptostachya L. Sp. PI. 60 1. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 240, Gentilly ; 241, Red Lake Falls. Plantago major L. Sp. PI. 112. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2535, Fergus Falls; 2667, St. Vincent. Plantago eriopoda TORR. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2 : 237. 1827. Coll. : Ballard 2789, Warren. RUBIACE.E. Houstonia longifolia GAERTN. Fruct. i : 226. 1788. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 274, St. Hilaire. Galium boreale L. Sp. PI. 108. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 289, Maple lake. Galium trifidum L. Sp. PL 105. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2646, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 314, Crookston. CAPRIFOLIACE^E. Viburnum opulus L. Sp. PL 268. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 180, Maple lake. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 593 Viburnum lentago L. Sp.'Pl. 268. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 272, Thief River Falls, 317, Crookston. Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 285. 1833. Coll. : Ballard 2750, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 20, Crookston. Symphoricarpos symphoricarpos (L.) MACM. Bull. Torr. Club, 19: 15. 1892. Coll. : Ballard 2550, St. Vincent. CUCURBITACE^E. Micrampelis lobata (MICHX.) GREENE, Pittonia, 2 : 128. 1890. CAMPANULACE.E. Campanula rotundifolia L. Sp. PL 163. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 236, Gentilly. Campanula aparinoides PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 159. 1814. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 163, Maple lake; 383, Holmes. Lobelia syphilitica L. Sp. PI. 931. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2503, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 299, Crookston. Lobelia spicata LAM. Encycl. 3: 587. 1789. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 57, 297, 298, Crookston. Lobelia kalmii L. Sp. PI. 930. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 296, Maple lake. CICHORIACE.E. Taraxacum taraxacum (L.) KARST. Deutsch. Fl. 1138. 1880- 83- Coll.: Ballard 2669, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 413, Crookston. Sonchus arvensis L. Sp. PI. 793. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2596, Humboldt. Sonchus asper (L.) ALL. Fl. Ped. i : 222. 1785. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 177, Maple lake. Lactuca ludoviciana (Nutt.) DC. Prodr. 7: 141. 1838. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 34, Crookston. 594 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Lactucapulchella (PURSH) DC. Prodr. 7: 134. 1838. Coll. : Ballard 2547, St. Vincent; 2617, Humboldt ; 2712, Northcote ; 2723, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 31, Crookston. Agoseris glauca (PURSH) GREENE, Pittonia, 2 : 176. 1891. Coll.: Ballard 2735, Kennedy; 2791, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 43, Crookston. Hieracium canadense MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 86. 1803. Coll.: Ballard 2768, Hallock ; 2799, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 84, Dugdale ; 114, Maple Lake. Nabalus albus (L.) HOOK. Fl. Bor. Am. i : 294. 1833. Coll.: Ballard 2627, St. Vincent; 2781, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 76, Dugdale. Nabalus racemosus (Micnx.) DC. Prodr. 7: 242. 1838. Coll. : Ballard 2559, St. Vincent; 2609, Humboldt; Mac- Millan & Skinner 59, Crookston; 263, St. Hilaire. AMBROSIACE^E. Iva xanthifolia(FRESEN.) NUTT. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 7: 347. 1841. Coll. : Ballard 2659, St. Vincent; 2716, Kennedy. Ambrosia trifida L. Sp. PI. 987. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2567, St. Vincent, 2704, Northcote. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia L. Sp. PI. 987. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2513, Fergus Falls. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. Prodr. 5: 526. 1836. Coll. : Ballard ' 2538, Fergus Falls ; 2689, Northcote ; 2790, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 331, Crookston. Xanthium canadense MILL. Gard. Diet. Ed. 8, no. 2. 1768. Coll.: Ballard 2511, Fergus Falls; 2677, St. Vincent; 2764, Hallock; MacMillan & Skinner 217, Crookston. COMPOSITE. Vernonia fasciculata MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2 : 94. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 50, Crookston. Eupatorium maculatum L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 288. 1755. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 121, Maple lake; 391, Holmes. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 595 Eupatorium perfoliatum L. S p. PI. 838. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2522, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 159, Maple lake. Laciniaria punctata (HooK.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 349. 1891 . Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 92, Dugdale. Laciniari apycnostachya (Micnx.) KUNTZE, Rev. Gen. PI. 349. 1891. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 97, Maple lake. Laciniaria scariosa (L.) HILL, Veg. Syst. 4 : 49. 1762. Coll. : Ballard 2797, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 61, 220, Crookston. Grindelia squarrosa (PURSH) DUNAL in DC. Prodr. 5: 315. 1836. Coll.: Ballard 2554, St. Vincent; 2700, Northcote ; 2730, Kennedy ; MacMillan & Skinner 88, Dugdale. Chrysopsis hispida (HooK.) NUTT. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (II.) 7: 316. 1841. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 83, Dugdale; 388, Holmes. Not previously reported from Minnesota. Solidago canadensis L. Sp. PI. 878. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2517, Fergus Falls; 2565, St. Vincent; 2711, Northcote ; MacMillan & Skinner 303, Crookston ; 397, Holmes. Solidago nemoralis AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 213. 1789. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 342, 344, Crookston. Solidago rigida L. Sp. PI. 880. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2504, Fergus Falls; 2611, Humboldt ; 2683, Northcote ; 2731, Kennedy ; 2795, Warren; Mac- Millan & Skinner 69, 339, Crookston. Euthamia graminifolia (L.) NUTT. Gen. 2: 162. 1818. Coll. : Ballard 2521, Fergus Falls; 2796, Warren. Aster sagittifolius WILLD. Sp. PI. 3: 2035. 1804. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 25, Crookston; 256, St. Hilaire. Aster novae-angliae L. Sp. PI. 875. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2779, Warren ; MacMillan & Skinner 78, Dugdale. 596 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Aster puniceus L. Sp. PI. 875. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 287, Thief River Falls. Aster laevis L. Sp. PI. 876. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 190, 196, 311, Crookston ; Ballard 2518, Fergus Falls; 2561, 2622, St. Vincent; 2692, Northcote ; 2738, Hallock. Aster sericeus VENT. Hort. Cels. 1800. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 82, Dugdale. Aster ptarmicoides (NEES) T. & G. Fl. N. A. 2 : 160. 1841. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 60, Crookston; 154, Maple lake ; Ballard 2804, Warren. Aster salicifolius LAM. Encycl. i : 306. 1783. Coll. : Ballard 2785, Warren. Aster paniculatus LAM. Encycl. i : 306. 1783. Coll.: Ballard 2568, St. Vincent ; 2674, Northcote ; Mac- Millan & Skinner 312, Crookston. Aster multiflorus AIT. Hort. Kew. 3: 203. 1789. Coll.: Ballard 2694, Northcote; 2724, Kennedy; 2802, Warren ; MacMillan & Skinner, 336, Crookston. Brachyactis angustus (LINDL.) BRITTON, in Britton & Brown, 111. Fl. 3: 383. 1898. Coll. : Ballard 2545, Fergus Falls; 2784, Warren. Erigeron philadelphicus L. Sp. PI. 863. 1753. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 226, 360, Crookston; Bal- lard 2649, St. Vincent. Erigeron ramosus (WALT.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 27. 1888. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 44, Crookston; 95, Maple lake. Leptilon canadense (L.) BRITTON, in Britton & Brown 111. Fl. 3: 391. 1898. Coll.: Ballard 2633, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 37, Crookston. Doellingeria umbellata pubens (A. GRAY) BRITTON, in Britton & Brown 111. Fl. 3: 393. 1898. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 120, Maple lake. Heliopsis scabra DUNAL, Mem. Mus. Paris, 5: 56. 1819. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 117, Maple lake; 204, Crookston. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 597 Rudbeckia hirta L. Sp. PL 907. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2563, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 41, Crookston. Rudbeckia laciniata L. Sp. PI. 906. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2660, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 205, Crookston. Ratibida columnaris (SiMs) D. DON; Sweet, Brit. Fl. Gard. 2: 361. 1838. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 75, Maple lake, 365, Holmes. Helianthus annuus L. Sp. PI. 904. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2675, St. Vincent. Helianthus scaberrimus ELL. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 423. 1824. Coll.: Ballard 2601, Humboldt ; 2703, Northcote ; 2739, Hallock ; MacMillan & Skinner 333, Crookston; 367, Holmes. Helianthus maximiliani SCHRAD. Ind. Sem. Hort. Goett. 1835. Coll.: Ballard 2572, St. Vincent ; 2696, Northcote ; 2727, Kennedy; MacMillan & Skinner 352, 353, Shirley. Helianthus grosse-serratus MARTENS, Sel. Sem. Hort. Loven. ^ 1839. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 295, 429, Crookston; 378, Holmes. Helianthus tuberosus L. Sp. PI. 905. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 203, Crookston ; 392, Holmes. Bidens Isevis (L.) B.S.P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 29. 1888. Coll.: MacMillan & Skinner 264, St. Hilaire ; 362, Crookston; 371, Holmes. Bidens cernua L. Sp. PI. 832. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 9, Crookston. Bidens frondosa L. Sp. PI. 832. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2623, Humboldt; 2678, St. Vincent ; 2710, Northcote; 2733, Kennedy; 2763, Hallock; MacMil- lan & Skinner n, 38, 207, Crookston. Helenium autumnale pubescens (AiT.) BRITTON, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 339. 1894. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 146, Maple lake. 598 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Gaillardia aristata PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 573. 1814. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 380, Holmes. No previous authentic collections from Minnesota in the Her- barium of the University. Achillas millefolium L. Sp. PI. 899. 1753. Coll.: Ballard 2624, St. Vincent; MacMillan & Skinner 45, Crookston. Artemisia caudata MICHX. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 129. 1803. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 73, Crookston. Artemisia dracunculoides PURSH, Fl. Am. Sept. 742. 1814. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 65, Crookston. Artemisia frigida WILLD. Sp. PL 3: 1838. 1804. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 74, Crookston ; Ballard 2597, Humboldt. Artemisia absinthium L. Sp. PL 848. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2553, St. Vincent. Artemisia biennis WILLD. Phytogr. n. 1794. Coll. : Ballard 2726, Kennedy. Artemisia gnaphalodes NUTT. Gen. 2 : 143. 1818. Coll.: Ballard 2619, Humboldt; 2698, Northcote ; 2732, Kennedy; 2798, Warren; MacMillan & Skinner 55, Crookston. Arctium lappa L. Sp. PL 816. 1753. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 210, Crookston. Carduus altissimus L. Sp. PL 824. 1753. Coll. : Ballard 2501, Fergus Falls; MacMillan & Skinner 170, Maple lake. Carduus discolor (MUHL.) NUTT. Gen. 2: 130. 1818. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 12, Crookston. Carduus undulatus NUTT. Gen. 2 : 130. 1818. Coll. : MacMillan & Skinner 48, Crookston. Carduus arvensis (L.) ROBS. Brit. FL 163. 1777. Coll.: Ballard 2548, St. Vincent ; MacMillan & Skinner 283, Thief River Falls. Wheeler: THE FLORA OF THE RED RIVER VALLEY. 699 EXPLANATION OF PLATK XXXIV. General view of prairie near Shirley, Minn. This is the charac- teristic aspect of mesophytic prairie in the Red River valley. The shrubs are Salix humilis, for the most part. The herbs in the fore- ground are Asters. The view shows a minor tension line in which Junciis dudleyi\% an abundant plant. On the right a growth of Poly- gonum intermixed with Andropogon is seen. The view gives an idea of the variety of the prairie vegetation. PLATE XXXV. An island of Hordcum surrounded by a border zone of Salix inter- mingled with Symphoricarpos and Solidago. Such circular patches of squirrel-tail grass marking slight depressions in the prairie are not un- common and often reach a considerable size, even covering several acres. PLATE XXXVI. Prairie near Gentilly, Minn. In the background is seen the shrubby and scanty arboreal vegetation along the Red Lake river. In the middle distance a minor tension line of Hordeum is apparent extending, in this case, several miles along the river. In the foreground Nabalus racemosus, a characteristic wand plant of the region, is seen forming an almost circular patch in the general grass vegetation. PLATE XXXVII. Gopher mound with characteristic vegetation. These mounds made by Geomys bursarius are abundant on the prairie throughout the dis- trict. Somewhat more xerophytic plants inhabit them than are found upon the level prairie where they occur. Upon this particular mound hazel-brush, Artemisia, Bouteloua, Solidago rigida and other semi- xerophytic or strongly xerophytic plants have secured a foothold. PLATE XXXVIII. A growth of silver-berry — Eleagnus argentea. This plant is abundant throughout the district studied, in dry declivities or on slopes of the rolling prairie. It is also abundant in pastures along the Red Lake river. PLATE XXXIX. View of the margin of a grass meadow in the poplar scrub near Maple lake showing three stands of Salix lucida, a common plant of the tension zone between the meadow and the scrub. PLATE XL. View of xerophilous vegetation on knolls along a coulee cut in the raised beach of the extinct Lake Agassiz near Fertile, Minn. The 600 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. brows of the knolls are occupied almost exclusively by an Artemisia formation in which three or four species are present, Artemisia frigida being the most abundant. Scrub poplars, hazel and Quercus form a sparse "gallery wood." On the upland Gaillardia, Amor- pha, Gaura and other xerophytic herbs and shrubs of the prairie are abundant. PLATE XLI. Elm woods along the Red Lake river near Crookston, Minn. The bottoms being subject to overflow, show a scanty undergrowth mostly herbaceous, though with a few shrubs of Ribes, Rubus and Corylus. In such glades the bolls of the trees are commonly distorted and scarred owing to the battering which they receive when young by driftwood and flotsam during times of high water. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XXX IV. VOL.11. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PARTY. PLATE XXXV. )L. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PLATE XXXVI. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XXXVII. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XXXVIII. VOL.11. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PARTY. PLATE XXXIX. VOL.11. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PARTY. PLATE XL VOL. II. )TA BOTANICAL STUDIES- PART V. PLATE XLI. XXXIII. OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. H. B. HUMPHREY. The plants used in the preparation of this paper were col- lected by Miss Josephine E. Tilden, in Puget Sound near Seattle, Washington, in August, 1897. They are found growing at a depth of six fathoms though thriv- ing in shallower water. In July, 1898, several plants were col- lected near Tracyton, Washington, at a depth of about four fathoms attached to rocks in quiet waters. These plants were generally large and well developed and were somewhat loosely attached to \\$ substratum. Their position in the water was erect except in certain places where a tidal current was present. Plants found in localities washed by swift tidal currents were smaller, thicker and more firmly attached to the substratum. The material was preserved in alcohol, consequently the plant could not be studied in its natural condition. All sections were cut by means of a freezing microtome. Material imbedded in gelatin when sectioned proved useless as the cells were swollen to such a degree as to appear unnatural. Portions of the frond were then sectioned directly from the alcoholic solution with good results. The stains employed were Delafield's hasmatoxylin, methyl blue, methyl violet, iodine and fuchsin. Delafield's hsematoxy- lin proved a good nuclear stain. Methyl blue was used in stain- ing cell walls but was not as satisfactory as methyl violet. Iodine was used in staining carpospores and brings out very clearly the distinction between them and surrounding tissue. Fuchsin proved a very satisfactory stain used in connection with the study of protoplasmic pits, coloring them a deep red. Sections were all treated with staining solution and then mounted directly in glycerine jelly, making a permanent mount. 601 602 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Holdfast: The holdfast is a disc-shaped organ, exhibiting considerable variation in size. In the case of a single frond the holdfast is not much greater in diameter than the stipe immedi- ately above. The under surface is smooth and somewhat flex- ible, though in comparison with other tissues it shows greater rigidity and strength. It is not unusual to find several fronds attached to one common holdfast which, upon close examina- tion, presents the appearance of a compound organ, in some instances measuring nine mm. in diameter. The tissue of the holdfast is unlike that of any other part of the plant. PI. 42, Fig. 2, represents a longitudinal section through a portion of the holdfast showing distinctive areas from the point of attachment to the substratum to the tissue of the stipe. It was found that in removing the plant from its point of attachment the cuticle was removed from the holdfast leaving exposed those cells immediately adjacent, represented by («). These cells appear to be somewhat irregular in outline, though generally quadrilateral, and are characterized by their exceed- ingly thick walls. Approaching the stipe these cells are slightly modified and in conjunction with them are found rather long somewhat egg-shaped cells, densely filled with coritents. These cells, along with the others, are arranged approximately in rows extending vertically through the holdfast. Protoplasmic connec- tion exists between all cells and the cell arrangement is so com- pact as to give great strength and rigidity to the tissue. These cells (PI. 42, Fig. 2, d) are slightly modified and in conjunc- tion with small, somewhat spherical cells closely attached and densely filled with granular contents. Abutting upon this area are the filamentous cells of the stipe, which are very similar to those found elsewhere in the frond. Stipe. — In the early stages of the plant's growth the stipe is hardly to be distinguished from the lamina, but as the frond reaches maturity the stipe becomes a well-marked organ of deep red color. Immediately above the holdfast it is circular, but as it gradually merges into the lamina it loses its charac- teristic shape, becoming much expanded in one diameter and thinner in the other. The stipe seldom exceeds a length of 20 mm., while the diameter varies from 2 to 5 mm. The stipe exhibits a structure similar to that of the lamina, though in the former the cells possess shorter diameters and the arrangement is more compact, thus affording greater rigid- Humphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 603 ity and strength. The epidermal cells throughout the entire plant are enveloped by a firm cellulose sheath of variable thickness, from three to ten mic. (PL 42, Fig. 4, a.) This cuticle is somewhat elastic, smooth and highly transparent. PI. 42, Fig. 5, a and 6, represent surface views of a portion of the frond, showing epidermal cells as seen through the overlying cuticle. By focusing, deeper cells beneath the epi- dermal layer may be seen. Beneath the epidermal cells and in connection with them are the pseudo-cortical cells, presenting an almost spherical outline and a somewhat loose though definite arrangement. These cells as well as the epidermal ones are densely filled with pro- toplasmic contents, though unlike the epidermal cells they con- tain no chromatophores. The sections of the stipe were stained with an alcoholic so- lution of methyl blue which gave a very satisfactory cellulose reaction and revealed the fact that all the cells were imbedded in a dense gelatinous matrix between which and the cell walls it is not easy to distinguish. Adjoining the pseudo-cortical cells and occupying the cen- tral region of the stipe is the pseudo-medullary area composed of irregular cells. PL 42, Fig. 3, and PL 42, Fig. 4, represent transverse and longitudinal sections of the stipe. In PL 42, Fig. 3, c, a network of somewhat filamentous cells is seen to be interwoven with other cells of different form forming alto- gether a rather loose arrangement. Lamina. — The general shape of the lamina is almost in- variably cuneate, attaining its greatest diameter a little way from the apex. In all cases the frond is flat and not greater than three mm. in thickness, and when dry is quite translucent. It commonly grows from 30 to 50 cm. in length and from 6 to 18 cm. in width, thus showing considerable variation in size. In shape it is quite as variable ; some fronds being branched pro- fusely while others show little or no branching whatever. New fronds arise from the base of the stipe forming at first somewhat club-shaped or pointed bodies, but later expand and assume the characteristic shape of the mature frond. (PL 42, Fig. i.) Both sides of the frond, including the margin, are thickly studded with cystocarps and numerous epidermal prolif- erations. Near the base of the frond on each side is a small area totally void of proliferations. Here the frond is thicker 604 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. than elsewhere, more deeply colored and possesses a glossy smoothness. The cystocarps sometimes appear as surface elevations though commonly they are developed in the marginal and sur- face proliferations. They are most numerous and attain greatest size in the marginal area while at the center they are scattering and poorly developed, numbering from 8 to 10 per sq. cm. as compared with 15 to 18 near the margin. ^The broad flat branches of the lamina, owing to extreme thinness and position, bear few cystocarps though the number of proliferations may be great. The epidermal cells of the lamina are very similar in every respect to those of the stipe except that the arrangement is less compact. The same may be said regarding the pseudo-cortical area, but a difference is seen in the pseudo-medullary cells ; these are all filamentous, densely rilled with granular proto- plasmic contents (PI. 42, Figs. 6 and 7) and so joined as to form a complete network. Through the use of certain staining reagents it was found that a protoplasmic connection existed between the several cells of the frond, best seen in the pseudo-medullary region of the lamina. (PI. 42, Fig. 8.) On further examination, using alco- holic solution of fuchsin as a staining reagent, protoplasmic pits were seen to exist between the several cells. These pits were composed in every case of two minute callous plates which when stained were found to give a reaction similar to that of pro- toplasm. It was not possible to determine the function of these connections, but no doubt they serve as paths of communication between cells. In Schmitz's discussion of the protoplasmic pits he shows that they are traversed by plasma-cords which serve for conduction of dynamic influences from cell to cell. He believes a transfer of dissolved food material possible be- cause of the pores in the pit, but does not regard as probable the transfer of protoplasm. Proliferations and cystocarp. — PI. 42, Fig. 9, represents an early stage in the development of a proliferation. Certain of the epidermal cells become slightly modified in shape, cell di- vision takes place vertically and apparently transversely. This increase in the number of cells causes an elevation to develop and as it continues a well-developed proliferation eventually pre- vails which may or may not bear a cystocarp. Humphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 605 In the material at hand the writer was unable to secure any sections showing tetraspores. The development of the cystocarp, however, was quite clearly brought out. As the proliferation advances in its development there arises an irregular cellular formation of gonimoblast fila- ments and sterile tissue in the interior of which groups of branched filaments develop the carpospores. This entire for- mation is surrounded by a definite area of cells forming the cystocarpic wall. As the cystocarp advances towards maturity a perforation occurs through the breaking down and gradual dissolution of certain cells, thus furnishing the mature spores an avenue of escape (PL 42, Fig. u). The tissue of the pro- liferation surrounding the spore cavity is similar to that of the lamina proper, except that the cells are more compactly ar- ranged. Sections of this tissue were treated with Delafield's haema- toxylin which proved to be a good nuclear stain revealing in several cells well-marked nuclei. (PI. 42, Fig. 12.) Several sections were made in order to determine the struc- ture and characteristics of the mature cystocarp. PL 42, Fig. 13, represents such a cystocarp showing the spores ar- ranged in groups surrounded by apparently empty filamentous cells, thus forming a compound cystocarp. Previous to the maturity of the spores they are all attached to the gonimoblastic filaments of which they were originally a part. They are evi- dently attached by means of protoplasmic threads, though no evidence of pits occurred. (PL 42, Fig. 15.) The carpo- spores, when mature, measure from 10 to 12 /* along one di- ameter and u to 13 fj. along the other, while the cystocarp measures from two to three mm. in diameter through the con- ceptacle. BIBLIOGRAPHY. Harvey, W. H. Notice of a collection of algae made on the north- west coast of North America, chiefly at Vancouver's Island, by David Lyall in 1859-61. (Jour. Proc. of Linn. Soc. 6: 172, 173. 1862. Cocks, J. Observations on the growth and time of appearance of some of the marine algae. Jour. Proc. of Linn. Soc. 4: 101- 106. 1860. 606 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Stromfelt, H. F. G. Untersuchungen iiber die Haftorgane der Algen. Bot. Cent. 33: 381, 382, 395-400. iSSS. Hedwigia, 27: 143. 1888. Harvey, W. H. Characters of new algae chiefly from Japan and ad- jacent regions. Proc. Am. Acad. 4: 332. 1857-1860. Schmitz, Fr. Untersuchungen iiber die Befruchtung der Florideen. Bot. Zeit. 41 : 608-613, 145. 1883. Schmitz, Fr. Knollchenartige Auswuchse an den sprozzen einiger Florideen. Bot. Zeit. 38: 624. 1892. Mdbius, M. Morphologic der haarartigen Organe bei den Algen. Biol. Cent. 12: 73. 1892. Jonsson, B. Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Dickenzuwachses der Rho- dophyceen. Lunds. Univers. Aarskr. 27: 41. 2 pi. 1890-91. Wille, N. Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der physiologischen Gewebsysteme bei einigen Florideen. Nova Acta. Acad. Leop. Carol. 52 : 49-100. pL 3-8. 1887. Osterhout, W. J. V. A Simple Freezing Device. Bot. Gaz. 21 : 195-201. 1896. Moore, L. Le M. Studies in Vegetable Biology — Observations on the Continuity of Protoplasm. Journ. Linn. Soc. 21 : 595-621. pi. 19-21. 1886. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLII. Figure i. A typical frond of Gigartina exasperata one-fourth natural size. Figure 2. Longitudinal section of holdfast. x 450. Figure 3. Cross section of stipe, a, Epidermal cells; b, pseudo- cortical cells; c, pseudo-medullary cells. x 450. Figure 4. Longitudinal section of stipe, a, Epidermal cellulose sheath. x 450. Figure 5. (a) Surface view of frond, showing epidermal cells through the transparent epidermal sheath. (<$) Surface view of frond showing cells beneath the epidermal cells. X 900. Figure 6. Cross section of frond. x 450. Figure 7. Filamentous cells of the pseudo-medullary area showing granular contents. x 900. Humphrey : OBSERVATIONS ON Gigartina exasperata HARV. 607 Figure 8. Protoplasmic connections between cells of pseudo-medul- lary area. x 900. Figure 9. An early stage in development of a proliferation showing growing point (a). X 450. Figure 10. A portion of the margin of a frond showing prolifera- tions and cystocarps. Figure 1 1. Longitudinal section of mature cystocarp. O, carpo- stome; a, conceptacle. Figure 12. Portion of tissue surrounding a conceptacle showing cell nuclei. X 7°°' Figure 13. Cross section of mature cystocarp showing spores. Figure 14. Two groups of spores separated by elongated sterile cells. X 150. Figure 15. Immature carpospores still attached to the gonimo- blastic filaments; («) a spore separating from filaments. X48o. VOL. II. MINNESOTA E i - . ,. 3 ANICAL STUDIES. PART V XLII NG CO., BOSTON. XXXIV. OBSERVATIONS ON THE ALG^ OF THE ST. PAUL CITY WATER. M. G. FANNING. St. Paul receives its water supply from twenty-two lakes north of the city which are situated on both sides of a divide or watershed. The area from which the water is received extends about twenty miles north of the city. The greater part of the water comes immediately from Lake Vadnais, which in return receives its supply from chains of lakes through brooks, artifi- cial canals, conduits, etc. As these lakes are separated by a divide pumping stations are provided at Centreville lake and Baldwin's lake to force the water over the divide. Besides the lakes, groups of artesian wells add to the supply and help to lower the temperature of the water during the summer months. There are nine wells at Lake Vadnais and twenty-eight at Cen- treville lake, making thirty-seven in all with depths varying from sixty-three to eight hundred and sixty-five feet. Pleasant lake receives the water from the north slope of the watershed ; from here the water flows from Lake Vadnais, then it is conveyed four and one-half miles through a conduit to the pumping station. The elevated portions of the city receive the water directly from the pumping station. Other parts are sup- plied by gravity with water from Lakes Gervais and Phalen. In order to get sufficient pressure to supply the higher areas, the water is forced into a reservoir one mile west of the pumping station. This reservoir is 290 feet above the water level of the Mississippi river and has a capacity of 18,000,000 gallons. There is another reservoir on the West Side to supply the ele- vated district across the river. At the pumping station and also at the entrance of the con- duit leading from Lake Vadnais, a series of graduated wire screens strain from the water the coarser vegetable growth. 609 610 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Method of collection. — The method of collection is practically the one suggested by Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe * and is as follows : A piece of absorbent cotton four or five inches square and one inch thick is attached by means of a twelve-inch square of un- bleached muslin to the water faucet. The water is then turned on sufficiently to insure a constant stream and is allowed to run from ten to twelve hours, after which the cotton is removed. The cotton, which is usually quite brown from the organisms, is divided into pieces and rubbed and rinsed in five beakers each containing 200 c.c. of water. The water is then poured into one vessel and allowed to settle, after which the deposit is put into a glass containing 25 c.c. A few drops of this is trans- ferred to a slide by means of a pipette and examined microscop- ically. At least ten mounts from each week's collection of ma- terial was examined in this wa}^. The rest was then preserved in 2 per cent, formaline for future reference. For the records, Dr. Jelliffe's method of computation was adopted. In computing the numbers the following schedule was used : Abundant, 25 + in one c.c. of water. Common, 10-25 in one c.c. of water. Few, 5-10 in one c.c. of water. Scarce, 1-5 in one c.c. of water. Present, Less than five in one c.c. of water. Since November, 1899, weekly collections have been made of the plant life in the St. Paul water supply and the organisms identified (as far as possible) and their number computed. The vegetable organisms found were all algas if we except the pollen grains and Fungi spores that appeared occasionally. The Algse found were as follows : 1. Diatomacece, 13 varieties. 2. Cyanophycece, n varieties. 3. Cklor . cs . . P«S . . to 03 . ft a a a£ . ctf . . <£ « • • h it ' it ::::&:::>: fta! : : :« :^cifts. :::::; :&: :&: : : .» : : : : : : :-s :-g-g^ft: ::::&: ' fe ' ' ^ ' ' w, ' ' b te. " ' ' >i0 '•Q'a & :& : :js : '& :» : :&: : : :-s :-g-sjs : : ;::;:: :s : > : :-gftft : :« : : : :-g \»%» : : :::::& K ' " ' * 8 * * d * * * 9 a ja • c u > oj i M • • • tn a • -^ >-ij§' ""a"B38 ....i O § ° S ft'S ^Sotfl'S^OO^ljC^.^^SS _rt 3^oi! ^'C -^ ~ _f^^,U3H «OUJlJliH^^t/2!/J JH < " w W to rj- IOVO Jv.ao O> O IH M M* to •*$• >O\O t^-OO C> O M C) •L\ •01 ipdy •Zs •9 Aj •of A\jBtmBf •91 AJBHUB{ •61 tl ft £ ft .,5 y •Li iudv ' £, y £ ' y ' y •oi iudy iftift! ! £ y > ; ; a ; g ft ! ! ! ! £ u '.° '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.& « y y | y \ ',%,'. ' ft ft '.'..'. '. ° ° >!!!!!;; ;» ; ft ° ° ! ° ! a ! ! ! a ft y « i^ '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. a •••• • fe ' CJ **'*-• * £ • • y v, • • y ft . . oo £ • y ft . so •Oe AaBnuBf ; ft : i ; : : ! ; ft : i & ; ^ : g ::::::::: : •91 ^£aBnuBf ^ a ft tE •6XaBnnB£ | &,& ; ; ; ; ; ;& ; ; ; g, jj jj ;g, ::;::::;; TT •zAaBnuBf ftg, [ a ^ ^ 'a ' , • IH ••,Q''|H'-!H'-' "W iC'...«*.Pi.A... . a ..f)..a.-,a... .a > IH-IH'- ' |> • -,Q «5 ft. ft.. . ft ..«) >'--^'oV,lH-- ' IH • '.a • • IH V> 'In «j,...ft.tnftft.. . ft ..d..ft a .a y O|H|H-- 'In • • & IH IH • IH • IH • • IH 'In >tn oifts^WaS'1"1 sss^saass gg= = s i||fi|| 13 Soft>ft>ft>jj •S3 .Sf*3^ CS -- »-> cs rt oj y ft*3 *3 ftO w ro 4- io\d t-^.od o\ d i-' oi «-< eJ CSddWW^WwfOfOrO •o£ aaqopo x tn rt •91 6 jaqcxpo ft . ft ft . . ftftft .ftft •is jsnSny * £ * £ ' l,i« ft . ft . ft •fri ft ft fti« . ft . tn p, , .ftft. .ft«J ftft . ftft . ° . tn .«£ . . p, . p, . . ft' •92 aunf •61 aunf .to . p, . . •ei aanf •9 aanf ft . " . ft . . .ft y.0 ' ' ^ £ to rt . . p.i£ •Si u ' 5 ' u P.' . •— .ft ft .<£ . ft . .ft ' CJ ' V. • • ^ . tn p, .til ^ " ^oOuOp-rS^bS M C1* CO rj- lOVO t^-CO O* O *-• M •of aaqopo . & •£z jaqopo ft . .a : •91 aaqopo X ft ft ft X . . . ft . . . ft •6 aaqopo x J* ft ftft ft ft . ft . ft •z aoqopo p«B 3, ' a. ' • ft ft •£s jaqraajdas '£ '& ' ' aft ' ft •gi jaqiuajdas a . && . && ft ... ft .. ft x ft •II -laqmajdot; • • • u v. ftft . . • • • h h • W • oo . . . ft ft . ft . xx 'V jaqraa^das ft ftft ft T~~ x •gz }sn3ny •U'^W'l-iy'''* ' 1- ft ft ft ft X ft ft : : : : ' 'ft ' «8 •iz }so3ny 0 X •fri jsnSny "J . . . .«S ft ft ft »Ss ^jnf «5 ftft ftx ft 1 • te • : IP, •Li &\n[ ;js : : : : :£& : : : : * « '.''.'.'.''.' 8 : •oi ^inf <£ IM ft ft & •£ &in[ • o • ' fe b b ' o .X t^ftft.. . X . . ft . •92 aunf X ftftftft ft X ' '8 : :::::::: »* •61 aunf ft« . ft ftft ft « ' ' o ' 1- . . . a.... ft . . <5 ft . 'ZS ^BJ^I o ^ ' b fe X ft ft ft ft £ ft •Si £BH Uh-h''!* '(>•*& ' l- ft ft ft ft X ft ft . . ft . :::::::: ^ft 'S^TJW ft ft ta ft ft ft X ft •iAK . i- w,-a--- w fe . .8 . :::::::: «& a -a -a . rt . •q . e S a ja 'A 'M .5 51 2 2 .j & 81 £* ?-c§ 01 "o oS •^ i ' 1 ' 1 ^•O.CT 3 ft'dS J S o ' ' 2 H o * ft"3 ft-a ft llliiilil iimii SSe-n&ISg^ ^8'-3 ^"^3 s>>ooo2Ji^.2 &3!3 S33 S3 8 " J "§5 d 81 a1? _Soft>ftPft var. sigmoide. 22. Scenedesmusbij 23. qua 24. obi • 1'a 'SrtJsa^ 22 03^2.3 a f-ix oftxwns !|5 5 ' yrn ft .£5 *J 4> ^ (U 1> tfim co {^ ^ c^ o VOL. II. MINNESOTA B( Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. Abund. Temperature £•„ \ ol) Common 7c° \ / \J ~in° \ /u Few oc. \ DO Melosira gg» \ Scarce ci;» \ cn« \ DU Present A*;0 \ 1 T"U An° \ ^ —— X V 1 Absent -jt;0 s \ / Ov •3 no \ JU Abund. 25° \ t / 9(1° "X r \ \l \ / Common ic° \ 3 \ / i j in0 \ / \i V / lu Few co \ \\ / \ 1 J Synedra n° / \ r Scarce \ \ Present \ \ / \ / Absent \ / \ / Abund. \ / V / \ Common \ / 3 / \ \ / \ Few \ / ^ Stephanodiscus \ Scarce \ \ / Present \ / Absent PLA THE HELIOTVP ;iCAL STUDIES. PART V. Apr May June July Aug. Sept. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BC Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. f Abund. Temperature F. fifl" / \ Comrnon 75° / \ 70° \ I Few RK° \ f Coelosphaerium 50° \ / \ \ \ Sc3trc6 R^* \ / \ I / 'in0 \ ^* \ / \ / Present 45° \ 1 \ / Af\" \ , — , — • -\ \ / Absent 35° \ \ f ?n« \ Abund. ?v> \ / / \ ?ne / \ / 1 \ / Common 15* / \ / ^ / in° \ / \\ i S Few 5° \\ / \ / Scenedesmus 0° \ 1 V / V j 7 Scarce \ 1 \ / \ I Present \ Absent Abund. / !\ / \ Common / \ / \ / Few r • Oscillatoria. / Scarce / \ / Present \ / Absent IJpAL STUDIES. PART V. A r. May June July Aug. Sept K \ \ :LIV. Q CO., BOSTON. VOL. II. MINNESOTA CAL STUDIES. PART V. 11 10 23 obgooo ooOBoBSB 22 VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XLVI. THE MELIOTVP€ PUINTIKC CO., BOSTON. XXXV. NOTES ON SOME PLANTS OF ISLE ROYALE. W. A. WHEELER. During August, 1900, I spent about two weeks at Tobin Har- bor on the eastern end of Isle Royale, Mich. At this time I made a collection of plants numbering about 150 species, of which the following seem to be worthy of note. Botrychium lunaria (L.) Sw. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 2 : no. 1800. Rare in moist woods and thickets. Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 2 : in. 1800. Prothallia and young sporophytes were collected in a thicket near the shore of the lake on Aug. 30. Previous collections of the prothallia of this species have been made only by Professor Douglas H. Campbell at Grosse Isle, Michigan, in 1893 and by Professor E. C. Jeffrey at Little Metis, Quebec, Canada, in 1895. Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. BR. Trans. Linn. Soc. n : 173. 1812. Very common on exposed rocks along the lake shore. Dryopteris fragrans (L.) SCHOTJ, Gen. Fil. 1834. Common on exposed rocks with Woodsia ilvensis. Cryptogramme acrostichoides R. BR. App. Franklin's Journ. 767. 1823. Infrequent on rocks. This is probably one of the rarest ferns of the Great Lake region. Lycopodium selago L. Sp. PL 1102. 1753. Frequent on rocks near the shore. Selaginella selaginoides (L.) LINK, Fil. Hort. Berol. 158. 1841. Frequent on moist, shaded rocks near the water's edge on the shore of the harbor. 619 620 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Calamagrostis langsdorfii (LINK.) TRIN. Unifl. 225. 1824. Previously collected from Isle Royale in 1865 by T. C. Porter. This may be the collection reported in Beal & Wheeler's Flora of Michigan as C. lapponica Trin. Carex abacta BAILEY, Bull. Torr. Club, 20: 427. 1893. Carex limosa L. Sp. PL 977. 1753. Juncus articulatus L. Sp. PL 327. 1753. Sagina nodosa (L.) FENZL, Verbr. Alsin. 18. 1833. Infrequent on moist rocks. Sisymbrium humile MEYER, in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. 3: 137. 1831. Rare on rocks. Echinopanax horridum (SMITH) DEC. & PLANCH. Rev. Hortic. 105. 1854. The occurrence of this plant in a locality so far removed from what had been considered its native home is certainly remark- able. No collections of it have been reported farther east than the Rocky Mountains of Montana and British Columbia. On Isle Royale it occurs on the rocky cliffs at two places near Tobin's Harbor, i. - long (American) ; apex obtuse, some- what thickened, with a pale and broad apicuous, while a similar pro- jection often occurs on one side of the lower cell near the septum ; pedicel hyaline, fragile, not as long as the spore, somewhat deciduous. Throughout North America, occurring upon nearly every indi- genous species of Viola. Spermogonia and ascidia from April to Arthur and Holivay: VIOLET RUSTS OF NORTH AMERICA. 635 June, uredo and teleuto stage from June to November and later along the Gulf region. Specimens of American origin have been examined as follows : On Viola obliqua HILL. 1879? Newton, Mass. III. ( W. G. Farlow); 1882, Decorah, Iowa III (E. W. D. Holway); 1883, Madison, Wis. I (L. H. Pammel); 1885, Oregon, 111. Ill (M. B. Watte); 1885, Decorah, Iowa, ii. Ill (E. W. D.Hohvay); 1886, Manhattan, Kans. I and ii. Ill ( W. A. Kellerman); 1890, Greencastle, Ind. O. I (J. C. Arthur}; 1893, Terre Haute, Ind. I (J. C. Arthur); 1897, Auburn, Ala. I (Ala. BioL Surv.); 1898, Lafay- ette, Ind. O. I (/. C. Arthur). On Viola rotundifolia MICHX. 1890, Bradley, Me. II (F. L. Harvey}; 1891, Gunflint lake, Minn. i. II. Ill (L. S. Cheney); 1899, St. Louis river, Wis. i. II. iii (L. S. Cheney. On Viola renifolia A. GRAY. 1896, Orono, Me. I (E. D. Merrill). On Viola septentrionalis GREENE. 1898, Ottawa, Ont. I (J. M. Maconn). On Viola blanda WILLD. 1885, Lansing, Mich. ii. Ill (J. C. Arthur); 1886, Vermilion lake, Minn. II. iii (E. W. D. Holivay'); 1892, Oakland Co., Mich. II. iii (G. H. Hicks) ; 1899, Isle au Haut, Me. ii. Ill (J. C. Arthur). On Viola primulcefolia L. 1892, Lake City, Fla. II. iii (P. H. Rolfs); 1899, Isle au Haut, Me. ii. Ill (/. C. Arthur]. On Viola lanceolata L. 1897, Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. II. (E. T. Harper); 1899, Isle au Haut, Me. ii. Ill (/. C. Arthur). On Viola cognata GREENE. 1894, North Yakima, Wash. ii. Ill (C. V. Pi^er}; 1894, Sisson, Calif, ii. Ill ( W. C. Bias- dale) . On Viola adunca SMITH. 1887, Provo, Utah, ii. Ill (S. M. Tracy) ; 1889, Deer Lodge, Mont. I (F. D. Kelsey); 1892, Pullman, Wash. I and ii. Ill (W. 7?. Hull); 1894, Pull- man, Wash. II. iii ( C. V. Piper); 1894, Pine Creek, Calif, i. II. iii (F. P. Nutting); 1894, Sisson, Calif. I (E. W. D. Holway); 1894, Sisson, Calif. II. iii (W. C. Bias- dale); 1899, Gunnison Co., Colo. ii. Ill (E. Bartholomew). On Viola glabella NUTT. 1885, Falcon Valley, Wash. ii. Ill (W. JV, Suksdorf);-Lfy$, Skamania Co., Wash. Ill 636 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. (W. N. Suksdorf}; 1897, Bingen, Wash. I. II. Ill (W. JV. Suksdorf}. On Viola ocettata TORR. & GR. 1894, Ukiah, Calif, ii. Ill (E. W. D. Hoi-way). On Viola Montanensis RYDB. 1888, Helena, Mont. II. Ill (F. D. Kelsey}; 1897, Spanish Basin, Mont. ii. Ill (P. A. Rydberg); 1898, Montesanes, Wash. ii. Ill (A. A. Heller). On Viola Canadensis L. 1889, Bozeman, Mont. O. I (Mrs. Alder son}. On Viola striata AIT. 1882, Pine Hills, 111. I. ii. Ill (A. B. Seymour)', 1882, Carbondale, 111. I (A. B. Seymour); 1893, Ell River Falls, Ind. ii. Ill (L. M. Underwood). On Viola rostrata PURSH. 1886, Syracuse, N. Y. I (L. M. Under-wood). On Viola Labradorica SCHRANK. 1883, Granville, Mass. ii. Ill (A. B. Seymour}; 1885, Racine, Wis. ii. Ill (/. /. Davis); 1886, Racine, Wis. I (J. J. Davis); 1888, Racine, Wis. ii. Ill (J. J. Davis); 1896, St. Remi, Quebec, ii. Ill ( Wm. Stuart}. On Viola arenaria DC. 1880, Franklin Falls, N. H. II (Mrs. Harrison). On Viola hastata L. 1820? Salem, N. C. I (L. v. Schivei- nitz}. On Viola -pubescens AIT. 1882, Decorah, Iowa, I (E. W. D. Hoi-way); 1883, Madison, Wis. ii. Ill (L. H. Pammel); 1883, Devil's Lake, Wis. Ill (L. H. Pammel); 1883, Decorah, Iowa ii. Ill (E. W. D. Holway}; 1885, Madi- son, Wis. ii. Ill (A. B. Seymour); 1885, Racine, Wis. ii. Ill (/. /. Davis}; 1886, Racine, Wis. O. I (/. /. Davis}; 1886, Decorah, Iowa, O. I (E. W. D. Holway); 1889, Greensburg, Ind. I (J. C. Arthur); 1898, Lafayette, Ind. O. I (/. C. Arthur); 1898, Pownal, Vt. O. I (/. R. Churchill). On Viola scabriuscula (T. & G.) SCHW. 1898, Franconia, N. H. I (E. & C. E. Faxon}; 1898, Masardis, Me. I (M. L. Fernald). On Viola sp. 1884, Jamestown, N. D. II. Ill (A. B. Sey- mour); 1893, Three Lakes, Wis. I (J. J. Davis}; 1895, Mt. Washington, N. H. ii. Ill (E. T. Harper); 1897, SaultSte. Marie, Mich. I (E. T. Harper}; 1899, Pachuca, Mexico II. Ill (E. W. D. Hoi-way}. Arthur and Hotway : VIOLET RUSTS OF NORTH AMERICA. 637 This species shows remarkable variability, especially in size of the spores, and in the thickness and markings of their walls. These differences come out most strikingly when comparing a series of specimens. There is also considerable variability in the form of the spores, as shown in Figs. 5 and 6, both taken from the same specimen, but it is such as one may expect to find in many other species of rusts. If almost any specimen of violet rust be compared critically with an European specimen, the greater size of the teleutospores in the former is likely to attract attention. This is the basis of the species proposed by Cooke, Puccinia hastatce. A specimen collected by W. C. Blasdale on Viola cognata at Sisson, Calif. (Figs. 5 and 6), has been compared with the type material of P. hastatce at the Kew Herbarium, through the kindness of Mr. Massee, and found to agree very closely. The greater size of the teleutospore in the American material generally is notice- able, and this difference extends to the uredo and ascidial stages as well, although not usually so pronounced. In the case of an ascidium on Viola pubesccns, collected at Decorah, Iowa, in 1882, Farlow has made the comment: — "Spores somewhat larger than in the European specimens ; this may be the ^•Ecidium of Puccinia hastata Cke." (on the label in Ellis' N. Amer. Fungi, no. 1007). If size of spores is to be taken as valid basis for separating species, there is no question that the American form shows a strong claim to rank as autonomous. The claim, even on that assumption, is much weakened, how- ever, by the great range between the smallest and largest of the American specimens, indicating a decided capacity for vari- ability rather than a fixed form. A peculiarity of the American violet rust, that in the case of European specimens we have not seen mentioned and have not observed, is the frequently tuberculate sculpturing of the teleu- tospores. Burrill (Paras, fungi 111. : 174) makes this a diag- nostic character, but in a wide series of specimens one does not always meet with it. With most observers the spores would generally be rated as smooth like the European form. The true character of surface markings can be best studied by ob- serving the spores without addition of fluids. In this way it is easy to see that the markings are small papillae, sparingly dis- tributed, and chiefly appearing on the upper half of the spore. A closer study reveals the interesting fact that when no eleva- 638 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. tions above the general surface of the spore can be detected, there may yet be observed almost the usual appearance when the spore is examined in face view. Instead of papillae, their places seem to be supplied by translucent dots. Now the most interesting outcome of this study is the observation that the European specimens, while having what are always rated as smooth teleutospores, yet show when looked at dry and in face view, the same appearance of translucent dots and in the same abundance and distribution as do American specimens. The American form, therefore, simply accentuates characters that are primitive in the trans-Atlantic form. The uredospores also have interesting, but less significant, characters showing variability. As a rule they do not much exceed in size those from European specimens, although the tendency toward largeness is apparent. But in many American specimens the walls are greatly thickened (compare uredospores in Figs. 5 and 7), and give a striking appearance under the microscope. These thick-walled uredospores are sometimes small, and sometimes large. They occur on various species of violets and range from the Atlantic coast to the Pacific. Fine illustrations are found in material on Viola -primulcBfolia col- lected at Isle au Haut, Me. (Fig. 8), the uredospores being small, and on Viola glabella collected at Bingen, Wash. (Fig. 7), the uredospores being large. After all, the form is only oc- casionally met with. If it is an adaptation to some particular environment, it is difficult to see what that may be. The form on Viola -primula/oHa from Maine was collected within a few hundred feet of the open ocean among rocks, yet in the same situation and intermixed grew Viola lanceolata with rust show- ing uredospores having almost normally thin walls. It is possible that these interesting variations belong in some way to obscure species, but our study has shown no morpho- logical boundaries. It is more likely that they indicate races, or possibly so-called biological species. A well-directed series of cultures would undoubtedly yield important results. A few words regarding the American synonymy may be helpful. Cooke described Puccinia hastattz in the third volume of Grevillea from material collected in Maine by E. C. Bolles. The host was Viola hastata. The uredo and teleuto stages are described, but the only distinctive characters are the measure- ments which are given as 20-22 // for the uredospores, and Arthur and Holway : VIOLET RUSTS OF NORTH AMERICA. 639 20-25 p by 35-40;* for the teleutospores. The name has been very little used by American or other botanists. The assign- ment of the name to a place under the wholly distinct Puccinia Fergussoni, as done by De Toni in the seventh volume of Saccardo's Sylloge fungorum, was far from being a shrewd guess as to its relationship. It is even more inexplicable how Dietel could have fancied a resemblance to Puccinia Fergussoni in the type material of his Puccinia dcnsa. His material of the latter species was collected in 1895 by W. N. Suksdorf in the State of Washington. It was on Viola glabella, and yielded only teleutospores. The characters which he drew up for the proposed new species agree perfectly with those of large-spored forms of Puccinia Viola. Beside the type collection we have examined material on the same host from other localities in the same State, and secured by the same collector. This ample material includes all three spore stages, and leaves no doubt of the identity of P. densa Diet, with P. Viola. All the hosts of the specimens cited under Viola Montanensis, and part of those under V. adunca, have been determined or verified by Dr. P. A. Rydberg of the New York Botanical Garden. An error in the thirteenth volume of Saccardo's Sylloge fun- gorum, page 1313, should be pointed out here. Puccinia Maria- Wilsoni Clint, is said to occur on Viola cucullata Ait. and V. delphinifolia Nutt. The error is due to a confusion of names. ^Ecidium Maria- Wilsoni Peck is found on these hosts but Puccinia Maria- Wilsoni Clinton is only found on Claytonia, and both species are widely different from Puccinia Viola. Puccinia effusa D. & H. 1895. Erythea 3: 81. I. yEcidia amphigenous, but chiefly hypophyllous, in large indefi- nite clusters, often covering much of the leaf, noticeably extending along the veins and petioles ; substratum somewhat thickened ; cups broad and low, border white, irregularly and coarsely lacerate, some- what recurved ; spores subglobose, somewhat angular from compres- sion, minutely verrucose, 20—27 ;j. in diameter. III. Teleutosori for the most part arising from the cups of the aecidia, uncovered, elliptical, nearly black ; spores dark brown, ellip- tical or oblong, slightly if at all constricted at the septum, inconspicu- ously verrucose, 23-317^ broad by 37-50/4 long; wall moderately thick ; apex rounded, usually not thickened ; base rounded or occa- sionally slightly narrowed; pedicel hyaline, deciduous. 640 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The western coast of the United States in spring and early summer. The following specimens have been examined, the first being the type collection : On Viola lobata BENTH. 1894, Dunsmuir, Calif. I. iii (E. W. D. Holway). On Viola Nuttallii PURSH. 1897, Falcon Valley, Wash. I. iii ( W. N. Suksdorf}. The species is very characteristic. It probably possesses sperrnogonia, but they have not yet been observed ; it is, how- ever, without uredo, although erroneously included in the orig- inal description of the species. Two specimens are cited (Erythea 3 : 82) as type material, the first on Viola lobata, re- ferred to above, and the second on Viola ocellata. The latter specimen has been examined and proves to be Puccinia Violce, and is cited above under that species. The original description of the species is accordingly emended to omit the supposed uredo. The difference in the shape of the spores, shown in the pho- tographs of spores taken from the two hosts, is doubtless due to some accident of growth, such as more or less compression in the young sorus, and is without diagnostic value. It is of the same nature as the difference shown in two mountings from the same collection of P. Viola on V. cognata. The more regular spores are to be accepted in each case as the normal development under favorable conditions. Four additional species of violet rusts occur in Europe, and it is possible that they may eventually be found in this country. Uredo alpestris Schroet. inhabits Viola biflora L., and as this host is a native of the Rocky Mountains, the rust may possibly accompany it. Puccinia alpina Fckl. also occurs on V. bijlora L., and P. Fergussoni'Qvfa. & Br. occurs on V. -palustris L., and V. mirabilis L., and V* epipsila Led. Both of these species belong to the section of Micropuccinia, and are notably distinct from the other rusts on violets. A specimen of rust collected by Marcus E. Jones at San Diego, Calif., in 1882, was erroneously referred to the latter species, and distributed by him as No. 3040. Puccinia cegra Grove is an autoecious species found on the cultivated pansy and its close relatives. It will probably be brought to America after a time through commercial channels, as the rusts of asparagus, chrysanthe- mum, carnation, hollyhock, and of some other cultivated plants Arthur and Holway : VIOLET RUSTS OF NORTH AMERICA. 641 have been. As the hosts of these four species of violet rusts are found in this country, the rusts may not unreasonably be expected also. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII. All figures photographed and engraved to the same scale, x 250 diameter. Each millimeter on the plate equals 4/z of original dimen- sions. Figures i, 2 and 3. Puccinia Viola showing three sizes of teleuto- spores : i, on V. elatior from Germany, Sydow's Uredineen, No. 33 ; 2, on V. adunca from Gunnison, Colo. ; 3, Viola sp. from Mexico, Holway No. 3573. Figures 4, 5 and 6. Puccinia Violce showing especially large teleu- tospores : 4, on V. blanda from Lansing, Mich. ; 5 and 6, both on V. cognata from Sisson, Calif., taken from different sori. Figures 7 and §• Puccinia Violce showing especially thick-walled uredospores : 7? on ^ glabetta from Bingen, Wash. ; 8, on V. primu- Icefolia from Isle au Haut, Me. Figures 9 and 10. Puccinia effusa showing regular and irregular spores ; 9, on V. Ntdtattii from Falcon Valley, Wash. ; 10, on V. lobata from Dunsmuir, Calif. VOL.11. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART V. PLATE XLVII. THE MELWTVPf PRINTINO CO., BOSTON. XXXVIII. OBSERVATIONS ON THE EMBRYOGENY OF NELUMBO. H. L. LYON. INTRODUCTION. The peculiar and seemingly inconsistent characters of JVe- himbo have given rise to a variety of opinions regarding its proper systematic position and in attempts to settle the points in dispute the plant has again and again been subjected to careful investigation, the recorded observations forming a considerable literature. In anatomy the plant seems to conform more nearly to the type of the Monocotyledons, as in fact do all the Nymphaeaceae, the vascular bundles being closed and irregularly placed through the stem. On the other hand the large peltate leaves with their reticulate venation are perhaps more suggestive of a dicoty- ledonous plant, while the flowers might easily belong to one of either class. Thus far can investigators agree, but the anoma- lous character of the fruit has made it a subject for controversy, and the interpretations offered are numerous and at great vari- ance. Briefly stated the fruit presents the following peculiari- ties. Each carpel of the apocarpous gynoecium contains a single ovule and matures as a spherical one-seeded fruit. The thick sclerenchymatous pericarp lined by the thin testa is closely filled by two large white fleshy bodies hemispherical in shape and joined to each other at the stigmatic end of the pericarp. In an elongated oval chamber formed by opposed concavities in the inner surfaces of these fleshy bodies, and attached to them at their point of continuity is a green structure — a stem bearing a large and small leaf and an apical bud containing two more. The free leaves are fully formed and already green and together with the stem are enclosed by a thin delicate structureless membrane. Imbedded in the common tissue of the two fleshy bodies opposite the insertion of the stem of the 643 644 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. green structure is found a vestigial radicle. Upon the germi- nation of the seed the fleshy bodies remain within the pericarp wall while the green structure develops into the extraseminal plant body. The radicle does not function, the first roots springing from the stem of the green structure. The first careful description of the seed seems to have been given by Gaertner (1788, 73-74). He termed the large fleshy bodies the vitellus which he considered a transition between the endosperm and cotyledon. The green structure he considered the embryo and in Nymphcea he describes it as monocotyledon- ous, but of Nelumbo he says : " Ambigit Nelumbo inter plantas mono-& dicotyledones : nom ad posteriores, ex fabrica seminis, omnino spectare videtur ; sed verissime ad priores pertinet, quum constantissime unicum duntaxat sub germinatione promat foli- olum, nee alterum prodeat, donee prius penitus evolutum & super aqua explicatum sit :" Jussieu (1789, 68, 453) considers the green structure a monocotyledonous embryo and describes the large fleshy bodies as endosperm. Poiteau ('09, 382, 383) in- terprets the large fleshy bodies as cotyledons and the membrane as a stipule, but denies the presence of a radicle. Mirbel ('09) accepts Poiteau's interpretation of the large fleshy bodies but notes the presence of a radicle. Richard ('n) describes the embryo as monocotyledonous. The little sac which surrounds the green structure he considers a reduced cotyledon and the large fleshy bodies an outgrowth of the radicle. Mirbel ('i5» 59, 60, footnote] writes: "Je ne suis pas eloigne de croire que le Piper, le Saurus , le Nymphgea, le Nelumbo et peutetre quelques autres genres que Ton regarde mal-a-propos comme Monocotyledons, doivent prendre place non loin les uns des autres, parmi les Dicotyledons, dans la serie des families natur- elles." MirbePs declaration seems to have settled the question as to the character of the large fleshy bodies, his interpretation having been generally accepted except by Barthelemy ('76) who asserts : (i) that the green structure is the one which arises in the embryo-sac and hence is to be considered as the embryo, (2) that the two fleshy bodies imitating cotyledons arise through the division of the exosperm. Concerning the little colorless sac which surrounds the green structure, however, no opinion seems to have been given which could meet with general approval. In addition to those above cited De Candolle (J2i) considered it a stipule, Brongniart ('27) Lyon : OBSERVATIONS ON EMBRYOGENY OF XELUMBO. 645 the embryo-sac, Trecul ('54, 2) a concretion of a homogeneous substance containing numerous small, acicular crystals, and finally Wigand-Dennert ('87) in a monograph on Nehunbnini speciosum wrote : " Es ist unzweifelhaft der Ueberrest von Endo- spermzellen, welche sich in der Hohlung zwischen den Cotyle- donen erhalten und gleichsam auf der Oberflache der Plumula niedergeschlagen und dadurch das Ansehen einer Membran erhalten haben." From the above survey of literature it will be seen that mod- ern knowledge of the seed is based on investigations made upon mature or nearly mature fruits. That alone which will deter- mine the correct interpretation of the structures (Y. e., a knowl- edge of their origin) is entirely wanting. It was in recognition of this fact that the present embryological study was undertaken. In a preliminary note, published in Science, the more important conclusions were announced, i. The embryo of Nelumbo is genuinely monocotyledonous in its development. The plumule arises laterally and at first there is but one cotyledon which later bifurcates to form the two fleshy bodies. 2. The membrane surrounding the plumule is, as conjectured by Wigand, a true endosperm arising within the embryo-sac. COLLECTION AND METHODS. The material for the investigation in hand was collected by the author in August, 1899, and August, 1900, in southeastern Minnesota while working on the botanical survey of that region. There, Nelumbo lutca grows in great luxuriance in the sloughs and bayous of the Mississippi river, the soft muddy bottoms and quiet waters of these bayous affording an ideal habitat for the plant, where it often forms beds many acres in extent to the exclusion of other vegetation. In collecting, each carpel was removed from the torus, the lower end cut away and the upper portion with the attached ovule placed in the fixing fluid. One-half and one per cent, chromic acid and chrom-acetic acid were used as killing re- agents. The material was thoroughly washed and passed gradu- ally into 70 per cent, alcohol in which condition it was brought into the laboratory. The ovules were imbedded in paraffine and serial sections cut with a Minot microtome. The sections were stained on the slide, a variety of stains being used ; the photo- micrographs and drawings, however, which accompany the 646 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. present paper were made from sections stained with aniline- water-safranin or acid fuchsin. At the present time the material at hand is insufficient for the full demonstration of certain points, especially in the develop- ment of the embryo-sac. Therefore, the present paper will be limited to a discussion of the embryogeny, the development of the embryo-sac and the cytology of reproduction being reserved for future treatment. RESEARCH. The embryo-sac is ovoid at its micropylar end and tapers down to a narrow attenuation which extends deeply into the nucellus. As the embryo-sac matures the nucellar tissue directly in con- tact with it begins to break down. There also appears in the antipodal region a club-shaped cellular structure which obliterates the lower portion of the sac (Figs, i and 2). The precise origin of this peculiar antipodal body remains yet to be determined. To facilitate description the embryogeny may be considered in a series of stages. Stage A. Spherical stage. — The young embryo is usually found in the upper end of the embryo-sac among the debris re- sulting from the disintegration of the synergidas. The sur- rounding protoplasm makes it difficult to observe the first division of the oosperm and at the present time the youngest embryo which can be described with certainty is one in the eight-celled stage represented in Fig. 3. As seen here the embryo is nearly spherical, no suspensor being evident, although there may be one present but obscured by the disorganizing synergid " a." This is not probable, however, judging from the position of the first wall in the segmenting embryo. If a suspensor cell is cut off at all, it very early loses its identity as there is no evidence of it in embryos of the age represented in Figs. 4-6. Cell division apparently takes place uniformly through- out the embryo, the result being the building up of a spherical body (Figs. 4-7). The embryo retains its spherical shape until composed of several hundred cells. At about this time the nucellar tissue in the micropylar end of the ovule has entirely broken down, so that the embryo now lies in a cavity which is bounded by the inner integument of the ovule. Simultaneously with the division of the embryonal cell the endosperm nucleus divides and the young embryo is soon surrounded by endosperm Lyon : OBSERVATIONS ON EMBRYOGENY OF NELUMBO. 647 nuclei between which thin cell walls are very early apparent (Figs, i, 4-7). Stage B. Monocotyledonous stage. — The spherical embryo begins to evidence a maximum growth in the horizontal direc- tion, its greater dimension being diagonal or nearly at right angles to the longer axis of the ovule. At this time it can per- haps best be described as a flattened mass or button of tissue lying in the upper end of the ovular cavity. The surface in contact with the ovular wall conforms to the shape of the latter. The free surface is more or less flattened and slightly inclined to the plane of the horizontal. The plumule («, Fig. 8) now arises as a small protuberance on the inclined free surface in a median line near its lower side. The axis of the plumule is from the first about parallel with the axis of the ovule, and as it grows straight down into the ovular cavity it causes this side of the embryo, which we will term the front side, to become flattened. The future cotyledon is now evident as a crescent- shaped mound of tissue (bb, Fig. 8) around the rear of the em- bryo, its wings extending forward even with the plumule. This stage culminates in an embryo as represented in Fig. 8. The endosperm, during the monocotyledonary stage, forms a co- lumnar mass of tissue which stands centrally in the cavity, ex- tending from the embryo to the persistent nucellar tissue in the lower portion of the ovule. Stage C. "Dicotyledonous" stage. — The cotyledon be- comes bilobed through the localization of growth at the foci, b and 3, Fig. 8. From each of these points a cotyledonary lobe grows rapidly downward outside the endosperm, the tissue of the nucellus disorganizing before it (Fig. 10). In cross section these lobes are crescent-shaped (Fig. 16) and simultaneously with their elongation growth takes place in both radial and tan- gential directions, each lobe at its base growing forward around the plumule. An idea of the relative positions occupied by the different structures may be derived from Figs. 13-16; cross sections of embryos which were, however, considerably older than the one represented in Fig. 9. The growth of the plumule is slow during this stage, it being a simple dome-shaped mound of tissue (Figs. 9, 10 and 18) which comes to occupy a central position through the growing forward of the cotyledonary lobes. At about this time the plerome first becomes apparent as a 648 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. strand of somewhat smaller cells running from the plumule di- rectly through to the base of the embryo (Figs. 12-18). From this main axis, at a point just above its middle (Fig. 18), lateral strands radiate outward and traverse the lobes of the cotyledon. This stage culminates in an embryo as represented in Fig. 9. Stage D. Mature embryo. — This stage which is reached with the completion of intraseminal growth may be discussed under the following captions : 1. Maturation of the Plumule. — The first foliage leaf arises on the axis of the plumule morphologically opposite the cotyle- don (3, Fig. 14) (/. £., on the front side of the plumule axis). The second foliage leaf arises opposite the first (c, Fig. 19). The stipules of the first and second leaves grow over and around the apex of the stem and enclose the next two leaves, which are also preformed in the seed (Fig. 23). The lysige- nous cavities of the stem and leaf petioles very early appear, as seen in Figs. 19 and 22. The structure of the mature plu- mule has been many times described and needs no further treat- ment here. Its development, however, may be well under- stood by a comparison of Figs. 10, 14, 17, 19, 22 and 23. 2. Origin and Maturation of the Radicle. — The radicle (r, Fig. 22) originates opposite the insertion of the plumule and is but a vestigial structure not developing into a functional primary root upon the germination of the seed. It only be- comes apparent at a late stage in the development of the em- bryo and is usually completely enclosed by an outgrowth of the cotyledonary tissue. Fig. 24 shows a longitudinal section of the hypocotyl of a seedling which had already developed sec- ondary roots from the epicotyl. 3. Maturation of the Cotyledon. — The edges of the cotyledon- ary lobes soon meet through tangential growth, thus forming a tube in which the plumule stands surrounded by the endosperm. The cells directly beneath the epidermis near the apex of the lobes remain densely protoplasmic and differentiate into a dis- tinct palisade tissue (Figs. 20, 21). This undoubtedly forms a nursing area, being in contact with the lower portion of the nucellus which persists for some time and is still evident in the seed as a thicker, more distinct portion of the testa (a, Fig. n). The lobes through more rapid elongation soon reach their maximum length and then by somewhat slower tangential and radial growth the embryo acquires its ultimate spherical form. L\'OH: OBSERVATIONS ON EMBRYOGENY OF NELUMBO. 649 The integuments of the ovule keep pace with the growth of the embryo and form the thin testa of the seed which lines the thick pericarp. 4. Fate of the Endosperm. — The endosperm reaches its max- imum growth early in Stage C when it forms a considerable mass of tissue lying between the lobes of the cotyledon (Fig. 16). The cell walls are never firm and offer little resistance to the growing plumule which forces its way into the center of the mass. The nuclei soon after begin to disappear and the cells to lose their definite outline. The resulting debris is crowded around the plumule by the growth of the cotyledonary lobes and is apparent in the seed as a colorless structureless sheath nearly or quite surrounding the plumule. 5. The Embryo of the Seed. — A earful study of the embryo of the seed without reference to its development brings to light many conditions not to be found in a dicotyledonous seed. The lobes of the cotyledon are not separate structures, but have a common tissue at the base of the embryo upon which the plu- mule stands (Figs, n, 22). The sinuses between the lobes are not of equal depth, the front sinus being deeper than the rear, so that the common tissue of the lobes (3, Fig. n) extends higher up in the rear of the plumule than it does in front of it. This peculiarity is even more noticeable in the seed of N. nelumbo than in that of N. lutea illustrated in the figure, and it is so distinct that it is remarkable that it has not been described before. The radicle is to a greater or less extent imbedded in tissue of cotyledonary origin, in this respect conforming to well- known monocotyledonous types. THE EMBRYOGENY OF NELUMBO COMPARED WITH THAT OF OTHER MONOCOTYLEDONS. In its early development the embryo of Nelumbo is strikingly similar to that of Pistia described by Hegelmaier ('74, 68 1- 686. pi. ii .Jig. 4.5-52}. The oosperm of Pistia, Hegelmaier finds, does not cut off a suspensor cell but by uniform divisions builds up a spherical embryo as in Nelumbo. The bifurcation of the cotyledon is not so inexplicable a deviation from the or- dinary course of development as it may at first appear. It is rather to be considered as a modification brought about through the adaptation of the embryo to the available space within its in- vestments. 650 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. As the embryo departs from its primitive spherical form it is evident that its axis lies more or less directly across the ovular cavity. As the plumule develops superficially near one side of this flat expanse of tissue the remaining larger surface is to be considered as that of the young cotyledon. The cotyledon soon meets obstruction to its further growth in the horizontal plane and hence turns down into the ovular cavity. Its later bifurcation is undoubtedly the result of its having to adjust it- self to the cylindrical cavity in which it grows. That the shape of the cavity does to some extent affect the shape of the cotyledon seems to be evidenced by the fact that the cotyledon- ary lobes are at all times closely appressed to their enclosing in- vestments. The bifurcation extends along aline of mechanical stress. The mature embryo of Nelumbo can perhaps best be com- pared with those of the grasses, especially one having but a small amount of cotyledonary tissue below the junction of the plumule and cotyledon. The embryo of the wild rice, Ztzania aquattca, as figured by Kennedy ('99, pi. J. Jig. 22—24) af- fords such an example. It has a long epicotyl and a very short hypocotyl which is imbedded in a small amount of coty- ledonary tissue. The cotyledon grows around and nearly en- closes the plumule with a uniform thickness of tissue. In Nelumbo the conditions are almost exactly similar, except that the cotyledon in addition to growing around the plumule has become divided lengthwise nearly to the base into two equal parts. THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE NYMPH^EACE^E. As indicated above the one character which has led to the placing of the Nymphagaceae among the Dictotyledons is the structure of the embryo in the seed. In their other characters they conform more nearly to the Monocotyledons. The embryo of Nelumbo has been shown to be monocotyledonous in its de- velopment. Although in the other genera there is present in the seed a functional endosperm and perisperm, a careful ex- amination of the mature embryos shows them to be in all essen- tial respects quite similar to that of Nelumbo. Those common characters, then, which have previously united these plants into a family justify the conclusion that they agree in embryogeny. In order to remove all possible doubt the embryogeny of a Lyon: OBSERVATIONS ON EMBRYOGENY OF XELUMBO. 651 number of Nymphaeacece will be studied during the coming summer. The Nymphceaceae should be classified, in the natural system, in a subseries Nymphaeineas coordinate with the Potamogetonineae, Alismineae and Butomineas in the series Helobise. RECAPITULATION AND SUMMARY. 1. Jfclumbo both in its anatomy and embryogeny conforms to the type of the Monocotyledons. 2. The two fleshy bodies of the embryo arise through the bi- furcation of the originally single cotyledon. 3. The membrane surrounding the plumule is, as conjectured by Wigand, a true endosperm arising within the embryo-sac. 4. The family of the Nymphasaceae should be classified among Monocotyledons in the series Helobiae. The writer wishes to express his obligations to Professor Conway MacMillan who has carefully followed the present in- vestigation, offering many suggestions which have been incor- porated in the general discussion. LITERATURE. The following bibliography includes the more important works dealing with the anatomy, morphology or affinities of Nelumbo, which have been found of value in the present research. 1. Baillon, H. (V1)- Monographic des Nymphaeace'es. Histoire des Plantes, 3: 77-104. 1871. 2. Barthelemy, A. ('74). De la respiration et de la circulation des gaz dans les vegetaux. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. V. 19 : 131-175. 1874. 3. Barthelemy, A. ('76). Du developpement de 1'embryon dans le Nelumbium speciosum et de sa germination. Rev. Sci. Nat. 5 : 40-44. 1876. 4. Brongniart, A. ('27) . Memoire stir la G£ne>ation et le Developpe- ment de 1'Embryon dans les v^ge'taux phan^rogames. Chap. iv. Ann. Sci. Nat. 12: 225-296. 1827. 5. Caspary, R. ('78). Nymphaeaceae in v. Martius. Fl. brasiliensis. Fasc. 77. 130. 1878. 6. Caspary, R. ('91). Nymphaeaceas in Die Natiirl. Pflanzenfam . III. Teil. 2 Abt. i-io. 1891. 7. Caspary, R. ('57). Flora 717-718, also Bot. Zeit. 791. 1857. 8. Clos, M. D. ('91). Interpretation des Parties Germinatives du Trapa natans, de quelques Guttiferes et des Nelumbium. B. S. B. de France, 38: 271-276. 1891. 652 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 9. De Candolle, A. ('05). Sur la graine cles Nymphcea. Paris. Soc. Philom. Bull. III. 68. 1805. 10. De Candolle, A. ('21). Sur les affinites naturells de la famille des Nympheacees. Geneve. Mem. Soc. Phys. I. 208-244. 1821. n. Engelmann, G. ('60). Remarks on Ne/um&zum tuteum. Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. (Proc.) 2. 1860. 12. Gaertner, J. (1788). De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum, I: 73-74- i788- 13. Gwynne-Vaughan, D. T. ('96, i). A new case of polystely in Dicotyledons. Ann. of Bot. 10 : 289-291. 1896. 14. Gwynne-Vaughan, D. T. ('96, 2). The arrangement of vascular bundles in certain Nymphasaceae. Ann. of Bot. 10 : 624-625. 1896. 15. Gwynne-Vaughan, D. T. ('97). On some points in the mor- phology and anatomy of the Nymphasaceas. Trans. Linn. Soc. of London, 5 : 287-299. 1897. 1 6. Heckel, E. ('79)« Des poils et des glandes pileuses dans quelques genres de Nympheacees. Comp. Rend. 89 : 758-759. 1879. 17. Hegelmaier ('74)- Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte monokotyledoner Keime nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Bildung cler Samendeckel. Bot. Zeit. 631, 648, 657, 673, 689, 705. 1874. i S. Heritage, B. ('95). Preliminary notes on Nclumbo lutea. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 266-271. 1895. 19. Jeffrey, E. C. The morphology of the central cylinder in the Angiosperms. Nymphaeaceae. 24-27. 20. Klebs, G. ('83). Beitrage zur Morphologic und Biologic der Keimung. Untersuch. aus dem Bot. Inst. zu Tubingen, I : 536— 614. Nymphaeaceae, 555-556. 1883. 21. Kennedy, P. B. ('99). The structure of the caryopsis of Grasses with reference to their morphology and classification. Bull. No. 19, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. of Agrostology. 1899. 22. Lindley, J. ('36). A natural system of botany. Nymphaeaceae, 10-14. 1836. 23. Lyon, H. L. (1901). Preliminary note on the embryogeny of Nelumbo. Science, 13: 470. 1901. 24. Mirbel, C. F. B. ('09). Observations anatomiques ou physiolo- giques sur le Nelumbo nucifera. Paris, Mus. Nat. Hist. Annal. 13 : 465-481. 1809. 25. Mirbel, C. F. B. ('15). Siemens de Physiologic Vegetale et de Botanique, I : 59—60. 26. Planchon, J. E. ('53). Etudes sur les Nympheacees. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 19: 17-63. 1853. Lyon: OBSERVATIONS ON EMBRYOGENY OF NELUMBO. 653 27. Poiteau, A. ('09). Sur 1'embryon des Graminees des Cype'race'es, et du Nelumbo. Paris, Mus. Hist. Nat. Annal. 13 : 381-400. 1809. 28. Raciborski, M. ('94). Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Cabombeen und Nymphaeaceen. Flora, 92-108. 1894. 29. Richard, L. C. ('n). Analyze botanique des embryons endo- rhizes ou monocotyledones, et particulierement de celui des Grami- n£es. Paris Mus. Hist. Nat. Annal. 17 : 223-251, 442-487. 1811. 30. Solereder, H. ('99). Systematische Anatomic der Dicotyledonen. Nymphaaaceaa. 54-59- 1899. 31. Trecul, A. ('45). Recherches sur la structure des Nymphaeace'es. Tourn. de Pharm. 7: 465-467. 1845. 32. Trecul, A. ('53). Memoir sur la Formation des Feuilles. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 20 : 235-314. 1853. 33. Trecul, A. ('54, I ). Etudes anatomiques et organageniques sur la Victoria regia, et anatomic compared du Nelumbium, du Nuphar et de la Victoria. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. I : 145-172. 1854. 34. Trecul, A. ('54, 2). Ve"ge"tation du Nelumbium codophyllum et disposition anomale de ses Feuilles et de ses Stipules. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. I : 291-298. 1854. 35. Trecul, A. ('54, 3). Disposition des Stipules et des Feuilles du Nelumbium codophyllum et Vegetation singuli^re de cette Plante. B. S. B. de France, I : 18-22, 60-63. x^54- 36. VanTieghem, P. ('86, i). Surl'apareil secre"teur et les affinite' s de structure des Nympheacees. B. S. B. de France, 33 : 72—76. 1886. 37. Van Tieghem, P. ('86, 2). Sur la croissance terminate de la Racine dans les Nymphe'acees. B. S. B. de France, 33: 264-265. 1886. 38. Van Tieghem, P., and Douliot, H. ('88). Recherches compara- tives sur 1'origine des membres endogenes dans les plantes vasculaires. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 8: (Nymphaeaceas) 127-132, 435-43$. iSSS. 39. Warming, E. ('79-'8o). Forgreningen og Bladstillingen hos Sliigten Nelumbo. Vidensk. Meddelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjobenhavn. 443—455. 1879—80. 40. Weberbauer, A. ('94). Beitrage zur Samenanatomie der Nym- plKeaceen. Bot. Jahr. 18 : 213-258. 1894. 41. Wettstein, R. V. ('88). Beobachtungen u'ber den Bau und die Keimung des Samens von Nelumbo nucifera Giirtn. Verhandl. d. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien. 38: 41-47. 1888. 42. Wigand, A. ('71). Nelumbium speciosum W. Bot. Zeit. 812- 826. 1871. 43. Wigand-Dennert ('88). Nelumbium speciosum W. Eine mo- nographische Studie. Bibl. Bot. Heft. n. 1888. 654 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. DESCRIPTION of PLATE XLVIII. Figure i. Longitudinal section of ovule containing young embryo and endosperm (X5o). The nucellar tissue about the middle of the embryo-sac has broken down. The antipodal body is seen at the lower end of the sac. 2. Antipodal body (xi6o). 3. Eight-celled embryo ( x 770). (Outlined with camera lucida.) a = disorganizing synei'gid. 4. 5, 6. Longitudinal sections of ovules containing spherical embryos and endosperm ( x 240) . 7. Cross section of ovule containing a spherical embryo closely sur- rounded by endosperm ( x 240) . 8. Front view of an embryo at end of stage B. a= plumule, bb-= cotyledon. This figure was reconstructed from careful micrometer measurements of serial cross sections ; a proceeding found necessary in order to get the correct orientation of the embryo. 9. Front view of an embryo at end of stage C. # = plumule. bb = cotyledonary lobe. Figure obtained in same manner as Fig. 8. 10. Longitudinal section of an embryo in Stage C (X5o). The endosperm is shrunken by reagents into the center of the ovular cavity. 11. A fruit with one side of the pericarp and a cotyledonary lobe cutaway (X2). #=thicker portion of the testa. 3=common base of the cotyledonary lobes. PLATE XLIX. 12. Cross section of the hypocotyl of an embryo just completing Stage C ( X 50) . 13. Cross section of the same embryo through base of plumule (xso). 14. Cross section of the same embryo through apex of plumule ^450). a=apex of stem. 6=first leaf. July 9> I9°°> nos. 537 and 549 and July 10, 1900, no. 577. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, no. 778. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 904 and July 28, 1900, no. 956. 139. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. On calcareous earth, frequent. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, no. 59. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 275 and July 2, 1900, no. 391. 140. Biatora decipiens (EHRH.) FR. var. dealbata TUCK. On earth, infrequent. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 261 and July 2, 1900, no. 392. 141. Biatora viridescens (SCHRAD.) FR. On tamarack logs in swamp, frequent. Bemidji, July 7, 1900, no. 528. 142. Biatora vernalis (L.) FR. On mossy trees and on tamarack, infrequent. Bemidji, July 7, 1900, nos. 506, 508, 527 and 537 and July 13, 1900, no. 718. 143. Biatora turgidula (FR.) NYL, On elms, rare. Bemidji, July 9, 1900, no. 553. 144. Biatora leucophaea (FLK.) TUCK. On granite rocks, infrequent. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 277. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 602. Thief River Falls, Fink: LICHENS OF NORTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. 701 July 18, 1900, no. 792. Red lake, August i, 1900, nos. 1031 and 1042. 145. Biatora uliginosa (SCHRAD.) FR. On pine logs or earth under pines, infrequent. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 440, July 5, 1900, no. 487 and July 9, 1900, nos. 539 and 542. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 971, July 30, 1900, nos. 977 and Aug. i, 1900, no. 1046. 146. Biatora myriocarpoides (NYL.) TUCK. On old pine and granite, infrequent. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 424, July 10, 1900, no. 561 and July 16, 1900, nos. 743 and 749. Thief River Falls, July 20, 1900, no. 840, July 21, 1900, no. 851 and July 23, 1900, nos. 870 and 873. Red lake, July 28, 1900, nos. 959 and 967, July 30, 1900, no. 1002, Aug. 2, 1900, no 1058 and Aug. 4, 1900, no. 1077. Part of the material here referred to has a colorless hypothe- cium and will doubtless be referred elsewhere after further study. 147. Biatora varians (Acn.) TUCK. On trees, infrequent. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. i and June 23, 1900, no. 163. Leaf hills, June 26, 1900, no. 214. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 356. Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, no. 860. 148. Biatora mixta FR. On poplars, frequent. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 434. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 629. Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, no. 854. Red lake, Aug. 2, 1900, no. 1062. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 149. Biatora mixta FR. var. atlantica TUCK. On poplars, rare. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, no. 70. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 150. Biatora atropurpurea (MASS.) HEPP. On poplars, infrequent. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 455 and July 9, 1900, no. 551, Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, nos. 777 and 846. 151. Biatora prasina FR. var. byssacea TH. FR. On old logs in swamps, rare. Bemidji, July 7, 1900, no. 520. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 702 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 152. Biatora glauco-nigrans TUCK. On trees in low woods, infrequent. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 355- 153. Biatora sphaeroides (DICKS.) TUCK. On mossy bases, rare. Bemidji, July 12, 1900, no. 663. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 154. Biatora hypnophila (TURN.) TUCK. On mossy earth, rare. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 346 and June 30, 1900, no. 365. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 452, July 5, 1900, no. 483, July n, 1900, nos. 612 and 617 and July 14, 1900, no. 731. Thief River Falls, July 17, 1900, no. 768 and July 23, 1900, no. 871. Red lake, July 30, 1900, no. 998 and July 31, 1900, no. 1008. 155. Biatora rubella (EHRH.) RABENH. On elms, ashes, poplars, infrequent. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, no. 72. Henning, June 25, 1900, nos. 171, 172 and 173. Bemidji, July 9, 1900, no. 554, July n, 1900, no. 616, July 12, 1900, no. 681 and July 13, 1900, nos. 706 and 712. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, no. 783 and July 21, 1900, no. 868. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 892. 156. Biatora fusco-rubella (HOFFM.) TUCK. On trees, infrequent. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 345. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no, 936, July 31, 1900, no. 1015 and Aug. i, 1900, no. 1041. 157. Biatora suffusa FR. On trees, rare. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 918. 158. Biatora atrogrisea (DELIS.) HEPP. On trees, infrequent. Henning, June 30, 1900, no. 376. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 596. Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, no. 858. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 159. Biatora inundata FR. On pines and rocks, rare. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, nos. 65 and 103. Bemidji, July 10, 1900, no. 575. Red lake, July 30, 1900, nos. 981 and 984 and July 31, 1900, no. 1040. 1 60. Biatora akompsa TUCK. On trees, common. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. 3. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. Fink: LICHENS OF NORTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. 703 161. Biatora muscorum (Sw.) TUCK. On earth, frequent. Battle lake, June 19, 1900, nos. 24 and 36 and June 20, 1900, no. 98. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 285. 162. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. On trees, common. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. 7, June 20, 1900, nos. 38 and 61, June 22, 1900, no. 130 and June 23, 1900, nos. 151 and 165. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 250 and 274. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 341 and June 30, 1900, nos. 363 and 369. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 450, July 5 , 1900, nos. 466 and 475, July n, 1900, no. 633 and July 12, 1900, nos. 674 and 688. Thief River Falls, July 17, 1900, nos. 759, 764 and 774, July 19, 1900, no. 812 and July 20, 1900, no. 843. Red lake, July 27, 1900, nos. 928 and 932, July 28, 1900, no. 962, July 31, 1900, nos. 1004 and 1020 and August i, 1900, no. 1026. 163. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. var. achrista SOMMERF. On trees, infrequent. Battle lake, June 19, 1900, no. 25. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 973 and July 31, 1900, no. 1009. 164. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. var. flavida FR. On tamarack stumps in swamps, rare. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 610. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 949. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 165. Lecidea enteroleuca FR. var. ambigua ANZ. On old wood, rare. Battle lake, June 23, 1900, no. 143. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 200. Bemidji, July /, 1900, no. 518. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, no. 807. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 1 66. Lecidea acclinis FLOT. On trees, infrequent. Battle lake, June 21, 1900, no. 120. Thief River Falls, July 19, 1900, no. 810 and July 21, 1900, no. 844. 167. Lecidea sp. On dead tamaracks in swamp, rare. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 178. Thallus grayish and evanescent, apothecia medium sized ; hymenium pale ; exciple and hypothecium brownish black ; paraphyses distinct, colorless, filiform, brown- tipped ; spores oblong, colorless, 4-celled, straight or slightly curved, 13-16 mic. long by 3^-5 mic. wide. 704 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 168. Buellia alboatra (HOFFM.) TH. FR. On trees, rare. Battle lake, June 21, 1900, no. 117 and June 25, 1900, no. 158. Bemidji, July u, 1900, nos. 679 and 687. Thief River Falls, July 23, 1900, no. 872. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 965. 169. Buellia parasema (Acn.) TH. FR. On trees, infrequent. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 272. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 434, July 7, 1900, nos. 510, 511 and 542 and July 12, 1900, nos. 662 and 696. Thief River Falls, July 20, 1900, no. 831. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 939, July 30, 1900, no. 939 and August 2, 1900, no. 1056. 170. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) MUDD. On pines, rare. Battle lake, June 19, 1900, no. 23. Bemidji, July 5, 1900, no. 488. Red lake, August 2, 1900, no. 1059. 171. Buellia myriocarpa (DC.) MUDD. var. polyspora WILLEY. On cedar in swamps, rare. Bemidji, July 13, 1900, no. 714. 172. Buellia pullata TUCK. ? On granitic rocks, infrequent. Leaf hills, June 26, 1900, no. 241. Spores 9-14 mic. long by 6-7.5 m^c- wide, and thallus scanty. 173. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KBR.) TUCK. On exposed granitic rocks, locally frequent. Battle lake, June 23, 1900, no. 158. Leaf hills, July 2, 1900, no. 386. 174. Buellia petraea (FLOT., KBR.) TUCK. var. montagnaei TUCK. On exposed granitic rocks, locally common. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, no. 62 and June 23, 1900, no. 169. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 283 and 294 and July 2, 1900, no. 396. 175. Melaspilea arthonioides (FEE) NYL. On trees, rare. Battle lake, June 21, 1900, no. 122 and June 22, 1900, no. 133. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 604. Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, no. 849. Not previonsly reported from Minnesota. 176. Opegrapha varia (PERS.) FR. On trees, common. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, nos. 15 and 17 and June 19, 1900, nos. 29 and 32. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 176 and June 30, 1900, no. 362. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. Fink: LICHENS OF NORTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. 705 448. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, nos. 779 and 790. Red lake, July 26, 1900, nos. 881 and 894 and August i, 1900, no. 1040. 177. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. On trees, frequent, Battle lake, June 22, 1900, no. 124. Henning, June 24, 1900, no. 179. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 453> July JI» 1900* nos. 603 and 648. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 880 and July 30, 1900, nos. 995 and 997. 178. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. var. limitata ACH. On trees, rare. Henning, June 30, 1900, no. 367. Bemidji, July 12, 1900, no. 667. 179. Graphis scripta (L.) ACH. var. recta (HuMB.) NYL. On trees, rare. Bemidji, July 12, 1900, no. 664 and July 14, 1900, no. 728. Red lake, August i, 1900, no. 1037. 1 80. Arthonia lecideella NYL. On trees, infrequent. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. 5 and June 23, 1900, no. 161. Leaf hills, June 26, 1900, no. 242. Bemidji, July 4, 1900, no. 456, July 5, 1900, nos. 463 and 481 and July 9, 1900, no. 552. Thief River Falls, July 20, 1900, no. 837 and July 2-1, 1900, no. 856. Red lake, July 31, 1900, no. 1013. 181. Arthonia patellulata NYL. On elms, rare. Bemidji, July 12, 1900, no. 699. 182. Arthonia dispersa (SCHRAD.) NYL. On trees, probably common. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, nos. 44 and 67, June 22, 1900, no. 131 and June 23, 1900, no. 160. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 183. Red lake, July 26, 1900, nos. 895 and 899, July 28, 1900, no. 958 and August 2, 1900, no. 1057. 183. Arthonia sp. On trees, rare. Leaf hills, June 26, 1900, no. 213. Spores 4-celled in pyriform asci, 18-21 mic. long by 6-7 mic. wide. Apothecia differently disposed than in the next. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 184. Arthonia radiata (PERS.) TH. FR. On trees, rare. Battle lake, June 21, 1900, no. 116 and June 22, 1900, no. 135. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 360. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 889 and July 31, 1900, nos. 1005 and 1017. 706 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 185. Acolium tigillare (Acn.) DN. An old wood, rare. Battle lake, June 23, 1900, no. 137. Bemidji, July 5, 1900, no. 497 and July 6, 1900, no. 530. 1 86. Calicium lucidum (Tn. FR.) FINK. On pines, tamaracks and dead wood, rare. Henning, July 2, 1900, no. 413. Bemidji, July 6, 1900, nos. 530 and 539 and July u, 1900, no. 595. Red lake, July 30, 1900, no. 994 and August 3, 1900, no. 1072. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. 187. Calicium trichiale ACH. var. cinereum NYL. On living and dead wood in swamps, rare. Henning, June 28, 1900, nos. 301 and 334. Bemidji, July 13, 1900, no. 709. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 901 and July 28, 1900, no. 938. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 188. Calicium chrysocephalum ACH. On cedars in swamp, rare. Bemidji, July 6, 1900, nos. 507 and 535. 189. Calicium trachelinum ACH. On old wood in tamarack swamp, locally common. Henning, June 28, 1900, no. 325 and July 2, 1900, no. 406. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 190. Calicium polyporaeum NYL. On Polyporus versicolor, rare. Bemidji, July 14, 1900, no. 736. Thief River Falls, July 19, 1900, no. 823. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 955. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 191. Calicium sp. On dead wood, especially in swamps, rare. Battle lake, June 23, 1900, no. 159. Henning, June 30, 1900, no. 374. Bemidji, July 7, 1900, no. 524 and July 12, 1900, no. 692. Spores simple and compound. Referred to C. quercinum Pers. in no. IV. of this series of papers. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 192. Calicium curtum TURN, and BORR. ? On old stumps of conifers, especially in swamps, frequent. Henning, June 28, 1900, no. 317. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 911 and August 2, 1900, no. 1063. Fink: LICHENS OF NORTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. 707 Apothecia are large for the species and not pruinose at margin. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 193. Calicium trabinellum (SCHAER.) KBR. On old stumps of conifers, common at first locality. Henning, June 28, 1900, no. 310. Bemidji, July u, 1900, no. 631. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to the in- terior of North America. 194. Calicium parietinum ACH. On dead stumps of conifers, common especially in swamps. Henning, June 28, 1900, nos. 299 and 316. Bemidji, July 7, 1900, no. 523 and July 12, 1900, no. 678. Thief River Falls, July 21, 1900, no. 866. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 916 and August i, 1900, no. 1035. 195. Calicium pusillum FLK. On dead tamarack in swamps, rare. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 196. Not previously reported from Minnesota and new to North America. 196. Calicium turbinatum PERS. On Pertusaria communis, rare. Bemidji, July 13, 1900, no. 7°3- 197. Coniocybe pallida (PERS.) FR. On elms, infrequent. Henning, June 30, 1900, no. 368. Bemidji, July u, 1900, no. 630 and July 13, no. 708. Thief River Falls, July 19, 1900, no. 716. Red lake, July 31, 1900, no. 1007. 198. Endocarpon fluviatile DC. On rocks by water, infrequent. Red lake, August 2, 1900, no. 1052. 199. Endocarpon hepaticum ACH. On earth, usually calcareous, abundant at second locality. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, no. 95. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 256 and 273 and July 2, 1900, nos. 389 and 398. Bemidji, July 16, 1900, no. 742. 200. Endocarpon pusillum HEDW. On calcareous pebbles, locally frequent. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, no. 258 and July 2, 1900, no. 398. 708 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 201. Staurotheleumbrina WAHL.)TUCK. var. colpima(WHNBL.), NYL. On granitic rocks in damp places and usually near water, locally common. Bemidji, July n, 1900, nos. 593, 636, 641 and 642. This plant was recorded in no. IV. of this series of papers and also in no. V. as S. drummondii Tuck. However, it agrees more nearly with European specimens of the present variety. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 202. Verrucaria nigrescens PERS. On rocks, frequent. Battle lake, June 20, 1900, nos. 86 and 87 and June 23, 1900, nos. 144 and 168. Leaf hills, July 2, 1900, nos. 387 and 403. Thief River Falls, July 17, 1900. no. 754. Red lake, July 27, 1900, no. 929 and July 28, 1900, no. 947. 203. Verrucaria viridula ACH. On rocks along lake, common. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 943. Not previously reported from Minnesota. 204. Verrucaria muralis ACH. On rocks, especially calcareous, infrequent. Battle lake, June 23, 1900, no. 166. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 289 and 293 and July 2, 1900, no. 404. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 940. 205 . Verrucaria fuscella FR. On calcareous drift pebbles, frequent. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 262 and 297. A peculiar form. 206. Verrucaria conoidea FR. On lime pebbles, rare. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 626. Not previously reported from Minnesota and probably new to North America. 207. Lagedia oxyspora (NYL.) TUCK. On birch trees, probably abundant. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 189. Bemidji, July n, 1900, no. 608 and July 12, 1900, no. 671. 208. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acn.) NAEG. On trees, rare. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. 18. Fink: LICHENS OF NORTHWESTERN MINNESOTA. 709 209. Pyrenula punctiformis (Acn.) NAEG. var. fallax NYL. On birch trees, common. Henning, June 25, 1900, no. 170 and June 29, 1900, no. 353. Bemidji, July n, 1900, nos. 601 and 624 and July 12, 1900, no. 670. Red lake, August i, 1900, no. 1036. The more I see of this plant, the more likely it seems that it will finally have to be separated entirely from this species. 210. Pyrenula gemmata (AcH.) NAEG. On trees, rare. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, no. 798. 211. Pyrenula hyalospora (NYL.) TUCK. On trees, locally frequent. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 887. 212. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK. On birch, locally common. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 348. 213. Pyrenula cinerella (FLOT.) TUCK. var. quadriloculata FINK. On birch, common. Bemidji, July n, 1900, nos. 600 and 632. Red lake, July 26, 1900, no. 897. 214. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WAHL.) KBR. On trees, especially poplars, common. Leaf hills, June 27, 1900, nos. 268 and 269. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 344. Bemidji, July 9, 1900, no. 555, July u, 1900, no. 611 and July 12, 1900, no. 676. Thief River Falls, July 17, 1900, no. 767, July 18, 1900, nos. 789 and 802 and July 19, 1900, no. 821. Red lake, July 28, 1900, no. 961. 215. Pyrenula leucoplaca (WAHL.) KBR. var. pluriloculata var. nov. On trees, infrequent. Battle lake, June 18, 1900, no. 10 and June 21, 1900, no. in. Henning, June 29, 1900, no. 357. Bemidji, July u, 1900, no. 597. Thief River Falls, July 18, 1900, no. 799 and July 19, 1900, no. 829. Red lake, August 3, 1900, no. 1073. Spores 5-8-celled. XL. CORALLINE VER^ OF PORT RENFREW. K. YENDO, Rigakushi, SCIENCE COLLEGE, IMPERIAL UNIVERSITY, TOKYO. I had the opportunity of studying seaweeds during the sum- mer of 1901, at the Minnesota Seaside Station at Port Ren- frew, Vancouver Island, B. C. The vicinity of the laboratory is extremely rich in marine life and afforded a good number of examples. I paid special attention to calcareous algae, in which branch I have been deeply interested. Returning with the specimens to the Botanical Institute of the University of Tokyo, I carefully examined the Corallines (verae) and pre- pared the present paper. Other specimens belonging to the subfamily Melobesiae have been sent to Mr. M. Foslie, of Nor- way ; his paper should also appear in a short time. The material was partly dried and partly preserved in alco- hol, the accompanying photographs being taken from the latter. The sections were made from alcoholic material by microtome, after decalcifying in Pereny's fluid. Amphfroa tuberculosa and a few other thick plants were not satisfactorily decalcified by the solution and the author found the following mixture specially suited for the purpose : Hydrochloric acid, 5 per cent 40 c.cm. Alcohol, absolute 30 c.cm. Chromic acid, 0.5 per cent 30 c.cm. The sections were stained after my usual method. One brings down the sections to pure water, and stains with Boemer's haematoxylin for 20—40 minutes ; treat with acetic acid if neces- sary, and then dip in fuchsin (0.3 gr. in 100 c.cm. of 50 per cent, alcohol for one hour; 90 per cent, alcohol, abs. alcohol, xylol, balsam. The spores and spore-forming cells stain in red and the cell-walls of the vegetative cells in purple. 711 712 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The author expresses his deepest thanks to Professor Conway MacMillan and Miss J. E. Tilden, who cared for him very kindly in every way during his stay at their private station ; and to Professor J. Matsumura, of Tokyo, who offered many valu- able suggestions on this work. SYNOPTICAL KEY OF CORALLINE ENUMERATED IN THE PRESENT PAPER. A. Conceptacles wart-like protuberances, on a surface of an articulus. o. Branches not pinnated. a. Articuli cylindrical Amphiroa cretacea L tasmanica . b. Articuli of the upper and the middle portions cylindri- cal, subcompressed or compressed. Amphiroa tuberculosa. c. Articuli of the upper and middle portions approximate, with depressed wings Cheilosporum californicum. 00. Branches pinnated. a. With short and thick stipes; upper articuli of the branches cordate or sagittate with round lobes; external margins of the ultimate articuli thick. Cheilosporum frondescen <•. b. With long and thin stipes ; upper articuli of the branches sagittate with acute lobes ; external margins of the ulti- mate articuli thin Cheilosporum planiusculum. c. With long and thick stipes ; articuli of the axial branches hexagonal, without evident rib ; conceptacles sometimes stalked Cheilosporum MacMillani B. Conceptacles stalked, taking place of segments. o. Branches regularly pinnated, flabellate. Corallina ojficinalis var. chilensis. oo. Branches irregularly pinnated, several pinnules around the top of an articulus. a. Pinnules not confusedly ramous. Corallina vancouveriensis. b. Pinnules confusedly ramous and prickly. Corallina aculeata. HABITAT OF CORALLINE AT PORT RENFREW. The coast near the Minnesota Seaside Station chiefly consists of sandstone beds spreading horizontally. The beds are cov- ered with water at high tide, and drained at low tide, leaving a good number of pools. The Corallinae are mostly found Tendo : CORALLINAE VER^E. 713 between the tidal marks as well as in the pools. Amphiroa tuberculosa and Amp. cretacea f. tasmanica are found at the depth of 2-5 ft. below the low-water mark or the surface of the pools : the former species assumes very diverse forms when it is found at the margins of the pools, or between tidal marks. So also do Corallina officinalis var. chilensis, and Cheilosporum MacMillani ; but the latter two are not infrequently found in more shallow water. Cor. vancouveriensis and its variety, on the contrary, are in most cases found at the margins of the pools, and in the region a little above the low-tide mark. They are also found epiphytic on the shells of Mya which cover the enormous area of the drained beds, thus making it easy to col- lect the entire bunch of the plants. Cheil. frondescens is also found in similar positions. ChciL planiusculum is also an in- habitant of the pools, but slightly below the margins. When it grew above the water mark the frond is mostly stunted, appar- ently forming a granular mass. In the tide pools high above the water-level Cor. aculeata is generally found ; water in such pools is mostly brackish, at least during the ebb tide hours ; and the plant seemed to be able to adapt itself to it. This might be the probable cause why the ultimate articuli of the branches of this species are insufficiently calcified. Nevertheless, Cor. van- couveriensis, Cheil. calif ornicum, Cheil. planiusculum, etc., may also be found in these brackish pools without any apparent modi- fication in the characters of their fronds. Briefly speaking, Cor. vancouveriensis is an inhabitant of the shallowest water, and Amp. tuberculosa^ as it were, of the deepest. The latter view may be corroborated by the fact that we often find the frag- ments of Amp. tuberculosa growing attached to the holdfast of Ncreocystis Lutkeana hauled up out of water 20-50 feet deep. Cor. pilulifera and its varieties which are abundantly found in Kamtchatka and in the northern part of Japan could not be found at Port Renfrew. Their places seem to be taken by Cor. vancouveriensis and Cheil. planiusculum. The habitat of these is much like that of the typical form of Cor. officinalis or Cor. squamata. Cheil. frondescens which was described by Ruprecht* col- lected in Unalaska is common at this coast. Areschoug f re- *Post. et Rupr.: Illustr. alg., p. 20. t Aresch.: in J. Ag. Spec, alg., II., p. 549. 714 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. marked Ruprecht's plant to be probably a dwarfed form. This . remark is true so far as my determination is correct ; our plant is little larger than Ruprecht's f . maxima mihi being twice or more as large as his plant. No specimens of Jania could be found. The water at Port Renfrew seems to be too cold to admit any member of this group. We are able to give only one datum here : the tem- perature of the water y2 ft. below the surface of a tidal pool, io°.4 C. ; i ft. below the surface of open sea io°.2 C. ; Atm. temp. u°. 55 C. CORALLINE VER^E OF PORT RENFREW. 1. Amphiroa cretacea Endl. f.tasmanica(Sond.). PI. LI., Fig. i. = Amphiroa tasmanica Sond. in Plant Mull. (Linnsea, XXV.). 2d : in Mull. Frag. Phyt. Austr. Suppl. Kiitzing: Tab. Phyc., VIII. Taf. 47, Fig. n. The plant found at Port Renfrew is identical with the Tas- manian form and not with Amp. cretacea, which was collected in Unalaska by Ruprecht. As has been already remarked by Kiitzing (/. c., p. 23), Amp. tasmanica Sond. is quite similar to Amp. cretacea Endl. and it might better be reduced as above. Not rare : 2—5 ft. below low-water mark, also in pools. 2. Amphiroa tuberculosa Endl. PL LI., Fig. 2 ; PL LVL, Figs. i and 2. Aresch : in J. Ag. Spec. Alg., II., p. 538. Harv : Ner. Bor. Am., p. 86. = Corallina tuberculosa Post, et Rupr. 111., p. 20, t. 40. Kiitz : spec, alg., p. 704. ? = Amphiroa (Artkrocardid] cpiphlegnoides J. Ag. in Har- vey's Notes on N.W. Am. Alg.Qourn.of Linn. Soc.,VI.,p. 169). = Amphiroa calif ornica in Prov. Museum at Victoria, B. C. Judging by the figure delineated by Postels and Ruprecht (/. c.} our plant may be readily referred to the present species. It attains to 3-5 inches in its height with subdichotomous or lateral patent branches. The articuli are extremely variable in their form : those of the basal portion are invariably subcylin- drical ; those of the upper and the middle portions, cordati or sagittate, sometimes cylindrical or clavate ; the cordate or sagit- tate articuli are more or less compressed and generally \\ith subevident rib on the shaded surface : the terminal articuli are Yendo : CORALLINE VER^E. 715 normally subcompressed obovate but sometimes globular or linear. The conceptacles are slightly bulged out, two to several, mostly immersed in the shaded side of a cordate articulus. Geniculi lineaeform. A branch is often simple with homogeneous cylindrical ar- ticuli. Plants with lots of this sort of branch are likely to be confounded with Amp. cretacea Endl. or the preceding forma. But the occurrence of the cordate articuli is the character upon which to separate the present species. Amp. epiphlegnoides set- ms to me quite similar to this plant. I mention it here as a synonym, however, with doubt, as I have not seen any authentic specimen of Agardh's plant. Common : 2—5 ft. below low water mark, not seldom found, several fathoms deep. 3. Cheilosporum californicum (Dene.). PL LIV., Fig. 2 ; PI. LVI., Fig. 3. Frond 3-5 cm. alta, stipitata, irregulariter di-trichotome ra- mosa : articulis stipitis cylindraceis diametro sesqui- 2- plo lorigioribus sursum latioribus et compressis ; ramorum approxi- matis, adpressis mediis costatis, obreniformibus vel sagittatis lobis rotundis, longitudine inter genicula distantiam loborum 4-plo brevioribus ; apicalium obovatis compressis : conceptaculis hemisphericalibus binis vel quatuor in utraque facie articuli instructis. Amphiroa californica Dene., Class f. d. Alg. et Cov., p. 112. Kiitz : Spec. Alg., p. 704. Aresch : in J. Ag. Spec. Alg., II., p. 542. Harv: Ner. Bor. Americ, p. 86. As the original description of this plant was given somewhat briefly, a few other species have been mistakenly identified with it; and Areschoug counted it under the "species inquirendae" (/. c.). We have a specimen of Amp. californica Dene., col- lected at Oregon and determined by Dr. Farlow. Our plant is exactly similar to this specimen and at once accords very well with Decaisne's description. Not rare : low-water mark, also in tide pools. 4. Cheilosporum frondescens (Post, et Rupr.), f. typica. PI. LIL, Fig. i ; PI. LVI., Figs. 4, 5 and 8. C or allina frondescens Post, et Rupr., 111. p. 20, t. XL., f. 103. 716 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Arthrocardia f frondesccns (Post, et Rupr.) Aresch. in J. Ag. Spec. Alg., II., p. 549. f. maxima, f. nov. PI. LIL, Fig. 3. Fronde majore et crassiore ; articulis pinnarum lobis latissimis saepe crenulatis, apicalium compressis obovatis vel spatulatis. f. intermedia, f. nov. PI. LIL, Fig. 2. Fronde tenuiore ; articulis pinnarum compressis deltoideo- obcordatis lobis nonnunquam acutis. f. polymorpha, f . nov. PI. LIL, Fig. 4; PI. LVL, Figs. 6, 6a and 7. Fronde minore ; crassiuscula, polymorpha : turn articulis pin- narum obcordatis, obreniformibus vel sagittatis, apicalium obo- vatis vel globosis ; turn articulis pinnarum axiumque cylindra- ceis, linearibus vel globosis. Ruprecht's illustrations and description /. c. precisely coincide with f. typica. Areschoug remarked in J. Ag. Spec. Alg. /. c. that the original plant might have been a tiny form of the spe- cies. We have at Port Renfrew plants often attaining to several centimeters in height. f . typica is a densely caespitose plant, irregularly pinnated ; the lowermost pinnae attain to the length of the main stem, and thus give the appearance of trichotomy. The articuli are com- pactly arranged, the lower margin of an articulus in contact with the upper margin of the subsequent one. Conceptacles are mostly found two to four in number and placed on the shaded surface, often, however, solitarily immersed at the angles of a deltoid articulus. f. maxima is distinguished from the other formae by its large and compressed articuli at the upper portion of the branches. These articuli measure 2-5 mm. broad, 1.5-2 mm. long and are often cleft at their lobes. The branches are not so dense as in f . typica. f. intermedia is characterized by having the upper portions of the fronds revoluted downwards while it is yet young. The articuli are rather less wide than those of f. typica and in every part thin. The lobes of the articuli are angled and consequently more loosely arranged. f . polymorpha attains to a length of scarcely one inch and has its articuli thick and rough. Its form is very variable, some- times assuming quite an aberrant appearance (PL LVL, Fig. 6, Tendo: CORALLINE VERJE. 717 6a) so that we could not suppose it to belong to this species, had it not been provided with some normal branches in a portion of the frond (PL LIL, Fig. 4). Although I distinguish these four formae, intermediate forms between them are naturally met with. Especially f. intermedia and f . -polymorpha are likely to be confounded with the abnormal forms of Cheil. planiusculum. In this case the external thick margin of the apical articuli and the robust stipes are the impor- tant characters of this species to separate it from the latter. The apical articuli of Chcil. -planiusculum are mostly thin and com- pressed, and the stipes are delicate filiform. Nevertheless, it would not be an unreasonable supposition that the hybrid between Chcil. frondcsccns and Chcil. planiusculum ma)7 occur in nature. Common : between tide marks, also in pools. 5. Cheilosporum planiusculum (Kiitz.). PL LIIL, Figs. 1-3; PL LVI., Figs. 9 and 10. Fronde dense ca^spitosa suberecta, 3-7 cm. alta, superne com- planata, bi-tripinnata ; articulis axium inferioribus tenuioribus cylindraceis mediis superioribusque compressis late triangulari- bus subcostatis, pinnarum sagittatis lobis acutis saspe cordatis, pinnularum ancipitibus lanceolatis vel linearibus, ultimis obo- vatis compressis ; geniculus brevissimis ; conceptaculis hemi- sphaericalibus, 2-5 in articulo instructio. Corallina planiuscula Kiitz., Tab. Phyc., VIII., p. 3i,taf. 63> Fig. 3. The present plant is extremely variable in the shape of its articuli, and sharp definition is hard to give. Kiitzing counted four formae in the original description (/. c.) though I could not find any form referable to f. laciniata. The other three formae may be found mixed together in one bunch of the plant, often branches of different forms occurring in one individual. In an extreme instance, especially in a plant growing at high-tide mark, the frond becomes a moniliform filament with a few articuli of the normal shape (Plate LIL, Fig. 3). Generally speaking, the articuli of the upper and middle portions are sagittate, with lobes thin, delicate and sharp at the upper angles, and with evident ribs at the middle ; the pinnules are thin, spatulate or lanceolate. As the consequence, an articulus is not approximate with its adjacent ones as in Cheil. frondescens f. typtca(comp. PL LVI., Fig. 4, and PL LVI., Fig. 10). 718 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. The delicate moniliform stipes, and the thin external margin of the apical articuli are the important characters of this spe- cies to distinguish it from the preceding species. Comparatively common ; low tide mark, also in pools. 6. Cneilosporum MacMillani sp. nov. Plate LII., Figs. 4 and 5 ; PI. LVL, Figs. 11-14. Fronde crassa nudusculo-stipitata, 4-10 cm. alta, inferne sub- teretibus superne flabellata bi-tripinnata ; pinnis pinnulisque creberrimis erecto-patentibus sursum sensim brevioribus : articu- lis stipitum cylindraceis diametrum subaequantibus, mediis et superioribus compressis medio ventro elevatis, hexagonis vel cuneato-deltoideis diametro sesquibrevioribus, pinnarum anci- pitibus lineari-sagittatis vel lanceolatis, ultimio ellipsoideis saepe incrassatis ; conceptaculis verrucgeformibus in utraque facie instructis vel subcompressis in apicibus pinnularum im- mersis, nonnunquam pyriformibus pedunculatis. This plant has its articuli of the upper part of the main branches more highly elevated on the ventral side than on the dorsal. The articuli of the lower portion are thick and monili- form, gently compressed upwards : in the upper and middle portion they become hexagonal or truncated, shorter than the breadth. According to the description* of Amphiroa ivardii Harv. and Amp. mallardice Harv., the present species has some common characters with them so that I hesitated for a time to name it as a new species. But the attachment of the conceptacles of our plant is rather peculiar, only one similar example being hitherto known in Cheil. maximum.^ The eramiferous articuli of the pinnae of ours are lineari-sagittate with lobes projected upwards ; and the articuli of the upper portions of the main branches are hexagonal, much broader than the height. These various char- acters may easily distinguish ours from Harvey's plants. Not common ; low-tide mark. 7. Corallina officinalis var. chilensis Kutz. PI. LIV.,Fig. i; PI. LVL, Fig. 15. Fronde erecta, 5-10 cm. alta, inferne teretiuscula, superne flabeliata bi-tripinnata : articulis inferioribus compressiusculis, * Harvey : Nereis Austr., p. 99. |Yendo: Cor. verae Japan. (Journ. ofSci. Coll. Tokyo, vol. XVI., art. III.) Tendo: CORALLINE VEUVE. 719 mediis superioribusque oblongo-cuneatis compressis, pinnarum sterilium linearibus vel lanceolatis ancipitibus, ultimis compres- sis obovatis ; conceptaculio pedunculatis subcompressis saepe corniculatis. Color rubro-violaceus. Corallina officinalis chilensis Kiitz., Tab. phyc., VIII., p. 32, taf. 66, Fig. i. Cor. officinalis L. f. d Yendo. Cor. verae Japan., PI. VII., Fig. 13 (Journ. Sc. Coll. Tokyo, Vol. XVI.). The sterile specimens of this variety have been collected at Hakodate, a port in the northern part of Japan. As they lacked the conceptacle I was not able to satisfactorily determine the species and included them under the Cor. officinalis L. The specimens collected at Port Renfrew are fortunately fertile and accord very well with the description and figures of Kiitzing's Tab. Phyc. and at the same time correspond with the Hakodate specimens. As I before noted (/. c.), this plant is a somewhat variable form to be counted under the species Cor. officinalis L. Not very common ; low-water mark, also in pools at the depth of 2-3 ft. below the surface. 8. Corallina vancouveriensis sp. nov. PI. LIV., Fig. 3 ; PI. LV., Figs, i and 2 ; PL LVI., Figs. 16-17. Fronde 5-15 cm. alta, multicipite, longe stipitata, ramis bi-tri- pinnatis, ssepe pinnulis ex apice articuli egredientibus ; articulis infinis globosis, mediis superioribusque subclavatis diametro aequalibus vel 2-plo longioribus tereti-compressis, ultimis obo- vatis subcompressis ; articulis pinnarum cylindraceis linearibus vel alato-projectis digitalis ; conceptaculis globosis vel pyriform- ibus stipitatis, saepe corniculatis. f. typica, f. nov. (PI. LIV., Fig. 3 ; PL LVI., Fig. 16.) Fronde plena articulorum linearum vel alato-projectorum digi- tatorum, conceptaculis globosis longe stipitatis. f. densa, f. nov. (PL LV., Fig. i ; PL LVI., Fig. 17.) Fronde dense ramosa, conceptaculis pyriformibus pedunculatis. Both formae approach one another and a sharp boundary is hard to draw. But f. typica is thicker and larger than the other and has abundance of linear or lanceolate long pinnae in the upper part of the frond. The high tide form of this species assumes a diverse appearance ; its stipes are thick and stunted, 720 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. the pinnules in the upper portion are robust and fan-shaped, generally crenulated at the external margin. Most common between tide marks on the margins of the pools. 9. Corallina aculeata sp. nov. PL LV., Fig. 3; PL LVL, Figs. 18-19. Fronde 5-10 cm. alta, stipitata, irregulariter bi-tripinnata, saepe pinnulis ex apice articuli egredientibus ; articulis inferiori- bus diametro sesquilongioribus, pinnarum pinnularumque fragil- issimis digitato-laciniatis aculeatio, ssepe cylindraceis vel line- aribus ; conceptaculis subcompressis cornibus aculeatis. The pinnules of this plant are characteristic : they are brittle, delicate and confusedly branched. The ultimate articuli of the main branches as well as some of the young pinnules are al- ways weakly calcified ; and the apices of these articuli are liable to shrink in the exsiccation. In other respects it is closely allied to Cor. vancouveriensis f. typt'ca^ so that it might be taken as a local form caused by the mode of habit. Indeed a young and sterile frond of this species is hardly separable from it, if the apical articuli were not weakly calcified. Common; high-tide pools. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. The figures in Plates LI.-LV. are all in natural size, taken from the alcoholic specimens. PLATE LI. 1. Amphiroa cretacea Endl. var. tasmanica Sond. 2. Amphiroa tuberculosa Endl. PLATE LII. 1. Cheilosporum frondescens (Post, et Rupr. ) f. typica. 2. do. f. intermedia. 3. do. f. maxima. 4. do. f. polymorpha. PLATE LIII. 1. Cheilosporum planiusculum (Kiitz.) f. regularis. 2. do. f. normalis. 3. An abnormal form of the same species found at high-tide mark. The fronds are filamentous with moniliform articuli; a few sagittate articuli are to be found in some parts. Yendo: CORALLINE: VER.K. 721 4 and 5. Cheilosporum MacAIillani. In figure 4 wart-like con- ceptacles as well as pyriform ones are to be found on the same branch. PLATE LIV. 1. Corallina officinalis L. var. chilensis Kiitz 2. Cheilosporum calif ornicum (Dene.). 3. Corallina Vancouver lens is f. typica. PLATE LV. 1. Corallina vancouveriensis f. densa. 2. A high-tide form of Corallina Vancouver iensis. 3. Corallina aculeata. PLATE LVI. Figures i and 2. Amphiroa tuberculosa Endl. 1. Diagrammatic figure of the longitudinal section of an articulus showing four conceptacles, three of which are cut in meridional direc- tion, the remaining one in crosswise, x ca. 15. 2. A conceptacle cut in meridional direction showing the tetra- sporangia. Zeiss 2 x BB. Figure 3. Cheilosporum californicum (Dene.). A portion of branch showing the conceptacles. The scars of broken conceptacles are seen as deep excavations, x ca. 3. Figures 4-8. Cheilosporum frondescens (Post, et Rupr. ). 4. f. typica; a portion of frond, x ca. 4. 5. " a fertile branch. x ca. 5. 6 and 6a. f. polymorpha; portion of frond, x ca. 3]^. 7. " a fertile branch. x ca. 4. 8. Cross section of a fertile articulus of f. typica. The dotted line indicates the boundary between the cortical part and the medullary. Figures 9—10. Cheilosporum planiusculum (Kiitz.). 9. f. normalis. X ca. 5. 10. f. regularis. X ca. 5. Figures 11—14. Cheilosporum MacMillani. ii-i2. Portions of the fertile branches showing pyriform concep- tacles taking places of the pinnules (n), or one or more immersed in the pinnules (12). X ca. 2. 13. Portions of a fertile branch, showing wart-like conceptacles, one of them are found inserted at the apex of a pinnule, x ca. 2. 14. Meridional section of a pyriform conceptacle, showing an antheridium : the granular mass in the cavity is an aggregation of spermatozoids. Zeiss 2 x BB. 722 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. Figure 15. Corallina officinalis L. var chilensis (Kiitz.). Merid- ional section of a conceptacle, showing the tetrasporangia. Zeiss 2 x BB. Figures 16— 17. Corallina Vancouver iensis. O I 1 6. f. typica. 17. f. densa. Figures 18-19. Corallina aculeata. 1 8. A portion of frond. X ca. 4. 19. A young frond found in a brackish pool high above the tidal mark. VOL. II. MINNESOTA R. UCHIYAMA ET K. YENDO. PHOTO. NICAL STUDIES. PART VI. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. VOL. II. MlNNE H. UCHIYAMA ET K. VENDO. PHOTO. AL STUDIES. PART VI. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. VOL. II. R. UCHIYAMA ET K. YENDO. PHOTO. PART VI. VOL. II. MlNNESC R. UCHIYAMA ET K. VENDO. PHOTO. STUDIES. PART VI. •IELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON. VOL. II. MINNESOTA R. UCHIYAMA ET K. YENDO. PHOTO. :AL STUDIES. PART VI. HELIOTVPE CO., BOSTON. VOL. II. MlNNESO 14 K YENDO. DEL. L STUDIES. PART VI. 1 v / V ' m v\ :l 7 17 -• 15 16 18 HELK5TYPE CO., BOSTON. XLI. OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. CONWAY MAcMlLLAN. Among the larger and less thoroughly studied kelps of the Pacific coast, Pterygophora californica Ruprecht has seemed worthy of some attention. A fine series of specimens was se- cured during the summer of 1901 at the Minnesota Seaside Sta- tion on the west coast of Vancouver Island, and while all points in the anatomy and life-history cannot be elucidated from the material in hand, it has seemed best to present an account of such structural and developmental facts as have been observed. The name, Pterygophora californica, appears for the first time in botanical literature in Ruprecht's Algen-Stamme,* in 1848. In this work no description is given of the genus and species, Ruprecht contenting himself with the statement that the new genus is intermediate between Capca (Ecklonia) and Alaria — a point of view which has been but slightly modified by later study — and that it will be elsewhere described. In this work, however, there is given some account of the anatomy of the stem and the characteristic annular structure seen in the cross section is mentioned in the following phrase: " Alle (zuweilen bis 9) Ringe deutlich und gleich stark sind." It is in this paper, also, that Ruprecht announces the presence of muci- lage ducts in Pterygophora^ an observation which has since been questioned by Areschoug. The formal description of Pterygophora californica, together with a plate which leaves something to be desired, is presented by Ruprecht in his "Pflanzen aus dem nordlichen Theile des Stillen Oceans," | published four years later. The specimens upon which the description of Ruprecht was based were col- * Ruprecht, F. J. Bemerkungen ueber den Bau und das Wachsthi'm einiger grossen Algen-Stamme. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Nat. Pctcrsb. 6 : 64, 70. 1848. f Ruprecht, F. J. Neue oder umvollstandig bekannte Pflanzen aus dem nordlichen Theile des Stillen Oceans. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. Nat. Petersb. 7 : 17-19 (73-75)- *• 5, 8. 1852. 723 724 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. lected by Wosnessenski in the vicinity of " Ross" (that is, near San Francisco) on the coast of California in July, 1840. The material communicated to Ruprecht comprised some middle- sized plants and some younger specimens, but did not, appar- ently, enable him to see either the sporelings and unilaminate stage or the mature, full-grown form. Consequently his meas- urements need modification and the specific description should be revised to include much larger plants. Anderson is the only one who has written on the plant in whose account a knowledge of full-sized plants is indicated. In his Natural History of Santa Cruz county * it is stated that the stem is from one to six feet in length and that the leaves are from one to five feet long, " all without a midrib except the central one into which the flattened stem seems to be lost, giving it the look of a mid- rib." It was from Anderson that Areschoug received his specimens of PterygopJwra upon which, together with those of Ruprecht sent him from the collections of the Academy at St. Petersburg, he based his brief study as set forth in Observationes Phycolo- gicae.f In this paper Areschoug gives in compact form the generic and specific description and adds some observations and corrections to the earlier account of the Russian botanist. Areschoug observes that the number and nature of the growth- rings in the trunk seem difficult to define. He is skeptical con- cerning the lacunas muciferse, although he retains in his revised description of the genus the phrase " ad peripheriam internam annuli intimi collocata, interdum biseriata," crediting the ob- servation to Ruprecht. He reexamined the younger specimens upon which Ruprecht's original account was based and gives a condensed description of them. The youngest plant seen ap- pears to have had a stipe 20 cm. long and 2-5 mm. broad with a lamina 35 cm. long and 6-7 cm. broad. As will be seen later my own plant, " B ", indicates that these measurements, based upon dried material, need correction. Areschoug received mate- rial from " Vera Cruz," California (meaning Santa Cruz), sent him by Dr. Anderson and notes, doubtless upon the authority of Anderson, that the plant grows also at San Francisco. In * Anderson, C. I/. The natural history of Santa Cruz county, Oakland, Cal., 24. No date. (1892?) t Areschoug, J. E Observationes Phycologicae, Part 5: De Latninariaceis Nonnullis, n. 1884. MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHOKA. 725 Anderson's List of California marine algae,* Pterygophora cali- f arnica is recorded as " common or occasional to all the Cali- fornia coasts." The southernmost record of its occurrence that I have happened to find is in Orcutt's Flora of Southern and Lower California, f The plant is here credited to San Diego, based upon collections by Daniel Cleveland. The northernmost point from which specimens have been taken seems to be Port Renfrew, Vancouver Island, B. C., giving the plant a range of over 16° of latitude. It very probably, however, extends up the Alaskan coast. In some observations upon the distribution of Pterygophora, Setchell J notes that the characteristic Lami- narieas, Agarieae and Alarieae of the North Pacific " stop at about Puget Sound which is the terminus of the isothere of 15°, but Costaria turnert'Grev. and Alaria esculenta (L.) Grev. con- tinue to Monterey, nearly to the 20° line, although they are found only at ' exposed points.' . . . An interesting case is that of Pterygophora californica Rupr. which is reported by Dr. C. L. Anderson as growing at Monterey all the year round, but is reported by Mr. Daniel Cleveland as occurring at San Diego only from February until May and in deep water." This state- ment seems to be based upon the account of Pterygophora given by Hervey§ in his Sea Mosses in the preparation of which he had the assistance of Dr. Anderson. Pterygophora, therefore, seems to have a somewhat wider range than the majority of the North Pacific Laminariacese. The plants collected at Port Ren- frew were so abundant and robust that I am inclined to think that the region of maximum development may be along the British Columbian rather than along the Californian coast. Ruprecht's plants were Californian ; those of Areschoug were from the vicinity of Monterey, as was also the specimen of Hervey : the specimens of Cleveland from San Diego do not seem to have been recorded as of unusual size. The plants of Port Renfrew, some of them with trunks nearly three inches in diameter and eight feet in length, exceed the recorded measure- ments and indicate thus a particularly luxuriant growth in that * Anderson, C. L. List of California marine algae, with notes. Zoe, a : 220. 1891. t Orcutt, C. R. Flora of Southern and Lower California, 13. 1885. | Setchell, W. A. On the classification and geographical distribulion of the Laminariaceae. Trans. Conn. Acad. g : 370. 1893. \ Hervey, A. B. Sea Mosses. A collector's Guide and an introduction to the study of marine algae, 88. 1881. 726 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. region. The measurements given by different authors are as follows : Ruprecht (1. c.), stipe 6-9 inches long, laminae up to 2 feet long : Areschoug (1. c.), stipe 30 cm. long, lamina up to one meter in length ; De Toni,* stipe 30 cm. long, lamina up to one meter in length (measurements evidently quoted from Areschoug) ; Hervey (1. c.), stipe 2 or 3 feet long, lamina 2 feet or more long ; Setchell (1. c.), stipe i to 2 feet long, measure- ment of leaves not given; Anderson (1. c.), stipe i to 6 feet long, lamina i to 4 feet long. Of these measurements, Ander- son's is the only one that is approximately correct for the aver- age plant as observed on the Straits of Fuca. The first specimen of Pterygophora seen on the Vancouver coast was a battered and eroded stem which had been cast up by the tide. It was between six and seven feet in length and 2.5 inches in thickness near the base. Later another specimen, not quite so large, was extracted from a pile of wrack at the head of a little cove and this had a few dilapidated leaves still attached. Examination of the shore yielded several speci- mens, some of which were in an excellent state of preserva- tion, but a few days later some growing beds were discovered and the plant was observed in more detail. Its selection of an habitat is interesting. A favorite place for its development seemed to be on the bottom of deep, narrow chasms in which there was from twelve to fifteen feet of water at low tide. It occurred abundantly on the bottom of a circular hole commu- nicating with the sea by a narrow deep inlet and exposed to heavy surge. It was afterwards found that this was its characteristic position and that it habitually came closer to the rocks than either Nereocystis or Macrocystis. It preferred stations where the water was constantly in motion and did not seem so abundant in quiet coves. As a surge plant it grew lower than Lessonia and it may, perhaps, be described as oc- cupying the lowest position of the surge kelps along this coast. To this precise locality the plant shows certain structural adapta- tions. The holdfast is massive, enabling it to cling firmly to the rocks, notwithstanding the strong movement of the sea. The stem is exceedingly stout — being indeed one of the strongest algal structures known — and is capable of resisting great tensile strain. While not particularly elastic it is bent from side to side without difficulty or damage to its structure. The * De Toni, J. B. Sylloge Algarum, 3 : 352. 1895. MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTEKYGOPHORA. 727 long leaves, often as many as forty in the tuft, hang down beside the stem and as the plant bends from side to side they are swept along the bottom, thus accounting for the erosion of their ends so characteristic of this species. The central lamina is invariably eroded, and only the younger and shorter pinnae are perfect, all the older ones having lost their tips through the constant brushing back and forth on the rocky bottom. The relative lengths of the leaves and of the stem are regulated by this habit of the growing plant and where the surge was most violent plants were to be found with compara- tively long stems and short leaves, but where the surge was less violent the leaves and stem were more nearly the same length, or the leaves might some of them even exceed the stem. The general appearance of young Pterygophora plants as seen upon the bottom is not unlike that of Nereocystis. Their attitudes with the erect stem and the dependent leaves are very similar. The older Pttrygopkora plants, from their much more massive stem and shorter leaves, can be distinguished at a glance. In order to collect an abundant series of Pterygophora calif or- nica use was made of a tool which may be described as a combi- nation of chisel and hook on the end of a long slender pole, by which the holdfasts were cut and the plant dragged to the sur- face. In this way a sufficient quantity of material was ob- tained from which four plants of different ages are selected for description. Plant " A." This is the youngest specimen seen. It meas- ures 12 mm. in length, of which the stipe and primitive disk constitute but 2 mm., the rest being lamina. In this plant the lamina is already eroded distally. It measures 5 mm. across at its broadest part and narrows down abruptly to the stipe, which is 5 mm. in diameter. The primitive disk, almost exactly cir- cular in shape, measures 2 mm. in diameter. At first the growth of the stipe in length is decidedly slow, but when the lamina has become about 20 mm. in breadth the stipe begins to elon- gate. In plants under 30 mm. in length the poorly defined midrib of Pterygophora has not begun to develop and the lam- ina seems perfectly homogeneous throughout. In this respect the plant is in marked contrast with Alaria sporelings, for in them the midrib will have already strongly developed in plants 728 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. of corresponding size. The young forms of Pterygophora californica show the characteristic shape and developmental sequence of the Laminariaceae, resembling particularly young plants of Laminaria saccharina. Plant " B." This specimen was collected by Mr. K. Yendo and was kindly presented to me by him. It is apparently of about the same age as Ruprecht's youngest plant. The whole plant is 35 cm. in length, of which 10 cm. is holdfast and stipe, and 25 cm. lamina. The lamina is 8 cm. in breadth at its broadest part. The tip is eroded, as usual, and in this particu- lar specimen the margin is imperfect. The stipe is 8 mm. in diameter, 3 cm. below the base of the lamina, and 5 mm. in di- ameter just above the holdfast, where it is circular in cross-sec- tion. It is, however, elliptical in cross section near the base of the lamina, the stipe being flattened in the plane of the lamina. In this specimen the midrib is beginning to differentiate and is well-marked for a distance of 5 cm. above the base of the lam- ina and faintly marked for 10 cm farther towards the tip. Distally it quite disappears. Certain hapteric outgrowths are decidedly long and slender in this plant — much more developed than ordinarily. In plant " B," less than i cm. below the base of the lamina, are seen two small emergences, opposite each other on the sides of the stipe. These are the growing points destined to produce the first pair of pinnae. Plant " C." This is a somewhat older individual in which twelve pinnae have been developed. The whole plant is 45 cm. in length from the holdfast to the eroded tip of the central lamina. From the holdfast to the lowest pinna is 15 cm. In this plant the four lower pinnae are of a deep chocolate brown color and very much eroded and perforated. They present some points of anatomical interest as will be indicated later. The upper pinnae are olive brown in color and the four upper- most have perfect tips, characteristically rounded, giving to the whole young pinna a distinctly spatulate shape. In texture these young pinnae in the fresh plant are quite unlike the sporo- phylls of Alaria with which they have been compared. To the touch they feel not unlike thin sheets of celluloid. The central lamina has a more leathery feel, like Laminaria or Lessonia. In this plant the stipe is 8 mm. in diameter, midway between the holdfast and the pinnae. In the region of pinnae it is de- MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 729 cidedly flattened, measuring 9 mm. in width by 3 mm. in thick- ness. The pinnae do not stand always directly opposite each other, although this in general is their position. Abortion of one pinna of the pair may be observed in this plant at two points. The base of the pinnae is more attenuate than that of the cen- tral lamina. The holdfast is partly cut away, but is flattened out and compacted much more than in plant B. Plant " D." This plant was collected in July, preserved in formalose, and brought to Minneapolis for study. It was found growing with several others about twelve feet below the surface of the water at low tide. The stipe from the holdfast to the lowest pinnae is 2 meters in length. From the lower pinnae to the base of the central lamina is i dm. while the central lamina is 1.5 meters in length. On each side of the stipe, extending along its margin for a little less than a decimeter, are the tufts of lateral pinnae, twenty on each side. The longest pinna with uneroded end measures i meter, but pinnae with eroded ends are present, 1.5 meters in length. The breadth of the central lamina is i dm., the midrib being 4 cm. broad. The broadest pinna measures 7.5 cm. from margin to margin. All margins of full grown pinnae are undulate. This character is especially marked in the central lamina. One difference between a plant of the age of " D" and a younger form such as " C" lies in the distance between the adjacent pairs of pinnae. In plant " C," for example, the upper pinnae are three cm. apart along the stipe and this character is also indicated in Ruprecht's plate. In an older plant, such as "D, "the pinnae are very much crowded together, so much so, indeed, that they crowd each other out of a strictly marginal position. The fully de- veloped pinnae, in " D " are all massed within a linear distance of 5 cm., while in " C " they are distributed over twice as much space. The stipe in this specimen is 5 cm. in diameter, 2 dm. above the holdfast. Near the holdfast it is i dm. in diameter. Nearer the pinnae it becomes flattened in cross section, first appearing as elliptical, then as lenticular, the edges becoming sharp 2 dm. below the lowest pinnae. Along the sharp edges the scars ol pinnae which have been sloughed off are abundant. The stipe in the region of pinna attachment is 3 cm. broad and 7.5 mm. thick. The stipes of the full-grown pinnae are 4 mm. in diameter and the base of the central lamina is i cm. broad and 3 mm. in 730 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. thickness. A transsection through the stipe of this plant shows 24 concentric rings of growth not all of which were of equal thickness. The pith at the center has the lenticular outline characteristic of arborescent Laminariaceae and was 8 mm. by 2 mm. in cross section. The pith occupies a greater portion of the cross section nearer the region of pinnae. Just below the pinna scars a cross section showed it to be 3 cm. in length by 3 mm. in width. From the measurements of this plant, by no means the largest seen, it becomes apparent that the size of Pterygophora cali- fornica has been much underestimated, previous descriptions of it having been made from immature material. There seems to be no reason to doubt that this plant is perennial. It gives every structural indication of persisting for a series of years and re- plenishing its pinnae with the recurring seasons. Its massive stipe and the base of the central lamina survive the winter storms and in the spring fresh pinnae are produced and the central lamina is extended by the well-known basal growth characteristic of the family to which it belongs. In this way, doubtless, very large plants may develop. There is one frag- ment in our collection comprising the pinna region of a plant which by comparative measurements must have been four meters or more in length. The flattened stipe between the pinnae is 6 cm. broad and the base of the central lamina measures 3 cm. in width. The relation of the genus Pterygophora, to the other genera of the Laminariacese has been a matter of some uncertainty. Ruprecht regarded it as intermediate between Ecklonia and Alaria. Agardh* associates Pterygopkora with Alaria. Ares- choug takes it up between Lessonia and Ecklonia, but this per- haps can scarcely be regarded as an expression of his opinion regarding its true position. By the older systematists the genus has been connected closely with Laminaria and it occupies a position next to Laminaria in De Toni's Sylloge Algarum and also in Kjellman's Laminariaceae (1. c.) where Pterygophora is placed between Laminaria and Ecklonia in Tribe VI., Lami- narieae. Setchell (1. c.) connects the genus with Alaria under the Tribe Alariideae. The mid-lamina of Pterygophora is strongly suggestive of certain species of the genus Laminaria, so much so that when Areschoug described Laminaria * Agardh, J. G. De Laminarieis, Lund Univ. Arsskr. 4: i. Ma cM Ulan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 731 japonica,* Agarth f suggested that the type specimen was nothing other than a mid-lamina of Ptcrygophora. While this notion of Agardh's was incorrect, a comparison of specimens or reference to Suringar'sJ plate of Laminaria japonica will make it clear how natural might have been such a supposition on his part. One also finds in the genus Laminaria forms suggesting the pinnate disposition of laminae in Ptcrygophora. Such a plant is figured and described by Kjellman§ under the name of Laminaria radicosa. In this plant lateral outgrowths occur upon the stipe below the lamina in quite the same position in which they are developed in Ptcrygophora. They are not, however, functional as additional laminae, nor do they particu- larly increase the photosynthetic vigor of the plant. Laminaria radicosa may, nevertheless, be regarded perhaps as showing a transition to the type of Ptcrygophora. There are some objections to the classification of Plcrygo- phora with Alaria. Among these, the character of the young plant should be given weight. In Alaria the midrib is dif- ferentiated at an early stage and is exceedingly distinct in plants only two centimeters in length, while in Pterygophora plants 35 centimeters in length show the midrib but indistinctly in the basal portion of the lamina. Anatomically Pterygophora conforms to the type of the Laminarieae in the general character of its tissues, differing in some marked particulars from Alaria, although resembling the latter in absence of mucilage canals — structures which are present in most species of Laminaria. The distinction of outer and inner cortex which is not always to be made out in Alaria is very clear in Pterygophora. Upon the whole there would seem to be little objection to the classifi- cation of Plcrygophora in the tribe Laminarieae. Taking every- thing into account, however, it will perhaps be best to consider the genus as transitional between the Laminarieae and the Alariideae. An examination of the anatomy of Pterygophora seems further to strengthen the view of its close relation to Laminaria, while the differentiation of its organs no doubt makes it readily * Areschoug, J. E. Phyceae Capenses, 29. t Agardh, J. G. Proc. Soc. Phys. Lund. Bot. Notiser, 1883 : 108. 1883. JSuringar, W. F. R. Algae Japonicae, pi. //. 1870. g Kjellman, F. R., and Peterson, J. V. Om Japans Laminariaceer. Ur Vcga- Expeditionens Vetensk. lakttagelser. , 4: 259, pi. 10. 1885. 732 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. comparable with Alaria. The structure of the stipe differs decidedly from that of Lessonia which I have previously ex- amined.* In both genera there are strongly marked growth- rings which, as will be seen, do not arise in precisely the same way. A detailed account of the anatomy follows. From it some notion may be derived of the histological interrelation of Ptcrygophora, Laminar ia and Lessonia. The most important literature on the anatomy of the Lamina- riaceae has been previously cited f and it will not be necessary to refer to it further at this time except as some particular point may require elucidation. To the papers of Wille, Grabendorfer, Reinke, Rosenthal, Oliver, Ruprecht and others students are indebted for researches which have laid the foundation for a knowledge of the anatomy of the Laminariaceae. The holdfast. — The study of this structure as of the other or- gans of Pterygophora is based upon a series of slides prepared from material collected at the Minnesota Seaside Station, killed in chromic acid, and transferred into 70 per cent, alcohol in which condition it was brought to Minneapolis for study. Most of the sections have been cut freehand, treated with various reagents and stains and mounted in glycerine-jelly. Russow's callus reagent, chlor-zinc iodide and a variety of stains, includ- ing particularly the fuchsin and iodine-green combination and aniline water safranin, have been employed to bring out de- tails of structure. The primitive disc shows no points of special interest, not differing particularly in structure from that already described for Ncreocystis,\ nor at first do the hapteric branches in their origin and structure show characters worthy of especial com- ment. The haptere originates through the activity of a circu- lar cambial area at the edge of the primitive disc or from the lower rhizogenous area of the stipe. Callosities on the stipe, such as those described for Nercocystis and there believed to be equivalent to hapteric branches, have not been discovered in Ptcrygopkora, though on one specimen some curious gall-like swellings, doubtless teratological or pathological in their nature, were observed. The numerous hapteric outgrowths of Ptcry- * MacMillan, C. Observations on Lessonia, Bot. Gaz. 30: 318. pi. 19-21. 1900. t MacMillan, C. 1. c. % MacMillan, C. Observations on Nereocystis, Bull. Torr. Club, 26: 273. pi. j6f, 362. 1899. MacMittan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 733 gophora branch dichotomously arid build a strong holdfast re- sembling that of Lessonia rather than that of Nercocystis. Each young hapteric branch, in cross section, shows the char- acteristic structure, a great central mass of parenchymatous tissue surrounded by an ill-defined cortical area with an hypo- dermal cambium. No pith is present and the growth in length and thickness of the hapteres proceeds solely by cambial ac- tivity. In older holdfasts distinct growth-rings appear — some- thing that was not seen in the holdfasts of Lessonia, and seems not to occur in the hapteric branches of Nereocystis, the indi- viduals of which are shorter-lived. The appearance of these rings of growth in the secondary cortical tissues of the holdfast seems to be due rather to rhythmic changes in the character of the cell contents than to regular successions of larger and smaller cells, concentrically arranged. As will appear, this character serves to distinguish to some extent between the growth-rings of the holdfast and of the stipe. In both organs the elements of the secondary cortex are arranged in extremely regular rows, as seen in cross section. This regularity of ar- rangement does not extend to the primary parenchymatous tissue of the hapteric branch, so that the appearance of a cross section of the older hapteres may be described as follows : At the center is a large more or less circular group of parenchy- matous elements regularly hexagonal in outline, varying in size between rather narrow limits. Towards the periphery this cen- tral tissue imperceptibly merges with the secondary tissue, the cells of which become more quadrate in outline and assume the characteristic position in rows which can be followed without break directly to the cambial zone which lies near the periphery of the organ. In the secondary tissue there are numerous rings of growth and the cross section of an old haptere, a centimeter or more in diameter, looks not unlike a section of stipe, save for the absence of the characteristic lenticular pith. This is altogether wanting in the hapteres. The growth-rings do not, however, appear to arise consistently through quite the same anatomical conditions as those of the stipe. Well-marked rings in the holdfast may exist without difference in the size of the elements of which they are composed. The optical appear- ance, therefore, is in all hapteres examined determined by dif- ference in the cell contents. A zone of cells will be formed in which the contents seem to be more dense. Outside a zone, in 731 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. which the contents are less dense, will appear, and this alter- nation continues even into the cambial zone where single layers of cells will be found with the denser contents alternating with layers showing the opposite appearance. Besides this differ- ence others have not been discovered to account for the ringed appearance of old hapteres. As to the substance in the cells which by its greater density gives the ringed appearance it does not seem to differ from the material which has been studied by a number of observers, especially in the Fucaceas. It has been described by Reinke* as a fatty oil, in which view Hansen f practically coincides and considers that the Phaeophycea? in general produce fat instead of starch by their assimilation. The same material, however, has been described as Phaeophyceenstarke by Schimper, as fucosan by Schmitz and Hansteen, as showing a tannin reac- tion by Berthold, as phloroglucin-containing material by Bruns, as connected with physodes by Crato and as polysaccharids, in constitution allied to mucine, by Koch. In the holdfast of Pterygophora the material sometimes fills the whole cell with a homogeneous refringent mass, which in the denser parts of the ring has decidedly the same appearance optically that is shown by the polysaccharid granules of the lamina and stipe to be de- scribed later. In other instances the refringent bodies may be distinguished from a generally granular protoplasmic slime which encloses them. Without going into the disputed ques- tion of the true chemical character of the cell-contents of Lami- nariaceae, it may be said that the ringed appearance of hapteric branches in Pterygophora is due to the alternately more vigorous and less vigorous production of certain substances connected with the assimilative processes of the plant. These substances occur in the stipe and lamina as well as in the hapteres, but are there not invariably the cause of a ringed appearance, being disposed in special cells without any apparent reference to the rhythm of secondary growth. The stipe. — Sections were taken first from plant " B," the uni- laminate stage and then from mature plants. In none of them could the mucilage ducts of Ruprecht be discovered and * Reinke, J. Beitraege zur Kenntniss der Tange. Pringsh. Jahrb. fur wis- sensch. Bot. 10 : 317. 1876. t Hansen. Ueber Stoffbildung bei den Meeresalgen. Milth. Zool. Stat. Neap. IT : 276. MacMillan : OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA 735 Pterygo-phora may safely be described as devoid of these canals. The cross section of a young stipe shows the character- istic lenticular pith-web, composed of anastomosing filaments with numerous trumpet hyphae intermingled. Chloroplasts are abundant in this tissue and occur more or less sparingly in the perimedulla. Surrounding the pith one finds the cells of the cortical tissue very regularly hexagonal in shape, arranged in remarkably perfect radial rows and diminishing gradually in size towards the periphery. Chloroplasts are absent from most of the cells of this tissue, but appear again, in the smaller cells near the periphery. At about the depth at which chloro- phyll becomes abundant the tissue is lacuniferous and the outer cortex readily separates from the inner. The cells of the outer cortex are generally not hexagonal, but cambial condi- tions cause them to assume the rectangular outline in cross section. The small densely colored cells of the epidermis and hypodermis are uniformly quadrangular. Longitudinal sec- tions through material of this age show the inner cortex to be made up of prosenchymatous elements not pitted or armed and the walls comparatively thin in the region near the pith, but becoming thicker-walled and beginning to present the pitted structure closer to the periphery. The cells of the outer cortex seem to have a special capacity for dividing transversely and periclinally in young material, but in older stipes they divide radially with equal ease. In mature stipes the extraordinarily regular radial rows of cells seen in cross sections may be ob- served to originate from rows of cambial cells which have divided radially in the outer cortex and have there established the general radial arrangement of the tissues. Sections through the mature stipe show a structure of the organ in cross section reminding one very much of the tracheids and their arrangement in the Coniferae. The pits, however, are not upon the radial faces of the elements, but upon the con- centric. The cells are all of about the same size and stand in rows radiating in a most regular fashion from the pith to the circumference. There is often not the slightest difficulty in observing that the appearance of growth-rings is due to the gradual diminution in the diameter of the cells until they have become distinctly flattened, followed abruptly by the production of cells of slightly larger lumina. That is to say, the occasion for the ringed appearance of the stipe is structurally quite com- 736 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. parable with that condition so fully studied in the stems of Coniferas and woody Dicotyledons. In other instances, how- ever, the rings in the stipe seem to arise quite as in the hapteres. There is in the stipe of Pterygophora a plain distinction be- tween the first or primary structure of the cortex and the second- ary structure which is established in the lacuniferous period of growth. It is at this time, during the first year, that the outer cortex readily peels from the inner. Later, with the resump- tion of growth in thickness, the lacunae are filled by the radially dividing cambial tissue. The tissue of the first or innermost ring, surrounding the pith, differs in appearance from that of subsequent rings. The cells diminish in diameter towards the periphery of the ring until they have the look of stereome in cross section. In this part of the ring the cells are very strongly pitted, in marked contrast to the inner cells of the primary cor- tex where the pits are but occasional. All the cells, however, of the secondary cortex as displayed in subsequent growth- rings are strongly pitted. Another distinction between the cells of the innermost ring and those of subsequent rings is that the elements of the first ring are slenderer, more prosenchymatous, almost approaching the fibrous shape peripherally, while the elements of later rings are shorter, more parenchymatous and not at all suggestive of fibrous tissue. In older stipes the pith web is decidedly solid, in marked con- tradistinction to this tissue in young material. As the stipe matures the interstices between the elements of the pith web become obliterated by the repeated branching and interlacing of the filaments. The chlorophyll also disappears and the cells become filled with densely granular contents. There remain, however, in even the oldest pith, numerous interstitial passages which, in cross section or longitudinal section, present much the same appearance and are, perhaps, what were mistaken for mucilage ducts by Ruprecht. A cross section of the mature stipe shows then the following characters. At the center is the solidly interwoven tissue of the pith web. This is surrounded by the clearly marked, sclerenchymatous tissue of the primary cortex passing insensi- bly into the tracheid-like tissue of the secondary cortex which is arranged in concentric rings, resulting from the succession of elements with larger cell-lumina in apposition upon those MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 737 with smaller. Outside of the rings will be found the cambial zone in which regular divisions take place in all three planes of space. Exterior to the cambial zone lies a thin outer cortex composed of cells very much smaller than those of the inner area, provided with thick walls and constituting a kind of bark for the trunk. In some material the general cambial zone can be very distinctly seen, ten or twelve cells in thickness and separated from the epidermis by twenty or more layers. Not infrequently the cells at the periphery of a ring of growth have more densely granular contents than those of the general sec- ondary cortex tissue. Thus, occasionally in the stipe there may arise the anatomical conditions which seem to be more normally characteristic of the holdfast. The photographs of different cross and longitudinal sections which are presented will serve to make these points clear where the description is necessarily difficult to follow. The lamina. — As before stated only the central lamina is pro- vided with a midrib, the pinnae being quite devoid of such a structure. The midrib of the central lamina arises through an hypertrophy of the cortical tissue, in which th , pith-plate does not seem to partake. The general structure of the lamina as seen in cross section does not present many peculiar features, but is much like that already described for other genera. There is on each surface an isomorphic epidermis composed of small quadrate chlorophyll-containing cells, and these merge insensi- bly into the subepidermal tissue, which in some instances is two or more layers in depth. The cells then become much larger in diameter and the contents less dense. Among these cortical cells occasional very large polysaccharid idioblasts are found, and in the chocolate-colored pinnae of plant " C," these cells are very numerous and densely packed with spherical bodies, doubtless belonging to the category of reserve carbohy- drates. Owing to the nutritious character of such pinnae, they are very commonly perforated by animals, sometimes giving a colander appearance like that of Agarum, and covered with epiphytic and endophytic vegetation, a further study of which should be made. These reservoir cells may perhaps be packed with food materials previous to the production of sori and the polysaccharids utilized in the elaboration of the sporangia and paraphyses. In any event they seem to be emptied of their contents underneath most of the soral areas that I have exam- 738 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. ined. Within the layer of idioblasts the cortical cells become smaller on each side of the pith plate. This latter is composed of anastomosing filaments with occasional trumpet-hyphas and does not differ particularly from the same tissue as displayed in the stipe. The cortex of the mid-lamina and of the pinnae seems to show some fairly constant differences. In the pinnae the cells are often uniformly larger and the layer of idioblasts is frequently almost continuous. The sorus. — I do not find anywhere in the literature of Ptery- gophora an account of its fruiting area. The first fruiting ma- terial that reached me was collected near Port Renfrew by Miss Josephine E. Tilden during December, 1901. Shortly after- wards Professor Setchell kindly sent me some dried pinnae col- lected at Whidby Island, Washington, by Mr. N. L. Gardner, and said to display sori. My observations are made from the fresh material collected by Miss Tilden. The soral patches occur upon the lateral pinnae and not upon the mid-lamina. In this respect they remind one of the eoral distribution of Alaria ; but while in Alaria the entire pinna, except a very small mar- ginal region, is soriferous, in Pterygophora the sori form some- what irregular patches upon both surfaces of the pinna and much of its area fails to develop them. In this respect Ptery- gophora approaches more nearly to Laminaria. The sori are composed of numerous elongated, saccate goni- dangia, each bearing from fifty to two hundred spherical go- nidia. The gonidangial surface is surmounted by the inter- mingled paraphyses, averaging half as long again as the gonidangia and their clavate distal ends capped with cuticular masses, suggesting those already described for Lessonia and indicating that in this plant, as in Lessonia, the cuticular layer does not separate in a plate, as described for Laminaria by Thuret and as known to occur also in Nereocystis, but divides into individual paraphysal calyptra. Some gonidangia meas- ured indicated an average length of 50 mic. and diameter of 10 mic. The gonidia are nearly 2 mic. in diameter and in a double-stained preparation, made for me by Mr. H. L. Lyon, take Delafield's haematoxylin while the paraphyses and cutic- ular substance take the safranin. The gonidangia and para- physes stand upon a floor-layer such as is found in all Laminaria- ceous sori, and their development does not differ from that which has already been described for other genera. MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 739 I desire to express my thanks to Miss Josephine E. Tilden for the winter fruiting material which she kindly collected for me and for the series of slides from which most of my descrip- tion has been made, and to Mr. H. L. Lyon for the photo-mi- crographs reproduced in plate LXI and prepared by him at my request. SUMMARY. 1. Ptcrygophora calif ornica grows to a larger size than generally known. Specimens ten feet in length with trunks three inches in diameter have been seen. 2. As displayed in the Straits of Fuca, Pterygophora is a surge plant, growing below the zone of Lessonia and above that of Nercocystis. 3. Pterygophora may be classified either in the Laminariese or the Alariideae. Its characters are in many respects inter- mediate between these tribes. 4. The holdfast shows distinct rings of growth and these in most instances arise, not through morphological differences be- tween adjacent cell-layers, but through differences in the cell contents. The substances, which produced in greater or less amount give the ringed appearance, are regarded as polysac- charids allied to mucine, as described by Koch. 5. The stipe is devoid of the mucilage ducts of Ruprecht and shows distinct rings of growth, due in most instances, to the juxtaposition of a layer of cells with larger lumina, upon a layer with smaller. In some cases the ringed appearance of the stipe seemed to be due to the same condition described for the holdfast. 6. In the cortex of the lamina large polysaccharid idioblasts are abundantly developed. These are most numerous in the pinnas and are often exhausted of their contents during the proc- ess of soral formation. 7. The sori are distributed in irregular patches toward the base of the pinna and in the disposition of the cuticular caps upon the paraphyses suggest Lessonia. The plant fruits in the latitude of Port Renfrew during the month of December. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LVII. Young plants of Pterygophora, about one-half natural size. 1. Plant "A" of text. 2, 3, 4. Somewhat older plants; in 4 the midrib is just beginning to appear in the base of the lamina. 740 MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. 5. Plant " B " of text; the midrib is more distinct and the two op- posite growing points of the first pair of pinnae may be seen just be- low the junction of lamina with stipe. PLATE LVIII. Plant " C " of text. The plant is shown a little more than one- third the natural size. It presents the loosely arranged pinnae charac- teristic of young plants and as shown in Ruprecht's plate. The lower pinnae are perforated by marine animals and are the ones in which the reserve material is the most abundant. The mid-lamina alone shows a midrib. PLATE LIX. Plant " D " of text. The size is indicated by the hat placed in the field of view. It is about one-tenth natural size and was photographed on the shore a few moments after collection. It is somewhat fore- shortened, being between three and four meters in length. The cen- tral lamina is shown in line with the stipe. PLATE LX. Pinna-region of full-grown specimen, one-half natural size. The very much crowded position of pinnae in old plants is indicated in this plate. Below the pinnae may be seen scars left by pinnae of previous seasons. PLATE LXI. Cross sections through the stipe, natural size. The lower figure is taken near the base of the stipe, while the upper is cut just below the region of pinnae. The great difference in the extent of the pith and in its shape, in the two sections, is noticeable. The characteristic rings of growth are apparent in both figures. Plates LVII. to LXI. are from photographs made under the direc- tion of the author, by Mr. C. J. Hibbard, Photographer of the De- partment of Botany in the University of Minnesota. PLATE LXII. The anatomical detail of Pterygophora. 1. Cross section through secondary cortex of stipe, showing rings of growth ( x 50). 2. Cross section through stipe, showing secondary cortex above and primary cortex below (x 50). 3. Longitudinal section through secondary cortex showing flatten- ing of cells towards the right. This would appear as a ring in the cross section ( x 50). MacMillan: OBSERVATIONS ON PTERYGOPHORA. 741 4. Tangential section through secondary cortex, showing the some- what fusiform outline of the cells in this section (x 50). 5. Longitudinal section through region of Fig. 3. On the left is seen the tissue of the secondary cortex, in the middle the flattened cells of the transition zone, and on the right the cells of the primary cortex. This first ring of growth, caused by the superposition of secondary upon primary tissue, is the most prominent of all the growth rings in the stipe ( X 50). 6. A portion of the secondary cortex tissue shown in Fig. 5, mag- nified to demonstrate the pits in the vertical walls of the tracheid- likc elements. To the right the cells become compressed, passing into the transition zone ( X 250). 7. A portion of the primary cortex tissue shown in Fig. 5, mag- nified to demonstrate the different arrangement of primary and secondary cortical cells. The secondary stand in long rows at the same level. This is not true of the primary ( X 250). 8. Cross section through one of the rings shown in Fig. i and magnified to demonstrate the flattening of cells in the region of the ring and their denser contents. The appearance of small cells inter- polated between the larger ones can be understood by referring to Fig. 4 (X 250). 9. Cross section through pith web of stipe, showing anastomosing filaments and trumpet hyphaB embedded in a gelatinous matrix (x 250). 10. Cross section through haptere. The cells of the outer cortical region are crowded with contents, and do not differentiate clearly. Near the middle of the section are seen two of the characteristic growth-rings of the haptere (x 50). 1 1. Longitudinal section through haptere, showing the development of secondary tissues, the cells of which are shorter upon the primary tissue towards the bottom of the figure. Below the black outer cortex a growth-ring in section may be seen ( x 60). 12. Section through sorus, showing floor-cells, gonidangia with gonidia and paraphyses capped with cuticular knobs characteristic of this genus and of Lessonia ( x 320). All the figures in Plate LXII. are from original photomicrographs by Mr. H. L. Lyon. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART VI. PLATE LVII. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART VI. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES PART VI. PLATE LIX. VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART VI. PLATE LX. HELIOTYPE CO., BOSTON VOL. II. MINNESOTA BOTANICAL STUDIES. PART VI. PLATE LXI. MINNESOTA Bcr r m .•.•<•- >UJU/jAi L STUDIES. PART VI. - /f 10 INDEX OF PLANT NAMES.* Abies balsamea (L. ) Mill., 225, 559 Abutilon abutilon (L. ) Rusby, 397 Acalypha virginica L., 395 Acer, 88, 564, 566 glabruin Torr., 75, 77 negundo Linn., 77, 84, 85, 362, 396, 586 nigrum Michx., 362, 396 saccharum Marsh., 586 saccharinum Linn., 77, 85, 358, 396 spicatum Lam., 225, 272, 366, 396 Aceracese, 77, 396, 586 Acerates viridiflora (Raf. ) Eaton, 367, 402, 558 Achillea millefolium L., 414, 598 Acnida tamariscina (Nutt. ) Wood., 358, 385 Acolium tigillare (Ach.) DN.,* 306, 673, 706 Aconitum, 347 abbreviatum Langsd., 347 acuminatum Reichenbach, 347 acutum, 351 cegophonum, 349 album Ait., 350 alien urn, 349 alpinum Mill., 350 altigaleatum Hayne, 350 altissimum Mill., 349 atnbiguum, 351 amcenum, 351 Anthora Linn., 352 Anthorideum DC., 352 Anthorum St. Lag., 352 arctophonum, 349 arcuatum Maxim., 347 australe, 349 austriacum Tratt., 346 autuntnale Lind., 347 autumnale Reichb., 352 barbatum Patr., 349 Bernharaianum, 351 Aconitum bicolor Schult., 346 Braunii, 351 Breiteriatium, 346 bulbiferum Howell, 348, 350 Burnhaidianum Wallr., 350 Californicum Hort., 347 callibotryon, 351 camarum Schleich., 347 cammarum Jacq. , 350 cammarum Linn., 346 Candollei, 352 cernutim Baumg., 346 cernuum Wulf., 347 dusiamtm, 351 Columbianum Nutt., 347 commutatum, 351 cordatum Royle, 348 cynodonum, 349 decorum, 346 delphinifolium Hort., 349 delphinifolium DC., 351 var. ramosum n. var., 351 dissectum Don., 351 disseclum Tausch., 349 eriostemum DC., 346 eulophum, 352 exaltatum, 346 ex eel sum Turcz., 349 firmum, 351 Fischeri Rchb., 347 flexuosum Presl., 350 formosum, 351 Funkianum, 351 galectonum, 347 galei-iflorum Stokes, 349 gibbiferum, 347 glabrum DC., 350 Gmelini, 349 gracile, 350 hamatum, 346, 350 The index was prepared by Miss Josephine E. Tilden. 743 744 INDEX. Aconitum hebegynum DC., 347 heterophyllum Wall., 348 hians, 351 hispidum DC., 349 Hoppeanum, 351 hortense, 346 Hosteanum Schur., 349 humile Salisb., 347 il/initum, 350 intermedium DC., 346 intermedium Gaud., 350 intermedium Host., 349 italic inn Tratt., 350 Jarquini, 352 Jacquinianum Host., 349 Japonicum Hort., 350 Japonicum Thunb., 348 Japonicum Decne. — var. cceru- leum Hort., 348 Kamtschaticum Pall., 347 Koehleri, 351 Lahanskyi Rchb., 347 laciniosum Schleich., 350 leetum, 351 tevigatum Schleich., 350 lagoctonum, 349 Lamarckii, 349 lasiocarpum, 350 laxiflorum Schl., 351 laxum, 351 leucanthemum Wender, 350 loreale Sen, 349 luparia, 349 lupicida, 349 luridum Salisb., 350 Lycoctonum Lind., 349 macranthum, 350 maximum Pall., 347 meloctonum, 349 Mielichhoferi, 351 ntixlum, 350 moldavicurn, 349 molle, 347 monavense Schmidt, 350 myoctonum, 350 Napellus S. G. Gmel., 349 Napollus Linn., 350 Napellus Thunb., 347 Napellus var. delphinifolitim Sc- ringe, 351 Aconitum napelloides Sw., 351 nasutum Hook., 347 nasntum Fisch., 350 Neapolitanum Tenore, 349 nemerosum Bieb., 352 iieomontanum Baumg. , 347 neomontanum Willd., 346 neubergense DC., 351 Noveboracense Gray, 347 ochranlhum C. A. Mey., 349 ochroleucum Hort., 349 ochroleucum Salisb., 352 ochroleucum Willd., 349 oligocarpum, 351 Ottonianum, 346 Pallasii, 352 pal/idum, 350 palmatifidum, 346 paniculatum Lam., 347 paradoxum, 351 parviftorum Hoppe & Horn, 347 pauciflorum Host., 349 perniciosum, 350 Phthora, 350 plexicau/e, 347 pyratnidale Mill., 350 Pyrenaicum Linn., 349 Pyrenaicum Pall., 352 ramosum A. Nels., 351 ranunculifolium, 350 reclinatum Gray, 352 tectum Bernh., 350 reflexum, 347 rhynchanthum, 350 rigidum, 351 rostratum Bernh., 350 rubicund it in Fisch., 349 scandens Muhl., 348 semigaleatum, 351 septentrionale Koelle., 349 sinense Sieb. & Zucc., 347 speciosum Otto, 346 Sprengelii Rua, 346 squarrowm Linn., 349 Storkianum, 346 Storkianum Rchb., 347 strictissimum, 350 strictum Bernh., 351 strictum Willd., 350 tauricum Wulf., 351 INDEX. 745 Aconitum taxicarium Salisb., 349 taxi cum, 347 tenuifolium, 351 thelyphonum, 350 theriophonum, 350 tragoctonum, 350 Transilvanicum Lerch., 349 triste Fisch., 349 tuberosum Pair., 352 umbracticolum Schur., 349 uncinatum Hort., 350 uncinatura Linn., 348 varicgatum Hook., 348 variegatum Linn. — var. album n. var., 350 venustum, 351 versicolor, 346 virgatum, 351 volubile Moench., 350 volubile Muhl., 348 vu/paria, 350 Wilematianum Delarb., 347 zooctonum, 350 Acorus calamus L., 543, 576 Actsea alba ( L. ) Mill. , 362, 387, 555, 581 rubra (Ait.) Willd., 362, 387 Adiantum pedatum L., 362, 371 Adicea pumila (L. ) Raf., 384 Adopogon virginicum (L. ) Kuntze, 362, 409, 556 Adoxa moschatellina IyM 362, 366, 408, 544 Adoxaceae, 408 , 537, 554, 631 actseae Opiz., 555 album Clint., 541 asterum Schwein., 557 cimicifugatum Schwein., 555 clematidis DC., 555 compositarum Mart., 556 var. erigerontis Wint., 556 var. eupatorii (Schw. ) Burrill, 557 var. helianthi Burrill, 557 var. lactucae Burrill, 557 var. liatrii Webber, 557 var. prenanthis (P.) Wallr., 556 compositarum, 557 convallariae Schum., 554 elatinum, 559 fraxini Schwein., 559 fumariacearum Kell. & Swingle, 555 geranii DC., 556 grossulariae Pers., 558 grossularics Schum., 558 hydnoideum B. & C., 558 hydrophylli Peck, 559 impatientis Schwein., 556 iridis Ger., 554 jacobeae Grev., 556 jamesianum Peck, 558 lupini Peck, 554 lycopi Ger., 546 lysimachiae (Schl. ) Wallr., 558 Mariae-Wilsoni Peck, 632, 639 orobi Pers., 554 pammelii Trel., 559 peckii DeToui, 559 pedatatum (Schw.) Arthur and Holway, 632 Petersii B. & C., 632 phrymae Halst., 559 porosum Pk., 541 pulcherrimum Rav., 633 punctatum Pers., 555 pustulatum Curt., 558 rauunculacearum DC., 555 ranunculi Schwein, 555 rubellum Gmel., 547 senecionis Desmaz, 556 thalidri Grev., 555 thalictri-flavi (DC.) Wint., 555 urticas Schwein., 546 uvularias Schwein., 554 verbenae Speg., 556 violce Schum., 633 violarum DC., 633 Agarum, 737 Agastache anethiodora (Nutt. ) Brit- ton, 591 scrophulariae folia (Willd.) Kuntze, 362, 404 Agoseris glauca (Pursh^ Greene, 594 Agropyron repens ( L. ) Beauv., 574 tenerum Vasey, 575 Agrimonia hirsuta (Muhl.) Bicknell, 362, 391. 56o, 584 Agrostemma githago L., 581 746 INDEX. Agrostis alba L.. 573 Ailanthus glandulosa Desf., 76, 85, 87, 112, 130, 131, 132, 133 Aizoaceae, 386 Alaria, 561, 723, 728, 730, 732 angusta, 562 curtipes Saunders, 561 esculenta (L- ) Grev., 725 praelonga, 561 Alectoria jubata (L. ) Tuck., 219, 243, 659, 677, 684 var. chalybeiformis Ach., 244, 675, 677, 684 var. implexa Fr., 244 ssepincola (Ehrh.) Ach., 228 Alisma plantago, 144 plantago-aquatica L., 356, 372, 373, 626 Alismaceae, 373, 572 Alismineae, 651 Allionia diffusa Heller, 33 hirsuta Pursh, 581 linearis Pursh, 368, 386 nyctaginea Michx., 385 Allium stellatum Ker., 577 Alnus, 430, 565 alnobetula (Ehrh.) K. Koch, 578 incana (L,.) Willd., 382, 427 Alopecurus geniculatus L. , 573 Alsine media L., 581 Amaranthaceae, 385, 580 Amaranthus blitoides S., 385, 580 graecizans L-, 580 retroflexus L., 385, 580 Amaryllidaceae, 379 Amblystegium adnatutn L. and J., 50 serpens Sch., 50 Ambrosia, 551 artemisisefolia L-, 409, 425, 594, 625 psilostachya DC., 425, 594 trifida L., 409, 425, 55 r, 594, 626 Ambrosiaceae, 409, 594 Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt., 391 botryapium (L,. f.) DC., 391 canadensis (L. ) Medic., 362, 391 Amorpha, 84, 544, 552 canesceus Pursh, 20, 21, 22, 23, 393, 552 fruticosa Linn., 74, 87, 107, 131, 132, 133, 393, 553, 584 nana Nutt., 74, 584 Amphiroa calif ornica Dene., 701, 703 cretacea Endl.f.tasmanica (Lond.) Yendo, 700, 701, 702, 703 epiphlegnoides J. Ag., 701, 703 mallardiae Harv., 706 tasmanica Lond., 701 tuberculosa Endl., 700, 701, 702 wardii Harv., 706 Amphora ovalis (Breb.) Kg., 613, 614 Amphoridium lapponicum Sch., 41 Anacystis marginata Menegh., 613, 614 Anabaena, 6n, 614 azollae Strasb., 27 cycadearum Reinke, 27 flos-aquae (Lyngb. ) Breb., 27, 612 Anacardiaceae, 76, 114, 395, 586 Andropogon furcatus Muhl., 374, 572 scoparius Michx., 22, 572 Anemone canadensis L., 387, 555, 581 cylindrica A. Gray, 581 nudicaulis Gray, 491 quinquefolia L., 362, 387, 555, virginiana L., 387,427, 581 Angelica atropurpurea L., 361, 399 Anogra albicaulis (Pursh) Britton, 427 pallida (Lindl. ) Britton, 587 Anomodon attenuatus Hartm., 48 minor (P. Beauv. ) Fiirn., 48 rostratus Sch., 48 Anomodonta, 36 Antennaria campestris, 20, 21, 24 plantaginifolia (L.) Richards, 412 Anthemis cotula L., 414, 622 Anthoceros, 195 Apios apios (L-) MacM., 362, 394, 554 Aplozia autumnalis (DC. ) Heeg, 193 Apocynaceae, 401, 589 Apocynum androsEemifolium L., 362, 401, 589 cannabinum L., 358, 401 cannabinum glaberrimum DC., 401 Aquilegia, 331 agger icola Jord., 338 alpina Linn., 333, 343 alpina var. superba Hort., 343 arctica Loud. Hort., 340 atrata Koch., 337 alropurpurea Miquel., 336 • atroputpurea Willd., 336 aurea Junka., 341 INDEX. 747 Aquilegia Bernardi Green & Godr., 338 bicolor Ehrh. , 339 var. flore-pleno Hort., 339 blanda Lew., 339 brachyceras Turcz., 337 brevistyla Hook., 334 Buergeriana, 333 Buergeriana Sieb. & Zucc., var. ecalcarata Davis, 336 ccerulea James, 332, 333, 342 var. albiflora Gray, 342 var. alpina A. Nelson, 342 var. calcarea Jones, 342 \wc.flavescens Lawson, 335 var. flore-pleno Hort., 343 var. hybrida Hort., 342 Californica Lindl., 340 var. hybrida Hort., 340 Canadensis Linn., 335, 387 var. aurea Roezl., 341 var. depauperata Fink, 335 var. flaviflora Britton, 335 \&r.formosa Wats., 340 var. nana Hort., 336 Caucasica Ledeb., 339 chrysantha Gray, 333, 341 var. alba-plena Hort., 341 var. aurea Davis, 341 var. grandiflora-alba Hort., 34i var. Jacschkani Hort., 341 var. nana Hort., 341 col Una Jord., 338 concolor Fisch., 338 corniculata Vill., 337 cornuta Gilib., 337 Corsica Solier., 338 dahurica Patr., 336 dumeticola Jord., 338 depauperata Jones, 335 ecalcarata Eastwood, 337 ecalcarata Hort., 338 elata Ledeb., 337 elegans Pope, 338 elfgans Salisb., 335 elegantula Greene, 334 eximia Van Houtte, 340 flabellata Sieb. & Zucc., 333, 337 var. nana-alba Hort., 337 flavescens Wats., 335 Aquilegia flaviflora Tenney, 335 flavescens, 335 var. hybrida Hort., 340 var. nana-alba Hort., 340 var. rubra-pleno Hort., 340 var. truncata Baker, 340 formosa Fisch., 333, 340 var. desertorunt Jones, 340 Gamietiana Sweet, 339 glandulosa Fisch., 332, 333, 343 var. jucunda Fisch. & Lall., 343 glandulosa Miq., 337 glaucescens Baker, 338 glaucophylla Steud., 338 Haenkeana Koch., 338 inversa Mill., 337 Jonesii Perry, 334 Karelini Baker, 338 lactiflora Kar. & Kir., 333 Laramiensis A. Nelson, 334 leptocera Nutt., 342 leptoceras Fisch. & Meyer, 333, 337 var. chrysantha Hook., 341 \ar.Jlava Gray, 341 var. lutea Hort., 341 longissima Gray, 333, 341 macrantha Hook. & Arn., 342 Mexicana Hook., 339 micrantha Eastwood, 333, 336 montana Sternb., 343 nigricans Baumg., 338 Olympica Boies, 339 oxyscpala Traut. & Meyer, 333 paraplesia Schur., 338 platysepala Reichb., 338 plena Hort., 338 pracox]m&., 337, 338 pubescens Coville, 333, 341 Reuteriana Reichb., 343 saximontana, P. A. Rydberg, 335 Sibirica Lam., 333, 339 var. flore-pleno Hort., 339 var. spectabilis Baker, 339 sibirica Don, 338 silvestris Neck, 337 Skinneri Hook., 333, 339 var. flore-pleno Hort., 340 var. hybrida Hort., 341 748 INDEX. Aquilegia speciosa DC., 339 speclabilis Lem., 339 stellata Hort., 337 Sternbergii Reichb., 343 Stuarti Hort., 343 subalpina, 338 subscaposa Borhas, 338 sylvesfris Schur., 338 Ttanssilvanica Schur., 338 truncata Fisch., 340 variegata Moench., 335 versicolor Salisb., 337 viridi flora Pallas var. atropur- purea, 336 vulgaris Linn., 332, 337 var. alba Hort., 338 var. atroviolacea Hort., 339 var. brevistyla Gray, 334 var. hybrida Sims, 339 var. flora-piano Hort., 338 var. folio-aureis Hort., 339 var. nivea Bautng., 338 var. Olympica Baker, 339 var. Olympica, 343 var. vervteneana Hort., 339 vulgaris Richards., 334 vulgaris Thunb. , 337 Wittmanniana Stev., 339 Arabis canadensis L., 389 glabra (L. ) Bernh., 389 laevigata (Muhl. ) Poir., 389 Araceae, 377, 576 Aragallus involutus A. Nels., 427 Aralia nudicaulis L-, 362, 399, 554, 588 racemosa L., 362, 398 Araliacese, 398, 588 Archispermae, 372 Arcteranthis Greene, 502 Cooleyae Greene, 502 Arctium lappa I/., 598 minus Schk., 415 Arctostaphylos uva-ursi (L. ) Spreng., 368, 400, 588 Argentina anserina .(L.) Rydberg, 583 Arisaema, 55, 540 dracontium, 358, 377 triphyllum (L. ) Torr., 62, 63, 65, 362, 377, 542, 576 Aristolochiaceae, 384 Artemisia absinthium L-, 598 biennis Willd., 598 caudata Michx., 598 dracunculoides Pursh, 414, 545, 598 frigida Willd., 598 gnaphalodes Nutt., 22, 23, 414, 598, 627 serrata Nutt., 414 Arthonia sp., 281, 326, 705 dispersa (Schrad. ) Nyl., 225, 272, 304, 326, 705 lecideella Nyl., 303, 304, 325, 659, 6?i, 705 patellulata Nyl., 229, 273, 705 punctiformis Ach., 273, 305, 326 radiata (Pers. ) Th. Fr., 272, 303, 326, 705 Arthrocardia ? frondescens (Post, et Rupr. ) Aresch., 704 Arthrodesmus incrassatus Lagerh. var. cycladatus Lagerh., 612, 614 Asarum canadense L., 362, 384 Asclepiadaceas, 401, 589 Asclepias exaltata (L. ) Muhl., 362, 401 incarnata L., 357, 362, 401, 589, 626 obtusifolia Michx., 368, 401 speciosa Torr., 590 sullivantii, 626 syriaca L., 362, 401, 558, 589 tuberosa L., 401, 558 verticillata L-, 367, 402 Asplenium acrostichoides Sw., 362, 366, 370 angustifolium Michx., 368, 370 filix-fcemina (L. ) Bernh., 362, 366, 371 Aster, 550 divaricatus L., 539 drummondii Lindl., 411 dumosus, 627 Isevis L., 411, 596 lindleyanus T. & G., 620 macrophyllus L-, 539, 550 multiflorus Ait., 20, 21, 23, 596 novae-anglise L., 361, 411, 595 paniculatus Lam., 412, 596 patens Ait., 411 prenanthoides Muhl., 361, 411 ptarmicoides (Nees) T. & G.,4ii, 596 INDEX. 749 Aster puniceus L,., 361, 411, 596 var. lucidulus A. Gray, 425 sagittifolius Willd., 23, 361, 411, 550, 557. 595 salicifolius Lam., 411, 596 sericcus Vent., 367, 411, 596 Asterionella formosa Hass., 611, 613, 614 Astragalus canadensis L., 427 carolinianus L., 393, 585 flexuosus (Hook.) Doug., 192 Atragene americana Sims, 387 Atricbum uudulatum P. B., 43 Atriplex patula L., 569, 580 Aut-eupuccinia, 543, 544 Aut-euromyces, 540 Avena sativa L., 548 Azolla caroliniana Willd., 27, 355, 368, 371 Baeomyces, 236, 662 aeruginosus (Scop.) DC., 233, 266 byssoidcs (L. ) Schaer., 227, 266 Balsa minaceae, 396, 586 Baptisia bracteata Ell., 392 leucantha T. & G., 393 Barbula ruralis Hedw., 40 tortuosa W. and M., 40 Bartramia oederi Schw., 42 pomiformis Hedw., 42 Batrachium S. F. Gray, 460 aquatile Wimm., 461 circinatinn Spach., 460 divaricatum (Schrank) Wimm., 360, 388, 460 hederaceum S. F. Gray, 462 Lobbii Howell, 462 trichophyllum (Chaix) Bossch, 360, 388, 461 Bazzania tnlobata (L- ) S. F. Gray, 193 Beckmannia erucaeformis (L.) Host, 574 Brgonia, 54 Berberidaceae, 388, 582 Berchemia racemosa Sieb. & Zucc., 78, 85,87, 116, 13 r, 132, 133 Berula erecta ( Huds. ) Coville, 360, 400 Betula, 429, 430, 565 glandulosa Michx., 578 lenta L. 368, 381 lutea Micbx., 225, 366, 381 nigra L., 358, 381 papyrifera Marsb., 366, 367, 381, 578 pumila L., 382 Betulaceae, 381, 578 Biatora, 6, 221, 227, 236, 282, 672, 681 akompsa Tuck., 702 atrogrisea (Delis) Hepp., 671, 702 arthropurpurea (Mass.) Hepp., 267, 671, 701 atropurpurea (Mass.) Hepp., 672 coarctata (Sm., Nyl.) Tuck., 230, 266, 323 var. brajeriana Schaer., 17 var. brugeriana, 323 decipiens (Ehrh.) Fr., 281, 296, 322, 668, 669, 700 var. dealbata Auct., 281, 296, 322, 668, 700 flavidolivens Tuck., 268 flexuosa Fr., 281, 323 fossarum (Duf. ) Mont., 296 fuscorubella (Hoffm.) Tuck., 230 268, 291, 303, 304, 323, 671, 702 glauconigrans Tuck., 228, 267 680, 702 hypnophila (Turn.) Tuck., 268, 323, 680, 702 icterica Mont., 293, 322 incompta (Borr. ) Hepp., 268 inundata Fr., 298, 324, 666, 702 leucophaea (Floerk. ), 267, 662, 700 var. griseoatra Koerb., 228, 267 lucida (Ach.) Fr., 228. 268 mixta Fr., 701 var. atlantica Tuck., 701 muscorum (Sw. ) Tuck., 230, 269, 286, 293, 296, 324, 668, 669, 703 myriocarpoidts (Nyl.) Tuck., 17, 230, 268, 289, 323, 701 naegelii Hepp., 230, 268, 304, 323 oxyspora (Tul.) Nyl., 229, 268 prasina Fr. var. byssacea Th. Fr., 701 rubella (Ehrh.) Rahenh., 268, 303, 323. 67i, 672, 680, 702 750 INDEX. Biatora rufonigra Tuck., 3, 17, 266, 282, 287, 288, 289, 322, 665 russellii Tuck., 297 sanguineoatra (Fr. ) Tuck., 267 schweinitzii Fr., 229, 268 sphseroides (Dicks.) Tuck., 230, 267, 680, 702 subfusca Fr., 303 suffusa Fr., 281, 323, 702 trachona Flot., 299 turgida (Fr. ) Nyl., 227 turgidula (Fr. ) Nyl., 267, 671, 700 uliginosa (Schrad. ) Fr., 267, 294, 323, 673, 701 varians (Ach.) Tuck., 323, 680, 701 vernalis (L.) Fr., 266, 680, 700 viridescens (Schrad.) Fr., 266, 679, 700 Bicuculla cucullaria (L. ) Millsp. , 362, 388, 555 Bidens cernua L,., 597 comosa (A. Gray) Wiegand, 358, 362, 368, 414 frondosa L., 358, 362, 414, 425, 597, 626 laevis (L.) B.S.P., 358, 4M, 597, 626 Bignoniaceae, 82, 124 Blepharostoma trichophyllum (L. ) Dutnort, 193 Blephila hirsuta (Pursh) Torr., 404 Boltonia asteroides (L. ) L'Her., 411, 626 Boraginaceas, 403, 590 Botrychium lunaria (L- ~) Sw., 362, 369, 619 virginianum (L. ) Sw., 616 Botrydium, 198 Botryococcus, 614 Boutelouacurtipendula (Michx. )Torr., 367, 375, 574 hirsuta Lag., 367, 375 oligostachya (Nutt. ) Torr., 21, 22, 574 Brachyactis angustus (Lindl. ) Britton, 596 Brachypuccinia, 543, 548 Brachythecium, 36 campestre Sch., 49 flexicaule Ren. and Card., 49 Brachythecium orycladon (Brid.) Grout, 49 plumosum Sch. (?), 49 salebrosum Sch., 49 starkei Sch., 49 Brassica arvensis (L. ) B.S.P., 389 nigra (L.) Koch, 388, 622, 627, 628 Brauneria pallid a, 20, 21 Bromus ciliatus L., 375, 549, 574 kalmii A. Gray, 375, 574 purgans L., 574 secalinus L., 375 Broussonetiapapyrifera (Linn.) Vent., ?*• 85, 87, 94, 130, 131, 132, 133 Buellia, 6, 221, 227, 282, 283, 665, 672, 674 alboatra (Hoffm.) Th. Fr., 270, 303, 324, 671, 704 var. saxicola Fr., 281, 298, 299, 324 dialyta (Nyl.) Tuck., 230, 271 geographica (Pers. ). Tuck., 232, 271 myriocarpa (DC.) Mudd. , 230, 271, 324, 673, 704 var. polyspora Willey, 230, 271, 704 parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr., 270, 303, 306, 324, 671, 672, 673, 675, 704 var. triphragmia Nyl., 271 parmeliarum (Sommerf. ) Tuck., 230, 272 petrsea (Plot., Koerb.) Tuck., 3, 17, 223, 224, 233, 271, 282, 287, 289, 325, 662, 664, 704 var. grandisFloerk.,17,229,271 var. montagnaei, 17, 233, 271, 285, 325, 664, 704 pullata Tuck., 278, 281, 282, 285, 287, 325, 664, 704 spuria (Schoer. ) Arn., 17, 285, 287, 289, 324 turgescens (Nyl.) Tuck., 281, 306, 325 Bursa bursa-pastoris (L.) Britton, 137, 142, 389 Butneria fertilis (Walt.) Kearney, 73, 85 florida (Linn.) Kearney, 72, 85, 87, loo, 130, 131, 132, 133 Butomineae, 651 INDEX. 751 Cactus viviparus Nutt., 192 Ccsotna nitens Schwein., 552 (^Ecidium ) pedatatum Schw., 632 (sEcidium) sagittatum Schw., 632 Csesalpinaceae, 73, 102, 392 Calamagrostis langsdorfii (Link.) Trin., 620 lapponica Trin., 620 Caliciuui, 225, 236, 663, 673. 674, 678, 679, 706 brunneolum Acli., 273 chrysocephalum (Turn.) Ach., 273, 677, 678, 706 var. filare Ach., 229, 273 curtum Turn, and Borr., 678, 706 hyprcllum Ach. var. viride Nyl., 274, 671, 673 lucidum (Th. Fr.) Fink., 659, 661, 675, 676, 706 paiietinum Ach., 273, 306, 326, 673. 679. 707 polyporaeuni Nyl., 706 pusillum Flk., 707 quercinum Pers., 274, 306, 326, 694 trabinellum (Schaer. ) Kbr., 673, 679. 707 trachelinum Ach., 678, 706 trichiale Ach., 273 var. cinereum Nyl., 673, 677, 678, 706 var. stemoneum Nyl., 230, 273, 707 turbinatum Pers., 274, 695 Calla palustris L., 576 Calliblepharis, 156, 205 Calothrix parietiua (Nag.) Thur., 27 Caltha, 500 palustris L., 36ri 387, 544 Calycanthaceae, 72, 100 Calycanthus occidentalis, 101 Calyptospora J. Kiihn, 537, 540 goeppertiana Kuhn, 540 Camclina sativa (L. ) Crantz., 389 Campanulaceae, 408, 593 Campanula americana L-, 362, 408 aparinoides Pursh, 408, 593 rotundifolia L., 367, 408, 593 Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L- ) Link 367. 370 Cannabis sativa L., 383 Capea, 723 Capparidacese, 389 Caprifoliaceae, 83, 407, 592 Cardamine bulbosa (Schreb. ) B.S.P., 360, 389 Carduus, 425, 548 altissimus L., 598 arvensis (L. ) Robs., 598, 627 discolor ( Muhl.) Nutt., 415, 598 lanceolatus L., 415, 627, 628 odoratus (Muhl.) Porter, 415 undulatus Nutt., 598 Carex abacta Bailey, 620 castauea Wahl., 547 cristatella Brittou, 377, 576 filiformis L., 576 fusca All., 576 hystricina Muhl., 376 limosa L., 620 lupulina Muhl., 376 lurida Wahl., 368, 376 retrorsa Schwein., 576 rosea Schk., 362, 377 stipata Muhl., 376 sychnocephala Carey, 576 torta Boott, 368, 376 tribuloides Wahl., 377 utriculata Boott, 547, 576 vulpinoidea Michx., 377 Carpinus caroliniana Walt., 362, 381 Caryophyllacese, 89, 386, 581 Cassia chamaecrista L-, 392 Castalia rigida, 357 tuberosa (Paine) Greene, 356, 386, 626 Castilleja acuminata (Pursh) Spreng., 620 coccinea (L. ) Spreag., 366, 406 sessili flora Pursh, 406 Catalpa catalpa, 127 speciosa Warder, 82, 85, 87, 126, 130, 131, 132, 133 Caulophyllutn thalictroides (L. ) Michx., 362, 388, 582 Ceanothus americanus L., 396, 430 ovatus Desf., 396 Celastraceae, 76, 395 Celastrus scandens Linn., 76, 395 Celtis, 130 australis, 92 occidentalis L., 70, 85, 87, 91, 130, 13', T32. 133. 366, 383 752 INDEX. Cenchrus tribuloides L,., 375 Cephalauthus occidentalis Linn., 83, 84, 87, 128, 130, 131. 132, 133, 358, 407 Cephalozia eaten ulata (Hiiben.) Spruce, 193 media Lindb., 193 Cerasterias, 614 Cerastium longipedunculatum Muhl., 361, 362, 386 Ceratium lonyicorne Carter, 613 tripos, 617 Ceratodon purpureus Brid., 40 Ceratophyllacese, 386, 581 Ceratophyllum demcrsumL., 196, 197, 355, 386. 581 Ceratosanthus ajacis Schur., 435 consolida Schur., 435 Cercis canadensis Linn., 73, 85, 87, 104, 130, 131, 132, 133 siliquastrum Willd., 73, 105 Cetraria, 236 aurescens Tuck., 241 ciliaris (Ach.) Tuck., 241, 306, 309 659, 675, 677, 678, 683 islandica (L.) Ach., 230, 241 juniperina (L. ) Ach., 676 var. pinastri Ach., 242, 663( 665, 671, 677, 683 lacunosa Ach., 241 saepincola (Ehrh.) Ach., 242 Chsetochloa viridis (I,-) Scribn., 573 Chantransia expansa Wood, 25 pygmaea (Kg.) Sirdt., 25 Chamserhodos erecta (L. ) Bunge, 569, 584 Chara contraria A. Br., 25 foetida A. Br., 25 Characeae Richard, 25 Characium A. Br., 196 Cheilanthesgraci1is(Fe£)Mett., 368,371 lanosa (Michx.) Watt., 371 Cheilosporum calif ornicum (Dene.), 700, 702, 703 frondescens Post, et Rupr., 700, 702, 705 f. intermedia Yendo, 704 f. maxima Yendo, 704 f. polymorpha Yendo, 704 f. typica, 703 MacMillanii sp. nov., Yendo, 700, 702, 706 Cheilosporum planiusculum (Ku'tz.), 700, 70* Chelone glabra L., 361, 405 Chenopodiacese, 89, 385, 579 Chenopodium, 627, 628 album L., 30, 579 ambrosioides L. , 569, 580 Boscianum Moq., 30 botrys L., 385 glaucum L,., 580 hybridum L., 580 leptophyllum (Moq.) Nutt., 580 Chlorochytrium, 195, 196, 200 archerianum Hieron., 26, 199 cohnii Wright, 196, 201 dermatocolax, 199, 203 inclu^um Kjellman, 186, 198, [99 202, 203 knyanum, 197 laetum, 199 lemnse, 196, 197, 198, 199, 203 pallidum Klebs, 197 rubrum, 199 schmitzii, 203 viride, 199 Chlorocystis, 199, 203 Chlorophycese, 610, 614 Chroococcus, 28, 614 Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L., 414 Chrysomyxa linger., 537, 538 ledi, 559 pirolatum (Koern.) Wint., 538 Chrysopogon avenaceus (Michx.) Benth., 374, 573 Chrysopsis hispida (Hook.) Nult., 569, 595 Chytridese, 198 Cichoriacese, 409, 593 Cichorium intybus L., 409 Cicuta bulbifera L., 358, 361, 400, 588 maculata L-, 361, 399, 627 Circaea, 550 alpina I,., 366, 398, 550 lutetiana L-, 362, 398, 550 Cistacese, 397, 586 Cladonia, 221, 225, 668, 675, 683 amaurocrsea (Fl.) Schaer., 233, 265 bacillaris Nyl., 674, 700 botrytes (Hog.) Willd., 696 INDEX. 753 Cladonia caespiticia (Pers. ) Fl., 16, 229, 262, 264 301, 320, 321 cariosa (Ach.) Spreng., 16, 262, 295, 321, 667, 679, 697 cenotea (Ach.) Schaer., 679, 698 cornucopioides (L.) Fr.? 265, 301 cornuta (L. ) Fr., 264, 667 cristatellaTuck., 220, 266, 306, 322, 674. 700 var. paludicola Tuck., 281, 322 decorticata Floerk., 230, 262 defortnis (L. ) Hoffm., 227, 265, 662, 699 dejjenerans Flk., 263, 667, 698 delicata (Ehrh.) Fl., 17, 230, 284 digitata (L.) Hoffm., 229, 265, 662, 700 fimbriata (L.) Fr., 228, 262, 286, 294, 295, 296, 321 var. apolepta (Ach.) Wainio, 698 var. ceratodes (Flk.) Wainio, 698 var. fibula Ach., 697 Tar. radiata Fr., 263, 321 var. simplex (Weis. ) Plot., 674, 697 var. subulata (L.) Wainio, 697 var. tubaeformis Fr., 16, 262, 286, 295, 306, 321, 674, 678, 697 furcata (Huds.) Fr. , 220, 223, 264, 301, 322, 667, 679, 699 var. crispata Fl., 264 var. paradoxa Wainio, 699 var. pungens Fr., 322 var. racemosa Fl., 301, 322 var. racemosa Fr., 301 var. scabriuscula (Del.) Ceon., 699 gracilis(L-) Fr., 16, 222, 263, 294, 295, 306, 321, 667, 674, 678, 698 Nyl., 220 var. anthocephala Flk., 662, 698 var. cervicornis Floerk., 228, 263 var. elongata Fr., 667 Cladonia gracilis (L. ) Nyl., var. hybrids Schaer., 263, 321, 667, 674, 678, 679, 698 var. syuiphycarpia Tuck., 227, 263, 321, 667, 674 var. vertidllata Fr., 17, 263, 294, 295, 306, 321, 674, 677, 679, 698 macilenta (Ehrh.) Hoffin., 17, 266, 306, 322, 674, 700 mitrula Tuck., 16, 230, 262, 295, 320, 674, 678, 696 pyxidata (L. ) Fr., 16, 222, 223, 262, 286, 293, 294, 295, 321, 667, 674, 679, 697 var. chlorophaea Flk., 697 var. neglecta (Flk.) Mass., 674. 697 rangiferina (L,.) Hoffm., 17, 220, 222, 223. 264, 322, 667, 679,699 var. alpestris (I,.) 17, 222, 265, 667, 699 var. sylvatica L., 222, 223, 265, 322, 699 squamosa Hoffin., 16, 264, 699 var. phyllocomaRabenh., 227, 264 symphycarpa Fr., 262 symphycarpia Tuck, 295, 306 symphycarpia Fr. var. epiphylla (Ach.) Nyl., 228, 262, 320 turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm., 263, 294, 321 var. conspicua (Schaer.) Nyl., 263 uncialis (L.) Fr., 222, 223, 265, 667, 699 Cladophora, 614 lanosa, 195 Clathrocystis, 614 Claytonia, 639 Clematis virginiaua L,., 362, 387, 427, 555, 58i Climacium americanum Brid., 48 Clinopodium vulgare L., 404 Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf., 551 Closterium parvulum Naeg., 612, 614 Cnicus, 425 Coelastrum microporum Naeg. var. speciosum Wolle, 611, 614 754 INDEX. Ccelosphae Hum kiitzingiai uin Naeg., 611, 612, 614 Coccochloris, 28 Coleosporium Leveille", 537, 538 sonchi-arvensis (P.) Wmt., 539 Collema, 195, 221, 282, 665, 668, 672 crispum Borr., 667, 690 flaccidum Ach., 15, 229, 254, 292, 303, 314, 671, 680, 689 furvum (Ach.) Nyl., 254, 290, 292, 299. 315 limosum Ach., 655, 690 marescens (Huds. ) Ach., 680 nigrescens (Huds.) Ach., 254,671, 689 plicatile Schaer., 281, 298, 299, 314 pulposutn (Barnh. ) Nyl., 15, 294, 314, 667, 690 pustulatum Ach., 281, 298, 299, 314 pycnocarpum Nyl., 230, 254, 303, 314, 671, 689 ryssoleum Tuck., 690 tenax (Sw. ) Ach., 281, 294, 314 Comaudra utnbellata (L. ) Nutt., 20, 384. 558 Comarum palustre L., 583 Commelinaceae, 377 Compositae, 410, 594 Coniferse, 89 Coniocybe, 236, 660 pallida (Pers. ) Fr., 231, 239, 274, 303, 326, 659, 695 Conringia orieutalis (L-) Dumort., 191 Constantiuea, 180, 182, 201, 203 reniformis, 175, 176, 177, 178 rosa-marina, 175, 176, 177, 178, 185, 1 86, 187 schmitzii, 200 sitchensis, 175. 176, 177, 178, 186, 187, 200, 202 thiebauti, 178, 187 Convallariaceae, 378, 577 Convolvulaceae, 402, 590 Convolvulus, 89 sepium L., 402, 544, 590 spithamaaus L. , 402, 544 Corallina aculeata Yendo, 700, 702, 708 frondescens Post, et Rupr., 703 officinalis L., 707 var. chilensis Kiitz, 700, 702, 706, 707 Corallina officinalis L. f. <5 Yendo, 707 pilulifera, 702 planiuscula Kiitz, 705 squamata, 702 tuberculosa Post, et Rupr., 701, 702 vancouveriensis Yendo, 700, 702, 707 f. densa Yendo, 707 f. typica Yendo, 707, 708 Coreopsis palmata Nutt., 367, 413, 426 Cornacese, 81, 400, 588 Corn us, 564 amonum Mill., 81, 358,2400 canadensis L., 551 candidissima Marsh, 362, 400, 588 circinata L'Her., 400 florida Linn., 82 rotundifolia, 362 stolonifera Michx., 8;, 362, 400, 588 Corylus americana Walt., 362, 381, 430, 578 rostrata Ait., 381 Cosmarium, 617 nitidulum De Not., 612 Costaria turneri Grev., 725 Crassulaceae, 387, 582 Crataegus, 239, 429 coccinea L. , 391, 584 macracautha Lodd., 368, 391 punctata Jacq., 362, 368, 391 tomentosa L., 362, 391 Crocus, 55, 62, 63, 65 Cronartiuin Fries., 537, 538 asclepiadeum (Willd.) Fr. var. quercuum B. & C., 538 Cruciferse, 89, 388, 582 Cryptogramme acrostichoides R. Br., 619 Cucurbitaceae, 88, 593 Cuscuta coryli Engelm., 402 gronovii Willd., 402, 590 indecora Choisy, 402 paradoxa Raf., 402 polygonorum Engelm., 590 Cuscutacese, 402, 590 Cyanophyceae, 610, 614 Cyclotella comta (Ehr.) Kg., 613, 614 Cyliudrothecium seductrix Sulliv., 48 INDEX. 755 Cytnbella lanceolata (Ehr. ) Kirchn., 613, 614 Cynodontium polycarpum B. S., 37 Cyperacete, 375, 575 Cyperus, 627 diandrus Torr., 575 esculentus L-, 357, 375 filiculmis Vahl., 367, 376 houghtoni Torr., 367, 368, 376 schweinitzii Torr, 367, 375, 376 speciosus Vahl, 575 Cypripedium candidum Willd., 379 hirsutum Mill., 362, 366, 379 reginae Walt., 379 spectabilis, 366 Cyrtorhyncba Nutt., 501 ranunculina Nutt., 502 Cymbalaria Britton, 503 Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh., 362, 367, 3?o fragilis (L,.) Bernh., 366, 370, 560 Daldinia, 564 concentrica (Bolt.) C. & N., 567 tuberosa (Scop.) Voss., 567 vernicosa (Schw.) Cesati & de Notaris, 567 Dasystoma grandiflora (Benth.) Wood, 368, 406 Datura tatula L,., 405 Delphinium aconitifolium Muhlenb., 441 albescens Rydb., 446 alpinum Waldst. & Kit., 447 apiculatum Greene, 440 Andersonii Gray, 441 azureum Michx., 444, 445 azureum Torr., 451 azureum Torr. & Gray, 439 var. laxiflorum Huth, 444 var. simplex Huth, 451 Barbeyi Huth, 449 bicolor Nutt., 438 var. cognatum n. var. Davis, 438 var. glareosum Davis, 439 var. Montanense Rydb., 438 var. Nelsonii Davis, 438 bicornutum Hemsl., 452 var. Hemsleyi Huth, 453 Blochmana Greene, 440 Delphinium Brunoniannm Royle, 443 Californicum Torr. & Gray, 437 var. laxiusculum Huth, 437 var. scapigerum Huth, 437 camporum Greene, 445, 446 var. macroseratilis Davis, 446 var. penardi Davis, 446 Carolinianum Walt. Fl. Carol., 445, 446 var. album Hort., 445 var. vimineum Gray, 445 Cashmirianum Royle, 443 var. Walkeri Hook., 443 cardinale Hook., 436 cheilauthum Fisch., 448 Clusianum Host., 447 coccineum Torr., 436 Columbianum Greene, 450 consolida Linn., 419, 435 dazniricum Georgi, 452 decorum Beuth., 440 decorum Fisch. & Mey., 439 var. gracilentum Davis, 439 var. Nevadense Wats., 441, 442 var. nudicaule Huth, 436 var. patens Gray, 439 discolor Fisch., 447 distichum Geyer, 451 diversifolium Greene, 449 var. diversifolium Davis, 449 Ehrenbergi Huth, 453 elatum Linn., 447 var. occidentals Wats. , 449 Emilia Greene, 441 exaltatum Alton, 443, 447 exaltatum Hook., 448 exaltatum Hook. & Arn., 437 var. Barbeyi Huth, 449 var. Californicum Huth, 437 v&r.glaucum Huth, 449 var. Nuttallii Huth, 450 var. scopulorum Huth, 448 var. trolliifolium Huth, 447 fissum Waldst. & Kit., 452 flammeum Kellogg, 436 flexuosum Raf., 441 formosum Boiss. & Huet, 451 formosum Hort., 448 geraniifolium Rydb., 446 756 INDEX. Delphinium Geyeri Greene, 445 var. geraniifolium Davis, 446 var. Wootoni Davis, 445 glareosum Greene, 439 glaucescens Rydb., 450 var. multicaule Rydb., 450 glaucum Wats., 449 gracilentum Greene, 439 grandiflorum Linn., 448 var. Chinensis Fischer, 448 var. variegatum Hook. & Arn., 440 Hanseni Greene, 440 Hanseni var. arcuatum Greene, 440 hesperium Gray, 439 hespetium Huth, 439 var. Hanseni Greene, 440 var. recurvatum Davis, 440 hirsutum Pers., 452 hybrid urn Steph., 452 var. sulphureum Hort., 437 intermedium Willd., 447 latisepalum Hemsl., 453 leptophyllum Hemsl. 454 leucophceum Greene, 450 lilacinum Willd., 443 Maackianum Regel, 451 macroseratilis Rydb., 446 Madrense Wats., 452 magnificum Paxt., 448 Menziesii DC., 442 Menziesii Gray, 438 Menziesii Wats., 441 var. ochroleucum Torr. & Gray, 439 var. pauciflorum Huth, 442 var. Utahense Wats., 438 monophyllum Gilib., 435 moschatum Munro, 443 Nelsoni Greene, 438 nudicaule Torr. & Gray, 418, 436 Nuttallianum Pritz., 442 Nuttaliii Gray, 450 var. leucophaeum Davis, 450 occidentale Wats., 417 occidenta/eWats., 449 Oreganum Howell, 445 ornatum Greene, 440 palmattfiduin DC., 447 Delphinium Patens Benth., 439 pauciflorum Nutt., 442 var. depauperatum Gray, 442 var. Nevadense Gray, 442 Parishii Gray, 441 Parryi Gray, 441 pauperculum Greene, 442 pedatisectum Hemsl , 453 peltatum Hook., 436 Penardi Huth, 446 Przewalskianum Hort., 437 Przewalskii Huth, 437 pubescens Griseb., 435 pyramidale Royle, 447 ranunculifolium Wall., 447 recurvatum Greene, 440 sarcophyllum Hook. & Arn., 436 scaposum Greene, 446 scopulorum Gray, 448, 449 scopulorum Wats., 449 var. attenuatum Jones, 449 var. glaucum Gray, 449 var. stachydeum Gray, 449 var. subalpinum Gray, 449 segetum Lam., 435 simplex Dougl., 451 simplex Nutt., 450 simplex Wats., 439 var. distichiflorum Hook., 451 sinense Fisch., 448 sonnei Greene, 441 speciosum Boiss. & Huet., 451 staphisagria, 417 tauricum Pallas, 452 tenuisectum Greene, 453 Treleasei B. F. Bush, 446 tricorne Michx., 441 var. Andersonii Huth, 441 var. depauperatum Huth, 442 var. patens Huth, 439 trollifolium Gray, 419, 447 trydactylum Michx., 443 uliginosum Curran, 447 urceolatum Jacq., 454 variegatum Torr. & Gray, 440 var. apiculatum Greene, 440 var. Blochmanae Davis, 440 var. Emiliae Davis, 441 versicolor Salisb., 435 INDEX. 757 Delphinium vimineuHi D. Don, 445 virescens Gray, 445 virescens Nutt., 446 virescens Rydb., 437 virgatum Jacq., 448 viride Wats., 438 viridescens Leiberg, 436 Wislizeni Engelni., 454 Wootoni Rydb., 445 Zalil Ait. & Hems., 437 Deringa canadensis (I,.) Kuntze, 362, 400, 588 Descurainia pinnata Britton, 30 Dtanthus caryophyllus L,., 543 Diatomaceae, 610 Diatomese, 614 Diueoma Viola: Kuntze, 633 Dichelyma pallescens B. S., 44 Dichothrix calcarea Tilden, 27 Dicrauuin, 36 boryeani De Not., 37 drummondii C. Mull., 37 flagellare Hedw., 38 fuscescens Turn., 38 longifolium Hedw., 38 montauum Hedw., 39 palustre La Pyl, 37 alatum Barnes, 37 scoparium Hedw., 39 undulatum Ebrb., 39 viride B. S., 39 Dictyophora duplicata, 534 Ravenelii Burt., 525, 533, 534 Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood, 612, 617 Diervilla diervilla (L.) MacM., 362, 408 Dilsea, 202 Ditnorphococcus, 617 Dioscorea villosa L,., 379 Dioscoreaceae, 379 Dirca palustris L,-, 366, 398, 558 Distichiutn capillaceum B. S., 40 Dodecatheou meadia L., 400 Doellingeria umbellata (Dill.) Nees, 361, 539 umbellata pubens (A. Gray) Brit- ton, 412, 596 Dondia depressa (Pursh) Briiton, 580 Draba caroliuiana Walt., 367, 389 Dracocephalum parvifloruui Nutt., 591 Drupaceae, 584 Drymocallis arguta (Pnrsh) Rydberg, 583 Dryopteris fragrans (L- ) Schott, 619 goldieana ( Hook. ) A. Gray, 368, 370 spinulosa (Retz.) Kuntze, 370 thelypteris (L.) A. Gray, 361, 370 Echinopanax horridum (Smith) Dec. & Planch., 620 Ecklonia, 723, 730 Elaeagnaceae, 80, 121, 587 Elaeagnus, 122 argentea Pursh, 587 umbellata Tbunb., 80, 87, 121, 130, 131, 133 Eleocharis acicularis (L. ) R. & S., 356, 357, 376, 575 intermedia (Muhl. ) Schultes, 575 Elodea, 54 Elymus canadensis L-, 367, 375, 575, 627, 628 macouni Vasey, 569, 575 virgiuicus L., 357, 375, 575 Encalypta ciliata Hedw., 41 Encyouema, 614 Endocarpon, 221, 669 arboreum Schwein., 281, 327 fluviatile DC., 222, 223, 224, 274, 327, 707 hepaticum Ach., 18, 286, 293, 294, 296, 327. 707 miniaturh ( L. ) Schaer., 18, 227, 274, 285, 290, 298, 299, 300, 326 var. complicatum Schaer., 274, 285, 287, 289, 326 pusillum Hedw., 297, 300, 327, 670, 707 var. garovaglii Kph., 286, 293, 294, 301, 327 Endophyllacese, 537 Endosphaera, 198 Erysiphe communis (Wallr. ) Fr., 426 Ephebe, 6, 282 pubescens Fr., 224, 253, 313 solida Born., 3, 14, 222, 224, 253 Epilobium, 360 adenocaulon Haussk., 362, 398 coloratum Muhl., 362, 366, 398, 539. 587 758 INDEX. Epilobium lineare Muhl., 539, 587 palustre, 627 Equisetaceae, 371 Equisetum arvense L., 362, 371, 622 hyemale L., 372 laevigatum A. Br., 372 prateuse Ehrh., 372 Eragrostis hypnoides (Lam.) B.S.P. 357, 374, 375 Erechtites hieracifolia (I/.) Raf., 366, 414, 425 Ericaceae, 400, 588 Erigeron acris droebachianus (O. F. Mueller) Blytt., 620 annuus (L.) Pers., 412, 556 philadelphicus L., 596 pulchellus Michx., 362, 412 ramosus (Walt.) B.S.P., 21, 412, 596 Eriocarpum spinulosum (Nutt. ) Greene, 22, 550 Erysimum cheiranthoides L-, 389, 582 pinnatum Walt., 30 Erysiphe, 424 aggregata (Peck) Farlow, 427 cichoracearum DC., 425 comtnunis, 427 galeopsidis DC., 428 graminis DC., 428 Erythronium albidum Nutt, 362, 378 Eudorina elegans Ehrenb., 612, 617 Eucalyptus, 85 citriodora Hook., 81, 85 corymbosa Sm., 81, 85 globulus Labill., 80, 85, 87, 122 131, 132, 133 uhymenia, 176 Kuonymus, 89 atropurpureus Jacq., 362, 395 Eupatorium ageratoides L,., 362, 366, 410, 426, 557 altissimum L., 410 maculatum L. , 594 perfoliatum L., 410, 557, 595, 627 purpureum L., 357, 410, 557 Euphorbia, 540, 542 corollata L., 395, 559 cyparissias L., 395 glyptosperma Engelm., 395, 542, 586 Euphorbia heterophylla L., 367, 395, 542 maculata L., 395, 542, 586 marginata Pursh, 542 nutans Lag., 395 serpyllifolia Pers., 542, 586 Euphorbiaceae, 395, 586 Euphrasia americana Wettst., 620 Eurynchium robustum (Roell.) Hol- zinger, 49 strigosutn Sch., 50 Euthamia graminifolia (L,. ) Nutt, 411, 557, 595 Euuromyces, 540 Evernia furfuracea (L. ) Mann., 242 prunastri (L.) Ach., 242,675, 677, 684 Fagaceae, 382, 578 Falcata comosa (L. ) Kuntze, 362, 366, 394, 427, 554, 585 pitched (T. & G.) Kuntze, 368, 394 Ficaria Huds., 500 ambigua Bor., 501 aperata Schur., 501 calth&folia Reichb., 501 comtnunis Dum., 501 Ficaria Karst, 501 grandiflora Robert, 501 Holubyi Schur., 501 intermedia Schur., 501 nudicaulis Kern., 501 polypetala Gilid., 501 ranunculoides Moench., 501 Roberti F. Schultz, 501 rotundifolia Schur., 501 transsilvanica Schur., 501 verna Huds., 501 Fissidens incurvus Schw., 40 osmundoides Hedw., 40 Fontinalaceae, 36 Fontinalis antipyretica Linn., 43 duriaei Sch., 43 holzingeri Cardot, 43 hypnoides Hartm., 44 missourica Card., 43 Fragaria americana (Porter) Britton, 362, 390 Fragilaria, 611, 614 capucina Desmaz., 613 INDEX. 759 Fraxinus, 239, 274 Americana L., 192, 559 lanceolata Borck., 192, 358, 401 nigra Marsh., 358, 401 Freesin, 55, 62, 63 Frcelichia floridana (Nutt. ) Moq., 385 Frullania Eboracensis Gottsche, 193 Fucus rosa-marina, 175, 187 Funaria hygromctrica Hedw., 42, 626 Gaillardia aristata Pursh, 598 Gileopsis tctrahit L., 591 Galtutn apartne L,., 362, 407 asprcllum Michx., 407, 544 boreale L., 362, 407, 592 concinnum Torr. & Gray, 544 trifidum L., 362, 407, 592 triflorutn Michx., 362, 407 Gaura biennis L , 368, 398 coccinea Pursh, 587 Gentiana acuta Michx., 589 andrewsii Griseb., 544, 589 crinita Froel.,.36r, 401 detonsa Rottb., 589 flavida A. Gray, 361, 401, 589 puberula Michx., 544, 589 quinquefolia L., 401 rubricaulis Schwein, 620 Gentianaceae, 401, 589 Geraniaceae, 394, 585 Geranium, 54 bicknellii Britton, 31, 585 Carolinianum, 31 maculatum L., 362, 394, 556 Gerardia aspera Dough, 406, 592 purpurea, 21 tenuifolia Vahl, 406, 592 Geum canadense Jacq., 391 strictum Ait., 362, 391 virginianum L., 584 Gigartina, 154, 161, 165, 199, 205 exasperata Harv., 601 Glecoma hederacea L-, 404 Gleditsia triacanthos L., 73, 85, 87, 105, 130, 131, 132, 133, 358, 368, 392 Gloeocapsa calcarea Tilden, 29 Gloeocystis, 617 gigas (Kg.) Lagerh., 612 Gloeotrichia, 611, 614 pisum (Ag. ) Thuret., 27 Glycyrrhiza lepidota Pursh, 23, 585 Gnaphalium obtusifolium L., 412 Gracilaria, 205 Graminese, 374, 572 Graphis, 225, 227, 660 dendritica, 272 scripta (L.) Ach., 272, 303, 304, 325, 671, 672, 705 var. limitata Ach., 229, 272, 303, 325, 671, 705 var. recta (Humh. ) Nyl., 225, 272, 325, 671, 705 Grimmia apocarpa Hedw., 40 Grindelia squarrosa (Pursh) Dunal., 22, 192, 426, 595 Grossulariaceae, 390 Gunnera scabra, 195 Gyalecta, 236 fagirola (Hepp. ) Tuck., 230, 261 Gymnocladus dioica Koch, 366, 392 Gyninoconia Lagerh., 537, 551 interstitialis (Schlect. ) Lagerh., 552 Gymnosporangium De Candolle, 537, 553 clavariaeforme (Jacq.) Rees., 553 globosum Farl., 553 juniperi-virgianianse Schw., 553 macropus Lk, , 553 nidus avisThaxter., 553 Habenaria bracteata (Willd.) R. Br., 362, 379 leucophsea (Nutt.) A. Gray, 361, 379 psycodes (L,.) A. Gray, 361, 379 Haloragidacese, 587 Halymenia reniformis, 177 Hamamelidaceae, 390 Hamamelis virginiana L., 368, 390 Hedeoma hispida Pursh, 404 pulegioides (L.) Pers., 404 Hedwigia ciliata Ehrh., 40 Heleniutn autumnale L-, 358, 414 autumn ale pubescens (Ait.) Brit- ton, 597 Heliantbemum canadense (L ) Michx., 397 majus (L.) B.S.P., 397 Helianthus, 426, 543, 545, 546 annuus L-, 191, 546, 597 atrorubens L., 368, 413 760 INDEX. Helianthus decapetalus L., 426 divaricatus L,., 4 [3, 426, 557 giganteus L., 546, 627 grosse-serratus Martens, 413, 426, 546, 597 maximiliani Schrad., 597 occidentalis Riddell, 367, 413 rigidus, 20, 21, 22 scaherrimus Ell., 413, 426, 597 strumosus L., 413 tuberosus L., 413, 426, 546, 597 tracheliifolius Mill., 413 Heliopsis helianthoides (It.) B.S.P., 412, 546 scabra Dunal, 412, 425, 596 Helleborus, 500 Heltninthocladiaceae (Harv. ) Schmitz, 25 Helobiae, 651 Hemipuccinia, 543, 549 Hemiuromyces, 540, 543 Hepatica acuta (Pursh) Britton, 362, 387 Heppia, 657 despreauxii (Mont.) Tuckm., 281, 293. 295, 296, 313, 656, 677 polyspora Tuck., 281, 282, 295, 313 Heracleurh lanatum Michx., 362, 399, 588 Heter-eupuccinia, 543, 546 Heterothecium, 236, 662 sanguinariutn (L. ) Plot., 233, 269 var. affineTuck., 228, 269 Heuchera hispida Pursh, 389 Hicoria minima (Marsh.) Britton, 380 ovata (Mill.) Britton, 366, 380 Hieracium canadeuse Michx., 367, 409, 548, 556, 594 scabrum Michx., 366, 409 utnbellatum L., 366, 368, 409 Hippuris vulgaris I/., 587 IfomaliajamesuSchimp., 45, 46, 47 macounii, 46, 47 trichomanoides, 45, 46, 47 jamesii (Schimp.) Holzinger, 44, 47 Homalocenchrus virginicus (Willd.) Britton, 357, 375 Hordeuni jubatum L. 575, 627 vulgare L-, 548 Hormiscia zonata (Web. and Mohr) Aresch. var. valida (Nag.) Rabenh., 26 Houstonia longifolia Gaertn., 592 Humulus lupulus L. 362, 383, 424, 578 Hydrocotyle americana L., 368, 400 Hydrocytium, 196 Hydrophyllaceae, 402 Hydrophylluui appendiculatum Michx., 402 virginicum L,., 362, 402, 426, 551, 559 Hylocomium splendens Sch., 52 triquetrum Sch., 52 Hypericaceae, 397, 586 Hypericum ascyron L., 397 maculatum Walt., 366, 397 majus (A. Gray) Britton, 366, 397 Hypnaceae, 36 H>pnutn chrysophyllum Brid., 50 crista-castrensis L.. 51 cupressiforme ericetorum B. S., 50 filicinum aciculjnum C. M. and K., 51 trichodes Brid., 51 haldanianum Grev., 51 hispidulum Brid., 51 reptile Rich., 51 schreberi Willd., 51 uncinatum Hedw., 52 Hypoxis hirsuta (L. ) Coville, 379 Hypoxylon, 564 annulatum ( Schw. ) Montague, 566 atropurpureum (Fries) Fries, 566 commuiatum Holwayanum Sacc., 565 comtnutatum Nitschke, 565 epiphaeum Berkeley & Curtis, 564, 566 epiphlceum B. & C., 566 ferrugineum Holway & Ellis, 566 fuscum (Pers. ) Fries, 565 granulosum Bulliard, 565 marginatum Berkeley, 566 rnorsci Berkeley & Curtis, 565 multiforme Fr., 565 perforatum (Schw.) Fries, 566 petersii Berkeley & Curtis, 565 rubiginosum Ellis & Everhart, 566 rubiginosum (Pers.) Fries, 563, 564, 566 INDEX. 761 Hypoxylon serpens (Pers.) Pries, 567 transversum Scbw., 565 Hystrix hystrix (L. ) Millsp., 575 Ilysanthes gratioloides (L-) Benth., 358, 406 Impatiens, 556 aurea Muhl., 362, 396 biflora Walt., 362, 549, 556, 586 Iridacese, 379, 577 Iris versicolor L-, 379, 554. 577 Ithyphallus, 534 impudicus, 534 tenuis, 533, 534 Iva xanthifolia (Fresen.) Nutt., 594 Jania, 701 Juglandaceae, 380 Juglans cinerea L., 362, 380 nigra L., 362, 380 Juncaceae, 377, 576 Juncus acuminatus Michx., 577 articulatus L,., 620 balticus Willd., 576 dudleyi Wicgand, 569, 576 effusus L., 377, 626 nodosus L., 577 tenuis Willd., 377, 577 torreyi Coville, 577 vaseyi Engelm., 576 Jungertnannia barbata Schreb., 193 quinquedentata Web., 193 vetitricosa Dicks., 193 Juniperus cotnmunis I,., 367, 372, 553 sabina L., 367, 368, 372 virginiana L., 366, 372, 553 Kallymenia, 205 reniformis, 177 Koeleria cristata (L. ) Pers., 21, 367, 375, 574 Koellia flexuosa (Walt.) MacM., 591 virginiana (L. ) MacM., 405, 545 Kuhnia eupatorioides L., 410, 549 glutinosa, 20, 21, 22 Kuhnistera Candida (Willd.) Kuntze, 20, 21, 23, 367, 393, 585 occidentalis, 22 Kuhnistera purpurea (Vent.) MacM., 20, 21, 367, 397, 585. Kumlienia Greene, 500 Cooleyce Greene, 502 histricula Greene, 500 Labiatae, 403, 590 Laciniaria, 539, 557 apycnostachya (Michx.) Kuntze, 595 cylindracea (Michx.) Kuntze, 367, 410 punctata (Hook.), Kuntze 595 pycuostachya ( Michx. ) Kuntze, 410 scariosa (L. ) Hill, 21, 367, 410, 595 Lactuca, 546, 626, 628 canadensis L., 557 floridana (L.) Gaertn., 362, 409 ludoviciana (Nutt.) DC., 368, 409, 557, 593 pulchella (Pursh) DC., 546, 594 sagittifolia Ell., 368, 409 scaiiola L., 192, 409, 626 Lagedia oxyspora (Nyl.) Tuck., 696 Laminaria, 728, 730, 732 japonica, 731 radicosa, 731 saccharina, 728 Lappula, 426 americana (A. Gray) Rydberg, 569, 59° floribuuda (Lehm. ) Greene, 590 lappula (L.) Karst., 367, 403, 590 virginiana (I/.) Greene, 403, 426 Lathyrus, 427, 429, 430, 540 ochroleucus Hook., 362, 393 venosus Muhl., 362, 393, 427, 541 Lecanora, 221, 236, 280, 282, 316, 665, 670, 674 atra (Huds. ) Ach., 15 bookii (Fr.) Th. Fr., 281, 282, 319 calcarea (L,. ) Soinmerf., 229, 259, 297, 3i8 var. contorta Fr., 227, 259, 287, 288, 297, 318, 664, 669, 694 cervina (Pers.) Nyl., 319, 664, 694 var. cinereo-alba Fink, 282, 287, 288, 319 762 INDEX. I/ecanora cinerea (L,. ) Somtnerf., 16, 223, 224, 258, 284, 287, 289, 318, 664, 693 var. cinereo-alba Fink, 280 var. gibbosa Nyl., 258, 318 var. Isevata Fr., 16, 258, 318 elatina Ach., 229, 258 erysibe Nyl., 300, 318 frustulosa (Dicks.) Mass., 232, 256, 278, 287, 288, 317 fuscata (Schrad.) Th. Fr., 16, 259, 287, 319, 664, 694 var. rufescens Th. Fr., 259 gelida (L. ) Ach., 316 gibbosa (Ach.) Nyl. var. micro- spora A. Zahl, 694 hageni Ach., 15, 228, 257, 287, 300) , 305, 318, 664, 692 var. sambuci (Pers. ) Tuck., 257 muralis (Schreb. ) Schaer., 287, 317, 692 var. diffracta Fr., 228, 256 var. saxicola Schaer., 256, 285, 287, 317, 664, 692 var. vcrsi color Fr., 297, 317, 657, 692 pallescens (L. ) Schaer., 258, 678 693 pallida (Schreb.) Schaer., 228, 256, 678, 692 privigna (Ach.) Nyl., 297, 319, 669, 670, 694 var. pruinosa Auct., 297, 319, 669, 700 rubina( Vill. ) Ach., 15, 223, 224, 256, 284, 287, 289, 317, 652, 664 var. heteromorpha Ach., 256, 284, 287, 289, 317 sordida (Pers.) Th. Fr., 232, 257 subfusca (L,- ) Ach., 15, 223, 257, 258, 289, 303, 304, 317, 657, 671, 660, 676, 692 var. allophana Ach., 280, 287, 288, 317 var. argentata Ach., 317, 675, 692 var. coilocarpa Ach., 15, 257, 287, 288, 301, 318, 692 var. distans Ach., 318 L,ecanora subfusca (L,.) Ach., var. hypno- rum Schaer., 229, 257 tartarea (L.) Ach., 230, 258 varia (Ehrh.) Nyl. 15, 257, 258, 289, 305, 318, 660, 664, 671, 672, 673, 675, 693 var. polytropa Nyl., 661, 664,. 693 var. saepin cola Fr., 257, 673,693 var. symmicta Ach., 16, 257,. 673, 693 variolascens Nyl., 692 verrucosa (Ach.) Laur., 671 xanthophana Nyl., 278, 284, 287,. 289, 319, 664, 694 Lechea Leggettii, 32 minor, 32 stricta Leggett, 32, 397, 586 I^ecidea, 6, 221, 227, 236, 674, 703 acclinis Flot., 229, 270, 703 albocaerulescens (Wulf. ) Schaer.,. 3, 17, 229, 270 crustulata Ach., 227, 269 cyrtidia Tuck., 230, 270 enteroleuca Fr., 270, 303, 304, 306,. 324, 671, 672, 703 var. achrista Sommerf., 227,. 270, 305, 324, 703 var. ambigua Naz. , 673, 703 var. flavida Fr., 703 lactea Fl., 232, 269 lapicida Fr., 229, 269 var. oxydata Fr., 228, 269 melancheima Tuck., 270 platycarpa Ach., 229, 270 speirea Nyl., 270 spirea Ach., 227 Legouzia perfoliata (L.) Britton, 408 Leguminosae, 552 lyejeuuea serpyllifolia (Dicks.) Lib.>, 193 L,emna, 195 minor L., 197, 355, 377, 57$ trisulca L., 576 Lemnacese, 377, 576 Lentibulariacese, 406 Leonurus cardiaca L., 404 Lepachys columnaris, 22 Lepidium, 627 apetalum Willd., 388 INDEX. 763 Lepidozia reptans (L. ) Pumort, 193 Leptandra virginica (L.) Nutt., 406, 592 Leptilon canadeuse (L. ) Britton, 412, 596, 626 Leptobryum pyriforme Scb., 42 Leptogium, 282, 660 chloromelum (Sw.) Nyl., 15, 299, 30!. 315 lacerutn (Sw. ) Fr., 223, 224, 230, 254, 290, 2yS, 299, 315, 780 var. pulvinatutn Moug. and Nestl, 230, 254 inyochroum (Ehrh., Schaer. ) Tuck., 229, 254, 290, 303, 315, 671, 680, 690 var. tomeutosum Schaer., 255 pulchellutn (Ach.) Nyl., 280, 315 tremelloides (L. ) Fr., 15, 254 Leptopucciniu, 543, 550 Leptorchis liliifolia (L,. ) Kuutze, 363, 380 Leskea, 36 nervosa Myr., 47 polycarpa paludosa Sch., 47 Lespedeza capitata Michx., 393, 430, 543 violacea (L. ) Pers., 430 Lesquerella argcntca, 22 Lessonia, 726, 728, 730, 732, 739 Leucobrj um glaucum Sch., 40 Liliacese, 378, 577 Lilium canadensc L,., 361, 378, 554 philadclphicum I,., 378 umbell itum Pursh, 366, 378 Linaceae, 394, 585 lyinum rigidum, 21 sulcatuin Riddel 1, 367, 394, 585 Lippia lanceolata Michx., 358, 403 Liriodendron tulipifera Linn., 72, 85, 87, 96, 130, 131, 132, 133 Lithospermum augustifolium Michx., 403 canescens (Michx.) Lehm., 403 gmelini (Michx.) A. S. Hitchcock, 403 Lobelia cardinalis L., 358, 408 cordi folia, 366 inflata L., 366, 408 kalinii L., 593 Lobelia spicata Lam., 367, 408, 593 syphilitica L., 361, 363, 408, 593 Lonicera, 430 dioica L., 363, 408, 430 hirsuta Eaton, 430 sullivantii A. Gray, 363, 408 Loranthus neelgherrensis L., 170, 172 Lotus americanus (Nutt.) Bisch., 427, 584 Lupinus perennis L., 554 Lychnis flos-cuculi, 199 Lycodonum sylvaticum Fourr., 349 Lycopodium selago, L., 619 Lycopsis arvensis L., 403 americanus Muhl., 358, 405, 591, 623, 625 lucidus Turcz., 358, 405, 591 rubellus Moench, 358, 405 virginicus L., 358, 405, 546, 591 Lygodesmia juncea, 22 Lyngbya, 614 majuscula Harv., 612 martensiana Menegh.var. calcarea Tilden, 28 nana Tilden, 28 Lyngbyese Gomont, 28 Lysimachiaterrestris (L. ) B. S. P., 400 Lythraceae, 398 Ly thrum alatum Pursh, 358, 361, 398 Macrocalyx nyctalea (L- ) Kuntze, 361, 403 Macrocystis, 726 Magnoliaceae, 72, 96 Malus coronaria, 31 ioensis . Wood) Britton, 31, 363, 391 Malva rotundifolia L., 396 Malvaceae, 396 Marchantia polymorpha, 626 Meibomia, 543 canadensis ( L. ) Kuntze, 393, 430, 585 dilleuii (Darl.) Kuntze, 368, 393 grandiflora (Walt. ) Kuntze, 393 illinoensis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 368, 393 Melampsora Castagne, 537, 539 epilobii (P.I Fckl., 539 populina (Jacq.) Lev., 539 salicis-caprese (P.) Wint, 540 764 INDEX. Melampsoracese, 537, 538 Melanthaceae, 377 Melaspilea, 630 arthonioides (Fe"e) Nyl., 659, 692 Melosira, 610, 614 granulata (Bhr.) Ralfs., 613 Menispermaceae, 98, 388, 582 Menispermum canadense I/., 87, 98, 131, 132, 363, 388, 582 Mentha, 545, 628 aquatica, 199 canadensis L-, 358, 363, 405, 545, 59 r, 623, 625 Meriolix serrulata (Nutt. ) Walp., 587 Merismopedia, 614 glauca Naeg., 612 Mesadenia reniformis ( Muhl. ) Raf., 414 Metaspermse, 373 Micrampelis lobata (Michx. ) Greene, 363. 593 Micrasterias, 617 truncata (Corda) Breb., 612 Micropuccinia, 543, 550 Microsphsera, 424 aini (DC.) Wint, 430 diffusa C. & P., 430 dubyi Lev., 430 quercina (Schw. ) Burrill, 429 ravenelii Berk., 429 russellii Clinton, 429 symphoricarpa Howe, 429 Mimulus jamesii T. & G., 360, 406 ringens L., 358, 361, 406, 591 Mirabilis, 89 Mitella diphylla L-, 363, 390 nuda L., 551 Mnium cuspidatum Hedw., 43 punctatum Hedw., 43 serratum Brid., 43 Mohrodendron carolinum (Linn. ) Britt., 82 Mollugo verticillata L., 386 Monarda fistulosa L., 404, 545, 591 Moracese, 71, 93, 383, 578 Morus rubra L., 383 Mougeotia parvula Hass. var. angusta (Hass. ) Kirchn., 26 Muhlenbergia racemosa ( Michx. ) B. S.P., 573 Myrioph) Hum spicatum L., 588 verticillatum L., 588 Myrtaceae, 80, 122 Myurella careyana Sull., 47 julacea Sch., 47 Myurellae, 36 Nabalus, 425, 556 albus (L,. ) Hook., 363, 409, 594 racemosus (Michx.) DC., 594 Naiadacese, 373, 572 Naias flexilis (Willd.) Rost. & Schmidt, 355, 373 guadalupensis (Spreng. ) Morong, 355, 368, 373 Napsea dioica L., 397 Napellus vulgaris Fourr., 351 Narcissus, 55, 62, 63 Navicula, 614 Neckera oligocarpa B.S., 44 pennata Hedw., 44 Nelumbo, 643, 644, 650, 651 lutea (Willd.) Pers., 356, 357, 386, 645, 649 nelumbo, 649 Nelumbium speciosum, 645 Nepeta cataria L,., 363, 404 Nephrocytium, 617 agardhianum Naeg., 612 Nephroma, 6, 236, 282 epidiota Th. Fr., 233 helveticum Ach., 3, 14, 251 Isevigatum Ach., 251, 678, 688 var. parile Nyl., 228, 251 tomentosum (Hoffm.) Koerb.,233, 251 Nereocystis liitkeana, 179, 702, 726, 732, 739 Neurocaulon, 187 foliosum, 176, 177, 178 rosamarina, 176, 177 sitchensis, 176 Nostoc, 195, 612, 614 lichenoides, 198 Nostocese Kiitz, 27 bulliardi Tul., 564 Nummularia lateritia Ellis & Ever- hart, 564 nummularia (Bulliard) Schroet., 564 repanda (Fries) Nitscbke, 564 Nyctaginacese, 385, 581 INDEX. 765 Nymphsea, 644 ad vena Soland., 356, 386, 572, 622, 626 Nymphaeaccse, 386, 572, 643, 650, 651 Nymphaeiuese, 651 CEnothera, 427 rhombipetala Nutt., 398, 587 Oleaceae, 401 Omphalaria, 282, 299 kansana Tuck., 281, 298, 314 phyllisca (Wahl.) Tuck., 278, 280, 29°. 3M pulvinata Nyl., 281, 298, 299, 314 umbella Tuck., 299 Onagra biennis (L. ) Scop., 398, 427, 559, 587, 627 Onagracese, 398, 587 Onoclea sensibilis L., 358, 361, 369 struthiopteris (L. ) Hofftn., 363, 366- 369 Onosmodium carolinianum (Lam.) DC., 403, 590 Opegrapha, 659, 660 varia (Pers. ) Fr., 272, 303, 325, 704 var. notha Ach., 228, 272 var. pulicaris (Hoffm. ) Fr., 281, 325 Ophioglossaceae, 369 Opulaster opulifolius (L. ) Kuntze, 390 Orchidaceae, 379 Orchis spectabilis L., 379 Orobanchacese, 407 Orthocarpus luteus Nutt., 592 Orthotrichutn, 36 elegans Schwaegr., 41 spcciosum Nees, 41 elegans, 41 sroellii Vent., 41 Oscillatoria, 6n, 614 geminata Menegh., 28 tenuis Agardh., 29 var. tergestina, 28 Osmunda claytoniana L., 363, 366, 369 Osmundacese, 369 Ostrya, 565 virginiana (Mill.) Willd., 363, 38i Oxalidacese, 394, 585 Oxalis stricta L-, 363, 394, 429, 585 violacea L. , 367, 394 Oxycoccus oxycoccus (L.) MacM., 589 Oxygraphis Bunge, 502 Andersoni Freyn, 499 cymbalaria (Pursh) Prantl., 427, 503, 582 Palmella miniata Leibl. var. aequalis Nag., 26 Palmellaceae (Decne. ) Nag., 26, 28 Panax quinquefoliuin L., 366, 399 Pandoriua, 617 morum (Muell. ) Bory, 612 Panicularia americana (Torr. ) MacM., 375, 574 Panicum capillare L., 374, 55°. 573 crus-galli L., 374, 573 porterianum Nash, 374 pubescens Lam., 573 scribnerianum Nash, 21, 374 virgatum L., 374, 573 Pannaria flabellosa Tuck., 253 languinosa (Ach.) Kocrb., 14, 252, 290, 292, 298, 299, 301, 313, 680, 689 lepidiota Th. Fr., 253 microphylla (Sw. ) Delis, 14, 221, 222, 224, 253, 278, 290, 313 nigra (Huds.) Nyl., 228, 253, 298, 299, 3'3 petersii Tuck., 689 Papaveracese, 388 Papilionacese, 74, 392, 584 Parietaria pennsylvarJca Muhl., 384 Parkinsonia aculeata Linn., 73, 85, 87, 102, 131, 132, 133 Parmelia, 225, 672, 676 borreri Turn., 13, 238, 272, 290, 291, 292, 302, 310, 666, 670, 685 var. hypomela Tuck., 290, 310 var. rudecta Tuck., 245, 310 caperata (L. ) Ach., 13, 222, 223, 224, 246, 290, 292, 302, 311, 659, 666, 670, 677, 686 centrifuga (L. ) Ach., 229, 247 cetrata Ach., 290, 310 colpodes, 268 conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach., 13, 222, 223, 224, 247, 284, 286, 288, 301, 311, 66r, 665, 687 766 INDEX. Parmelia conspurcata (Schaer. ) Wainio, 686 crinita Ach., 13, 247, 290, 292, 302, 310, 670, 685 encausta (Sm.) Nyl., 232, 246 olivacea (L. ) Ach., 13, 246, 304, 311, 666, 670, 671, 677, 686 var. aspidota Ach., 686 var. prolixa Ach., 246, 278, 284, 286, 311 var. sorediata (Ach. ) Nyl., 670 perforata (Jacq.) Ach., 13, 229, 244, 302, 310 var. hypotropa Nyl., 228, 245 perlata (L-) Ach., 244 var. ciliata DC., 245 physodes (L. ) Ach., 246, 675, 677, 686 saxatilis (L-) Fr., 13, 222, 224, 245, 246, 290, 292, 302, 310, 658, 659, 666, 678, 685 var. pauniformis (Ach.) Schaer., 280, 290, 292, 310 var. sulcata Nyl., 246, 290, 310, 670, 686 tiliacea (Hoffm.) Flk., 238, 245, 302, 310, 670, 685 var. sublsevigata Nyl., 230, 245 Parnassia caroliniana Michx., 361, 390, 583 palustris L,., 583 Parnassiaceae, 583 Parthenocissus quinque folia (L.) Planch., 79, 85, 358, 363, 396, 429 Pastinaca sativa L., 588 Pediastrum boryanum, 617 duplex Meyen, 611, 617 Pedicularis acuminatus Dougl., 35 canadensis L., 363, 366, 406 fluviatilis Heller, 33 lanceolata Michx., 361, 406, 425, 592 Pelargonium, 54 Pellsea atropurpurea (L. ) Link, 367, 371 stelleri (S. G. Gmel.) Watt, 366, 371 Peltigera, 221, 225, 292, 668, 675 aphthosa (L. ) Hoffm., 238, 251 Peltigera canina (L-) Hoffm., 14, 291, 294, 306, 312, 667, 674, 679, 688 var. leucorrhiza Flk., 679, 689 var. sorediata Schaer., 14. 252, 294. 3oi, 306, 312, 667, 674, 689 var. spongiosa Tuck., 278, 312 var. spuria Ach., 14, 252, 312, 667, 688 horizontalis (L. ) Hoffm., 252, 313 667, 688 polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm., 252 pulverulenta (Tayl.) Nyl., 14, 252 rufescens (Neck.) Hoffm., 14, 291, 294, 312, 688 venosa (L. ) Hoffm., 251 Penthorum sedoides L., 357, 389, 582 caudatus Heller, 34 gracilis Nutt., 591 Peplis portula, 199 Peramium pubescens (Willd.) MacM., 363. 379 Peridermium Lev., 537, 559 abietinum (A. & S. ) Thiim. var. decoloraus Thiim., 559 balsatneum Pk., 559 Peridineae, 610, 617 Peridinium, 617 tabulatum Ehr., 613 Peronospora, 196 Pertusaria, 260, 672 communis DC., 16, 260, 274, 678, 695, 707 finkii A. Zahlb., 671, 696 glomerata (Ach.) Schaer., 229, 261 leioplaca (Ach.) Schaer., 260, 303, 32°, 693 multipunctata (Turn.) Nyl., 260, 683, 693 var. Isevigata Turn, and Borr. , 260 pustulata (Ach.) Nyl., 261, 303, 320, 680, 696 velata (Turn.) Nyl., 16, 260, 303, 320, 680 Petasites palmata ( Ait. ) A. Gray, 551 Peucedanum nudicaule (Pursh) Nutt., 191 Phaca neglecta T. & G., 585 INDEX. 767 Phaseolus, 55 multiflorus, 56, 57, 58, 67 Philotria, 54, 65, 66, 67, 68 canadensis (Michx.) Britton, 360, 374, 572 Phleum pratense, 622 Phlox divaricata L., 363, 402 pilosa L., 402 Phoradendron flavescens, 169 Phortnidium, 614 valderiauum (Delp. ) Goniont, 28 Phragmidium Link., 537, 552, 553 potentillae (P.) Karst., 553 rubi-idsei (P.) Karst., 553 spcciosum Fr., 553 subcorticum (Schrank.) Wint., 553 Phragmites phragmites (L. ) Karst, 547, 574 Phrajjmopyxis, 552 Phryma leptostachya L., 363, 407, 559, 592 Phrymacese, 407, 592 Phyllactinia, 424 suffulta (Reb. ) Sacc., 429 Phyllobium climorphum, 198 Phyllophora brodiaei, 163 interrupta, 163 Physalis heterophylla Nees, 405 macrophysa Rydb., 405 philadelphica Lam., 358, 405 virginiana Mill., 405 Physcia, 222, 224, 672, 676 adglutinata (Floerk.) Nyl., 228, 249, 303, 3°4, 312, 688 aquila (Ach. ) Nyl., 230, 247 var. detonsa Tuck., 14 astroidea (Fr. ) Nyl., 666, 687 csesia (Hoffm.) Nyl., 14, 224, 228, 249, 284, 287, 288, 312, 661, 664, 688 ciliaris (L.) DC., 247 granulifera (Ach.) Tuck., 238, 303, 311, 687 hispida (Schreb., Fr.) Tuck., 227, 248, 666, 671, 675, 677, 687 hypoleuca (Muhl.) Tuck., 670, 687 obscura (Ehrh.) Nyl., 14, 222, 223, 248, 249, 290, 292, 303, 312, 666, 671, 680, 688 Physcia pulvcrulenta (Schreb.) Nyl., 14, 247, 249, 290, 292, 303, 311, 666, 671, 687 var. leucoleiptes Tuck., 248 speciosa (Wulf., Ach.) Nyl., 13, 222, 247, 290, 292, 311, 666, 670, 687 stellaris (L. ) Tuck., 14, 222, 224, 248, 292, 303, 311, 659,666, 687 var. apiola Nyl., 248, 287, 288, 311, 664, 666, 687 tribacia (Ach. ) Tuck., 14, 248, 284, 287, 303, 312, 681, 687 Physostegia virginiana (L. ) Benth., 358, 404, 591 Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P., 225, 559 Pimpinella integerrima (L. ) A. Gray, 361, 399 Pinacese, 372 Pinus Banksiana, 32 coronaria, 31 ponderosa, 538 scopulorum, 169 resinosus Ait., 32, 225 strobus L,., 225, 372 Pistia, 649 Placodium, 221, 665, 672, 674 aurantiacum (Light) Naeg. and Hepp., 15, 223, 255, 291, 300, 3°3, 3 '5, 664, 671, 690 cerinum (Hedw. ) Naeg. and Hepp., 255,303. 304, 316, 664, 671, 691 var. pyracea Nyl., 229, 255, 305, 316, 673, 691 var. sideritis Tuck., 15, 285, 287, 288, 316, 664, 691 cinnabarinum (Ach.) Auz., 15, 228, 255, 285, 287, 297, 315, 664, 690 citrinum (Hoffm.) Leight., 255, 298, 299, 316 elegans (Link.) DC., 15, 255, 284, 287, 300, 315, 661, 664, 690 ferrugineum (Huds. ) Hepp., 281, 316, 673, 691 var. pollinii Tuck., 281, 768 INDEX. Plac odium murorum (Hoffm.) DC., 229, 255, 287, 315, 651, 690 var. nriniatum Tuck., 228, 255 vitellinum (Ehrh.) Naeg. and Hepp., 15, 223, 224, 229, 256, 284, 287, 289, 316, 664, 691 var. aurellum Ach., 256, 2971 300, 316, 669, 691 Plagiochila asplenioides (L. ) Du- mort, 193 Plagiothecium denticulatum Sch., 50 muhlenbeckii Sch., 50 sylvaticum Sch., 50 Plantaginacese, 407 Plantago eriopoda Torr., 571, 592 major L., 407, 592 Purshii, 22, 23 Platygyrium repens Sch., 48 Pleurotseniopsis, 617 quaternaria (Nordst. ) De Toni., 612 Poa pratensis L., 428, 622 pseudopratensis Scrib. & Ryd., 192 Podophyllum peltatum L., 363, 388, 549 Podosphsera, 424 oxyacanthae (DC.) D. By., 429 Pogonatum alpinum Roell., 43 Polanisia graveoleus Raf., 389 Polemoniaceae, 402 Polemonium reptans L-, 363, 402 Polycystis, 28 Poly gala senega L., 395 verticillata L., 367, 394 viridescens L., 394 Polygalaceae, 394 Polygonacese, 145, 384, 578 Polygonatum, 554 commutatum (R. & S. ) Dietr., 363, 366, 378, 577 commutatum (Sch.) Dietr., 554 Polygonum, 142, 540, 542, 543, 622, 628 amphibium I,., 549 aviculare L., 427, 542 convolvulus L., 385, 579 divaricatum, 138, 139, 141, 142, 145, 146, 149 emersum (Michx. ) Britton, 356 357, 384, 549, 579 Polygonum erectum L., 137, 142, 143, 144, 146, 151, 579 exsertum Small, 579 hartwrightii A. Gray, 358, 384, 549 hydropiper L., 384, 627 hydropiperoides, 358, 363 incarnatum Ell., 358, 363, 384,625 lapathifolium L., 579 littorale Link, 579 orientale L., 384 persicaria L., 579 punctatum Ell., 358, 384, 579 ramosissimum Michx., 385, 542, 579 sagittatum I/., 385 scandens L., 385, 579, 627 tenue Michx., 367, 368, 385 virginianum L., 358, 368, 385 Polyides lumbricalis, 195 Polymnia canadensis L-, 412 Polypodiaceae, 369 Polypodium vulgare L., 371 Polyporus versicolor, 694 Polysiphonia, 197, 199, 203 Polytrichum commune I/., 43 juniperinum Willd., 43 piliferum Schreb. , 43 Pomaceae, 391, 584 Populus, 254, 428, 539, 564, 567 alba L., 380 balsamifera I/., 225, 577 candicans (Ait.) A. Gray, 380 deltoides Marsh, 69, 358, 380/428, 540, 624, 626, 629 grandidentata Michx., 363, 380, 428 tremuloides Michx., 225, 363, 380, 428, 539, 624, 626, 629 Porella platyphylla (L,. ) L/indb., 193 Porphyra pertusa, 206 Potamogeton lonchites Tuckerm., 356, 373 natans L., 356, 373 pectinatus L., 572 perfoliatus L., 572 pusillus L., 355, 373 zostersefolius Sch u in., 355, 373 Potamogetoninae, 651 INDEX. 769 Potentilla arguta Pursh, 390 canadensis L., 31, 363, 391 effusa Doug]., 569 583 hippiaua Lehtn., 191 leucocarpa Rydberg, 30, 583 monspeliensis L., 30, 390, 583, 626 Nicolletii (Wats.) Sheldon, 30, 31 pennsylvauica strigosa Pursh, 553, 583 pentandra Engeltn., 31 supitia var. Nicolletii Wats., 31 Prenanthcs, 546 Pritnulaceae, 400, 589 Protococcaceie, 198 Protococcus, 195, 617 Protomyces, 199 Prunella vulgaris L-, 363, 404 Prunus, 429 amcricana Marsh, 363, 392, 584 nigra Ait., 363, 368, 392 pumila I,., 549 serotina Ehrh., 363, 392, 584 virginiana L , 363, 366, 392 Psoralea argophylla Pursh, 543, 584 Ptelea trifoliata Linn., 75, 84, 87, in, 130, 131, 132, 133 Pteridophyta, 369 Pteris aquiliua L., 363, 366, 371 Pterygophora californica Ruprecht, 723 Ptilidium ciliare (L. ) Nees, 193 Puccinellia airoides (Nutt. ) Wats. & Coult., 569, 574 Puccinia Persoon, 537, 543, 545, 551,552 adoxse Hedw., 544 aegra Grove, 640 alpina Fckl., 640 amorph(Z Curt, 544, 552 anemones-virginianae, 537 angustata Peck, 546 argentata (Schultz) Wiut., 549 asteris Duby, 550 calthse Lk., 544 caricis (Schuui.) Rebent, 546 Chondrillse Corda, 546 circiese Pers. , 550 convolvuli (P.) Cast., 544 deglubens, 552 densa D. & H., 633, 639 effusa D. & H., 639 elytni \Yestd., 552 Puccinia emaculata Schwcin., 550 Fergussoni Berk. & Br., 639, 640 Fergussoni hastattr DeT., 633 galii (P.) Schwein., 544 gentians (Strauss) L,k., 544 graininis Pers., 548 grossulariae (Gm.) Wint., 541 halenire Arth. & Holway, 551 hastatcs Cooke, 633, 637, 638 hieracii (Schutn. ) Mart., 543, 548 hydrophylli Peck & Clint., 551 kuhniae Schwein., 549 Mariae-Wilsoni Clinton, 639 menthse americana Burrill, 545 mesomegala B. & C., 551 nardosmiae E. & E., 551 ornata Arth. & Holw., 550 peckiana Howe, 552 petalostemonis Farlow, 552 phragmitis (Schum. ) Korn, 547 pimpinellae (Strauss) Link, 544 poculiformis (Jacq. ) Wett., 548 podophylli Schwein., 549 polygoni-amphibii P., 549 porphyrogenita Curt., 551 pruni-spinosae Pers., 549 rhamni (P.) Wettst., 547 rubigo-vera (DC.) Wint., 548 Schceleriana Plow, et Magn., 556 sorghi Schwein., 550 tanaceti DC., 545 taraxaci Plowright, 548 thalictri Chev., 550 tiarellae B. & C., 551 totnipara Trel., 549 variolans Hark., 550 violae (Schum.) DC., 544, 631, 633, 640 Violarum Link., 633 xanthii Schwein., 551 Pucciniaceae, 537, 540 Pucciniopsis, 543, 549 Pulsatilla hirsutissima( Pursh) Britton, 367, 387 Pylaisia heteromalla Sch., 48 polyantha Sch., 48 Pylaisiellse, 36 Pyrenopsis, 282 melambola Tuck., 280, 313 phaeococca Trek., 280, 313 770 INDEX. Pyrenula, 225, 227, 305 cinerella (Plot.) Tuck., 228, 275, 304, 328, 709 var. quadriloculata Fink., 228, 276, 304, 329, 672, 709 gemmata (Ach.) Naeg., 281, 303, 328, 709 glabrata (Ach.) Mass., 281, 329 hyalospora (Nyl. ) Tuck., 281, 303, 328, 709 leucoplaca (Wahl.) Kbr., 225, 239. 275, 3°3. 3°4, 329> 67i, 672, 709 var. pluriloculata Fink, 671, 672, 709 megalospora Fink, 281, 303, 329 nitida Ach., 303, 304, 328 punctiformis (Ach.) Naeg., 304, 328, 708 var. fallax Nyl., 275, 276, 304, 328, 672, 709 quinqueseptata (Nyl.) Tuck., 281, 303, 329 thelena Ach., 304, 328 Pyrola elliptica Nutt., 363, 400, 538 rotundifolia L., 538 secunda L., 538 Pyrolaceae, 400 Pyrrhopappus Rothrockii A. Gray, 35 Pyrus coronaria var. loensis Wood, 31 loensis Bailey, 31 Pyxine sorediata Fr., 14, 249, 290, 312 Quercus, 564, 565, 566 alba L., 366, 382, 578 coccinea Wang., 363, 365, 382 macrocarpa Michx., 239, 363, 365, 366, 382, 429, 578 platanoides (Lam. ) Sudw., 358, 368, 382 prinoides Willd., 368, 383 rubra, 363, 365 velutina Lam., 363, 382 Radula complanata (L.) Dumort., 193 Ramalina, 225, 236, 672 calicaris (L.) Fr., 291 var. canaliculata Fr., 230, 240 var. farinacea Schaer., 13, 240, 290, 301, 308, 309 Ramalina calicaris (L,.) Fr., var. fastigiata Fr., 229, 240, 302, 308,670, 683 var. fraxinea Fr., 302, 308, 670, 683 pollinarella Nyl., 229, 241 pollinaria (Ach.) Tuck., 241 polymorpha (Ach.) Tuck., 280, 290, 308 pusilla (Prev.) Tuck., 230, 241, 662, 677, 678, 683 var. geniculata Tuck., 232, 241 Ranunculaceae, 89, 387, 581 Ranunculus, 459, 462, 479, 500 abortivus Hook., 363, 387, 477, 478, 479, 555 var. australis Brand., 478 var. grandiflorus Eugelm., 478 var. Harveyi Gray, 478 var. micranthus Gray, 470 aconitifolius Linn., 492 acriforniis Gray, 476 acris Hook., 476 acris Linn., 471, 475, 481 acris var. Deppii Nutt., 476 adoneus Gray, 488 affinisR. Br., 482 affinis Torr., 484 var. cardiophyllus Gray, 482 var. lasiocarpus Torr., 482 var. leiocarpus Traut, 482 var. micropetalus Greene, 483 var. validus Gray, 482 alceus Greene, 468 Allegheniensis Britton, 478 alpeophilus A. Nelson, 483 alismcsfolius Benth., 494 alistnsefolius Geyer, 495 var. alismellus Gray, 495 var. calthseflorus Davis, 495 alismaffoliusv&r. montanus Wats., 495 alismellus Greene, 495 var. populago Davis, 496 ambigens Wats., 494 var. obtusiusculus Davis, 494 amarillo Bertol., 475 amcenus Gray, 488 amcenus Ledeb., 482 atnplexicaulis Linn., 493 INDEX. 771 Ranunculus Anderson! Gray, 499 Andersons var. tend! us Wats. ,499 aquatilis Linn., 460, 461 var. brachypus Hook. & Arn., 461 var. cirspitosus DC., 461 var. confervoides Gray, 461 var. (titan cat us Gray, 460 var. flaccid us Gray, 461 var. hetcrophyllus DC., 461 var. kispidvlus Drew, 461 var. Lobbii Wats., 462 var. longirostris Lawson, 460 var. stagHatalis DC., 460 var. submersiis Gordon, 461 var. trichophyllus Gray, 461 arcticits Richards., 482 arcualus Heller, 480 Arizonicus Greene, 485 var. subaffinis Greene, 483 Arizonicus Lemmon, 484 arnoglossus Greene, 494 arvensis Linn., 467 Aschenbornianus Schau., 476 Asiaticus Linn., 477 auricoinus Hook., 482 var. Cassubicus E. Meyer, 484 Austin a: Greene, 489 Beckii G. Don, 491 Belvisii DC. , 470 Biolettii Greene, 499 Bloomeri Wnts., 472 Bolanderi Greene, 495 Bonariensis Poir. , 499 Bongardi, Greene, 479 var.Douglasii (Ho well) Davis, 479 var. tenellus Greene, 480 breincaulis Hook., 484, 489 bulbosus Linn., 471, 472 Caleottii Turcz., 468 Californicus Benth., 476 var. canus Wats., 474 var. crassifolius Greene, 477 var. latilobus Gray, 477 var. Ludovicianus (Greene) Davis, 494 calthceflorus Greene, 495 Canadensis Jacq., 469 canus Benth., 474 Ranunculus cardiophyllus Hook. , 482 var. pinetorum Greene, 483 carpaticus Herbich., 485 Chilensis Hook. & Arn., 472 ciliosus Howell, 481 drcinatus Sibth., 460 Clintonii Beck, 475 confervoides Fries., 461 Cooleyte Vasey & Rose, 502 corthusaefolius Willd., 486 Cusickii Jones, 496 Cymbalaria Pursh, 503 var. alpinus Hook., 503 delphinifolius H.B.K., 474 delphinifolius Torn, 387, 491 delphinifolius Torr. & Gray, 476 dichotonms Moc. & Sesse, 473 digitatus Hook., 489 dissectus Hook. & Arn., 476 divaricatus Schrank, 460 Donianus Pritz , 486 Douglasii Howell, 480 Drummondi Greene, 488 Earlei Greene, 479 Eiseni Kellogg, 480 ellipticus Greene, 490 eremogenes Greene, 478 var. degeuer Greene, 478 Eschscholtzii Schlecht., 483 eximius Greene, 483 fascicularis Brittou, 472 fascicularis Muhl., 470 fascicularis Schlecht., 471 fascicularis Wats., 469 fascicularis var. Deforesti Davis, 470 Ficaria Linn., 501 filifortnis Michx., 497 flaccidus Pers., 461 Flammula Hook., 495 Flammula Michx., 496 Flammula Pursh, 494 Flammula Walt., 499 var. filiform is Hook., 497 var. intermcdiusHoob.., 498 var. laxicaulis Torr. & Gray, 496 var. reptaus E. Meyer, 497 var. Unalaschensis Ledeb.,498 flaviatilis Bigel., 491 772 INDEX. Ranunculus geoides H.B.K., 487 glaberrimus Hook., 489 glaberriraus var. ellipticus Greene, 490 glabriusculus Rupr., 480 glacialis Linu., 500 Gmelini DC., 492 Gotmani Greene, 500 Grayanus Freyn, 461 Grayi Britton, 488 Greenei Howcll, 479 halophilus Schlecht, 503 Hartwegi Greene, 495 Harveyi Britton, 478 h'ebecarpus Hook. & Arn., 468 hebecarpus var. pusillus Wats., 468 hederaceus Linn., 462 , var. Torr. 462 var. Lobbii Lawson, 462 hesperoxys Greene, 475 hirsutus Curt., 469 hispidus Hook., 469 hispidus Michx., 472 hispidus Pursh, 469 var. Oreganus Gray, 469 Hookeri Schlecht., 471 Hooker i Reo el, 488 Howellii Greene, 480 humilis D. Don, 486 humilis Pers., 499 hydrocharus subsp. Lobbii Hiern, 462 hydrocharoides Gray, 496 hyperboreus Rottb., 491 var. natans Regel, 491 hystriculus Gray, 500 Icelandicus Davis, 472 inamcenus Greene, 483 intermedius Heller, 498 juuiperiuus Jones, 499 lacustris Beck & Tracy, 491 Lambertianus D., 493 Langsdorfii DC., 492 lanuginosus Walt., 479 Lappotiicus Linn., 491 Lapponicus Oed., 489 laxi caulis Darby, 496 Ivrnmoni Gray, 496 limosus Nutt., 492 lingua Pursh, 494 Ranunculus Llavseuus Schlec-ht., 473 Lobbii Gray, 462 longipedunculatus Scheidw., 486 longirostris Godron, 460 lucidus Poir., 470 Ludovicianus Greene, 476 Lyalli Rydb. , 479 Macauleyi Gray, 490 Macounii Britton, 469 var. Oreganus Davis, 469 macranthus Scheele, 474 macranthus Wats., 473 Madrensis Rose, 495 Marilandicus Poir, 472 maximus Greene, 473 McCallai Davis, 482 Mexicanus Davis, 487 micranthus Nult., 470 microlonchus Greene, 498 Missouriensis Greene, 492 Montanensis Rydb., 476 montanus Willd., 485 montanus var. dentatus Baumg., 485 var. subaffinis Gray, 485 var. subsagittatus Gray, 485 tnulticaulis D. Don, 486 multifidus Pursh, 491 var. limosus Lawson, 492 var. repens Wats., 492 var. terrestris Gray, 491 muricatus Linn., 467 natans C. A. Meyer, 490 Nelsoni Gray, 480 var. giabriusculus Holzinger, 480 var. tenellus Gray, 479 nilidus Walt., 477 nivalis Linn., 490 nivalis Rep., 490 nivalis var. Eschscholtzii Wats., 483 Nuttallii Gray, 502 oblongifolius Ell., 496 obtusiusculus Biitton, 494 obtusiusculus Raf., 494 occidentalis Gray, 481 occidentalis Nutt., 480 var. brevistylus Greene, 480 var. Eiseni Gray, 480 INDEX. 773 Ranunculus var. Howellii Greene, 480 var. Lyalli Gray, 479 var. parviflorus Torr., 479 var. Rattani Gray, 481 var. robustus Gray, 481 var. ten el I us Gray, 480 var. ultramontanus Greene, 481 Of real us Greene, 483 Oreganus Ho well, 469 ornithorhynchus Walp., 473 orthorhynchus Hook., 473 var. alpinus Wats., 488 var. platyphyllus Gray, 473 ovalis Raf., 484 oxynotus Gray, 489 Pallasii Schlecht. , 493 palmatus Ell., 475 pantothrix Brot. ex DC., 461 parviflorus Linn., 468 parviflorus var. Torr. & Gray, 468 parvuliis Linn., 469 pedalifidus Hook., 488 pedatifidus J. E. Smith, 482 var. cardiophyllus Britton, 482 var. pinetorum (Greene) Davis, 483 pennsylvauicus Linn., 358, 387, 469, 581, 627 petiolaris H.B.K., 487 Philonotis Ebrh., 469 Philonotis Pursh, 470 pilosus H.B.K., 471 Populago Greene, 496 Porteri Britton, 461 prostratus Poir., 475 Purshii Richards, 492 Pursh ii Torr., 490 Purshii var. aquatilis Ledeb., 491 pusilltis Ledeb., 492 pusillus Poir., 499 var. Lindheimeri Gray, 499 var. oblongifolius Torr. & Gray, 456 pygmseus Wahl., 489 var. Sabinii Davis, 489 tadicans C. A. Meyer, 490 radieans Regel, 492 ranunculi HUS Rydberg, 502 Rattani Howell, 481 Ranunculus recurvatus Bong., 479 recurvatus Poir., 479 recurvatus Schlecht., 480 var. h'elsonii DC., 480 regulosus Greene, 476 repeus, 471 repens Linn., 475 var. hcsperoxys Davis, 475 var. liispidus Torr. & Gray, 469 var. inacranlhus Gray, 474 var. Marilandicus Torr. & Gray, 472 rcptans Linn., 497 var. filiform is DC., 497 var. Gormani Davis, 498 var. intcrmedius Torr. & Gray, 498 rep tans strigulosus var. Freyn.> 498 rhomboides Goldie, 484 Sabinii "Si. Br., 489 saluginosiis Pall, 503 samolifolius Greene, 497 sanicula-forinis Muhl., 479 5-ardous Crantz, 469 saxicola Rjdb., 484 scleratns L., 478, 581 var. multifidus Nutt., 478 Schlechtendalii Hook., 471, 480 septentrionalis Poir., 363, 388,470, 475 var. Blankinshipii Robinson, 475 speciosus Hort., 472 stagnatalis Wallr., 460 stolonifer Hemsl., 497 subaffinis Rydb., 485 subalpinus Davis, 474 subsagittatus var. subaffinis Greene, 485 Suksdorfii Gray, 484 suphureus Soland., 490 ienellus Nutt., 479 tenellus var. Lyallii Robinson, 479 tomentosus Poir., 470 tomentosus Spreng., 479 trachy sperm us Ell., 468 tiacbyspermus Engelm., 498 774 INDEX. Ranunculus var. angustifolius Engelm., 498 var. Lindheimeri Engelm., 499 trachophyllus Chaix., 461 tridentatus H.B.K., 503 trifolius Moench., 469 triternatus Gray, 488 Turner! Greene, 481 Unalaschensis Bess., 498 uncinatus D. Don, 487 unguiculatus Greene, 494 vagans Wats., 497 vicinalis Greene, 483 Raphidium, 28, 6n polymorphum Fresen. var. acic- ulare (A. Br. ) Rabenh., 611, 617 var. falcatum ( C o r d a ) Rabenh., 612, 617 var. sigmoidea, 617 Raphidostegium recurvans L- and J., 50 Ratibida columnaris (Sims) D. Don, 367, 413. 597 pinnata (Vent.) Barnhart, 413 Razoumofskya, 170 robusta (Engelm.) Kuntze, 169, 173 Rhabdoweisia denticulata B. S., 37 Rhamnacese, 78, 116, 396 Rhamnus, 119 alnifolia L'Her., 548 purshiana DC., 78, 85, 87, 118, 130, 131, 132, 133 Rhodomenia, 205, 206 Rhodymenia, 206 palmata, 206 pertusa, 206 peruviana, 206 Rhns, 566 glabra L-, 363, 367, 395- 5§6 hirta (L.) Sudw., 395 radicans L., 358, 367, 395, 543 Ribes, 558 cynosbati L., 363, 390, 558 floridum L'Her., 363, 390, 425, 558 gracile Michx., 558 rubrum L,., 549 uva-crispa L,., 363, 390 Ricinus, 88 Rinodina, 665, 662 ascociscana Tuck., 259 bischoffi (Hepp.) Kbr., 281, 297 320, 669, 695 lecanorina Mass., 281, 282, 287, 288, 320 nigra, 695 oreina (Ach.) Mass., 224, 259, 278, 285, 287, 289, 319, 660, 664, 672, 6?3» 694 sophodes (Ach.) Nyl., 16, 259, 287, 288, 289. 304, 305, 319, 659, 664 var. atrocinerea Nyl., 695 var. confragosa Nyl., 230, 259 var.'exigua Fr., 305, 320, 664, 695 var. tephraspisTuck., 280, 320 Rivularia biasolettiana Menegh., 27 Rivulariaceae Rabenhorst, 27 Robinia pseudacacia Linn., 75, 84, 87, 109, 130, 131, 132, 133 Rodhymenia, 206 Roripa hispida (Desv. ) Britton, 582 nasturtium (L,. ) Rusby, 360, 389 palustris (L. ) Bess., 389, 582 Rosa, 553, 554 acicularis Lindl., 554 arkansana Porter, 20, 21, 391, 584 blanda Ait, 391, 554 Rosacese, 390, 583 Rubiacese, 83, 89, 130, 407, 592 Rubus, 552 canadensis L,., 390, 552 hispidus L-, 424, 553 occidentalis L,., 363, 366, 390 strigosus Michx., 552, 553, 583 villosus Ait., 363, 366, 390, 552 Rudbeckia hirta L/., 412, 597, 627 laciniata L., 361, 363, 413, 426, 543, 597 triloba L., 361, 363, 368, 412 Rutnex, 138, 146, 550, 627 acetosella L., 137, 361, 384 britannica I/., 547, 550 crispus L,., 361, 384, 547, 579 hydrolapathum, 547 obtusifolius, 199, 547 occidentalis S. Wats., 569, 578 persicarioides L,., 579 INDEX. 775 Rumex salicifolius Weinm., 137, 142, 143, 144, 145, 148 verticillatus, 137, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 578 Ruppia occidentalis, 570 Rutacese, 75, in, 394, 585 Sagedia, 236 oxyspora (Nyl.) Tuck., 225, 230 275, 660 Sagina nodosa (L. ) Fenzl., 620 Sagittaria, 355, 357 arifolia Nutt., 572 cristata Engelm., 374 cuneata Sheldon, 356, 369, 374 latifolia Willd., 356, 357, 374, 572, 624 rigida Pursh, 356, 374 variabilis, 144 Salicaceae, 69, 380, 577 Salicornia, 570, 571 herbacca L,. , 580 Salix, 428, 539, 540, 626 amygdaloides Anders., 358, 363, 380, 624 625, 629, 630 bebbiaua Sarg., 381, 428 cordata, 626 discolor Muhl., 381, 428, 540 fluviatilis Nutt., 358, 363, 381 humilis Marsh, 381 lucida Muhl., 380, 578 uiyrtilloides L., 428, 540 uigra Marsh., 358, 380 Salsola tragus L-, 385 Salvinia natans, 66, 67, 68 Salviniaceit, 371 Sainbucus, 84 canadensis L., 363, 407 pubens Michx., 83, 407 Sanguinaria canadensis L., 388, 399 Sanguisorba DC., 35 Sanicula gregaria Bicknell, 363, 369, 399 marylandica L., 363, 399 trifoliata Bicknell, 368, 399 Santalaceae, 384 Sarcophyllis, 202 arctica, 198, 199 edulis, 199 Saxifraga penns) Ivanica L., 361, 389 Saxifragaceae, 389 Scapatiia glaucocephala (Tayl.)'Aust., 193 Scenedesmus, 28, 6n bijugatus (Turp.) Kg., 611, 617 obliquus (Turp.) Kg., 26, 617 quadricauda (Turp.) Bre"b., 611, 617 Schedonnardus paniculatus, 22 Scheuchzeriaceae, 572 Schinus molle Linn., 76, 84, 85, 87, 114. 131 Schizonema, 197 Schizosporacae, 537 Schizothrix lardacea ( Cesati ) Gomout. , 28 rupicola Tilden, 28 Scirpus atrovirens Muhl., 357, 376, 546, 575 campestris Britton, 569, 575 cyperinus (L.) Kunth., 357, 376 lacustris L-, 356, 376, 575 Scotinosphaera, 198 Scrophularia marylandica L,., 405 Scrophulariacese, 405, 591 Scutellaria cordifolia Muhl., 404 galericulata L,., 591, 626 lateriflora L., 358, 404, 590, 623, 625 parvula, Michx., 404 Selaginella rupestris (L. ) Spring., 372 selaginoides (L. ) Link., 619 Selaginellaceae, 372 Senecio aureus L-, 145, 415, 426, 556 discoideus (Hook.) Britton, 620 plattensis Nutt., 368, 414 vulgaris L., 192 Sileue alba Muhl., 361, 363, 386 antirrhina L., 137, 142, 367, 386, 58i stellata (L.) Ait., 366, 386 Silphium laciniatum L., 361, 412 perfoliatum L., 361, 412 Simarubaceae, 76, 112 Sisymbrium altissimum L., 191, 388, 627 canescens Nutt., 30 humile Meyer, 620 multifidum, 30 officinale (L.) Scop., 388 Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill. 379, 776 INDEX. Sitilias multicaulis (DC.) Greene, 35 Rothrockii (A. Gray) Greene, 35 Sium cicutsefolium Gmel., 357, 399, 588 Smilaceae, 378, 577 Smilax herbacea L-, 363, 366, 378, 577 hispida Muhl., 366, 379 Solanaceae, 405, 591 Solauum nigrum L., 405, 591, 622, 627 Solidago canadensis L., 363, 411,425, 539, 595, 627 erecta Pursh, 369, 410 flexicaulis L., 41°, 539, 557 hispida Muhl., 410 missouriensis Nutt., 411 mollis, 22, 23 nemoralis Ait., 411, 596 rigida L., 20, 21, 22, 411, 595 rigidiuscula, 21 rupestris, 20, 21, 22 serotina Ait., 410, 539, 557, 627 speciosa Nutt., 410 ulmifolia Muhl., 410 Solorina, 236, 662 saccata (L. ) Ach., 227, 252 Soiichus arvensis L., 593 asper (I..) EH., 409, 593 Sophia hartwegiana (Fourn.) Greene, 30, 582 incisa, 30 pinnata (Walt.) Britton, 30 Sorghum, 550 Sparganiacese, 373, 571 Sparganium eury carpum Engelm. , 357, 373, 571 simplex Huds., 571 Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Willd., 357, 375, 574 Spermatophyta, 372 Sphacelaria, 199 Sphaerococcus, 205 Sphaerotheca, 424 castagnei Lev., 424 humuli (DC.) Burrell, 424 mors-uvae (Schw. ) B. & C., 425 pannosa Lev., 425 Sphagnum, 26, 199 acutifolium Ehrh., 36 fuscum Klinggr., 36 girgensohnii Russ., 36 medium Limpr., 36, 37 Sphagnum recurvum parvifolium Sondtn., 37 squarrosum Pers., 37 teres squarrosulum (Lesq.) Warnst., 37 wulfianum Girg., 37 Spiraea salicifolia L., 390, 583 Spirodela polyrhiza Schleid., 355, 377 Spirogyra, 617 Sporobolus, 21, 23 brevifolius (Nutt.) Scribn., 573 cuspidatus (Torr.) Wood, 573 heterolepis A. Gray, 573 Stachys palustris L., 358, 404, 428, 591 Staphylea trifolia L., 363, 395 Staphyleaceae, 395 Staurastrum crenulatum, 617 minneapoliense Wolle, 612, 617 paradoxum Meyen. var. longipes Nordst, 612 sebaldi Reinsch., 612, 617 Staurothele diffractella (Nyl.) Tuck., 281, 290, 297, 300, 327 drummondii Tuck., 228, 275, 785, 290, 328, 708 umbriua (Wahl.) Tuck., 274, 285, 290, 298, 299, 327 var. colpima (Whubl.) Nyl., 708 Steironema ciliatum (L.) Raf., 358, 4oo, 558, 589 lanceolata (Walt.) A. Gray, 589 Stephanodiscus, 610, 614 niagarse Ehr., 613 Sterculia platanifolia Linn., 79 Sterculiaceas, 79 Stereocaulon, 220, 236 condensatum Hoffm., 16 coralloides Fr., 229, 261 paschale (L.) Fr., 222, 224, 233, 261, 278, 320, 662, 696 Sticta, 236 amplissima (Scop.) Mass., 250 crocata (L. ) Ach., 250 fuliginosa, 250 limbata (Sm.) Ach., 229, 250 pulmonaria (L-) Ach., 250, 678, 688 scorbiculata (Scop.) Ach., 232, 251 Stigeocloniutn, 26, 617 INDEX. 777 Strophostyles helvola (L. ) Britton, 394, 427, 541 Styracaccie, 82 Symphoricarpos occideiitalis Hook., 430, 593 racemosa Michx., 429 symphoricarpos (L. ) MacM., 429, 593 Syuchytrium, 196 Syndesmon thalictroides ( L. ) Hoffmg., 363, 387 Synedra, 6n pulchella (Ralfs.) Kg., 613, 614 ulna (Nitzsch. ) Ehr., 613, 614 Syntherisma sanguinalis (L.) Nash, 374 Syringa vulgaris L., 430 Tabcllaria fenestrata, 614 fenestrata Lyndb. Kg. vnr. inter- media Griin, 613 flocculosa, 614 Tagetes, 89 Tanacetum, 545 vulgare L., 414 Taraxacum taraxacum (L. ) Karst., 409, 424, 548, 593 Taxaceae, 373 Taxus minor (Michx.) Britton, 373 Tecoma, 126 radicaus (Linn.) DC., 82, 85, 87, 124, 130, 131, 132, 133 Tetraphis pellucida Hedw., 42 Tetragonanthusdeflexus (J. E. Smith) Kuntze, 551 Tetraspora, 617 cylindrica (Wahlenb. ) Ag., 26 Teucrium canadense L., 358, 403, 590 Thalesia uniflora, 369 Thalictrum L., 509, 550 adiantifolium Bess., 513 adriantoides Hort., 513 alpinum Linn., 512 aquilegifolium Linn., 514, 515 ceesium Greene, 517 campestre Greene, 516 Carol i n ianu)n Bosc., 515 caulophylloides Small, 516 clavatum DC., 512 clavatum Hook., 512 coriaceum Small, 516 Thalictrum Cornuti Torr. & Gray, 514, 515 var. a Hook., 513 var. /? Hook., 514 macrostylum Shuttle., 514 var. monostyla Bot. Zeit., 514 corynellum DC., 514 Cuernavacanum Rose, 518 dasycarpum Fisch. & Lall., 513 debile Buckley, 515 var. Texanum Gray, 515 dioicum L., 363, 388, 515, 555 var. coriaceum Britton, 516 var. oxycarpum Torr., 516 Fendleri Brew. & Wats., 517 Fendleri Engelm., 517 Fendleri I. M. Macoun, 516 var. platycarpum Trelease, 517 var. polycarpum Torr., 517 var. Wrightii Trelease, 517 filipes Torr. & Gray, 512 Galeottii Lee., 520 gibbosum Lee., 520 glaucum Desf., 513 grandiflorum Rose, 519 grandifolium Rose, 519 grandifolium Wats., 522 Guatemalense Rose & DC., 519 Hernandezii Tausch., 520 Hernandezii, 521 hesperium Greene, 517 Jaliscanum Rose, 518 Kemense Fries, 513 lavigatum Michx., 515 lanatum Lcc., 520, 521 leucostfinon Koch. & Bauch£, 514 longist \lutn DC., 519 macrostylum Small & Heller, 514 Madrense Rose, 521 minus Linn., 513 var. Kemense Trelease, 513 var. adiantifolium Hort., 5f3 var. elatum Lee., 513 nudicaule Schweinitz, 512 occidentale Gray, 516 Pachucense Rose, 519 papillosum Rose, 521 peltatum DC., 517 petaloideum Linn., 512 pinnatum Wats., 521 778 INDEX. Thalictrum platycarpum Greene, 517 polycarpum Watson, 517 polygamum Muhl., 514 var. macrostylum Robinson, 5H Pringlei Wats., 518 var. reticulaturn Rose, 518 pubigerum Benth., 519 pubigerum Pringle, 518 purpurascens L-, 363, 388, 427, 5r3. 555, 582 var. ceriferum Austin, 514 purprtreum Hort., 513 purpureum Schang., 513 revolutum DC., 513 revolutum Lee., 514 Richardsonii Gray, 512 rugosum Pursh, 513 saxatile Vill., 513 saxatilis Hort., 513 sparciflorum Turcz., 512 speciosum Hort., 513 tomentellum Robinson & Seat., 52i venulosum Trelease, 516 Wrightii Gray, 517, 522 Thelocarpon prasinellum Nyl., 18, 228, 274, 306, 327 Theloschistes, 672 concolor (Dicks.) Tuck., 13, 238, 302, 304, 309, 668, 670, 685 var. effusa Tuck., 310, 670, 685 chrysopthaltnus (L.) Norm., 302, 305, 309, 670, 675, 685 lychneus (Nyl.) Tuck., 13, 244, 292, 300, 302, 309, 666, 670, 685 polycarpus (Ehrh.) Tuck., 244, 302, 304, 309, 670, 671, 685 Thlaspi arvense L., 191, 582 Thuidium, 36 abietinum Sch., 49 philiberti Limpr., 49 recognitum Lindb., 49 Thuja occidentalis L., 225 Thymeleacese, 398 Tilia, 429, 565, 566 americana L., 363, 366, 396, 428, 43°, 586 Tiliaceae, 396, 586 Toxylon pomiferum Raf., 71, 84, 87, 93, 130, 131, 132, 133 Tradescantia, 54 reflexa Raf., 377 virginiana L,., 377 Triadenum virginicum (L. ) Raf., 586 Trifolium hybridum L,., 393 pratense, 622, 627 repens L., 393, 541, 622 Triglochin maritima L,., 572 Trillium cernuum L., 363, 378 erectum L,., 363, 378 Triosteum perfoliatum L., 363, 408 Triphragmium Link., 537, 554 clavellosum Berk., 554 Triticum vulgare L., 548 Typha latifolia L-, 373, 626, 624 Typhacese, 373 Uimacese, 70, 89, 383 Ulmus, 85, 324 americana L-, 70, 87, 89, 130, 132, !33. 358, 363, 383 fulva Michx., 70, 363, 383, 629 racemosa Thomas, 383 Ulota crispa Brid., 41 curvifolia Brid., 41 hutchinsiae Sch., 41 Ulotrichiaceae (Kg.) Borzi, 26 Umbelliferse, 89, 399, 588 Umbilicaria, 4, 5, 6, 221, 236, 282, 662 dillenii Tuck., 3, 14, 249 hyperborea Hoffm., 228, 250 muhlenbergii (Ach.) Tuck., 222, 224, 249 pustulata (L. ) Hoffm. var. papu- losa Tuck., 224, 250 vellea (L.) Nyl., 233, 249 Uncinula, 424 clintonii Peck, 428 necator (Schw.) Burrill, 429 salicis (DC. ) Wint., 428 Unifolium canadense (Desf. ) Greene, 378, 577 Urceolaria, 657 actinostoma Pers., 281, 282, 287, 288, 320 scruposa (L.) Nyl., 16, 223, 224, 263, 286, 293, 296, 301, 320, 668, 696 INI) I \. 779 Uredo, 537 agrimoniie-eupatorue ( DC. ) Wint. , 560 alpcstris Schrcet., 640 polypodii (P.) DC., 560 pyrola (Gm.) Wint., 538 Viola Schum., 633 Uromyces L/ink., 537, 540 albus Diet. & Holw., 541 appendiculatus (P.) L,iuk., 541 argophyllse Seym., 543 caladii (Schw.) Farlow, 542 caryophyllinus (Schrank.) Schroet., 543 euphorbiie Cooke & Peck, 541 fabie ( P. ) De Bary, 540, 554 gerauii (DC.) Wint., 556 hedysari-paniculata (Schw.) Far- low, 543 lespedezie (Schw.) Pk., 543 orobi (P.) Wint., 541 polygoni (P.) Fckl., 542 polymorphus Pk., 540 pyriformis Cooke, 543 rudbeckise Arth. & Holw., 543 terebinthi (DC.) Wint., 543 trifolii (Alb. & Schw.) Wint., 541 Uropyxis Schroeter, 537, 544, 552 amorphre (Curt.) Schroet., 552 Urtica, 546 gracilis Ait., 358, 363, 383, 547, 578, 626 Urticacese, 383, 578 Urticastrum divaricatum (L.) Kuntze 358, 363, 384, 578 Utricularia vulgaris L,., 355, 406 Usnea, 225, 659, 676 barbata (L.) Fr., 684 var. ceralina Schaer., 243, 684 var. dasypoga Fr., 228, 243, 665, 684 var. florida Fr., 13, 242, 309, 670, 675, 677, 684 var. hirta Fr., 242, 301, 309 var. plicata Fr., 243 var. rubiginea Michx., 13, 301, 309 cavernosa Tuck., 227, 243, 662, 677, 684 longissima Ach., 219, 243 trichodea Ach., 243 Usnei, 675 Ustulina maxima (Haller) Schroter, 564 vulgaris Tul , 564 Uvularia grandi flora, 363 grandiflora Sm., 554 grandiflora J. E. Smith, 363,378,554 perfoliata L., 554 sessilifolia L., 554 Vaccaria vaccaria (L. ) Britton, 581 Vacciniaccte, 589 Vaccinium vitis-idsea L., 540 Vaginariete Gomont, 28 Vagnera racemosa (L. ) Morong, 363, 378, 577 stellata (L. ) Morong, 378, 577 Valeriaua edulis Nutt, 367, 408 Valerianacese, 408 Vallisneriaceae, 374, 572 Verbascum thapsus L-, 405 Verbena, 426 bracteosa Michx., 403 hastata L,., 403, 426, 590, 626 stricta Vent., 403, 426, 556 urticifolia I/., 403, 426, 626 Verbenaceae, 403, 590 Verbesina alternifolia, 23 Vernonia fasciculata Michx., 357, 410, 594 Veronica americana Schwein., 360, 406, 592 peregrina L-, 406 scutellata L., 592 Verrucaria, 670 conoidea Fr., 708 epigsea (Peru.) Ach., 231, 275 fuseella Fr., 18, 300, 328, 708 muralis Ach., 18, 297, 300, 328, 666, 667, 670, 708 nigrescens Pers., 228, 275, 297, 300, 328, 666, 670, 708 viridula Ach., 666, 708 Viburnum, 430 dentatum L,., 407 lentago L., 363, 4o8, 430, 593 opulus L., 366, 407, 592 Vicia, 55, 540 americana Muhl., 541, 585 faba, 56, 57, 58, 67 linearis (Nutt.) Greene, 541 780 INDEX. Viola, 424, 631, 636 adunca Smith, 635, 639 arenaria DC., 636 • blanda Willd., 544, 635 amcena (Le Conte) B.S.P., 545 palustriformis A. Gray, 545 bi flora L-, 640 Canadensis L., 544, 587, 636 cognata Greene, 635, 637, 640 cucullata Ait., 639 delphinifolia Nutt., 639 epipsila L,ed., 640 glabella Nutt., 635, 638, 639 hastata L., 636, 638 Labradorica Schrank., 636 lanceolata L , 635, 638 lobata Benth., 640 mirabilis L-, 640 Montaneusis Rydb., 636, 639 Nuttallii Pursh, 632, 640 obliqua Hill, 361, 363, 397, 587, 632, 633, 635 ocellata Torr. & Gr., 636, 639, 640 ovata Nutt., 632 palustris L,., 640 pedata L., 367, 397, 587, 632, 633 pedatifida Don. , 367, 397, 632 primulsefolia, 632, 635, 638 pubescens Ait., 363, 398, 636, 637 renifolia A. Gray, 635 rostrata Pursh, 636 rotundifolia Michx., 635 sagittata I/., 632, 633 scabriuscula (T. & G.) Schw., 545, 636 Viola septentrionalis Greene, 635 striata Ait., 632, 636 tricolor I,., 632 Violaceae, 397, 587 Viscum orientale Willd., 170 Vitacese, 78, 119, 396, 586 Vitis, 120 cordifolia Michx., 78, 84, 87, 119, 131, 132, 133 vulpina L,., 358,363, 396, 586 Volvox globata, 617 Washingtonia claytoni (Michx.) Brit- ton, 363, 399, 544 longistylis (Torr.) Britton, 588 Webera nutans Hedw., 42 Woodsia ilvensis (L,. ) R. Br., 614 oregana D. C. Eaton, 369, 370 Xanthium, 551 canadense Mill., 409, 551, 594, 626 Xanthoxylum americanum Mill., 363, 394, 585 Xylaria, 564 clavata (Scop.) Schranck, 567 polymorpha (Pers.) Greville, 567 Xylariacese, 563 Zea mays L,., 55, 58, 65, 08, 550 Zizania aquatica L., 357, 375. 573, 6a6, 650 Zizia aurea (L. ) Koch, 361, 399, 588 cordata (Walt.) Koch, 399, 588 Zygadenus elegans Pursh, 367, 377 Zygnemacese (Menegh.) Rabenh., 26 RETURN TO the circulation desk of any University of California Library or to the NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station University of California Richmond, CA 94804-4698 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 2-month loans may be renewed by calling (415)642-6233 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books to NRLF Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days prior to due date DUE AS STAMPED BELOW PHOTOCOPY m 9023 i-68 IMS Minnesota JOtanlGal stu.< Lif»s. v«2 LIBRARY, BRANCH OF THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE